Pages
Posts by category
Wilmer Portfolio
My Templates
Products
- Concrete Construction 2
- Concrete Construction 1
- Steel Erection and Installation
- Commercial Carpentry CW
- Steel Erection and Installation
- Foundations and Pile Driving
- Pile - Foundations
- Electrical Transmission Lines
- LA Class I Building Construction
- Painting, Coating, and Blasting
- Residential 23
- Louisiana Masonry
- Driveways and Parking Areas Exclusive of Streets
- Mississippi Business and Law
- Mississippi Res
- Oil Field Construction
- Earthwork, Drainage, and Levees
- NASCLA Electrical
- Concrete Construction
- NASCLA Building Construction
- Sample Test
- Rigging, House Moving, Wrecking, Demolition
- Tile and Terazzo
- Roofing and Sheet Metal, Siding, Commercial Roofing
- Electrical Work State Wide
- Mechanical Work
- Municipal and Public Works
- Heavy Construction
- Highway, Streets, and Bridges
- Residential Construction
- Drywall
- Building Construction Commercial
Questions & Answers
- Refer to the diagram; How far is the bottom of the footing below finish grade?
- Where employees bring their own PPE equipment to the job site, employers are required to ___.
- According to OSHA, when a trench requires ladders for egress, at what intervals must ladders be placed?
- An overhead Highway sign is required to be set 17' above the highway. If the highway is 4' 6" above grade, high will the sign be set?
- Refer to the Diagram; This stake means?
- You are hauling 1000 bank cubic yards of soil from a barrow pit to the job site. The dump trucks can haul 9 cubic yards and the soil has a swell factor of 15%. How many loads will it take to move the soil?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12′ wide, 100′ long and the asphalt will be 3″ thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs. per cubic Ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- You have an excavation that measures 30′ x 170′ and is 4 1/2 feet deep. You are hauling the dirt to a stock pile using 9 cubic yard dump trucks. If the soil swells 27%, how many truck loads will it take to haul away the material?
- When working over water OSHA requires ring buoys. What is the minimum length of safety line attached to a ring buoys?
- Referring to the diagram; Identify Point A.
- How many cubic yards of concrete are needed to pour an area measuring 175' x 250' and is 5" thick?
- The ground around a foundation shall slope away from the building with a minimum slope of not less than 5% for a distance of __ feet.
- What insurance would cover the general contractor for damages caused by a subcontractor who made a mistake on the project?
- What would be used to compact soil next to a building or in a confined space?
- Which type of ceramic tile would be least likely used in a shower?
- When building a header for a 2" x 4" wall, how much space is left between the 2 boards?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of concrete block shown.
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark sewer lines?
- Safety glazing is required for a window where the bottom edge is less than 60 inches above the walking surface and within ______inches of the vertical edge of a door.
- What type of personal protective equipment is required when sandblasting?
- When starting a large new job, you have multiple cans of paint the same color. What should you do?
- How would you add color to new paint?
- How would you clean Cement-Asbestos shingles to prepare them for paint.
- A paint brush was used with oil based paint and put away without being cleaned, how will you clean the brush?
- On a paint spray gun what is the purpose of the nozzle cap?
- When using a high gloss paint, what should be done to prevent crawling?
- What is used to fill a nail hole in gypsum wall board?
- When using a spray gun for applying paint, which of the following is the correct method?
- A "low pressure" power washer is being used on painted steel, what would it remove from surface of the steel?
- If you are repainting a house that is over 50 years old, what should be done before starting to paint?
- Which type of caulk cannot be painted?
- What creates an anchor pattern on steel?
- The height of a guard rail on a suspended scaffold shall be _____ inches.
- You are spray painting the inside of a garage, there are cars that are not up close, but in the area. What would you do to minimize the overspray?
- For wood surfaces, what is the best way to apply stain?
- An application of paint has a Wet film thickness of 45 mils, the paint is 40% solids. What will be the Dry film thickness?
- Which of the following would be used to clean mildew off of a wood surface?
- Which of the following does a wire brush not clean well?
- What is used to thin varnish?
- When painting steel, what tool would be used to find missed surface spots?
- You are going to mix a 3 part epoxy paint. Ingredient A will be 3/8, B will be 1/4 and C will be 3/8. You need a total of 24 gallons, how many gallons of part B will be needed?
- A room to be painted measures 40`x 60`x 8`. There is no trim or windows. You will apply one prime coat and 2 finish coats. The cost for the primer is $8.50 per gallon and the finish paint is $12.00 per gallon. A crew can paint 250 square feet per hour at a cost of $16.00 per hour. What is the total cost to paint the room?( assume a coverage of 400 sf per gallon)
- What would be used to clean epoxy resin?
- On a job with site with dangerous products, the Contractor is required to have which of the following for the employees?
- Which of the following tools will do the most damage to a piece of wood that is to receive a stained finish?
- What is a good way to get a rough estimate for the number of studs in a wall with studs at 16" on center?
- What is type x gypsum board?
- The purpose of steel reinforcement in concrete is to resist what type of force?
- Which door requires the track be installed before hanging drywall?
- Wood floor joists should have a minimum of how many inches of bearing on masonry?
- Footings must extend a minimum of how far below the surface of undisturbed ground of property compact fill?
- The fire box opening of a masonry fireplace is 6 square feet. The hearth extension must be a minimum of _______"?
- According to OSHA, the minimum distance material and equipment be kept from the edge of an excavation is?
- What type of door consists of stiles and rails?
- Which is a drawing showing concealed aspects of a specific portion of a structure?
- For drywall, which of the following fasteners should be used to attach 1/2 inch single layer panels to wood framing?
- Concrete cured under normal conditions should achieve approximately what percentage of specified compressive strength after 7 days?
- A cut stake is being set for the excavation of a trench using a builder's level (transit). The bottom of the trench will be at 94.00 ft. A rod reading of 4.70 ft. is taken on a bench mark whose elevation is 102.50 ft. The rod reading of the mark on the cut stake is 6.20 ft. What should the cut stake be marked?
- When hanging sheetrock on a wall, which of the following is true?
- What is the minimum crawl space to access an attic?
- Where should batter boards be set up when laying out for a structure before excavation?
- According to the Residential code, plywood used to sheath a rood has an index of 32116. What is the maximum truss spacing with edge support?
- Building permits, when required by law, must be obtained by who?
- Two or more licensed contractors may combine bids and submit a _________ if the contract does not exceed the highest license group limitations of the members.
- A license which has lapsed may be renewed within ______ days from the date of expiration.
- All licenses may be renewed _______.
- The sales tax in South Carolina is ______.
- Non-compliance involving lead could result in criminal penalties of imprisonment for up to ______ due to willful or intentional violation of the regulation.
- Non-compliance concerning lead carries substantial fines of up to _______ per day for each violation.
- Under Lead PRE, federal law requires that contractors provide lead information to residents before renovating pre- ______ housing.
- If an OSHA violation occurs, a citation can carry monetary penalties of up to ________ per violation.
- Using the ______ method, you recognize income when the services occur, not when you collect the money.
- The two basic methods of accounting used to keep track of the company's income and expenses are the cash method and _______.
- Bid review is generally a _____ to _____ process.
- The critical path method of scheduling illustrates the ________
- If a qualifying party desires to serve as primary qualifying party for two entities, then _________
- The amount of cash available after liabilities or debts are paid. Measures the liquidity of the company's assets.
- A formula that measures the percent of total funds provided by creditors.
- A Notice of ________ can be filed by the owner who does not have a contract with the person supplying labor or materials that he will not be responsible for paying them.
- A lawsuit to foreclosure on the lien must be filed within ________ after the lienor last provided materials and/or labor for the construction project, or after the lien was filed, whichever is earlier.
- A lien dissolves unless, within _____ days after the lienor last provided materials and/or labor for the construction project, a notice is served on the owner.
- A contractor with a direct contractual relationship with the property owner may file a Notice of Project Commencement with the county clerk of court's office where the property is located within _____ days after beginning work.
- After a company operates in South Carolina for 12 months, the company will be re-rated each year based on experience with a resulting rate between 0.06% to 5.46% on the first __________ of earned income.
- The state unemployment tax rate is 0.55% for 2021 on the first ________ of earned income for new companies.
- What is the South Carolina tax rate for C-Corporations?
- Form 1099 MISC, Miscellaneous income may be used to report payments of _______ or more to independent contractors.
- If you report less than $1,500 for the quarter, you can use the IRS Form ______.
- A final payment request should include the final payment amount plus any _______ owed.
- Which of the following would not be considered a reduction in size if in the direction of flow?
- The ________ ratio measures how effectively the company manages its credit.
- The __________ is a summary of the company's revenues and expenses over a given period of time.
- If you are working with asbestos, you must submit a written Notice of Intent _____ working days prior to starting construction activities.
- Whose responsibility is it to understand the OSHA standards and quickly correct any violations?
- I-9 forms must be completed with required documentation within _____ days of hire.
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be the size of the horizontal drain at point "C" that is needed for this roof? Note: Each roof section is 3000 square feet
- What will cut down the risk of theft or vandalism on the job site?
- ___________ deliveries will keep your inventory cost low, and the process will allow you to time deliveries to arrive as you need the materials in the construction phase.
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be the size of the vertical leader needed for this roof? Note: Each roof section is 3000 square feet
- An 8" Building Drain with a slope of 1/4" per foot has 1100 DFU's connected to the drain. How many more drainage fixture units could be added to this line?
- A 44′ long wall has studs that are 16″ on center. How many studs are required for this wall if there is a double stud on each end?
- The ______ of scheduling illustrates the interdependent relationship of tasks.
- ________ refers to the amount of leeway allowed in starting or completing an activity without delaying the project completion date.
- The remaining time after a task is complete and before the next task begins is called ______.
- If the contract cannot be clarified by using plain language, the interpretation will
- A _____ is required from both parties on all change orders.
- A ________ is a written agreement between the owner and contractor to change the contract.
- In this type of contract, the owner may pay the actual costs, plus a percentage markup or a fixed fee markup.
- If contracts are not completed within the time frame specified in the contract, it is considered a ______.
- If a party is injured, the damages can sometimes be written into the contract. This is called ______.
- A counteroffer is sometimes made during which step of the contract process?
- The process where the owner and contractor come to an agreement on the price and terms of the contract.
- The four requirements of a legal contract are offer and acceptance, competent parties, legal purpose, and __________.
- Your historical cost data can help determine your _______.
- What type of insurance covers your business and personal property when damage, theft, or loss occurs?
- South Carolina requires general and mechanical contractors to have a contractor license for construction projects in excess of _________.
- The Notice and Opportunity to Cure Nonresidential Construction Defects Act requires claimants to serve a notice of claim on the contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or design professional ______ days prior to filing a court action.
- A group #4 mechanical contractor has a required working capital of ________.
- A group #4 general contractor has a required working capital of _________.
- A Group #3 general contractor has a monetary limitation of ________ per job.
- A 1/2 inch steel gas pipe requires supports every ____ feet.
- If the piping is installed through holes or notches in framing members and the piping is located less than _____ inches from the framing member face, the pipe shall be protected by shield plates.
- Stainless steel tubing joints shall be welded, assembled with approved tubing fittings, and brazed with a material having a melting point in excess of _____ degrees Fahrenheit.
- A Schedule 40 metallic pipe is to used to run a gas line. The length from point of delivery to the most remote outlet is 180 feet and serves a 125,000 BTU boiler. What size line is needed? Note: This is the only appliance, there is a designated pressure drop of 0.5-inch and the Gas has a specific gravity of 0.60
- Gas fire water heater equipment and appliances shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than _____ inches above the floor in garages.
- Holes bored in joists shall not be within _____ inches of the top and bottom of the joist.
- Notching at the ends of joists shall not exceed ______ the joist depth.
- An eighth bend fitting requires what kind of change in direction?
- A quarter bend fitting requires a change in what direction?
- ______ shall be provided to floor drains.
- Faucets and fixture fittings that supply drinking water for human ingestion shall conform to the requirements of ______.
- Fixtures with concealed slip-joint connections shall be provided with an access panel or utility space not less than _____ inches in its smallest dimension or other approved arrangement so as to provide access to the slip-joint connections for inspection and repair.
- Slip joints shall be made with an approved ______ and shall only be installed on the trap outlet, trap inlet, and within the trap seal.
- A sink with a flushing rim will have a minimum supply pipe of ____ inches.
- A water closet with a flushometer valve shall have a minimum supply pipe of ____ inches.
- A 2-compartment laundry sink will have a minimum supply pipe of ____ inches.
- According to the rainfall rate conversion method, the R in the formula, GPM = R x A x 0.0104 stands for _____.
- Each fixture trap shall have a liquid seal of not less than _____ inches and not more than ____ inches, or deeper for special designs relation to accessible fixtures.
- The size of the relief vent shall be ________ the size of the vent stack to which it connects.
- An pipe with a diameter of 8 inches and a 1/4 slope per foot shall have a maximum number of drainage fixture units connected to any portion of the building drain or the building sewer, including branches of the building drain of _______.
- The distance from the weir of a 1 1/2" trap at 1/4" slope must be within ____ feet of a vent.
- The distance from the weir of a 4" trap at 1/8" per foot slope must be within _____ feet of a vent.
- According to code, a floor drain should have a _____ size trap.
- Ladders should extend at least ____ feet beyond the point of bearing.
- What kind of ties are used to attach masonry veneer to wood frame structures?
- Referring to the illustration the trimmer is identified by _____.
- In determining the height of a residential chimney above a roof, the top of the flue liners should be at least _____ above a roof ridge or any raised part of a roof within 10 feet of the chimney.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- According to code normal asphalt shingles 36″ to 40″ in length must have not less than _____ nails per strip.
- According to the Building Code, the maximum clearance between rails or ornamental pattern (balusters, (pickets) or the vertical members) on open guardrails or set of stairs shall be placed so that a _____ diameter sphere cannot pass through them.
- The distance from the weir of a 2" trap at 1/4" per foot slope must be within ______ feet of a vent.
- Soil and waste stacks in buildings having more than 10 branch intervals shall be provided with a _________ at each tenth interval installed, beginning with the top floor.
- According to code, a lavatory should have a ________ size trap.
- Vent pipes shall be not less than _____ inches in diameter.
- Where the vent stack connects to the building drain, the connection shall be located downstream of the drainage stack and within a distance of ______ times the diameter of the drainage stack.
- Vent stacks shall connect to the ______ of the drainage stack.
- Corrosive liquids, spent acids or other harmful chemicals that destroy or injure a drain, sewer, soil or waste pipe, or create noxious or toxic fumes or interfere with sewage treatment processes shall not be discharged into the plumbing system without being thoroughly diluted, neutralized, or treated by passing through an approved dilution or ___________.
- The sump pit of a subdrain shall not be less than 18 inches in diameter and not less than _____ inches in depth, unless otherwise approved.
- Cleanouts for 6-inch and smaller piping shall be provided with a clearance of not less than _____ inches.
- A 6" pipe may be served with a _____ inch cleanout.
- What type of joint shall consist of an elasomeric sealing sleeve and a metallic shield that comply with CISPI 310, ASTM C12777, or ASTM C1540 for hubless pipe and fittings?
- According to IPC, the horizontal slope of a 4 inch pipe has a minimum of what?
- The critical level of the vacuum breaker of a potable water outlet shall be set not less than _______ inches above the flood level rim of the fixture or device.
- Potable water openings and outlets shall be protected by atmospheric-type or pressure-type __________.
- Hose bibbs require a minimum size of fixture water supply pipes of ________.
- The pan drain for a storage tank-type water heater shall extend full size and terminate over suitably located indirect waste receptor or floor drain or extend to the exterior of the building and terminate not less than ______ inches and not more than _____ inches above the adjacent ground surface.
- The discharge piping serving a pressure relief valve, temperature relief valve, or a combination thereof shall not be smaller than the diameter of the outlet of the valve served and shall discharge full size to the __________.
- A storage tank-type water heater must have a valve servicing _______.
- If a plan scale is 1/4", how many feet is a measurement of 1" on a drawing?
- The discharge water temperature from a bidet fitting shall be limited to not greater than ______ in Fahrenheit by a water-temperature-limiting device confirming to ASSE 1070/ASME A112.1070/CSA B125.70.
- In a school with an occupant load of 300 or more the fire area is considered a Group __ classification.
- What is the maximum vertical spacing for a steel pipe?
- The maximum horizontal hangar spacing for a copper or copper-alloy tubing with a minimum of 1 1/2" diameter shall be ______.
- That which enables a fixture, appliance or equipment to be reached by ready access or by a means that first requires the removal or movement of a panel, door, or similar obstruction.
- An indirect waste pipe draining a pan on a water heater should have a diameter not less than ____.
- The maximum horizontal hangar spacing for a cast-iron pipe in 10-foot lengths shall be _____.
- A backpressure, or low head, has a pressure less than or equal to ______ psi or the pressure exerted by a 10-foot column of water.
- A piping arrangement in which a drain from a fixture, appliance or device discharges indirectly into another fixture, receptacle or interceptor at a point below the flood level rim and above the trap seal is called _____.
- A roof measuring 100` by 100` has _____ squares of roofing
- 75 boards that are 1″ x 6″ and 10 ft. long equal how many board ft?
- What is the best tool for cutting cement board? (Wonder board)
- What rafter does not touch the top plate or ridge?
- A room measures 956 square feet. Tile is to be placed that measures 9″x9″. There are 80 pieces of tile per box. How many boxes are needed?
- Main purpose of jointing tool is___.
- Which of the following would be used to "rip" a board?
- When placing concrete in a slab the concrete should be discharged ___?
- What should be done before placing a stone subbase for a concrete slab?
- A footing has been dug 4" to deep. What do you fill it in with?
- In concrete, pozzolans are used as an admixture for___.
- When placing concrete in hot weather, it would be advisable to add ________ to the mix.
- Refer to the Diagram; How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour the column shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many days is "Ace Electric" scheduled to be on the project?
- Refer to the diagram; This is a ____ molding.
- When preparing a building site, all stumps and roots should be removed to a depth of at least _____ below the surface of the area to be occupied by the structure.
- In residential construction, what is used to prevent sagging of the ceiling joists?
- Where do you start applying shingles on a roof?
- A 44′ long wall has studs that are 16″ on center. How many studs are required for this wall if there is a double stud on each end?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour the column shown?
- Referring to the Drawing; The type of door is shown for the bathroom is a ____?
- What would be correct order of completion in a building using metal studs after the walls are erected and the house is dried in?
- When would the rough-in electrical be installed in a wood framed wall?
- On a lavatory, what is used to connect the P-Trap to the tail piece?
- Sheet rock is placed ___ the slab.
- According to code, what is the minimum thickness for a slab on grade?
- When installing a new garage door with an electric opener, you must make sure_____.
- What is the actual size of a 2" x 10" board?
- What is the actual size of a 2" x 4"?
- What is the last part of a window unit that is installed?
- When constructing a floor slab, to provide a vapor barrier, which of the following should be used for protection under the slab?
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be the length of the Open Web Steel Joist marked EM-1?
- What type of fastener would be used to install siding?
- What should be done before placing a stone subbase for a concrete slab?
- Which of the following be the best material for the subbase for a foundation?
- When pouring an unusually thick slab which of the following should you do?
- You are pouring a slab that measures 150' x 300'. The slab is 5" thick. How many cubic yards of concrete would you order assuming no waste?
- Refer to Diagram; What position is the shaded brick shown in?
- What is the height of the keyhole of a door lock from the finished floor?
- What plan shows the location of the electrical and plumbing?
- What plan shows the location of the grade beams and footings?
- When would you call Louisiana One Call?
- A driveway is 20' wide and crowned in the center. What would the slope be if the fall was 1/2" per foot?
- How many slopes make up a hip on a roof?
- If you have constructed a 2"x6" stud wall, what would the actual size of the sole plate be?
- When finishing concrete, what tool is used to eliminate high and low spots in the concrete and is used in place of a darby?
- Refer to the Diagram; How far apart are the rafters?
- What is the best tool to remove old shingles?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the block shown.
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- When installing an interior door, what is the casing nailed to?
- When using soil cement as a road bed it must be compacted to a minimum _____ percent of maximum dry density.
- According to OSHA, the atmosphere in underground construction can contain no more than ___ percent oxygen.
- A stake is marked 3+00 and has an elevation of 61.50. The next stake is marked 3+50 and has an elevation of 61.00. What is the slope?
- Gypsum board panels installed on ceilings should be installed?
- What is the name of the 2″ X 12″ boards that support the treads of the stairs?
- In reference to the surrounding elevation, a driveway should be poured ______?
- A house with a gable roof that has a pitch of 6 on 12, has 2 exterior walls that are 96' by 8' tall and 2 walls that are 48' by 8' tall. How many sheets of plywood are needed to sheath the house. (The gable is on the 48' sides) Do not allow for any openings.
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- What is the standard depth of a control joint which is placed in a sidewalk?
- What type of nail is easy to remove and normally used for building forms?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58′ and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- At what stage of the construction process would the builder cut out the sole plate in a door opening?
- What is the ridge length of a house that measures 36' x 60' and has a hip roof with all hips being of equal length with a 2' overhang
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ?
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3′ wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- A building measures 40' x 70' and has an eve height of 12'. How many sheets of drywall are needed to cover the walls? (note you are using 4' x 8' sheets of drywall)
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 8'-6" with 17 risers. What is the individual height of each riser?
- A house with a gable roof measures 24' x 18' and has a 5/12 roof pitch. There is a 2′ overhang on all sides. How many squares of roofing are there?
- What is the total linear feet of facia board required for the diagrammed building? Assume a 6 on 12 pitch and a 3' overhang
- Refer to the Diagram; A footing will be poured that is 1'6" wide and 2' deep with the exception of the North wall which will be 2' wide and 2' deep. How many cubic yards of concrete will be needed?
- A driveway is 20' wide and crowned in the center. What would the fall from the center to the edge be if the slope was 1/2" per foot?
- The rough-in plumbing for a slab is placed____?
- When installing plywood roof sheathing the nails should be placed ___ inches on center at supported ends and edges.
- What is the purpose of a cone that is used in a test?
- What is typically used to level concrete to the correct grade?
- A set of plans with a 1/4" scale, 1/4" will equal ____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the height of the refrigerator space in the kitchen cabinet drawing?
- When building a brick wall, the first course of brick is laid on ____?
- In a central air conditioning system, where is the condenser coil located?
- What type of grass would you plant to help control erosion?
- Anchor bolts used to anchor foundation plates or sills to concrete foundation walls shall not be spaced more than ____ feet apart
- A 10-mil polyethylene vapor retarder placed under a slab to keep vapor from penetrating the slab shall have joints lapped not less than _________ inches.
- When constructing a floor slab, to provide a vapor barrier, which of the following should be used for protection under the slab?
- When a vent extends through an asphalt shingle roof, the shingles should __?
- On a jobsite, there is an excavation that measures 100' x 40' x 8' deep. If you must remove 3/8" more, how many cubic yards of material will you be removing?
- What is the minimum depth that anchor bolts must extend into masonry or concrete foundations?
- What is the distance between the opposite corners in a room that measures 18' x 24'?
- What would you use an 8d nail for?
- When building a header from 2-2x4's you would_____.
- If the rough-in framing height for a room is 8' 1" what is the cut length of the studs?
- What should the first course of a brick wall be set in?
- A driveway measures 25' x 100'. You must add 5/8" of fill to bring it to grade before pouring the concrete. How many cubic yards of fill will you need?
- Refer to the Diagram; The type of cut made in the rafter so it fits against the ridge is a ____ cut.
- You are setting wood forms to pour a slab. The vertical stakes used to support the form boards should be how high over the top of the forms should they be?
- When framing a roof, which of the following will be erected first?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many cubic yards of concrete will it take to pour the slab and footings?
- When would you call Louisiana One Call?
- When building a new home, what would typically be the last step in the interior finish?
- Refer to the Diagram; A saw cut made in a sidewalk creates a _____ joint.
- How should plywood be stored if it is outdoors on the job site?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 9'6" and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- Refer to the Diagram; The floor plan shows what type of door in bathroom "B2"?
- Stairways shall have a minimum headroom clearance of ______inches.
- What would be used to backfill around a septic tank?
- When finishing concrete, what operation is preformed prior to Bull floating?
- When using metal studs to frame a wall, electrical wiring and copper piping will be run through the punch-out openings in the studs. What should be installed to protect the wiring?
- How would you properly install roofing felt?
- When attaching drywall to wood studs and shrinkage is a problem, you would use ____.
- How is fiberglass batted insulation held in place?
- How is exterior vinyl siding nailed?
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 8’-10 1/4″. If there are 17 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- You discover that a header is nailed improperly and needs to be removed. What type of saw would you use to cut through the nails? you
- If a building is 31' tall, you would need an extension ladder at least ___ feet long.
- In residential construction, what is a baluster used for?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of joint shown by "A".
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of joint is shown?
- What is the maximum distance allowed between any point along a wall and a receptacle outlet in a dwelling unit?
- What type of glue is used to apply a plastic laminate sheet to a countertop?
- The standard height for a shower head is typically ____.
- Which is the best ceramic tile to use in a shower?
- How many asphalt strip shingles that measure 3' x 1' wide will it take to cover a square of roof with a 4/12 pitch? The shingle has a reveal of 4 1/2".
- What is the order for putting house wrap on a building?
- Refer to the Diagram; Where would the corner of the building be?
- The initial set of concrete typically occurs ___.
- Which of the following is used to consolidate concrete?
- When laying a concrete masonry wall which of the following is true?
- A carpenter is framing exterior wood walls. What is the recommended rough opening width for a 36″ wood exterior door?
- Welded wire mesh is being rolled out for a slab; how do you flatten out the wire mesh?
- When is the best time to apply curing compound to a newly poured slab?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum travel distance to a ladder placed in a trench?
- Refer to the illustration: What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundredth?
- What type of fire extinguisher is generally required where paints are stored or used around electrical equipment?
- Landings for an accessible ramp shall have a clear length of ____ inches.
- Accessible ramps shall have landings at _____?
- According to Technical Digest 9, Open web K-Series steel joists resting on masonry or concrete support must extend over _____ inches.
- According to OSHA, employees involved with hazardous material shall possess a training certificate and receive __________ hours of refresher training annually.
- Vertical wheelchair lifts may transport people up to ___ feet vertically, except the maximum travel in a residence is 10 feet.
- The clearance between handrail gripping surface and adjacent surfaces(wall) shall not be less than ____ inches.
- All of the following are standard methods for curing finished concrete EXCEPT____.
- Green buildings use an average of ______ less energy than conventional buildings.
- What nonprofit organization provides counseling and training for new businesses?
- Permanent forms used for supported concrete slabs are made from?
- On a window, what does the “U-factor” mean?
- What is used to construct a cathedral roof?
- Anchor bolts used to anchor foundation plates or sills to concrete foundation walls shall not be spaced more than ____ feet apart.
- What is the height of door hardware (door pulls, latches, handles) from the finished floor?
- When using La. One Call they will mark sewer, gas, and water lines from the edge of the property to ____?
- A contractor enters a contract that requires excavation to be performed. He calls LA One Call on Tuesday afternoon, what is the earliest time that he should wait before excavating?
- A rubber tire scrapper with 30 cubic yard heaped capacity is used to excavate and haul material with swell factor of 25%. Average cycle time to load and return is 15 mins. Efficiency is 50 min per hr. How many bank cubic yards can the scraper haul per hr?
- When determining the results of soil compaction, it is important to determine the soil type. When a contractor tests soil by hand, what helps to determine if the soil is cohesive?
- Which soil compaction test requires a 1/2" x 12" rod placed into the soil?
- Metal tubes are driven into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated for a culvert installation. The tubes are connected to one or more above ground pumps to lower and maintain reduced water table during trenching operation. What is the name of this de-watering system?
- The optimum moisture content of soil is the amount of moisture at which:
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 85 feet has a vertical rise of _____ feet.
- The definition of OVER HAUL is:
- Soil compaction by means of a static weight roller is most effective on soils that are:
- According to OSHA, what safety precautions are to be taken when a backhoe digs in an area where utilities are located?
- Which method of operating a backhoe provides the greatest digging force and the least amount of pull on the tractor?
- Aggregate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as:
- Which of the following terms describes "water table"?
- The amount a building or structure might settle is governed by the _____.
- A vertical curve can best be descirbed as:
- Which of the following types of soils would have the greatest soil swell?
- A point indicating where the fill slope stops and the road or shoulder grade begins is called:
- The bottom of an incline is called:
- Earth taken for hauling to a jobsite which is short of earth needed for fill comes from:
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, and utilities easements are shown on the ______ plan.
- When referring to an engineer's grading information stake, all measurements will be taken from _______.
- A hole is being excavated. 34' x 48'. It's 4' deep. A clearance of 4' is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A dozer with a standard blade 2.5cyds is pushing 80' forward at 2.8mph and 90' back at 3.9mph with an efficiency of 80%, a fixed time of .02minutes and a maneuver time of .7 minutes. How many cubic yards can it move in an hour?
- Refer to the Diagram; If the finished elevation of the project will be 99.5', how many cubic yards of earth will need to be removed?
- What is the formula for converting Celsius to Fahrenheit?
- In the dehumidification control process, which of the following is NOT true about the reheat coil?
- All of the following statements are true about chill water riser clamps except _____.
- Scope of work documents are used with___?
- What is the required pressure used to test piping systems using water?
- According to NFPA 105 and NFPA 80, after the initial 1-year inspection, fire and smoke dampers, except for hospitals, shall be inspected every ____ years.
- Galvanic corrosion is caused by_____.
- Pressure in piping systems, especially pumped systems is often referred to as ____.
- What is the curing time for Type I concrete to achieve 70% of design strength?
- What is a shackle?
- The extension on the end of the boom of a crane is called a:
- At what temperature are low-hydrogen electrodes(welding rods) stored until they are used?
- All of the following wiring methods can be used in a return air plenum except___?
- A multizone air handler has which of the following?
- In addition to providing freeze / thaw resistance, air entrainment will also improve the _____ of concrete.
- Air entrainment in concrete is used primarily to?
- What is the actual diameter of a #4 steel reinforcing bar?
- What is the actual diameter of a #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar?
- What type of nail is easy to remove and normally used for building forms?
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than Type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing using (high early) Type III concrete, must cure to achieve 70% of its' design strength?
- What would you put between a new slab and an existing slab?
- When finishing concrete, what operation is preformed prior to Bull floating?
- What type of joint is used to allow both horizontal and vertical movement in adjoining concrete surfaces?
- Vents shall terminate not less than ___ feet in vertical height above the highest connected appliance flue collar.
- A disconnect in a single enclosure that contains fuses is known as a _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; How deep should the bolt marked "B" be set in the slab?
- According to OSHA, which type of soil composed of angular gravel, silt, clay or dry unstable rock has a higher stability than Type C soil?
- Decks to receive waterproofing membranes should be sloped at least ___ inches per foot.
- What is used to keep toilet tank from having condensation on the tank?
- Moment-resisting connections that prevent rotation between the girders and the columns are used in buildings that are designed as _______.
- If the contract has a liquidated damages clause this provide____.
- Which of the following tests would be used to measure the optimum moisture content of the soil and maximum density?
- According to OSHA, if you have 23 workers on a job site, how many toilets and urinals are required?
- What is the part of the window that is directly under the sill and stool?
- What type of clothing is required for welding?
- What can you expect when drilling through sand?
- Which of the following is NOT an example of passive interference?
- In construction terms, what does HVAC stand for?
- If the plans show a gas water heater and Contractor calls for an electric water heater, you should?
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark gas lines?
- A contractor has had the area of an excavation marked by Louisiana One Call. The markings show underground electric lines will be encountered, what must the contractor do before digging?
- What type of drill bit would you use in clay or sand?
- What type of test would you use to determine the compaction of soil?
- What are the five basic types of AC compressors?
- What soil type is largely found in Louisiana?
- What is the maximum length of a combination of vehicles (Tractor and Trailer)?
- Which of the following is used to test the fit of a respirator mask?
- You have put in a call to 811 on Monday and have a ticket. When is the soonest that you can start to dig on the site?
- What book should you be familiar with when working in Louisiana concerning regulations for haul trucks?
- What is the minimum height of a Type III barricade?
- You are stopping traffic on a roadway with no shoulder for work being done on a Right of Way, what should your road signs read?
- Of Osha’s Big Four fatal risks on the job site the most fatalities are caused by ____.
- In Louisiana, what is the maximum length of any single vehicle?
- A bore hole is generally reamed to ____ times the outside diameter of the product pipe.
- In drilling what is the purpose of filter cake?
- What is used to steer the pipe when preforming a bore?
- Excavations 20' or less in Type B soil shall have a maximum allowable slope of ____.
- Excavations 20' or less in Type C soil shall have a maximum allowable slope of ____.
- Refer to the wall detail diagram; What is the required PSI for the slab?
- What would be the best backing material for use for ceramic tile around a bathtub or wet area?
- At what occupant load does a Group B occupancy require a manual fire alarm system?
- The minimum net clear opening space for an emergency escape and rescue opening shall be ___ sq.ft.?
- Which design professional prepares submittals for "Structural" designs?
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs used on a jobsite shall have a landing at every ____ feet of vertical rise.
- According to OSHA, not more than ___gallons of flammable liquid shall be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet.
- What is the total return air in cubic feet per minute for unit A1?
- One of the properties of varnish is that it contains ___.
- An elevator serving an apartment building has a Phase II emergency in car operation. What is this elevator used to service in case of an emergency?
- According to Carpentry by Koel, an attic space containing a “GAS” heater, located in Zone 4 should have an insulation R-Value of __.
- Who reviews submittals?
- On a commercial roof, scuppers used for secondary drainage shall not have an opening less than ___ inches.
- What is the maximum height of a threshold on a commercial swing door?
- The person who designs the plans and specifications for the utilities and site work is a ____?
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- Which of the following produces the strongest weld?
- Brazing is designated as ____.
- How many pounds does a 16' length of W18 x 24 structural steel weigh?
- Which of the following does NOT cause high head pressure in a small unit?
- Refer to the Diagram; What do the first 2 numbers on the welding rod indicate?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the difference in elevation between the two stakes?
- Which of these materials has the highest Melting Temperature?
- According to OSHA, when is it permissible for employees to ride on a hoist line?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the distance from the West side of Building "B" to the far property line?
- What part of a cabinet is used to secure it to the wall?
- What is the first step in installing new base cabinets?
- Which of the following should be used to install cabinets to a wall with 1/2″ drywall?
- A manual standpipe system is required in buildings where any part of the building's floor level of the highest story is located more than ___ feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access.
- What are the three sections that make up a balance sheet?
- What must be done for a recessed door that is not done for a standard door?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify "B".
- Which of the following restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously to or through the roof?
- A carpenter makes $35.00 per hour and his helper $15.00 per hour. They can install 800 liner feet of trim in 8 hours. How much trim can they install in 150 minutes?
- A wide flange structural steel beam is designated by the symbol _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be used to designate the piece of structural iron shown?
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until it is secured with_____?
- Changes to an NPDES plan can be authorized by _______?
- Fireplace chimneys shall extend not less than _____ inches higher than any portion of the building within 10 feet in horizontal distance.
- Fireplace chimneys shall terminate not less than____ feet above the highest point where the chimney penetrates through the roof.
- Employers shall ensure that employees use a ladder to enter and exit a manhole or hole that is _____ feet deep or more.
- What color are the reflectorized stripes on a flagger's vest?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many 6″ x 6″ x 20′ posts are needed for the foundation?
- According to Technical Digest 9, Open web K-Series steel joists resting on a steel beam must extend over _____ inches.
- Which of the following listed below is NOT classified as a Group A or B occupancy?
- A class room in a building with 5 adults shall be classified as a Group __ occupancy.
- Turnstiles located as part of an accessible route shall have not less than _____ inches clear width between 34 and 80 inches
- Turnstiles located as part of an accessible route shall have not less than _____inches clear width at and below a height of 34 inches.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the signals shown would the rigger give to the crane operator to raise the boom?
- OSHA requires a ring buoy present on site whenever working ____.
- Employees working over or near water shall be provided with a ___?
- What is the minimum length measured in the direction of travel, for the landing of an egress door?
- Rectangular chimney flues that have an aspect ratio less than 2 to 1 shall have a minimum net cross- sectional area of at least__ of the fireplace.
- How many board feet are in 1- 2x4 that is 16' long?
- Refer to the Diagram; The storm sewer pipe shown is draining into a _____?
- Refer to the Diagram; What should be installed at point "A"?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the thickness of the footing?
- How often must a Crane be inspected for leaks?
- Rons Construction has a contract for $100,00.00. There is a 10% retainage in the contract with the owner. $80,000.00 of the project is under subcontract and the subcontractor has agreed to a 5% retainage. How much will be paid to the subcontractor prior to the retainage?
- In soil, what does "PI" mean?
- A building's horizontal drainage pipe will be buried underground and connected to the City storm drains. When would the pipe be buried?
- Type III portland cement is designed as:
- When a jobsite contains asbestos, how much lead time must the EPA be given before starting construction?
- Which of the following materials can contain asbestos?
- Wood trusses are normally placed ___ inches on center.
- When bringing a visitor to a job site, for Safety you should______.
- Refer to the Diagram; What diameter is the rebar used for the slab shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the maximum distance allowed for A?
- According to OSHA, when dealing with a permit-required confined space, how many attendants are required outside the entry point?
- When is final payment due to a contractor?
- Refer to the Diagram; The gable ends of the house are going to be covered with 1" x 10" wood siding. How many square feet of siding is needed? Subtract the area for the Louvers.
- According to Walkers Building Estimators book, light gauge metal framing can be used for buildings ______.
- Floor joists are attached to joist headers using ____ size nails.
- To minimize erosion around a building site, a silt fence and ____ are 2 types of erosion control.
- Concrete cylinders filled and stored at the job site should be kept at __.
- What government agency oversees the standards and regulations pertaining to clearing and grubbing?
- Pipeline construction is completed to what specifications?
- Which of the following would be least effective in keeping ground water out of an excavation in silty clay soil?
- A gravel sub grade is being placed that measures 7 meters wide and 3 kilometers long. The payment is $1.13 per square meter. What will be the total payment?
- An interior bearing wall supporting one floor only, will have a girder constructed of 2- 2x12's . The building is 22' wide and the material is southern pine. What is the maximum span for this girder?
- The cricket of a saddle shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney with a width greater than:
- Refer to the Diagram; The slab is 3000 PSI concrete at a cost of $95.00 per cubic yard. What is the cost to pour the concrete only?
- According to OSHA, when is it permissible for employees to ride on a hoist line?
- When mounting flashing lights used with a sprinkler system, how much larger than the bolt do you drill the hole?
- On a topographic survey map, the lines showing elevations are called ______ lines.
- What is the name of a drawing that shows a building's 3 axes of space and the angle between any 2 of them is 120 degrees?
- How long does a NPDES permit last?
- According to code, what is the minimum requirement for toe nailing ceiling joists to the top plate?
- Fire extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less shall be mounted so that their tops are no more than __________ ft. above the floor.
- What would be used to protect the corner of sheetrock?
- An NPDES permit is required for the project if discharging pollutants into _____________.
- What type of pile is used to construct a caisson? (See solution)
- The architect approves which of the following before use on the job site?
- What is the size of a modular brick?
- Which of the following items should be included in the mechanical subcontractor's contract?
- As built drawings must contain/show the records of all:
- What are the two forms of CPM ___________?
- Which type of wall requires engineering to withstand unusual stress?
- Wood veneer for exterior walls Type I, II, III or IV shall be ________.
- An elevator is required in buildings where a required accessible floor is ___________________.
- A road construction site has 5 zones, they are:
- Fumes, vapors, or gases collected by an exhaust ventilating system shall discharge __________.
- What is the minimum slope that structural sheet metal roofing can be used on?
- In a cost plus a fee contract, which of the following would be a reimbursed cost?
- Which of the following would Worker's Compensation Insurance supplement be used?
- A 6-mil polyethylene vapor retarder placed under a slab shall have joints lapped not less than _________ inches.
- According to code normal asphalt shingles 36" to 40" in length must have not less than ________ nails per strip.
- How would galvanized piping be connected to PVC piping?
- What insurance would cover damage to materials on the job site due to the contractors negligence?
- What is the diameter of #9 rebar?
- When framing the rough opening of an emergency escape window, the sill height shall be framed so that it is a maximum __________ inches from the floor?
- What is the most widely used rating system for measuring the effectiveness of green building design?
- Curb ramps should be at least ___ inches wide.
- What is the maximum notch that can be placed at the end of a ceiling joist?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum travel distance to a ladder placed in a trench?
- The minimum width of stairways serving an occupant load of 40, shall have a width of not less than ______ inches.
- What is the typical rough ceiling height for residential construction?
- An attic access opening shall not be less than ________ inches.
- If a concrete drive is 8' wide by 30' long, how many expansion joints will be needed?
- Portland cement consists primarily of lime and _______.
- In addition to providing freeze / thaw resistance, air entrainment will also improve the _____ of concrete.
- Hardwood strip flooring is installed _______ to the floor joists.
- A stake is marked 3 + 00 and has an elevation of 61.50. The next stake is marked 3 + 50 and has an elevation of 61.00.What is the slope?
- Which of the following is used to test the fit of a respirator mask?
- When boring, rock that has a TSF of 8000 is considered to have hardness classification ______.
- What is the minimum amount of oxygen that must be present in a confined space before adequate precautions must be taken?
- Refer to the Diagram; The map shown is a _____ map.
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark sewer lines?
- A contractor enters a contract that requires excavation to be performed. He calls LA One Call on Tuesday afternoon, what is the earliest time that he should wait before excavating?
- What is the weight limit for a class B CDL(commercial drivers license)?
- What shall be done with a cracked hard hat?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150′ from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance of 1.93 ohms per 1000 feet. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- Given: A motor draws 4 KW and delivers 4 horsepower, consider 746 watts equal one horsepower. What is the electrical efficiency of the motor?
- 2000 KVA is equal to ______ VA.
- A 2 hour fire wall consists of ___ each side.
- Which of the following would be considered Project Overhead?
- One of the best signs that a glycol based heat transfer fluid need to be replaced is ____.
- Which of the following does NOT cause high head pressure in a small unit?
- An application of paint has a Wet film thickness of 45 mils, the paint is 40% liquid. What will be the Dry film thickness?
- After power washing a wood wall, how long should you wait before applying paint?
- What type of fire extinguisher is generally required where paints are stored or used?
- If a welder is only qualified for the Flat position, which classifications would he need to preform in the Overhead welding position?
- Bolt holes for bolted connections of structural members which are punched or drilled should be how much larger than the diameter of the required bolt?
- After priming a steel super structure, what should be done to any open unused bolt holes?
- Refer to the Diagram; The weld shown would which one for prepping steel?
- Refer to the diagram; What is the type of weld shown?
- Base plates up to 2'' in thickness are normally welded to the column where ?
- Refer to the Diagram; What does "A" signify on the bolt head?
- Refer to the diagram; Where would the corner of the building be ?
- For heavy construction such as foundations of large buildings, industrial structures, the soil should be compacted to ______.
- For light construction such as Residential buildings and light-duty pavements the soil should be compacted to ______.
- When driving piles using 2 attached jetting pipes, when do you start the Jetting?
- Well points would be most effective in ___?
- How is a slump test performed?
- A 20′ simple slope trench in TYPE C soil shall have a maximum allowable slope of ____.
- Concrete cylinders are normally tested at ___ days.
- You are relocating a gas line, La. One-Call will the lines from the property line to the ____.
- What is the last step in preperation before lifting a whole house slab?
- Why is form oil used?
- Which type of pile driver is normally used to drive piling when the driving conditions are relatively easy or you have loose soil?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of footing is shown?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of footing is shown?
- Refer to the diagram; what type of foundation is shown?
- Why is form oil used?
- When unloading a long concrete pile from a truck using a bridle sling, the ends of the sling should be placed _______.
- Water passes through which type of soil the easiest?
- Sheet piles are being used to keep water out of a marsh area. The length of the site is 345' and each pile protects 18" and are 15' long. The piles cost $6.50 per sq ft. What is the total cost of the sheet piles?
- When deciding the slope for trench walls, a rule of thumb that can be used is a slope of ______.
- When placing concrete in hot weather, it would be advisable to add ___________ to the mix.
- How is the slump test for concrete preformed?
- How is a slump test performed?
- When sheet piles are being driven in water the bottom guide would be best secured by ________________.
- You have put in a call to 811 on Monday and have a ticket. When is the soonest that you can start to dig on the site?
- According to OSHA, soils composed of angular gravel, silt, clay or dry unstable rock are classified as Type ____.
- When is it necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials, tools or equipment shall be placed a minimum of _____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- What type of weld is used to connect H-Piles?
- When is bull floating performed?
- An OSHA certificate of fall hazard training must contain ___________________.
- A wellpoint system is least effective in ___?
- Well points would be most effective in ___?
- What is the last step in preperation before lifting a whole house slab?
- When forming a drive way , where should the form stakes be placed on the form boards ?
- Refer to the Diagram; When lifing a concrete slab what order would you raise the steel support beams?
- When hydraulic shoring is used in a trench you should _____.
- In unstable soil for deep trenches you must use a trench box. How is the trench box set?
- When using a pile driver , it is recommended that the weight of the ram be ____.
- When driving piles using 2 attached jetting pipes, when do you start the Jetting?
- A slab measures 40' x 60' and is 9" thick. How many cubic yards will it take to pour the slab with a 7% waste?
- Refer to the diagram; The wall form shown is 20 ft. long. How many boards will it take to construct the whales with a 10% waste? The whalers are 2 x 4 x 8.
- What is the diamater of a #5 deformed rebar?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of lot 452?
- OSHA requires fall protection at ____ feet.
- A distance of 50' with a 1% slope has a ___ fall.
- When de-watering a site in clean sand and gravel with high permeability soil, which of the following would be LEAST effective?
- Refer to the diagram; On the survey map what is the distance between point B and Point C ?
- A project requires a permit from Louisiana Department of Health and Hospitals. Who is required to get the permit.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which configuration would be correct for a hoist?
- A Bench mark is at an elevation of 33.11'. The cut to the invert of a pipe is 16.27' and the HI reading is 2.01'. What should the rod reading at the invert of the pipe be?
- A metal ring around the top of a wood pile used to keep it from splintering is called a _____.
- Which of the following standards is used when welding a GAS pipeline?
- Given the following information; Truck bed can hold 9 cubic yards of material, the soil has a dry density factor of 1.84 and a wet factor of 2.18. The soil has a swell factor of 15% from bank cubic yards. How many loads will it take to deliver 1000 bank cubic yards?
- If you purchased 1000 bank cubic yards from a dirt pit and it will be compacted to 95% modified proctor on the job site. 1 bank cubic yard is equal to 1.08 cubic yards compacted to 95%. 1 loose cubic yard is equal to 1.31 cubic yards compacted to 95%. The haul truck can carry 26 cubic yards. How many trips will it take to haul the purchased soil?
- As-built drawings will show____.
- There are 5 Batch concrete mixers on a job site, each making 20 cf in 9 minutes. How many cubic feet will they make in an hour?
- When water testing reinforced concrete pipe, the maximum leakage allowed is 200 gallon per inch diameter per day per mile. One mile equals 5,280 feet. What is the allowable loss of a 36` diameter pipe that is 300` in length for a four hour test?
- When a dowel is passed through a contraction joint with welded wire mesh reinforcement it should be _______
- You have to remove a small pre-stressted concrete slab. Which of the following would you do?
- How should an entry test for a confined space be preformed?
- Two manholes are 200' apart. Manhole A is at an elevation of 18.5'. Manhole B is at an elevation of 19.0'. The slope between Manhole A and B is?
- Underground electrical conduit lines are placed in parallel with communication lines. There is only soil separating them. How far apart must they be placed
- Which of the following PVC pipe has the thickest walls?
- When using a vibrator to consolidate concrete in a wall form, what is a sign that the vibrator should be withdrawn?
- Expansion joints in concrete shall be placed ______.
- What is the maximum spacing of a control joints?
- A trench is to be dug 2500` long. The base of the trench is 3` wide. The depth is 9`. Sides are sloped at 1:1 for the top 4`. How many cubic yards of material will be excavated from the Key?
- Fire service access elevators are prohibited to have automatic sprinkles installed in ______.
- Roof underlayment shall be lapped ___ inches.
- Surface cracking of concrete on concrete is caused by______.
- The EPA has estimated that about ____ percent of known water pollution is attributable to stormwater runoff.
- The EPA Lead-Based Paint Renovation rule applies to homes and schools built before _____.
- A fire service elevator shall be a minimum of ________.
- You must build a fence that is 995 meters long. It has one post every meter and each post costs $5.50. Fencing material comes in 100 m rolls that cost $125 each. Fabric netting comes in 100 m rolls that cost $95 each. At every lap there will be a double post. A box of staples costs $22 what is the total materials cost for the fence?
- For a concrete pipe 60″ in diameter, geotextile fabric shall be lapped a minimum of __ inches on each side of the joint.
- On a roadway with no shoulder, signs should be placed not closer than ___ feet from the edge of the traveled way.
- Which of the following would be the best Classification of soil to backfill behind a retaining wall?
- For a concrete pipe 24″ in diameter, geotextile fabric shall be lapped a minimum of __ inches on each side of the joint.
- When framing the rough opening of an emergency escape window, the sill height shall be framed so that it is a maximum ___ inches from the floor?
- What is the diameter of a #9 rebar?
- What insurance would cover damage to materials on the job site due to the contractors negligence?
- How would galvanized piping be connected to PVC piping?
- According to code normal asphalt shingles 36″ to 40″ in length must have not less than _____ nails per strip.
- Drip edge installed on eves and rake edges shall be lapped not less than _____ inches.
- Which of the following materials can contain asbestos?
- What is the total number of elevator cars allowed in a single hoist way(shaft)?
- Non round handrails, shall have dimensions of _____ inches.
- Which one of the following estimating methods is least accurate or detailed?
- You are a large construction contractor. You maintain a main office and you have crews working at several different projects. Which one of the following is a COMPANY overhead cost?
- What is the height of a curb set on a roof?
- You must build a fence that is 995 meters long. It has one post every meter and each post costs $5.50. Fencing material comes in 100 m rolls that cost $125. each. Fabric netting comes in 100 m rolls that cost $95. each. At every lap there will be a double post. A box of staples costs $22. What is the total cost of materials for the fence?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following is the correct bucket position for back dragging?
- Refer to the diagram; When using wood sheet piles in an excavation, which one of the piles shown is the correct shape to use? Note, the piles are being driven right to left.
- Refer to the Diagram; If the finished elevation of the project will be 99.5', how many cubic yards of earth will need to be removed?
- What type of electrical cable is most commonly used for underground feeders and as direct burial wiring?
- Spacers used for PVC underground electrical conduit power duct banks are made of ?
- Underground electrical conduit lines are placed in parallel with communication lines. There is only soil separating them. How far apart must they be placed?
- When liquid transportation pipelines that convey hazardous substances are installed underground in an industrial area, the distance from the top of the pipe to the ground level must be a minimum of ____ inches for normal excavation
- Which of the weather conditions listed below would cause DOTD to close roads for permitted haulers?
- Any structure over ___ Ft. wide requires a permit from DOTD to be transported.
- Any load load over 16' wide and 125' in length must have a ____.
- Any load over 12' wide and up to 16' wide require a ____.
- If an oil-lubricated breathing air-type compressor is being used, the compressior shall be frequently checked for ___?
- The Louisiana Department of Transportation requires minimum training for traffic control technicians which is known as____.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 100 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, the total number of square yards of aggregate surface is _____ square yards.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Base.
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the sidewalk.
- Refer to the Diagram of the curb ramp; The slope at "A" should be ____ or less.
- What is the maxixum fine for digging without identifying the location of underground utilites?
- A copper wire is installed alongside a non-metallic underground water main in order to ___?
- What minimum clearance is required between an underground natural gas transmission line and any other underground pipeline or structure?
- Which of the following is the most stable bedding for underground telecommunications and electrical cable?
- When you are drilling using an auger what do you pump around the casing for lubrication ?
- How long is the typical joint of a drill stem?
- On a roadway with no shoulder, signs should be placed not closer than ___ feet from the edge of the traveled way.
- When road construction is suspended for a period of time, the job signs should be ___?
- The color of all roadway directional construction signs is___?
- All of the following are mandatory highway control signs execpt :
- What is the background color for all highway exit signs ?
- What is the height of all construction signs ?
- All of the following signs are red background with white letters except ____ .
- The shape of all construction signs is (are) _____.
- Red is used as a background color on all of the folowing traffic signs except?
- Given: Highway warning signs will be placed in a highway construction site. The warning sign nearest the construction work site will be placed how many feet from the restriction?
- What manual governs street signs, traffic signals, roadways markings and roadway construction signs ?
- What is the minimum height of a Type III barricade ?
- What type of barricade is B?
- What type of barricade is A?
- Refer to the diagram; Which of the paddles would be used for a flagman's Stop/Slow sign ?
- What color are the reflectorized stripes on a flagger's vest?
- Which of the following is NOT true about safe practices for flaggers working arount a highway worksite?
- What is the size of a Flagman's hand held sign paddle ?
- How can a motorist become involved in traffic control on a paving project ?
- When would you call Louisiana One Call?
- When using La. One Call they will mark sewer, gas, and water lines from the edge of the property to ____?
- What article in the NEC specifically addresses telephone wiring systems?
- When you arrive on the job, you notice that One Call's marking stops before the end of the job. What should you do ?
- When LA ONE CALL is used what determines their start and stop points foe marking ? ( see solution)
- To locate underground utilities, what is the phone number to call before you dig?
- A contractor enters a contract that requires excavation to be performed. He calls LA One Call on Tuesday afternoon, what is the earliest time that he should wait before excavating?
- When must you call La. One Call before starting an excavation?
- When “Louisiana One Call” marks a construction site, what color does Red indicate?
- When “Louisiana One Call” marks a construction site, what color is used to mark potable water?
- A contractor is relocating gas and water lines from a building. LA One Call will mark the lines from _______.
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 85' horizontal?
- All of the following are purposes of laying down a prime coat except:
- Which of the following is the purpose of a tack coat?
- What can the excess application of tack material cause?
- Using a builders level, a backsite shot to point C (elevation 98.4) reads 5.9. A frontsite shot to point A reads 1.6. What is the elevation of point A?
- Construction of a five acre parking area requires the removal of the top 20 inches of topsoil. One acre equals 43,560 square feet. Excavation of the topsoil results in a 30 percent expansion of the in-place volume. The total loose topsoil that is to be removed is?
- The most common bituminous paving materials in use today are:
- A driveway is to be constructed 100' long, 10' wide, and 3.5" thick. How much concrete will be needed?
- Type III cement is known as ____.
- What is the standard depth of a control joint which is placed in a sidewalk?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the piping symbol shown.
- If a trench may collapse, what is required?
- A three-dimensional view of a piping system is a ______ drawing.
- Refer to the Diagram: What are the material costs for the parking lot shown, using the following information: 1" x 2" stakes $3.27 ea., 2 x 6 x 10 form boards @ $14.62 ea., 3000 psi concrete @ $170.00 per yard. Assume a 7% waste for the concrete.
- In the normal concrete finishing process, ____ is performed prior to bull floating.
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- According to Code, the minimum acceptable soil compaction is _____ % of relative density.
- What step in finishing concrete requires 2 people?
- What is the proper order of materials for mixing concrete?
- When do you start compacting asphalt?
- When should a saw cut be made in concrete for a control joint?
- Floating concrete is done when?
- When laying asphalt, how does the roller operator know when to stop compacting?
- How is the thickness of asphalt determined just after it comes out of the paver?
- How do you treat hot asphalt that is in direct contact with the skin?
- Blue smoke rising from a batch of hot mix asphalt may indicate?
- Which soil compaction test uses a test rod in a 12 hole 12" deep?
- How many lifts are required for a cold mix asphalt pavement?
- When repairing a pothole, how high do you fill it beyond the existing asphalt?
- How deep should asphalt sealant be placed in a joint? (read solution)
- If an asphalt mix is stiff and has a large amount of rocks, what happened?
- Which of the following is done to an asphalt roller drum while compacting asphalt?
- What is the lowest temperature in the shade that asphalt should be laid?
- What tool is used to make a joint in asphalt straight?
- Other than water, soap, and asphalt, what else makes Emulsified asphalt?
- What test is used to determine the density of asphalt?
- What is the best choice for aggregate to use when mixing asphalt?
- A harsh concrete mix may have its components separate and tends to be less plastic than a properly mixed batch. How is harshness controlled when it is discovered?
- Steam is rising from a load of asphalt being dumped into the paver indicates what?
- Control joints are placed in a 48" wide sidewalk every _____ feet.
- In asphalt paving, a pneumatic tire roller can be used to ____.
- In asphalt paving, a lute is typically used to ____.
- In an asphalt batch plant, the aggregate and asphalt cement are mixed in a ____.
- Which of the following cannot be used to coat the bed of an asphalt haul truck prior to loading?
- When filling a crack with asphalt sealant, the sealant should be left ____?
- When laying asphalt, which of the following is the correct order for rolling?
- When is concrete broomed to make a slip-resistant surface?
- How is concrete air entrained?
- If a concrete parking lot is located within 10 ft. of a building foundation, it shall have a slope of ____ % away from the building.
- When compacting a longitudinal asphalt joint using a static steel wheel roller, how many passes are made before the breakdown rolling begins?
- When performing breakdown rolling on new asphalt pavement, the number of passes to cover every part of the surface is generally ____.
- How is the slump test for concrete performed?
- A driveway that is 10' wide, 16' long, and 4" thick will require ___ cubic yards of concrete.
- When testing compaction or proof rolling soil, which piece of equipment would you use?
- Welded wire mesh should be lapped at least ___.
- A concrete pavement has bumps that are larger than allowed. What should be done?
- When compacting asphalt pavement using a steel wheel roller, then a pneumatic roller and finishing with a steel wheel roller. How long should the finish roller start behind the rubber tire roller?
- What is added to asphalt emulsion that is applied to pavement to increase skid resistance?
- Asphalt hot mix has a stiff appearance and there is improper coating of large aggragate. What is wrong with the mix?
- a 5" thick driveway will be paid at a rate of $35.00 per sq. yd. of pavement. The driveway is 50' long and 12' wide. The cost are as follows: concrete $40.00 per cy. Labor $8.00 per sq. yd. Forms $0.45 per sq. ft. What is the estimated profit for this job? (Choose the closest answer)
- On a State project, soil cement sub base is compacted by?
- A cold mix asphalt base course should be in lifts of ____ inches compacted thickness.
- A prime coat using a cut back asphalt application should be completely absorbed by the surface in how long?
- A tool in the cab of an asphalt distribution truck used to measure the rate of asphalt placed (bitumeter) measures in what units?
- In a slump test, what is measured?
- Which of the following statements is true about compacting new hot mix asphalt?
- If too much cut-back asphalt is applied, what shall be done to prevent bleeding of the prime coat up through the asphalt concrete?
- The easiest soil compaction method is ___.
- Concrete curing procedures and curing compounds should be applied:
- An excavation is being done using a front end loader. The loader has a 1 cy. bucket and can move 26 cy. per Hr. A total of 530 cys. need to be moved. The loader cost $12.50 hr. The operator cost is $16.25 hr. and you have a miscellaneous cost of $227.00. What is the cost of the excavation?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12' wide, 100' long, and the asphalt will be 3" thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs. per cubic Ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- When concrete trucks are finished pouring their load, their chutes are cleaned out in ___?
- Before applying asphalt surface treatment, the temperature must be at least ___ degrees in the shade.
- When applying asphalt surface treatment, what type of roller would be used to embed the aggregate?
- Within what amount of time should the aggregate be spread after spraying the asphalt on a surface treatment job?
- What is the proper order of compaction rollers for a newly placed asphalt pavement?
- In a driveway, wire mesh should be cut so that it ___.
- What type of nail is easy to remove and normally used for building forms?
- If you are using Welded Wire Mesh to re-enforce a sidewalk, the mesh should be placed ____ the forms.
- When pouring concrete in cold weather, the temperature of the concrete must remain _____.
- When would you call Louisiana One Call?
- You are setting wood forms to pour a slab. The vertical stakes used to support the form boards should be how high over the top of the forms?
- What is the best way to compact sub grade for a sidewalk?
- Which is true about the sub grade for a parking lot or driveway slab?
- You are pouring concrete from a mix truck using the trucks chute. If the mix is traveling too fast through the chute, what would happen to the mix?
- To locate underground utilities, what is the phone number to call before you dig?
- A driveway is 20' wide and crowned in the center. What would the fall from the center to the edge be if the slope was 1/2" per foot?
- An asphalt paver is started and stopped creating ridge in the roadway. What tool would be used to remove the ridge?
- A grade stake has an elevation of 23.0. A shot to the top of the stake reads 4.7. What is the HI?
- The "Critical Path Method" is ____.
- Which of the following procedures is not allowed?
- According to the N.E.C. what is the maximum voltage for Class I remote control and signal circuits?
- According to code, an exhaust vent must be how far from any fresh air intake?
- Which of the following forms would be used to add or delete work that changes the price of the contract?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Gate valve.
- A company has $30,000 in current assets with $5,000 in inventory. It has $7,500 in long-term liabilities and $ 9,000 in current liabilities. What is the Quick ratio of the company?
- If lifting a 50,500 lb. load with a steel alloy chain sling, and the sling is at a 45 degree angle, what minimum size chain would be needed?
- Refer to the Diagram; At what elevation is the highest water content found?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the slope from the East end of the parking lot to the Catch basin?
- What type of electrical cable is most commonly used for underground feeders and as direct burial wiring?
- The clearance between handrail gripping surface and adjacent surfaces shall be ____ inches.
- On an accessible ramp, the floor surface shall extend ____ inches beyond the hand railing.
- When used around a jobsite a sidewalk for pedestrian traffic shall be ___ feet wide.
- HVAC ducts will have _____ installed that close upon the actuation of a listed smoke detector.
- HVAC ducts will have _____ installed that actuate when the temperature rises more than 50 degrees above the normal temperature within the duct.
- Floor joists are attached to joist headers using ____ size nails.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of the pond?
- When explosives are used on a construction site in Louisiana, who would issue the License?
- What is the most important factor in controlling the site layout and equipment used?
- As-built drawings should be kept at the ______.
- A crane shall have a working space in the direction of live parts which require maintenance a minimum of _______.
- When bidding a job, the costs include the following, labor cost of $50,000.00 for carpentry, $18,000.00 for concrete labor and $7,000 labor for roofing. Workman’s compensation cost are $1.12/100 for carpentry, $2.40/100 for concrete, and $2.65/$100 for roofing. Your policy provides for a 5% discount. What is the cost for the Workman’s comp. premium?
- A 6″ 25 gauge metal stud with a deflection of L/240 spaced 24″o.c. may be up to ___ in length.
- On a gutter system the maximum run between the high point and the downspout is ordinarily not more than ____ feet.
- A long cylinder made of natural materials that is used to control erosion temporarily is called a _____.
- What cost is evenly distributed over the entire project?
- In an assembly occupancy, panic hardware is required on doors at what load?
- Lag screws used to connect treated wood shall be coated with one of the following:
- When a side wall mounted sprinkler is used to protect a deck, it must be mounted so that the deflectors are a maximum of ___ inches below the deck.
- A manual fire alarm box shall be located not more than ____ feet from an exit.
- If you have 40 wood trusses that are 20' long, about how much would they weigh?
- A foundation requires soil with a bearing pressure of 138 kPa. Which of the soils listed below would NOT be suitable?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following would show the limit of the fill slope?
- Osha regulations for concrete forming are in subpart ____.
- According to OSHA, lumber can be stacked a maximum of ___ feet high.
- Steel joist products are being loaded on a flat bed trailer, which of the following statements is true?
- Cabinets used to house portable fire extinguishers may be locked in Group _______.
- A two-hour fire-resistive rating may be achieved on a structural steel column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8″ type “X” wall board
- W section steel columns are spliced ___ feet above the level of the floor beams.
- Which of the following gas piping can be concealed?
- When a walkway is placed over a trench, it must have guardrails if the trench is ___ feet deep.
- On an excavation job the payline is usually ___ feet outside the building line.
- From a compacted state, sand and gravel will swell?
- Which of the following bolts is only used for secondary and temporary connections in structural steel connections because of it’s relatively low strength?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of the roof truss bearing point?
- Which part of a window unit is used to attach the unit to the rough opening?
- When pouring a driveway in an area of moderate weather exposure, what is the minimum PSI of the concrete?
- Weather protection for masonry grout should be used when the temperature is below ______________ degrees.
- What is used to frame a rough floor opening?
- A contractor is erecting panelized sections of steel joists. In what width should he order materials to accommodate for standard bridging?
- What is the maximum number of feet that materials can be dropped from a building to a point outside the building walls without using a totally enclosed chute?
- Rigging equipment is inspected and is found to be defective, what should be done?
- Pipes embedded in concrete and not exposed to earth or weather shall have a concrete cover of ____ inches.
- Pipes embedded in concrete and exposed to earth shall have a concrete cover of ____ inches.
- What is the curing time for Type III concrete?
- Thin brick veneer is classified as a (an)______.
- When performing a light test in a grease hood, where should the light be inserted?
- On a job site, where would you place a silt fence?
- What is the IRS penalty for a tax deposit made more than 16 days late?
- In order to decrease his risk of liability, a contractor should___?
- Preservative treated wood used in foundations are required to have a quality "mark" containing _________?
- What would be the normal process for submittals of shop drawings for a project?
- What would be the cycle time for piece of equipment traveling at 5 mph over a distance of 3000 ft. 1 mph = 88 ft per minute.
- What size hole do you drill for a 1/2 inch bolt?
- A run of rigid non-metallic conduit approved for direct burial is to be installed underneath a permanent residential driveway. What is the minimum burial depth required?
- A 600 volt energized panel that requires maintenance must have a working space of ____.
- What is the minimum size grounding conductor required for a system protected by a 200 amp circuit breaker and fed with 3/0 copper conductors.
- Heating and AC equipment located on the car of an elevator shall have a branch circuit voltage not to exceed ___ volts.
- What is the minimum burial depth for a rigid metal conduit under an Airport runway?
- When a lockout tag is placed on a piece of equipment, according to NFPA 70 E who can remove it?
- What is the minimum allowable size for power limited trade cable (type PLTC) conductors used for class 3 circuits? (disregard exceptions)
- What is the minimum diameter for a residential dryer vent duct?
- Normally, the best way to keep costs down is to have deliveries made?
- A column bearing or base plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts must be grouted with non-shrink grout for final bearing support. The base plate has a hole drilled in the center to __________.
- Which of the following is grouted when installing a piece of equipment?
- Identify the shaded portion of the diagram:
- Which of the following is grouted when installing a piece of equipment?
- Referring to the diagram, Identify Point C
- What type of weld is used to connect H-Piles?
- A column bearing or base plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts must be grouted with non-shrink grout for final bearing support. The base plate has a hole drilled in the center to _________________.
- Normally, the best way to keep costs down is to have deliveries made?
- What are the 2 forms of a CPM(Critical Path Method)?
- Refer to the Diagram; A footing will be poured that is 1.6" wide and 2' deep with the exception of the North wall which will be 2' wide and 2' deep. How many cubic yards of concrete will be needed?
- Which of the following materials is commonly used as an anode?
- A road is 1 mile long and measures 36′ wide. You are going to grade the road with a road grader with a 12′ blade. Using the following information, how long will it take to grade the road? In 1st. gear the grader travels 2.5mph @ 83% efficiency, 2nd.gear 5mph @ 87% 3rd. gear 7.5mph @ 87% (See diagram for solution)
- Which compactor is least effective for clay soil?
- What is the standard size of a piezometer screen?
- The maximum VERTICAL hanger spacing for galvanized steel pipe is ___ ft.
- When a piezometer is installed in an exploratory boring, the hole is sealed with _____.
- How are "Wick" drains installed?
- Refer to the Diagram; This stake means _______.
- What is the best way to connect geotextiles?
- Which of the following is the least effective to use to compact sand or gravel?
- Refer to the Diagram; What does "A" signify on the bolt head?
- Bolt holes for bolted connections of structural members which are punched or drilled should be how much larger than the diameter of the required bolt?
- Supported scaffolds 3 feet wide or less shall have guys, ties, and braces installed vertically at locations of horizontal members every __ ft. or less.
- Where do you go to get information on allowable clearing and grubbing techniques used in a certain area?
- Refer to the diagram; Which railroad track will pass inspection?
- Refer to the diagram; How deep is the North side of the ditch when finished?(or they could say "slope")
- An excavation is being done using a front end loader. The loader has a 1 cy. bucket and can move 26 cy per hr. A total of 530 cys. need to moved. The loader cost $12.50 hr. The operator cost is $16.25 hr and you have a miscellaneous cost of $227.00. What is the cost on the excavation?
- Which of the following is a test for welds on a gas piping system ?
- The Dodge Reports and Data Facts are good sources of information for?
- Which of the following is used to disinfect a new ductile iron water main ?
- What would be attached to the boom of a track hoe to demolish concrete.
- What would normally be used when installing fiberglass insulation?
- Refer to the diagram ; Which of the following would be the correct attachment setup to lift the load ?
- A wellpoint system is least effective in ___?
- What type of lubricant would be used on a gasketed pipe that will contain potable water?
- Before pouring a slab on grade , which subcontractor do you notify ?
- According to OSHA a crane operator's certification is valid for ___?
- Where would a contractor go to find out about local permitting ?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12' wide, 100' long and asphalt will be 3" thick. The asphalt density is 146.75 lbs. per cubic ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- Blowoff valves are placed_____.
- When using La. One Call they will mark sewer, gas, and water lines from the edge of the property to ____?
- Where would a contractor go to find out about disposal areas or methods for the project ?
- What type of bond would guaratee to the owner that a project will be completed by the bonding company in the event the General Contractor fails?
- Refer to the Diagram; Making a hot tap on an 8" main, how far would you move the tapping tool to completely cut the coupon, but not damage the other wall of the pipe?
- Spacers used for PVC underground electrical conduit power duct banks are made of ?
- Refer to the Diagram; The benchmark is at an elevation of 147.6. The height of the instrument is 3.75 and a foresite to the grade rod reads 3.94. What is the height at thepoint the leveling rod is placed?
- When you arrive on the job, you notice that One Call's marking stops before the end of the job. What should you do ?
- Who establishes the weight of large equipment on a job site?
- When demolishing a building that has concrete walls on the outside and sheetrock and wood on the interior. Which of the following would be the most economical way to complete the job?
- According to OSHA if a trench is unstable soil the sides shall be sloped, shored or braced if the trench is ____feet deep or more
- A lift station is being built and boring logs show water and sand at the invert elevation. What should be used to remove water from the excavation.
- OSHA regulations state that if the permit for a confined space is canceled, the record must be retained for _______.
- Where would a contractor find information on possible dump sites and burn regulations?
- Refer to the diagram; Which is the proper way to connect a branch line into a main.
- Which of the following is true about a mechanical pipe joint ?
- Underground electrical conduit lines are placed in parallel with communication lines. There is only soil separating them. How far apart must they be placed?
- The junction box for underground electrical in a Tier 8 location would be used for ____?
- When it's time to order equipment for the job you should _____?
- Which would be the best source of information about storing hazardous materials on the job ?
- Which of the following is the most stable bedding for underground telecommunications and electrical cable?
- Which of the following is used to avoid electrolysis between copper and other metals?
- Refer to the diagram; This crane signal means ?
- All of the following types of backfill listed for use with culverts must be compacted after each lift except?
- Overhead regulatory highway signs are placed a minimum of _______ feet above the road way
- Refer to the diagram ; Which shows the centerline of the street /
- A small length of steel water main has been damaged. The piece will be cut out and replaced, what would be the best to use?
- What method of connecting a control valve box that will allow easy removel for maintance ?
- When workers are working in open or rough waters which of the following would be best?
- What type of valve can be opened or closed quickly by lowering or raising a sliding stem?
- What is used in a drinking water plant to trap solids?
- When testing compacted earth fills in place, you can achieve the most stable soil if the test are made after how many lifts of fill?
- What would you keep copper from corroding when attached to a different metal?
- A benchmark is at an elevation of 35.11 cut invert is 17.35 height of the instrument is 4.07 What is the elevation of the invert?
- Water main piping is laid at what grade ?
- If hazzardous atmospheres could reasonably be expected to exist, atmosphere shall be tested at ____ft.
- If you are installing a socket and spigot Tee, you should cut the line ___?
- When leveling equipment it should be bolted and shimed with ____?
- Class 4 gas lines shall be tested to____times the MOP (Maximum Operating Pressure ).
- A jeep tests for the holidays in pipeline coating using ?
- Refer to the diagram; What needs to be done to read a level surface ?
- A tripod is being used for a rescue system for a confined space , however this system does not have a built in speed control. This will also require ?
- An operation using a nuclear device to test the soil density, must be licensed by ?
- Refer to the diagram; Where would the corner of the building be ?
- Which is the proper height of a barrier fence for an open hole ?
- What is the schedule number is used for corbon steel pipe 14''- 24''?
- Refer to the diagram; what is the diameter of the tie bars in the slab ?
- What is the name of a watertight enclosure used for an excavation ?
- Sewer and water lines laid in parallel trenches must be seperated by ____feet.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Arch pipe.
- When leaning a ladder against a wall, the ratio of a ladder to a wall is ?
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out horizontally from a wall for a future pour?
- A compaction control test determines the in- place density and ______of the soil.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of the fill at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the on-center spacing of the reinforcement shown in the curb and gutter detail?
- When ordering a special item item for a project you will need to know ____.
- Who can install a backflow preventer ?
- Refer to the Diagram; Reffeing to the soil report shown, if this soil is to be used for subbase material ____. (see solution)
- When installing equipment, where would you use grout ?
- Refer to the Diagram; In order to lift the greatest load, the chain sling shown should have an angle at C of _____ degrees.
- What document has information about handling and storage of hazardous materials on the job ?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper bedding for culvert?
- Which of the following is true about a mechanical pipe joint ?
- Refer to the Diagram; If line DC is N 71 degrees 18' W, then the bearing is from ____?
- Which of the following is performed first in finishing a concrete slab?
- How is submittal data sent to the prime contractor ?
- Refer to the diagram; This represents a _____.
- If you are installing a gas line that requires a pressure rating of 220 psi, the minimum H.D.P.E. pipe would be ?
- What is the best way to compact sub grade for a sidewalk?
- What is the minimum burial depth fo a 120V circuit without concrete encasement under a parking lot ?
- A construction site will need 2,000 compacted cubic yards of soil. The soil will be hauled from a barrow pit using 15 cy dump trucks. How many loads will be needed? Assume the following; Conversion from bank cy. to compacted cy. = 1.06 Conversion from compacted cy. to loose cy. = 1.21
- Trench shoring should be removed ______.
- Which shoring method moves moving the shoring along with the trench while being dug?
- What is a common industry standard method of testing sewer mains ?
- Which of the following is the correct way to place backfill around a culvert?
- What is the most efficient way to install a culvert?
- How many work days are in a calendar year excluding holidays and weekends?
- A contractor has had the area of an excavation marked by Louisiana One Call. The markings shows underground electric lines will be encountered, what must the contractor do before digging ?
- Refer to the Diagram; The trench shield is placed in a trench that is over 5' deep.
- To open an unmarked fire hydrant you would ___.
- You have an excavation that measures 30' x 170' and is 4 1/2 feet deep. You are hauling the dirt to a stock pile using 9 cubic yard dump trucks. If the soil swell 27%, how many truck loads will take to haul away material ?
- Which of the following would be used to make a change to the project before the bid?
- If you are laying a 36" pipe the width of the trench should be ____.
- Refer to the diagram; a sewer main is being laid, using the information on the stake what is the finished elevation for the invert of the pipe.
- Identify the check valve;
- Refer to the diagram; what is the finished elevation for the pipe ?
- What type of respirator is required for sand blasting operations if the dust generated does not contain hazardous materials?
- Refer to the diagram; identify the concentric reducer.
- When installing a saddle, which of the following would be used ?
- A road that measures 24' wide and 1 mile long is going to be overlaid with 2" of hot-mix asphalt paving. How many tons of asphalt will be required? 5280' = 1 mile, weight of asphalt = 110 lbs. per inch per square yard.
- When using a pile driver , it is recommended that the weight of the ram be ____.
- Refer to the Diagram; A footing will be poured that is 1.6" wide and 2' deep with the exception of the North wall which will be 2' wide and 2' deep. How many cubic yards of concrete will be needed?
- Water flows easily through what type of soil ?
- The best way to remove a pile is to use a _____.
- When laying a pipe in a trench with unstable soil, a shield is needed. As the pipe is being laid_______.
- When necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials shall be placed a minimum of ____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- According to OSHA ; full size scaffolds shall have standard guardrails on all side and ends when the height is ____or more feet.
- Safety nets, which are to be used during bridge construction, shall extend beyond the edge of the working surface, according to OSHA, ___ feet.
- According to OSHA, employees working on scaffolds over ___ ft. high shall have fall protection.
- All of the following are duties of a construction project architect except :
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs used on a jobsite shall have a landing at every ____ feet of vertical rise.
- Open web steel joist are unloaded at the jobsite, they should be stored_____.
- What type of pipe is used for jacking in a trenchless augering excavation?
- Guard rails and toe boards are required if a scaffold platform is ____ feet above the ground.
- What is the best method to use when laying a pipeline accross a leeve?
- A Contractor is doing a cut and filled job with a front end loader. Refering to the diagram, which of the bucket positions would he use?
- An electrical current is run through an underground metal pipeline for what reason?
- A bid bond provides_____?
- You must build a fence that is 995 meters long. It has one post every meter and each post costs $5.50. Fencing material comes in 100 m rolls that cost $125. each. Fabric netting comes in 100 m rolls that cost $95. each. At every lap there will be a double post. A box of staples costs $22. What is the total materials for the fence?
- When a bid bond is required with a contractors bid, it is intended to guarantee that ____?
- When operating a bulldozer in muddy soil and it keeps sinking, what do you do to give it better traction?
- Which of the following would be added to concrete or mortar to increase its strength ?
- Refer to the diagram : Which letter identifies the center line ?
- When you are drilling using an auger what do you pump around the casing for lubrication ?
- When is the best time to level a block in a masonry wall ?
- When should you inspect erected shoring equipment ?
- If you're dredging within the Louisiana Coastal Zone who must you notify?
- If you're dredging outside of the Louisiana Coastal Zone who must you notify? (see solution)
- How far from a well site do you store batteries, fuel or any other hazardous flammable material ?
- When concrete sewer pipe is installed at the end of the day what should be done to the exsposed end of the pipe ?
- Which of the following is the proper way to place Crosby clamps?
- What is the location of the load when lifting with wire rope?
- Referring to the illustration which beam is a C-channel ?
- When driving a pile and the head of the pile is underwater what do you use?
- How is a turnbuckle with hook end fittings secured ?
- A dozer with a standard blade 2.5cyds is pushing 80' forward at 2.8mph and 90' back at 3.9mph with an efficiency of 80%, a fixed time of .02minutes and a maneuver time of .7 minutes. How many cubic yards can it move in a hour?
- According to OSHA fall protection is required when working on scaffolding above how many feet ?
- According to OSHA when must you notify them for an on site job death ?
- How is the thickness of asphalt determined just after is comes out of the pavers ?
- When lifting a load with a crane where is the best point of 0 gravity? (Where is the load in respect to the hook)
- When using a marsh buggy which is the following statements is true ?
- What is used to prevent movement of load when using shackles in a wire set-up ?
- What would be the last step when aligning a pump and motor ?
- When driving sheet piles with swinging leads, what would be used to keep the piles plump.
- Welded wire mesh is tagged 6 x 8 x 12w. This means the wires are spaced?
- On a rail track what material is not good for a foundation beneath the track ?
- When grubbing is being done and must be transported on the water ways who should you contact ?
- How deep should a pipeline be buried below water under the ground ?
- At a railroad crossing signal light how are the green and red lights positioned ?
- How do you treat hot asphalt that is in direct contact with the skin ?
- How is a jeep used in pipeline construction propelled ?
- Referring to the diagram; what is the distance from each gate to the centerline of the nearest track ?
- When beginning to drive a pile how high should the hammer be from the piling ?
- What is used to test the thickness of a newly placed pavement ?
- When lifting a 45' long bundle of rebar from one location to the next is should be picked up using what?
- When is bull floating performed?
- What is a MSDS?
- Along the coast, where can you NOT install an above ground gas valve for an underground line?
- How deep should asphalt sealant be placed in a joint?
- What are railroad right of ways marked with?
- If a back hoe has two gears for reverse how would you turn it the tightest circle ?
- After dredging and forming an island you have excavation work to perform on the site, what should be done to insure the density is adequate?
- When transplanting oysters from public waters to another are who must be notified?
- What is a jeep used for ?
- When driving piles using 2 attached jetting pipes, when do you start the jetting ?
- When working over water OSHA requires ring buoys. What is the minimum length of safety line attached to a ring buoys ?
- Some old transformers are discovered at a job site , they are found to contain PCB. if found and returned they could each be worth $7,000. What do you do ?
- What is the safest way to use a front-end loader to fill dump truck that is parked on a hill at an incline ?
- What is a yoke in regard to concrete construction ?
- A collection pond measures 23,000 sq. ft. on the surface, and has a depth of 9 ft. How many cubic yards are in the pond?
- What shall be done with a cracked hard hat?
- An oil well is drilled and is a dry well. How many days do you have to close the hole?
- When sending someone to the bottom of a bell-bottom pier hole, he must be equipped with _____
- A storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPP) must include which of the following?
- When you own a dredging barge, you are required to have a Merchant Mariner Credential. If you are a U.S Citizen when must the credential be renewed?
- Joints in the pre-cast concrete constrution that will require dry pack or grout should have a minimum thickness of______.
- At what size pipe is the outside diameter equal to the nominal pipe size?
- When constructing a wire fence using staples, the staples on the line posts (not corner posts) are attached how?
- A benchmark has an elevation of 101.7. A back site to the benchmark reads 4.75. A front site to a corner stake reads 3.90. What is the HI ?
- Who would issue a permit to dredge in order to have access to the site of an oil or gas rig?
- Refer to the diagram; Which is the correct way to set up a drum and block with sheaves for a hoist ?
- Refer to the diagram. Which is the best method to lift a load using a shackle?
- Refer to the diagram. The piping shown is a (an)________.
- Who would issue a permit for the drilling of an oil or gas well?
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means_______?
- Which of the following is required to pay overtime pay?
- Refer to the diagram ; the Geotextile is identified by letter___?
- Refer to the Diagram; When the Gabion is used for road embankment and fully assembled it should be filled _____ with stone or rock.
- Refer to the diagram ; What is the invert of the pipe ?
- Sheet piles are being used to keep water out of a marsh area. The length of the site is 345' and each pile protects 18" and are 15' long. The piles cost $6.50 per sq ft. What is the total cost of the sheet piles?
- When compacting asphalt pavement using a steel wheel roller, then pneumatic roller and finishing with a steel wheel roller. How long should the finish roller start behind the rubber tire roller.
- Pallets containing 15 pipes that are 8 ft. long each are being delivered to the job site. The best placement of pallet should be ____?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of W18 x 24 structural steel weigh?
- When is the best time to apply curing compound to a newly poured slab ?
- A cold mix asphalt base course should be in lifts of____inches compacted thickness.
- A wellpoint system is least effective in ____?
- Refer to the diagram; According to the reference state, how far is the stake away from the center line of the road ?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of joint is shown in the bridge beam?
- Refer to the diagram; Which of the would be the correct attachment setup to lift the load?
- Refer to the diagram; The reference stake is at an elevation of 100.00, what is the elevation of the target stake ?
- Water main piping is laid at what grade?
- Which pile driver produces the least amount of noise?
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the beam shown.
- Refer to the diagram; What type of bolt would you use for a machine expansion shield?
- If driving piles using fixed leads, what keeps the pile plumb ?
- When using a vibratory pile driver, how are the piles attached ?
- When preparing submittals, the requirements would be found in the ____?
- In a driveway wire mesh should be cut so that it ____.
- According to OSHA, if an aluminum ladder is bent which of the following is true ?
- A 7500 lb. pile hammer is droppped 5 feet, how much energy is produced ?
- Open web steel joists normally have a tag ____.
- The markings on a pipe reads ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S. What do the markings on the pipe mean ? (see diagram)
- When lifting a load with a crane such as rebar or timbers, what would you use to keep the load from slipping?
- Refer to the Diagram; At station 1 + 40, the cut to the bottom of the pipe will be ____?
- Who is required to get NPDES (Storm Water) permit coverage?
- What is the minimum length measured in the direction of travel, for the landing of an egress door?
- What fire-extinguishing system may be combined along with automatic sprinkler systems ?
- What is the maximum allowed on center spacing allowed for metal studs? (See Solution)
- Refer to the diagram ; Letter ''B'' is the ____.
- In an emergency, an elevator shall automatically transfer to standby power within _____?
- What type of metal is used for joints or around edges of concrete.
- According to OSHA, how high can bricks be stacked before a 2'' in every foot set back is required ?
- What is used to keep toilet tank from having condensation on the tank ?
- Which of the following manual tests is used to check soil plasticity ?
- When using sheet pile to block water from entering an excation, it is best to ;
- Refer to the diagram; This crane signal means?
- When working in a trench that requires a trench shield, where should the employee stand ?
- Which of the following tests would be used to measure the optimum moisture content of the soil and maximum density ?
- Which of the following is excluded from Assembly Group A Occupancy?
- What are the classifications of soil?
- According to OSHA, where is the lanyard attached to the safety harness?
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means ______.
- Refer to the diagram : if line DC is 71 degrees N 18' then the bearing is ___.
- Refer to figure. The figure is:
- What is the minimum clear opening distance of a passage door opening measured from the face of the door to the opposite stop?
- A caisson is a ___.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the sidewalk.
- Which of the following is excluded from Assembly Group A Occupancy ?
- A manual test is used to check soil plasticity by rolling the materials into a thread_____ inches in diameter ?
- Why is form oil used?
- What type of welding is used for gas pipelines?
- Which of the following items would be included in a sub contractor's contract.
- A natural gas compressor station shall maintain a levee with an elevation of at least ____ feet above mean high tide.
- Which of the following types of construction would be most fire resistent ?
- The total of weight of a building's structure is the ___ ?
- According to OSHA, a lifeline shall have a minimum breaking strenght of ___?
- A passenger elevater car should include which of the following ?
- ADA requires a (an)___ installed in each elevator cab in case passangers become trapped in a car.
- What does a Gant chart do ?
- Which of the following items is not listed in a construction contract ?
- What does "PI" represent in a soil sample ?
- What is the first step in beginning an excavation job ?
- Refer to the diagram; According to the Gantt schedule shown, when will the HVAC be completed ?
- How often is re- training required for working in a permit required space ?
- Osha requires a ring buoy present on the site whenever working ____.
- If a contractor adds an item to a bonded contract, this is called a ____ ?
- What delivery method brings together the architect, engineer, and contractor ?
- Which of the following determines the type of blade to select for a bulldozer ?
- Which of the following would be the first thing to do after recieving all the drawings and specifications for a project?
- Base plates up to 2'' in thickness are normally welded to the column where ?
- Which standards must be used for welding on pipelines ?
- Employees working over or near water shall be provided with a ___?
- You are setting wood forms to pour a slab. The vertical stakes used to support the form boards should be how high over the top of the forms should they be ?
- Who is responsible for the design of cleat connections in structural steel construction ?
- Who would issue a performance bond for drilling and closing an oil well in Louisiana ?
- A crane operater should never lift or swing a load___ unless allowed by the manufactor
- Which is true about the sub grade for a parking lot or driveway slab ?
- Residential ducts shall be sized in accordance with _______
- Lp gas is _______ gas.
- Residential ducts shall be sized in accordance with____
- LP gas is _____ gas.
- A vent terminal near a window must be___ feet above it and at least____ feet horizontally from it.
- What is used to change a higher voltage to a lower voltage ?
- According to code, what is the minimum burial depth for a gas line?
- What would be used to level base plates if metal shims are not used?
- According to code, the minimum slope permitted for a condensate line is ________.
- What is a Btu?
- What is the minimum vent size from a water closet?
- What is a pyranometer?
- Which of the following instruments measures direct radiation on a surface?
- What is a Langley?
- Sensible heat may be defined as the heat left in order to ______.
- The automatic expansion valve maintains constant pressure at the _____.
- Testing , adjusting, and balancing of air and water systems is the process of :
- What effect does nitrogen have on a sealed refrigeration piping system when put into the line after brazing ?
- A common control in hydronic heating which uses a liquid filled bulb that operates a snap acting switch is called a ___controller.
- What is used on a centrifugal air conditioning chiller to automatically remove non-condensable ?
- A reciprocating pump is a pump having a____ moving up and down or back and forth.
- Refer to the figure. The figure is :
- A concrete pad with an air conditioner on it is required to extend above the ground level____ inches.
- OSHA form 300 and 301 must be kept by the employer for___years?
- a mechanics lien is best defined as _____?
- Given : LIENS can not be filed against public property. What type of bond may be purchased to protect sub-contractors, venders, and workers seeking to get paid for their work and materials use on a public property project ?
- what is retainage?
- The MILLER ACT requires a contractor to provide performsnce and payment bonds on public work projects. What is the minimum amount of a contract at which Miller Act requirements apply
- According to OSHA compressed air used for cleaning shall not exceed?
- When time is of the essence, a construction project that allows construction to begin before completion of all the drawings and utilizes multiple prime contractors is called:
- A vent terminal near a window must be ____feet above it and at least ____feet horizontally from it
- Which OSHA form provides data on how an injury or illness occurred?
- What type of copper cannot be buried underground?
- What type of copper is used in panel heaters?
- If it takes 2 minutes to fill a 5 gallon bucket what is the gallon per minute flow?
- What is the minimum size of a drum trap?
- What does a VFD control ?
- How is rebar marked when it is delivered to the job site?
- If you have two materials that are different that are being joined together what type of connection is made ?
- When are concrete cylinders tested?
- Which of the following is not added to soil to increase stabilization?
- what is an EMR calculation used for ?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12' wide, 100' long and the asphalt will be 3" thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs per cubic ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- What is a VFD ?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct position to lower the bucket to start an excavation with a back hoe?
- What is used to support and keep welded wire mesh off the ground?
- On steel bridge construction, safety nets are required whenever fall distances exceed ____ feet.
- A 14" x 16" x 22' long duct is being installed how much would it weigh if 1 sqft weighs 1.12lbs?
- A 10'' x 16'' x 4' long duct is being installed how much it would weigh if 1sqft weighs 1.12lbs ?
- How many 16th's marks are on a tape measure in one inch?
- If it takes 2 mins to fill a 5 gallon bucket what is the gallon per minute flow ?
- What causes negative pressure on an air handler ?
- Which of the following contractors takes a precedence?
- Which of the following is the symbol for hot water lines ?
- A contract is to install 450' of duct that is purchased for $1.75 per foot. The job is estimated to take 5 hours at $45.00 an hour for a two man crew. the contractor wants to make a 15% profit on this job, how much should his bid be ?
- what is the smallest measurement in these readings?
- How close can acetylene and oxygen tanks be stored from one another ?
- what is a liquid called from a gas or steam boiler or a flue when it liquefies from temperature or pressure difference ?
- If you have a 14'' x 16'' x 22' duct, how many square feet of insulation does it take ?
- You having a pre-construction meeting who is going to preform the meeting ?
- What is an MSDS ?
- What does DDC stand for ?
- What is the open air space in a rectangular duct measuring 28'' x 20'' with 2'' internal insulation ?
- When installing a gas water heater. who must pull a permit ?
- What is the developed length between the open pipes shown below ?
- Which of the following is the smallest fraction ?
- A 20' length of 1/2'' copper tubinh must be cut in 20'' lengths. How many cut pieces will you have ?
- On hydronic piping heat exchanger system; wher must shut off valves be placed ?
- Before purchasing,____ gas is used to keep copper tuning clean and dry.
- Which of the following cannot be used for hydronic piping ?
- What is the travel length on a 45 run between 2 pipes that have a 11' offset ?
- OSHA requires a trench shield in any trench ____ feet or deeper.
- The minimum gage sheet metal for an inclosed 12 inch round of rectangular duct in a single family dwelling is ____
- Which of the following cannot be placed in a 2x4 stud wall cavity chase ?
- Residential ducts shall be sized in accordance with ____
- What will happen if an oversize A/C unit is installed on a jobs ?
- Which of the following delivery methods would keep job inventory cost low ?
- What is used to change a higher voltage to a lower voltage ?
- What is the minimum size of pipe for DWV lines ?
- Acccording to code, what is the minimum burial depth for a gas line ?
- What is the maximum depth of a notch in a ceiling joist?
- If a piece of equipment is brought new for $ 50,000.00. You will depreciate it over 2,000 hrs. of use. If the equipment is used on the job for 60 hrs. , how much depreciation are you allowed to deduct ?
- The most used type of gas used for cutting is ____.
- The maximum Horizontal hanger spacing for galvanized steel pipe is ___ ft.
- At what temperature does water boil in degrees F. ?
- When using a sling to lift a load, when ever possible the angle should be less than or egual to ___ degrees.
- Which of the following is used to avoid electrolysis between copper and other metals?
- Refer to the diagram ; What needs to be done to read the level surface?
- Who would verify that the completed building and systems operate in accordance with the owner's project requirements?
- A ducy lined with 3'' of insulation needs air flow of 24'' x 20''. What would be the outside dimension of the duct?
- Isometric drawings are used to ___.
- To help isolate and control vibration a chiller that is set outside the building, it should be set on ?
- In a 2 pipe hydronic heating and cooling system, how many pipes are used for cooling and how many for heating?
- The major difference between a heat pump and an air conditioner is ___?
- You arrive on a job and the suction line is frosted or sweating. A possible cause is _____?
- Water added to the circulating system to replace water lost by evaporation or leakage is called ____ water.
- According to the IMC, cuts or notches in engineered wood products ____?
- For installation and testing purposes the duct work stream from a VAV box is considered_____?
- If a wheelchair can only face the thermostat, what is the maximum reach allowed?
- How much pressure does a gas dryer use?
- The flow direction through the fill that is perpendicular to that of falling water and is carried away is known as ___?
- Which of the following would be considered a project cost?
- The concrete pad used to set an AC unit should be ___ than the actual unit.
- What are the main components of a solar water heater heating system ?
- The most common type of joint used to connect copper tubing by soldiering is ___.
- When the project manager is preparing an invoice to the owner for a monthly draw, he would include ___.
- An appliance installed in a dwelling unit must have clearance for access ____ inches deep.
- What is the minimum clearance required for access panels on an outdoor condensing unit?
- What does NFPA stand for?
- The minimum clearance for a residential gas vent passing through a roof with no reduction in required clearances from combustible materials shall be ____ inches.
- Which is the correct manifold pressure for a natural gas furnace?
- The disconnecting means in the ungrounded leads in no case shall be installed farther than _____ ft. from the service of the equipment.
- Low Pressure gas is ____.
- If the contract has a liquidated damages clause this provide____.
- A Lot is ____?
- Which of the following conductors for low voltage wiring can be run up 100 ft. outside of conduit?
- Gas vents shall terminate not less than _____ feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet.
- The air removed by every mechanical exhaust system shall be _____.
- Joints, seams and penetrations of grease ducts shall be made with _____.
- Vents shall terminate not less than _____ feet in vertical height above the highest connected appliance flu collar.
- A smoke detector shall be installed in a return air system if the design capacity is greater than ______ cfm.
- When a smoke damper is installed, a smoke detector shall be installed within _____ feet of the damper.
- When a smoke damper is required, where is it installed?
- "AFF" stands for _____?
- Of the following who would be the last person called out to job?
- What is the major component of a heat pump that differs from other HVAC systems?
- Who is allowed to pull a plumbing permit?
- A 16''x 16'' x 30' long duct will require how many square feet of insulation ?
- What does a Gant chart do?
- Appliance air exhausted to the outdoors is called ___?
- If specifications state '' connect diffusers with a 6 FT. of flexible duct will be used. This is ?
- When a code official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be ______.
- Which of the following is used to fuse pipe ?
- A "schedule of Values" is a schedule ______.
- The IMC requires metal ducts to be constructed according to ____.
- The Miller ACT requires a contractor to ?
- If the plumbing plans show a gas water heater and the electrical plans show an electric water heater, the plumber should ?
- Maximum operating pressure is _____?
- An electronic temperature sensing devise is a ___?
- All of the following would create pressure loss in ducts except?
- How does a VAV BOX heat air ?
- The Commissioning process _____.
- If an expansion valve is stuck in an open position _______.
- According to code all Boiler must have a ?
- After the project is complete, who is responsible to ensure that all the building systems are functioning as the design intended?
- According to OSHA, if the trench is over____ feet deep must have a protective system.
- Which of the following is the most important thing when estimating quantities for a bid ?
- The ducts servicing a type 1 exhaust hood shall ?
- The minimum size trap for a drain is ______ ?
- According to code what is the minimum slope for a commercial grease duct ?
- In a closed loop solar water heating system the non-potable heat transfer liquid used is _____.
- According to code , duct work other than residential shall be sized according to ?
- Refer to the diagram ; What is the slope of the roof shown ?
- A 1/8 bend is ____ degrees.
- OSHA allows _____ to provide access in and out of a trench.
- When scheduling the plumbing on a job who is the last person to call during the plumbing work?
- Value engineering is ________.
- Refer to the diagram; These symbols denote _____.
- Most codes require a clean out for drainage pipe every ______.
- When bidding a job as the Prime Mechanical Contractor, your bid should cover ____.
- You are installing an air handler in a room. The most important thing is ____?
- To size a gas line you must know ______.
- Which is a one way valve use to prevent water from going back?
- If a trench could collapse what does OSHA require ?
- What type of pump would you use to repair a refrigeration line?
- If a split system is oversized, it will ______.
- When aligning pipe which of the following would not be used ?
- What section of the general construction specifications is HVAC listed under?
- A 16'' x 16'' x 30' long duct will require how many lbs. of sheet metal if the sheet metal weighs 1.2 lbs. per square foot ?
- What document becomes a binding contract once it is accepted and signed?
- HVAC duct work must have a fire damper installed if it ______.
- PVC and ABS pipe are usually connected by _______.
- According to the IPC what is the standard feet of head in a gravity sewer ?
- The smallest mark on a tape measure is ______.
- What is the best way to cut refrigerant tubing?
- An auto expansion valve (AXV) is used to maintain constant ______ in the evaporator.
- Durning the conceptual planning stage of a project, which of the following is true ______?
- A type of heat exchanger that liquefies vapor by removal of heat is a?
- Which of the following fire dampers are "fail safe"?
- Code requires vents and other forms of air exhaust to be ____ feet away from mechanical air intakes.
- The term "Fast Track Construction" means that the design / construction will happen in _____.
- Prior to entering a heater, steam lines should be ______ to allow the steam to de-super heat.
- OSHA form 300 shall be posted each year on what date?
- A ground conductor is what color wire?
- If a bid from a subcontractor does not include sales taxes you should ______.
- Any appliance that the products of combustion at the point of entrance to the flue have a temperature of 1000 degrees F or less is a _____ appliance.
- A closed loop glycol solar water heater will normally have ______ installed.
- After the initial 1 year inspection, fire and smoke dampers, except for hospitals, shall be inspected every ____ years.
- According to OSHA, a competent person does their job at the ______.
- Which of the following would be a mobilization cost ?
- Which of the following would be the thickest metal?
- An appliance must have a clear level working space in front of the control side not less than?
- In regard to temperature specifications on a project, which of the following would go through the commissioning process?
- How is submittal data sent to the Prime Contractor?
- Three major factors that influence job cost are ___?
- What causes a fire damper to close?
- Negative pressure occurs when a trap seal is _____?
- The critical path method (CPM) of scheduling _____.
- In areas that have weather conditions that drop below freezing, which type of solar water heating system is preferred?
- The location of all fire dampers must be shown on duct drawings according to ____.
- OSHA form 301 is a(an) _____ report.
- What air conditioning and refrigeration tubing is sealed to keep the tubing clean and dry?
- Most manufacturers isolate the fan section on the inside of the air handler unit, if this is done does the entire air handler need to be isolated for vibration?
- Dehumidification reheat coils are used to ---.
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum travel distance to a ladder placed in a trench ?
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit shall be placed a minimum of ____ inches above the roadway.
- When LA ONE CALL is used what determines their start and stop points foe marking ? ( see solution)
- All of the following are purposes of laying down a prime coat except:
- A tack coat is being sprayed on an asphalt surface. The spray nozzles on the distributor bar should be set at approximately ___ degree angle.
- What is the height of a road speed limit sign measured from bottom of the sign?
- What is the official shape of warning signals used at highway construction sites?
- When ordering large sizes of lumber from a mill, you should order in lengths ____.
- Other than water, soap and asphalt what else makes Emulsified asphalt ?
- What is the reason for bull floating a newly placed concrete slab?
- Rebar is shipped to a job and will not be used for a long time. What should the rebar be stacked on?
- Some old transformers are discovered at a job site, they are found to contain PCB. if found and returned they could be worth $7,000. what do you do?
- When connecting steel beams using load indicating washers, what is used to measure when the bolt is tight enough?
- A reinforcing rebar is protruding from a slab with the #5 stamped on it. This means that the diameter of the bar is _____ inches.
- A soil sample was taken from a job site. It is brought back to the lab and baked. Prior to baking it was 130 lbs, after baking it was 115 lbs. What was the moisture content of the sample?
- What color line is used to mark the left edge of a rural highway?
- According to OSHA, when a trench requires ladders for egress, at what intervals must ladders be placed?
- Referring to the illustration the whaler is identified by number ______.
- What is the safest way to use a front-end loader to fill a dump truck that is parked on a hill at an incline?
- What type of bulldozer blade has a pointed edge extended at one side used for clearing and removing trees ?
- What manual governs street signs, traffic signals, roadways markings and roadway construction signs ?
- When working over water, OSHA requires all of the following except _____.
- When are concrete cylinders tested ?
- During a slump test, how much do you fill the cone?
- What shall be done with a cracked hard hat ?
- When should a saw cut be made in concrete for a control joint?
- What does it mean when steam is rising from the bed of a hot mix asphalt truck?
- A 3 km stretch of highway is 13m wide. How many cubic meters of asphalt will be needed if the pavement is laid 45 mm thick?
- If reshoring is necessary when should reshores be placed?
- How is the thickness of asphalt determined just after it comes out of the paver?
- What is true about geotextiles when laid out beneath rip rap from the flow of a culvert in a stream?
- When doing business with DOTD, what is the term for the list of approved material suppliers?
- Who can give the emergency stop signal to a crane operator?
- What is the percentage of cement in concrete?
- When plans call for the use of bent rebar where is it usually bent?
- Which of the following is not added to soil to increase stabilization ?
- How is rebar marked when it is delivered to the job site?
- When a dowel is passed through a contraction joint with welded wire mesh reinforcement it should be _______
- How much are geotextiles overlapped?
- When repairing a pothole how high do you fill it beyond the existing asphalt?
- When using a vibrator to consolidate concrete ______
- According to OSHA safety belt lanyards shall have a nominal breaking strength of _____ pounds.
- Which of the following cannot be used to coat the bed of an asphalt haul truck prior to loading ?
- Refer to the drawing; identify the pile drive cap.
- When working in a trench that requires a trench shield, where should the employee stand ?
- When compacting a longitudinal asphalt joint using a static steel wheel roller, how many passes are made before the breakdown begins?
- How deep should asphalt be placed in a joint? (read solution)
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means ________.
- A 7500 lb. hammer is dropped 5', how much energy is produced?
- What color are the reflectors that run next to a yellow road stripe and reflect only one color?
- When hydraulic shoring is used in a trench you should _____.
- How is a slump test performed?
- The end joint of a screw pile is sealed with ______?
- Which of the following is done to an asphalt roller drum while compacting asphalt?
- How should concrete pipe be unloaded from trucks ?
- According to OSHA, where is the lanyard attached to the safety harness?
- What size pipe is used when pouring concrete with a tremie ?
- When using sheet pile to block water from entering an excavation, it is best to;
- Concrete tremies are controlled ________? (see solution)
- When concrete trucks are finished pouring their load, their chutes are cleaned out in ______ ?
- How is the slump test for concrete preformed?
- When using pneumatic roller to compact hot-mix asphalt, the roller should not exceed a speed of ______MPH.
- An excavation is being done using a front end loader. The loader has a 1 cy. bucket and can move 26 cy,. per hour. A total of 530 cys. need to moved. The loader cost $12.50 hr. The operator cost is $16.75 hr. and you have a miscellaneous cost of $227.00. What is the cost on the excavation?
- Soils that swell are most associated with ______.
- Overhead regulatory highway signs are placed a minimum of ______ feet above the roadway.
- Just before the cone is removed for the slump test the cone is filled _____.
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12' wide, 100' long and the asphalt will be 3" thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs. per cubic ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- Refer to diagram ; This crane signal means ?
- A concrete pavement has bumps that are larger than allowed. What should be done?
- Which of the following statements is true about soil cement pavements?
- Asphalt hot mix has a stiff appearance and there is improper coating of large aggregate. What is wrong with the mix?
- When using riprap on an embankment, geotextile should be placed ?
- Refer to the diagram; What is the type of weld shown?
- A sample of soil is taken and is .50 cubic feet in volume and weighs 55 lbs. After it is dried it weighs 50 lbs. What is the soils dry unit weight?
- Refer to the diagram; On the survey map what is the distance between point B and Point C ?
- The type of soil with the highest compressibility is _______?
- When a contractor is doing business with La. DOTD, and has to use a material specified on the QPL, he would reference?
- When is the best time to apply curing compound to a newly poured slab ?
- Aggregate size for surface treatment should be in the range of _____?
- When working on a LA. Department of Transportation and Development project, the highest order of priority wil be;
- A cubic meter of concrete has 530 kg of cement and 265 kg of water. What is the water to cement ratio?
- Ways to mitigate weak subsurface soils include all of the following except ____.
- When using one of the washer bolt the tapered side of the flange of a steel member, you should use a _______ washer.
- When a crane drops a breaker ball, the brake is released and the ball should drop:
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the base.
- On a road construction project you will have only 1 lane of traffic going each way. What color should the delineators be?
- An operator using a nuclear device to test soil density, must be licensed by?
- When compacting asphalt pavement using a steel wheel roller, then a pneumatic roller and finishing with a steel wheel roller. How long should the finish roller start behind the rubber tire roller?
- On a State project soil cement sub base is compacted by ?
- A corrugated metal riveted seam culvert is being placed. How should the longitudinal riveted joint be placed?
- Refer to the diagram; Which of the paddles would be used for a flagman's Stop/Slow sign ?
- A gravel sub grade is being placed that measures 7 meters wide and 3 kilometers long. The payment is $1.13 per square meter. What will be the total payment?
- When using a vibrator on concrete pavement, the vibrator head is inserted for _______.
- Test samples may be taken by using?
- When applying a chip seal surface treatment using 2 applications, if 3/4'' aggregate is used in the 1st course the maximum size aggregate for the second course is---.
- All of the following types of backfill listed for use with culverts must be compacted after each lift except?
- Which type of equipment listed below can drive a pile without the use of a pile cap ?
- When placing select fill on the sides of culvert pipe, the backfill shall be compacted in layers of not more than _____ inches.
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the Arch pipe
- Refer to the diagram; When using wood sheet piles in an excavation, which one of the piles shown is the correct shape to use? Note, the piles are being driven right to left.
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means _________.
- A dredging barge carrying over 5 tons must be inspected by the Coast Guard every___?
- Identify the bearing of DA, when referring to the diagram.
- What size pipe is used when pouring concrete with a tremie?
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out horizontally from a wall for a future pour?
- Refer to the diagram; According to the reference stake, how far is the stake away from the center line of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct bedding for culverts exposed above ground?
- Refer to the Diagram; Referring to the soil report shown, if the soil is to be used for sub base material---. ( see the solution)
- Refer to the diagram; What is the elevation of the fill at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the diagram; Which is the proper bedding for culvert?
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of joint is shown in the bridge beam?
- Refer to the diagram; the reference stake is at an elevation of 100.00, what is the elevation of the target stake?
- Which of the following classifications would the best soil for pavement sub grade?
- When a sample of concrete for air content, the test should be done within ______minutes.
- A box culvert less than 4' in height is nominally constructed by _______.
- Closed end pipes that are used as piles are connected on the job site. what method is used to splice pipe?
- Refer to the Diagram; On a road project, lanes A and B flow in the same direction and opposite of lanes C and D that flow in the same direction. If a driver in lane A cannot merge into lane B and a driver in lane B cannot merge into lane A, what type of line is between lanes A and B?
- The typical method used to dry soil is---
- A tool in the cab of an asphalt distribution truck used to measure the rate of asphalt placed (bitumeter), measures in what units?
- How is a small pre-stressted concrete slab removed?
- When mixing soil cement, which of the following statements is true about a single-shaft mixer?
- Refer to the Diagram: How wide is the ditch top?
- Before applying Asphalt surface treatment the temperature must be at least ____ degrees in the shade.
- What is the proper order of compaction rollers for a newly placed asphalt pavement?
- When is it necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials, tools or equipment shall be placed a minimum of _____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- La. DOTD specifications riprap shall weigh ___lbs. per cubic ft.
- Concrete cylinders filled and stored at the job site should be kept at ______.
- A wellpoint system is at least effective in ______?
- Refer to the diagram; The wall form shown is 20 ft. long. How many boards will it take to construct the whales with a 10% waste? The whalers are 2 x 4 x 8.
- Refer to the diagram; At station 1 + 40, the cut to the bottom of the pipe will be ____?
- Refer to the diagram; According to OSHA, the slope for this trench shall not exceed?
- To locate underground utilities, what is the phone number to call before you dig?
- In Louisiana, what is the width of a highway stripe?
- You have a contract with LA. DOTD to pour concrete, which of the following is the first thing you should do?
- According to OSHA the 4 classifications of soil are Type A, Type B, Type C and____?
- When preparing a steel bridge to be painted, which of the following would be the best?
- Refer to the Diagram; What do the first 2 numbers on the welding rod indicate?
- When using ply forms to build a wing wall you should spray the forms with ____ before pouring the concrete.
- Refer to the diagram; where would you find the centerline?
- Swelling soils are usually associated with _____.
- A driveway is 20' wide and crowned in the center. What would the fall from the center to the edge be if the slope was 1/2'' per foot?
- In concrete, pozzolans are used as an admixture for___.
- Drums used to channel traffic on a construction site will have what color stripes?
- When a barge is docked in the Mississippi river, how often should the mooring lines be checked?
- Refer to the Diagram; The construction stake shown means____.
- The plastic limit of soil is ______.
- How would a worker lower a piece of sheet metal decking?
- When applying a single application asphalt surface treatment the gravel mix should be______.
- Why is form oil used?
- A wood corner post is being set in a post hole. The bottom 4 inches of the hole should be filled with ______ before filling with concrete.
- What type of welding is used for gas pipelines?
- Refer to the diagram; The signal man has his arm extended forward, hand open, and is making a pushing motion. This signal means?
- A natural gas compressor station shall maintain a levee with an elevation of at least__ feet above mean high tide.
- A benchmark is at an elevation of 17.0, a rod reading to it is 4.5. What is the HI?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct position to lower the bucket to start an excavation with a back hoe?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the gate valve.
- Which of the following would help minimize plastic shrinkage cracks in concrete?
- How is geotextile placed?
- Anchor points for safety lanyards shall be capable of withstanding ________ LBS. per person attached.
- You are pouring a VERY large foundation under water using one or more tremies. Which of the following methods would be correct?
- Who would issue a water quality certification?
- Given the following information; Truck bed can hold 9 cubic yards of material, the soil has a dry density factor of 1.84 and a wet factor of 2.18. The soil has a swell factor of 15% from bank cubic yards. How many loads will it take to deliver 1000 bank cubic yards?
- You have a contract with the La. DOTD that calls for corrugated metal pipe to be used as a culvert. The backfill for the pipe must have a tested resistivity greater than______.
- An asphalt paver is started and stopped creating ridge in the roadway. What tool would be used to remove the ridge?
- If a cubic meter of concrete contains 300 kg of cement and 150 kg of water, then the water to cement ratio is?
- After arriving on a jobsite, water is added to the concrete mix truck. How many mixing revolutions should be made by the truck before the concrete tested?
- The speed of a breakdown steel wheel roller should never be faster than______ MPH.
- Refer to the diagram; Wood corner posts are being set in concrete, which is correct?
- What type combination soil cement will require the most unit pressure from a steel drum roller to achieve proper compaction?
- Other than water, cement and aggregate that is added to concrete or mortar that is added to the batch before or during the mixing is a (an) _____.
- Aggregate surface treatment is applied to pavement. What type of roller would be used to best seat the aggregate into the membrane?
- When mixing soil cement will require the least amount of cement?
- According to OSHA, if a trench is over _____ feet deep it must have a proactive system.
- Soil for a modified proctor test is placed in a mold ____ layers.
- Walls, parapet clamps, ledges or anything that secures the cable of a swinging scaffold should hold at least _____?
- What gives the best traction for rubber tired equipment?
- If a cable scaffold is rated at 750 lbs. how many people can it hold?
- To inform motorist of the road work, a warning sign must be placed at least _____ feet before the actual construction.
- What is attached to a safety lanyard and dropped 6' to test it?
- Which is the least effective way to keep ground water from an excavation in cohesive soil?
- Refer to the diagram; the bearing of D-C reads 70 degrees 14'W is from_____.
- Visual inspection of welds on a gas pipeline shall be inspected by a ______.
- You are paving a single surface treatment road. Below are the only cost to consider.(1760 lineal yards=1 mile) road way ; 24' wide, 2 miles long Application rate; .25 gallons per square yard Aggregate cost; $0.75 per square yard asphalt cost, $3.75 per gallon. What is the total cost?
- Reflectorized raised pavement markers visible only to traffic proceeding the wrong way shall be ___.
- When staking out a highway job, the string stakes are set?
- After a lane of asphalt pavement has been laid and compacted a _____ would be used to check if the level is required specification.
- When using the turn of the nut method to tighten high strength bolts you would _______.
- You are pouring concrete from a mix truck using the trucks chute. If the mix is traveling to fast through the chute what would happen to the mix?
- If soils swells to 1.5 cubic yard for every bank cubic yard ,the soil swell is _____.
- Crushed stone is being used as a sub-base. The stone cost is $2.10 per square meter and the measures 10 meters wide by 4 kilometers long. What will the stone cost?
- On a LA. State Highway State project, riprap placed on an embankment shall be placed in how many layers?
- Material that is being dredged and placed on an island is checked with a penetrometer. What is being measured?
- What would be the best to place under riprap to help prevent soil erosion and provide a rough surface?
- The most effective filter blanket for the erosion is (are)_____.
- An All-Risk Builder’s Risk insurance policy covers ______ for buildings under construction
- The production of a centrifugal pump may be increased by_____.
- When erecting a steel frame building after a sufficient amount of steel has been put in place what is the last thing done?
- What is the main difference between hyperbaric and wet welding done underwater?
- If you purchased 1000 bank cubic yards from a dirt pit and it will be compacted to 95% modified proctor on the job site. 1 bank cubic yard is equal to 1.08 cubic yards compacted to 95%. 1 loose cubic yard is equal to 1.31 cubic yards compacted to 95%. The haul truck can carry 26 cubic yards. How many trips will it take to haul the purchased soil?
- Most manufacturer’s recommendation for non-shrink grout under base plates or equipment should be at least ___ thick.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which off the following is the correct nozzle setup for jetting a pile?
- The height of a guard rail on a suspended scaffold shall be _____ inches.
- Scaffolding rated at 750 lbs.can hold how many workers at one time?
- Which pile driver can not be used underwater?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the finished elevation for the pipe?
- Railroad track ties should not be less than ___ in length.
- What type of joint is used to allow for thermal expansion?
- Refer to the diagram; The type of stake shown is called a _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; This crane signal means?
- When working on a bridge, a safety net is installed. What is the maximum distance from working surface to the net?
- The water to cement ratio for water tight concrete in fresh water should be---
- The water to cement ratio for water tight concrete in saltwater should be---
- Which roller would be the best and most efficient roller to compact hot mixes asphalt?
- Refer to the diagram; what type of foundation is shown?
- A nuclear density tester can safely and accurately measure and density and ---of soils.
- On a roadway with no shoulder, signs should be placed not closer than ___ feet from the edge of the traveled way.
- Doing abrasive blasting on a bridge without proper protection can cause _____.
- An external pipe coating used for steel pipe to protect it when emerging the ground aganist environmental conditions is____?
- When spreading hot mix asphalt pavement, the rolling should be done in ______ phases.
- Angular aggregate used in to mix asphalt will---
- You are pouring a section of concrete highway that measures 30' x 80' x 9" thick. You will have a .7% waste. how many cubic yards of concrete will be required?
- When boaring with a directional auger, what is pumped around the casing?
- On all suspended scaffolds, the top edge height of the toprail shall be between--and ---inches
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 8’-10 1/4″. If there are 17 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- On suspension scaffolding the suspension rope shall be capable of supporting at least ______ times the maximum intended load.
- Refer to the Diagram; The house shown is 40′ X 20′. What is the total cost of the following items, (1) Floor joist 2″ x 10″$ 14.65 ea. (2) Bridge $ 3.50 ea. (3) Splice $ 1.90 ea. Note the joist are spaced 24″ O.C. and has a double floor joist at each end.
- In order to achieve a compacted thickness of 2" of asphalt paving ,how deep should the uncompacted mix be laid?
- What is a pile cap?
- A stormwater pollution prevention plan (swppp) is---
- Refer to the diagram; How wide are the markings stripes for a standard crosswalk?
- A harsh concrete mix may have its components separate and tends to be less plastic than a properly mixed batch. How is harshness of concrete controlled when it is discovered?
- According to osha ,when employees are working over or adjacent to water a (an) ________shall be immediately available.
- What is the first step in aligning a pump and motor?
- What color are the reflectorized stripes on a flagger's vest?
- What is used to support and keep welded wire mesh off the ground?
- What kind of barricade is B?
- On steel bridge construction,safety nets are required whenever fall distances exceed____feet.
- What is the best choice for aggregate to use when mixing asphalt?
- A barge moored on the Mississippi river is tied with _______.
- When mixing Portland cement, if you use 9 shovels of cement how many shovels of sand are needed?
- An open web girder is specified as 48L7N 7.6K. This means the girder will have a depth of __________.
- If employees on a building site are working with solvents that could be harmful OSHA requires ______________?
- Who does builders risk insurance protect?
- What connects a cast-in-place column to a concrete footing?
- When sheet piles are being driven in water the bottom guide would be best secured by ________________.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which one of the items would be removed from the wall form as soon as the concrete is poured?
- The most common grade of steel used for rebar is?
- Workers are going to have to pass under a scaffold. According to OSHA the scaffold must have _________.
- A stake is marked 3+00 and has an elevation of 61.50. The next stake is marked 3+50 and has an elevation of 61.00. What is the slope?
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the caissons.
- Refer to the Diagram; What information does the back of the stake give?
- If you are dredging in the Louisiana coastal zone, you must obtain a permit from __________________.
- A penetrometer is pushed into the ground, it will measure __________?
- Refer to the Diagram; The trench shield is placed in a trench that is over 5' deep. What is the minimum distance of "A"?
- After a permit has been issued to plug an oil well, how long does the contractor have to notify the inspector before beginning the work?
- According to OSHA, all electric, gas, steam, and other service lines shall be shut off or capped ___________ before demolition is started.
- ASME certified equipment, which Stamp is required to make repairs?
- In a pipeline, what is used to control the flow of liquid?
- A grade stake has an elevation of 23.0. A Shot to the top of the stake reads 4.7. What is the HI?
- A stud bolt has the following specifications; Bolt 3/4 - 15 UNC 3B. This means the bolt will have __________ threads per inch.
- A steel pipe that is lined with cement will be hydrostatic tested. When would the test begin?
- Tubular steel piles are usually connected by __________.
- Organic soils are classified as ____________.
- When preparing the sub grade or a concrete pour it should be ___________.
- Refer to the diagram; The weld shown would which one for prepping steel?
- Which is done last for each floor of a structural steel building?
- A backhoe has a 1.5 cubic yard bucket with a cycle time of 2 minutes. The efficiency of the machine is 50 minute per hour. How many cubic yards can the backhoe move in 1 hour?
- You are contracted to plant small trees along a coastal shoreline. The trees will be placed 20" apart in 1 row that is 3200 feet long. It takes 2 manhours per 100 holes and the cost is $15.00 per manhour. The trees are $0.20 each and you have other costs of $1,500.00. These are the only cost for the project. What is your total cost?
- A heat tracer for process pipe is ____________.
- After a lane of asphalt pavement has been laid and compacted a ______________ would be used to check if it is level to the required specification.
- When using the turn of the nut method to tighten high strength bolts you would __________.
- The production of a centrifugal pump may be increased by __________.
- When a lockout tag is placed on a piece of equipment, who can remove it?
- Refer to the diagram; A structural steel building has 2 beams joined as shown. What type of joint is this?
- When applying for a permit to discharge dredge materials from a navigational dredge job and a water quality certification is needed, it would be issued by?
- Which of the following persons must witness the repair of ASME certified equipment?
- Refer to the diagram; The railroad spikes are driven on a section of curved track, which is the correct practice?
- Refer to the diagram; When setting up a Mobile Crane on soft ground, which of the following would be correct for the pads?
- Hot mix asphalt pavement is usually rolled in how many phases?
- What color are the lights for a barge that is underway?
- On a screw-spliced concrete pile, splices near ground water level are protected by ______?
- The location of existing utilities can be found on the _________ plan.
- When using deep wellpoints that could be subject to extreme temperature changes, ____________ pipe should be used in expansion fittings.
- Suspension ropes or cables used for wing scaffolds must be able to support at least ________ times the intended load.
- When installing equipment, where would you use grout?
- Refer to the Diagram; A sewer main is being laid, using the information on the stake what is the finished elevation for the invert of the pipe?
- Which of the following would be used to make a change to the project before the bid?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of foundation is shown?
- Refer to the diagram; What information is found on the stake labeled "side B"?
- When preforming a slump test a concrete sample is taken from the mix truck when?
- Which of the following cranes can lift the largest load?
- Refer to the Diagram; If the finished elevation of the project will be 99.5', how many cubic yards of earth will need to be removed?
- When estimating a job, you would calculate the cost for sales tax on _____.
- When you arrive on the job, you notice that One Call's marking stops before the end of the job. What should you do?
- A contractor is relocating gas and water lines from a building. LA One Call will mark the lines from _______.
- A jeep tests for holidays in pipeline coating using?
- What method of connecting a control valve box that will allow easy removal for maintance?
- After an SWPPP plan has been developed, the plan ________.
- Which of the following is the best attachment for grubbing to remove brush, small trees and roots?
- What is the nominal length of a standard concrete masonry block including the mortar joint?
- Referring to the Diagram: What type of mortar joint is number 7?
- Referring to the illustration, what type of mortar joint is number 5?
- How is the slump test for concrete preformed?
- A slump test must be preformed within ____ minutes from the start of filling the cone to it's removal.
- When making a control joint with a jointing tool, this will be done_______.
- When is it safe for workmen to stand or work on steel joist and girders?
- Refer to the Diagram; If the pipe shown makes a 75 degree bend, what angle would each miter cut be made?
- During an asphalt paving operation, an area is too small to fit the machines and the asphalt must be hand shoveled into place. What would be best used to compact this area?
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be used to designate the piece of structural iron shown?
- A moored barge must have white lights that are visible from at least _____nautical mile(s).
- If two barges are going to cross each others path and one barge reverses his props to slow down, what signal would be given with his horn?
- What is the outside diameter for # 6 rebar?
- According to OSHA, a person wearing a safety belt lanyard shall be permitted to fall no greater than ____ feet.
- How should geotextile be placed under a culvert?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of weld shown.
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark potable water?
- During a concrete pour you notice segregation and a lack of homogeneity in the mix, what is one thing you can do to correct the problem?
- When concrete is delivered to the job, what is the maximum time that may lapse before a slump test is taken from the delivery vehicle?
- According to OSHA, no combustible material shall be stored outdoors within ___ feet of a building or structure.
- What are the penalties for failing to meet the NPDES requirements for an SWPPP permit conditions?
- Wood piles are being used in water, what tool would used to inspected for decay _____.
- A vessel on the Mississippi river that is engaged in the towing of a barge shall display a _____ light to warn other ships that it is engaged in a tow operation.
- In unstable soil for deep trenches you must use a trench box. How is the trench box set?
- When mooring a barge, it must be secured with at least ______ size rope.
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color does Red indicate?
- Who is allowed to work on a pipeline crew?
- When building a silt fence the minimum size trench you would dig is _____.
- When building a silt fence the maximum spacing for the posts used to hold the fabricis__ feet apart.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which configuration would be correct for a hoist?
- What does a blue signal light mean to a train engineer on the railroad?
- A 3500' long canal trench is excavated to 7' depth. The trench has a 3'-6" wide base. The sides are scoped at 1:1. Each hoe excavates 27.5 cy/hr., soil expands 20%.What range of hours is estimated to excavate the trench with the power hoe?
- If you spill 10 gallons of hydraulic fluid what should you do?
- Given: A 2″ conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG,copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable overcurrent protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- A DC rectifier type welding machine has a 40% duty cycle at 480 volts, 3 phase. The nameplate primary current rating is 23 amps. The minimum ampacity for the ungrounded branch circuit conductor is _____ amps.
- A manhole has a fixed ladder that does not obstruct the opening. What size diameter cover is permitted?
- How many 10 AWG THHN conductors are allowed in a 1″ rigid metal conduit?
- What is the ampacity of conductors for a generator with a nameplate rating of 100 amps?
- What is the working space in front of a panel with exposed live parts rated at 150 volts?
- What is the minimum distance for a second ground rod to be driven if the first ground rod exceeds 25 OHMS to ground?
- How many #2 AWG THHN conductors can be installed in a 4″ x 4″ auxiliary gutter?
- What is first step that an electrician should take before working on an energized circuit?
- What is the calculated current through a 3.5 kw water heater operating at 240 volts?
- A balanced, 4 wire, 3 phase, 120/208 volt system supplies a 25 KW resistive load. Each of the underground conductors must have an ampacity of at least _____ amps.
- How much larger is the crane winch drum than the full spool of wire rope?
- According to OSHA, how high can combustible material be stacked?
- The flow of concrete tremies are controlled ____?
- Identify the globe valve.
- During a slump test, the concrete batch shows a 4" slump. Specifications call for 6" slump. If the water to cement ratio cannot be adjusted, what can be done?
- What is the purpose of using a piece of wire on a turnbuckle?
- An employer should keep an MSDS for each ___.
- According to NPDES, a storm water permit or waiver is required for all construction sites that disturb more than ___.
- What are the three sections that make up a balance sheet?
- When working in a trench shield that is being moved vertically, employees should ____.
- Refer to the weld symbol: This shows_____.
- Which of the following is the best attachment for grubbing to remove brush, small trees and roots?
- Joints in a pre-cast concrete construction that require dry pack or non-shrink grout should have a minimum thickness of ___?
- A benchmark has an elevation of 101.7. A back site to the benchmark reads 4.75. A front site to a corner stake reads 3.90. What is the HI?
- The smallest size conductor that can be connected in parallel is ___.
- Underground conductors for communication circuits entering a manhole that also contains light and power conductors:
- Refer to Diagram: Which is the correct way to set up a drum and block with sheaves for a hoist?
- Refer to the diagram. Which is the best method to lift a load using a shackle?
- Refer to the diagram. The piping symbol shown is a (an) ___.
- Refer to the diagram. The signal means ____?
- Refer to the diagram: The Geotextile is identified by letter ____?
- A collection pond measures 23,000 Sq. ft. on the surface and has a depth of 9 Ft. How many cubic yards are in the pond?
- An oil well is drilled to depth and is a dry well. How many days do you have to close the hole?
- A storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) must include which of the following?
- When you own a dredging barge, you are required to have a Merchant Mariner Credential. If you are a U.S. citizen when must the credential be renewed?
- At what size pipe is the outside diameter equal to the nominal pipe size?
- When constructing a wire fence using staples, the staples on the line posts (not corner posts) are attached how?
- An overcurrent protective device for non-motorized equipment is rated at 70 amps. What is the minimum allowable size for a copper equipment grounding conductor for this circuit?
- Who would issue a permit to dredge in order to have access to the site of an oil or gas rig?
- Who would issue a permit for the drilling of an oil or gas well?
- Which of the following is required to pay overtime pay?
- Refer to the Diagram: When the Gablon is used for road embankment and fully assembled it should be filled ___ with stone or rock.
- Refer to the diagram. What is the invert elevation of the pipe?
- Sheet piles are being used to keep water out of a marsh area. The length of the site is 345' and each pile protects 18" and are 15' long. The piles cost $6.50 per sq. ft. What is the total cost of the sheet piles?
- Pallets containing 15 pipes that are 8 ft. long each are being delivered to the job site. The best placement for each pallet should be ___?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of W18 x 24 structural steel weigh?
- According to OSHA, where is the lanyard attached to the safety harness?
- What size pipe is used when pouring concrete with a tremie?
- Identify the bearing of DA, when referring to the diagram
- When working in a trench that requires a trench shield, where should the employee stand?
- which of the following tests would be used to measure the optimum moisture content of the soil and maximum density?
- How is the slump test for concrete preformed?
- A dredging barge carrying over 5 tons must be inspected by the Coast Guard every ___?
- When using sheet pile to block water from entering an excavation, it is best to:
- Refef to the Diagram: This crane signal means?
- When compacting asphalt pavement using a steel wheel roller, then a pneumatic roller and finishing with a steel wheel roller. How long should the finish roller start behind the rubber tire roller?
- When is the best time to apply curing compound to a newly poured slab?
- A cold mix asphalt base course should be in lifts of ___ inches compacted thickness.
- Refer to thre Diagram: According to the reference stake, how far is the stake away from the center line of the road??
- Refer to the Diagram: What type of joint is shown in the bridge beam?
- Refer to the Diagram: The reference stake is at an elevation of 100.00. What is the elevation of the target stake?
- If driving piles using fixed leads, what keeps the pile plumb?
- When using a vibratory pile driver, how are the piles attached?
- According to OSHA, if an aluminum ladder is bent which of the following is true?
- Refer to the diagram: the signal means ___.
- Refer to the Diagram: If line DC is 71 degrees N 18' W, then the bearing is ___.
- A 7500 lb. pile hammer is dropped 5 feet, how much energy is produced?
- The marking on a pipe reads ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S. What do the markings on the pipe mean (see diagram)?
- A wellpoint system is least effective in ___?
- Refer to the Diagram: Which of the following would be the correct attachment setup to lift the load?
- Water main piping is laid at what grade?
- Refer to the Diagram: How wide is the ditch top?
- Which pile driver produces the least amount of noise?
- refer to the Diagram: Identify the beam shown.
- Refer to the diagram: What type of bolt would you use for a machine expansion shield?
- When preparing submittals, the requirements would be found in the ___.
- In a driveway wire mesh should be cut so that it ___.
- Open web steel joists normally have a tag ___.
- When lifting a load with a crane such as rebar or timbers, what would you use to keep the load from slipping?
- Refer to the Diagram; At station 1 + 40, the cut to the bottom of the pipe will be ___?
- Who is required to get NPDES (Storm Water) permit coverage?
- What is the minimum length measured in the direction of travel, for the landing of an egress door?
- What is the maximum allowed on center spacing allowed for metal studs? (See Solution)
- What fire-extinguishing system may be combined along with automatic sprinkler systems?
- Refer to the Diagram, Letter "B" is the ____.
- What type of metal is used for joints or around edges of concrete?
- What is the minimum cover for a #5 re-bar in a slab according to Olin's Construction?
- According to OSHA, how high can bricks be stacked before a 2" in every foot set back is required?
- In an emergency, an elevator shall automatically transfer to standby power within
- What is used to keep a toilet tank from having condensation on the tank?
- Which of the following manual tests is used to check all plasticity?
- What are the classifications of soil?
- What is the minimum clear opeing distance of a passage door opening measured from the face of the door to the opposite stop
- A Caisson is a ___
- Refer to the Diagram, Identify the sidewalk
- The clear working space required in front of an electrical panel with enclosed live parts on both sides of the working space, rated at 460 V must be a minimum of ________________.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the total resistance in this circuit?
- Which of the following is excluded from Assembly Group A Occupancy?
- According to OSHA the 4 classifications of soil are Type A, Type B, Type C and ____?
- A manual test is used to check soil plasticity by rolling the material into a thread ___ inches in diameter?
- Which of the following items would be included in a sub contractor’s contract.
- Which of the following types of construction would be most fire resistant?
- The total weight of a building’s structure is the ___?
- According to OSHA, a lifeline shall have a minimum breaking strength of ___?
- A passenger elevator car should include which of the following?
- ADA requires a(an) _____ installed in each elevator cab in case passengers become trapped in the car.
- What does a Gant chart do?
- Which of the following items is not listed in a construction contract?
- What does “PI” represent in a soil sample?
- What is the first step in beginning an excavation job?
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the Gantt schedule shown, when will the HVAC be completed?
- How often is re-training required for working in a permit required space?
- OSHA requires a ring buoy present on site whenever working ____.
- According to OSHA, how often should a chain hoist be inspected?
- If a contractor adds an item to a bonded contract, this is called a ____.
- What delivery method brings together the architect,engineer and contractor?
- Refer to the Diagram; The lot must be graded to an elevation of 101.50. How many cubic yards of soil will need to be removed? (see diagram for solution)
- When a barge is docked in the Mississippi river, how often should the mooring lines be checked?
- In concrete, pozzolans are used as an admixture for___.
- Which of the following determines the type of blade to select for a bulldozer?
- Which of the following would be the first thing to do after receiving all the drawings and specifications for a project?
- Base plates up to 2″ in thickness are normally welded to the column where?
- Which standards must be used for welding on pipelines?
- Employees working over or near water shall be provided with a ____?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the size of the soil pipe in the drawing?
- You are setting wood forms to pour a slab.The vertical stakes used to support the form boards should be how high over the top of the forms should they be?
- Who is responsible for the design of cleat connections in structural steel construction?
- Refer to the Diagram; The construction stake shown means____.
- Who would issue a performance bond for drilling and closing an oil well in Louisiana?
- What would be used to level base plates if metal shims are not used?
- How would a worker lower a piece of sheet metal decking?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct position to lower the bucket to start an excavation with a back hoe?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the gate valve.
- How is geotextile placed?
- A natural gas compressor station shall maintain a levee with an elevation of at least __ feet above mean high tide.
- What type of welding is used for gas pipelines?
- Why is form oil used?
- A crane operator should never lift or swing a load ______ unless allowed by the manufacturer?
- Which is true about the sub grade for a parking lot or driveway slab?
- When boaring with a directional auger, what is pumped around the casing?
- Who would issue a water quality certification?
- Which is the least effective way to keep ground water from an excavation in cohesive soil?
- Visual inspection of welds on a gas pipeline shall be inspected by a ______.
- Reflectorized raised pavement markers visible only to traffic proceeding the wrong way shall be ___.
- You are pouring concrete from a mix truck using the trucks chute. If the mix is traveling to fast through the chute what would happen to the mix?
- Material that is being dredged and placed on an island is checked with a penetrometer. What is being measured?
- An All-Risk Builder’s Risk insurance policy covers ______ for buildings under construction.
- When erecting a steel frame building after a sufficient amount of steel has been put in place what is the last thing done?
- What is the main difference between hyperbaric and wet welding done underwater?
- Refer to the Diagram; At what point will the Mobile Crane pick up 40,000 LBS.
- What standard is used for welding for repair of a gas or boiler vessel?
- Most manufacturer’s recommendation for non-shrink grout under base plates or equipment should be at least ___ thick.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which off the following is the correct nozzle setup for jetting a pile?
- Which pile driver can not be used underwater?
- Railroad track ties should not be less than ___ in length.
- What type of joint is used to allow for thermal expansion?
- When mixing Portland cement,If you use 9 shovels of cement how many shovels of sand are needed?
- An open web girder is specified as 48L7N 7.6K. This means the girder will have a depth of?
- If employees on a building site are working with solvents that could be harmful, OSHA requires ____?
- Who does builders risk insurance protect?
- What connects a cast-in-place column to a concrete footing?
- When sheet piles are being driven in water the bottom guide would be best secured by?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which one of the items would be removed from the wall form as soon as the concrete is poured?
- The most common grade of steel used for rebar is?
- Workers are going to have to pass under a scaffold. According to OSHA the scaffold must have_____.
- A stake is marked 3 + 00 and has an elevation of 61.50. The next stake is marked 3 + 50 and has an elevation of 61.00.What is the slope?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the caissons.
- Refer to the Diagram; What information does the Back of the stake give?
- If you are dredging in the Louisiana coastal zone, you must obtain a permit from?
- A penetrometer is pushed in to the ground, it will measure ____?
- Refer to the Diagram; The trench shield is placed in a trench that is over 5′ deep. What is the minimum distance of “A”?
- After a permit has been issued to plug an oil well, how long does the contractor have to notify the inspector before beginning the work?
- According to OSHA, all electric, gas, steam, and other service lines shall be shut off or capped _____ before demolition is started.
- ASME certified equipment, which Stamp is required to make repairs?
- In a pipeline, what is used to control the flow of liquid?
- A grade stake has an elevation of 23.0. A shot to the top of the stake reads 4.7. What is the HI?
- A stud bolt has the following specifications; Bolt 3/4 – 15 UNC 3B This means the bolt will have ___ threads per inch.
- A steel pipe that is lined with cement will be hydrostatic tested. When would the test begin?
- Tubular steel piles are usually connected by__.
- When preparing the sub grade for a concrete pour it should be____.
- Refer to the Diagram; The weld shown would which one for prepping steel?
- Which is done last for each floor of a structural steel building?
- A backhoe has a 1.5 cubic yard bucket with a cycle time of 2 minutes. The efficiency of the machine is 50 min. per hour. How many cubic yards can the back hoe move in 1 hour.
- 56) You are contracted to plant small trees along a Coastal shoreline. The trees will be placed 20″ apart in 1 row that is 3200 feet long. It takes 2 manhours per 100 holes and the cost is $15.00 per manhour. The trees are $0.20 each and you have other costs of $1500.00. These are the only cost for the project. What is your total cost?
- A heat tracer for process pipe is ____.
- After a lane of Asphalt pavement has been laid and compacted a _____ would be used to check if it is level to the required specification.
- When using the turn of the nut method to tighten high strength bolts you would ____.
- The production of a centrifugal pump may be increased by_____.
- When a lockout tag is placed on a piece of equipment, according to who can remove it?
- Refer to the Diagram; A structural steel building has 2 beams joined as shown. What type of joint is this?
- When applying for a permit to discharge dredge materials from a navigational dredge job and a water quality certification is needed, it would be issued by?
- Which of the following persons must witness the repair of ASME certified equipment?
- Refer to the Diagram; The railroad spikes are driven on a section of curved track, which is the correct practice.
- Refer to the Diagram; When setting up a Mobile Crane on soft ground, which of the following would be correct for the pads?
- Hot mix asphalt pavement is usually rolled in how many phases?
- What color are the lights for a barge that is underway?
- On a screw-spliced concrete pile, splices near ground water level are protected by____?
- The location of existing utilities can be found on the ____ plan.
- When using deep wellpoints that could be subject to extreme temperature changes, _____ pipe should be used in expansion fittings.
- Suspension ropes or cables used for swing scaffolds must be able to support at least ___ times the intended load.
- When installing equipment, where would you use grout?
- Refer to the Diagram; A sewer main is being laid, using the information on the stake what is the finished elevation for the invert of the pipe.
- Which of the following would be used to make a change to the project before the bid?
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of foundation is shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; What information is found on the stake labeled “side B”?
- When making a control joint with a jointing tool, this will be done_______.
- When is it safe for workmen to stand or work on steel joist and girders?
- What is the actual diameter of a #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar?
- Barges may be moored in tiers if each shoreward barge is _____.
- In order to reduce the sharpness of concrete you would _____?
- The flanges on a drum used to spool wire rope should project ____ times the diameter of the rope.
- During an asphalt paving operation, an area is too small to fit the machines and the asphalt must be hand shoveled into place. What would be best used to compact this area?
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be used to designate the piece of structural iron shown?
- A moored barge must have white lights that are visible from at least _____nautical mile(s).
- If two barges are going to cross each others path and one barge decelerates his props to slow down, what signal would be given with his horn?
- What is the outside diameter for # 6 rebar?
- According to OSHA, a person wearing a safety belt lanyard shall be permitted to fall no greater than ____ feet.
- How should geotextile be placed under a culvert?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of weld shown.
- THIS IS NOT A QUESTION; THE DIAGRAM IS FOR YOUR STUDY
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark potable water?
- During a concrete pour you notice segregation and a lack of homogeneity in the mix, what is one thing you can do to correct the problem?
- When concrete is delivered to the job, what is the maximum time that may lapse before a slump test is taken from the delivery vehicle?
- According to OSHA, no combustible material shall be stored outdoors within ___ feet of a building or structure.
- What are the penalties for failing to meet the NPDES requirements for an SWPPP permit conditions?
- In unstable soil for deep trenches you must use a trench box. How is the trench box set?
- THIS IS NOT A QUESTION; THE DIAGRAM IS FOR YOUR STUDY
- When mooring a barge, it must be secured with at least ______ size rope.
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color does Red indicate?
- Who is allowed to work on a pipeline crew?
- When building a silt fence the minimum size trench you would dig is _____.
- When building a silt fence the maximum spacing for the posts used to hold the fabric is__ feet apart.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which configuration would be correct for a sling?
- What does a blue signal light mean to a train engineer on the railroad?
- A 3500' long canal trench is excavated to 7' depth. The trench has a 3'-6" wide base. The sides are scoped at 1:1. Each hoe excavates 27.5 cy/hr., soil expands 20%.What range of hours is estimated to excavate the trench with the power hose?
- If you spill 10 gallons of hydraulic fluid what should you do?
- What types of Class 2 or Class 3 cables are able to be used in ducts specifically fabricated for environmental air directly associated with the air distribution system ?
- What is the minimum size grounding conductor for a 60 Amp Panel?
- For Cable sheathes and communication circuits, what is the minimum size grounding conductor?
- What is the maximum resistance of an artificial ground rod before another must be driven?
- What is the minimum depth to bury a grounding ring?
- What is the minimum voltage on a Class III PLTC Cable?
- What type of PLTC cable is suitable for use in ducts, plenums or other spaces for environmental air?
- What is the overcurrent protection required for a #12 copper wire?
- All of the following are permitted in a single space used as a return air plenum except_?
- When aerial cable enters a service, which conductor will be marked with a ridge alongthe exterior of the cable ?
- According to the NEC, what are the two branches of the hospital emergency system?
- What is the best choice for aggregate to use when mixing asphalt?
- On steel bridge construction, safety nets are required whenever fall distances exceed _____ Feet.
- What type of barricade is B?
- What is used to support and keep welded wire mesh off the ground?
- Which of the following would be the last to be installed in a house?
- A saw cut in a concrete sidewalk used to form a control joint should be made _____.
- When would you call Louisiana One Call?
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing using (high early) type III concrete, must cure to achieve 70% of its' design strength?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which one of the items would be removed from the wall form as soon as the concrete is poured?
- Dehumidification reheat coils are used to___.
- The critical path method (CPM) of scheduling _____.
- When employees are required to work within a structure which has been damaged by fire, flood, or explosion _______?
- Refer to the Diagram: Identify the piping symbol.
- If you spill 10 gallons of hydraulic fluid what should you do?
- A 3500' long canal trench is excavated to 7' depth. The trench has a 3'-6" wide base. The sides are scoped at 1:1. Each hoe excavates 27.5 cy/hr., soil expands 20%.What range of hours is estimated to excavate the trench with the power hoe?
- What does a blue signal light mean to a train engineer on the railroad?
- The ampacity of a conductor is defined by the N.E.C. to be the current in amps a conductor can carry continuously under the conditions of use without exceeding:
- Fifty-four conductors in a sheet metal wireway supplying fluorescent lighting fixtures(cross section does not exceed 20%) and with no load diversity will be derated by what percent?
- A 1-1/2 HP single phase motor which has an electrical efficiency of 85% operates at 230V.For the purpose of this question use 1 HP = 746 watts. What is the input current of the motor?
- Given: Four resistance heaters are connected in parallel. Their resistances are asfollows: Heater #1 20 ohms Heater #2 30 ohms Heater #3 60 ohms Heater #4 10 ohms . What is the total resistance of the parallel circuit?
- Given: A 10 horsepower, 230 volt, 3 phase squirrel cage motor is fed by the largest allowable inverse time circuit breaker and the smallest allowable type TW branch circuit conductor in flexible metal conduit. What is the minimum size copper equipment grounding conductor that can be used ?
- What size copper grounding electrode conductor is needed for a service fed with 500kcmil copper?
- The grounding conductor of a branch circuit shall be identified by a _____.
- A general use snap switch can be used on a ____HP motor or less.
- A separation of at least ____ feet shall be maintained between open conductors of communications systems on buildings and lighting conductors.
- Class 1 power limited circuits shall be supplied from a source having a rated output of not more than ____ volts.
- What size EMT conduit is required to install all of the following conductors? 4 # 12 RHH,4 # 10 TW.
- Every room of a house shall have electrical outlets spaced so that no point along the floor measured horizontally is more than _____ feet from an outlet.
- What is the maximum distance allowed between any point along a counter space wall line small appliance receptacle in a dwelling unit kitchen?
- The length of cord for an electrically operated kitchen waste disposer shall be a maximum of _____ inches.
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150′ from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance of 1.93 ohms per 1000 feet. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- Refer to the diagram: Given: ET = 24V R1 = 10 OHMS R2 = 4 OHMS: What is the total current in the circuit ?
- A building has a 120/208 volt, 3 phase service with a balanced net computed load of 90 kva. What is the current each conductor carries at full load?
- The lights of an elevator car are fed from a circuit that also feeds corridor lights. The circuit can be locked open at a disconnect. Does this installation meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which configuration would be correct for a sling?
- When an employee is working within the arc flash boundary of equipment, _____ must be protected.
- How many receptacle outlets are required by the NEC for a kitchen island?
- When building a silt fence the maximum spacing for the posts used to hold the fabric is__ feet apart.
- When building a silt fence the minimum size trench you would dig is _____.
- Who is allowed to work on a pipeline crew?
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color does Red indicate?
- Refer to the diagram; How deep is the ditch when finished?
- When mooring a barge, it must be secured with at least ______ size rope.
- A 1200 volt transformer with 8% impedance in the primary shall have an overcurrent rating for the circuit breaker of ___%
- The lights of an elevator car are fed from a circuit that also feeds corridor lights. The circuit can be locked open at a disconnect. Does this installation meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code?
- A building has a 120/208 volt, 3 phase service with a balanced net computed load of 90 kva. What is the current each conductor carries at full load?
- Refer to the diagram: Given: ET = 24V R1 = 10 OHMS R2 = 4 OHMS: What is the total current in the circuit ?
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 8’-10 1/4″. If there are 17 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- THIS IS NOT A QUESTION; THE DIAGRAM IS FOR YOUR STUDY
- In unstable soil for deep trenches you must use a trench box. How is the trench box set?
- What are the penalties for failing to meet the NPDES requirements for an SWPPP permit conditions?
- According to OSHA, no combustible material shall be stored outdoors within ___ feet of a building or structure.
- When concrete is delivered to the job, what is the maximum time that may lapse before a slump test is taken from the delivery vehicle?
- During a concrete pour you notice segregation and a lack of homogeneity in the mix, what is one thing you can do to correct the problem?
- When "Louisiana One Call" marks a construction site, what color is used to mark potable water?
- THIS IS NOT A QUESTION; THE DIAGRAM IS FOR YOUR STUDY
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of weld shown.
- How should geotextile be placed under a culvert?
- According to OSHA, a person wearing a safety belt lanyard shall be permitted to fall no greater than ____ feet.
- What is the outside diameter for # 6 rebar?
- If two barges are going to cross each others path and one barge decelerates his props to slow down, what signal would be given with his horn?
- A moored barge must have white lights that are visible from at least _____nautical mile(s).
- Three major factors that influence job cost are ____?
- An appliance must have a clear level working space in front of the control side not less than?
- Which of the following would be a mobilization cost?
- Refer to the Diagram; The plans call for floor outlets, what date must the electrician install the conduit for the outlets under the slab?
- When framing a raised house with metal studs, which of the following will be installed first?
- Using temporary power, when can the GFIC be bypassed?
- A 600-volt AC motor control center with a maximum of 65 kA available fault current, would be which Arc Flash PPE Category?
- Arc-Rated clothing selected so that the system arc rating meets the required minimum arc rating of 25 cal/cm would be category ___.
- Arc-Rated clothing with a minimum arc rating of 4 cal/cm, would be what PPE category?
- A three-phase wound rotor AC motor draws 70 amps, what would the maximum rating for an Inverse Time Breaker used as a circuit protective device on this motor be increased to?
- The minimum clearance for a 37 KV line over a roadway shall be _____.
- Type CMP, CMR, and CM cables shall have a temperature rating of not less than ____ degrees C.
- When pouring a slab, the concrete should be discharged from the truck _______.
- Curing for a concrete driveway should last at least _____ day(s).
- To create an isolation joint between a drive and an existing garage slab or sidewalk the contractor would typically use ______ thick premolded joint material
- When ordering concrete for a driveway, the air content of the mix should be within a range of ___ percent.
- For driveway paving you should specify _____ inch slump concrete.
- When ordering concrete for a driveway, you should designate the size of the course aggregate to be _____"?
- When ordering concrete for a driveway, you should specify ______ psi compressive strength concrete.
- When setting forms to pour a driveway, the stakes holding the form boards should be spaced no more than ____ feet apart.
- For proper drainage a driveway should be sloped toward the street a minimum of _____" per foot?
- What is the suggested width for a single-car driveway?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is shown by "A"?
- What should a contractor provide on the jobsite if there are oily rags, hazardous waste such as acid or flammable materials disposed of on the site?
- Refer to the Diagram; What size reinforcement is required for the slab?
- The distance between uninsulated metal parts and other uninsulated live parts not over 125 volts, shall not be less than ____.
- You have 2 THHW #6 awg and 2 THHN #10 awg wires, what size RMC conduit is required?
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be used to designate the piece of structural iron shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the distance from the West side of carport to the property line?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which direction is the property sloping?
- According to OSHA, which of the following PPE is the employer required to provide for the employees?
- During an asphalt paving operation, an area is too small to fit the machines and the asphalt must be hand shoveled into place. What would be best used to compact this area?
- Refer to the Diagram; The loader with the bucket in this position is preforming what grading function?
- If an employee is injured on the job the employer must report the injury to____.
- The flanges on a drum used to spool wire rope should project ____ times the diameter of the rope.
- In order to reduce the sharpness of concrete you would _____?
- When mooring a vessel, it must be secured with at least ______.
- Barges may be moored in tiers if each shoreward barge is _____.
- What is the actual diameter of a #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar?
- Refer to the Diagram; A footing will be poured that is 1'6" wide and 2' deep with the exception of the North wall which will be 2' wide and 2 ' deep. How many cubic yards of concrete will be needed?
- A road that measures 24' wide and 1 mile long is going to be overlaid with 2" of hot-mix asphalt paving. How many tons of asphalt will be required? 5280' = 1 mile, weight of asphalt = 110 lbs. per inch per square yard
- Refer to the Diagram; How many sheets of 5/8" plywood are needed to deck the roof shown.
- What type of respirator is required for sand blasting operations if the dust generated does not contain hazardous materials?
- A building's horizontal drainage pipe will be buried underground and connected to the City storm drains. When would the pipe be buried?
- A house with a gable roof measures 24' x 18' and has a 5/12 roof pitch. There is a 2′ overhang on all sides. How many squares of roofing are there?
- When pouring concrete over wet expansive soil, what is used between the soil and concrete?
- Which type of pile has the highest load bearing capacity?
- In soil, what does "PI" mean?
- Which of the following is one of the responsibilities of the Architect?
- What is the minimum clear opening width of an egress door in a Nursing Home?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many 2 x 4 studs will be needed for the section of wall labeled “B”? (SEE NOTE)
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the type of truss shown by number 2. (SEE NOTE)
- If a roof has a pitch of 1/3, what is the slope?
- According to OSHA, to operate a forklift the operator must be ______.
- You are installing a 20' long wall using light gauge metal studs. The studs will be placed 24" O.C. How many studs will be required?
- When is it safe for workmen to stand or work on steel joist and girders?
- What color are the reflectorized stripes on a flagger’s vest?
- According to ADA, what is the minimum width of a personnel lift?
- What color would be spray painted on the ground to mark drainage and sewer lines?
- When using sprayed fire-resistant materials over steel beams, the beams shall be tested where?
- The flat steel bar or angle iron over the opening of a fireplace used to support masonry is a _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; The wood framing member shown is a(an) _____.
- When making a control joint with a jointing tool, this will be done_______.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following has the correct dimensions for a door header on a 2" x 4" wall?
- Refer to the Diagram; If switch "C" is closed what will happen to the motor?
- According to OSHA, when employees are working over or adjacent to water a (an) ______ shall be immediately available.
- Refer to the Diagram; How wide are the marking stripes for a standard crosswalk?
- A Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is _____.
- What is a pile cap?
- In order to achieve a compacted thickness of 2" of asphalt paving, how deep should the uncompacted mix be laid?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is correct when connecting a wire to a receptacle outlet?
- The MSDS sheet _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the total resistance in this circuit?
- A lockout tagout device shall be _____.
- A brick ledge on a foundation used to support masonry units shall extend not less than ___ inches above adjacent ground surfaces.
- Refer to the Diagram; What information is found on the stake labeled “side B”?
- Refer to the Diagram: Which number identifies the center line?
- On suspension scaffolding the suspension rope shall be capable of supporting at least ___ times the maximum intended load.
- On all suspended scaffolds, the top edge height of the toprail shall be between ___ and ____ inches.
- You are pouring a section of concrete highway that measures 30' x 80' x 9" thick. You will have a .7% waste. How many cubic yards of concrete will be required?
- Angular aggregate used in hot mix asphalt will _____.
- Pressure used to test gas piping shall not be less than ____ times the proposed working pressure.
- A water storage tank has a capacity of 3600 gallons. What minimum size drain pipe required for the tank?
- A sewage ejector pump has a discharge pipe with a diameter of 2 1/2". What is the minimum capacity of the pump in gallons per minute according to code?
- Refer to the Restaurant drawing; What is the size of the building drain at point "A"?
- When spreading hot mix asphalt pavement, the rolling should be done in ____ phases.
- Doing abrasive blasting on a bridge without proper protection can cause ______.
- A skating rink has a maximum capacity of 5000 people. How many urinals may be substituted for male water closets according to Code?
- A skating rink has a maximum capacity of 5000 people. How many male water closets are required by Code?
- In a fire alarm system, which of the following PLFA cables may NOT be installed in a riser in plenum cable routing assemblies?
- When sizing gas piping, if the specific gravity of the gas is listed as 1.10, what is the multiplier you would you for your calculation?
- You are cutting and threading gas piping in the field using 3/4″ metallic pipe. How many threads must be cut for the pipe?
- A ______ ladder shall be provided when ladders are the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the total resistance in this circuit?
- On a roadway with no shoulder, signs should be placed not closer than ____ feet from the edge of the traveled way.
- After the initial 1 year inspection, fire and smoke dampers, except for hospitals, shall be inspected every ____ years.
- If a bid from a subcontractor does not include sales tax you should ________.
- Prior to entering a heater, steam lines should be _____ to allow the steam to de-super heat.
- Code requires vents and other forms of air exhaust to be ____ feet away from mechanical air intakes.
- Durning the conceptual planning stage of a project, which of the following is true?
- Most manufacturers isolate the fan section on the inside of the air handler unit, if this is done does the entire air handler need to be isolated for vibration?
- What air conditioning and refrigeration tubing is sealed to keep the tubing clean and dry?
- OSHA form 301 is a(an)______ report.
- The location of all fire dampers must be shown on duct drawings according to ____.
- In areas that have weather conditions that drop below freezing, which type of solar water heating system is preferred?
- Negative pressure occurs when a trap seal is _____?
- What causes a fire damper to close?
- How is submittal data sent to the Prime Contractor?
- In regard to temperature specifications on a project, which of the following would go through the commissioning process?
- Which of the following would be the thickest metal?
- An asphalt parking lot measures 80' x 100' and is 2" thick. You are going to tear out the lot and haul off the material. How many cubic yards will there be if there is a swell factor of 1.7%?
- When lifting bundles of parallel chord trusses, you should use 3 lift points if the trusses are over ___ feet long.
- During project closeout Q & A manuals should be organized by what?
- If you have excavated 800 loose cubic yards of material with a swell factor of 35%, how many bank cubic yards did you have to excavate?
- If the rough opening of a doorway supporting one floor is 4', what size header is needed if the building width is 12'?
- Plaster applied over metal reinforcement should be ___ in. thick.
- According to IBC, which of the following materials can be used for draftstopping?
- According to OSHA, which of the following PPE is the employer required to provide for the employees?
- The capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways for a building with an occupant load of 1200 persons shall be___ inches.
- Refer to the Diagram of the curb ramp; The side of the curb ramp (B) should be flared at a maximum slope of ___?
- Refer to the Diagram of the curb ramp; The slope at “A” should be ____ or less.
- For the runoff from disturbed areas of a construction site, use _____ to capture sediment before it leaves your site.
- According to OSHA, trenches 5 feet deep or more shall be sloped at an angle of ____ vertical, unless the employer uses other methods.
- When installing a grid system for acoustical ceilings, the first hanger on each end of the runner or carrying channel should be no more than ____ from the ends.
- One thing that would give an estimator an advantage over his competition is _____.
- According to Carpentry by Koel, an attic space containing a “GAS” heater, located in Zone 4 should have an insulation R-Value of __.
- A friction pile’s load capacity depends on ______.
- A nuclear density tester can safely and accurately measure the density and _____ of soils.
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of foundation is shown?
- When using the Critical path method of scheduling, the difference in days between the early start date and the late start date is called ____.
- Which roller would be the best and most efficient roller to compact hot mix asphalt?
- The water to cement ratio for water-tight concrete in salt water should be ___.
- The water to cement ratio for water-tight concrete in fresh water should be ___.
- Before beginning an excavation, the Contractor should call ____.
- On a window, what does the “U-factor” mean?
- Refer to the diagram; What size rebar are needed for the footing?
- Refer to the diagram; How many cubic feet of air per minute are required for the return air?
- Refer to the diagram; How many cubic yards of concrete will it take to pour the slab shown? Do not include the footings or piers.
- Refer to the diagram; How far above the bottom of the footing are the rebar placed?
- Refer to the diagram; What is the distance from the bottom of the piers to the subgrade?
- Refer to the Daigram; How many 2″ x 6″ x 20′ rafters will be needed?
- What is the smallest size nipple allowed in a sprinkler system?
- In the IBC what section would cold-formed light-framed construction be found?
- What are the most common types of foundations?
- Which type of insurance provides monetary compensation to employees who are injured on the job?
- Which of the following roof coverings is NOT permitted to be used on a Class A roof assemblies?
- According to OSHA, when dealing with a permit-required confined space a(an) ______ is required.
- An accessible van parking space shall be permitted to be ____” wide if there is a ____”wide access aisle.
- A circular saw is equipped with what type of switch?
- According to OSHA, a buoyant life vest is required when____.
- What is the minimum thickness for drywall used for a 1 hour fire wall?
- What does a Gantt chart do?
- The cricket of a saddle shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney with a width greater than:
- According to the Residential code plywood used to sheath a roof as an index of 32/16. What is the maximum truss spacing with edge support?
- Main purpose of jointing tool is:
- What is the requirement for the fastener attachment to secure a metal runner to any substrate
- What type of mortar is recommended for masonry block below grade and in contact with earth?
- What is the whitish powder or stain sometimes found on the surface of masonry?
- What type of cement used to achieve high early strength Morton?
- Minimum distance required for sloping the finish grade away from a building
- Which type of sheet product is recommended to be used for back when applying ceramic or other wall tile
- Minimum roof slope for asphalt shingles is ____.
- Minimum slope roof required for lapped non soldered seem metal roofs without lap sealant?
- Maximum weather exposure for a #2 grade, 18" double course wood shingle used for siding?
- For a furred ceiling, how should the metal furring be attached to the bar joists?
- What fastener should be used to attach metal runners to concrete or masonry:
- 24" long number 2 taper sawn wood shakes of naturally durable wood installed on a roof slope of 4:12 or greater shall have a minimum exposure of:
- What is the diagonal measurement of a rectangular foundation measuring 27'x36'?
- What are the actual dimensions of a standard size modular concrete block?
- Mineral surface open valley linings for asphalt shingles shall be:
- According to the residential code, the maximum riser height and minimum tread depth shall be:
- Excavation should be inspected by a competent person:
- Minimum thickness for aluminum flashing used for an open valley lining of an asphalt shingle roof is
- A contractor working higher than a minimum of ________ feet must have fall protection.
- Ventilation of a hip roof should include:
- Maximum notch that can be placed at the end of a ceiling joist?
- A rich concrete mixture has a greater amount of what ingredient than a standard mixture?
- A rectangular structure measures 24'x36'. The structure has a hip roof with a 2 foot overhang all around its perimeter. How many 10' lengths of 1x8 fascia boards are required? Allow 5% of waste.
- An ice dam protection membrane shall extend from the edge of the eave to a point al least
- What is recommended spacing of nails when applying corner board in drywall construction?
- Wood floor joists are to be installed over the crawl space of a structure. The joist are untreated southern pine. What is the minimum distance permitted between the bottom of the joist and the earth?
- A concrete basement wall that is not exposed to weather shell have a minimum compressive strength of
- What is used to control the finished surface of an exterior concrete slab?
- What is the maximum allowable ground slope before footings are required to be strapped?
- To permit acclimation, what is the minimum length of time that wood flooring be stored in the building in which it will be installed?
- Bed joists for masonry units laid directly on the foundation can be a maximum of
- What is the standard depth of upper kitchen wall cabinets?
- When nailing shingles it is important to drive?
- Which type of material must be around a perimeter drain system that does not use filtering fabric?
- How many 4'x12'x2' Styrofoam sheets are required to protect water proofing membrane on a foundation that is 32'x60' with a waterproofed height of 8 feet?
- How should the floor framing around a 5' x5' stairway opening be constructed?
- If you are going to splice a high voltage cable using a poured resin splice kit, one of the most important things for a successful splice is_____?
- On scaffolds where planks are overlapped, the overlap shall be not less than 12″ unless the planks are_____.
- After wind speeds of 115 to 130 MPH occur, which Risk Category building would need to be inspected?
- When working on a bridge, a safety net is installed. What is the maximum distance from the working surface to the net?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the distance from the top of the slab to the bottom of the footing?
- According to ADA regulations, projections into the clear opening width of a doorway that are between 34″ and 80″ above the floor shall not exceed ___ inches.
- According to ADA regulations, the clear opening width of doorways must be a minimum of ___ inches.
- According to ADA regulations, the clear width of a ramp run shall be a minimum of ___ inches.
- Refer to the drawing; Identify the "Struck" joint.
- Referring to the illustration, the masonry pattern shown is typically called a _____ bond.
- Lime is added to mortar to____.
- How long can mortar be used before it should be discarded?
- Refer to the drawing; Identify the "Rake" joint.
- When is it permissible to conceal a junction box in a wall or under a sidewalk?
- Identify the check valve;
- On a masonry chimney, the cleanout access door is made from_____.
- An electrician is making a 3-phase parallel run using 4 wire cable with ground, the service is 100 ft. from the disconnect switch. How many feet of wire will be needed?
- When looking at a 3-phase motor you notice leads 4,5, and 6 are connected together. The voltage this motor is set for is _____.
- Refer to the Diagram; The circuit shown has a total resistance of 3.24 ohms. If resistor A is 7 ohms, what is the size of resistor B?
- A contract requires the General Contractor to have a $1,000,000.00 general liability policy. The Contractor has a General liability policy for $500,000.00 and an Umbrella policy for $1,000,000.00. Which of the following statements is true?
- Where are sidewall spray sprinklers installed in an elevator car?
- Refer to the Diagram; The house has been raised and must have the plumbing hooked up. The existing slab elevation (B) is 103.00, the sewer connection (A) is at an elevation of 111.50. How long should the connecting pipe be cut without allowing for any waste or make-up.
- What distinguishes soil as top soil?
- When moving a house intact, which of the following is done?
- A house with the existing slab has been moved and is being set on it's new foundation using jacks. What would be used to level the slab?
- When moving a house on steel beams, what would be used to help maneuver the house through congested traffic areas?
- According to OSHA, a competent person does their job at the ____.
- A closed loop glycol solar water heater will normally have ____ installed.
- A 6-mil polyethylene vapor retarder placed under a slab shall have joints lapped not less than ___ inches.
- If you are laying a 36″ pipe the width of the trench should be ___.
- Which of the following would be used to make a change to the project before the bid?
- When laying pipe in a trench with unstable soil, a trench shield is needed. As the pipe is being laid ________.
- The best way to remove a pile is to use a _____.
- Water flows easily through what type of soil?
- When using a pile driver, it is recommended that the weight of the ram be _____.
- When installing a saddle, which of the following would be used?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the concentric reducer.
- Main bonding jumpers and system bonding jumpers shall be of ______.
- An NFPLA approved conductor for a fire alarm system shall be____.
- How much clearance from windows that are designed to be opened shall a service be?
- Which of the following conductors is rated for a maximum prolonged temperature of 140 degrees F ?
- A 300 volt motor is provided with terminal housings. The minimum spacing between line terminals is ____.
- When should rubber insulating gloves be tested?
- Refer to the Diagram; The type of stake shown is called a _____.
- A 3 phase 10HP squirrel cage motor operates at 460 volts and has a Nontime delay fuse. This fuse will be rated at ____ amps.
- A deep ladder cable tray measures 12″ wide and 6″ deep. It contains six 400 kcmil conductors that have a diameter of 0.925 and operate at 1200 volts. With no derating how many more 400 kcmil conductors can be added?
- A room has 3 doorways, each has a switch to control the room lights. The lights are all on the same circuit. What type of switches are needed?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the finished elevation for the pipe?
- In a step down transformer which of the following will not change?
- In a 15 or 20 amp receptacle the binding screw used to connect the supply wires is _____.
- A receptacle installed outdoors or in a damp location shall ____.
- How far from the top of a building show window shall a receptacle be installed?
- When working on a motor, the most important part of a motor would be the___.
- In a dwelling unit all of the following rooms shall be protected by a listed AFCI except _____.
- Flexible cords used on a construction site shall be tested at intervals not exceeding _____.
- The minimum clearance for a 27 KV line over a roadway shall be _____.
- The mounting bracket for a junction box around a swimming pool shall be mounted not less that ___ inches above the pool water level.
- A Class 1 power limited circuit shall be supplied from a source of not more than ___ watts.
- The best ladders to use on a demolition site are ____.
- To remove piles on a bridge site you would use an excavator with a ______.
- A building is 20' wide and has a 12' wide doorway. According to OSHA a protective canopy must be installed 8' out from the building and ___ feet wide above the door.
- Which tool would be used to tighten bolts for a foundation?
- Which dozer blade would be used to take down trees?
- Which of the following would cause a sling to be removed from service?
- What item should you have an engineer inspect before starting a demo job?
- Which of the following items are recycled the most on demolition jobs?
- What is used to keep dust down on a demolition job?
- Which of the weather conditions listed below would cause DOTD to close roads for permitted haulers?
- When it is necessary to raise or disconnect a utility line to move a house when should the Utility Company be notified?
- In Louisiana where is the license plate on a tractor truck displayed?
- Refer to the Diagram; A sewer main is being laid, using the information on the stake what is the finished elevation for the invert of the pipe.
- Test Question
- A 50 HP 480 volt 3 phase motor that is design II has 75 degree terminations. What would be the full load current used for branch circuit conductors?
- You have an excavation that measures 30′ x 170′ and is 4 1/2 feet deep. You are hauling the dirt to a stock pile using 9 cubic yard dump trucks. If the soil swells 27%, how many truck loads will it take to haul away the material?
- To open an unmarked fire hydrant you would _____.
- A contractor has had the area of an excavation marked by Louisiana One Call. The marking shows underground electrical lines will be encountered, what must the contractor do before digging?
- What is a common industry standard method of testing sewer mains?
- Trench shoring should be removed ____.
- What is the minimum burial depth for a 120V circuit in PVC conduit without concrete encasement under a parking lot?
- If you are installing a gas line that requires a pressure rating of 220 psi, the minimum H.D.P.E. pipe would be?
- How is submittal data sent to the prime contractor?
- Which of the following is important to establishing the laydown area of a job site?
- Which of the following is true about a mechanical pipe joint?
- What document has information about handling and storage of hazardous materials on the job?
- When installing equipment, where would you use grout?
- Who can install a backflow preventer?
- When ordering a special item for a project you will need to know ______.
- A compaction control test determines the in-place density and _____ of the soil.
- When leaning a ladder against a wall, the ratio of a ladder to a wall is?
- Sewer and water lines laid in parallel trenches must be separated by ___ feet.
- What is the name of a watertight enclosure used for an excavation?
- To secure steel columns to anchor bolts, a light base plate up to ___ inches in thickness is used.
- With which of the following would Worker’s Compensation Insurance supplement be used?
- The maximum coverage area of any sprinkler shall not exceed ____ sq. ft.
- Which of the following is NOT true about a fire alarm circuit?
- Which of the following conductors is NOT used in conduit run in a concrete slab that is in direct contact with the earth?
- For explosion proof equipment entries using threaded NPT, shall have at least ____ threads fully engaged.
- A grounded conductor is what color?
- A 4/0 ground wire is what color?
- Equipment located within ____ feet of the inside wall of a pool shall be grounded.
- An outdoor electrical installation over 1000 volts shall be enclosed by a barrier fence not less than ____ feet in height.
- Suspension ropes or cables used for swing scaffolds must be able to support at least ___ times the intended load.
- When using deep wellpoints that could be subject to extreme temperature changes, _____ pipe should be used in expansion fittings.
- The location of existing utilities can be found on the ____ plan.
- On a screw-spliced concrete pile, splices near ground water level are protected by____?
- What color are the lights for a barge that is underway?
- Hot mix asphalt pavement is usually rolled in how many phases?
- In a temporary installation over ___ volts, fencing, barriers, or other effective means shall be provided.
- Exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts operating at ___ volts or more shall be guarded by a barrier.
- In a Hospital, a system of feeders and branch circuits supplying power for lighting, receptacles, and equipment essential for life safety and is automatically connected to alternate power sources is the _____.
- Any entrance to a vault or enclosure containing exposed live parts over 1000 volts must be kept locked at all times except ______.
- What is the first priority in the implementation of Safety-related work practices?
- Refer to the Diagram; How many receptacles are required for “Office 3”.
- A 10 horsepower 3 phase AC motor operating at 230 volts will require what size starter?
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of connection is there between the 2 transformers?
- Four copper type THHN conductors are a 10′ conduit as follows; one size 1/0 awg, one size 2/0 awg and two size 1 awg. What is the minimum allowable trade size IMC conduit required for these four conductors?
- The minimum size grounding conductor for use in commercial and non-commercial Marinas and Boatyards shall not be smaller than ___ AWG.
- A 2 wire, DC system supplying premises wiring operating at greater than 60V but less than ___ V shall be grounded.
- To supply power to a single phase 230V AC 5 HP. motor that is listed as continuous duty and a 240V 2000 watt heat strip using 75C rated THWN Aluminum conductors, you would need ____AWG.
- If a part of a circuit is exposed to a high temperature, how will the ampacity rating of the conductors be determined?
- How long can temporary power be used on a building site?
- Which class 3 cable can be used in environmental air without being in a raceway?
- Given; There are 4- 250 kcmil aluminum XHHW conductors in a raceway. What is the ampacity of each conductor if used in a dry location?
- Given; There are 4- 250 kcmil aluminum XHHW conductors in a raceway. What is the ampacity of each conductor if used in a wet location?
- In place of using CL3P cable, which of the following could you use?
- Refer to the Diagram; The contacts R and F are for what purpose in the motor control Diagram?
- What is the total resistance in this parallel circuit?
- What is the shock approach boundary for an exposed fixed circuit part of 600 volts DC.
- The output voltage for a non power limited fire alarm circuit shall not be more than ___ volts.
- A Class A GFIC device will trip at ____ mA.
- A 1200 volt transformer with 3% impedance in the primary shall have an overcurrent rating for the circuit breaker of ___%
- Class 3 cables shall have a voltage rating of not less than ___ volts.
- What type cable can be used in Class 2 & 3 in a building under carpet?
- What is the ampacity allowed for each of the following; 4- 250 KCMIL copper type TW conductors?
- When can 2 or more emergency circuits be run in the same raceway?
- When horizontal runs of LFMC cable pass through framing members, they shall be supported at least every ___ feet.
- On a solidly grounded Wye-service that is not over 1000 volts, ground fault protection shall be provided for each service disconnect rated ____ amps or above.
- PLFA cable can be installed in non concealed space if the length does not exceed ___ feet.
- Which of the following PLFA cables is NOT permitted in a fireproof shaft?
- What is the maximum amps for a 26 gauge 75 degree C, 4-pair cable for power in Class 3 wiring. The operating temperature is 16 degrees C.
- When connecting electrical equipment to earth to limit the voltage to ground, you are _____?
- When bending AC cable, the inside radius should not less than ____ times the diameter of the cable.
- When installing wiring in vertical shafts you should work toward trying to minimize ____.
- Where are lock tags installed?
- Grounding connections using ____ solely is not permitted.
- ______ establishes an effective ground-fault current path of normally non-current-carrying electrically conductive materials?
- A 230 volt overhead service is installed over a public street with traffic. What is the minimum vertical clearance required?
- Arc rated clothing in category I has a maximum _____?
- If an elevator does not have a generator field controller located in the hoist-way, where would the disconnect be placed?
- Additional training in changes in electrical safety will be preformed in intervals not exceeding __ years.
- Class 1 rubber insulated gloves protect up to what maximum dc volts?1
- The minimum conductor size for electronic signal circuits from a pipe organ shall be not less than ____AWG.
- Bonding conductors for communication systems installed in a one or two story building shall not exceed ____ feet in length.
- Who is allowed to enter the limited approach boundary of energized circuits?
- The clear working space required in front of an electrical panel with enclosed live parts on both sides of the working space, rated at 460 V must be a minimum of ________________.
- Temporary receptacles should not be on the same branch circuit as _____.
- The point of penetration for an information technology room is controlled by_____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the ratio between the primary and secondary windings?
- A worker must be retrained every ___ years in lockout procedures.
- MC cable shall be supported at not more than ____ feet apart.
- What size RHH conductors are required for a 230V continuous duty motor that is 3-phase and 10 horsepower.
- NMC cable shall be secured every ___ feet.
- In a Hospital _______ are not directly connected to an insulated copper equipment grounding conductor.
- When using an energy management power system it cannot be able to disconnect _____.
- A 1200 Volt surge arrestor must have what size grounding conductor?
- What is a raceway containing factory mounted conductors which are usually copper or aluminum bars, rods, or tubes called?
- What is the proper way to install laminate shingles?
- Any appliance that the products of combustion at the point of entrance to the flue have a temperature of 1000 degrees F or less is a ____ appliance.
- The height of a guard rail on a suspended scaffold shall be ___ inches.
- Scaffolding rated at 750 lbs. can hold how many workers at one time?
- Refer to the Diagram; When setting up a Mobile Crane on soft ground, which of the following would be correct for the pads?
- Refer to the Diagram; A structural steel building has 2 beams joined as shown. What type of joint is this?
- When applying for a permit to discharge dredge materials from a navigational dredge job and a water quality certification is needed, it would be issued by?
- Which of the following persons must witness the repair of ASME certified equipment?
- Refer to the Diagram; The railroad spikes are driven on a section of curved track,which is the correct practice.
- If you purchased 1000 bank cubic yards from a dirt pit and it will be compacted to 95% modified proctor. 1 bank cubic yard is equal to 1.06 cubic yards compacted to 95%.1 loose cubic yard is equal to 1.31 cubic yards compacted to 95%Haul truck is 24 cubic yards.How many trips will it take to haul the purchased soil?
- You are paving a single surface treatment road. Below are the only costs to consider. (1760 lineal yards = 1 mile)Road way; 24′ wide, 2 miles longApplication rate; .25 gallons per square yardAggregate cost; $0.75 per square yardAsphalt cost; $3.75 per gallon. What is the total cost?
- You are contracted to plant small trees along a Coastal shoreline. The trees will be placed 20″ apart in 1 row that is 3200 feet long. It takes 2 manhours per 100 holes and the cost is $15.00 per manhour. The trees are $0.20 each and you have other costs of $1500.00. These are the only cost for the project. What is your total cost?
- A heat tracer for process pipe is ____.
- When staking out a Highway job, the string stakes are set?
- After a lane of Asphalt pavement has been laid and compacted a _____ would be used to check if it is level to the required specification.
- When using the turn of the nut method to tighten high strength bolts you would ____.
- If soil swells to 1.5 cubic yard for every bank cubic yard. The soil swell is ___.
- Crushed stone is being used as a sub-base. The stone cost is $2.10 per square meter and the area measures 10 meters wide by 4 kilometers long. What will the stone cost?
- On a La. State Highway State project, riprap placed on an embankment shall be placed in how many layers?
- What would be best to place under riprap to help prevent soil erosion and provide a rough surface?
- The most effective filter blanket for erosion control is (are)_____.
- The production of a centrifugal pump may be increased by_____.
- When a lockout tag is placed on a piece of equipment, according to who can remove it?
- A stud bolt has the following specifications; Bolt 3/4 – 15 UNC 3B This means the bolt will have ___ threads per inch.
- A steel pipe that is lined with cement will be hydrostatic tested.When would the test begin?
- Tubular steel piles are usually connected by__.
- Organic soils are classified as _____.
- When preparing the sub grade for a concrete pour it should be____.
- Refer to the Diagram; The weld shown would which one for prepping steel?
- Which is done last for each floor of a structural steel building?
- A backhoe has a 1.5 cubic yard bucket with a cycle time of 2 minutes. The efficiency of the machine is 50 min. per hour. How many cubic yards can the back hoe move in 1 hour.
- ASME certified equipment, which Stamp is required to make repairs?
- In a pipeline, what is used to control the flow of liquid?
- A grade stake has an elevation of 23.0. A shot to the top of the stake reads 4.7.What is the HI?
- If a split system is oversized, it will____.
- What section of the general construction specifications is HVAC listed under?
- What document becomes a binding contract once it is accepted and signed?
- HVAC duct work must have a fire damper installed if it ____.
- PVC and ABS pipe are usually connected by__.
- What is the best way to cut refrigerant tubing?
- An auto expansion valve (AXV) is used to maintain constant ____ in the evaporator.
- A type of heat exchanger that liquefies vapor by removal of heat is a?
- Which of the following fire dampers are “fail safe”?
- The term “Fast Track Construction” means that the design / construction will happen in ____.
- OSHA Form 300 shall be posted each year on what date?
- A ground conductor is what color wire?
- Soil for a modified proctor test is placed in a mold in ___ layers.
- Walls, parapet clamps, ledges or anything that secures the cables of a swinging scaffold should hold at least ___?
- What gives the best traction for rubber tired equipment?
- If a cable scaffold is rated at 750 lbs. how many people can it hold?
- To inform motorist of road work, a warning sign must me placed at least ___ feet before the actual construction.
- What is attached to a safety lanyard and dropped 6′ to test it?
- Refer to the Diagram; The bearing of D-C reads 70 degrees 14’W is from____.
- A 16″ x 16″ x 30′ long duct will require how many lbs. of sheet metal if the sheet metal weighs 1.2 lbs. per square foot?
- According to the IPC what is the standard feet of head in a gravity sewer?
- The smallest mark on a tape measure is __.
- Most codes require a clean out for drainage pipe every___.
- When bidding a job as the Prime Mechanical Contractor, your bid should cover _____.
- To size a gas line you must know _____.
- Which is a one way valve use to prevert water from going back?
- What type of pump would you use to repair a refrigeration line?
- Refer to the Diagram; These symbols denote_____.
- You are installing an air handler in a room. The most important thing is ___?
- If a trench could collapse what does OSHA require?
- When aligning pipe which of the following would not be used?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the slope of the roof shown?
- A 1/8 bend is ___ degrees.
- OSHA allows ____ to provide access in and out of a trench.
- When scheduling the plumbing on a job who is the last person to call during the plumbing work?
- Value Engineering is____.
- A 16″ x 16″ x 30′ long duct will require how many square feet of insulation?
- If specifications state “connect diffusers with a 6 Ft. maximum length of flexible duct with clamps”. The plans show a diffuser where 5 Ft. of flexible duct will be used. This is?
- Which of the following is used to fuse pipe?
- The IMC requires metal ducts to be constructed according to ____.
- The Miller Act requires a contractor to?
- If the plumbing plans show a gas water heater and the electrical plans show an electric water heater, the plumber should?
- An electronic temperature sensing devise is a ___?
- How dose a VAV box heat air?
- According to code all Boilers must have a?
- According to OSHA, if a trench is over ___ feet deep it must have a protective system.
- Which of the following is the most important thing when estimating quantities for a bid?
- The ducts servicing a Type I exhaust hood shall?
- The minimum size trap for a drain is___?
- According to code what is the minimum slope for a commercial grease duct?
- In a closed loop solar water heating system the non-potable heat transfer liquid used is ___.
- According to code, duct work other than residential shall be sized according to?
- Who is allowed to pull a Plumbing permit?
- A penetrometer is pushed in to the ground, it will measure ____?
- Refer to the Diagram; The trench shield is placed in a trench that is over 5′ deep. What is the minimum distance of “A”?
- After a permit has been issued to plug an oil well, how long does the contractor have to notify the inspector before beginning the work?
- According to OSHA, all electric, gas, steam, and other service lines shall be shut off or capped _____ before demolition is started.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the caissons.
- Refer to the Diagram; What information does the Back of the stake give?
- If you are dredging in the Louisiana coastal zone, you must obtain a permit from?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which one of the items would be removed from the wall form as soon as the concrete is poured?
- The most common grade of steel used for rebar is?
- Workers are going to have to pass under a scaffold. According to OSHA the scaffold must have_____.
- When mixing soil cement which type of soil will require the least amount of cement?
- You have a contract with the La. DOTD that calls for corrugated metal pipe to be used as culvert. The backfill for the pipe must have a tested resistivity greater than ___.
- An asphalt paver is started and stopped creating ridge in the roadway. What tool would be used to remove the ridge?
- If a cubic meter of concrete contains 300 kg of cement and 150 kg of water, then the water to cement ratio is?
- After arriving on the job site, water is added to the concrete mix truck. How many mixing revolutions should be made by the truck before the concrete is tested?
- The speed of a breakdown steel wheel roller should never be faster than ___ MPH.
- Refer to the Diagram; Wood corner posts are being set in concrete,which is correct?
- What type combination soil cement will require the most unit pressure from a steel drum roller to achieve proper compaction?
- Other than water, cement and aggregate that is added to concrete or mortar that is added to the batch before or during the mixing is a (an) _____.
- Aggregate surface treatment is applied to pavement. What type of roller would be used to best seat the aggregate into the membrane?
- An open web girder is specified as 48L7N 7.6K. This means the girder will have a depth of?
- If employees on a building site are working with solvents that could be harmful, OSHA requires ____?
- Who does builders risk insurance protect?
- What connects a cast-in-place column to a concrete footing?
- When sheet piles are being driven in water the bottom guide would be best secured by?
- A benchmark is at an elevation of 17.0, a rod reading to it is 4.5. What is the HI?
- Which of the following would help minimize plastic shrinkage cracks in concrete?
- Anchor points for safety lanyards shall be capable of withstanding ____ LBS. per person attached.
- You are pouring a VERY large foundation under water using one or more tremies. Which of the following methods would be correct?
- Refer to the Diagram; Where would you find the Centerline?
- Swelling soils are usually associated with ____.
- A driveway is 20′ wide and crowned in the center. What would the fall from the center to the edge be if the slope was 1/2″ per foot?
- Drums used to channel traffic on a construction site will have what color stripes?
- The plastic limit of soil is ___.
- When applying a single application asphalt surface treatment the gravel mix should be ____.
- A wood corner post is being set in a post hole.The bottom 4 inches of the hole should be filled with ____ before filling with concrete.
- Refer to the Diagram; The signal man has his arm extended forward, hand open, and is making a pushing motion. This signal means?
- To locate underground utilities, what is the phone number to call before you dig?
- In Louisiana, what is the width of a Highway stripe?
- You have a contract with La. DOTD to pour concrete, which of the following is the first thing you should do?
- When preparing a steel bridge to be painted, which of the following would be the best?
- When using ply forms to build a wing wall you should spray the forms with ____ before pouring the concrete.
- Refer to the Diagram; According to OSHA, the slope for this trench shall not exceed?
- After bull floating the next procedure when finishing a slab would be _____.
- When explosives are used on a construction site in Louisiana, who would issue the License?
- What type of joint is used to allow for thermal expansion?
- When mixing Portland cement,If you use 9 shovels of cement how many shovels of sand are needed?
- Refer to the Diagram; What must be done in order to make this panel meet NEC requirements?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which off the following is the correct nozzle setup for jetting a pile?
- Which pile driver can not be used underwater?
- Railroad track ties should not be less than ___ in length.
- The eves of a gable roof measure 37' and there are 2 eaves. If asphalt strip shingles with a 10" exposure are used how many shingles are needed?
- Which of the following types of roof is installed with a torch or heating device?
- What hand tool is used to quickly nail felt to the roof deck?
- If a roof has a span of 24' and a pitch of 1/6, what is the slope?
- What is the total linear feet of drip edge required for the diagrammed building? Assume a 6 on 12 pitch and a 3' overhang
- What is the main difference between hyperbaric and wet welding done underwater?
- Refer to the Diagram; At what point will the Mobile Crane pick up 40,000 LBS.
- What standard is used for welding for repair of a gas or boiler vessel?
- Most manufacturer’s recommendation for non-shrink grout under base plates or equipment should be at least ___ thick.
- Which is the least effective way to keep ground water from an excavation in cohesive soil?
- When sheet piles are being driven in water what is used to keep them in line?
- What is used to attach a cast in place column to a footing?
- Visual inspection of welds on a gas pipeline shall be inspected by a ______.
- The minimum thickness of a masonry grout joint is ___.
- Grouted base plates under pre-cast columns should have a preferable thickness of __.
- Reflectorized raised pavement markers visible only to traffic proceeding the wrong way shall be ___.
- You are pouring concrete from a mix truck using the trucks chute. If the mix is traveling to fast through the chute what would happen to the mix?
- Material that is being dredged and placed on an island is checked with a penetrometer. What is being measured?
- An All-Risk Builder’s Risk insurance policy covers ______ for buildings under construction.
- When erecting a steel frame building after a sufficient amount of steel has been put in place what is the last thing done?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct position to lower the bucket to start an excavation with a back hoe?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the gate valve.
- How is geotextile placed?
- A natural gas compressor station shall maintain a levee with an elevation of at least __ feet above mean high tide.
- What is the classification for Organic Soil?
- What type of welding is used for gas pipelines?
- Why is form oil used?
- A crane operator should never lift or swing a load ______ unless allowed by the manufacturer?
- Which is true about the sub grade for a parking lot or driveway slab?
- When boaring with a directional auger, what is pumped around the casing?
- Who would issue a water quality certification?
- How would a worker lower a piece of sheet metal decking?
- What type of dozer blade would you use to clear a forest?
- When flashing a chimney with a cricket on the up hill side the flashing should ____.
- When moving heavy loads on the job you should___.
- When preforming a maintenance repair on a built up roof you should___.
- Apron flashing placed on the downside of a dormer will be made of ___.
- When installing roll roofing on a low slope roof and a light rain begins you should__.
- Which is true about installing a turbine roof vent?
- Which of the following is true about flashing soil stacks and vents through the roof?
- When nailing slate shingles, the nails should be driven ____.
- Metal roofs with a vent pipe extending through it are normally flashed with plates made of?
- A hip roof measures 96' x 120'. How many linear feet of drip edge will be needed with a 10% waste?
- How is mineral surface roll roofing installed?
- A roof has 2 eaves that are each 37' long. How many asphalt shingles with a 10" exposure will be needed to cover the eaves"
- Of the following who would be the last person called out to the job?
- What is the major component of a heat pump that differs from other HVAC systems?
- A Lot is ___?
- Which of the following conductors for low voltage wiring can be run up 100 ft. outside of conduit?
- Gas vents shall terminate not less than___ feet above any forced air inlet located within 10 feet.
- The air removed by every mechanical exhaust system shall be ___.
- Joints, seams and penetrations of grease ducts shall be made with___.
- Vents shall terminate not less than ___ feet in vertical height above the highest connected appliance flue collar.
- A smoke detector shall be installed in a return air system if the design capacity is greater than _____ cfm.
- When a smoke damper is installed a smoke detector shall be installed within ___ feet of the damper.
- When a smoke damper is required, where is it installed?
- "AFF" stands for _____?
- What type of tool would a professional roofer use to drive a roofing nail with 1 stroke?
- A gable roof measures 100' x 40' with a 4/12 pitch and a 2' overhang at each end. Slate tiles measure 16" x 9" and will have a 10" exposure. The tiles are installed on each side of the ridge. How many tiles are need (assume no waste)?
- Which of the following roof systems is installed using the heat from a torch?
- A valley for a clay tile is normally flashed with___.
- When installing an asphalt shingle roof, the shingles should start at the____.
- Asphalt 3 tab shingles are best nailed to____.
- A roof with a 31' high eve needs a ladder at least ___ feet long.
- Clay tile roofing is being installed over an under layment. The small pieces of tile that have been cut are installed by____.
- Polyurethane Foam roofing is allowed to dry ____ before the final layer of elastomeric membrane as the top coat.
- MBA roll roofing is attached to the selvage starter course by ___.
- What is the best tool to remove old shingles?
- When nailing shingles in a valley the nails should be on closer than ____.
- Roll roofing is to be applied to a deck that measures 100' x 75'. The rolls are 100' long and 4' wide. The roofing will be lapped 3" over the previous roll. How many rolls are required?
- Spray Polyurethane Foam roofing can be applied ____.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper way to store roll roofing materials?
- Spray Polyurethane Foam roofing is created by mixing _____.
- When using roofing materials containing solvents, OSHA requires ___?
- How many asphalt strip shingles that measure 3' x 1' wide will it take to cover a square of roof with a 4/12 pitch? The shingle exposure is 4 1/2".
- A sign located in a decorative fountain shall be located not less than__ feet measured from the outside edges of the fountain.
- What would be the minimum size grounding electrode conductor for a system protected by a 225 amp breaker and fed with a 3/0 copper conductor?
- An indoor vehicle charging station has a branch circuit rating of 250 amps and a 3 phase branch-circuit voltage of 240. The minimum cubic meters per minute of ventilation required is ?
- Who would normally provide the total fault current available at a service?
- Service entrance cables shall be supported at intervals not exceeding ___ inches.
- A single phase transformer has a 600 volt 5 amp primary and a 100 volt secondary. What is the secondary current?
- How much cross-sectional area of an auxiliary gutter that measures 6″ x 6″ can be used?
- What statement about a #2 THHN copper conductor is true?
- Which of the following costs are included in general overhead cost?
- What is the minimum size box in cubic inches needed to contain the following; 3-12 AWG phase conductors, 3-12 AWG grounded conductors, 3-12 AWG grounding conductors and 1 GFIC.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the line voltage between L1 and L3?
- Which statement is true about an apartment complex common area receptacles?
- The nameplate of a piece of electrical equipment calls for a 40 amp circuit breaker. The load is rated at 28 amps. What size breaker does the NEC Code require?
- A #8 USE-2 conductor has ____ insulation.
- Heating and AC equipment located on the car of an elevator shall have a branch circuit voltage not to exceed ___ volts.
- Nec Table 110.28 provides designations for protection except for against ___.
- What is the minimum burial depth for a rigid metal conduit under an Airport runway?
- Which of the following is required to have a rapid shutdown of a PV system?
- The branch circuit short circuit which is connected to a motor-operated appliance shall have sufficient ___ to start and operate the motor.
- Which of the following is a recordable injury according to OSHA.
- Services must have available fault current marking except when?
- The short circuit or ground fault protection to which a motor operated appliance is connected shall have sufficient ____ to start and run the motor.
- Who is responsible for providing and using protective equipment such as eye and face protection?
- If a 4/0 copper conductor is entering a meter enclosure containing only a meter socket through the opposite wall , what is the minimum wire bending space at the terminal where the lay-in terminal is at a 45 degree angle?
- If a service is fed with a 4/0 copper-clad aluminum conductor, what is the minimum size aluminum grounded conductor?
- All energized equipment parts for a fire pump shall be ___ inches above the floor level.
- If a 2/0 Aluminum conductor in a switch is being replaced with a 250 KCML Aluminum because of voltage drop, what is the minimum space required between the conductor and the top of the enclosure?
- What is the minimum size grounding conductor required for a system protected by a 200 amp circuit breaker and fed with 3/0 copper conductors.
- In a one or two family dwelling unit, an energized wind turbine can only be accessed by a qualified person if the voltage to ground is over ___ volts.
- What size THHW feeder conductor is needed to carry a 250 amp continuous duty load with a temperature of 105 degrees?
- What is the smallest size THHW feeder conductor that can be used to carry a 215 amp load with a temperature of 105 degrees?
- What is the minimum size box in cubic inches needed to contain the following; 3-10 AWG phase conductors, 3-10 AWG grounded conductors, 3-10 AWG grounding conductors and 1 GFIC.
- A run of smooth sheath type MC cable is being installed,the radius of the curve of the inner edge shall be____.
- What construction plan is used to insure that material is on the job site when needed?
- Because of different characteristics of dissimilar metals, devices such as pressure splicing connectors and lugs shall be ____ for the material of the conductor and be properly installed and used.
- Fixed electrical heating equipment for pipelines and vessels shall be installed to be protected from____.
- Heavy duty lamp holders are required when connected to a rated branch circuit in excess of ___ amps.
- The owner may require ___ at the end of the construction project.
- An electric swimming pool heater shall have over current protection not over ___ amps.
- The conductor between the surge arrester and the line, and the surge arrester and the grounding connection shall not be smaller than __ AWG.
- A 600 volt energized panel that requires maintenance must have a working space of ____.
- Which type of enclosure can be used for prolonged submersion?
- Where can open wiring installed on insulators not be used?
- How much cross-sectional area of a 5″ x 5″ auxiliary gutter can be used?
- According to OSHA, how long must records of training for permit required spaces be kept?
- Who would issue a performance bond for drilling and closing an oil well in Louisiana?
- What type of sheet metal screw does not require per-drilling to attach it to the decking?
- Tack coats are best applied when surface temperature is ___ degrees F.
- What would be used to level base plates if metal shims are not used?
- Which of the following determines the type of tracks to select for a bulldozer?
- The minimum net clear opening space for an emergency escape and rescue opening shall be ___ sq.ft.?
- How many work days are in a calendar year excluding holidays and weekends?
- A construction site will need 2,000 compacted cubic yards of soil. The soil will be hauled from a barrow pit using 15 cy dump trucks. How many loads will be needed? Assume the following;Conversion from bank cy. to compacted cy..= 1.06Conversion form compacted cy. to loose cy. = 1.21
- Which shoring method moves moving the shoring along with the trench while being dug?
- Which of the following is the correct way to place backfill around a culvert?
- What is the most efficient way to install culvert?
- Refer to the diagram; This represents a ____.
- What is the best way to compact sub grade for a sidewalk?
- A structural steel manufacturer or supplier produces test reports called ___.
- What is the mix ratio used for a water treatment solution in a chilled water system?
- What is used under a rain catch basin grate to trap sediment?
- The best time to familiarize yourself with federal, state and local environmental regulations is _____.
- Fumes, vapors or gases collected by an exhaust ventilating system shall discharge ___.
- What is the minimum slope that structural sheet metal roofing can be used on?
- In a cost plus a fee contract, which of the following would be a reimbursed cost?
- The weight of structural load members normally provides the largest portion of the__.
- Which of the following materials can be used for draftstopping in floors?
- Which of the following items can be installed before the building is climatized?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the weight per liner foot of the beams shown?
- It is important to track incoming cash and expenditures during the construction project to____.
- When using No. 5 or smaller reinforcement bars for Shotcrete there shall be a minimum clearance of ___ inches between parallel bars.
- The ground around a foundation shall slope away from the building with a minimum slope of not less than 5% for a distance of __ feet.
- Which of the following is a transparent homogeneous mixture of resin, drying oil, dryer, and solvent?
- Which of the following bolts is only used for secondary and temporary connections in structural steel connections because of it’s relatively low strength?
- Original project drawings that are changed to reflect actual changes that occurred during construction are called?
- Material stored inside a building under construction shall not be placed within ___ feet of an exterior wall that does not extend above the top of the material stored.
- Steel joists or girder must bear a minimum of ___ inches on a steel bearing plate.
- Refer to the Diagram; The construction stake shown means____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What size is the drain directly connected to the Urinals?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the size of the soil pipe in the drawing?
- You are setting wood forms to pour a slab.The vertical stakes used to support the form boards should be how high over the top of the forms should they be?
- The cost-plus-a-fee with GMP contract ____.
- A van accessible space must have an access aisle of __” wide.
- Who would the subcontractor report to when their portion of the work is complete?
- A dwelling unit with 5 or fewer children used as a day care shall be classified as a Group__ occupancy.
- According to OSHA who can assemble / disassemble a crane boom and rigging?
- What is an RFI ?
- Who is responsible for making the punch list inspection for the sub contractors?
- One of the properties of varnish is that it contains ___.
- Which of the following is a concern when designing cleats for structural steel?
- Who is responsible for the design of cleat connections in structural steel construction?
- Refer to the Diagram; The house shown is 40′ X 20′. What is the total cost of the following items, (1) Floor joist 2″ x 10″ $ 14.65 ea. (2) Bridge $ 3.50 ea. (3) Splice $ 1.90 ea. Note the joist are spaced 24″ O.C. and has a double floor joist at each end.
- A road construction site has 5 zones, they are ____.
- In construction terms what is a waddle used for?
- Course aggregate of gravel, crushed stone or other material is larger than__ in diameter.
- Which mortar is classified as high-strength.
- Emergency alarm systems shall be provided for Group ___ occupancies.
- The use of PPE on the job site must___.
- Reinforcement steel used for masonry foundation walls shall have a minimum yield strength of __?
- According to OSHA, alloy steel chains used for rigging shall in no event be inspected at intervals greater than once every ___.
- Where employees bring their own PPE equipment to the job site, employers are required to ___.
- According to OSHA, when it is infeasible or it creates a greater hazard to use conventional fall protection, the employer may___.
- A gable roof measures 26′ x 16′ with the gable on the 16′. The roof overhangs the building 2′ each way. The roof has a 5/12 pitch roof. How many liner feet of fascia will be needed assuming no waste?
- In a cost plus fixed fee contract which one of the following would be a cost?
- Bituminous membrane roofing that requires a primer to the substrate should be installed according to ____.
- The design, fabrication and erection of structural steel elements in buildings and structures shall be in accordance with ___.
- In a set of residential stairs, which of the following will apply to handrails?
- On exterior stud walls, adhered masonry veneer shall be installed not less than __?
- According to Walkers Building Estimators book, light gauge metal framing can be used for buildings ______.
- Where walls,pipes,curbs,vents or roof hatches that penetrate a roof membrane ____ is(are) required.
- What is the symbol for energy?
- An elevator is required in buildings where a required accessible floor is ____.
- A Safety Data Sheet (SDS) will contain____.
- Reinforced masonry walls should be reinforced with an area of steel not less than ____ times the cross-sectional area of the wall.
- According to OSHA an air-purifying quarter mask shall have an assigned protection factor of ___.
- Which approved decking pattern has 3 supports with all end joints in line on alternating supports?
- What is the normal temperature difference between the return air and supply air in an AC system?
- What cannot be used as a ground for an electrical system?
- An asphalt parking lot is 2 1/2 inches x 80' x 110' and has a swell factor of 1.7 from compacted to loose. How many loose cubic yards of material will there be?
- The edge of a deck that is extended as it is being laid is called the ____.
- What is used in concrete to slow the setup time?
- What drain piping will require the closest horizontal support?
- The Miller act was created to
- How many manual fire alarm boxes are required for an area with an automatic fire alarm system?
- According to ASTM D4318 soil shall be considered as expansive if the Plasticity Index is __ or greater.
- All of the following are included in job costing except?
- A project is exempt from having a NPDES permit if it disturbs less than __ acre(s).
- Which of the following soils will swell the least from a compacted state?
- A drip edge shall be provided at eaves and rake edges of a shingle roof and shall extend back on the roof not less than ___ inches.
- When scheduling a project, the activities must be defined. Activities must be all of the following except?
- When would be the most effective time to begin Value Engineering for a project?
- When preparing a masonry wall for dampproofing the outside of the wall should be ___.
- Employees working over or near water shall be provided with a ____?
- Refer to the Diagram; The lot must be graded to an elevation of 101.50. How many cubic yards of soil will need to be removed? (see diagram for solution)
- When a barge is docked in the Mississippi river, how often should the mooring lines be checked?
- In concrete, pozzolans are used as an admixture for___.
- Which of the following determines the type of blade to select for a bulldozer?
- Which of the following would be the first thing to do after receiving all the drawings and specifications for a project?
- Base plates up to 2″ in thickness are normally welded to the column where?
- Which standards must be used for welding on pipelines?
- What would be the best backing material for use for ceramic tile around a bath tub or wet area?
- If a fireplace is 6.5 square feet in size. What is the width of the opening?
- If a soil is classified as GM. It is considered ___.
- A pipe shown in a 3-d picture would best be shown in __?
- After the project is complete, who is responsible to ensure that all the building systems are functioning as the design intended?
- After pouring a slab you find the it is slightly off level. What can be done to correct this problem?
- Of Osha’s Big Four fatal risks on the job site the most fatalities are caused by ____.
- While looking over proposals for a new project, the general contractor should check that the landscaping proposal include___.
- A concrete wall form will use either___ or ___ ties.
- Ladders, ramps or stairways shall be used in trenches that are ___ feet deep.
- When sealing a joint with a triangular fillet seal, if the joint is more than ____ inches wide a bond breaker tape should be used.
- When installing an appliance what document supersedes when there is a conflict between documents?
- Which type of wall requires engineering to withstand unusual stress?
- Wood veneer for exterior walls Type I,II, or III shall be___.
- Dowel and re bar sizes are called out on the ____.
- What should be done done before placing a stone sub base for a concrete slab?
- Shear walls are built into?
- A course grain soil with a relative density of 57% is classified as____.
- An emergency alarm system shall be installed in which of the following occupancies?
- A footing has been dug 4" to deep. What do you fill it in with?
- What are the 2 forms of a CPM ___?
- What is made of cardboard and placed on top of the sub grade to minimize the effects of expansive soils or create a void in a structural slab?
- What is the height of door hardware (door pulls, latches, handles) from the finished floor?
- How often must a Crane be inspected for leaks?
- According to ADA, the maximum reach for a fire extinguisher over a range cook top or counter top is __.
- A Class B ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index of ___.
- When Employers must provide fall protection for employees working above 6 feet it must consist of ____.
- Basements containing 1 or more sleeping rooms shall have not fewer than ___ emergency escape and rescue opening in the bedroom.
- Who is in control of any Hazardous waste spill?
- Who would inform the Mechanical contractor when to begin work or about changes made by other contractors to his work? *** (This question deals with changes made to the electrical on the HVAC that are approved by the engineer. Look for "Prime Contractor" as a choice to notify the electrician.)
- All of the following would create pressure loss in ducts except?
- The Commissioning process _____.
- If an expansion valve is stuck in an open position _____.
- One of the best signs that a glycol based heat transfer fluid need to be replaced is ____.
- Maximum operating pressure is___?
- A structural steel beam carries ____ loads.
- Rons Construction has a contract for $100,00.00. There is a 10% retainage in the contract with the owner. $80,000.00 of the project is under subcontract and the subcontractor has agreed to a 5% retainage. How much will be paid to the subcontractor prior to the retainage?
- What is the size of a standard brick?
- When placing concrete in a slab the concrete should be discharged ___?
- How is house wrap attached to the sheathing?
- When the project is complete and all systems are working this is known as __.
- Curb ramps should be at least ___ inches wide.
- An egress door shall have a clear opening width of ___ ” minimum.
- A 2 hour fire wall consists of ___ each side.
- What is the size of a modular brick?
- When an Architect or design professional makes a mistake or leaves something out of a project what would protect him?
- If code requires an automatic sprinkler system in a building, what can be used as an alternative?
- Which of the following items should be included in the mechanical sub-contractor’s contract?
- As built drawings must contain/show the records of all:
- All of the below are an approved fire proofing material for encasement except:
- Which of the following is used to reduce the amount of erosion on pond slope?
- A “schedule of Values” is a schedule
- After clearing and grubbing an 9,000 square foot area, an extra 4 inches of fill will be required over the amount of the original estimate. The fill costs $5.00 per cubic yard. What is the cost of the extra fill?
- An NPDES permit is required for the project if discharging pollutants into__.
- What would be found on a punch list?
- What type of pile is used to construct a caisson? (see solution)
- The top of any exterior foundation shall extend above the elevation of the street gutter not less than ___ inches plus 2%.
- What is the part of the window that is directly under the sill and stool?
- The throat on a fireplace chimney must be at least__ depth.
- When pouring concrete in cold weather the temperature of the concrete must remain ___.
- Which type of pipe can be welded together without applying a primer?
- The minimum size of an accessible van parking space is____.
- According to OSHA, what is the minimum width of driveways between stored combustibles?
- When bundles of metal decking are stacked on the job site ___ is put between the bundles.
- The Architect approves which of the following before use on the job site?
- Which of the following would insure that a project is completed?
- A cooler used for dispensing potable drinking water at a job site _____.
- A house that is 32’ wide with 9’6” walls has a gable roof with a 6’ rise to ridge. What is the cost using standard sized bricks for both gable ends of the house? The brick cost is $78.00 per hundred with a 5 % waste factor?
- If you are using Welded Wire Mesh to re enforce a sidewalk, the mesh should be placed ____ the forms.
- When using a template to hold anchor bolts in place for a wall form, the template is installed __?
- Identify the Ash Dump.
- Which type of bond is used to protect the home owner from liens being filed against his property?
- VOC measures ___.
- When a side wall mounted sprinkler is used to protect a deck, it must be mounted so that the deflectors are a maximum of ___ inches below the deck.
- OSHA requires a clearance on the sides and rear of a radiant type room heater of ___ inches minimum.
- LP gas containers that hold 600 lbs. of gas and are stored outside of a building must be ___ feet away from the building?
- Which type of form used for concrete would be left in place after pouring?
- According to OSHA, not more than ___gallons of flammable liquid shall be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet.
- Doors shall not be allowed to encroach into the required width of an egress by more than __ inches.
- When lifting bundles of parallel chord trusses you must use a 3 point pickup for trusses greater than ___ feet.
- When preparing documents to figure the cost of a job you would NOT include?
- The Mississippi Contractors Board meets __ times a year.
- A van parking space shall be allowed to be reduced from the minimum width of 132 inches if the adjacent access isle is __ inches in width.
- When furring strips are used to install a fire resistant ceiling fire blocking shall be installed not greater that ___ feet in every direction.
- In a commercial cooking area a manual fire alarm shall be located not more than ___ feet from the kitchen exhaust system.
- Cold from steel trusses over ___ feet in span length shall have the temporary and permanent bracing designed by a registered design professional.
- When framing the rough opening of an emergency escape window, the sill height shall be framed so that it is a maximum ___ inches from the floor?
- A house that was constructed prior to ___ requires contractors provide EPA lead pamphlet to the owner and follow EPA guide lines for Lead prior to the work.
- Which of the following is not true about house(building) wrap?
- On metal window units, the ___ is used to attach the unit to the rough opening.
- According to Osha, a warning line shall be erected not less than __ feet from the edge of the roof.
- Weld washers used for steel decking are not recommended for deck thicknesses of ___ and greater.
- Refer to the Diagram; A concrete cap in being poured on top of an 18" sheet pile. The sheet pile section in 150' long. How many cubic yards of concrete will be needed?
- Where manual fire alarm systems are required by code, how many manual fire alarm boxes are required?
- Sloped glazing and skylights in Type I and II construction shall have frames constructed of ___ materials.
- Floor joist shall have a bearing end not less than __ inches when resting on masonry.
- Permanent forms used for supported concrete slabs are made from?
- When installing an exposed grid system for acoustical ceiling panels, the main tee hangers should be placed at a maximum of ___ inches OC.
- In a Group F-1 occupancy, which if the following areas must have an automatic sprinkler system installed?
- What would be used to protect the corner of sheetrock?
- Which of the following conditions in a Group F-1 occupancy would require a manual sprinkler system?
- When installing a window what would be used under the sill to seal the window from air and water infiltration?
- On a 2" x 4" wall what is the length of the cut on a bird's mouth?
- What type of pile would normally be used when driven 4′ below the water table?
- Refer to the diagram; What load does “A” support?
- A contractor is being paid $35 per hour and his helper is paid $15 per hour. They can install 200 liner feet of shoe molding in an 8 hr. day. What would be the cost per liner foot if the contract only called for 150 liner feet of shoe mold?
- What can be used to prevent water draining off a commercial building from damaging the foundation?
- Refer to the diagram; How many square feet are in the gable shown; do not subtract for the louver?
- How is a grease hood tested to make sure all welded and brazed joints are liquid tight?
- When a code official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be ____.
- When installing a duct that is 24" x 8" in an area that is too small, how much of the joist can be cut away to make room?
- What type of bond would protect the home owner from a contractor placing a lien on the property?
- Refer to Diagram; The survey stake means Cut ___ below the line.
- Who is the first person you should report a job site injury to?
- What is the size of a 3/4 concrete block?
- What type of bond would protect an owner from faulty design,material and products?
- A typical fireplace opening is ____.
- Before beginning a project with a deep foundation, you would provide _____.
- Appliance air exhausted to the outdoors is called ___?
- If a contractor adds an item to a bonded contract, this is called a ____.
- What type of bond guarantees that the contractor will complete a contract within it’s time frame and conditions?
- What delivery method brings together the architect,engineer and contractor?
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the Gantt schedule shown, when will the HVAC be completed?
- How often is re-training required for working in a permit required space?
- OSHA requires a ring buoy present on site whenever working ____.
- According to OSHA, how often should a chain hoist be inspected?
- After installing the sub floor, what can be installed to lessen noise?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify “C”.
- Which of the following items is not listed in a construction contract?
- What does “PI” represent in a soil sample?
- Refer to the diagram; The house shown measures 66′ 6″ x 44′ 5″. How many 2″ x 6″ rafters are required for the roof?
- What is the first step in beginning an excavation job?
- Which of the following is excluded from Assembly Group A Occupancy?
- According to OSHA the 4 classifications of soil are Type A, Type B, Type C and ____?
- Which of the following is considered as a direct cost?
- To minimize erosion around a building site, a silt fence and ____ are 2 types of erosion control.
- A manual test is used to check soil plasticity by rolling the material into a thread ___ inches in diameter?
- Which of the following items would be included in a sub contractor’s contract.
- Which of the following types of construction would be most fire resistant?
- The total weight of a building’s structure is the ___?
- According to OSHA, a lifeline shall have a minimum breaking strength of ___?
- A passenger elevator car should include which of the following?
- ADA requires a(an) _____ installed in each elevator cab in case passengers become trapped in the car.
- Refer to the Diagram; What do the first 2 numbers on the welding rod indicate?
- What does a Gant chart do?
- In an emergency, an elevator shall automatically transfer to standby power within ___?
- What is used to keep a toilet tank from having condensation on the tank?
- Which of the following manual tests is used to check soil plasticity?
- What are the classifications of soil?
- What is the minimum clear opening distance of a passage door opening measured from the face of the door to the opposite stop?
- A Caisson is a ___.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the sidewalk.
- Refer to the Diagram; Letter “B” is the ___.
- What type of metal is used for joints or around edges of concrete.
- What is the minimum cover for a #5 re-bar in a slab according to Olin’s Construction?
- According to OSHA, how high can bricks be stacked before a 2″ in every foot set back is required?
- On a 3 phase system, how many legs are there at the entrance of the service panel?
- Refer to the Curb Diagram; What is the width of "B"
- Refer to the Curb Diagram; What is the width of "A"
- How can you prevent erosion in a pond?
- The ultimate goal of any SWPPP and obtaining a NPDES permit coverage is to protect____.
- Which type of drywall is fire rated?
- What is the minimum clearance for a #5 re-bar placed in a wall form?
- What is used to finish the inside corner of a sheetrock wall?
- What is the minimum thickness of a fire wall composed of Type X sheetrock and 2 x 4 studs?
- Wood trusses are normally placed ___ inches on center.
- If the contract has a liquidated damages clause this provides for____.
- For curing type I concrete the air temperature should be ____.
- A blowout bowl toilet uses how many gallons of water per flush?
- What is the minimum length measured in the direction of travel, for the landing of an egress door?
- What is the maximum allowed on center spacing allowed for metal studs?(See Solution)
- What fire-extinguishing system may be combined along with automatic sprinkler systems?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the signals shown would the rigger give to the crane operator to raise the boom?
- Emergency power systems shall automatically provide secondary power within ____ .
- A worker is on a baker scaffold 8′ above the floor. According to Gypsum Construction Handbook the scaffold is required to have___?
- A 300 kw load is operating at 80% power factor. What size capacitor in KVA is required to correct the power factor to 90%?
- What is the minimum width of a handicap parking space?
- What does NFPA stand for?
- The minimum clearance for a residential gas vent passing through a roof with no reduction in required clearances from combustible materials shall be ___ inches.
- The disconnecting means in the ungrounded leads in no case shall be installed father than __ Ft. from the service side of the equipment.
- When the Project Manager is preparing an invoice to the owner for a monthly draw, he would include ___.
- What is the minimum clearance required for access panels on an outdoor condensing unit?
- What is the minimum schedule PVC used for vent piping?
- Which is the correct manifold pressure for a natural gas furnace?
- Low Pressure gas is __. (see solution)
- Low Pressure gas is ___.
- The most common type of joint used to connect copper tubing by soldiering is __.
- According to NEC an approved disconnect for a room air conditioner rated at 250 volts or less is a(an) ___.
- An appliance installed in a dwelling unit must have clearance for access ___ inches deep.
- Which of the following nails is the easiest to remove after it has been driven?
- An employee erecting steel on a working surface with an unprotected edge which is ___ feet or more above a lower level shall have a personal fall arrest system.
- How long do you wait before applying the second coat of plaster?
- What type of nail is easy to remove and normally used for building forms?
- You are pouring an 11,000 sq. ft. slab that is 4″ thick. The concrete cost is $86.00 per cubic yard. What is the cost of the concrete?
- A class room in a building with 5 adults shall be classified as a Group __ occupancy.
- Which assembly group occupancy classification would a car wash be listed?
- Which assembly group occupancy classification would Funeral parlors be listed?
- A covered walkway shall have a clear height of not less than __ feet as measured from the floor surface to the canopy overhead.
- The minimum width of an accessible wheelchair route shall be __ inches.
- According to code the interior finish of walls and ceiling of an Atrium shall be not less that Class__.
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the CPM schedule shown, what operation must be completed before Drywall can begin?
- Refer to the Diagram. How many 6″ x 6″ x 20′ posts are needed for the foundation.
- A #5 rebar weighs ___ lbs. per lineal foot.
- A structural steel designation for a bearing pile is ?
- According to OSHA if you have 23 workers on a job site, how many toilets and urinals are required?
- When using the Critical Path Method for scheduling the two most important things to consider are___.
- On a commercial roof, what is used if the roof drains become clogged?
- Metal sheets will be used as roof decking, when will they be welded in place?
- Roof rafters are normally spaced __ inches on center.
- A 9000 sq. ft. roof will have a bitumen mop coat. The material will be applied at a rate of 25 gallons per square. How many gallons will be needed?
- The minimum slope on a flat roof is not less than ___.
- When installing a gas water heater who can pull the permit?
- If a wheelchair can only face the thermostat, what is the maximum reach allowed?
- Which of the following estimating methods is the least accurate?
- How much pressure does a gas dryer use?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the plan symbol shown.
- The concrete pad used to set an AC unit should be___ than the actual unit.
- Which of the following would be considered a project cost?
- Who is required to get NPDES( Storm Water) permit coverage?
- According to ASHRAE Standard 90 at least ___ % of all 125 V 15 and 20 amp receptacles in all private offices shall be automatically controlled.
- Shore power for boats shall be provided by single receptacles rated not less than ___ amperes.
- What size RMC is need to contain 7, #6 AWG THW conductors?
- Where Solar photovoltaic system dc circuits are installed inside a building, type ___ cable shall be used.
- In a battery storage warehouse, what type of cable would be use to carry 20,000 volts?
- Where the building is designed and constructed to comply with an energy code adopted by the local authority, the lighting load shall be permitted to be calculated at the values specified in the energy code where the following conditions are met. Which of those listed below is not a condition?
- Given: An outdoor Air Condition motor compressor has a name plate rated load of 24 amps and a branch circuit SELECTION of 30 amps. The branch circuit conductors are copper type NM. They are the only conductors in the circuit . What is the minimum size wire that can be used? Do not allow for temperature factor.
- Refer to the Diagram; What would be the total ampacity for the receptacles shown?
- When installing conductors on a job that are required to be underground, which of the following would you NOT use?
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the Bar Chart which operation is started after "Signage" is complete?
- Which of the following conductors would you use in a dry location @ 75 degrees C. or (167 degrees F)?
- Which NEMA enclosure is constructed for indoor or outdoor use and also provides an increased level against corrosion?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper way to install temporary wall bracing?
- When connecting 2 pieces of galvanized plumbing pipe using teflon tape, which of the following statements is true?
- Refer to the Diagram; The cut on the rafter shown is referred to as a____?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the Voltage Drop at R2?
- Which of the following requires a GFIC installed?
- How often are electrical workers required to retrain in electrical safety on the job site?
- Snap switches shall not be grouped in enclosures when the voltage would exceed?
- Which wiring method does not require protection by a 1/16″ steel plate nailed to the studs in a wall?
- When using portable receptacles that are not a part of the building, employees must be provided with ___.
- A GFIC device is intended to detect ___.
- Bonding of electrical equipment for a grounded system is intended to____.
- The secondary conductors of a Transformer are 500 KCMIL THWN. What is the maximum current allowed in the secondary?
- Appliances required to have a GFIC device shall be___.
- In which of the following is the use of FC cable allowed?
- What is not a power source for Class 2 circuit’s?
- Referring to the illustration, the soffit is identified by:
- Refer to the Diagram; At station 1 + 40, the cut to the bottom of the pipe will be __?
- Refer to the Diagram; What task can be started after the Signage is finished?
- Refer to the Diagram; The wall form shown is 20 ft. long. How many boards will it take to construct the whales with a 10% waste? The whalers are 2 x 4 x 8.
- When preforming a slump test a concrete sample is taken from the mix truck when?
- If a job has 600 cubic yards of excavated material with a swell factor of 35%, what is the total of bank cubic yards?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of bolt would you use for a machine expansion shield?
- When preparing submittls, the requirements would be found in the ___?
- Which statement is true about open web steel joist girders used with open web steel joists?
- In a driveway wire mesh should be cut so that it ___.
- Open web steel joists normally have a tag__.
- Unless otherwise stated in the contract, who will pay for the required permits?
- When lifting a load with a crane such as rebar or timbers, what would you use to keep the load from slipping?
- A 3 coat zinc primer is being used to paint a bridge. How long should first coat of primer be allowed to cure?
- Refer to the Diagram; The drawing depicts a ___.
- You are estimating a surface treatment job use the following costs; The width is 24 ft; The length is 2 miles; The aggregate cost $0.85 per square yard; The asphalt mix cost $4.50 per gallon; The coverage is .25 gallons per square yard. What is the cost?
- Concrete cylinders filled and stored at the job site should be kept at __.
- Which of the following is preformed first in finishing a concrete slab.
- An Asphalt concrete road is being paid for at the rate of $12.20 per cubic meter. The road is 150 mm thick, 8.5 meters wide and 5 kilometers long. What will the payment be?
- Refer to the Diagram: The box marked HP C- 8 degrees 24 0 degrees means?
- Which pile driver produces the least amount of noise?
- Refer to the Diagram: Identify the beam shown.
- After a Storm Water Pollution Plan has been devolved, when can it change?
- A slump test should not take longer than ___.
- A way to tighten a bolt until the spline end breaks off when at the proper torque is achieved uses a ___.
- When applying surface treatment, in order to keep the end joint straight you should run the distributor over ___.
- If a boil appears at the bottom of an excavation and is washing away fines, you should?
- Which soil will swell the most?
- With in what amount of time should the aggragate be spread after spraying the asphalt on a surface treatment job?
- What is the proper order of compaction rollers for a newly placed asphalt pavement?
- Which of the following soils would drain by gravity the quickest?
- You are mixing cement on the job site. There are 7 mixers that are 18 cubic ft. each. The time it takes to load, mix and empty the mixer is 9 minutes. How many cubic feet of cement can be produced per hour?
- If soil weighs 3500 lbs. per bank cubic yard and 2400 lbs. loose cubic yard, the percent of soil swell would be __?
- When water is flowing into a catch basin from a drainage pipe, the end of the pipe shall be __.
- La. DOTD specifications riprap shall weigh __ lbs. per cubic ft.
- A sub grade is paid at the rate of $2.00 per square meter. The sub grade is 8 meters wide and 4 kilometers long. What is the payment amount?
- A sidewalk is graded to the proper angle when it is __?
- Refer to the Diagram; How wide is the ditch top?
- Before applying Asphalt surface treatment the temperature must be at least __ degrees in the shade.
- When applying Asphalt surface treatment what type of roller would be used to embed the aggregate?
- Concrete pavement being cured may be left exposed for__.
- Precast catch basins shall be set to within +/- ___ inch of established grade.
- For a concrete pipe 60″ in diameter, geotextile fabric shall be wrapped a minimum of __ inches on each side of the joint.
- Backfill for corrugated metal drainage pipe shall be tested for__?
- After mixing in a pug mill soil cement, is compacted by using a ___.
- A blue top is at 18', a rod reading shows 5.5'. What is the HI ?
- Refer to the Diagram: If line DC is N 71 degrees 18′ W, then the bearing is from __?
- When installing a window in a rough opening, the window frame should be ___ than the header.
- According to OSHA, excavations shall be sloped not steeper than ___ degrees measured from the horizontal before protective measures are taken.
- Which of the following electrical cables may be used outdoors?
- At the completion of a project, who would disperse the final payment to the contractors.
- What is the height of a curb set on a roof?
- When boring a hole in a floor joist, which of the following locations would cause the least amount of loss to the bearing capacity?
- In drywall construction when can a door frame be used as a control joint?
- A 2 1/2″ 25 gauge metal stud with a deflection of L/240 spaced 16″ o.c. may be up to ___ in length.
- A door separating an area of refuge from the rest of the floor shall be a ___.
- A reinforced concrete block retaining wall is 6′ 8″ high with a 4′ 5″ footing and is 12″ deep. The wall has 3/4″ vertical rods spaced 24″ O.C. What would be the size and spacing of the horizontal rods in the footing?
- Exterior metal veneer shall be securely attached to framing members with ties not exceeding __ inches where units exceed 4 sq. ft.
- What is the minimum bearing surface on top of the top plate for ceiling rafters?
- Which of the following is an equity account?
- Shear walls should be braced _____ to resist lateral forces.
- If a building Inspector inspects work that is outside the scope of the permit he would issue a ___.
- If a subfloor is squeaking when walked on, what should you do to fix the problem?
- Given: A driveway is 20` wide with a ridge in the center, the slope is 1/8" per foot. What is the amount of fall from the center of the driveway to the edge?
- Refer to the Diagram; The house shown has a gable roof with a slope of 5/12. How many feet of fascia board are needed? ( Do not allow for waste)
- A slope is 2:1 (Run to Rise). If the horizontal length is 58', the vertical is ___ feet.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the length of the slab in Lineal feet?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which window would be installed in the bathroom?
- Refer to the Diagram; How far above the floor is the cabinet over the refrigerator?
- Refer to the diagram; What type of door is used for the exterior living room?
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of window is installed in the bathroom?
- If a horizontal line is 13.2′ long and a vertical line is 15.1′ long, what is the distance between the points if the corner is square?(choose the closest answer)
- Refer to the Diagram; When viewing a header from above, how wide is the space marked A?
- Refer to the Diagram; How far down the wall do you install house wrap?
- Referring to the illustration, the `fascia` is identified by:
- Referring to the illustration, the hip rafter is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the hip jack rafter is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the valley rafter is identified by the number _____.
- An employee on a working on a vertical surface or horizontal surface with an unprotected edge which is ___ feet or more above a lower level shall have a personal fall arrest system.
- Under unobstructed construction, what is the maximum clearance between a sprinkler deflector and the ceiling?
- If stone is used for the surface of a sidewalk in a region that is subject to freezing temperatures, what type of base would you use?
- What would be the cycle time for a scrapper that is traveling 3000 Ft. @ 5 MPh. Remember 1 MPH = 88 Ft. per Minute.
- Which type of concrete forming system provides decreased stripping time, reuse of equipment and allows for larger pours?
- What would be required where a steel joist crosses a support?
- Wall ties for a masonry composite wall should be placed no more than ___ inches horizontally.
- The owner wants to change a part of the construction from 2 x 4 to 2 x 6 joists. The cost of the 2 x 4’s are $3250.00 and the cost of the 2 x 6’s are $3940.00. What will be the cost impact of the change if the contractor adds 20% profit?
- In a sprinkler required building a clear space around the Fire Department connection must be at least ___ inches wide.
- To increase the compressive strenght of mortar you would increase the amount of__.
- A templet used for the anchor bolts on steel columns should match the ___.
- Divider strips on terrazzo floors should be installed so that the rectangle is no more than ___% longer than wide.
- After an applaction of a wet grout on a terrazzo floor, how long must you wait to polish the surface?
- A stake is marked C 7.56 and the rod reading to the stake reads 3.25. What is the HI of the level?
- If there is a conflict between the drawings and specifications for ADA compliance who will provide clarification?
- Under the Miller Act a federal contract of $5.3 million dollars must have payment bond in the amount of ___ million dollars.
- Which of the following include the 5 areas of the “LEED” rating system?
- On average new construction generates __ pounds of waste per square foot of building area.
- What protection is required for an employe using an abrasive wheel?
- The maximum change in vertical height of finished floor for an accessible room is ___?
- A stairway or ladder shall be provided at all personnel points of access where there is a break in elevation of __ inches.
- Which of the following is a contract method where the owner has multiple contracts in order to deliver a completed project.
- Doors in a fully open position shall not reduce a required dimension by more than __ inches.
- A good simple way to estimate the weight of a bundle of wood trusses is to use ___ pounds per foot of truss length times the number of trusses.
- Fire extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less shall be mounted so the their tops are not more than __ ft. above the floor
- What is true about a pin-type connection?
- When laying out a building, using the 3-4-5 method, what will it tell you?
- Calculate the cubic yards of soil to be removed from a V trench that is 800 feet long, the bottom is 4 feet wide, the top is 12 feet wide and the trench is 2 feet deep.
- A construction storage yard shall have a portable fire extinguisher placed so that maximum travel distance shall not exceed __ ft.
- If staging steel decking for installation, what is the maximum weight of bundles allowed?
- The edge of a deck that is extended as it’s being laid is known as the ___.
- When managing traffic on a job site which will have the most affect?
- What pipe does not carry liquid?
- Emergency illumination for means of egress shall provide backup power for___ minutes in the event of a power failure.
- IRS penalties for making payroll tax withholding deposits made more than 16 days late are ___.
- Which type of pile carries the load on the cross section area of it’s end?
- When using wood poles for a foundation, how much wider should you dig the hole to provide sufficient annular space around the pole?
- When walls are required to be water proofed, how far above the ground water table shall be water proofed?
- Whic of the following is not included on an income statement?
- What is the actual difference in size between a 2 x 8 wood floor joist and a 2 x 8 metal floor joist?
- Which of the following is true about the rough-in opening when installing a window?
- A permit-required confined space is considered a hazardous atmosphere if the oxygen level is less than__ %. (see solution)
- What is the minimum distance away from a bathtub or shower that a receptacle may be located without GFI protection.
- What is OSHA’s maximum allowable slope in degrees from the horizontal before you must have benching and shoring systems in place?
- If an inspector is looking down a floor drain, what should be seen?
- What would be a normal requirement for the close out of a large construction project?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum allowable slope for excavations in Type B soil __?
- For welding side laps on a metal deck the minimum deck gage must be greater than __ gage.
- In an accessible bathroom stall , the minimum distance from the partition to the back of the water closet shall be ________
- Driveways between combustible storage piles shall be at least ___ ft. wide.
- Which of the following statements is true about a THHN conductor?
- When can snap switches be grouped in an enclosure with other snap switches?
- Coaxial cables shall be considered grounded when ___?
- A solar power system with a feed back inverter is feeding back 100% power to the utility. What should the short circuit currents be rated for?
- An 18 AWG fixture wire on a 20 ampere circuit shall be permitted to be tapped up to __ ft.
- What would be the allowable ampacity for 5 #12 THHN conductors in a 24″ conduit?
- What would be the allowable ampacity for 5 #12 THHN conductors in an 18″ conduit?
- For installation and testing purposes the duct work down stream from a VAV box is considered ____?
- The flow direction through the fill that is perpendicular to that of falling water and is carried away is known as___?
- What are the main components of a solar water heating system?
- Who would verify that the completed building and systems operate in accordance with the owner's project requirements?
- Isometric drawings are used to____.
- In a 2 pipe hydronic heating and cooling system, how many pipes are used for cooling and how many for heating?
- The major difference between a heat pump and an air conditioner is___?
- Water added to the circulating system to replace water lost by evaporation or leakage is called _____ water.
- According to the IMC, cuts or notches in engineered wood products ____?
- A gas furnace penetration through the roof must have a clearance from combustibles of ___.
- A sign that a glycol based heat transfer fluid need to be replaced is ____.
- Most damage to condenser coil fans is caused by____.
- You arrive on a job and the suction line is frosted or sweating. A possible cause is ___?
- The four M's of planning are ___.
- The maximum horizontal hanger spacing for galvanized steel pipe is ___ Ft.
- An air handler with many rooms (multi-zone) unit has which of the following?
- You are pouring a concrete street that measures 150′ long, 25′ wide and is 14″ thick. The cost of the concrete is $85.00 per cubic yard and additives are $7.26 per cubic yard. You will have a 6% waste factor for the concrete. What is the total cost for the concrete?
- When using crushed stone to backfill around concrete pipe, geotextile fabric is placed under the stone and ___.
- Flowable fills can be used in place of ____.
- When a sample of concrete used for paving has been collected to perform an air content test it should be tested within ____.
- When hauling soil to the site, the most important time for the soil to be at optimum moisture content is when the soil is _____.
- When using epoxy coated rebar it should be set in place _____?
- How far ahead of time should sheetrock be delivered to the job?
- When installing tile backer board around a bath tub, it should be hung with the bottom edge ____ above the lip of the tub.
- When finishing plaster and the outdoor temperature is below 55 F. What must be done?
- What would be the best tool to cut a round hole in sheetrock?
- An adhesive bead applied to the center of the attachment face should be how wide?
- How many coats of compound are applied to finish a joint?
- When floating drywall, how far should the finish coat of compound be feathered?
- When using a double applaction of sheetrock, which method of attachment will be the best to prevent cracking?
- What is used to attach drywall to a concrete block wall?
- When installing sheetrock on a curved wall, you should___?
- Sheetrock is installed how far above the slab?
- When using a screw gun, what is used to set the depth of the screw?
- What tool is used to cut corner bead?
- According to OSHA, what is the length of the line for a rescue buoy?
- A 20' conduit contains 9 12AWG THHW conductors. What is the adjusted ampacitie for each conductor? Do not allow for any temperature correction.
- A multi-family dwelling unit has 8 electric clothes dryers in the laundry room. The dryers are rated at 5000 watts 240v single phase. What is the total current rating for these dryers?
- Where bathtubs or shower stalls have a receptacle that is within ___ feet, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter must be installed.
- An enclosure mounted to structural or supporting elements of a suspended ceilings shall not be larger than ___ cubic inches.
- Refer to the Diagram; In order to lift the greatest load, the chain sling shown should have an angle at C of ___ degrees.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper bedding for culvert?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the on-center spacing of the reinforcement shown in the curb and gutter detail?
- Refer to the Diagram; Referring to the soil report shown, if this soil is to be used for sub base material ____. (see the solution)
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of the fill at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the reference stake, how far is the stake away from the center line of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct bedding for culverts exposed above ground?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the diameter of the tie bars in the slab?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Arch pipe.
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out horizontally from a wall for a future pour?
- Refer to the Diagram; Where would the corner of the building be?
- Which is the proper height of a barrier fence for an open hole?
- What is the scheudle number is used for carbon steel pipe 14″ – 24″?
- What is used in a drinking water plant to trap solids?
- When testing compacted earth fills in place, you can achieve the most stable soil if the test are made after how many lifts of fill?
- A benchmark is at an elevation of 35.11Cut invert is 17.35Height of the instrument is 4.07What is the elevation of the invert?
- If you are installing a socket and spigot Tee, you should cut the line __.
- When leveling equipment it should be bolted and shimed with__.
- If hazardous atmospheres could reasonably be expected to exist, atmospheres shall be tested at __ft.
- Class 4 gas lines shall be tested to __ times the MOP (Maximum Operating Pressure).
- If employees are working in a building that has been damaged by fire, OSHA requires?
- A jeep tests for holidays in pipeline coating using?
- Refer to the Diagram; What needs to be done to read a level surface?
- A tripod is being used for a rescue system for a confined space, however this system does not have a built in speed control. This will also require ___?
- An operator using a nuclear device to test soil density, must be licensed by?
- A small length of steel water main has been damaged. The piece will be cut out and replaced, what would be the best to use?
- When workers are working in open or rough waters which of the following would be best?
- Which of the following is the most stable bedding for underground telecommunications and electrical cable?
- Which of the following is used to avoid electrolysis between copper and other metals?
- All of the following types of backfill listed for use with culverts must be compacted after each lift except?
- Refer to the Diagram; This crane signal means?
- Overhead regulatory highway signs are placed a minimum of ___feet above the roadway.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which shows the centerline of the street?
- What method of connecting a control valve box that will allow easy removal for maintance?
- What type of valve can be opened or closed quickley by lowering or raising a sliding stem?
- What would to keep copper from corroding when attached to a different metal?
- Water main piping is laid at what grade?
- A lift station is being built and boring logs show water and sand at the invert elevation. What should be used to remove water from the excavation.
- Where would a contractor find information on possible dump sites and burn regulations?
- Underground electrical conduit lines are placed in parallel with communication lines. There is only soil separating them. How far apart must they be placed?
- The junction box for underground electrical in a Tier 8 location would be used for__?
- When it’s time to order equipment for the job you should____.
- Which would be the best source of information about storing hazardous materials on the job?
- When you arrive on the job, you notice that One Call’s marking stops before the end of the job. What should you do?
- When demolishing a building that has concrete walls on the outside and sheetrock and wood on the interior. Which of the following would be the most economical way to complete the job?
- A contractor has installed a tapping sleeve and valve on an existing water main. The contractor should__.
- According to OSHA if a trench is unstable soil the sides shall be sloped, shored or braced if the trench is __ feet deep or more.
- OSHA regulations state that if the permit for a confined space is canceled, the record must be retained for ___.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper way to connect a branch line into a main.
- Which of the following is true about a mechinical pipe joint?
- Which of the following symbols shows a hand control valve?
- Blowoff valves are placed__.
- Where would a contractor go to find out about disposal areas or methods for the project.
- What type of Bond would guarantee to the owner that a project will be completed by the bonding company in the event the the General Contractor fails?
- Spacers used for PVC underground electrical conduit power duct banks are made of?
- Refer to the Diagram; The benchmark is at an elevation of 147.6. The height of the instrument is 3.75 and a foresite to the grade rod reads 3.94. What is the height at the point the leveling rod is placed?
- Who establishes the weight of large equipment on a job site?
- Before pouring a slab on grade, which subcontractor do you notifiy?
- Where would a contractor go to find out about local permitting?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following would be the correct attachment setup to lift the load?
- Refer to the Diagram; Making a hot tap on an 8″ main, how far would you move the tapping tool to completely cut the coupon, but not damage the other wall of the pipe?
- Which of the following is a test for welds on a gas piping system?
- Which of the following is used to disinfect a new ductile iron water main?
- When concrete trucks are finished pouring their load, their chutes are cleaned out in__?
- When installing a new piece of equipment, the first thing you should do is__.
- A wellpoint system is least effective in__?
- What would normaly be used when installing fiberglass insulation?
- What would be attached to the boom of a track hoe to demolish concrete.
- A valve box for a water distribution line would be found__?
- The Dodge Reports and Data Facts are good sources of information for?
- An excavation is being done using a front end loader. The loader has a 1 cy. Bucket and can move 26 cy. Per Hr. A total of 530 cys. need to be moved. The loader cost $12.50 hr. The operator cost is $16.25 hr. and you have a miscellaneous cost of $227.00. What is the cost on the excavation?
- What type of lubricant would be used on a gasketed pipe that will contain potable water?
- The detention time on a sewage tank will be how long given the following information?Rate of flow 500 gallons per min.Tank size is 50,000 gallons
- According to OSHA a crane operator’s certification is valid for __?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12′ wide, 100′ long and the asphalt will be 3″ thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs. per cubic Ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- When using La. One Call they will mark sewer,gas and water lines from the edge of the proptery to__.
- The detention time on a sewage tank will be how long given the following information?Rate of flow 500 gallons per min.Tank size is 50,000 gallons
- When using sheet pile to block water from entering an excavation, it is best to;
- Identify the symbol shown:
- At the beginning intake of a wastewater treatment plant, what would be used to remove all large and floating debris?
- A Ph reading of 3.1 is considered ___.
- What type of fire extinguisher is approved for burning metal such as a fire caused by welding?
- What would be used to trap solids in a waste water treatment plant?
- What is the minimun burial depth for a high voltage line in IMC conduit under a parking lot?
- What section of OSHA governs hazardous material?
- What is the minimum slope for a trench with Type C soil
- What is the easiest soil compaction method is __?
- When replaceing a waterline who should pull the permit?
- When using a sling to lift a load, when ever possible the angle should be less than or equal to ___ degrees.
- Threaded taps in cast iron pipe without reinforcement are permitted up a size of __% of the pipe diameter.
- The most dangerous tool due to “kick back” is ___.
- Most pipeline welding is done using__.
- The standard used for pipeline weld quality is__
- OSHA requires certification for operators of ____.
- Sewer and water mains that cross shall have a mininum vertical separation of ___ inches.
- When installed in parallel, sewer and water mains shall be laid not less than __ ft. apart.
- What bacteria is tested for when repairing potable water lines?
- Who can install a back flow previntion device?
- Concrete curing procedures and curing compounds should be applied:
- Underground conductors for communication circuits entering a manhole that also contains light and power conductors:
- Overhead data communications conductors are to be run between two buildings parallel to and below electrical power conductors. What minimum separation must be maintained between the two sets of conductors?
- A typical traffic weight manhole cover is __ inches in diameter.
- Where practical, a seperation of at least ___ ft. shall be maintained between communications wires and cables on buildings and lightning conductors.
- Pallets containing 15 pipes that are 8 ft. long each are being delivered to the job site. The best placement of each pallet should be __?
- Refer to the diagram; The unsupported vertically sided lower portions of this trench shall have a maximum vertical side of ___ ft.
- A simple slope excavation 20 ft. or less in Type A soil shall have a maximum slope of ___.
- A PH reading of ___ is considered netural.
- Before connecting new potable water the Plumbing official may require the new line to be disinfected by ___.
- An above ground gas line must have a sign containing the name of the company and the name and phone number of__.
- When installing a bell and spigot pipe, the lubricant should be applyed__.
- A 7500 lb. pile hammer is dropped 5 feet, how much energy is produced?
- The marking on a pipe reads ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S . What do the markings on the pipe mean?( see diagram)
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means _______________________.
- What is the minimum amount of oxygen that must be present in a confined space before adequate precautions must be taken?
- Refer to the Diagram: If line DC is 71 degrees N 18′ W, then the bearing is __.
- When compacting clay or cohesive soil, the most effective roller is a _______
- Identify the Ball valve
- Identify the Gate valve
- What type of fire extinguisher is approved for an energized electrical equipment fire and flammable liquids?
- Which of the following valves allow flow in one direction only?
- When doing business with DOTD, what is the term for the list of approved material suppliers?(See Solution)
- Refer to the diagram. Which of the following is a hand operated valve?
- What are the standard dimensions of a rectangular manhole cover?
- A contractor is relocating gas and water lines from a building. LA One Call will mark the lines from _______.
- A station marker at manhole A reads 1+50 and the marker at manhole B reads 3+50. What is the distance between the two manholes?
- Given this subdivision planning map. What is the elevation of lot 448?
- What must a worker in the bottom of a bell hole be supplied with?
- What is the percentage of cement in concrete?
- What causes lung problems when when used in abrasive blasting?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a globe valve?
- Which of the following is the proper way to place Crosby clamps?
- If workers must pass under scaffolding what should be done prior to use?
- Which Fire extinguisher is rated to handle wood, metal, or electrical fires?
- Identify the shaded portion of the diagram
- When the nominal wall thickness of a pipe is not known, the pipe is measured at
- When using cast iron pipe in the construction of a natural gas transportation line each caulked bell and spigot joint ____
- No welder may weld using a specific welding process unless the welder has been using that specific process within the last preceding months?
- What is the best way to record the daily log?
- With concrete that contains an accelerant, when would curing compound be added?
- A 1500 cy excavation needs to be filled. The material to be used has a 25% shrinkage factor. How many cubic yards will be needed?
- A superintendent’s daily log should contain all of the following execpt__?
- Refer to the piping diagram; This is a ___ ?
- When pouring a concrete wall using plywood forms, when would you remove the cone nut?
- When necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials, tools or equipment shall be placed a minimum of ____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- Which method of project time management show both the relative importance of each event and establishes the best order and length of project operations?
- The portion of the manhole shown by letter "A" is:
- What test is used for leak testing manholes.
- Refer to the Diagram, Where is the cut grade in realtion to the line on the stake?
- Which scheduling technique is most effective for planning, scheduling, and controlling the multitude of operations required to complete a project?
- According to OSHA, If an aluminum ladder is bent which of the following is true ?
- What is the best cleaning for a metal surface?
- If too much cut-back asphalt is applied, what shall be done to prevent bleeding of the prime coat up through the asphalt concrete?
- According to OSHA, someone who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards, unsanitary working conditions and is authorized to take corrective actions to eliminate them is a:
- The marking on a pipe is ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S. The 49.93 refers to:
- When installing slip joint piping, you should:
- According to Code, when water service piping is installed in the same trench as sewer piping, there must be a minimum separation of:
- At what minimum trench depth does OSHA require an adequate means of escape such as ladders?
- Which of the following is NOT a standard amp rated circuit breaker?
- A 480 v 3-phase 13kva service has how many amps?
- A mobile home park has 98 sites. The mobile homes are of unequal size. The park is fed by a 120/240 V service. What is the ampacity of the service?
- After Lime is spread, initially mixed and water is added, the sub grade must be allowed to mellow for at least ___ hours before pulverization can begin.
- After incorporating lime into the sub grade and pulverization requirements have been met, how long does the contractor have to complete compaction and finishing operations?
- Refer to the Diagram; On a road project, lanes A and B flow in the same direction and are opposite of lanes C and D that flow in the same direction. If a driver in Lane A cannot merge into lane B and a driver in lane B cannot merge into lane A, what type of line is between lanes A and B?
- A tool in the cab of an asphalt distribution truck used to measure the rate of asphalt placed (bitumeter), measures in what units?
- How is a small pre-stressed concrete slab removed?
- In a slump test, what is measured?
- What prevents corrosion of concrete columns at water level?
- If driving piles using fixed leads, what keeps the pile plumb?
- When using a vibratory pile driver, how are the piles attached?
- According to code, what is the minimum thickness for a slab on grade?
- The Louisiana Department of Transportation requires minimum training for traffic control technicians which is known as____.
- Which of the following statements is true about compacting new hot mix asphalt?
- When mixing soil cement, which of the following statements is true about a single-shaft mixer?
- Refer to the Diagram; The reference stake is at an elevation of 100.00, what is the elevation of the target stake?
- Which of the following classifications would the best soil for pavement sub grade?
- When a sample of concrete for air content, the test should be done within ___ minutes.
- Closed end pipes that are used as piles are connected on the job site. What method is used to splice the pipe?
- A prime coat using a cut back asphalt application should be completely absorbed by the surface in how long?
- The typical method used to dry clay soil is ___.
- A box culvert less than 4′ in height is nominally constructed by ___.
- Refer to the Diagram; In order to lift the greatest load, the chain sling shown should have an angle at C of ___ degrees.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper bedding for culvert?
- According to OSHA, any scaffold that has planks or walkways less than ___ inches wide shall have guardrails or fall arrest systems.
- Refer to the Diagram; What type of joint is shown in the bridge beam?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the on-center spacing of the reinforcement shown in the curb and gutter detail?
- Refer to the Diagram; Referring to the soil report shown, if this soil is to be used for sub base material ____. (see the solution)
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the elevation of the fill at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; According to the reference stake, how far is the stake away from the center line of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the correct bedding for culverts exposed above ground?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the diameter of the tie bars in the slab?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Arch pipe.
- Refer to the Diagram; When using wood sheet piles in an excavation, which one of the piles shown is the correct shape to use? Note, the piles are being driven right to left. (see solution)
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out horizontally from a wall for a future pour?
- A normal longitudinal line used for roadways is ____ inches wide.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the paddles would be used for a flagman’s Stop/Slow sign?
- When using a base course of recycled Portland cement concrete, the finish rolling will be done with a ____ roller.
- When using a vibrator on concrete pavement, the vibrator head is inserted for ___.
- When applying a chip seal surface treatment using 2 applications, if 3/4″ aggregate is used in the 1st course the maximum size aggregate for the second course is __.
- Which type of equipment listed below can drive a pile without the use of a pile cap?
- Refer to the Diagram; Where would the corner of the foundation be located?
- What is the minimum size of a stair landing?
- The standard industry markup is __ percent.
- The filing for record of the claim of lien must occur within ___ days after the claimant's last work preformed.
- According to Mississippi prompt pay, pass through payments are due within ___ days after receipt by the prime contractor.
- Refer to the Diagram; How many cubic yards of concrete are needed to pour the column shown?
- When performing a light test in a grease hood, where should the light be inserted?
- A 12" pipe is wrapped twice with 1 1/2" insulation. How large should the opening be?
- Which of the following is a good way to keep the compression from vibrating?
- Which is the proper barrier fence for an open hole?
- What is the scheudle number is used for carbon steel pipe 14" - 24"?
- What is used in a drinking water plant to trap solids?
- When testing compacted earth fills in place, you can achieve the most stable soil if the test are made after how many lifts of fill?
- A benchmark is at an elevation of 35.11
Cut invert is 17.35
Height of the instrument is 4.07
What is the elevation of the invert?
- If you are installing a socket and spigot Tee, you should cut the line __.
- Which of the following would require safety glass?
- A duct lined with 3″ of insulation needs an air flow of 24″ x 20″. What would be the outside dimension of the duct?
- To help isolate and control vibration a chiller that is set outside the building, it should be set on?
- Which of the following would not be used to cut copper pipe?
- What is the minimum hanger spacing for galvanized pipe?
- If hazardous atmospheres could reasonably be expected to exist, atmospheres shall be tested at __ft.
- Class 4 gas lines shall be tested to __ times the MOP (Maximum Operating Pressure).
- If employees are working in a building that has been damaged by fire, OSHA requires?
- A jeep tests for holidays in pipeline coating using?
- What is the best form of communication to use so that there is no misunderstanding between the contractor and the subcontractor?
- A cold mix asphalt base course should be in lifts of __ inches compacted thickness.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the slope of the South side of the excavation?
- On a road construction project you will have only 1 lane of traffic going each way. What color should the delineators be?
- On a State project soil cement sub base is compacted by?
- Beam forms and shoring generally may be removed how long after concrete is poured?
- Which of the following is true when installing backer rods in a concrete joint?
- Refer to the Diagram; What needs to be done to read a level surface?
- In Louisiana what is the width of a highway road stripe?
- A 5″ thick drive way will be paid at a rate of $35.00 per sq.yd of pavement. The driveway is 50′ long and 12′ wide. The cost are as follows; concrete $40.00 per cy. Labor $ 8.00 per sq.yd Forms $ 0.45 per sq.ftWhat is the estimated profit for this job?(choose the closest answer)
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Base.
- Which gravel will have the highest shear strength?
- Refer to the Diagram; What information is found on the stake labeled “side B”?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the type of weld shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; On the survey map what is the distance between point B and point C?
- When is the best time to apply curing compound to a newly poured slab?
- When working on a La. Department of Transportation and Development project, the highest order of priority will be;
- When using one washer to bolt the tapered side of the flange of a steel member, you should use a ____ washer.
- When a crane drops a breaker ball, the brake is released and the ball should drop:
- When placing select fill on the sides of culvert pipe, the backfill shall be compacted in layers of not more than ___ inches.
- Which of the following statements is true about soil cement pavements?
- Asphalt hot mix has a stiff appearance and there is improper coating of large aggregate. What is wrong with the mix?
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Northeast 1/4 of the Southwest 1/4 of the Southeast 1/4.
- When using riprap on an embankment, geotextile should be placed?
- A concrete slab is trowled after;
- When driving pile, what would be used to keep them in line?
- How far in advance should an operator notify the surface owner before starting a well?
- A tripod is being used for a rescue system for a confined space, however this system does not have a built in speed control. This will also require ___?
- An operator using a nuclear device to test soil density, must be licensed by?
- A small length of steel water main has been damaged. The piece will be cut out and replaced, what would be the best to use?
- When compacting asphalt pavement using a steel wheel roller, then a pneumatic roller and finishing with a steel wheel roller. How long should the finish roller start behind the rubber tire roller.
- When workers are working in open or rough waters which of the following would be best?
- Manhole A is at 1+00 and the surveyors log is marked 55.00 ft. Manhole B is at 2+50 with an elevation of 50.5. What is the slope?
- A corrugated metal riveted seam culvert is being placed. How should the longitudinal riveted joint be placed?
- A gravel sub grade is being placed that measures 7 meters wide and 3 kilometers long. The payment is $1.13 per square meter. What will be the total payment?
- Which of the following is the most stable bedding for underground telecommunications and electrical cable?
- Which of the following is used to avoid electrolysis between copper and other metals?
- What is added to asphalt emulsion that is applied to pavement to increase skid resistance?
- Drums used to warn traffic on a job site will have what color stripes?
- A 4 1/2 foot fill is required for an area that is 25′ wide and 200′ long. When compacted, the soil shrinks to 93% of the load volume. Haul trucks carry 9 cubic yards per load. How many loads will be needed?
- A saw cut in a concrete sidewalk used to form a control joint should be made;
- What statement is true about electric lights used to direct traffic around construction?
- Which is done first when pouring a concrete slab?
- Test samples may be taken by using;
- All of the following types of backfill listed for use with culverts must be compacted after each lift except?
- How is welded wire fabric spliced?
- A cubic meter of concrete has 530 kg of cement and 265 kg of water. What is the water to cement ratio?
- Ways to mitigate weak subsurface soils include all of the following except __.
- Refer to the Diagram; The back of the stake means?
- Refer to the Diagram; This crane signal means?
- What type of soil test should be done on soil to be used for soil cement construction?
- You have to pour 4 concrete footings. The footings are 4′ wide, 4’deep and 6′ long. Concrete cost is $40 cy, Forms cost $ 2.25 sf. Form liner cost $150.00 per 100 sf. What is the cost to pour the footings?
- A concrete pavement has bumps that are larger than allowed. What should be done?
- A sample of soil is taken and is .50 cubic feet in volume and weights 55 lbs. After it is dried it weights 50 lbs. What is the soils dry unit weight?
- The type of soil which the highest compressibility is___.
- When a contractor is doing business with La. DOTD, and has to use a material specified on the QPL, he would reference?
- Aggregate size for surface treatment should be in the range of____?
- When using a pneumatic roller to compact hot-mix asphalt, the roller should not exceed a speed of__ MPH.
- Soils that swell are most associated with__.
- Overhead regulatory highway signs are placed a minimum of ___feet above the roadway.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which shows the centerline of the street?
- Just before the cone is removed for the slump test the cone is filled___.
- What method of connecting a control valve box that will allow easy removal for maintance?
- What type of valve can be opened or closed quickly by lowering or raising a sliding stem?
- What would to keep copper from corroding when attached to a different metal?
- Water main piping is laid at what grade?
- A lift station is being built and boring logs show water and sand at the invert elevation. What should be used to remove water from the excavation.
- Where would a contractor find information on possible dump sites and burn regulations?
- Underground electrical conduit lines are placed in parallel with communication lines. There is only soil separating them. How far apart must they be placed?
- The junction box for underground electrical in a Tier 5 location would be used for__?
- When it's time to order equipment for the job you should____.
- Which would be the best source of information about storing hazardous materials on the job?
- When you arrive on the job, you notice that One Call's marking stops before the end of the job. What should you do?
- When demolishing a building that has concrete walls on the outside and sheetrock and wood on the interior. Which of the following would be the most economical way to complete the job?
- A contractor has installed a tapping sleeve and valve on an existing water main. The contractor should__.
- According to OSHA if a trench is unstable soil the sides shall be sloped, shored or braced if the trench is __ feet deep or more.
- OSHA regulations state that if the permit for a confined space is canceled, the record must be retained for ___.
- Refer to the Diagram; Which is the proper way to connect a branch line into a main.
- Which of the following is true about a mechinical pipe joint?
- Which of the following symbols shows a hand control valve?
- Blowoff valves are placed__.
- Where would a contractor go to find out about disposal areas or methods for the project.
- What type of Bond would guarantee to the owner that a project will be completed by the bonding company in the event the the General Contractor fails?
- Spacers used for PVC underground electrical conduit power duct banks are made of?
- Refer to the Diagram; The benchmark is at an elevation of 147.6. The height of the instrument is 3.75 and a foresite to the grade rod reads 3.94. What is the height at the point the leveling rod is placed?
- Who establishes the weight of large equipment?
- Before pouring a slab on grade, which subcontractor do you notify?
- Where would a contractor go to find out about local permitting?
- Refer to the Diagram; Making a hot tap on an 8" main, how far would you move the tapping tool to completely cut the coupon, but damage the other wall of the pipe?
- Which of the following is a test for welds on a gas piping system?
- Which of the following is used to disinfect a new ductile iron water main?
- When concrete trucks are finished pouring their load, their chutes are cleaned out in__?
- When installing a new piece of equipment, the first thing you should do is__.
- A wellpoint system is least effective in__?
- What would be attached to the boom of a track hoe to demolish concrete.
- A valve box for a water distribution line would be found__?
- The Dodge Reports and Data Facts are good sources of information for?
- An excavation is being done using a front end loader. The loader has a 1 cy. Bucket and can move 26 cy. Per Hr. A total of 530 cys. need to be moved. The loader cost $12.50 hr. The operator cost is $16.75 hr. and you have a miscellaneous cost of $227.00. What is the cost on the excavation?
- What type of lubricant would be used on a gasketed pipe that will contain potable water?
- The detention time on a sewage tank will be how long given the following information?
Rate of flow 500 gallons per min.
Tank size is 50,000 gallons
- According to OSHA a crane operator's certification is valid for __?
- An asphalt road will be paved that is 12′ wide, 100′ long and the asphalt will be 3″ thick. The asphalt weight is 146.75 lbs. per cubic Ft. How many tons of asphalt will be needed?
- When using La. One Call they will mark sewer,gas and water lines from the edge of the proptery to__.
- When using sheet pile to block water from entering an excavation, it is best to;
- Identify the symbol shown:
- At the beginning intake of a wastewater treatment plant, what would be used to remove all large and floating debris?
- A Ph reading of 3.1 is considered ___.
- What type of fire extinguisher is approved for burning metal such as a fire caused by welding?
- A dredging barge carrying over 5 tons must be inspected by the Coast Guard every ___?
- If the PH of a soil is too Alkaline, it may be adjusted by adding___?
- Refer to the Diagram; If the trench shown is 750′ long, how many cubic yards of silt will be removed from the cut slope?
- What would be used to trap solids in a waste water treatment plant?
- What is the minimun burial depth for a high voltage line in IMC conduit under a parking lot?
- What section of OSHA governs hazardous material?
- What is the minimum slope for a trench with Type C soil
- What is the easiest soil compaction method is __?
- When replacing a waterline who should pull the permit?
- When using a sling to lift a load, when ever possible the angle should be less than or equal to ___ degrees.
- Threaded taps in cast iron pipe without reinforcement are permitted up a size of __% of the pipe diameter.
- The most dangrous tool due to "kick back" is ___.
- Most pipeline welding is done using__.
- The standard used for pipeline weld quality is__
- OSHA requires certification for operators of ____.
- Sewer and water mains that cross shall have a mininum vertical separation of ___ inches.
- When installed in parallel, sewer and water mains shall be laid not less than __ ft. apart.
- After accepting the contract from the owner, the contractor is cautioned to not enter into a contract with the subcontractor until ___ after the submittal of the list of subcontractors.
- Around a construction site, pedestrian walkways shall be a minimum width of ___ inches.
- During excavation silt will expand or swell ____%.
- Over the course of the job, items on the original plans are changed. After completion the Contractor will provided the owner___.
- A branch circuit with installed conductors rated at a calculated load of 13 amps can have an over current device with a maximum rating of __?
- A motor that is cord and plug connected with individual overload protection omitted, the rating of the attachment plug and receptacle shall not exceed ___ amps.
- Which of the following would graphically show how the project cost’s are distributed by function?
- Normal conversion is measured at around ___ dBA.
- Bales of hay staked down on a job site are used to___.
- According to OSHA, operators of Heavy trucks must have an evaluation every ___.
- According to OSHA, when sound levels exceed ___ dBA in an 8 hr. period hearing protection must be used.
- What bacteria is tested for when repairing potable water lines?
- Who can install a back flow previntion device?
- A typical traffic weight manhole cover is __ inches in diameter.
- Where practical, a seperation of at least ___ ft. shall be maintained between communications wires and cables on buildings and lightning conductors.
- Pallets containing 15 pipes that are 8 ft. long each are being delivered to the job site. The best placement of each pallet should be __?
- A PH reading of ___ is considered netural.
- Before connecting a new potable water the Plumbing offical may require the new line to be disinfected by ___.
- A permit-required confined space____.
- When unloading a large object with a crane, to keep the load from rotating or turning you would attach a__?
- An air-release vent on ductial iron pipe shall be located at__.
- What is the maxixum fine for digging without identifying the location of underground utilites?
- A trench is to be left open overnight, which of the following must be done?
- Control point stakes for concrete pipe should be set ___ ft. intervials.
- Who is in charge of selection and construction of a 9' deep trench?
- What does "flat bottom" mean to ductial iron piping?
- When installing a bell and spigot pipe, the lubricant should be applyed__.
- Plain dents in gas pipelines can not exceed __ % of the nominal pipe diameter.
- Bronze flanges used on gas pipelines must have ___ type gaskets.
- What is the maximum gas system pressure for thermoplastic pipe?
- Given the following information, what is the percent of grade?
Upper invert: 491.73
Lower invert: 470.5
Run is 370'
- When a trench is overexcavated, the bottom of the trench must be backfilled with__.
- Limits for exfiltration and infiltration are set for concrete pipe when it is used for ___.
- If a drain line has a run of 50' and a fall of .5%, the low end of the pipe will be at an elevation of ___ if the high end is at 96.00.
- Hydrostatic tests must be preformed for at least __ hrs.
- If a water main crosses over an existing sanitary laterial line it must be seperated by at least __ inches.
- Sewer pipe can be any of the following except __.
- When installing a water main in wet conditions, the end of the pipe should be___?
- A pocket penetrometer or hand shearvane is used to test the ____ of soil.
- Painted gauge lines on ductial iron pipe are used to make sure the plain end of the pipe is___.
- When hydraulic shoring is used in a trench you should _____.
- Which of the following requires an expansion joint at the coupler to compensate for thermal expansion of the pipe?
- When must you call La. OneCall before starting an excavation?
- When constructing a wire fence using staples, the staples on the line posts are attached how?
- When connecting steel members using turn-of-nut method, each bolt is_____ then turned a specified addational fraction of a turn.
- Which of the following tests would be used to measure the optimum moisture content of the soil and maximum density?
- How is the slump test for concrete preformed?
- Breaking down payments to a subcontractor into amounts over the life of the job is called ___.
- General Liability insurance cost is based on what?
- According to OSHA a space large enough for an employe to enter that has limited entry and limited exits is not used for habitation is known as a ____ space.
- According to OSHA, employees involved with hazardous material shall posess a training certificate and receive __________ hours of refresher training annually.
- Refer to the diagram. The piping symbol shown is a (an) _____________________.
- When laying pipe in a trench with unstable soil, a trench shield is needed. The bottom of the trench box may be placed ______________.
- Which type of bolts are normally used to secure pipe flanges?
- Refer to the Diagram. How deep is the trench ?
- An external pipe coating used for steel pipe to protect it when emerging the ground aganist environmental conditions is____?
- Gross profit - expenses =
- Income - cost of construction =
- The term "kickout" means _______________.
- Welded wire mesh should be lapped at least ______________.
- Which of the following would not afffect the location of the area on a jobsite used for storage
- In a MATT Foundation, the top rebar is placed ________ inches below the top of the slab.
- On a jobsite where would you place a silt fence?
- The operating activities portion of the statement of cash flows shows _________________.
- A worker is hired February 2, 2011 and is terminated on March 12, 3013. How long must the employer keep the I-9 form?
- For the second quarter of the year, a contractor's FUTA withholding is $550.00. When is his tax deposit due?
- When placing concrete in hot weather, it would be advisable to add ___________ to the mix.
- What is the minimum amount of oxygen that must be present in a confined space before adequate precautions must be taken?
- What part of OSHA governs forming?
- What part of OSHA governs fall protection?
- Refer to the Diagram: If line DC is 71 degrees N 18' W, then the bearing is __.
- What can be used to clean wire cable?
- When working in a trench that requires a trench shield, where should the employee stand?
- How is concrete air entrained?
- How are rebar marked?
- What is the purpose of a cone?
- The tag of WWM or WWF should contain the following ________
- The tag on WWM reads 4x12 - W2 x W4. This means_____
- When compacting clay or cohesive soil, the most effective roller is a _______
- In a slump test, the cone is filled in ______ layers and each layer is rodded ______times
- What is the Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) for a PVC pipe with an outside diameter of 10 3/4" and a wall thickness of 0.168"?
- What type of fire extinguisher is approved for an energized electrical equipment fire and flammable liquids?
- Concrete tremies are controlled _______? (see solution)
- A contractor is relocating gas and water lines from a building. LA One Call will mark the lines from _______.
- What is a jeep used for?
- What Size pipe is used when pouring concrete with a tremie?
- Any valve to be used in a gas transmission system pipeline that has shell components made of ductile iron shall not be operated at a pressure above ____ of the pressure rating of a comparable steel.
- Identify the bearing of DA, when referring to the diagram
- To perform a hydrostatic test on pipe with cement lined on the inside you should?
- Drawing showing Bench mark on the left showing 2+ 00 with elevation of 55.5 and on other mark 2+50 with elevation of 55 feet what is the grade?
- When pipe is installed at the end of the day what should be done to the exposed end of the pipe?
- How is a 16" pipe measured according to NPS?
- How is a 12" pipe measured according to NPS?
- What is a weir?
- When are concrete cylinders tested?
- What is used to measure water pressure?
- When using a concrete vibrator what is a sign that the vibrator should be withdrawn?
- When installing pipe by the end of the day pipe that has been laid should be?
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out of the slab horizontally?
- When reusing form boards when should they be inspected?
- What is a pig used for?
- According to OSHA, when may compressed air be used for cleaning purposes?
- Which Fire extinguisher is rated to handle wood, metal, or electrical fires?
- Which soil combination will absorb water the slowest and hold the water the longest?
- Identify the shaded portion of the diagram
- Transit pipe is also known as ____ pipe?
- According to the American water works association, which of the following statements is not true for gasket for mechanical and push on joints in ductile iron water mains?
- Forty welds on a 6 inch pipeline that will be operated at a pressure that will produce a hoop stress of ____ or more of SMY's must be non destructively tested or inspected and approved by a qualified welding inspector.
- According to OSHA standards, which test is not used to test soil?
- According to the One Call system, what type of underground facility does a red marking indicate?
- A Cylinder test should be kept at a:
- With concrete that contains an accelerant, when would curing compound be added?
- A 1500 cy excavation needs to be filled. The material to be used has a 25% shrinkage factor. How many cubic yards will be needed?
- What is used to keep welded wire mesh off the ground?
- When pouring concrete over a dirt pad what do you do with the subgrade?
- During a slump test, how much do you fill the cone?
- When pouring concrete on a hot dry day, what is used to cure the slab?
- If you pour a parking lot next to an existing building, what kind of joint is created?
- According to OSHA, where is the lanyard attached to the safety harness?
- What tool is used to stretch a chain link fence?
- How do we form a control joint?
- What is the worst thing to use to compact sand or gravel?
- What is the proper order of materials for mixing concrete?
- A tool that is used to put a specific amount of tension on a high strength bolt is a ___?
- What powers a pneumatic tool?
- A 1 to 2 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- Which of the following is a type of rebar?
- How should concrete pipe be unloaded from trucks ?
- Refer to the piping diagram; this is a ___ bend.
- Electrical conduit is run between two manholes. The conduit should be sloped ___?
- Water most easily filters through ____?
- A common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster is _____.
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- When connecting a ductile iorn pipe joint that is 12" using 3/4" in. bolts, what is the maximum torque allowed on the bolts?
- Identify the shaded area in the diagram below.
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 18" deep and weighs 46# per lineal foot?
- What is the rule of thumb to cut ductile iorn pipe per diameter inch?
- Given; Two manholes containing electrical conduit have a slope of 3" between them. How far apart are the manholes?
- Trenching installed parallel to footings shall ___.
- A tremie is used to pour concrete under water. The bottom of the pipe should be:
- Given: The following is based on test requirements for steel pipeline that will operate at a hoop stress of less than 30% of SMYS and a pressure above 100 psig. The required pipeline test pressure must be maintained at or above the required test pressure for at least _____ hour(s).
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- Basis of payment for culvert pipe is:
- Refer to the diagram. What does area "1" represent?
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from it's center is called a _____.
- A copper wire is installed underground along side a non metalic water main to:
- When impulses reflected by the soil are counted by a guage on a machine, this is known as a _____ test.
- Refer to the Diag. Which of the following manholes would be least likely to produce an eddie or whirlpool?
- What process is used to prevent corrosion on ductile iron pipe laid in high alkalinity soil?
- On a corporation stop, Where does stop come off the main line of the sewer.
- The Code requires that when a water service pipe is installed in the same trench with a building sewer, there must be a minimum separation of _____ inches.
- What is another name for Transit Pipe?
- What is Transit Water Pipe?
- According to Code, it shall be the duty of ___ to determine if the plumbing system has been inspected and has stood the approprate tests prior to covering.
- When shoring a trench, "Excavation and Grading Handbook" recommends installing the jacks:
- You have a required elevation at "A" of 104.25. The benchmark elevation is 101.10. A back site reading opf 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location "A") has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- According to Code, Sewerage or other waste from a plumbing system must be ___ before it is discharged into any waterway.
- In an above ground gas piping system, which of the following materials is approved for fittings?
- According to code, seamless copper copper water tubing used for water distribution must meet ____ standards.
- Of the following standards, all are Code adopted standards for cast iron pipe EXCEPT:
- According to Code, the threads of metallic piping used in gas tramsmission lines must comply with ____ for pipe threads.
- The torque wrench which is calibrated in inch-pounds is used to tighten a bolt to 72 inch-pounds. This is equivalent to ___ foot pounds.
- What diameter pipe is most used for fire hydrants?
- What is the minimum compressive strength required for thrust blocks in a ductile iron pipe water line?
- If a pipe size is doubled, the carrying capacity of the pipe increases by:
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA 12" spec. PVC water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- If 1000 CY is needed to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%, how much fill is required?
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4' deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- Given: 2 manholes 200' apart. Fall between nmanholes is 1'. What percentage would be used in setting the laser?
- Cast iron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be concrete encased because?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 150 feet long, what is the weight of the number 5 reinforcing steel if a number 5 bar weighs 1.043 pounds per lineal foot? Do not allow for any splices, laps or waste.
- Type III portland cement is designed as:
- Concrete curing procedures and curing compounds should be applied:
- A slope of 1/8" per foot over a distance of 160` will equal a drop of ____?
- If reinforcing bars are left projecting out of the foundation where there is a risk of impalment, they should be_____?
- On schedule 40 pipe, when does the standard wall thickness change?
- What is the minimum height of a Type III barricade ?
- What are NOT standard types of concrete pipe?
- The piece of equipment most commonly used for placing concrete underwater is:
- Given: Finely-perforated pipes are driven into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more above-ground pipes in order to maintain or reduce a water table level during the site construction. What is this known as?
- How often should Wire Rope be inspected?
- You are placing concrete culverts and you know that problems will occur with the joints. To prevent this you should:
- Corrugated metal pipe (Draw pipe) comes in what multiple lengths?
- What is the amount of fall for a horizontal distance of 50 lineal feet at a 2% slope?
- The bottom of an incline is called______________?
- What term defines the stake whose top issue is a known point of reference to establish elevation and distance ?
- Refer to the illustration, what does the `2` on this nut indicate?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of W18 x 24 structural steel weigh?
- A sidewalk measures 120` long, 4.33` wide and is 4 1/2" thick. How much concrete is needed?
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- Which drawing would show the location of the building on the property?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, the total number of square yards of aggregate surface is _____ square yards.
- What is the proper order of finishing concrete ?
- A number 6 deformed reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 100 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- Using a builders level a backsite shot to point C (elevation 98.4) reads 5.9, a frontsite shot to point A reads 1.6. What is the elevation of point A?
- A 100` diameter by 35` high water-storage tank is being erected according to AWWA Standard D100. The maximum out of plumb distance for the top of the shell relative to the bottom of the shell shall be determined using what ratio?
- What would you use to protect the banks around a body of water to prevent washout?
- An unrestrained structural steel framing member:
- Which ASTM designation below is an all purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI?
- Refering to Diag.-H5, the weld shown is known as a ______________.
- Refering to the Diag., the weld shown is known as a ___________________.
- Refering to Diagram, the weld shown is known as a ______________.
- All non-test personel must remain clear of the test pipeline area when a hoop stress test is more than what percent of the test pressure?
- What minimum size space must be provided at the penetration point between a concrete vault and a ductile iron pipe watermain?
- Which of the following is not permitted when natural gas transportation pipelines are joined?
- What minimum clearance is required between an underground natural gas transmission line and any other underground pipeline or structure?
- What valve should be installed to maximize water flow in waterline with a known high point?
- Concrete sanitary manholes are filled with water and allowed to saturate and stabilize before testing. The rate of leakage for the manhole is based on water loss per gallon per hour per feet of diameter. What is the maximum allowable leakage for a sanitary manhole measured in gallons per hour per feet of diameter?
- A 2-leg bridal sling is used to lift a load. Which of the following is true?
- All of the following methods are used for supporting the earth walls around the perimeter of a deep dig except:
- Overhead data communications conductors are to be run between two buildings parallel to and below electrical power conductors. What minimum separation must be maintained between the two sets of conductors?
- An extension of a culvert headwall which serves to direct the stream is:
- The basis of payment for curb and gutter installation are:
- Concrete used in public works flood control and drainage systems must be air-entrained within what percentage range?
- Refer to the diagram. What is area "2"?
- Each cubic yard of structural concrete used for public works flood control systems shall contain a minimum of ___ bags of cement.
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- A soils vertical overburden (pressure) will normally increase continually as a pile is driven. In what type of soil will this pressure remain constant after the pile is driven past the critical depth?
- An existing 12" oil line is to be tapped with an 8" line. What is the name of the piece of metal removed from the tapping operation?
- The structural steel designation W18 x 70 is:
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA 12" spec. PVC water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- Refer to the manhole diagram. This structure is which of the following?
- Bedding material for pipe culverts, box culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- Flamable odorless gas found in public sewers is:
- What is bedding used for in sewer pipe installations?
- All of the following will affect the flow in a pipe except:
- What is the name of the layers of soil that are used in backfilling around sewer pipe?
- How can reverse grade or backfall be detected in a sewer line?
- The hydrostatic test of water service pipe consists of filling the pipe with water and adding:
- Which of the following is NOT a part of an underground electrical structure?
- Which of the following is NOT a part of the ductile iron pipe joint?
- When encountering solid rock for a ductile iron pipe line, excavation below the pipe for cushining must be:
- What is the minimum compressive strength required for thrust blocks in a ductile iron pipe water line?
- The torque wrench which is calibrated in inch-pounds is used to tighten a bolt to 72 inch-pounds. This is equivalent to ___ foot pounds.
- According to OSHA, all trenches over ____ feet must be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- When installing slip joint piping, you should:
- When laying sewer lines the bell of the pipe should be placed:
- According to Code, PVC-2110 plastic pipe 1" and larger, when acceptable for gas transmission lines:
- According to Code, in a wrought Iron gas piping line, the fittings in pipe 4" and larger:
- According to Code, the threads of metallic piping used in gas tramsmission lines must comply with ____ for pipe threads.
- According to Code, plastic pipe approved for use with natural gas must:
- According to Code, a 4" building sewer must have a minimum fall of ____ per foot.
- According to code, seamless copper copper water tubing used for water distribution must meet ____ standards.
- According to Code, a sewer which receives storm water, sewage and liquid waste is:
- According to Code, the drainage system or any part therof shall not be covered until:
- According to Code, the following shall not be used in a drainage system.
- Castiron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be encased in concrete because:
- To maintain accuracy in a sewer line using grade boards:
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utility easements would be shown on the:
- Which of the following properties of sand, gravel, clay, and silt describes its ability to support a structure?
- When moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is the name use to describe the inside bottom of a sewer pipe?
- Which of the following materials is NOT to be used for a supply line valve in an LP gas system?
- A corporation stop is:
- At what minimum trench depth does OSHA require an adequate means of escape such as ladders?
- A typical traffic weight manhole cover is __ inches in diameter.
- Where practical, a seperation of at least ___ ft. shall be maintained between communications wires and cables on buildings and lightning conductors.
- A permanently mounted electric discharge luminaries may be supplied by a 460V branch circuit if mounted on a pole not less than ___ Ft. high.
- A fuel cell must be marked with all of the following except____.
- What does a shunt do?
- What will happen if the Power Factor of a system is corrected?
- According to ASHRAE 90.1, not less than __% of permanently installed lighting fixtures shall use lamps with an efficacy of at least 55 Lm/W or have a total luminaries efficacy of at least 45 Lm/W.
- What would the Project Manager need to know in order to schedule tasks?
- Which statement is true about a single receptacle installed on an individual 20-amp branch circuit?
- What is the maximum operating temperature for a THWN conductor in a dry location?
- What is the minimum size copper supply-side bonding jumper if the largest ungrounded conductor is a 450 KCMIL copper?
- What is the allowable ampacity for a 14 AWG fixture wire?
- The branch circuit disconnect shall have a rating of not less than the ___ supplied load.
- A damaged cable in a cable tray may be made using approved methods provided the splice is ___.
- Cable tray installations by qualified persons in an industrial location shall be supported in accordance with ___.
- Bus ways are permitted to be installed ___.
- Ohms law formula for amps is __?
- Incandescent lamps shall be marked to indicate ___.
- MC cable shall be supported horizontally at intervals not exceeding __ ft.
- A luminaire shall not be supported by the screw shell if it weighs more than __ lbs.
- Equipment in Class 1 shall not be exposed to a temperature in excess of the ____ of the specific gas or vapor.
- Hearing protection shall be provided when __.
- According to OSHA all abrasive wheels shall be inspected and ___ tested before mounting.
- Employees working less than 6′ above dangerous equipment shall be protected from falling by __.
- A solar powered (PV) system that supplies power independently of an electrical production network is a ____.
- According to NEC, final approval is provided by the ___.
- Conductors that are used for the secondary circuit of welders shall be ____.
- Temporary wiring for Christmas lighting shall be permitted for a time period not to exceed ___ days.
- Who would approve listed equipment and materials used on a job?
- Which of the following would be the best and most accurate way to calculate material prices for a job?
- Which type of enclosure is required for a drive-through car wash?
- 3/4″ smooth sheath type MC cable must be installed so that the curve of the inner edge of the bend does not exceed ___ the external diameter.
- Resistance heating elements used for de-icing and snow melting equipment shall not exceed ___ watts per square foot of area?
- What type of conductor is permitted in a dry location with a maximum temperature of 194 degrees F ?
- Which of the following is not permitted to be used for the wiring of a fire pump motor to the controller
- What is the minimum burial depth for a direct burial raceway without concrete encasement under a building?
- When sizing a box, how many cubic inches are allowed for a 12 AWG conductor?
- A single phase transformer has a 500 volt 5 amp primary and a 100 volt secondary. What is the secondary current?
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following statements is true?
- An interior wall with 2″ x 4″ wood studs placed 16″ O.C. must have which of the following to have a 2 hr. fire rating?
- Which of the following should be used to install cabinets to a wall with 1/2″ drywall?
- Where columns are required for fire protection, the entire column shall be encased on all sides___.
- Code requires a slope away from the building that should be ___.
- Exhaust fans that are part of a mechanical smoke removal system shall be rated for __ degrees F.
- What should the moisture content of exterior board sheathing be?
- A sub-contractor on your job only has General Liability Insurance. One of his workers is hurt on the job, who can the worker file a claim against for his injuries?
- Calculate the material cost for the following room; 4 walls measuring 8′ x 10′, using 5/8″ drywall with foil backing.
- Refer to the Diagram; How far is the rebar placed from the bottom of the footing?
- What is the typical gutter slope to the curb face?
- A gravel road is being built that measures 10′ wide, 120′ long and 6″ deep. How many tons of gravel will be needed?
- What does gravel weigh per cubic yard?
- When nailing exterior wood sheathing, the nails should be driven ___.
- In a concealed grid acoustical tile system, the first hanger of each runner or channel should be not more than ___ inches from the end.
- What Class roofing material would be used for buildings with a high risk of fire?
- The travel distance from any protected building area to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not exceed ___ft.
- Cold formed steel framing can be used up to what height?
- What is the largest diameter tree you should remove with a bull dozer?
- When solar panels are installed on a roof, the best direction for them to face is 15 degrees ___.
- The ridge on a gable roof measures 40′ and the rafter length is 24′. How many bundles of 3-tab asphalt shingles are required for this roof?
- The ridge on a gable roof measures 40′ and the rafter length is 24′. How many sheets of plywood decking are required for this roof?
- What is the minimum opening width of an emergency egress window?
- What happens when too much water is added to an already workable batch of concrete?
- What would be the most effective method of venting a roof?
- What period of time does a maintenance bond normally stay in effect?
- How deep is a friction pile driven?
- A mechanical smoke removal system shall be sized to exhaust the building at a rate of ___ air changes per hour.
- Buildings in an area with 110 to130 MPH winds would be classified as ___.
- At what point in the construction can an Owner obtain a temporary Certificate of Occupancy?
- What is the maximum cross slope for an ADA ramp?
- When testing density or proof rolling soil which piece of equipment would you use?
- What is the best PH soil level for trees and shrubs?
- Which ASTM designation is used for round timber piles?
- For materials stored indoors, a clearance of ___ inches shall be maintained between the top of the stored material and the sprinkler deflectors.
- No material may be stored or equipment parked within ___ ft. of a street intersection.
- Refer to the diagram; Identify D
- What would be the minimum width for an egress stairway for an occupant load of 176?
- At what width does a set of stairs need a third stringer?
- On scaffolds where platforms are overlapped to create a long platform, the overlap shall not be less than 12″ unless the platforms are ___.
- Osha’s Big Four fatal risks on the job site are; Falls, Struck By, Electrocution and ____.
- Pallets containing 15 pipes that are 8 ft. long each are being delivered to the job site. The best placement of each pallet should be __?
- Refer to the diagram; The unsupported vertically sided lower portions of this trench shall have a maximum vertical side of ___ ft.
- A simple slope excavation 20 ft. or less in Type A soil shall have a maximum slope of ___.
- A PH reading of ___ is considered netural.
- Untreated wood girders entering exterior masonry walls shall be provided with a 1/2″ airspace ___?
- Material containing asbestos fibers or other hazardous material must be disposed of ___?
- According to OSHA, if there oily rags present on a jobsite you must have a ___.
- What is the minimum height to the bottom of door hardware?
- A box beam is ____.
- In the event of a power failure in a building, the emergency power system shall provide power for ___.
- A 60′ open web steel joist will have an approximate camber of ___ inches.
- A carpenter and 1 helper can build 20 panel frames an hour. The carpenter makes $16.50 per hr. and his helper makes $11.25 per hr. How much will it cost to build 215 panel frames if the labor is 35% of the total cost?
- Before connecting new potable water the Plumbing official may require the new line to be disinfected by ___.
- According to the IBC, natural ventilation of an occupied space shall have openings to the outdoors of not less than __% of the floor area.
- When can untreated timbers be used in foundations used to support permanent structures?
- In order to have a Platinum rating from “LEED” for new construction, a building must score at least ___ points.
- When road construction is suspended for a period of time, the job signs should be ___?
- Where special inspections are required by code, a statement of special inspections shall be prepared by ____.
- When a joint sealant must be applied as a triangular fillet seal, it should be applied so that the fillet is not less that ___.
- Which of the following is approved by OSHA for eye protection for chipping?
- To prove that steel joists are in compliance with the approved construction documents, a _________________ must be submitted to the building official.
- A contractor has $475.00 in FUTA withholding. When is payment for the 2nd quarter due?
- Which of the following is most important to establishing the laydown area of a job site?
- A worker earns $15.25 per hour and works 43 hours. What is his gross pay?
- What should a contractor do if a submittal does not meet the contract requirements?
- Which of the following is related to cost reduction rather than value engineering?
- A project has begun construction and must be finished in 90 days. There is no float time allowed for. After 30 days the local zoning official has not finished paperwork for approval. The contractor gives the owner a change order for additional time and money. What should happen?
- The limits or boundaries of a tract of land identified by natural landmarks or man make structures is what type of survey?
- A cash flow curve chart that has a steep incline at the beginning is ________.
- As-built drawings should be kept at the ______.`
- A rule of thumb regarding temperature affect on concrete is _________.
- Who has the authority to change shoring?
- Which of the following would affect the contractor the most when ordering materials that have a long lead time?
- Soffit vents are used in a residence. The attic insulation should allow ___% of free air flow.
- The maximum tolerance for placing wood trusses should be within _____ inches of plan dimensions.
- When install 3-tab asphalt roofing, shingle number 3 will be placed ___ inches up from shingle 1.
- Asphalt emulsion used as a surface coat on a bitumen roof shall be applied at a rate of ___ gallons per sq.
- What is true when repairing a split in wood shingles using metal?
- What is true about slope requirements for re-roofing a low slope roof?
- What is the minimun weight for copper used for flashing?
- Most leaks around vents are caused by ___.
- Roll roofing should overhang eaves and rakes ____ inches.
- How many cuts are need for a ridge cap using 4 bundles of 3 tab asphalt shingles. Assume each bundle has 27 shingles.
- What is used at the intersection of a horizontal surface and a vertical plane changes on bituminous roof membrane?
- RMC shall be securely fastened within ___ feet of a junction box.
- How many #12 AWG THHN can be installed in a 1" Rigid Metal Conduit ?
- A worker on a steep roof that is 8 ft. above the next level with unprotected sides and edges. Barracides are in place. What other protection shall be used?
- Low slope roofing insulation over a steel deck is normanally applyed in 2 layers____.
- Which of the following roofs are not used for slopes less than 2:12 ?
- Under which of the following conditions could you not recover an existing roof?
- The most common place for a roof leak to occur is the __.
- On clay and concrete tile roofs the valley flashing shall have a __ inch high splash diverter rib.
- The shape of the cut for ridge caps on a hip roof using asphalt shingles are ?
- The minimum side lap for wood shakes is ___.
- The underlayment felt on asphalt shingle roof shall have end laps offset at least __ ft.
- Galvanized sheet metal flashing shall have a minimun thickness of ___ gauge.
- The minimun slope for a bitumen built-up roof is __.
- The normal demsion of a 3 tab asphalt is ___.
- The mininum thickness fo plywood decking on a builtup roof is ___.
- Gypsum concrete deck shall be a minimun of __ inches thick.
- A closed cut valley is ___.
- Low slope roofing insulation installed over steel decking generally has ___.
- A building with a hip roof measures 24' x 36'. How many pieces of 10' facisa board are need with a 2' overhang and 5% waste.
- The minimun slope for metal roof shingles is __.
- Spray polyurethane foam roofing shall comply with __.
- The pourpse of a vapor barrier on a roof is to ___.
- On a builtup roof, cold applied neoprene based adhesive should be applied at a rate of ____ gallons per sq.
- What is used to attach formed metal gutters to the fascia?
- When an employee must reach over the edge of a roof to receive materials, which of the following should be in use.
- A concrete roof deck will have insulation board installed using hot asphalt. How should the concrete be treated before installation?
- How many ridge cap cuts are needed for 27 shingles?
- What is the minimum slope for a coal tar built-up roof?
- 200' x 200' = ___ squares ?
- Plain fiberboard has all of the following properties except___ ?
- All of the following shingles can be installed over open sheathing execpt ___.
- Drip edge should be lapped a minimun of ___ inches ?
- A steep roof has a slope greater than ___.
- Nails for concrete roofing tiles should penetrate a minimun of ____ inch.
- Minerial surface open valley linings for asphalt shingles shall be ___.
- According to Osha the warning line system of fall protection can be __ inches at it's lowest point.
- An open valley lined with metal flashing must be how wide?
- When steel beams are delivered to a job site and unloaded, they should ___?
- What is the minimum ceiling heigth for a stair well?
- Jetting is most useful in what type of soil?
- Which of the following is NOT required to have a rapid shutdown of a PV system?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the voltage drop across R2?
- How many #12 AWG THHN conductors can be run a 1″ Rigid Metal Conduit?
- OSHA has 3 components of Job Hazard Analysis, 1. Identify the task 2. Evaluate the Hazard Associated with the task 3._____ .
- A mobile home measures 14′ x 60′ and has a 3 – wire 120/240 volt supply. It contains 2- 20 amp small appliance circuits and 1- laundry circuit 1 – 5kw Dryer, 1-12kw range and a 5 kw water heater. What is the total VA load? Use the stanard method.
- Which of the following items listed below are not covered by Article 695 of the NEC?
- All 15 and 20 amp receptacles located within ___ ft. of the inside walls of a swimming pool shall be GFCI protected.
- Vents (diffusers) are normality spaced ___ ft. apart.
- On the job site, if the Mechanical contractor is finished with his work who would tell the Electrician when to start?
- Any load load over 16' wide and 125' in length must have a ____.
- Any load over 12' wide and up to 16' wide require a ____.
- An above ground gas line must have a sign containing the name of the company and the name and phone number of__.
- Before starting demolition on a house 50 yrs. old or older, you should contact___.
- The best way to attach hangers to a concrete wall is with ___.
- On supported scaffolds, the top guy, ties, or braces shall be installed at each end and at horizontal intervals not to exceed __ ft.
- Where there is a possibility of slippage of the metal end cap of the jack, ___ shall be placed between the cap and the load.
- Any structure over ___ Ft. wide requires a permit from DOTD to be transported.
- Refer to the Diagram; When lifing a concrete slab what order would you raise the steel support beams?
- Which of the following would require the most caution when transporting?
- Supported scaffolds 3 feet wide or less shall have guys, ties, and braces installed vertically at locations of horizontal members every __ ft. or less.
- When moving a house that is a slab on grade with masonary walls, which item should be braced and supported the most?
- When a house and slab are being raised, after the jacks have extended as far as possible, the house is supported temporarily on___.
- A house over 10' wide cannot be ___?
- When moving heavy wood furniture which of the following would you use to prevent damage?
- Where would you find information about the location of areas in the 100 yr. flood plane?
- Which of the following is used to test the fit of a respiratior mask?
- To prevent a jack from lifting so high that the ram runs out of the base, it should have a (an)___.
- If an oil-lubricated breathing air-type compressor is being used, the compressior shall be frequently checked for ___?
- According to OSHA, hard hats for protection of employees exposed to 5,000 volts shall be Class __.
- A road is 1 mile long and measures 36′ wide. You are going to grade the road with a road grader with a 12′ blade. Using the following information, how long will it take to grade the road? In 1st. gear the grader travels 2.5mph @ 83% efficiency, 2nd.gear 5mph @ 87% 3rd. gear 7.5mph @ 87% (See diagram for solution)
- When moving a house that is 20' in heigth you must contact ____.
- Employee entrances to multi-story buildings being demolished shall be protected by sidewalk sheds extending ___ ft. from the face of the building.
- Debris are being dropped through a hole in a floor without a chute. The area onto which it is dropped must have barricades that are at least _____ inches high and ___ ft. away from the opening.
- When moving an historic building, what is removed first?
- ddd
- An elevator serving an apartment building has a Phase II emergency in car operation. What is this elevator used to service in case of an emergency?
- When an AC unit is set on a pad, most manufacturers recommend the pad be __ inches wider than the equipment.
- If a piece of equipment is bought new for $50,000.00. You will depreciate it over 2,000 hrs. of use. If the equipment is used on the job for 60 hrs., how much depreciation are you allowed to deduct?
- The most used type of gas used for cutting is ___.
- The minimum vertical hanger spacing for galvanized steel pipe is ____ ft.
- The maximum horizontal hanger spacing for galvanized steel pipe is ____ ft.
- At what temperature does water boil in degrees F.?
- An area measures 16" x 24" x 22' contains how many Cubic feet?
- A roof line eave drawing has 24" from edge of eave and on top it has the number 10 what pitch is this?
- When installing asphalt shingle roofing, the 3rd. shingle is ____.
- Sheet piles are being used to keep water out of a marsh area. The length of the site is 345′ and each pile protects 18″ and are 15′ long. The piles cost $6.50 per sq.ft. What is the total cost of the sheet piles?
- A permit-required confined space____.
- The end joint of a screw pile is sealed with ___.
- Before an oil well is drilled how far in advance shall the surface owner be notified?
- When steel joists are shipped they should have a ____.
- When unloading a large object with a crane, to keep the load from rotating or turning you would attach a__?
- An air-release vent on ductial iron pipe shall be located at__.
- What is the maxixum fine for digging without identifying the location of underground utilites?
- A trench is dug and pipe is laid in the trench, only part of the trench is backfilled. Which of the following must be done?
- Control point stakes for concrete pipe should be set ___ ft. intervials.
- Who is in charge of selection and construction of a 9′ deep trench?
- What does “flat bottom” mean to ductial iron piping?
- When installing a bell and spigot pipe, the lubricant should be applied__.
- Plain dents in gas pipelines can not exceed __ % of the nominal pipe diameter.
- Bronze flanges used on gas pipelines must have ___ type gaskets.
- What is the maximum gas system pressure for thermoplastic pipe?
- Given the following information, what is the percent of grade?Upper invert: 491.73Lower invert: 470.5Run is 370′
- When a trench is overexcavated, the bottom of the trench must be backfilled with__.
- Limits for exfiltration and infiltration are set for concrete pipe when it is used for ___.
- If a drain line has a run of 50′ and a fall of .5%, the low end of the pipe will be at an elevation of ___ if the high end is at 96.00.
- Hydrostatic tests must be preformed for at least __ hrs.
- If a water main crosses over an existing sanitary laterial line it must be seperated by at least __ inches.
- Sewer pipe can be any of the following except __.
- When installing a water main in wet conditions, the end of the pipe should be___?
- A pocket penetrometer or hand shearvane is used to test the ____ of soil.
- Painted gauge lines on ductial iron pipe are used to make sure the plain end of the pipe is___.
- A contractor is erecting panelized sections of steel joists. In what width should he order materials to accommodate for standard bridging?
- Cold weather protection methods for masonry should begin when the temperature falls below ___ degrees.
- What is the minimum height of a Van handicap parking sign form finished grade?
- What is the maximum depth of a notch in a ceiling joist?
- What is the total number of elevator cars allowed in a single hoist way (shaft)?
- A benchmark has an elevation of 168.00, a backsite to the benchmark reads 6.20. The plans call for a finished grade of 165.00. What should the rod reading for the frontsite be?
- A retaining wall has #6 rebar placed vertically, how much concrete cover is required?
- What is net income divided by revenue?
- Other than a fire door, what is the maximum force required to open a hinged door?
- What is the minimum clear opening width of an egress door?
- Why are shop drawings required by most job specifications?
- A built-up girder is made up of 2 or more pieces of 2″ thick lumber that are ___ together.
- Who would issue an individual permit for compliance of wetland/water mitigation?
- If a Prime Contractor goes bankrupt on a job, what is the fastest way for a subcontractor to get paid?
- Stairways having __ or more risers shall have at least __ handrail(s).
- Refer to the Diagram; How is the steel pipe cap attached?
- What type of insurance would cover more than one type of property in one location or more types of property in several locations?
- According to the Contractors Guide, a distance of __ feet should be maintained away from overhead power lines.
- A gravel sub base for a concrete slab should be at least ___ inches thick.
- Who is defined as the Principal in a surety bond?
- When estimating a job, which of the following costs are variable?
- Removing forms for concrete beams should be removed ____.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the invert elevation of the pipe?
- Refer to the Diagram; When the Gabion is used for road embankment and fully assembled it should be filled ___ with stone or rock.
- What type beam is shown in the Diagram?
- When hydraulic shoring is used in a trench you should _____.
- Steel joist and girders have a metal tag attached to one end of the joist. This tag shall contain what information?
- Who would issue a permit to dredge in order to have access to the site of an oil or gas rig?
- Who would issue a permit for the drilling of an oil or gas well?
- Which of the following is required to pay overtime pay?
- Which of the following conduits is permitted to be installed in or under cinder fill?
- A panel located within a pool storage building that is fed from the house panel must be ___ conduit?
- Which of the following types of conduit that is installed in a 3/4″ notched stud and covered by paneling is permitted to not be protected by a nail guard?
- When installing buried conduit, the layer between the top of the conduit and finish grade is called ___?
- On a Dairy farm where the walls are hosed down, all boxes shall be installed with a __ inch airspace between it and the wall.
- 2 #8 XHHW-2 are installed in a raceway @ 110 degrees. What is the allowed ampacity?
- Communication systems shall have a bonding conductor or grounding electrode conductor not smaller than ___AWG.
- What is the maximum air pressure allowed to blow out conduits?
- Receptacles at a job site are NOT GFI protected, what must be done?
- A 4/0 conductor entering a meter pan will be bent at 90 degrees, what is the minimum space needed at the terminals?
- What is used to control a shunt trip device?
- A 460 V transformer is feeding 460 V Lighting above a parking lot. What is the minimum clearance above ground for the conductors?
- Which of the following is NOT a scheduling method used for construction jobs?
- A suspension rope, used on suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting at least ___ times the maximum intended load.
- A 7500 lb. pile hammer is dropped 5′, how much energy is produced?
- For steel construction, if required by the approved construction documents ______ reports shall be identifiable to the main stress-carrying elements of the building.
- What is the first step in installing new base cabinets?
- According to Carpentry by Koel, an attic space containing an “Electric heater”, located in Zone 4 should have an insulation R-Value of __.
- On a large slab where construction joints are used, rubber waterstops are inserted_____.
- Refer to the Diagram; How is point A connected?
- A rubber waterstop in concrete joints shall be placed ___.
- You are doing demolition on a 4″ thick concrete slab using an air hammer. The slab is 5500 sq.ft. total. You have completed 35% of the job. How many Man-hours are left to complete the job?
- Which of the following is not one of the responsibilities of the Architect?
- According to ADA how many van accessible parking spaces are needed for a parking lot with 351 parking stalls?
- Refer to the diagram; What are distances of A & B ?
- Refer to the diagram; Identify A
- You are pouring 12 footings that are 24″ x 24″ and 1’6″ deep. How many cubic yards of concrete will you order ?
- How many smoke detectors are required in an Apartment unit?
- Light gauge steel framing plates must be anchored to the slab with bolts embedded in the slab a minimum of ____ inches.
- When installing kitchen cabinets which of the following is not true?
- How many accessible parking spaces are required for a parking lot with 359 parking spaces. ( Make sure to Check the ADA book if the number of stalls in different)
- Masonry veneer units shall not exceed ___ thickness.
- Thin brick veneer is classified as a (an)______.
- A driveway that is 10′ wide, 16′ long and 4″ thick will require ____ cubic yards of concrete.
- What would be the best backing board for installing ceramic tile indoors in an area that is subject to water or high moisture conditions?
- While a new building is acclimating, which of the following may be installed without a waiting period?
- In a wheelchair accessible kitchen with a gas stove, what is the maximum height above the floor for the fire extinguisher to be mounted?
- Storage of flammable and combustible liquids one gallon or less may be stored in__.
- When digging a trench using a bucket line trencher, how close would generally come to an obstruction such as a utility line?
- What is the minimum illumination in foot-candles for General construction area lighting?
- When trenching if you are planning to encounter many obstructions, which of the following machines with a tilting bucket would you use?
- What is used to connect 2 intersecting masonry walls?
- Refer to the diagram; What is the thickness of the slab?
- A 20′ simple slope trench in TYPE C soil shall have a maximum allowable slope of ____.
- Which of the following materials used as wall board would give you a 15 minute fire wall?
- The color of all roadway directional construction signs is___?
- Course aggregate used in shotcrete shall not exceed ___.
- Class A roofing assemblies shall include all of the following except ___.
- Refer to the diagram; What is the total area of Building A ? (see solution)
- Refer to the diagram; What is the distance to the East side of Building B to the property line?
- Refer to the wall detail diagram; What is the required PSF for the slab foundation?
- Refer to the wall detail diagram; What is the height spacing of the brick ties ?
- Refer to the wall detail diagram; What is the required PSI for the slab?
- On a set of stairs in a building more than 1 story, a landing is required after how many feet of vertical rise?
- The general process usually followed in erecting a steel structure is _____.
- Concrete cylinders are normally tested at ___ days.
- On a commercial roof, scuppers used for secondary drainage shall not have an opening less than ___ inches.
- In the event of a power failure, Exit signs are required to provide continuous illumination for ___ minutes.
- Which of the following shall be provided by the employer?
- A jobsite set of stairs shall have a landing at every ___ ft. or less of vertical rise.( see solution)
- What is the maximum height of a threshold on a commercial swing door ?
- Who sets the minimum design standards for wind loading? (see solution)
- With which of the following instruments can a building line be established the quickest ?
- After installing a window the next thing you should do is __.
- A contractor must have a certificate of mailing the required pamphlet on Lead Hazards before beginning work on any house built pre- ____.
- The minimum net clear opening height for an emergency escape and rescue opening shall be ___?
- What is the minimum distance a scaffold must be away from a 280V insulated power line?
- A house with a gable roof measures 24 x 18 and has a 5/12 roof pitch. There is a 2′ overhang on all sides. How many ft. of soffit will be needed?
- For a concrete slab or masonry wall where are the anchor bolts placed?
- What is the minimum height for a laundry room ceiling?
- What is the minimum vertical clearance for an overhead service of 400 V above the tracks of railroads?
- An ADA compliant dwelling shall have receptacles a minimum ___ inches above the floor.
- A flush deck box used on a lighting system operating at the low voltage limit in a swimming pool area, shall be allowed if ____?
- A junction box serving a swimming pool shall be constructed of all of the following except__.
- In an ADA accessible occupancy the unobstructed forward reach shall be ___ inches.
- The kitchen in a dwelling unit shall be supplied by no fewer than __ small-appliance branch circuits.
- The entrance to all buildings, vaults or enclosures containing exposed live parts operating at over 1000 volts shall be kept locked unless they are under the supervision of ___.
- All disconnecting devices that unique to fire pump loads shall be ___.
- Where rear access is required to work on nonelectrical parts on the back of enclosed equipment a minimum clear working space of ___ inches shall be provided.
- An enclosure containing large equipment shall be permitted to have 1 entrance if ___?
- Outdoor electrical installations that have exposed parts shall be only accessible to ___?
- Where an electrical vault is required or specified for conductors and equipment, the wall, roof and doors shall have a minimum fire rating of __ hrs.
- What is the maximum current for a Class A GFCI to trip
- A circuit is designed to run at a maximum of .5 ohms resistance. The conductor used has a resistance of 1.85 ohms per 1000 Ft. What is the maximum length the conductor may be?
- A Type 4 NEMA enclosure will give a degree of protection against all of the following except ___.
- Refer to the Diagram: What is the total resistance in this circuit?
- Refer to the Diagram; What size cabinet is needed for this installation?
- A meeting lodge open only 5 months of the year measures 80 x 115. The total general lighting load for it is ___ Volt Amps.
- The mesh size of safety nets shall not exceed ____ inches.
- When workers are on a scaffold and there is a danger of objects falling on to the work space below,debris nets shall be used and shall extend __ Ft. beyond the edge of the work surface.
- According to OSHA safty nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than ___ Ft. above the ground.
- Which of the following requires an expansion joint at the coupler to compensate for thermal expansion of the pipe?
- When must you call La. One Call before starting an excavation?
- Refer to the diagram; Which track will pass inspection ?
- When constructing a wire fence using staples, the staples on the line posts (not corner posts) are attached how?
- When connecting steel members using turn-of-nut method, each bolt is_____ then turned a specified additional fraction of a turn.
- Which of the following tests would be used to measure the optimum moisture content of the soil in order to obtain maximum density?
- To clean a pipe using Jetting chains, the best soil suited for this is__.
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify the Wide flange beam.
- Breaking down payments to a subcontractor into amounts over the life of the job is called ___.
- General Liability insurance cost is based on what?
- At what size pipe is the outside diameter equal to the nominal pipe size?
- A 600 volt switchboard is installed in a concrete room. What is the clearance required from the front of the switchboard to the concrete wall directly opposite ?
- What type of control system should be established by the General Contractor to insure all material received on the job site meets the requirements of the specifications needed.
- A section of 2″ IMC shall be securely fastened within __ of an outlet box or junction box.
- To find power using Oham’s law you would use___.
- An AC cable connected to a junction box must be secured within ___.
- Insulation on a 2AWG USE-2 cable is ___.
- According to ASHRAE lighting power of each luminaries for parking garages shall be reduced by __ % when no activity has been detected in a zone for 20 minutes.
- According ASHRAE 90.1 luminaries serving outdoor parking areas and having a rated input wattage of greater than 78 W shall be controlled to automatically reduce the power of each luminaries by __ when no activity has been detected for 15 minutes.
- According to Osha employees cannot be exposed to more than 6 hrs. of sound levels of ___ dBA without hearing protection.
- A field installed tap is made into a feeder that has a 400 amp over current device protecting it. The tap is 10′ long. The ampacity of the tap conductors is not less than ___ amps.
- Wind turbines connected to one and two-family dwellings, live parts in circuits over ___ volts to ground shall not be accessible to other than qualified persons.
- An indoor vehicle charging station has a branch circuit rating of 250 amps and a 3 phase branch-circuit voltage of 240. The minimum cubic meters per minute of ventilation required is ?
- Pendant conductors for incandescent lamps longer than __ feet shall be twisted together where not cabled in a listed assembly.
- According to ASHRAE what percentage of all 125v 20 amp receptacles in individual workstations shall be automatically controlled?
- Internal parts of electrical equipment including wiring terminals and other surfaces shall not ____ by foreign materials.
- A circuit has a maximum voltage of 156, what is the effective voltage?
- All of the following statements about an autotransformer are true except __.
- Lighting track is identified as Heavy Duty if it exceeds __ amps for use.
- How many THHN 14 AWG conductors can be installed in a 1″ Ridged Metal Conduit?
- The maximum distance an auxiliary gutter can extend past the equipment it serves ___ feet.
- According to OSHA a space large enough for an employee to enter that has limited entry and limited exits is not used for habitation is known as a ____ space.
- Using Ohms law, which is used to calculate voltage?
- NEMA Type 1 enclosures are rated for what type of environmental conditions.
- If a generator is modified in the field, additional markings must be used to mark the___.
- What is the maximum distance an auxiliary gutter may extend beyond the equipment it supplements ?
- Exposed live parts of motors and controllers shall be guarded against accidental contact if operating at __ volts or over.
- Two types of 3 phase transformer connections are ___.
- Switches with circuit breakers must be mounted so that the center of the pull handle is mounted not more than ___ above the floor when in it’s highest position.
- What is the allowable ampacity for a 12 awg HPN flexible cable?
- A storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) must include which of the following?
- On a structural steel building after the frame is erected, the joists are installed ___?
- What would be used to measure electrical resistivity on an oil rig?
- When you own a dredging barge, you are required to have a Merchant Mariner Credential. If you are a U.S. citizen when must the credential be renewed?
- After removing the forms from a concrete beam, when should it be reshored?
- Refer to the Diagram; The Geotextile is identified by letter___?
- A collection pond measures 23,000 Sq.Ft. on the surface. and has a depth of 9 Ft. How many Cubic Yards are in the pond?
- An oil well is drilled to depth and is a dry well. How many days do have to close the hole?
- The marking on a pipe reads ABC API 14.00 49.93 A.S. What do the markings on the pipe mean?( see diagram)
- According to OSHA, employees involved with hazardous material shall possess a training certificate and receive __________ hours of refresher training annually.
- According to OSHA, all hand-held power drills and grinders with a 2″ or greater wheel shall be equipped with a __________ on-off control.
- Emergency lighting systems that rely on battery power shall maintain the total load for ____________ hours without voltage falling below 87 1/2 percent of normal.
- Receptacle outlets intended for a specific appliance shall be installed within _______Ft. of the intended location of the appliance.
- Which insulated conductor is permitted in a dry location with a maximum operating temperature of 190 degrees F.
- At least one 125 V 20 AMP receptacle for general purpose branch circuit for a pool shall be located _______________.
- A 400 Kcmil copper wire is used as the ungrounded conductor in a 120/208 volt 3 phase system. What size is the copper bonding jumper required to be?
- A 3-phase transformer provides 36KVA on the 208 volt secondary. What is the secondary current?
- Open wiring on insulators are considered to be exposed to physical if within ____________ feet from the floor.
- An addendum is used to ___________________.
- A raceway containing 4//0 copper conductors is installed in a 25 story building. The vertical support shall not be greater that ___________ft.
- A motor that is connected by means of an attachment plug or cord connector and the overload protection is omitted, the rating of the attachment plug or receptor shall not exceed ____________amps at 125 of 250 volts.
- An equipment bonding jumper outside the raceway shall not exceed _________ ft.
- All luminaries, lamp holders, and retrofit kits shall be ______________.
- The burial depth of a nonmetallic raceway covered with 2″ of concrete and in a trench is __________ inches.
- The smallest size conductor that can be connected in parallel is ____________________________.
- The sum of the cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors in an auxiliary gutter shall not exceed ___________ percent of the cross-sectional area of the gutter.
- In other than an industrial location, a busway vertical riser penetrates 2 dry floors. A ______________ shall be installed around all floor openings.
- A junction box contains 3 equipment grounding conductors, 4 current carrying conductors, 4 grounded conductors and 1 equipment ground are spliced together. What is the conductor count for the box?
- According to ADA, the maximum reach for an emergency range disconnect is _. (see solution)
- An elevator shall be equipped with a fire emergency key that _____________________________.
- A contractor has fallen far behind schedule in completing a project. There have been no excused delays such as weather. The owner has issued a warning to the contractor. The contractor __________________.
- Refer to the diagram. Which of the following depicts the correct rigging to lift a load?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the safety chain shackle.
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the screwed anchor shackle.
- Refer to the diagram. The piping symbol shown is a (an) _____________________.
- Refer to the diagram. This signal means _______________________.
- On a large project, the payment for the plumber will be broken down into 3 payments for the owner to view in order to plan for payments. This will be shown on a ___?
- When laying pipe in a trench with unstable soil, a trench shield is needed. The bottom of the trench box may be placed ______________.
- When installing a silt fence, the bottom of the fence should be _________?
- Which type of bolts are normally used to secure pipe flanges?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the beam shown. (See solution)
- Refer to the diagram. Which is the best method to lift a load using a shackle?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the riprap.
- How is steam released on a boiler?
- What is used to change a higher voltage to a lower voltage?
- What is the minimum size pipe for DWV lines?
- According to code, what is the minimum burial depth for a gas line?
- When performing breakdown rolling on new asphalt pavement, the number of passes to cover every part of the surface is generally ________________.
- A length of 3″ PVC conduit being bent by a bender other than a one shot or full shoe shall have a radius measurement of _____________ inches.
- Metal piping systems and grounded metal parts in contact with circulating water must be bonded using a solid copper bonding jumper. The bonding jumper shall be connected _______________.
- Refer to the Diagram. How deep is the trench ?
- Refer to the Diagram. How deep is the trench below the H.I. ?
- When compacting a longitudinal asphalt joint using a static steel wheel roller, how many passes are made before the breakdown rolling begains?
- Refer to Diagram; Which is the correct way to set up a drum and block with sheaves for a hoist?
- Which of the following methods can be used to weld aluminum and copper?
- An external pipe coating used for gas pipe to protect it when emerging the ground against environmental conditions is____?
- When dredging in the inter coastal canal, you must obtain a permit from ______________________.
- Refer to diagram. The drawing symbol for pipe supports represents a ______________________.
- Refer to the diagram; which is the proper placement of railroad track spikes?
- The minimum height working space above a switchboard shall be __________ inches.
- A 3 phase consists of 3 alternating currents out of phase _____________ degrees with each other.
- Which of the following is true about a 20 AMP multi outlet branch circuit?
- According to NEC, final approval is given by _____________.
- GFI are required for ____.
- Storage batteries for emergency system lighting shall be able to maintain the total load for a period of ____________ hours.
- What is the maximum rating for an over current protection device where 14 AWG copper motor controller wiring extends beyond the enclosure?
- There are receptacles on a garage branch circuit. Where would the ground fault circuit interrupter be installed?
- Outlets for charging electric vehicles shall be supplied by __________________.
- Which of the following cables is permitted in fabricated ductwork if associated with air distribution system?
- Refer to the Diagram; What type switch is shown?
- Branch circuit /short circuit and ground fault protection use __________________ to permit a motor to start and accelerate to full load.
- According to OSHA, any contractor dealing with hazardous materials must have a __.
- A generating source and all equipment associated with it, that generates electricity from a source other than a utility supply is defined as_____.
- Flexible metal conduit shall be securely fastened in place within ___________ inches of a box.
- What is the ampacity of conductors for a generator with a nameplate rating of 100 amps?
- What is the minimum size equipment grounding conductor for a solar photovoltaic system?
- Equipment bonding jumpers permitted outside the raceway shall not exceed ______________ ft.
- Intrasystem bonding termination shall have a minimum of how many terminations for bonding conductors?
- What is the working space in front of a panel with exposed live parts rated at 150 volts?
- A swimming, wading, or therapeutic pool is defined as being capable of holding water in a depth greater than _________________ inches
- Which of the following conductors is allowed for wet locations?
- According to the IRC, where shall a dwelling with a gas fireplace in the bedroom have a carbon monoxide alarm installed?
- What is the minimum distance for a second ground rod to be driven if the first ground rod exceeds 25 OHMS to ground?
- Interrupter rating is ___________________.
- The clear working space required in front of an electrical panel with enclosed live parts on both sides of the working space, rated at 460 V must be a minimum of ________________.
- Because of different characteristics of dissimilar metals, devices shall be __________ for the material of the conductor and properly installed and used.
- According to OSHA any contractor dealing with hazardous materials must have a ___________________.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the total VA for receptacles shown?
- Refer to the Diagram; What is general lighting load for the building shown?
- Where a motor is connected to a branch circuit by an attachment plug and receptacle and overload protection is omitted, the rating of the plug and receptacle shall not exceed ____________ AMPS at 125 or 250 volts.
- How many 10 AWG THHN conductors are allowed in a 1″ rigid metal conduit?
- Entrance to rooms that contain live parts shall be marked with ___________________ signs.
- Which of the following signs is the highest level of signal words?
- An overhead service conductor carries 300 volts. What is the clearance over a residential roof that has a slope of 4 on 12?
- Boxes that enclose devices on utilization equipment supplied by 8,6, or 4 AWG conductors shall have an interior depth of __________________.
- Direct burial cables under a residential driveway must be _________ inches deep.
- Power factor is a ratio of
- How many #2 AWG THHN conductors can be installed in a 4″ x 4″ auxiliary gutter?
- What is the smallest copper equipment grounding conductor permitted for a 4,160 volt feeder?
- What is first step that an electrician should take before working on an energized circuit?
- A manhole has a fixed ladder that does not obstruct the opening. What size diameter cover is permitted?
- A 600 MCM copper service conductor with 3 ground rods is being used. What is the minimum size grounding electrode conductor permitted?
- Receptacle outlets in floors shall not be counted as part of the required number of receptacle outlets unless located within __________ inches of the wall.
- Which of the following is an option for a concrete encased electrode in a grounding system?
- A type SRD flexible cable is used to install which of the following?
- What is the minimum burial depth for a residential branch circuit cable rated at 120 volts?
- In a delta 3 phase connection the phase voltage is _________________________.
- In a delta connection the phase voltage is ____________________.
- Type AC cable run horizontally shall be supported at intervals not to exceed _______________.
- According to OSHA, the rungs of a portable or fixed ladder shall be spaced not less than ___________ or more than _______________ inches apart measured on center.
- Florescent luminaries with an end to end connection in a continuous row are allowed to have conductors pass within 3″ of a ballast if the temperature rating of the conductors is not lower than ___________.
- Over current devices shall not be located where?
- What is the demand for 4 elevators on a single feeder?
- A ___________________ receptacle rated at 20 AMPs shall be permitted to accept a 15 AMP attachment plug of the same voltage
- What type flexible cord is suitable for use with a cord connected luminaries’ rated at 480 volts?
- To determine receptacle outlet spacing for a dwelling, the wall space includes which of the following except _______________________?
- According to OSHA, no contractor or subcontractor shall allow employees to work in conditions that are ____________________.
- What would be used to measure current flow?
- According to OSHA, how many foot-candles of minimum illumination are required for concrete placement?
- What type of enclosure is permitted outdoor with temporary submersion?
- What type of enclosure is permitted outdoor with prolonged submergsion?
- What type of enclosure is permitted outdoor and exposed to rain?
- For a 3/4″ smooth sheath cable, the radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than __________________.
- Placement of tendons in a 6″ slab must be within __________ inch of structural design.
- Stressing of the tendons in a post tension slab cannot be done until concrete reaches _____________% of 28 day strength.
- Gross profit – expenses =
- Income – cost of construction =
- After removing old lath and plaster, ___________ should be used for backer board.
- Who is least likely to be able to draw working drawings from the job site?
- Wood finish flooring is not permitted to be attached to which of the following?
- In an accessible bathroom stall , the minimum distance from the edge of a partition door in the open position to the wall next to the water closet shall be ________ inches.
- The minimum length of a metal track splice is __________ inches.
- Joist products should be stored ______________________.
- The term “kick out” means _______________.
- Welded wire mesh should be lapped at least ______________.
- Thin brick veneer is classified as ________.
- A fire service access elevator shall have a lobby of a minimum ___________ Sq. Ft.
- Which of the following would not affect the location of the area on a jobsite used for storage
- Where would you place vents on a hip roof?
- In a MATT Foundation, the top rebar is placed ________ inches below the top of the slab.
- On a jobsite where would you place a silt fence?
- Handrails on stairs shall not be less than __________ inches above the tread nosing.
- In a column, reinforce bars must have a minimum concrete cover of __________.
- What is the first step in installing base cabinets?
- The operating activities portion of the statement of cash flows shows _________________.
- Mechanical equipment and systems shall be installed in accordance with _________________.
- In a group R-1 occupancy, the power for the smoke alarm shall be _____________.
- How long before installation should hardwood flooring be stored on the jobsite?
- The spacing of trusses along bearing support must be within +/- _________ of plan dimensions.
- What is the minimum thickness, in inches, for galvanized metal flashing at the intersection of a roof and a wall?
- Which type of block is preferred for reinforced concrete masonry walls?
- A worker is hired February 2, 2011 and is terminated on March 12, 3013. How long must the employer keep the I-9 form?
- In a unit price contract, the owner has an allowance of 20% increase without changing the contract amount. Which of the following would require a change in the contract?
- For the second quarter of the year, a contractor’s FUTA withholding is $550.00. When is his tax deposit due?
- Floor decking used as a working platform must achieve at least __________psf before additional shoring is required.
- An Access isle must be a minimum of ______________ inches.
- When placing concrete in hot weather, it would be advisable to add ___________ to the mix.
- In a basement wall, what is the minimum concrete cover for a #6 rebar?
- What is the actual size of a 2 x 8 board?
- Lag screws used to connect treated wood shall be coated with one of the following:
- What is the minimum amount of oxygen that must be present in a confined space before adequate precautions must be taken? (see solution)
- Steel deck shall have a minimum of __________ inches end bearing.
- How high can brick be stacked before it must be tapered back?
- A building is 50 ft. high and 18 ft. away from the lot line. What type of pedestrian protection is required?
- What part of OSHA governs forming?
- What part of OSHA governs fall protection?
- The unlatching force for panic hardware on a door shall not exceed __________ lbs.
- When using sprayed fire-resistant materials over steel beams, a minimum temperature of ___________ degrees shall be maintained for __________ hours.
- A below grade transportation escalator shall have a clear width of __________ inches minimum.
- Steel joist replacement plans shall include all of the following except ____________________.
- When a steep roof meets a vertical wall, which of the following is the best method of flashing?
- Who produces shop drawings for a project?
- If a concrete parking lot is located within 10 ft. of a building foundation, it shall a slope of ___ % away from the building.
- A foundation drain shall extend not less than than ___ inches above the top of the foundation it serves.
- On steel decking, weld washers are not recommended for deck thickness __________ gauge and greater.
- In a confined place, which of the following should be tested for first?
- Safety glazing is required for a window where the bottom edge is less than 60 inches above the walking surface and within ______inches of the vertical edge of a door.
- Several different factors can effect the required labor hours on a job. Which of the following would not be considered when preparing a bid?
- When preparing a bid, you know that there is a high ground water table. Which of the following would not be used to determine the cost?
- Any machinery or tool not in compliance with OSHA 1926.20 shall be tagged or locked at _______________.
- Walls and ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units from each other shall have a minimum sound transimission class of ______________________.
- What document is used to verify that materials meet contract specifications?
- Treated wood used in foundations are required to have a quality label containing _________________.
- Which mortar is used for tuck pointing?
- Shoring can be removed from concrete when load capacity of the concrete is confirmed by _____________.
- Weather protection for masonry grout should be used when the temperature is below ______________ degrees.
- Accessible ramps with a rise greater than __________ inches shall have hand rails.
- An area of refuge must have a wheelchair space at least _______________inches in depth.
- Which part of a window unit is used to attach the unit to the rough opening?
- A certificate of fall hazard training must contain ___________________.
- During a shift who would be able to take over the operation of heavy equipment?
- What is the best method to store jobsite material to reduce cost and increase worker productivity?
- An O & M Manual is organized by ______________________.
- On a rigid-frame steel, what is used to provide longitudinal stability?
- You notice broken wires in a 3/4″ wire rope being used on a sling. If the number of broken wires exceeds 10% of the total number of wires in ____________inches, it must be removed from service.
- Any contractor in the first year of business must make ____________ deposits for Social Security and Medicare withholdings.
- In accounting, net worth / revenue = _____________________.
- What size nail would be used to attach a 5/8" subfloor?
- What is used to frame a rough floor opening?
- If using the percentage of completion method of accounting, the bigest disadvantage is that _________________.
- Who can approve a jobsite repair of a steel joist?
- What isurance provides coverage if an employee is injured on the job?
- What are the minimum conditions required to install veneer plaster?
- A hub for a pipeline is set at an elevation of 500.46. The reference stake set for the hub reads C-5.35. What will be the elevation of the flow line of the pipe?
- Which of the following delivery methods would keep job inventory cost low?
- If you receive an invoice for “$48,600.00 net 30” it means that _____________________.
- Failing to comply with EPA regulations concerning lead can result in a fine up to _______per day.
- What is the maximum height above the floor that a manual pull fire alarm can be placed?
- A 3/4 inch wire rope must be removed from the service if any length of _____________diameters has broken wire that exceed 10% of the total number of wires.
- What would be used to support a contractor’s claim for time lost due to weather?
- The maximum change in level on an accessible route shall be __________ inches with a beveled edge.
- When a jobsite contains asbestos, how much lead time must the EPA be given before starting construction?
- What type of insurance can be purchased to protect the contractor if an employee is injured on the job?
- Which of the following supervision is required for valves controlling water supply to automatic sprinklers?
- In a group 1-2 occupancy, what minimum critical radiant flux must not be less than ________ floor finish in exit enclosures.
- What cost is evenly distributed over the entire project?
- According to OSHA, the structural point to which a lifeline is secured must be able to support a dead weight of ________.
- Precast concrete members must have temporary shoring and brace left in place until ______________.
- According to OSHA, not more than __gallons of flammable liquid shall be stored in one approved storage cabinet.
- According to OSHA, how many gallons of flammable can be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet?
- Refer to the diagram on the last page of this book. What is the difference in grade from the street entrance to the building?
- Which type of bond protects the general contractor if the subcontractor does not finish on time?
- When bidding a job, the cost include labor cost of $50,000.00 for carpentry, $18,000.00 for concrete labor and $7,000 labor for roofing. Workman’s compensation cost are $1.12/100 for carpentry, $2.40/100 for concrete, and $2.65/$100 for roofing. Your policy provides for a 5% discount. What is the cost for the Workman’s comp. premium?
- What type of dozing reduces the amount of material lost in transit?
- What type of protection is required for pedestrians when the construction extends into the street?
- Who should inspect a trench on a regular basis?
- According to the ADA, a front loading washing machine must have _______________ inches of clear space from the center of door.
- Steel reinforcement in concrete is used to resist __________.
- A Brownfield site has __________.
- What part of a cabinet is used to secure it to the wall?
- How could changes to the general conditions of the contract be changed before the bid?
- What would be the occupant load for a business that is 40′ x 80′?
- When grouting is required for precast concrete panels, the ambient temperature permitted is at least _________degrees F.
- Joints in pre-cast concrete construction that require dry pack or non-shrink grout should have a minimum thickness of _________.
- Before an owner can occupy a building, he must obtain a __________.
- Who normally approves progress payments for the owner?
- Green buildings use an average of ______ less energy than conventional buildings.
- A roof truss normally require _______ points of support.
- A benchmark has an elevation of 101.7. A back site to the benchmark reads 4.75. A front site to a corner stake reads 3.90. What is the HI?
- If a project calls for 3065 Sq.ft. of 1/2 ” decking that cost $7.16 per sq.ft., but the owner wants to upgrade to 3/4″ decking that will cost $10.28 per sf.ft, how much more will the upgrade cost?
- Which of the following would slow down the production of a bulldozer the most?
- If a soil report for a job states that the soil can support 3,000 PSF what type of soil is present?
- If a parking lot has 150 parking spaces, how many must be van accessible?
- If a parking lot has 148 parking spaces, how many must be accessible?
- What is the maximum rise of an accessible ramp before hand rails are required?
- The force to open an interior swinging door shall not exceed _________ pounds.
- In an assembly occupancy, panic hardware is required on doors at what load?
- A designated fire service elevator must have a lobby of _____ square feet
- Prior to installation gypsum panels should be stored at ________ in order for them to acclimate from cold weather.
- According to OSHA, who can conduct training to disassemble a scaffold?
- A structural steel frame building uses a reinforced concrete core. The core transfers lateral forces through the floor slabs by ___________.
- If a skylight is set at an angle of less than 45 degrees, the minimum curb height shall be __________?
- The minimum depth of a footing below undisturbed soil shall be _____ inches
- Why is a control joint placed in a masonry wall?
- What is the maximum distance from a sidewall to the center of an accessible water closet?
- Cranes or lifting machines in regular use should be checked for leaks in pressurized lines such as air and hydraulic ________.
- When pouring a driveway in an area of moderate weather exposure, what is the minimum PSI of the concrete?
- When building a job using cold-formed steel light frame construction, what standards would be used?
- If a jobsite soil is classified as crystalline bedrock, you can expect the load bearing capacity to be _________?
- A contractor is going to build a retaining wall for a flower bed. He will need a permit if the wall is over ______ feet high.
- A #2 Southern Pine ceiling joist is 2"x8" and the joist are spaced 16" O.C. What would be the maximum span for these joist?
- A taper sawn shake of durable wood, grade number 1 that is 18 inches long can have an exposure of ______ inches.
- What is the approved method to offload pre-stressed items?
- If handrails are not continuous between flights, how far horizontally beyond the stair should they extend?
- Which of the following statements is true about soil compaction?
- According to the ADA a front loading washing machine must have _____ inches of clear space from the center of door.
- Who should inspect a trench on a regular basis?
- What is the width of longitudinal pavement markings betweenlanes of traffic?
- What is the total cost to paint a room that is 13′ x 19′ with 9′ walls, assuming that there are 75 sf of doors and windows , if material costs is $30.00 per gallon, coverage is .059 gal/sf, labor is .905¢ per sf. Assume a 5% waste factor with 10% profit
- Referring to the diagram. A wood composite pile has been driven to ground level, which of the following piles will be driven next?
- Referring to the diagram. A wood composite pile has been driven to ground level, which of the following piles will be driven next?
- Where would you find the plate showing the rated load of a crane?
- Which of the following is the best attachment for grubbing to remove brush, small trees and roots?
- How long will it take to excavate a trench 700 feet long , 6 feet wide and 4 feet deep with a backhoe under the following conditions; Backhoe bucket struck capacity = 10 CF, Cycle time is 14 seconds, Operator efficiency is 75%, Job efficiency is 50 minutes work per hour.
- How high should a berm be surrounding a tank containing Hazardous materials in a tidal (costal) area?
- Which of the following does a smoke damper use to trip?
- Which of the following will be most likely to corrode due to galvanic action?
- ____ is caused by two different metals touching in a moist medium.
- When erecting a steel frame building, when can guy lines be removed?
- Refer to the weld symbol; This shows__.
- Other than concrete, what should be used to fill bags with to act as a barrier for water?
- Refer to the Diagram: If line DC is N 71 degrees 18′ W, then the bearing is __.
- Refer to the Diaigram: Identify the tread.
- What can be used to clean wire cable?
- What is added to a swimming pool with a high PH level?
- When steel joists are shipped to the job and unloaded, how should they be stored?
- Refer to the Drawing; Identify the pile drive cap.
- When working in a trench that requires a trench shield, where should the employee stand?
- Identify the door shown:
- How is concrete air entrained?
- When is concrete broomed to make a slip-resistant surface?
- How are rebar marked?
- What type of joint would allow movement between the slabs of 2 adjacent buildings
- What is the purpose of a cone?
- A slab on grade is being poured that is 8″ thick. How far from the surface should the rebar be placed?
- Refer to the diaigram: Identify the stair part marked B.
- Identify the casement window.
- Identify the fixed window.
- Identify the double-hung window.
- On a post-tensioned slab, when would you cut the pre stressed tendon tails?
- Which of the following reports shows company overhead ?
- Refer to the diagram; How much concrete will be requred if the planter shown is 5′ tall. The longest wall is 6″ thick all other walls are 4″ thick. Ad for a 6% waste
- A building that measures 300′ x 100′ with 16′ high walls is to be painted. The specifications for the job are as follows: Front and rear walls require 2 coats; Left and right walls will require 3 coats; The celing requires 2 coats. The painter charges $8.00 per square with a 14% profit. What is the total cost?
- If a finished wall will be 8′ 1″ tall, what length will the sheetrock be cut?
- What is used to level the base plate for a steel beam?
- #4 rebar weights ___ lbs. Per 100 ft.
- Sheet rock is placed ___ the slab.
- Referring to the diagram. If the slab shown is square, what should the length of the dashed line be?
- When filling a crack with asphalt sealant, the sealant should be left _____?
- Which of the following would give a bulldozer the best traction?
- What size supply line is used to a flush valve urinal?
- When laying asphalt which of the following is the correct order for rolling?
- When should a driveway be graded to the proper angle?
- How many 8″ x 2 5/8″bricks laid in a soldier pattern with a 3/8″ mortar joint would be needed for a 10′ long course?
- How many bags of mortar are needed to lay 2765 8x8x16 block with ½ ” mortar joint?
- On a lavatory, what is used to connect the P-Trap to the tail piece?
- What size supply line is attached to a water closet?( See solution)
- Which of the following will give detailed size, spacing, and location of reinforcing bars?
- Which of the following is used to consolidate concrete?
- When pouring a concrete driveway, which of the following is used to achieve the proper angle?
- The height from the first floor to the second is 8’9″. Each riser is 7″. How many treads are there?
- Rebar that is delivered to a jobsite is matched to the drawing using the _____
- Another name for the sill cock in ______
- When installing a suspend acoustic ceiling, the furring channel is attached by ______
- To install a 3/8″ expansion anchor bolt in a slab, a _____ hole should be drilled.
- If mortar is falling off of a trowel, you should add ____ to the mix.
- Steel joists should be _____
- What will happen if an oversize A/C unit is installed on a job?
- Identify the ductwork insulation shown.
- Which of the following is a motorized damper?
- In Highway construction, every longitudinal lap splice should be tied at a minimum of _____points
- When estimating a job from the blueprints and specifications, which of the following would be considered?
- Which of the following is the smallest fraction?
- How often should reports listing weather, progress of the job and personnel be updated?
- At what depth does OSHA require a trench box (shield)?
- When working in a trench shield that is being moved vertically, employees should ______.
- Who would be a plumbing contractor's last point of contact on the job site?
- The footing on a concrete slab should be inspected ______
- The tag of WWM or WWF should contain the following ________
- The tag on WWM reads 4×12 – W2 x W4. This means_____
- Add the following angles:N 20°45′ 10″E + 34°20′ 30″
- An angle reads N168°15’5″W. The final angle will be in which quadrant
- In asphalt paving, a pneumatic tire roller can be used to___________
- In asphalt paving, a lute is typically used to ______
- When compacting clay or cohesive soil, the most effective roller is a _______
- In an asphalt batch plant, the aggregate and asphalt cement are mixed in a ________
- When a ladder is required in a trench by OSHA, the top of the ladder shall extend _____ above the top of the trench.
- In a slump test, the cone is filled in ______ layers and each layer is rodded ______times
- The speed of a breakdown steel wheel roller should be _____MPH
- Which of the following cannot be used to coat the bed of an asphalt haul truck prior to loading?
- Which of the following is included in home improvement projects that exceed $7,500?
- Which of the following describes gross profit for a company?
- All of the following are covered by Title VII except?
- Due to a hurricane warning, a contractor must take 2 days off, these days should be logged as _______ time.
- The Americans with Disabilities Act applies to contractors with?
- If a contractor walks off a job without giving notice this is a _______breach
- Of the following, which requires proof of training before a license is issued?
- Which of the following is subject to sales tax?
- Which of the following should be included in a contractor's daily logs?
- Who collects the occupational license tax?
- A contractor enters a contract that requires excavation to be performed. He calls LA One Call on Tuesday afternoon, what is the earliest time that he should wait before excavating?
- What is the minimum net worth for a company applying for a license?
- How long must time card records be maintained?
- What is done with the fines and penalties collected by the contracting board?
- What are the three sections that make up a balance sheet?
- Which of the followingcontractor is required to be licensed even if he performs a job of $1 or more?
- Which of the following can result in a penalty for license holders?
- Which of the following describes a business plan?
- If an employee is the qualifying party for a contractor quits his job, how long does the contractor have to notify the board in writing?
- If a contractor enters into a contract with a corporation, it is best for him to require that the representative have which of the following?
- Which of the following business structures causes the owner of the business to be personally liable for all business debt?
- A non-employee (visitor) is injured at a jobsite. The contractor will be protected against claims if he has which type of insurance coverage?
- A tornado strikes and ruins a building being constructed. What risk provision in a contract covers this?
- The licensing board for contractors may suspend or revoke a license for which of the following?
- A contractor hires a subcontractor to do work on a job. The contractor obtains a bond to cover the taxes owed by the subcontractor for this job. When will the bond be released?
- A contractor will be using a piece of equipment for several years that will not become obsolete for many years. Which of the following would be the least expensive option over 15 year period?
- Under Louisiana law when a contractor is paid for work done, he must pay the subcontractors within ______?
- Which of the following has the longest time to be filed?
- What business type allows an owner's social security number be used instead of a federal employer identification number?
- What is the maximum bond amount for a single project generally set at?
- When preparing an estimate for a job, the contractor knows the following: Task A will take 4 hours to complete at a labor rate of $132.75 per hour
- The application for a state contractor's license must show ________ net worth on the financial statement.
- Burger King hires a contractor to act as both the architect and contractor for 7 new locations around Baton Rouge. What type of construction is this?
- Who appoints the chairman of the State Licensing Board of contractors?
- Who should the foreman get to approve time sheets for a construction project?
- What are the requirements for a stockholder to become a qualifying party?
- A contractor has a budget of $70,000 to complete a project. After paying his debt of $22,000 how much capital is left for the job?
- Which of the following is considered in Project overhead?
- In what phase of a project would a contractor develop a punch list?
- The contractor needs to extend a four-month residential projects to 6 months. What must the contractor submit to the owner?
- Can a contractor allow his or her contractor's license to be used by another contractor?
- A contractor sets the price to remodel a home at $80,000. What is the required bond amount that the homeowner should attach to the notice of contract?
a.
- The most important reason for a thorough understanding of contracts and the proper use of contracts is to_____
- For an asbestos job, how many days before the job begins must a written notice of intent be submitted
- Which of the following questions would an employer be legally allowed to ask when interviewing a potential employee for a job opening?
- The state licensing board for contractors may suspend or revoke a license for which cause below?
- The cost of renting a crane to set an air conditioning unit on top of a building would be considered?
- A contractor had $324,500 in revenue last year. His project overhead last year was $29,205. His overhead percentage for last year was?
- In preparing the payroll, which step below should be done first?
- Retainage is generally about_______
- Self-employment tax would normally be paid by?
- Which of the following types of delays would normally be considered a breach of contract?
- Company overhead percentages generally average between
- The federal employer identification number is issued by the?
- According to NPDES, a storm water permit or waiver is required for all construction sites that disturb more than?
- Which business type below is first taxed on the business profits, and then the owners are taxed on their dividends?
- An employer must withhold how much from an employee's wages for social security tax?
- Normally, the best way to keep costs down is to have deliveries made?
- Payments for which type of contract below are normally calculated by the percentage or amount of work completed?
- In dealing with customers it is a good practice for contractors to?
- If a contract specifies a $500 per day assessment for finishing a contract beyond the deadline, this would be called the?
- A piece of machinery cost $20,000. It is estimated that the machinery will have a useful service life of 9 years, and will be able to be sold at that time for $2,000. Under the straight line depreciation method the yearly depreciation for this machinery would be?
- What is the penalty for a contractor who refuses to sign a contract at his bid price?
- A corporation applies for a contractor's license and sends an employee to take the exam. The license is issued. Later on the employee leaves the company, the license belongs to the?
- When submitting a bid on a contract the contractor's license number must appear?
- The board must be notified of changes in address, officers, or company name. How should this be accomplished?
- A contract to build a $3 million road project began in 2009. The contractor finished the contract in 2013 if the contractor used the completed contract method when would he have calculated the income and losses he incurred in 2009 on his income taxes?
- A contract is signed the work begins on the project, and the site conditions turn out to be different than expected. As a result the project will cost more than the original estimate. The owner would correct the contract to pay for these unexpected conditions by issuing a?
- For which of the contractor's license below can the Board suspend the license for allowing the general liability insurance policy to lapse?
- Louisiana Law requires that when a contractor is paid for work done, he must pay the subcontractors for their portion within?
- When should you call Louisiana One Call?
- When building a building a builder would commonly buy a named peril builder's risk policy to cover?
- An owner can best protect himself against liens from the contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers by?
- An employer should keep an MSDS for each?
- A contractor named John Smitheyson holds a commercial contractors license with the classification of highway streets and bridges construction. The name on the contractors license is Smitheyson Highway Contractors LLC. He submits a bid for a $600,000 highway contract this contractor may?
a.
- Electrical, mechanical, and plumbing subcontractors must hold a license when the size of their contract "including all material, etc" exceeds?
- An "at-will" employee can legally be terminated for?
- When can a contractor allow his or her state contractors to be used by another contractor?
- If an employee is injured on the job the employer must report the injury to the office of workers compensation administration within?
- If the Board's inspectors request to see the records which would show that all subcontracts and subcontractors on the job meet licensure requirements the contractor must furnish the records within?
- Filing a notice of contract is the same as filing
- In preparing an estimate for a job the contractor knows that Task A will take 3 hrs and the labor rate for task a was $127.50/hr. what is the total labor cost for Task A?
- A subcontractor submits a $54,000 bid who is responsible for determining if the subcontractor is properly licensed?
- The standard industry markup for estimates is?
- George James is an employee of ABC construction corporation which must follow the requirements of the fair labor standards. His work week is from Sunday to Saturday during the two week pay period he works Monday thru Friday during the first week for 44 hours total then he works Monday thru Saturday of the second week for 36 hours he makes $10/hr his total wage for the two week period would be?
- If a contractor buys materials and receives an invoice that says the terms are "FOB freight prepaid" this means?
- When can a contractors license be transferred?
- A contractor signed a contract to construct a building for an owner. Later during a conversation between the owner and the contractor, the owner agreed to be responsible for providing the bricks to be used in construction. This agreement was not written into the contract which of the following statements is true about this situation?
- What type of business below cannot be sold as a business, only the assets can be sold?
- As a part of the contract conditions, it is whose obligation to make sure that a project meets zoning specifications?
a.
- A license can be revoked by the board if a contractor________
- If no damaged property is involved, how much money can an employer withhold from an employees' wages as a fine or penalty?
- What happens if a bidder submits "prior approval" substitution for a specified project on a job and his substitution is approved?
- A contractor estimates that a piece of equipment he is using will cost a total of 50,000 for the year. He estimates that the piece of equipment will be used 2,000 hours during that year. A project will require using the equipment for 80 hours total, how much would the estimated project equipment cost be for the project?
- Which of the following is true for a contract employee?
- A house was constructed prior to 1978 and requires the paint to be disturbed. Who must the contractor be certified by?
- What is the owner's equity of a company?
- Which of the following represents a return on investment ratio?
- A contract has a summary paragraph at the beginning that is called the______.
- Which of the following licensee is required if a contractor wants to build a residential home valued at $220,000?
- Which of the following is a material breach of contract?
- When would you require a Storm water Permit according to Phase II?
- What is the travel length on a 45° run between 2 pipes that have a 6′ offset?
- An automatic expansion valve (AEV) controls the ____ between the liquid line and the evaporator.
- A 6″ x 6″ rectangular duct with 1″ of outside insulation has ____SF of air flow.
- The minimum gage sheet metal for an enclosed 12 inch round or rectangular duct in a single family dwelling is _____
- Which of the following cannot be placed in a 2 x 4 stud wall cavity chase?
- Residential ducts shall be sized in accordance with _______
- What is the Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) for a PVC pipe with an outside diameter of 10 3/4″ and a wall thickness of 0.168″?
- When a code official issues a permit, the construction documents are ________.
- When applying for a permit, _____ sets of construction documents must be submitted.
- Prior to use, a grease duct system shall be tested to insure all welded and brazed joints are liquid tight by using a(n) _______ test.
- A duct is being installed in a load bearing wall. The area is not large enough to accommodate it. How much can be cut or notched from the studs?
- On hydronic piping heat exchanger system, where must shut off valves be placed?
- What type of valve prevents liquid from flowing in more than one direction?
- Before purchasing, _______ gas is used to keep copper tuning clean and dry.
- Which of the following PVC pipe has the thickest walls?
- Which of the following cannot be used for hydronic piping?
- Galvanized pipe is showing signs of corrosion due to electrolysis. How can this be prevented?
- What is the travel length on a 45° run between 2 pipes that have a 11′ offset?
- The prime contractor and subcontractor disagree with the specifications on a project. Who would they bring the disagreement to to decide on a course of action?
- If you are the prime contractor on a jobsite and notice that there is a mistake on the plans or specfications, who do you notyify?
- If you are on a job as a subcontractor and notice than there is a discrepancy between then plans and specifications required, who do you notify?
- OSHA requires a trench shield in any trench _____ feet or deeper.
- OSHA doesn't require a ladder in a trench thet is _____feet deep
- A progress payment will show all of the following except _____________
- During a dispute resolution, when all parties agree to work to identify a solution using their own advocates is called______.
- When should a substitution for a particular item that is different from the plans and specifications be made?
- Which of the following is not included in the bid package?
- When the top of a fixed ladder exceeds ____feet, fall protection is required
- A portable ladder shall extend _____inches above its point of rest
- In Louisiana, after a lien is filed, how long does a claimant have to file suit to enforce a lien?
- In Louisiana, how many days does a claimant have from the last work that is performed to file a lien?
- Which type of bond guarantees that a lien will not be paced on the owners property?
- Which of the following is covered under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)?
- A storm water permit must be obtained if the project will ______
- According to DOTD, Blue painted marks signify _______
- According to DOTD, RED painted marks signify ________
- What is the procedure when you receive a change order from the architect?
- If you a bidding on a project that is exempt from sales tax, you must____
- Where safety nets are required, they shall extend _____feet beyond the working surface
- According to OSHA safety belt lanyards shall have a nominal breaking strength of _____pounds.
- According to OSHA, safety belt lanyards shall be a minimum of ____ inch nylon or equivalent
- On steel bridge construction, safety nets are required whenever fall distances exceed ______
- When safety nets are required by OSHA, the mesh size of the net shall not be more than ______
- At which trench depth does OSHA first require a ladder required to exit a trench?
- The standard markup in the construction industry is _______
- The most accurate method of estimating is _______
- A piece of equipment is being transported to a new job site. The equipment is damaged during transit. Which of the following insurance policies would cover the contractors damage?
- The working surface on a suspended scaffold shall not be less the ____inches.
- In steel frame construction, what is used to measure tension on a bolt?
- During a slump test, the concrete batch shows a 4″ slump. Specifications call for 6″ slump. If the water to cement ratio cannot be adjusted, what can be done?
- When driving a wood pile, it is best to use a _____under the pile head.
- When placing Geotextiles under rip rap, it should be_____
- What is the purpose of using a piece of wire on a turnbuckle?
- What is done when bleed water appears on the surface of concrete?
- Which of the following is not added to soil to increase stabilization?
- When a dowel is passed through a contraction joint with welded wire mesh reinforcement it should ______
- When using a vibrator to consolidate concrete_____
- Cant strips on a building should extend ______inches up the vertical surface
- In muddy soil , how can the productivity of a self loading scraper be increased?
- If plaster is applied directly over masonry, the second coat may be applied:
- Plaster coats shall be protected from freezing for _____
- If a dash bond coat must be used on the surface of a concrete wall, it must be cured for not less than ____ hours
- The second coat of exterior plaster shall have a variation no greater than _____ inches in any direction under a 5' straight edge.
- On exterior plaster the minimum number of coats over masonry or concrete shall be _____ coats
- Which of the following can be used as a backing board?
- Plaster thickness shall be measured from ____?
- On interior walls or ceilings, support spacing for gypsum or metal lathe shall not exceed ____ inches
- The finish coat of an interior 3-coat cement plaster application shall not be applied sooner than:
- On interior cement plaster, the second coat of a 3-coat application shall not be applied sooner than:
- On interior cement plaster, the finish coat of a 2-coat application shall not be applied sooner than:
- Each coat of interior plaster shall be kept moist for at least _____hours before the application of the next coat
- Interior veneer plaster may be applied in one coat that does not exceed ____inches thick.
- For 3-coat cement plaster, the second coat shall not be applied sooner than _____day(s) after the second coat
- For 3-coat cement plaster, the second coat shall not be applied sooner than _____hours after the first coat
- The finish coat for a 2-coat application of cement plaster shall not be applied sooner than _____ days after the application of the first coat.
- Each coat of plaster shall be kept in a moist condition for at least _____hours prior to application of the next coat.
- A water-resistive vapor-permeable barrier shall be applied over wood based sheathing equal to ____
- On exterior walls, a _____shall be placed at or below the plate line
- Staple used to attach metal lathe shall be spaced no more than _____ inches apart
- Staples used to attach metal lathe shall be ____ gauge.
- Expanded metal or woven wire lath shall be attached with ____ gauge nails
- Plaster may be applied over which of the following?
- Plaster applied over masonry or concrete shall have not have less than ___coats
- Plaster applied over metal lathe shall have not less than ______coats
- What is the lowest temperature at which plaster may be applied?
- Portland cement used for Plaster should meet which ASTM standard?
- Identify the globe valve.
- Identify the Check valve
- Identify the Ball valve
- Identify the Gate valve
- Which of the following pipes cannot be threaded?
- What type of fire extinguisher is approved for an energized electrical equipment fire and flammable liquids?
- What type of fire extinguisher is required on a truck transporting hazardous materials?
- A new employee upon completion of an OSHA training class will receive a course certificate containing which of the following?
- Which of the following valves allow flow in one direction only?
- The minimum slope for a built-up roof is _______
- When doing business with DOTD, what is the term for the list of approved material suppliers?(See Solution)
- Refer to the diagram. Which of the following is a hand operated valve?
- According to code, when potable water lines and sewer lines are placed in the same trench, what is the minimum required separation?
- The stake shown marks _________
- What is the distance between reference stakes A and C?
- The flow of concrete tremies are controlled _______?
- A clay soil sample wet weighs 130 pounds per cubic foot. The sample is taken off site and baked, it now weighs 127 pounds per cubic foot. The Sample was at _______Maximum Dry Density
- Control joints are placed in a 48″ wide sidewalk every ______feet
- What term describes this drawing?
- What type of weld is shown?
- Referring to the diagram: Which is the proper bedding for water pipe installation?
- Steam is rising from a load of asphalt being dumped into the paver indicates what?
- What type of soil is a well point system the least effective when used in?
- A 3 km stretch of highway is 13m wide. How much asphalt is needed if the pavement is laid 45 mm thick? How many cubic yards (1 meter = 3.28 feet)
- A 3 km stretch of highway is 13m wide. How many cubic meters of asphalt will be needed if the pavement is laid 45 mm thick?
- Referring to the stake shown. Item #2 represents_______
- What is the diameter of a round manhole cover?
- What are the standard dimensions of a rectangular manhole cover?
- Refer to the manhole diagram. What should distance “A” be?
- Which of the following is required at either end of a sewer line?
- Referring to the diagram: the station marker means
- A slab measures 160 x 45. The slab is 6″ thick with a thickened edge that is 6″ wide and 24″ deep. How many cubic yards of concrete are required?
- Which type of rock would give a bulldozer the most trouble ripping?
- A contractor is relocating gas and water lines from a building. LA One Call will mark the lines from _______.
- A station marker at manhole A reads 1+50 and the marker at manhole B reads 3+50. What is the distance between the two manholes?
- Lumber that is handled manually may be stacked a maximum of _____feet high
- The exposure for a 24" #1 grade hand sawn shingle with a roof slope of 4:12 shall be _____inches
- Valley flashing for a clay tile roof shall be at least ____inches wide
- Clay and concrete tile roof shall be flashed with a minimum ______gage galvanized sheet metal
- Clay and concrete tile roof shall be installed with a slope of ______or greater
- In areas of high wind, fasteners for the underlayment shall be applied not more than _____ on center
- Fasteners for asphalt penetrate a minimum of ________inched into roof sheathing
- For asphalt shingled roof with a slope of 2:12 to 4:12 you ______
- The minimum roof slope that asphalt shingles may be installed on is _____
- A cricket shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney that is wider than ______
- A Hip roof on a building measuring 20' x 40' has a 3' overhang each way. Fascia boards comes in 10' lengths. How many boards are needed if you assume a 6% waste
- The width of a roll of 30# felt underlayment is ______inches
- Drip edge should be overlapped by _______inches
- The minimum slope to use aggregate on a built-up roof is less than ______
- Material stored on a roof must be kept at least _________ away from the edge.
- A roof is considered a steep roof if the slope is _____or greater
- The best fire-retardant shingle is Class ____
- The overlap on scaffold planks must occur only over supports and shall be not less than ________
- A scaffold platform greater than 10 feet in length shall not extend over it's support more than_____
- A scaffold platform 10 feet or less in length shall not extend over it's support more than_____
- Scaffolds with a height to base width ratio of more than ____________shall be restrained using guys or ties.
- What is the standard size of a 3 Tab asphalt shingle?
- You have been contracted to build a 60′ x 150′ storage facility. Site preparation plans for call for the excavation of 9″ of topsoil 3′ beyond the building liines. How may cubic yards of topsoil will be removed?
- An employer with 8 employees relocates to a new jobsite. The previous job site had a written emergency action plan posted. What must he do now?
- A flagman is giving a signal of thumbs up what does this mean?
- What is not something done before you apply primer paint to steel ?
- To make steel stronger, you can add _________ during the forging process?
- What is the diagonal measurement corner to corner in a room that is 15′ x 20′?
- What is the purpose of a spark test on a sample of material:
- What of these materials has the highest Melting Temperature?
- Which of the following would/would not be part of a building's Dead Load
- Which of the following would not be part of a structures “Live Load”?
- A client want you to build a spiral staircase that is 8' tall with 13 equally spaced steps and an 11' central pole. What is the height of each individual step?
- If a 1" block of AL is heated by 1°F expands to 1.0000123"; how long will a 1" x 12" bar of the same material measure when heated by 800°F?
- A harsh concrete mix may have its components separate and tends to be less plastic than a properly mixed batch. How is harshness of concrete controlled when it is discovered?
- Which of the following would require 240 volts?
- How many rafters are needed for a house with a gable roof that measures 44′ x 36′. The rafters are spaced 20″ O.C. and the roof has a 3′ overhang on all sides.
- A tractor uses what kind of tool when removing a road?
- According to OSHA, how high can combustible material be stacked?
- When demolishing a building, where would you shut off services?
- How far ahead should you notify DNR for a well inspection
- Combustibles should be stored ___ away from a gas well.
- At what size and larger is the normal size of the pipe the same as the OD of the pipe?
- Spray paint used to mark electrical is ____.
- What shall be done with a cracked hard hat?
- When sending someone to the bottom of a bell-bottom pier hole, he must be equipped with ____
- Prevailing wage is___?
- A barge or large vessel in distress shall signal with ___?
- How much larger is the crane winch drum than the full spool of wire rope?
- what size wire rope is used for a tug boat holding a barge on the river?
- A barge or large vessel in distress shall signal with ____?
- How much larger is the crane winch drum than the full spool of wire rope?
- What is the developed length between the open pipes shown below?
- The diagram below represents _____________
- Who should be called when your portion of the work is complete?
- Which of the following is the smallest fraction?
- A 20′ length of 1/2″ copper tubing must be cut in 20″ lengths. How many cut pieces will you have?
- What is the open air space in a rectangular duct measuring 28″ x 20″ with 2″internal insulation?
- When installing a gas water heater. who must pull a permit?
- If it takes 10 minutes to fill seven 5-gallon buckets, what is the rate of flow in gpm?
- Identify the piping symbol shown
- How does DC current differ from AC?
- What is VFD
- R-value is a measurement of ____________
- U-value is a measurement of ________
- Identify the following diagram
- Identify the following diagram
- What slope is equivalent to an 8′ vertical rise or 24′ horizontal run?
- When moving materials with a forklift, what is the proper angle for the tines?
- What does DDC stand for?
- What type of brick pattern is displayed here?
- Identify the doors shown
- Given this subdivision planning map. What is the elevation of lot 448?
- What type of entry door is shown below?
- What is the total linear footage a fascia required for this roofing plan assuming a 6 on 12 pitch and a 3′ overhang?
- Which room pictured here has fluorescent lighting?
- What is the total linear feet of fascia required for the diagrammed building? Assume a 6 on 12 pitch and a 3′ overhang
- A 30' x 40' rectangular home with 10' walls and a 3 on 12 pitched hip roof. What is the total number of 7 ¾" x 2 5/8" bricks required if using 3/8" grout between courses and ¾" between consecutive bricks. Assume a 7% waste factor and no openings
- A control joint in a sidewalk is formed by ________ while concrete is still plastic (wet).
- After pouring and finishing of a slab is complete, what item can be removed first?
- What is the curing time for Type I concrete to achieve 70% of design strength?
- When hazardous materials are present on the job site, what form must accompany them?
- What is the curing time for Type III concrete to achieve 70% of design strength?
- When would the rough-in electrical be installed in a wood framed wall?
- When sealing grout, how long will it take for the sealant to fully cure?
- What are the requirements for handrails on a raised deck that is 32" above the ground?
- If the corner of a slab is lost before forming, how is it located
- How far down a framed wall should house wrap extend?
- How are the first course of 3-tab shingles placed on a roof?
- How are joist hangers attached?
- When framing a wall using 2 x 6 studs, what is the minimum size sill plate that can be used?
- Identify Joint B
- Refer to the Diagram; Identify Joint A
- Identify the joint shown
- What tool is used to reset a roofing nail that has popped or lifted without damaging the shingle?
- What is the proper placement for a flange used on plumbing vents?
- What is the distance between the opposite corners in a room that measures 18' x 24' ?
- What would be correct order of completion in a building using metal studs after the walls are erected?
- A slab is being poured that measures 84′ x 57′ and is 10 ¾” thick. Concrete cost is $95/cy with delivery costs $66 per 10 cy load. What is the total cost to the nearest full cubic yard
- Which of the following would require 240 volts?
- How many rafters are needed for a home with a gable roof that measures 48' by 34'? the rafters are spaced 18" o.c. and the roof has a 3' overhang
- What is the signal for distress when working on a barge ?
- What is the purpose of wire woven in a “figure 8” pattern through a turnbuckle?
- If a job is being paid according to "Prevailing wages", who is fully or partialy funding the job?
- Which of the following is not a form of welding
- Excavator bucket can handle 1 cubic yard per dig, and 26 cubic yards per hour. They need to move 455 cubic yards. Dozer rental is $425/hour, Operator costs $73/hour: Incidentals will be $650. What is the approximate to remove 455 cy?
- Which AASHTO soil classification indicates the presence of organic material?
- What is a yoke in regard to concrete construction?
- When do construction lights flash at at active site?
- The rectangular excavation pictured is to have a finished grade at an elevation of 101.00′ How many cubic yards will be removed if the four corners have the following elevations?A. 103.21B. 109.43 C. 114.62D. 108.26
- What type of life jacket is worn when working over a body of water?
- When are concrete cylinders tested?
- If you are driving a backhoe up a hill which of the following will not improve steering?
- How many board feet of whalers are required for the pictured wall form if it is 200′ long?
- What is the minimum height of the bottom of traffic signs where pedestrians are present?
- According to OSHA specifications, at what maximum distance can ladders be placed in a trench
- According to OSHA specifications, at what minimum distance from a worker is a ladder required to exit a trench?
- According to OSHA specifications, at what minimum depth is a shoring or sloping required to protect workers in a trench
- According to OSHA specifications, at what minimum depth is a ladder required to exit a trench
- What test is used to determine the density of asphalt
- What is the typical diameter of tremie pipe
- When straightening welded wire mesh to place in slab, what is the best method
- What is the safest way to use a front-end loader to fill a dump truck that is parked on a hill at an incline?
- What type of bulldozer blade has a pointed edge extended at one side used for clearing and removing trees.
- If two cars are moving in the same direction and the cars can’t pass each other, what type and color of line is required between the lanes?
- Excavate a 500′ long trench, that is 8′ deep and 3.25′ wide. It is sloped on both sides at 45 degree inclines. What is the total number of cubic yards to be removed?
- What is the minimum width of scaffolding?
- How is riprap sheathing used?
- If you have to use bent rebar, where is it usually bent?
- What is the best choice for aggregate to use when mixing asphalt?
- What manual governs street signs, traffic signals, roadways markings and roadway construction signs?
- You have a required elevation at “A” of 107.85. The benchmark elevation is 106.35 A back site reading of 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location “A”) has a reading of 2.40. What needs to be done?
- When ordering large sizes of lumber from a mill, you should order in lengths_ .
- A single 2 lane road within a construction project, with traffic going in different directions. Delineators would be what colors
- Soil and cement is placed, what is the best type pneumatic roller to compact with
- While setting a concrete form, you see a crack in the lap splice of rebar. What should you do?
- When driving a pile 1′ above the floor of a 10′ deep water way you would:
- What material may be used to seal cast iron soil pipe?
- Making a Transverse Joint in asphalt across a section of pavement by passing over _____with an asphalt paver?
- What tool is used to make a joint in asphalt straight?
- Other than water, soap and asphalt what else makes Emulsified asphalt?
- How much material is needed to fill a trench that is 1300′ long, 6′ deep and 4’6″ wide at the bottom and the sides are sloped at 1:1 ratio.
- Some old transformers are discovered at a job site, they are found to contain PCB. If found and returned they could each be worth $7,000. What do you do?
- A soil sample taken from a job site. It is brought back to the lab and baked. Prior to baking it was 130 lbs, after baking it was 115 lbs. What was the moisture content of the sample?
- Which of these Hammers is the quietest during operation:
- If removing 1240 cubic yards banked yields 3400 Cubic yards loose, what is the swell factor?
- One part of a project you are estimating requires laying an asphalt road that is 22′ wide and 2 miles long. How much will this cost based on the given information?1 mile = 1760 lineal yards. Given: Aggregate cost is $0.85 per sq yrd Mix Coverage is .28 gallons per sq yard Mix is $3.50 per gallon
- There are 5 Batch concrete mixers on a job site, each making 20 cf in 9 minutes. How many cubic feet will they make in an hour?
- When compacting soil and cement, it is rolled best with
- Soil and Cement is rolled to apply pressure and compact:
- When painting a steel member of a bridge with a three-coat poly, the primer coat is placed first, how long till primer is cured?
- What is the orientation of the rotation of rotors on a pugmill
- What is the proper number of roddings needed at each level of a slump test?
- When driving a pile and the head is damaged, what would be the best way to proceed?
- When would arrow panels be used?
- When working over water OSHA requires ring buoys. What is the minimum length of safety line attached to a ring buoy?
- When safety nets are required on steel erection and bridge construction and are placed 10′ below the working surface, what is the minimum required horizontal distance of outer edge of net from the edge of the working surface?
- An excavation has been dug that is 1500 cy. The material removed needs to be hauled away and has swollen to 3400 cy. How many Truck loads will it take to haul away (35 cy per truck)?
- An excavation has been dug that is 1500 cy. The material removed needs to be hauled away and has swollen to 3400 cy.What is the swell factor?
- Referring to the diagram, Identify Point C
- Referring to the diagram identify Point B
- Referring to the diagram, identify Point A
- When laying welded wire mesh in a form, what is done at the adjoining ends?
- What type of washer has protrusions on the face which flatten as a bolt is tightened?
- When separating and straining aggregate, what device is used?
- When delivered to a site how is rebar tagged?
- Removal of a concrete driveway may be performed by
- Anchor bolts that are used in a slab are held in place by:
- Concrete culvert going into catch basin will have an elbow on it. The elbow will be facing which way?
- A pile hammer weighs 7,000 lbs and is falling from 5′ above the pile. What force does it strike with?
- When demolishing a building, when should the brakes be applied for a wrecking ball?
- What is the common thickness of asphalt?
- how high are form boards in relation to the slab?
- What is a skirt used for?
- How is the thickness of concrete measured?
- Who is responsible for ADA compliance?
- How many whistles does a dredge receive when being approached or when it is moving in reverse
- When mooring a barge to a dock where do you tie it off?
- According to OSHA what is required when working in a bell trench?
- Which of the following is the primary reason to place a heat trace in a water pipe?
- What happens to the concrete during a cone test when the cone is removed?
- What is a bull float designed to do?
- Rebar is spliced when _____?
- After dredging and forming an island you have excavation work to perform on the site, what should be done to insure the density is adequate?
- What is a jeep used for?
- when all out riggers are down where should you not lift from without first having approval from the manufacturer?
- When driving piles using 2 attached jetting pipes, when do you start the Jetting?
- Of the following who would purchase bid insurance?
- Where is a safety lanyard placed on a person?
- When drilling in sand with an auger what should be pumped to help the auger along?
- How should the ground for concrete be prepared before pouring?
- When on a scaffold what height from the next level is the owner required to provide a safety harness?
- When lifting a 45′ long bundle of rebar from one location to the next is should be picked up using what?
- At what height working from a scaffold board does OSHA require someone to wear a safety lanyard?
- What is used to lift a long object that cannot be lifted from the center?
- What is used to determine flexural strength?
- What is a girt?
- If a project has hazardous materials what must the contractor have in place?
- Along the coast, where can you not install an aboveground gas valve for an underground line?
- When La One Call is used what determines their start and stop points for marking?( see solution)
- What is the lowest temperature in the shade that asphalt should be layed?
- Which of the following soils would water drain the fastest from?
- What bulldozer blade would be used for land clearing?
- If a back hoe has two gears forward and two gears for reverse how would you turn it the tightest circle?
- What is the height of a road speed limit sign measured from the bottom of the sign?
- What color are the reflectors that run next to a yellow road stripe and reflect only one color?
- How should a concrete cylinder be stored for testing?
- How is a slump test performed?
- If after starting a job you find that marsh vegetation must be moved who do you contact?
- When joining two culverts under a driveway what should be used to seal the joints?
- When placing a 48" culvert in a trench how wide should the trench be?
- What Size pipe is used when pouring concrete with a tremie?
- Which step in concrete finishing is to level?
- How far must a net extend beyond a bridge?
- How long is a buoy life line?
- What is the order for rolling asphalt?
- Where is safest place for a backhoe loading a truck on a slope to be?
- If an asphalt mix is stiff and has large amount of rocks. What happened?
- How many of inches of fill can be compacted around a culvert?
- When is the best time to plant Stenotaphrum Secundatum? (St. Augustine grass)
- Which of the following is done to an asphalt roller drum while compacting asphalt ?
- What are railroad right of ways marked with?
- "Tighten the nut" technique means what?
- What type of shoring is used in a 10' trench?
- How long after forms are removed from concrete columns do you wait before you can fix bulges, voids or make rebar holes?
- What is the purpose of a long handled bull float with a magnesium or wooden blade?
- When installing steel joists which of the following is done last?
- Where do you go to get information on allowable clearing and grubbing techniques used in a certain area?
- When is the air content test done on concrete?
- What is the best way to connect geotextiles?
- When transplanting oysters from public waters to another area who must be notified?
- What must a worker in the bottom of a bell hole be supplied with?
- What is a true statement about putting down concrete?
- How far off the roadway do overhead signs need to be?
- What color are the barrels in a construction site zone?
- How long do construction lights flash for ?
- What is the number for LaOneCall?
- What is the minimum width of scaffolding?
- How is mesh roll installed?
- When plans call for the use of bent rebar where is it usually bent?
- How is rebar marked when it is delivered to the job site?
- How much are geotextiles overlapped?
- How is geotextile placed?
- If you are driving a backhoe up a hill which of the following will not improve steering?
- What is the best way to turn cement?
- What is the best way to dry out clay?
- What is the minimum width of lane markers?
- What is used to compact asphalt?
- When pouring concrete in a hole what is put first?
- When putting a pile in marshy area what do you use?
- When repairing a pothole how high do you fill it beyond the existing asphalt?
- When repairing a crack in a concrete slab how far beyond the crack do you replace?
- How deep should asphalt sealant be placed in a joint? ( read solution)
- What type of barricade is B?
- What type of barricade is A?
- What equipment is best for drying soil?
- What is the percentage of cement in concrete?
- What causes lung problems when sandblasting?
- When building an embankment how do you place the fill if it is on both sides of a masonry wall?
- What is the next step after mixing soil cement?
- What size lifts are used for cold mix asphalt pavement?
- How many lifts are reuqired for a cold mix asphalt pavement?
- When is a cylinder test tested?
- How are beams stored at a jobsite usually?
- Who can give the emergency stop signal to a crane operator?
- How long should the slump test take approx?
- How is a slump test filled?
- Before digging who do you call?
- If no backfill is to be placed over a culvert what is done?
- How long do construction lights flash for?
- What type of life jacket is worn when working over a body of water?
- What type of aggregate has the highest sheer point?
- Fiber-glass reinforced pipe should be used for ____.
- A builder bought 1000' of 1/2" pipe at a cost of $13.25 per 100', with a primary discount of 15% and a secondary discount of 10%. He receives an additional discount of 2% if the invoice is paid within 10 days of delivery. There is a 6% sales tax. If the builder pays within 5 days of delivery, what is the total cost paid?
- Pipe can be stacked no more than ____ft high.
- Referring to the diagram, the valve symbol shown below is a ___?
- Refer to the drawing "A" represents a ___?
- Refer to the drawing "B" represents a ___?
- Refer to the piping diagram, this is a ___bend.
- A grade line is being set, the grade change will be from 55.50 to 55.00 in 50 feet. What should the dial setting on the laser be?
- Referring to the drawing, if you are at the point shown, from where did you start?
- HPP piping for liquid products shall have an approved means for directing any spilled materials to a/an:
- HPP supply piping in service corridors shall be:
- When referring to process piping, the letters "HPP" indicates which of the following?
- Process piping shall stand the required pressure test for a period of not less than ___ minutes after all piping is installed.
- What percent of all butt welds will be tested at natural gas pipeline tie-in locations?
- When the physiological warning properties for a hazardous material production gas are higher than the acceptable exposure limit for the gas, a/an _____ shall be installed to detect the presence of a short-term hazard.
- Supply piping for hazardous production materials with a health hazard rating of 4 shall be connected by ____ unless an exhausted enclosure is provided.
- Automatically operated remote fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall be installed at the entrance to _____ on piping and tubing supply lines for HPM piping.
- HPM piping may be installed within the space defined as a wall in an exit corridor provided an automatic sprinkler is installed within the space. It may NOT be installed if the space is less than ___ inches in its least dimension.
- The service line of a natural gas pipeline system which passes under a public street or road must have a minimum cover of ___ inches or be able to withstand any external loading if a structure prevents burial at the specified depth.
- Each gas main that will be operated at a pressure below 1 psig shall be tested at a pressure of ____psig.
- Given: the following is based on test requirements for steel pipeline that will operate at a hoop stress of less than 30% of SMYS and a pressure above 100 psig. The required pipeline test pressure must be maintained at or above the required test pressure for at least ___ hour(s)
- When corrosive gas is transported in a pipeline, a means of monitoring internal corrosion must be checked two times a year, but with intervals not exceeding ___ months.
- The class I location for a natural gas pipeline is a location that has:
- Each gas service line must have a shutoff valve in a readily accessible location that is ___, when feasible.
- When the maximum actual operating pressure of a natural gas distribution system exceeds ____psig, an approved regulator and relief device must be installed to limit the pressure to the service regulator.
- Given: a service regulator with the following characteristics is to be installed in a high pressure gas distribution system. The pressure limitation for this regulator is ____psig or less
- Which one of the following is the largest size tap that may be made into a 4" cast iron pipe without requiring reinforcement?
- Transit pipe is also known as ____ pipe.
- Additional fuel connections may be made to existing fuel supply lines if:
- When a listed, flexible metal connector is used on a gas burning appliance, where must the shut-off valve be installed?
- An approved, accessible gas shutoff valve shall be installed within ____feet of the appliance it serves.
- HPP gas piping is required to have fail-safe rupture shutoff valves installed ____ as practical when the supply is from a source outside the building.
- What type of vacuum breaker is required on the water supply line to equipment which is subject to continuous flows for periods of more than 12 hours?
- According to Code, all required shut-off or control valves in a water piping system must ____?
- According to Code, where local water pressure exceeds ____ PSI a pressure regulator shall be installed to reduce the pressure to an allowable limit.
- According to code, pressure relief valves on water distribution lines shall be set to limit the maximum pressure to no more than ____PSI.
- When insulated pipe temperatures exceed what temperature, a liner shall be installed.
- All of the following materials may be used in low pressure steam and hot water piping EXCEPT.
- Low pressure steam heating valves up through two inches in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron, or _____?
- Joints in black wrought iron steam or hot water piping which are embedded in concrete shall be ____?
- Zinc coating (galvanizing) on metallic fuel gas piping installed below ground _____.
- Of the following, which is NOT an approved material for use in a natural gas piping system?
- According to the Code of Federal Regulations, "nominal wall thickness" means the ____?
- Cast iron pipe less than ____ inches in diameter may not be installed for gas service lines.
- A pipe manufactured according to a specification NOT listed in CFR-49 shall be assigned a yield strength of ____ psi for use in the pipe design formula. Note the pipe will NOT be tensile tested.
- After initial qualification, a welder who works on service lines ____ inches or smaller may not weld unless within the preceding 7.5 calendar month or twice each calendar year at least 2 sample welds are tested and acceptable per Apdx. C. Sec III CFR-49
- After initial qualification, a welder may NOT weld, unless within the preceding ___ months the welder has been qualified.
- What percentage of the welding procedures used during welding qualification tests must be recorded?
- Piping from a discontinued hot water heating system is removed from a building. The ends are capped to keep out foreign particles, the contractor plans to reuse this pipe in a potable water system. According to the code:
- According to the American Water Works Association, which of the following statements is NOT true for gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints in ductile-iron water mains?
- A copper wire is installed alongside a non-metallic underground water main in order to ___?
- Standard welding procedures for pressure vessel work are provided by the _____?
- When preparing pipe for welding, the bevel angle is approximately ____ degrees from the vertical.
- Proper compaction of soil is best achieved by ____?
- The rolling movement of the ground as heavy equipment runs over it is called?
- A slope with a ratio of 2:1 has a height of 20 feet from the top to the bottom of the incline. The horizontal run of the slope is ____ feet?
- The grade stake whose top indicates a finished grade is called a ____?
- Asbestos cement pipe is referred to as MEE pipe when the pipe _____.
- Given: a final inspection of process piping is required after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of the piping. The system shall stand a pressure test of no less than ____ the maximum operating pressure of the system.
- When liquid transportation pipelines that convey hazardous substances are installed underground in an industrial area, the distance from the top of the pipe to the ground level must be a minimum of ____ inches for normal excavation.
- Each valve installed in a liquid pipeline system for hazardous substances must be ____ tested?
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazardous substances, must be equipped with?
- Which of the following is not required to be marked on a new 6 inch diameter pipe that will be used to convey hazardous substances?
- In new liquid pipeline construction for hazardous materials the manufacturer's specifications must be marked on the wall of pipe which is at least _____ in diameter or larger.
- If a welder is working on a large interstate gas transmission line how often must he be re-qualified?
- If a gas pipe transmission line is placed under a river, how much soil cover is required?
- Referring to the illustration, what type of crane is this?
- How deep do you set a utility pole that is 40 ft long?
- What lengths are utility poles usually cut or sold in?
- What is the most common problem with wood piles?
- What type of crane would be used as a permanent fixture in a waste water treatment plant?
- At how many feet off the ground does OSHA require the use of safety nets?
- How many toilets are required by OSHA when you have 20 employees on the jobsite?
- A chain is measured in what type of increments?
- A chain usually comes in standard lengths of ___?
- Referring to the diagram (A) best represents the ____?
- Excluding exceptions under what conditions may non metallic conduit not approved for direct burial be used for an underground 12.5 kv insulation?
- Any valve to be used in a gas transmission system pipeline that has shell components made of ductile iron shall not be operated at a pressure above ____ of the pressure rating of a comparable steel.
- Given: there are 80 lengths of steel pipe to be used in a gas transmission pipeline, the nominal wall thickness of at least 10% but no less than ____ lengths of the pipe must be checked.
- When the nominal wall thickness of a pipe is not known, the pipe is measured at?
- When using cast iron pipe in the construction of a natural gas transportation line each caulked bell and spigot joint ______.
- Forty welds on a 6 inch pipeline that will be operated at a pressure that will produce a hoop stress of _____ or more of SMYS must be non destructively tested or inspected and approved by a qualified welding inspector.
- No welder may weld using a specific welding process unless the welder has been using that specific process within the last ____ proceeding months?
- A structural support for gas transmission system section of pipe that is to be exposed shall not be welded directly to the pipe if the pipeline will be operated at a stress level of ___ or more of the SMYS?
- When tunneling is permitted for outdoor piping there shall be at least ___ft of clear height above the pipe?
- According to the OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY and HEALTH rules and regulations, when employees are required to be in a trench at least ____ ft deep or more, in unstable soils where there is danger of a cave-in, the sides shall be shored, sheeted, braced, or sloped.
- Vibration most effectively increases compaction when used on soils that are primarily ____?
- When welding a natural gas transportation pipeline connection of 2 inch carbon steel pipe with a 1/2 inch groove weld, the weld _____?
- To insure proper compaction around piping, trenches shall be backfilled with clean earth in thin layers to at least ____ inches above the top of the pipe there after deeper layers are permitted.
- Which soil compaction test uses a test rod in a 1/2 hole 12" deep?
- All gas transmission lines when installed in navigable rivers must have a minimum soil cover of at least ____ inches.
- Underground vaults used as a pressure reducing station must be ventilated if the internal volume of the vault exceeds?
- A 2% grade over a horizontal distance of 85ft will have a vertical drop of ___ft?
- The grade stake who's top indicates a reference grade is called a ___?
- Before using rolling equipment over the top of a J-M Big Blue water pipe a minimum of ____ inches of backfill material should be placed over the top of the pipe.
- When connecting J-M Big Blue PVC pipe to mechanical joint or flanged fittings it is recommended to?
- When installing J-M Big Blue PVC water pipe the manufacturers recommend thrust blocking at all of the following locations except?
- When taping J-M Big Blue water pipe what is the maximum outlet size recommended with service clamps or saddles?
- A cathodic protection system must be installed no later than ___ after construction is completed for liquid transportation pipeline that will convey hazardous substances.
- When it is impractical to test 100% of the days girth welds made on a liquid transportation pipeline for hazardous substances, no less than _____ shall be non destructively tested if the pipe is run within a railroads right of way?
- When installing used pipe in a liquid transportation pipeline for a hazardous substance, what percent of the old girth welds must be given a non destructive test?
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazardous substances must be equipped with ___?
- In new liquid pipeline construction for hazardous materials the manufacturer's specifications must be marked on the wall of pipe which is at least ___ in diameter or larger.
- All pipes entering into a vault must be steel for any pipe that is ___ inches or less in diameter (does not include piping for gauges and controls)
- Each transmission line must have secondary block valves installed at each point on a pipeline within ___ miles of transmission line valve in a class III location.
- Any below ground structure used in a propane transmission system must have?
- Each gas main that will be operated at pressure above 1 P.S.I.G shall be tested at a pressure of ___P.S.I.G
- The following is based on test requirements for steel pipeline that will operate at a hoop stress of 30% or more of the smys class I or class II locations for gas transmission lines (not surface lines) that are within ___ ft hydrostatically tested.
- The class 1 location for a natural gas pipeline is a location that has:
- When a natural gas transmission pipeline is installed underground, it may not be installed closer than ____ inches to any other pipeline or structure?
- When plastic pipe is used to construct a natural gas transportation pipeline which is buried underground and is not installed in a metal sleeve it must be?
- Plastic pipe used to convey gas can be placed how deep underwater?
- To clean stainless with a mixture of nitrogen prior to installation is called?
- An orifice meter is in line and begins to pulsate. You should ____?
- The orifice meter measures?
- A water pump is most efficient when _____?
- Compaction with water from a hose works best in?
- For a T-weld or fillate weld that will not distort parent metal should?
- A relief valve is usually used with?
- 1 degree vertical drop in 50 linear feet equals how many inches?
- If a burn penetrated the skin you should?
- What is the volume of spoil from a ditch 18" wide, 3' deep, and 300' long in cubic yards if the sides are sloped at a 1:1?
- What is the height of the Trench Box above the bottom of the slope "A"?
- Identify the bearing of DA, when referring to the diagram
- Which is the vernier reading in the diagram below?
- Which of the following is the most heat resistant piping?
- On corporation stop, where does a stop come off the main line of the sewer?
- Given: a section of pipe has to be installed between 2 manholes which are 300' apart. The difference in elevation between the manhole inverts is 1'. What is the correct percent of grade setting when using a laser?
- Referring to the illustration, what is the horizontal angle from the center line of the water tower to the centerline of the roadway?
- A site drain gradient of 2% is approximately a slope of ____ inches per foot?
- In a proctor test the optimum moisture content in the soil is the amount of moisture at which?
- Which of the following taps may be made into a 4 inch cast iron pipe without reinforcement?
- What is a force main?
- if a pipe is stamped MEE this would mean what?
- a sample of oil shows all but?
- the marking on a pipe is ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S, what is the 49.93?
- what is used to clean out a pipeline?
- concrete application with forms, wire cages, and plastic is called?
- which of the following is NOT an advantage of hydraulic shoring over the use of screw jacks?
- a 1500 foot long trench is to be excavated with a power hoe to an average depth of 8ft. The base width of the trench is 4ft, the sides of the trench are vertical for the bottom 5ft. The top 3ft of the trench banks are sloped at a 1 to 1. The power hoe can excavate 35 cy per hour, how many hrs will it take to excavate the trench?
- when laying slip ring pipe it is necessary to?
- what type of tool is used to drive a bolt in between two beams?
- a 6 percent slope would equal ____ inches per foot.
- air entrainment in concrete is used primarily to ____?
- which of the following bests represents an American Standard Beam?
- When OXY fuel gas welding pipe joints, what determines the size of the torch tip?
- blue smoke rising from a batch of hot mix asphalt may indicate?
- What is the first weld pass on a pipe called?
- What method minimizes pipe distortion caused by contraction of a metal as it cools after being welded?
- According to OSHA standards, if you have 20 workers at a jobsite that you have primary control of the work being accomplished you are required to provide a minimum of how many toilets for your personnel?
- Which one of the following, according to OSHA Standard CFR 29-1926 is responsible for requiring the wearing of personal protective equipment where hazardous conditions exist?
- A metal sleeve through an interior wall for high temperature water pipe will be insulated to what thickness?
- A backflow prevention device for a boiler shall be installed at least _____
- When potable water is discharged into a drainage system it shall be piped with an approved air gap of?
- When lighting a welding torch, only the ____ should be turned on.
- Insulation must be used on surfaces within normal reach of building occupants at which of the following temperatures?
- The minimum bracing for a trench 6' dep x 30" wide is?
- The joint compound approved for use in a fuel gas piping must be applied to the _____ and must be _____ in fuel gas.
- what is the minimum air gap required when potable water is discharged into the drainage system?
- tes
- What does a thumb up signal mean to a crane operator?
- Who can make the call to shutdown a crane during an emergency?
- When setting a building at a new location what is done?
- When turning around a crawler in the tightest radius possible what do you do?
- When can a crane lift the heaviest load?
- Where are electrical and miscellaneous lines cut off at?
- What is first disassembled on a commerical building?
- What is removed first from the interior when moving a house?
- When cutting wire rope what is done?
- When steel bars are bent and protruding what is used to prevent them from getting caught on things?
- When moving a house to a new location what site work is done first?
- What is the minimum number of wraps that must remain on a spool?
- Where do you find Residential ducts in the International Mechanical Code?
- Where do you find a listing for metal or rectangular ducts other then residential duct?
- If you have a duct that is .2" static with a 3" water column, and a .1" static with a 3" water column, what will happen?
- If you measure the static pressure of return air and it's greater than the static pressure of a supply air what is this difference known as?
- If you have a 14″ x 16″ x 22′ duct, how many square feet of insulation does it take?
- If you have two materials that are different that are being joined together what is used to keep them from being corrosive?
- When you fuse two pieces of pipe together what is used?
- DC current flows?
- You are having a pre construction meeting who is going to perform the meeting?
- What is an MSDS?
- What is an EMR calculation used for?
- What is a liquid called from a gas or steam boiler or a flue when it liquefies from temperature or pressure difference?
- What is the vertical reach of a thermostat in a non ADA room?
- What is the vertical reach of thermostat in an ADA room?
- What is the required amount of head for a septic tank?
- Liquidation losses are a provision in a contract, what does that mean?
- What is a "Pay when Paid" clause to a General contractor?
- What is a " Pay if Paid" clause to a General contractor?
- Who can pull a plumbing permit on a job?
- How many btu's required to raise 1lb of liquid by 1 degree F?
- Before construction you have duct work that has to be in the suspended ceiling space, you have 14" of clearance. You have a 14"x18" duct what do you do?
- What does a VFD control?
- Solar panel, in temperatures lower then 32 F which would be more suitable to keep this system from freezing?
- If a closed loop solar panel system has a glycol and water mix, what does it have in the system?
- You have a maximum allowed working pressure marked on a part what does it mean?
- What does an FOB stand for?
- A blower fan is protruding through a roof sitting up 8" and the blower has to be 12" above the roof, how high does the curb have to be?
- A roof line eave drawing has 24" from edge of eave and on top it has the number 8 what pitch is this?
- What is the percentage of slope for a condensate drain line?
- What is the smallest measurement in these reading?
- How does a VAV controller work?
- How close can acetylene and oxygen tanks be stored from one another?
- OSHA requires you to keep records for?
- Which of the follow is the symbol for Waste Water Lines?
- Which of the follow is the symbol for Cold Water Lines?
- Which of the follow is the symbol for Hot Water Lines?
- Can an air conditioning supply line run through wood without insulation?
- What is the maximum distance between 4" clean outs?
- What is the minimum clearance required for a 4" cleanout?
- What is the minimum size of a drum trap?
- A contract is to install a duct 16" x 8" x 95'. The duct cost $.75 per sqft, it takes 8 hours to install the duct at an hourly rate of $16.00. The installation requires 3 wyes at $6.00 each. What is the total cost of the installation?
- When field testing a refrigerant system which apparatus is used?
- What sections are in the International Mechanical Code?
- A contract is to install 450' of duct that is purchased for $1.75 per foot. The job is estimated to take 5 hours at $45.00 an hour for a two man crew. The contractor wants to make a 15% profit on this job, how much should his bid be?
- What IMC codes are required for solid fuel burning equipment?
- If the electrical plans call for an electric water heater and the mechanical plans call for a gas water heater how is it determined which one to use?
- Who would you call last to finish a job?
- According to OSHA at what minimum trench depth is a trench box required?
- Pressurized fluids used in a solar energy system shall be provided with the following?
- What must steamers and boilers have installed?
- How is condensation controlled in passive solar systems
- Which section of the International Mechanical Code is for hydronic piping?
- Which of the following is not used to pressurize a unit?
- Which of the following is used to pressurize a unit for a test?
- What is the diagnial length for a piece of pipe with a 5' vertical and 55' horizontal?
- What code is used for water lines in the Standard Plumbing Code Book?
- What is used at the end of a steam line to prevent backing up?
- How many 16th’s marks are on a tape measure in one inch?
- If it takes 2 min to fill a 5 gallon bucket what is the gallon per minute flow?
- Plans call for a 6' line of flex but when installed it required 8' of flex line is this allowed?
- What causes negative pressure on an air handler?
- Which of the following contractors takes precedence?
- When estimating a job what do you need to know prior to estimating the bid?
- How does D.C. current flow?
- What is a VFD?
- A 14″ x 16″ x 22′ long duct is being installed how much would it weigh if 1sqft weighs 1.12lbs?
- When different metals are used what is put between them?
- A 10″ x 16″ x 4′ long duct is being installed how much would it weigh if 1sqft weighs 1.12lbs?
- When a trench is being dug in unstable soil what is put into the trench?
- How do you set a builders level?
- All of the following affect solar panels except?
- When a trench is being dug in unstable soil what is put into the trench?
- Which of the follow is the symbol for Waste Water Lines?
- Which of the follow is the symbol for Cold Water Lines?
- If you measure the static pressure of return air and it’s greater than the static pressure of a supply air what is this difference known as?
- If you have a 14″x16″x22′ duct, how many square feet of insulation does it take?
- If you have two materials that are different that are being joined together what what type of connection is made?
- When you fuse two pieces of pipe together what is used?
- DC current flows?
- You are having a preconstruction meeting who is going to perform the meeting?
- What is an MSDS?
- What is an EMR calculation used for?
- What is a liquid called from a gas or steam boiler or a flue when it liquefies from temperature or pressure difference?
- What is the vertical reach of a thermostat in a non ADA room?
- What is the vertical reach of thermostat in an ADA room? (See solution)
- What is the required amount of head for a septic tank?
- Liquidation losses in a contract, what does that mean?
- What is a pay when paid clause to a General contractor?
- What is a pay if paid clause to a General contractor?
- Who can pull a plumbing permit on a job?
- How many btu’s are required to raise 1lb of liquid by 1*F?
- Before construction you have 4 people that have to be in the suspended ceiling space, you have 14" of clearance. You have a 14"x18" duct what do you do?
- What does a VFD control?
- Solar panel, in temperatures lower then 32*F which would be more suitable to keep this system from freezing?
- In a closed loop solar panel that operates with glycol, what must it have?
- You have a maximum allowed working pressure marked on a part what does it mean?
- What does an FOB stand for?
- A blower fan is protruding through a roof sitting up 8" and the blower has to be 12" below the curb, how high does the curb have to be?
- Diagram of roof line eave 24" from edge of eave on top it has the number 8 what pitch is this?
- What is the recommended percentages of a condensate drain line slope?
- If a chart has a line going vertical that reads head and a horizontal line for flow gpm what kind of chart is this?
- What is the smallest measurement in these reading?
- How does a VAV box work?
- How close can acetylene and oxygen tanks be stored from one another?
- OSHA requires you to keep records for _____ years?
- Can an air conditioning supply line run through wood without insulation?
- What is the maximum distance between 4″ cleanouts?
- What is the minimum clearance required for a 4″ cleanout?
- What is the minimum size of a drum trap?
- A contract is to install a duct 16″x8″x95′. The duct cost $.75 per sqft, it takes 8 hours to install the duct at an hourly rate of $16.00. The installation requires 3 wyes at $6.00 each. What is the total cost of the installation?
- When field testing a refrigerant system which apparatus is used?
- A contract is to install 450′ of duct that is purchased for $1.75 per foot. The job is estimated to take 5 hours at $45.00 an hour for a two man crew. The contractor wants to make a 15% profit on this job, how much should his bid be?
- What codes are required for solid fuel burning equipment?
- If the electrical plans call for an electric water heater and the mechanical plans call for a gas water heater how is it determined which one to use?
- Who would you call last to finish a job?
- According to OSHA at what minimum trench depth is a trench box required?
- Pressurized fluids used in a solar energy system shall be provided with the following?
- What must steamers and boilers have installed?
- How is condensation controlled in passive solar systems
- Which section of the International Mechanical Code is for hydronic piping?
- Which of the following is not used to pressurize a unit?
- Which of the following is recommended to pressurize a unit?
- What is the travel length for a piece of pipe with a 5′ vertical and 55′ horizontal?
- What is used at the end of a steam line to prevent backing up?
- How many 16th of an inch are on a tape measure?
- If it takes 2 min to fill a 5 gallon bucket what is the gallon per minute flow?
- Plans call for a 6′ line of flex but when installed it required 8′ of flex line is this allowed?
- What causes negative pressure on an air handler?
- Which of the following contractors takes precedence?
- When estimating a job what do you need to know prior to estimating the bid?
- How does D.C. current flow?
- What is a VFD?
- A 14"x16"x22' long duct is being installed how much would it weigh if 1sqft weighs 1.12lbs?
- A 10"x16"x4' long duct is being installed how much would it weigh if 1sqft weighs 1.12lbs?
- How do you set a builders level level?
- All of the following affect solar panels except?
- When a trench is being dug in unstable soil what is put into the trench?
- What is a silt fence used for?
- What is used to test the thickness of a newly placed asphalt pavement?
- What size lifts are used for asphalt base placement?
- When is bull floating performed?
- When are concrete cylinders tested?
- What is used to determine the density of asphalt?
- When using a concrete vibrator what is a sign that the vibrator should be withdrawn?
- When beginning to drive a pile how high should the hammer be from the piling?
- When should concrete be reshored?
- What test do you use to find the maximum density of soil?
- Floating concrete is done when?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a left lay underwind?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a right lay underwind?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a right lay overwind?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a left lay overwind?
- When can a crane lift its heaviest load?
- Where are electrical and miscellaneous lines cut off at?
- What is removed first when moving a house? Assume the house is empty of belongings.
- When cutting wire rope what is done?
- When steel bars are bent and protruding what is used to prevent them from getting caught on things?
- When moving a house to a new location what site work is done first?
- What is the minimum number of wraps that must remain on a spool?
- Referring to the illustration the weld shown is what kind of weld?
- Referring to the Diagram; What is the distance from each gate to the centerline of the nearest track?
- Referring to the illustration the type of door is ____?
- Referring to the diagram what type of weld is this?
- Referring to the diagram what type of weld is this?
- Referring to the diagram what type of weld is this?
- Referring to the Basement diagram the elevation at A is 115', B is 118', C is 116.5', and D is 117.5'. If the finished elevation is to be at 101.5' how many cubic yards of dirt are to be excavated?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a globe valve?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a diaphragm valve?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a check valve?
- Referring to the illustration which of the following is a gate valve?
- What should be added to mortar to increase the compressive strength?
- When concrete for a caisson is poured on to a footing how are the two attached?
- To perform a hydrostatic test on pipe with cement lined on the inside you should?
- Drawing showing Bench mark on the left showing 2+ 00 with elevation of 55.5 and on other mark 2+50 with elevation of 55 feet what is the grade?
- When a welder is welding on pipeline what should he be certified under?
- When scaffolds are hanging over head how much should it be rated for?
- When grubbing is being done and must be transported on the water ways who should you contact?
- How deep should a pipeline be buried below water under the ground?
- When lifting a 40 foot bundle of rebar what type of strap/sling would most likely be used?
- Which of the following cranes can lift the largest load?
- When rebar is delivered at a jobsite, is marked with__?
- How are base plates attached to beams?
- At a railroad crossing signal light how are the green and red lights positioned?
- How do you treat hot asphalt that is in direct contact with the skin?
- Why would a cloth be placed over the top of a metal pile when driving?
- How is a jeep used in pipeline construction propelled?
- When driving a spiral pile what temporary structure is usually used to protect it near water?
- When driving a spiral pile what permanent structure is typically used to protect it near water?
- Which of the following configurations allows the greatest load to be lifted?
- What would be the last step when aligning a pump and motor?
- How do you decrease the slump of concrete?
- How do you increase the slump of concrete?
- When erecting a steel building what is done last?
- When driving sheet piles with swinging leads, what would be used to keep the piles plumb
- Welded wire mesh is tagged 6 x 8 x 12w. This means the wires are spaced?
- On a rail road track what material is not good for a foundation beneath the track?
- What is true about geotextiles when laid out beneath rip rap from the flow of a culvert in a stream?
- Why are electric charges sent through pipelines that fluid is transported in?
- If a road bed is 600" x 28' with a 2.78% rise to center. How many cubic yards of fill are required?
- What increments do telephone poles come in?
- what is the MINIMUM safety factor for wire rope?
- What of the following is a wire rope designation?
- When do you replace wire rope?
- Gas line that connect production facility to transmission lines are called?
- What type of concrete is used to achieve maximum strength the quickest?
- What kind of crane is used in water treatment plants?
- What is a spandrel beam?
- Which of the following is an expansion joint when pertaining to transmission lines?
- What is a crab?
- What is the term to describe a transmission line running level while the ground undulates?
- If a project has hazardous materials, contractor must have?
- What type of insulation has the highest value?
- When using a marsh buggy which of the following statements is true?
- Where do you obtain the centerline of a road?
- How does a performance bond relate to a specialty contractor?
- What agency issues bonds?
- Who are bonds issued to?
- What is the location of the load when lifting with wire rope?
- When driving a pile and the head of the pile is underwater what do you use?
- Pipe turn 90* using 5 sections of pipe what is that called?
- A dozer with a standard blade 2.5cyds is pushing 80′ forward at 2.8mph and 90′ back at 3.9mph with an efficiency of 80%, a fixed time of .02minutes and a maneuver time of .7 minutes. How many cubic yards can it move in an hour?
- What is a jeep used for on a pipeline?
- What do you put around an auger?
- In what soil is a well point least useful?
- When lifting a load with a crane where is the best point of 0 Gravity? (Where is the load in respect to the hook)
- What is used to prevent movement of load when using shackles in a wire rope set-up?
- What is the worst material used under railroad tracks?
- What is the best material used under railroad tracks?
- When cold pouring concrete what curing method/compound is used?
- When is bull floating performed?
- What is the definition of a payment bond?
- What is the definition of a performance bond?
- What is the definition of a surety bond?
- What color are inflatable indicator vests?
- According to OSHA if someone dies from an accident that took place more than 30 days ago when do you notify them?
- According to OSHA if someone dies from an accident that took place within 30 days when do you notify them?
- According to OSHA when must you notify them for an on site job death?
- What does La One Call place blue marking flags for?
- If moving a CMU block what must be done?
- How far do combustibles need to be stored from tanks?
- How is the thickness of asphalt determined just after is comes out of the paver?
- What does a dredging screen do?
- What is used as a spacer when layering rebar 3 times?
- What is the abbreviation for a steel beam with a wide flange?
- What is used for a base plate shim?
- How is a turnbuckle with hook end fittings secured?
- Which of the following is the strongest steel brace?
- What is the stake height for a slab on grade form?
- What materials are used for anodes?
- for a long well point where expansion is a consideration what material is best suited?
- If you want to pour a column faster what do you do?
- What is required on scaffolding if overhead work is being performed?
- According to OSHA fall protection is required when working on scaffolding above how many feet?
- When pipe is installed at the end of the day what should be done to the exposed end of the pipe?
- When concrete sewer pipe is installed at the end of the day what should be done to the exposed end of the pipe?
- How is a 16″ pipe measured according to NPS?
- How is a 12″ pipe measured according to NPS?
- What is used for railroad track ballast?
- When using two sections of scaffolding that's wider than 3' when do you tie it off?
- Approximately how long does it take to unload a barge when using a dragline to unload?
- When using a dragline to unload/load a barge how long does a 360 degree swing take?
- When using a dragline to unload/load a barge how long does a 180 degree swing take?
- What is the standard size of a piezometer?
- Referring to the illustration which beam is a C-channel ?
- What is the minimum distance that a burn pit must be from a well or a storage tank?
- How far from a well site do you store batteries, fuel or any other hazardous flammable material?
- How do you increase pressure when using a centrifugal pump?
- How many feet above high tide should a compressor station be put?
- When demolishing a building where are the utilities shut off, capped or controlled?
- What does 1+78 on a station marker mean?
- What does 1+50 on a station marker mean?
- Referring to the illustration what type of mortar joint is number 7?
- When using two sections of scaffolding that's 2'6" wide when must you tie it off?
- What is a weir?
- What is a wicket?
- When are concrete cylinders tested?
- What is the standard size of a piezometer’s opening?
- What is used to measure water pressure?
- What is used to determine the density of asphalt?
- When using a concrete vibrator what is a sign that the vibrator should be withdrawn?
- What government agency oversees the standards and regulations pertaining to clearing and grubbing?
- When installing pipe by the end of the day pipe that has been laid should be?
- What is the definition of a Gabbon?
- What do you do with rebar that sticks out of the slab horizontally for a future pour?
- What type of weld is used for an H-pile? (see solution)
- According to OSHA the maximum height of open yard storage of lumber when manually storing is?
- According to OSHA the maximum height of open yard storage of lumber when using a machine is?
- How far should trash be kept from a pump station?
- When reusing form boards when should they be inspected?
- When setting a pile using a winch line where is it lifted from?
- When picking up piles where should the clamps be placed?
- According to OSHA what length lanyard is used for fall protection when using a safety belt?
- How far should a spoil pile be placed from a trench?
- When working in a swamp or marshy area what should be done to a bulldozer?
- Which of the following is the proper way to place Crosby clamps?
- If you have a dent in your helmet what should you do?
- If you have a dent in a ladder what do you do?
- How are railroad track ties placed?
- If you dredge an area and plan to move your equipment to the spoil site what test is used to determine its bearing ability?
- What lights are required for a barge that is secured along the bank?
- What lights are required for a barge that is under way?
- What is the average size pipe used for a tremie?
- What is the minimum diameter of wire rope allowed when securing the upstream end of a barge?
- If you’re dredging within the Louisiana Coastal Zone who must you notify?
- If you’re dredging outside of the Louisiana Coastal Zone who must you notify?(see solution) engineer
- When beginning to drive a pile, how high should the hammer be from the piling until the piling is secure?
- An H Piling is being unloaded with a crane using a bridle and two slip clamps, where should you lift from?
- If reshoring is necessary when should reshores be placed?
- When should you inspect erected shoring equipment?
- What test do you use to find the maximum density of soil?
- In what soil is a well point least useful?
- When laying asphalt how does the roller operator know when to stop compacting?
- What is a distress signal for a ship?
- From a pump station how far should a fire pit be placed?
- Open yard storage of hazardous waste cannot be stacked higher than?
- What are the acronyms used for Organic Material according to AASHTO?
- When digging in unstable soil, how should you install a shoring box?
- What are jetting chains used for?
- Jetting is LEAST useful in what type of soil?
- When using Geotextiles that are connected with pins, the Geotextiles should be placed how?
- Which of the following is grouted when installing a piece of equipment?
- What color is used to mark electrical utilities by LA One Call?
- What is the main ingredient used when pickling pipe?
- What is the average length of time a slump test takes from start to finish?
- What does a blue signal light mean to a train engineer on the railroad?
- Employees working on a DOT pipeline should be?
- What is a pig used for?
- If you want to decrease the slump in concrete what should you add?
- What tool is used to remove form boards?
- Floating concrete is done when?
- What moves a polyurethane pig through a pipe?
- If workers must pass under scaffolding what should be done prior to use?
- What is the minimum depth that an 80' pole can be set?
- What is the minimum depth of setting a pole that is 20' long in soil?
- What does it mean when steam is rising from the bed of a hot mix Asphalt truck?
- How thick is a cold mold lift?
- Who is responsible for training new employees?
- What is the minimum depth that anchor bolts must extend into masonry or concrete foundations?
- What is the minimum clear width of a stairway with handrails provided on both sides?
- what is the minimum clear width above the permitted handrail height?
- what is the minimum clear width of a stairway with one handrail?
- The compressor on an air conditioning system is continuously running. A possible cause of the problem is?
- What size resistor should be used to discharge a capacitor?
- A narrow differential for a pressure control may cause?
- When Selecting a refrigerant oil which of the following must be avoided?
- Schedule 40 pipe is used in an LP Gas system with two stage regulator with a length of 70′ and with a pressure drop of 1/2″ water column. What is the minimum size pipe if the piping must carry 80,000BTUH?
- In what line must the oil separator be installed?
- Find the minimum schedule 40 pipe size for LP two stage regulator that has a length of 45′ and a capacity of 170,000BTUH and a pressure drop of 1/2″ water column.
- An improperly designed and installed duct system with significant duct losses affects?
- What is the capacity of a 918′ long 2 ½” schedule 40 natural propane line, a pressure of 11″ water column, .5″ drop and a gas specific gravity of 1.50?
- What is the capacity of a 1″ schedule 40 natural gas line with a length of 146′, a pressure drop of 1 psi, an inlet pressure of 2 psi, and a gas specific gravity of .60?
- The maximum spacing between the vertical supports for a ¾” tubing on a commercial job is________
- Metallic gas pipe shall have a bend with an inside radius at least _______
- What is the required outdoor ventilation rate for a 975 sqft photo dark room that is in operation 24 hrs per days per week?
- What is the minimum test duration of a gas piping system with 1,500 cubic feet of pipe volume?
- What is the max allowable notching of a 2″ x 6″ wood stud in a non-load bearing wall?
- All of the following are possible results of an unbalanced duct system except_____
- A type B gas vent serving a 87,000 btu wall furnace must terminate a minimum of what vertical height above the bottom of the wall furnace?
- What is the smallest size iron pipe you can use for a 170′ length of a .5 psi piping system designed to carry 1600 cu.ft./hr of gas, gravity is .6 with a total pressure drop of ½” water column?
- The maximum length of an exhaust duct for a domestic clothes dryer is_____ from appliance to outlet.
- A 3″ iron gas pipe would has approximately how many threads cut into it?
- What is the amp load of a 11.7 KW heat strip operating at 230V? Assume no other electric loads.
- A type B gas vent serving a 87,000 btu wall furnace must terminate a minimum of how far above the highest point where it is connected to the appliance?
- Approximate length of the threaded portion to be cut in 1″ iron gas pipe?
- Vent connectors located and serving appliances in an unheated attic shall not be?
- What is the U-Value of insulation referring to?
- What is the minimum distance a refrigeration fusible plug or purge system must vent above grade level from a mechanical room?
- In HVAC systems controlled by a thermostat, the differential is the difference between _______
- What is the specific weight of 100° standard dry air at sea level?
- What is the minimum unobstructed passageway required around boilers?
- According to OSHA, when may compressed air be used for cleaning purposes?
- The outside air inlet for a forced air heating system is located within 10′ of a plumbing vent. The vent outlet must be a minimum of how many inches above the air inlet?
- Carbon steel pipe used for group a2, a3, b2, or b3 refrigerant lines of 1″ size or smaller must be constructed of what minimum schedule pipe?
- What burner control prevents excessive water temperature in a gas fired hydronic system?
- What is the CFm to be delivered to a space, given a sensible load of 71,650 btu’s with an inside design temperature of 77° and a supply air temperature of 53°?
- All combustion air for a 315,000 btuh input gas appliance is drawn through 2 horizontal ducts. The minimum area for each opening is?
- What unit of measurement is used for rating sound strength and pressure
- 1¾” horizontal steel gas piping shall be supported at intervals not greater than ____
- All of the following will occur if the dry bulb temperature remains constant and an increase in moisture content of the air occurs except an increase in __________
- What is the refrigerant most commonly used in a small absorption refrigerating system?
- What is the capacity of a ¾” schedule 40 propane line 324′ long, and inlet pressure of 2 psi, a pressure drop of 1 psi and a gas specific gravity of 1.50?
- What is the capacity of a 1 ½” schedule 40 natural gas line with an inlet pressure of 3 psi, a length of 75′, a pressure drop of 2 psi and a gas specific gravity of .60?
- The highest temp at which a substance may be liquefied, regardless of its pressure is known as___
- What is safety device to prevent liquid refrigerant from flowing into the suction line and the compressor?
- The maximum spacing between the horizontal supports for a ¾” steel gas pipe on a commercial job is________
- A thermal device that opens its contacts when a motor heater coil uses too much current is a ______.
- Metallic gas pipe shall not be bent through an arc of more than _______
- What value is set at the adjustable heat anticipator on a gas furnace thermostat?
- Ventilation air from multiple dwellings and dissimilar occupancies shall not_____
- A vent connector unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer shall be a minimum size of ____
- What is the required outdoor ventilation rate for a 1200 sqft photo dark room that is in operation 24 hrs per days per week?
- What is the minimum size schedule 40 pipe between first and second stages in a two stage regulator LP gas system with a total length of 187′, a pressure drop of ½” water column, and a total load of 820,000 btuh?
- What is the minimum test duration of a gas piping system with 1,500 cubic feet of pipe volume?
- Air shafts constructed with gypsum boards for the use of return air systems shall be limited to a maximum temperature of_______.
- A three story office building has a 2″ vertical steel gas line installed. What is the maximum distance between the supports
- Assuming no NFPA 58 exemptions, the minimum operating lp gas pressure is?
- How much variance can be made by adjusting a variable pitch pulley?
- In a refrigeration system which of the following gases cannot BE(?) used to test for leaks?
- What is the minimum nominal thickness allowed for a 30″ exhaust duct covering of abrasive material?
- According to OSHA compressed gas cylinders can be moved by which of the following means?
- What is the max allowable notching of a 2″ x 6″ wood stud on an exterior wall?
- What is considered a very dangerous gas burner problem?
- What is the maximum compression of duct wrap allowed compared to nominal thickness ?
- What is the smallest size iron pipe you can use for a 170′ length of a .5 psi piping system designed to carry 1600 cu.ft./hr of gas, gravity is .6 with a total pressure drop of ½” water column?
- What is the maximum allowable control voltage for a boiler, when an isolation transformer is provided?
- The maximum length of a gas connector for a domestic clothes dryer is_____
- A 2″ iron gas pipe would have approximately how many threads cut into it?
- Exhaust fan outlets for ducts serving commercial food cooking equipment must terminate a minimum of how far above the roof surface
- Which of the following can be used to pneumatically test a natural gas piping system for tightness?
- What is the amp load of a 21.4 KW heat strip operating at 480V? Assume no other electric loads.
- Which of the following equipment is used for fall protection?
- A boiler furnishing 200 degrees F and 145 psi would be classified as which type?
- A type B gas vent serving a 87,000 btu wall furnace must extend a minimum of how far above where it emerges through the roof of a single family home with a 7/12 slope? Assume the vent is located more than 8′ from any wall.
- A 143,500 btuh fan assisted gas fired appliance is installed in a furnace room with a 61,400 btuh natural draft hot water heater. If the two horizontal ducts communicating with the outdoors are required, what is the minimum size of the combustion air ducts?
- What is the approximate number of threads to be cut on 1″ iron gas pipe?
- A 2psi system using 2½” schedule 40 iron pipe is being designed. This system is to deliver 17,800 cf/hr of gas, gravity is .6, with a pressure drop of 1.0psi. The maximum allowable length for this system is?
- Vent connectors located and serving appliances in an attic shall be?
- What is the R-Value of insulation referring to?
- What is the minimum size iron pipe that can be used for an 121′ length, .5 psi piping system designed to carry 525 cf/hr of gas. Gravity is .6 with a total pressure drop of ½” water column?
- When dealing with scaffold planking which of the following does not apply?
- When nailing plywood soffit, the nails should be spaced how far apart?
- What are the required markings on steel rebar?
- What is the maximum amount you can vary the riser height of an interior stairway?
- When installing door stops where are they placed?
- Vent flashing leaks are usually the result of?
- If no soil test is required what do you assume the load bearing capacity of clay to be?
- What must the grade be from the foundation?
- Of the following who may file a complaint against a licensee?
- When installing 1/2" gypsum what is the maximum stud spacing on a non load bearing wall?
- When framing a large floor opening a single header can be used when the span does not exceed?
- What equipment would be used for fall protection?
- Which of the following statements is true when referring to un-braced trusses?
- During structural masonry construction what type of hydrated lime is used?
- When the bearing capacity of soil is very low to great depths what type of foundation is generally used?
- When repairing asphalt shingles during warm weather what is an advantage?
- Next to a house the finish grade should be? Excluding all exceptions
- What kind of test is a concrete cylinder test?
- When installing asphalt shingle underlayment what is the minimum offset for end laps?
- When pouring a spread footing what is the minimum thickness allowed?
- What are the balusters connected to?
- Beams that are supported on solid masonry walls will have a bearing area of?
- When building concrete forms what is the lowest grade of plywood used?
- To improve workability of concrete, most manufacturers will allow water to be added to the mix at the jobsite in an amount ___?
- When hanging 1/2" gypsum board using screws to fasten it, the maximum edge fastener spacing allowed is?
- What is the minimum slope allowed when installing metal shingles?
- What gauge sheet metal tie is generally used for residential brick veneer walls?
- What is the minimum width of a footing for a one story building with 4" brick veneer?
- Wood girders must be decay resistant if it is within ____ inches of the finish grade?
- In light wood framing the maximum depth of a notch in a load bearing stud is?
- What is the maximum vertical spacing for screws when installing 1/2" gypsum drywall to the interior with stud spacing of 16" O.C.? No adhesive is being used.
- When does a contractor's license expire?
- What are bar supports used for?
- How often should a fall arrest system be inspected according to OSHA?
- According to OSHA the following are considered sufficient ways an employer can minimize the danger of tools, and equipment falling from scaffolding and injuring an employee below except?
- What type of guard is required on a power saw?
- What is the minimum height of a concrete foundation wall above the finished grade when the house is finished with masonry veneer?
- According to code when installing asphalt shingles what is the minimum roof slope required?
- How is the headroom on a stairway measured?
- What is the minimum width for a footing under the following conditions: two story building built on 1,500PSF soil, using 8" solid masonry, according to the international residential code?
- What is the corporate tax rate on $15,000?
- what is the maximum penalty for a willful violation of OSHA regulations?
- OSHA requires you have a written emergency action plan if you have more than ____employees?
- All employers who have _____ or more employees must carry workers' compensation?
- Employers who willfully violate the minimum wage or overtime pay requirements are subject to penalties up to?
- Which of the following does the Fair Labor Standards Act apply to?
- test
- jhgflkhb
- A set of stairs stands 10’6” tall and has 17 treads. What is the height of an individual riser?
- Which Fire extinguisher is rated to handle flammable liquid, cooking oil or electrical fires?
- Which Fire extinguisher is used to handle wood, flammable liquid or cooking oil fires?
- Which Fire extinguisher is rated to handle only wood fires?
- Which Fire extinguisher is rated to handle wood, metal, or electrical fires?
- Which of the following methods is used for cleaning out pipeline without stopping the flow?
- How long is the typical joint of a drill stem?
- Which is the proper way to wire a hook on a single pulley?
- How much fill material will be required to fill a 985′ long trench that is 7’deep and 6’3′ wide at the base? The sides of the trench slope at a 1:1 ratio.
- How much material will be removed from a hole that is 26'5" x 18'9" x 2'7"?
- When installing canopy around a building, how far must it extend from the building?
- The anchorage point for rope on a drum with right hand lay will be on _____ of the drum.
- The proper way for winding rope on a drum depends on the _____ of the rope.
- The anchorage point for rope on a drum with left hand lay will be on _____ of the drum
- What is considered 1 lay of a wire rope?
- Refer to the drawing; Which of the following represents a Right regular lay wire rope.
- Refer to the drawing; Which of the following represents a Left regular lay wire rope.
- Refer to the drawing; Which of the following represents a Right Lang lay wire rope.
- How should cribbing be placed for rigging?
- How much material is removed from a trench that is 10' wide, 10' deep , and 1000' long if ther is a 45 degree slope on the sides?
- How much concrete is required for a 18' x 45' slab that is 10" thick?
- What is the maximum punishment for a person who remodels without a valid license?
- What is the minimum punishment for a person who remodels without a valid license?
- An action for enforcement of the lien must be started within _________ months after the time when the money claimed became due and payable?
- An employer has a history of $50,000 or less in deposits for the four prior July to June quarters. His deposits are due on the 15th day of the following month, when the 15th lands on a holiday or weekend when is the deposit due?
- What is the most hours an employee can work in a week?
- When installing the rough in sewer lines where are they laid?
- When working with concrete what tool requires two workers?
- Where should the head of an asphalt shingle nail be in relation to the shingle that it is driven into?
- When should a saw cut be made in concrete for a control joint?
- Sheathing should be attached to the exterior wood frame members except for the _____.
- Drywall around metal window frames should be______.
- The following would be used to remove mildew except?
- How is unbatted or blanket (no paper face) insulation held in place?
- You have a wall that measures 48' by 8' how many 2 1/2" x7 5/8" bricks will be needed if mortar is 3/8" thick vertically and 1/2" horizontally?
- What is the minimum distance from the butt of a stud can you drill a hole?
- You have a conduit from a class 2 location to a no class location, where does it need to be sealed?
- You have 2 #6 awg and 2 #10 awg wires, what size conduit is required?
- How thick is the sealant on a 1/2 ” conduit?
- Pertaining to circus lighting which of the following does not need a GFCI?
- You have 2 120v single phase wires, what type of transformer can be made from them?
- How many days can temp lighting (Christmas lights) be kept up?
- How many days does the owner need to give notice to the electrical contractor before fixing defective installations?
- How many duplex can be installed commercially/communally on a 20 amp circuit?
- What is the method used to designate a grounding wire?
- What is FMC?
- How far down does a ground ring need to be buried?
- Which of the following is a reason for revocation or suspension of a contractor's license?
- Which of the following is not a Major Classification
- What is the best estimating source to go to when bidding a project?
- What is the standard industry markup percentage added to an estimate?
- After failing the contractor licensing exam for the second time, how long must you wait before retesting?
- The State Board of Contractors shall have at least one member whose greater part of their experience as a licensed contractor in the field of ________ construction.
- If an employee is injured on a job, how long does the employer have to notify Office of Workers' Compensation Administration?
- Who is responsible for furnishing surveys and legal descriptions for a property?
- Who certifies that a project is partially complete for phase payments?
- Which of the following is typically included in boilerplate provisions?
- What person on a jobsite provides training for new employees?
- In 1999, the EPA expanded the scope of the NPDES program to include construction projects that disturb between _____acres
- If a corporation's net income is $450,000, how much income tax is owed?
- What is the minimum age for a worker in a non-hazardous job?
- After a contract has been awarded, who files for building permits?
- According to Louisiana Contractors Licensing Law, how long must a full time employee have been employed by a company prior to the company's application for license in order to be the company's qualifying party?
- What document is used for a contractor to contract with subs?
- What is the first thing done when preparing payroll?
- In order to complete a project, a crane must be rented. What type of cost is this considered?
- When is final payment due to a contractor?
- How long must an out-of-state company maintain permanent business facilities located in Louisiana before it can be considered a resident
- What additional surcharge can be applied to out-of-state contractors in addition to the licensing fee?
- What is the minimum net worth required in order to obtain a contractor's license?
- The property owner has accepted a contractor's bid to perform work before the contractor has seen the site. After signing the contract, the contractor goes to see the site. The soil is not as explained by the owner. The location is not as represented by the owner. How is this addressed in regard to the contract?
- How long does an employee injured on the job have to report that injury in order to be eligible for Worker's Compensation benefits ?
- Company overhead usually averages up what percentage of revenue?
- If a timber road is being constructed in a 2 ply mat system according to the specs in this diagram, how many board feet of lumber will be required if 6" x 6" x 8' timbers are used?
- Which of the following is not required by OSHA at a water front construction site?
- What is the purpose of a cat line on a derrick?
- Which soil combination will absorb water the slowest and hold water the longest?
- Which soil combination will absorb water the slowest and hold the water the longest?
- Identify the shaded portion of the diagram
- Contractors can avoid EPA fines for adding to much dust to the air by?
- What do you use to coordinate traffic threw a job site?
- When do you install post tension cables?
- What is the closest you can build a structure to the lot line?
- What is the thickness of a mortar joint when calking masonry?
- HPP piping for liquid products shall have an approved means for directing any spilled materials to a/an?
- HPP supply piping in service corridors shall be?
- When referring to process piping, the letters "HPP" indicates which of the following?
- Process piping shall stand the required pressure test for a period of no less than _____ minutes after all piping is installed
- What percent of all butt welds will be tested at natural gas pipeline tie-in locations?
- When the physiological warning properties for a hazardous material production gas is higher than the accessible exposure limit for the gas, a/an _____shall be installed to detect the presence of a short-term hazard?
- Supply piping for hazardous production materials with a health hazard rating of 4 shall be connected by ____ unless an exhausted enclosure is provided?
- Automatically operated remote fail-safe emergency shut-off valves shall be installed at the entrance to ____ on piping and tubing supply lines for HPM piping?
- HPM piping may be installed within the space defined as a wall in an exit corridor provided an automatic sprinkler is installed within the space. It may NOT be installed if the space is less than ____inches in its least dimension?
- The service line of a natural gas pipeline system which passes under a public street or road must have a minimum cover of ____ inches or be able to withstand any external loading if a structure prevents burial at the specified depth?
- When corrosive gas is transported in a pipeline, a means of monitoring internal corrosion must be checked two times a year, but with intervals not exceeding ____months
- Each gas service line must have a shutoff valve in a readily accessible location that is, when feasible:
- When the maximum, actual operating pressure of a natural gas distribution system exceeds ____ psig, an approved regulator and relief device must be installed to limit the pressure to the service regulator?
- Transit pipe is also known as ____ pipe?
- Additional fuel connections may be made to existing fuel supply lines if?
- When a listed, flexible metal connector is used on a gas burning appliance, where must the shut-off valve be installed?
- An approved, accessible gas shutoff valve shall be installed within ___ feet of the appliance it serves.
- HPP gas piping is required to have fail-safe rupture shutoff valves installed ____ as practical when the supply is from a source outside the building?
- What type of vacuum breaker is required on the water supply line to equipment which is subject to continuous flows per periods of more than 12 hours?
- According to the uniform plumbing code, all required shut-off valves in a water piping system must?
- According to the uniform plumbing code, where local water pressure exceeds ____psi a pressure regulator shall be installed to reduce the pressure to an allowable limit?
- According to the uniform plumbing code, pressure relief valves on water distribution lines shall be set to limit the maximum pressure to no more than ____PSI?
- A metal sleeve through an interior wall for high temperature water pipe will be insulated to what thickness?
- When insulated pipe temperatures exceed what temperature, a liner shall be installed?
- All of the following materials may be used in low pressure steam and hot water piping except?
- Low pressure steam heating valves up through two inches in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron or?
- Joints in black wrought iron steam or hot water piping which are embedded in concrete shall be?
- A furnace rated at 120,000BTUH is to be installed 50 feet from the gas meter, it will be supplied by natural gas at an 11 water column, .6 specific gravity, .5 pressure drop and a rated value of 1000BTU per cubic foot. What is the size of the gas line?
- Zinc coating (galvanizing) on metallic fuel gas piping installed below ground.
- Of the following, which is not an approved material for use in a natural gas piping system?
- According to the code of federal regulations "nominal wall thickness" means?
- Cast iron pipe less than ____ inches in diameter may not be installed for gas service lines?
- A pipe manufactured according to a specification not listed in CFR-49 shall be assigned a yield strength of ____ PSI for use in the pipe design formula. Note the pipe will not be tensile tested?
- According to the uniform plumbing code, vents from systems used for chemical wastes must?
- After initial qualification, a welder who works on service lines ____ inches or smaller may not weld unless within the preceding 7.5 calendar months or twice each calendar year at least 2 sample welds are tested and acceptable per app. C sec lll CFR-49
- Piping from a discontinued hot water heating system is removed from a building; the ends are capped to keep out all foreign particles. The contractor plans to reuse this pipe in a potable water system, according to the uniform plumbing code___?
- According to the American water works association, which of the following statements is not true for gasket for mechanical and push on joints in ductile iron water mains?
- A copper wire is installed alongside a non-metallic underground water main in order to?
- Standard welding procedures for pressure vessel work are provided by the?
- When oxy fuel gas welding pipe joints, what determines the size of the torch tip?
- The first weld pass on a pipe weld is called?
- When preparing pipe for welding, the bevel angle is approximately ____ from the vertical?
- If a gas transmission line is placed under a river, how much soil cover is required?
- Referring to the illustration, this is what type of crane?
- What type of crane would be used as a permanent fixture in a wastewater treatment plant?
- Referring to the diagram, "A" best represents?
- Given: there are 80 lengths op steel pipe to be used in a gas transmission pipeline, the nominal wall thickness of at least 10% but not less than ____ lengths of the pipe must be checked
- Forty welds on a 6 inch pipeline that will be operated at a pressure that will produce a hoop stress of ____ or more of SMY’s must be non destructively tested or inspected and approved by a qualified welding inspector.
- A structural support for gas transmission system section of pipe that is to be exposed shall not be welded directly to the pipe if the pipeline will be operated at a stress level of ____ or more of the SMYs?
- Blue smoke rising from a batch of hot mix asphalt may indicate?
- When welding a natural gas transportation pipeline connection of 2 inch carbon steel pipe with a 1/2 inch groove weld, the weld _____?
- 10" 90 degree elbow requires 11,200 PSI thrust block. Sand + gravel with clay is 2,000. What size thrust block would be required for 10" 90 degree elbow in soil which is sand + gravel with clay?
- 6" tee 2,900 sand = 1,000 (refer to this table) thrust per 100 PSI/bearing load of soil= the required area of the thrust block per 100 PSI of water pressure, what size is needed?
- Underground vaults used as a pressure reducing station must be ventilated if the internal volume of the vault exceeds?
- Before using rolling equipment over the top of J-M big blue water pipe a minimum of ____inches of backfill material should be placed over the top of the pipe?
- When connecting J-M big blue PVC pipe to mechanical joint or flanged fitting it is recommended to?
- when installing J-M big blue pvc water pipe the manufacturers recommend thrust blocking at all of the following locations except?
- When taping J-M Big Blue water pipe what is the maximum outlet size recommended with service clamps or saddles?
- Any below ground structure used in a propane transmission system must have?
- A water pump is most efficient when?
- Compaction with water from a hose works best in?
- For a T-weld or fillet weld that will not distort parent metal should?
- A relief valve is usually used with?
- Concrete application with forms, wire cages, and plastic is called?
- 1 degree vertical drop in 50 linear feet equals how many inches?
- The marking on a pipe is ABC API 14.00 49.93 AS, identify 49.93?
- If a burn penetrated the skin you should?
- What is volume in cubic yards of spoil from a ditch 18" wide 3' deep and 300' long, sloped at a 1:1?
- Referring to the Diagram, what is the height of the trench box above the slope bottom?
- What is used to clean out a pipeline?
- Referring to the diagram below, identify the bearing of DA?
- What is the veneer reading in the diagram below?
- Referring to the diagram, identify the welding symbol number 2?
- Which of the following is the most heat resistant piping?
- On corporation stop, where doest stop come off the main line of the sewer?
- When water testing reinforced concrete pipe, the maximum leakage allowed is 200 gallons per inch diameter per day per mile. 1 mile equals 5,280 feet, what is the allowable loss of a 36" diameter pipe that is 300' in length for a four hour test?
- Given: 800 lineal feet of sewer pipe is to be installed under a paved section of roadway. The average depth of the trench is 10 feet, the width is 3 feet. The sides of the trench are vertical in the bottom 5 feet, there is a 1:1 slope for the top 5 feet, and the roadway is 18″ thick, how many truck loads are needed for the pavement?
- Referring to the illustration, what is the horizontal angle from the center line of the water tower to the centerline of the roadway?
- A site drain gradient of 2% is approximately a slope of ___ inches per foot?
- A 6 percent slope would equal ____ inches per foot?
- Given: a section of pipe has to be installed between 2 manholes which are 300' apart. The difference in elevation between the manhole inverts is 1', what is the correct percent of grade setting when using a laser?
- Air entrainment in concrete is used primarily to?
- Which type of tool is used to drive a bolt in between two beams?
- Referring to the diagram; Which of the following best represents a W-shape beam?
- Proper compaction of soil is best achieved by?
- The rolling movement of the ground as heavy equipment runs over it is called?
- A repose with a ratio of 2:1 has a height of 20 feet from the top to the bottom of the incline. The horizontal run of the slope is ____ feet?
- The grade stake whose top indicates a finished grade is called?
- Asbestos cement pipe is referred to as MEE pipe when the pipe?
- Given; a final inspection of process piping is required after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of the piping. The system shall stand a pressure test of no less than ___ the maximum operating pressure of the system
- When liquid transportation pipelines that convey hazardous substances are installed underground in an industrial area, the distance from the top of the pipe to the ground level must be a minimum of ____ inches for normal excavation
- Each valve installed in a liquid pipeline system for hazardous substances must be ___ tested?
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazardous substances, must be equipped with?
- Which of the following is NOT required to be marked on new 6 inch diameter pipe that will be used to convey hazardous substances?
- A backflow prevention device for a boiler shall be installed at least___?
- When potable water is discharged into a drainage system it shall be piped with an approved air gap of?
- Insulation must be used on surfaces within normal reach of building occupants at which of the following temperatures?
- The joint compound approved for use in a fuel gas piping must be applied to the ___ and must be ____ in fuel gas
- What is the minimum air gap required when potable water is discharged into the drainage system?
- If a welder is working on a large interstate gas transmission line how often must he be re-qualified?
- How deep do you set a utility pole that is 40 ft long?
- What lengths are utility poles usually cut or sold in?
- What is the most common problem with wood piles?
- At how many feet off the ground does OSHA require the use of safety nets?
- How many toilets are required by OSHA when you have 20 employees on the job site?
- A chain is measured in what type of increments?
- A chain usually comes in standard lengths of?
- Excluding exceptions under what conditions may non metallic conduit not approved for direct burial be used for an underground 12.5KV insulation
- Which of the following is not required to be marked on new 8 inch diameter pipes that will be used to convey hazardous substances
- When the nominal wall thickness of a pipe is not known, the pipe is measured at
- When using cast iron pipe in the construction of a natural gas transportation line each caulked bell and spigot joint ____
- No welder may weld using a specific welding process unless the welder has been using that specific process within the last preceding months?
- What percentage of the welding procedures used during welding qualification test must be recorded?
- When tunneling is permitted for outdoor piping, there shall be at least ____ft of clear height above the pipe.
- According to the OSHA rules and regulations, when employees are required to be in a trench at least ____ft deep or more, in unstable soils where there is danger of a cave-in, the sides shall be shored, sheeted, braced, or sloped
- Vibration most effectively increases compaction when used on soils that are primarily ____
- Which of the following is not an advantage of hydraulic shoring over the use of screw jacks?
- To insure proper compaction around piping, trenches shall be backfilled with clean earth in thin layers to at least ___ inches above the top of the pipe thereafter deeper layers are permitted.
- In a proctor test the optimum moisture content in the soil is the amount of moisture at which
- Which soil compaction test uses a test rod in a 1/2" hole 12" deep?
- All gas transmission lines when installed in navigateable rivers must have a minimum soil cover of at least ___ inches
- Which of the following taps may be made into 4 inch cast iron pipe without reinforcement?
- A 2% grade over a horizontal distance of 85 ft, has a vertical drop of ___ft?
- A repose with a ratio of 2:1 has a height of 20 feet from the top to the bottom of the incline, the horizontal run of the slope is ___ft?
- the grade stake who's top indicates a reference grade is called a?
- When laying slip ring pipe it is necessary to?
- A cathodic protection system must be installed no later than ___ after construction is completed for liquid transportation pipeline that will convey hazardous substances
- When it is impractical to test 100% of the days girth welds made on a liquid transportation pipeline for hazardous substances, no less than ___ shall be non destructively tested if the pipe is run within a railroads right of way
- When installing used pipe in a liquid transportation pipeline for a hazardous substance, what percent of the old girth welds must be given a non destructive test?
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazardous substances must be equipped with?
- In new liquid pipeline construction for hazardous materials the manufacturer's specifications must be marked on the wall of the pipe which is at least ____ in diameter or larger
- All pipes entering into a vault must be steel for any pipe that is ___ inches or less in diameter (does not include piping for gauges and controls)
- Each transmission line must have secondary block valves installed at each point on a pipeline within ____ miles of transmission line valve in a class lll location
- Each gas main that will be operated at pressure above 1 P.S.I.G. shall be tested at a pressure of ____P.S.I.G.
- The following is based on test requirements for steel pipelines that will operate at a hoop stress of 30% or more of the SMY’s class I or class ll, locations for gas transmission lines (not surface lines) that are within ____ feet hydrostatically tested?
- The class l location for a natural gas pipeline is a location that has?
- When a natural gas transmission pipeline is installed underground, it may not be installed closer than ___ inches to any other pipeline or structure.
- If a pipe is stamped MEE this would mean?
- Plastic pipe used to convey gas can be placed how deep under water?
- To clean stainless with a mixture of nitrogen prior to installation is called?
- An orifice meter is in line and begins to pulsate. You should________?
- The orifice meter measures?
- A sample of oil shows all but?
- You have 8 workers that work for you, each gets paid $8.25 an hour, they each worked 40 hours that week. You had to rent an excavator for 3 days at $85.00 a day, and your main office rent is $1,700 a month. What is your on job cost for that week?
- What do you use to make concrete set up faster?
- Identify three types of unit ties used in masonry wall construction?
- Identify: what type of molding is the diagram?
- Identify what type of molding is in the diagram?
- A contractor that is working a minimum of how many feet above the lower level must be secured with fall protection if there are no sides?
- Which of the following is used to test the compaction of an earth pad?
- What type of bond guarantees that the contractor will do work at the submitted bid price?
- What type of bond guarantees that the contractor will complete a job within its time frame?
- The owner request changes that will cost $2,250 for the contractor in total, $1,000 in labor, and $1,250 in supplies. What is the total cost of the order if he wants to keep a 10% profit?
- Ventilation for a hip roof should include?
- Which is true about the construction of a brick veneer wall?
- Which of the following would show the required spacing for the studs in a wall?
- Labor estimates should include non-productive time for?
- Which type of schedule should the contractor prepare to illustrate the interdependent relationship of task?
- A partnership consist of two equal shares, each has contributed $10,000 to the company. The company owes $30,000 to a supplier, which of the following is true?
- At the end of a project, which method is recommended to ensure that the subcontractors finish their work?
- Welded wire reinforcement for concrete should be lapped to what minimum distance?
- By what date does an employer have to furnish a W-2 form to employees?
- What is net profit?
- A wall is 24′ long 8′ tall, with 2×4 studs 16″ OC; it has a single top plate and a single bottom plate. What is the total number of board feet required?
- Permanent fall arrest systems shall be provided where platforms and walkways are less than?
- Which aspect of erecting precast concrete panels is considered the most important?
- Records that are routinely kept at the jobsite are?
- What is the maximum temperature gypsum can be exposed to?
- The primary purpose of ventilation in an unconditioned room is to prevent?
- Finish flooring should be put in after?
- Who is responsible for the shop drawings?
- What size hole do you drill for a 1/2 inch bolt?
- What is the best type of brick for use with rebar?
- The owner wants to use fiber mesh concrete at $11.75 per cubic yard, the job was agreed upon with regular concrete at $8.25 per cubic yard and wire mesh at $2.00 per cubic yard. The job is 200′ by 100′ with an average depth of 5″ what would the difference be in total cost if the contractor wants to keep a 10% profit?
- How much can you deduct for social security from an employee?
- When laying a concrete masonry wall which of the following is true?
- What do you use to hold rebar together inside a wall form?
- What is not a true statement about managing request for information?
- How many standard sizes are there of rebar?
- The primary weakness of using a bar chart to schedule construction activities is?
- What is the distance from the edge of the door to the center of the hardware?
- What do you call the beam above the door?
- Which section of the specifications will provide the height, types, and thickness of the windows?
- To permit acclimation, what is the minimum length of time framing lumber should be at a job site?
- Retainage refers to?
- What should the contractor require from all subcontractors before final payment is made?
- A benefit of a cost control system is?
- What should you not include in your business plan?
- According to OSHA standards, which test is not used to test soil?
- How should you stack steel joist on a job site?
- What type of brick ties do you use on masonry veneer to a wood frame wall ?
- What is the most commonly used footing for an independent column?
- What is the required height of a fire alarm pull?
- What is the minimum turnaround area in an accessible bathroom?
- What do you use to make concrete more abrasion resistant?
- When do you set batter boards?
- What do you use to support rebar in a 6″ thick slab?
- In a mat slab or grid slab, where do you place the rebar?
- What is the best way to flash where a hip and valley meet?
- What is the structure behind the chimney called?
- How do you attach EPDM roofing?
- A 45-degree slope is a?
- All of the following are elements of an income statement except?
- A wall being built of 8″ x 8″ x 16″ blocks 220′ long. How many blocks are needed per course?
- While bidding a 1727 square foot tile job, your bid at $1.95/sf is accepted. If the owner decides to change to a tile that brings your cost per square foot up to $2.25, what is total of the change order if you would keep a 5% profit?
- An employer’s contributions to Workman Compensation are $0.10 per $100 for workers on the jobsite and $0.08 per $100 for employees in the office. What is the total contribution in a typical 80-hour pay period for 215 onsite and 37 in office employees if each employee averages $10 per hour?
- When is the employer required to submit W-4 to the IRS?
- When is the W-2 due by?
- When using the cash method versus the accrued method, when is Income recorded on the books?
- Which is the correct formula for determining Assets within the financial statements?
- When renovating an older apartment complex, you realize that you must remove 4 square feet of existing paint. What is the proper way to handle address this to the tenants?
- What percent of Workman’s compensation coverage is the responsibility of the employee? ( What amount is deducted from his Check)
- Which of the following does the Americans with Disabilities Act cover?
- What is not a benefit of only keeping materials on site as needed?
- What does JIT stand for on a jobsite in regards to deliveries?
- What is the best way to record the daily log?
- What is the best way to supplement the daily log?
- What information is kept on the job site?
- If there is an ambiguous term in a contract, against whom is it construed?
- A contract has yet to be accepted and the owner has decided to alter three aspects of the job. What would you call the changes in reference to the contract?
- Owner is one day late on progress payments and the contractor leaves the job. Who is in breach of the contract and what type of breach has occurred?
- What constitutes a contract?
- What is included in Company Overhead?
- What is not included in Company Overhead?
- What is the best source for estimating a Project
- What is not included in bid documents?
- What is the advantage of using an S-Corp?
- What is the advantage of have a sole proprietorship?
- What is not included in a business plan?
- When must a new W-4 form be completed by?
- What is the time frame you can file suit for foreclosure?
- A Bid is the same as?
- Under Lead PRE, contrators must provide lead information for pre ________ housing?
- What is the first step before making payroll checks?
- Peril insurance is for?
- What is a "Cloud" contract?
- Federal UST regulations apply to which of the following?
- When pouring concrete in a tight space between the form and rebar what additive do you use?
- A hole is being excavated that is 181-feet wide, 9-feet deep, and 216-feet long. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- What type of concrete is to be used to strip forms early?
- What is the maximum spacing of studs for 1/2 inch gypsum board?
- What do you use to toenail a joist?
- What safety measures are required when on a swing scaffold?
- How often should a safety harness be inspected?
- What would be the minimum flashing in a valley with mineral shingles be?
- For conventional wood frame construction, non bearing partitions may have a maximum stud spacing of?
- A trench is being excavated 11-feet deep, 3-feet wide and 1400-feet long. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A ditch is being excavated 11-feet deep, 3-feet wide, 1250-feet long sloped at a 1:1 ratio, how many cubic yards is needed if there is a 27% swell factor?
- A ditch is being excavated 11-feet deep, 3-feet wide, 1250-feet long sloped at a 1:1 ratio, how many cubic yards is needed if there is a 35% compaction rate?
- Refer to the Figure, a ditch is being excavated that is 11-feet deep, 3-feet wide, 1250-feet long, and sloped 1:1. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- Refer to figure, an 11-foot deep ditch is being excavated in Type C soil. The bottom of the ditch is 3 feet wide, sloped regularly, what is the width at the top? (assume its sloped 1:1)
- Given a 60′ solid web joist, when would you release the hoist line?
- Given an open web steel joist, when would you release the hoist lines?
- What do you put in concrete to protect against freeze thaw?
- If concrete is to be exposed to salt water, what admixture is added to protect the concrete?
- Where do you install the door stop?
- according to the Mississippi One Call act, what type of underground facility does safety alert orange identify?
- How accurate are markings for facilities required to be according to Mississippi One Call?
- An advantage of a nuclear compaction test over other methods is?
- Why is it easier to get good compaction in a large embankment fill than a small embankment fill?
- What does the Mississippi One Call system require an excavator to do when utility lines are damaged?
- What is the best way to lower the water table in an excavation?
- An excavator gave notice to Mississippi One Call system of the excavation, it is discovered that the facility markings are not correct, who is to blame?
- How long are markings for underground utilities valid for, under the Mississippi One Call system?
- An advantage of an angle or A blade over a straight blade or S blade is?
- According to the One Call system, what type of underground facility does a red marking indicate?
- A 50 foot wide roadway has a 2% slope from the centerline to each edge, if the centerline elevation is 26 feet what is the elevation at the edges?
- A reference stake is at a distance of 18 feet from a hub, how is the distance measured?
- What is considered an emergency excavation by the Mississippi One Call system?
- When can the Mississippi One Call system be contacted for notifications?
- The finish Elevation of the crown of a 28 foot wide road at the centerline is 76.5 feet with a 2% slope to the edges. It has an 8 inch subbase, 6 inch base, and a 4 inch surface coat. What is the finish elevation at the edge prior to laying the subbase?
- The Best method for diverting water from a drainage way that needs to be excavated is?
- If soil fails a compaction test because it was too dry when compacted, the soil will need?
- What is an effect of loading uphill with a scraper?
- When must the renewal notifications for validated markings be renewed?
- When does the Mississippi One Call system require advance written notice?
- Good operator practice for excavating a subdivision when deep cuts are needed includes?
- Before being used at a job site, a safety net must be?
- At what minimum depth is trench protection or sloping of the ditch mandatory?
- What is the preferred traffic control device for use adjacent to a road at night?
- According to OSHA how would cracks in an open Excavation affect the soil classification?
- What is the minimum advance notice that the Mississippi One Call system requires an excavator to provide notice?
- What is the specified depth for removal of an existing structure?
- What is true about groundwater Level?
- How soon must an action for enforcement of the lien be started?
- How often must a report be filed when the withholding is more than $300 a month?
- What is the tax rate for an income in excess of $10,000?
- What is the new employer unemployment insurance rate?
- What percent of monthly wages is an employer allowed to keep from an employee for workers compensation?
- A commercial contractor violates the licensing laws what is the maximum imprisoned time allowed?
- A residential contractor violates the licensing laws what is the maximum imprisoned time allowed?
- Upon renewal of a residential certificate of responsibility the board considers?
- Who is usually responsible for all required building permits?
- What does a bid document usually contain?
- The general rule for a contract is it will be interpreted against ______?
- A thorough understanding of contracts and their proper use is to ____?
- Who does the subcontractor usually contract with?
- Which is considered a fixed asset?
- By what date must an employer give an employee their W-2 forms by?
- How long does an employer have to obtain a completed I-9 form?
- The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) covers which of the Following?
- A non-exempt employee is which of the following
- An exempt employee is which of the following?
- A non-exempt employee works 30 hours one week and 50 hours the next week for $12 an hour how much is he paid for the two weeks?
- How long must an employer keep an OSHA form 301 on file?
- A willful violation is when an employer intentionally commits a violation with indifference to the law, what is the penalty?
- Who is responsible for the safety at the construction site?
- To make estimating total cost of labor easier work should be organized by ____?
- What is an advantage to grouping the materials into logical construction phases?
- How do you reduce the exposure to loss by theft?
- What is a result of underestimating the cost of materials?
- A reason to exercise cost control is to ______________?
- What does a bid bond ensure?
- In a Joint Venture only one partner has a certificate of responsibility, what is required for bidding a contract?
- What is one advantage to an S corporation?
- What is the maximum job you can do without the respective license?
- Occupational license taxes are required by:
- Which type of license below requires a four hour course in “Unfair Trade Practices & Consumer Law?"
- From the time the board receives the Contractors license application to the time the license is issued, out of state applicants have a mandatory waiting period of:
- The Occupational Safety & Health Act requires which employers to have an emergency action plan in place for their employees?
- Theft of office equipment would be covered under which type of policy below?
- Which item below would be considered part of the company general overhead?
- What is the term for a project where a contractor will provide the financing, permitting, & land for the owner of a project?
- What business structure is usually time limited?
- Who is required to take 4 hours of continuing education every year?
- What question can you NOT ask in an interview?
- What question can you legally ask employee when giving an interview?
- What should the daily log show in it?
- What should the daily log NOT have in it?
- Who is responsible for preparing the budget for a project?
- What is the name for a legal item that can be placed in a contract that will allow the terms to be dictated prior to acceptance of the contract?
- When a company sends an invoice that says “net 30”, what does it mean?
- Whose responsibility is it to ensure the project meets zoning conditions?
- What is the purpose of a silt fence around an erosion site?
- What ratio will you use to see if you can pay your debts?
- What % retainage is commonly withheld from “progressive payment"?
- What % penalty do you pay for failing to pay a trust tax?
- What is the main reason a contractor gets a “peril builders’ risk” policy?
- Who does not require a contracting license for work at $10,000?
- What happens if the contractor submits a “change proposal” for a substitute of a product & it is approved?
- Who is responsible for providing the survey, plot, and plans?
- What type business can sell its assets without selling the business itself?
- What happens to a partnership if one dies?
- Who may require a business plan?
- What is the term for the documents turned in when submitting a bid?
- Good ethical conduct is necessary to maintain the ______ of the bidding process.
- What is not included in an invitation to bid?
- What is the typical range of the percent of a contract amounts for a bond premium?
- What is required to be on the bid envelope?
- Which of the following is a Residential Contractor NOT required to do?
- What are home improvement contractors required to have before beginning work?
- Which Contractors are required to complete 4 hours of instruction in Louisiana’s “Unfair Trade Practices and Consumer Protection Law?”
- What is the length of the waiting period associated with out of state contractors from submittal of the application to the issuing of the license?
- What is the additional surcharge applied to out-of-state contractors?
- Another qualifying party must be found within ___ days of termination of the previous qualifying party.
- If the qualifying party terminates employment, the board must be notified within ___days.
- What is the minimum required liability coverage or protection for residential contractors?
- What is required to work as a Residential Contractor?
- Which of the following is not a Major Classification?
- Who appoints members to the State Board of Contractor’s and how many members is it composed of?
- Which type of company is least affected by the death of a shareholder?
- _________ refers to the amount of cash available after the liabilities or debts are paid.
- Whose responsibility is it to prepare budgets for a project?
- Whose responsibility is it to maintain project records and reports?
- Louisiana New Hire Reporting Program requires all new hires & rehired employees to be reported no later than _______.
- What are the working restrictions on minors under the age of 16 in regard to hours worked?
- Within how many days must employees be paid their wages in full after quitting, being laid off or being fired?
- The EPA issued regulations in 1990 authorizing the creation of a _______ permitting system for stormwater
discharges from a select group, including construction activities disturbing five or more acres.
- In order to be qualified as an underground tank by the EPA, how much of a 5500 gallon tank must be undeground?
- According to Louisiana Revised Statutes, contractors are required to pay subcontractors and suppliers within how many days?
- How soon after checks are issued must the payroll journal be updated to reflect the new account balance?
- How many members of the board shall have the majority of their experience as a licensed contractor in the field of highway and street construction?
- What is the maximum surcharge that the board has the authority to assess with an additional surcharge of no more than how much with the application for and issuance of a contractor’s license to a contractor not domiciled in the state of Louisiana?
- If filling a 1750 gallon tank to treat an area whose specifications call for a 1.5% solution of herbicide, how much hebicide will be needed for the full tank?
- A sprayer has a 3,500 gallon capacity and will apply 42 gallons of solution to each acre. How many acres can be treated if the tank is ¾ of the way full?
- If it takes 75 pounds of granular herbicide to treat an acre, how much hebicde would be needed to treat an area 2715’ x 102’?
- What is the term used to describe herbicides that when applied to mixed vegetation will not affect all plants equally?
- What is the safest way to drive a tractor while on an incline?
- Which of the following is the best target for basal application of herbicides?
- A lot is cleared of hardwood trees but you are not able to immediately treat the stumps with herbicides. When you return a few days later, what is the best method for applying the herbicides?
- Which tissue layer of woody plants transfers most foilar-applied herbicides?
- What is the term for a plant that lives for more than 2 years?
- What is the minimum number of threads must be engaged in an explosion proof or fire proof environment?
- Minimum size equipment ground for flexible cords must be no smaller than:
- Underground wires are not allowed to pass under a pool or within the area extending ___ horizontally from the inner wall of a swimming pool.
- What is the minimum size grounding conductor for a 60 Amp Panel?
- What types of Class 2 or Class 3 cables are able to be used in ducts specifically fabricated for environmental air directly associated with the air distribution system ?
- A recessed luminere must be separated from insulation by at least____ if it is not type IC.
- MC cable shall be supported and secured by any of the following except:
- What needs to happen before sealing a pipe with a cable inside?
- In a 3-phase, 4- wire transformer, what is the maximum voltage to ground allowed on ungrounded conductors?
- What is a retaining wall above a flat roof called?
- How do you make a control joint in a concrete wall?
- The door is best identified as a:
- A Cylinder test should be kept at a:
- When erecting a steel building, the last step is:
- When placing Tyvek (house wrap) on a building, what is the proper step?
- What is the first step when installing a casement window?
- What type of roofing system uses a torch or heating device?
- When removing a column form, the concrete needs repairs and holes to be filled, when is the best time to do it?
- An excavation is to be 4′ deep 300′ long 1’6″ wide at the bottom with the sides sloping up at a 1:1 ratio. How many cubic yards of material will be removed?
- When is the best time to level a block in a masonry wall?
- After inspecting a weld on rebar, you see that it has a crack. What is done to correct?
- How do you plumb a steel column after it has been attached?
- A length of structural steel is marked with C 15×33.9. This means the beam is:
- If 4 1/2″ of a 3′ x 1′ shingle shows, how many shingles are required to cover 1 square of roofing?
- When preparing a building site, to what depth should roots and stumps be removed?
- With concrete that contains an accelerant, when would curing compound be added?
- At what height can you drill sheet pilings?
- Identify the welding sign
- Identify diagram C
- Identify diagram A
- Identify diagram B
- When back filling around a drainage pipe, what is the depth of the lifts?
- When you drive pilings into sandy soil what do you pump around the pilings for extra support?
- When you are drilling using an auger what do you pump around the casing for lubrication?
- Prior to shipping to a jobsite, how are holidays / imperfections found in PVC?
- Identify item C
- What size pipe is needed to handle 320,000 BTUh from 75 feet away?
- What type of copper cannot be buried underground?
- What type of copper is used in panel heaters?
- What is the best way to apply hardwood strip flooring to a wooden subfloor?
- What is the best way to apply a laminate strip floor to a wooden subfloor?
- When is the best time to apply polyethylene to the sewer an cleanout in a slab?
- When installing anchor bolts in a slab, what is the best time to place them?
- Why do you trowel concrete?
- What is the quietest type of plumbing pipe?
- What is the quietest type of plumbing pipe?
- Refer to the Diagram; The set of stairs shown stands 10’6” tall. What is the height of an individual riser?
- After grubbing a lot what is the best soil that remains?
- A house that is 32’ wide with 9’6” walls has a gable roof with a 6’ rise to ridge. How many standard sized bricks are needed for one gable end of the house with a 5 % waste factor?
- Identify the Ash Dump
- Identify the Damper
- A bedroom is 12’ x 16’. What is the distance from one corner to the opposite corner?
- How do you attach drywall to a metal window?
- A 44′ long wall has studs that are 16″ on center. How many studs are required for this wall if there is a double stud on each end?
- A wall on 2″ x 4″ studs, with 1/2″ dry wall on each side what is the width of the doorjamb?
- What is the elevation of Lot 406?
- What is the height of a cabinet above a refrigerator?
- What is the final thing done in a house?
- When using contact cement to apply Formica (laminate), how long does it take for the glue to adhere?
- What is the last thing done on an asphalt shingle roof?
- What is the order for putting house wrap on a building?
- Where is rough in plumbing run?
- How do you flatten welded wire mesh?
- What in a home uses a 240V connection?
- What do you do when nailing sheet rock?
- A service station gas distribution system in a convenience store must have a disconnect within how many feet?
- A transformer has 75 KVA and 470 volts 3 phased with efficiency of 90%. What is the ampacity required for the primary conductor?
- What is minimum sized branch circuit required for outline lighting?
- What is the maximum spacing between supports for a 4 inch diameter run of ENT?
- The maximum cross sectional field of conductors for a rigid metal conduit containing 3 or more conductors is_____% of the total inner area.
- Each circuit leading to or through a gasoline dispenser must have a disconnect that is:
- Receptacle in a basement in damp areas are required to be:
- What is the approximate voltage draw of 540 Watts single phase 200 AMPs ?
- What is the total demand for five household ranges that are each rated at 11.3 KW?
- Recessed light fixtures that can be in contact with insulation are designated:
- A single phase 200 volt ¾ Hp motor will draw how many AMPs ?
- At least how many inches of free conductor shall be left at an outlet switch where it emerges from its raceway or a cable sheath for splices and connections for extra devices
- How many times can a grounding electrical system be spliced with a bonded connector?
- An employer and his 8 employees have just moved to a new facility. OSHA requires:
- Metal Clad Cable requires support at a maximum interval of :
- What is the smallest sized grounding conductor for communications cable that is required to be grounded when entering a building?
- What is the minimum air space that must be between the walls of a metal connect box at the nearest exposed current carrying conductor and the door?
- What is the maximum overcurrent protection on a commercial infrared lamp?
- The lower edge of an outdoor sign shall be placed how far above areas that are accessible to vehicles?
- When a counter is in a residential dwelling what is the maximum height above the cabinet for an outlet?
- When horizontal insulated branch circuit conductors are not attached to a building the minimum horizontal clearance of the building is:
- According to OSHA what pressure of decompressed air may be used for cleaning purposes?
- What is the maximum rating of overcurrent protection for a 600V transformer that has a 9 amp current?
- A drawbridge has 1.5 Hp motor rated for continuous duty has a temperature of 55° C. What is the maximum percentage of the nameplate current rating for this duty cycle?
- Which of the following is not acceptable for wiring the car on a hoist elevator?
- Branch circuit conductors within____ inches of a ballast shall have a temperature rating of_____degrees Celsius.
- A parallel figure using two THW copper conductors per phase, needs an overcurrent protection of 800 Amps. What is the trade size of the grounding electrode conductors on the service entrance?
- A single phase supply conductor and a phase converter shall be protected from over current at a maximum of what percentage of the phase converter main plate, single phase, input full load AMP
- Flexible metal conduit shall be supported at intervals not exceeding:
- A coaxial ground electrode reads 63 Volts between the ends of the electro service ground. What is required for proper grounding?
- The ampacity of a 15 foot feeder tap conductor that supplies a power board must be at least ______ ampacity of the feeder.
- What is the minimum size wire feeding a surge arrestor for circuits exceeding 1000 V
- What size copper grounding electroconductor is required for a 300 Amp THHN copper service entrance conductor?
- What must be done to meet NEC when a grounding electro conductor is run inside a non-continuous metal conduit?
- If a 480 V cable has to be run over and between two buildings, the cable must be above what grade?
- When using threaded fittings in a Class 1 Division 1 areas, at least how many threads must be engaged?
- A compartment or chamber to which two air ducts are connected and which forms a part of the air distribution system is called
- A minimum size conductor permitted for parallel grounded conductors and multiple conduits is :
- A minimum size grounding conductor permitted for cable sheathes and communication circuits?
- How shall boxes and fittings be installed in a wall constructed of combustible materials?
- A single phase motor has dual element fuse. What is the maximum percentage of volt load current allowed?
- How high above the bottom of a bus enclosure shall the conduit be allowed to rise?
- Cables run through bored holes in wooden structural members of a building shall be kept at least how far from nearest edge of the member?
- What is the minimum rating of surge arrestors over 1500 V?
- What is the maximum resistance of an artificial ground rod before another must be driven?
- Surface mounted fixtures which contain ballast and are to be mounted on a low density cellulose fiberboard ceiling must be at least how far from the surface of the fiber board?
- What is the minimum sized conductor for over current protection in a Class 1 circuit?
- Class 1 Division 1 defines its location with:
- At least how many inches of free conductor shall be allowed at each end where conduit or raceways enter the enclosure?
- What is the maximum circuit breaker allowed to protect a 14 AWG wire?
- Flat conductor cable ( FCC) can be used in:
- The secondary circuit from a sign transformer or power supply enclosed in a non-metallic conduit. A bonding conductor is required and must be:
- A transformer with a flammable liquid installed in a Class 1 location must be:
- For Cable sheathes and communication circuits, what is the minimum size grounding conductor?
- An office building has a non-continuous load subtotal of 10,350 VA and a continuous load subtotal of 18,120 VA. What is the minimum single phase 240 V overcurrent protection for the device required?
- An apartment building has 40 units with 240 V single phase service. They are adding 6000 Watt dryers to each unit. What will the change in current be?
- A nonmetallic sheath cable needs a minimum of what size copper equipment grounding conductor when operating at 60 amps?
- The minimum over current protection for an automatic return motor compressor is what percentage of the name plate rating?
- An insulated metal sheath 3/4 ” diameter cable in a line has a minimum bend radius of how many times the diameter?
- A 600 V, 9 Amp line in transformer shall have an individual overcurrent device on the primary side rated at a maximum of what percentage of the rated primary cirrent of the transformer?
- A circuit in which all components are connected in tandem is called:
- What is the smallest conductor that can be used for service supply for a receptacle of less than 50 V?
- What is the number of # 12 THWN conductors using 3/8″ flexible metal conduit allowed outside the conduit?
- Conductors of Class 2 and Class 3 circuits and communication cables are within the same raceway provided all the conductors are:
- The rating of the disconnecting means of the phase converter in place shall be what percentage of the rated maximum single phase input of the full load?
- A bend in armored cable can have a radius to the inner edge of the curve of no less than how many times the diameter of the cable?
- If a 3-phase, 4 wire transformer secondary feeds a 3-phase 4wire panel, the neutral in the panel must be:
- What is the minimum sized wire needed for an electrically powered irrigation machine that has 60 Amp service?
- What is the maximum rating for branch circuits that supply neon signs?
- A device without moving parts that converts a current voltage to a different voltage is called a :
- How often must personal fall arrest systems be inspected?
- A ladder leaning against a two story building must extend how many inches beyond its point of rest ?
- What is the maximum overcurrent protection for a branch circuit that supplies a single non-motor operated appliance that is rated at 20 Amps?
- The ampacity of the conductors from generator terminals to the first distribution device must be what percentage of the nameplate current rating?
- A 4″ RMC will have a bending radius of not less than ______ inches.
- A disconnecting means for stationary 130 HP air conditioner motor may be :
- What is the maximum weight of a luminaire that may be supported solely by an outlet box?
- An employer is required by OSHA to provide all of the following except:
- Where shall overcurrent devices not be located in hotels or motels?
- In the vicinity of aircraft, the hazardous area around power plants or aircraft fuel tanks must extend how far above the upper surface of the wings and/or engine enclosure?
- A transformer with a flammable liquid installed in a Class 1 location must be :
- A run of 3/4″ EMT requires an offset bend around an 8″ square column. The bends will be 45 degrees. What is the distance between the bends?
- A mobile home has an existing 240 V connected load 51 Amps on both legs. It has an existing Air Conditioner registered at 1440 VA and 120V that will be replaced with a 240 V unit that is rated at 3600 VA. The minimum service must be:
- The role of safety monitor is to :
- A field bend of 3 1/2″ Rigid Metal Conduit that only makes one sharp bend must have a minimum radius of ______inches.
- What is the minimum voltage on a Class III PLTC Cable ?
- What is the minimum size flexible cable permitted within the battery enclosure for a solar photovoltaic systems?
- What type of conduit cannot be used for electric fire pump controls?
- How far from the finished surface of a noncombustible wall can you have an outlet box?
- With conduit moving from a Class 1 into an unclassified location, where are you required to seal?
- How thick must sealant be applied on a 1/2″ seal?
- Where is the emergency disconnect for a carnival ride located?
- What type of motor enclosure is rated for prolonged submersion?
- What is the maximum number of #14 wires will fit in an 18 cubic inch metal box?
- What is the minimum thickness of a plate electrode composed of nonferrous metal?
- What is the minimum depth to bury a grounding ring?
- What is the minimum thickness of a steel plate electrode?
- What is the minimum size surge arrestor conductor for line of over 1000V?
- When charging an electric car you must supply the branch circuit conductors with what percent of over current protection of the maximum load?
- What is NOT an acceptable way to tag a grounded conductor that is size 6 AWG or smaller?
- If lighting is left on for longer than 3 hours it is considered?
- What is the maximum voltage under which a portable building may be placed?
- Holiday lights or temporary lights may be left up for no longer than _____.
- Where is GFCI protection NOT required at a Circus?
- Where is a GFCI not permitted at a circus?
- Who is fined if OSHA finds a problem with the temporary lighting on a job site?
- What class of driver’s license is required to operate a 15,000 pound bucket truck?
- What is the minimum required work space needed in a man hole that has cables on both side?
- What is the required overhead clearance on a 47 KV line that passes over a Roof with a pitch of 4 on 12?
- What is the required overhead clearance on a 47 KV line that passes over a drive way?
- What type of PLTC cable is suitable for use in ducts, plenums or other spaces for environmental air?
- What is the required separation between the conductive racks and non conductive cases in SOLAR Photovoltaic Systems?
- What signifies a Class 1 location?
- What is not foreign to a transformer vault?
- What does TDOE stand for?
- How deep must a 480 V direct burial cable be buried if it has no concrete cover?
- Which of the following statements is true about NFPA?
- Supports in a bussway are required every ____ft
- How is a disconnect sized when it is controlling more than one motor?
- A screwshell fixture is good for ____ Watts
- What is the required clearance for a recessed luminere from combustible materials?
- IMC type cable must be secured _____ft from the cabinet and ______ft on center after that.
- NM type cable must be secured _____ft from the cabinet and ______ft on center after that.
- What does a voltmeter measure?
- What is the overcurrent protection required for a #12 copper wire?
- What is the separation of dry type transformers from combustible materials?
- A church with a meeting hall is considered a place of assembly. How many people is a place of assembly intended for?
- A tap conductor may extend no further than _____ feet from a junction box.
- Cinder block building 20 x 40 assuming no waste
- What is the first thing installed in a suspended ceiling?
- A 1500 cy excavation needs to be filled. The material to be used has a 25% shrinkage factor. How many cubic yards will be needed?
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs on a jobsite shall have landings every _____ feet of vertical height.
- A building has a 50′ x 100′ flat roof. The felt is 4′ 4″ wide and 100 ‘ long. How many rolls are needed to cover the roof if there is a 3″ lap?
- A wooden frame wall made of 2″ x 4″ boards is 98″ high including a double top plate. If there is a 1″ gap from the top plate to the studs, how long are the studs?
- While hanging a steel beam, when can the hoist be removed?
- When a telephone line is run into a new building, how does it have to be run?
- What is used to support and keep welded wire mesh off the ground?
- When pouring concrete over a dirt pad what do you do with the subgrade?
- What is the purpose of a girt?
- When do you open the valve on a steam boiler?
- On a hip and valley roof what do you frame first?
- During a slump test, how much do you fill the cone?
- When pouring concrete on a hot dry day, what is used to cure the slab?
- A building is 600′ x 400′ with 8 ‘ walls. How many sheets of plywood are needed to sheathe the outside of the building?
- A concrete wall form will have dimensions of 8′ x 4′ x 20′. How many sheets of plywood are required to sheathe the outside if there is an 8% waste factor?
- A grocery store is 100′ x 400′ with 16 ‘ walls. The painter will charge $8 per square. How much will painting the building cost if the sides need 2 coats of primer and one coat of paint, while the front and rear only require one coat of both primer and paint?
- If you pour a parking lot next to an existing building, what kind of joint is created?
- What is the nominal size of a brick joint?
- What tool is used to grout ceramic tile?
- Where is the safety latch attached to a safety harness?
- When moving a 45′ bundle of rebar what must be used?
- Scaffolding 6′ tall is required to have _____.
- Scaffolding 10′ tall is required to have _____.
- At what foot intervals does scaffolding have to be tied to a building?
- When building a metal stud wall with an 8′ drop- in ceiling how long are the studs?
- You buy 1000 lineal feet of molding that costs $13.50 per 100′. You receive a 15% contractor’s discount. If the bill is paid within 10 days, there is a 10% discount. If the bill is paid within 2 days there is an additional 2% discount. There is a 6% sales tax. What would the final cost be if the bill is paid on the first day?
- How mant square feet of soffit vent does a house require if it has a living area of 1200 sq ft?
- When operating a bulldozer in muddy soil and it keeps sinking what do you do to give it better traction?
- What tool is used to stretch a chain link fence?
- A gable roof has a run of 18′ and a pitch of 8/12. What is the rise to ridge?
- You must build a fence that is 995 meters long. It has one post every meter and each post costs $5.50. Fencing material comes in 100 m rolls that cost $125 each. Fabric netting comes in 100 m rolls that cost $95 each. At every lap there will be a double post. A box of staples costs $22 what is the total materials cost for the fence?
- How do we form a control joint?
- How many 8″ x 8 ” x 16″ block are required to make a wall that is 25 ‘ by 8’ with a 5% waste factor?
- How many 8″ x 2 1/4 ” brick are required to make a wall that is 25 ‘ by 8’ with a 5% waste factor?
- How many standard sized brick are required to make a wall that is 25 ‘ by 8’ with a 5% waste factor?
- When do you start compacting asphalt?
- Where do you start applying the felt on the roof?
- Where do you start applying shingles on a roof?
- What is the worst thing to use to compact sand or gravel?
- How is exterior vinyl siding nailed?
- What do you call the water connection on the outside of the house?
- On a jobsite, there is a hole that measures 100' x 40' x 8' deep. If you must remove 3/8" more, how many cubic yards of material will you be removing?
- How many truckloads (26cy) are needed to move 1000 cy of dirt that has a 21% swell factor?
- After you apply a sand coat finish on a gypsum wall, how long do you wait before applying a second coat?
- If you have a 60″ header, what is the width of your rough opening?
- A building has a 36' x 40' flat roof. If you use 15# felt that comes in 400sq. Ft. rolls that cost $20 each, what is the total cost of the felt if you apply 5 layers to the roof? Assume no waste, laps or overages.
- What type of flashing is used on an clay tile roof?
- How do you remove asphalt shingles from a roof?
- According to OSHA, welding torches shall be lighted by___?
- The minimun thickness of a 12 ft. high chimney, which is 18″ in diameter is_ gage?
- The minimun temperature to activate a fire damper is__ degrees F.
- What type of gauge is required on a steam boiler?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum height for a stockpile of combustible materials?
- What is the maximum size roof area in Sq.Ft. that could use a 3″ vertical roof drain leader, if the rainfall is 3″ per hr.?
- Where shall not a condensate line be discharged?
- What is the maximum horizontal spacing for PEX piping hanger support?
- What does EDT level measure when calculating energy loads?
- What is the maximum support distance for 1″ vertical steel pipe?
- According to OSHA, which of the following shall be provided to access a scaffold?
- What is the minimum thickness for galvanized duct in a single dwelling unit?
- For public use water closet, bowls must be:
- Cleanout plug openings may be used for the installation of new fixtures:
- What is the minimum size building sewer with an 1/8 inch slope needed for a system serving 840 fixture units?
- The minimum rodding clearance for a 3 inch cleanout is:
- Which of the following is a condition for installing a combination plumbing fixture with trap?
- What is the minimum unobstructed passage way required around a water heater?
- Equipment installed in a underfloor area shal have a minimum size access opening of:
- The minimum flow rate for water in a bathtub supply pipe is how many gallons per minute?
- All of the following materials are acceptable for underground sewer pipe installed within 5 ft. of water surface pipe except:
- All of the following materials are acceptable for underground sewer pipe installed with in 5 ft. of water surface pipe except:
- What is the minimum available inlet area for roof drain strainer for a 2 inch by 3 inch conductor?
- What is the smallest size iron pipe you can use for a 165 ft. piping system designed to carry 900c.f. per hour of gas at 1 psi? Specific gravity is 0.6 with a total pressure of 1/2 inch water cone.
- What is the maximum rof area that can be served by a 4 inch diameter semicircular roof cutter? Cutter has a 1/4 per inch slope. Rainfall is 3 in. per hour.
- What is the maximum allowable distance between 3 inch trap and a vent?
- What is the minimum number of water closets required for females for a church with a occupancy of 500 people if 250 are male and 250 are female?
- The minimum depth of a trap seal is:
- What is the glass bulb color for a sprinkler with a red color coat?
- What is the minimum size of the diameter of discharge pipe of a water heater relief valve?
- Short sweep ends may be used in a 3 inch waste line when the direction of flow is:
- The relief opening of a reduced pressure principle back flow prevention assembly must discharge by:
- What is the maximum develop length to pull 1 1/4 inch trap with a 1 1/4 inch ficture drain and a maximum fall of 1/4 inches?
- Which of the following fittings can e used to change the direction of a 4″ storm drain from vertical to horizontal?
- Which of the following fitting s can be used to change the direction of a 4" storm drain from vertical to horizontal?
- The vertical distance from a fixture outlet to the trap weir is sealed at a maximum of:
- The minimum allowable distance between a water closet center in side wall or partition is:
- The process of expanding or enlarging soft copper tubing to receive another piece of tubing the same diameter is called:
- What is the length of a 6″ gas pipe required to be purged with innert gas for servicing?
- A mainifold installed with an individual connected distribution line are the same must have a diameter of what size with the maximum demand of the sink of 4 ft. per second?
- What does a yellow tip flame indicate when burning fuel gases in a furnace?
- What is the maximum distance allowed between the gas shut off and the appliance it serves?
- What is a dangerous by-product of incomplete combustion in a cast iron furnace?
- An instrument used to measure the relative humidity of the air by comparing with dry bulb temperature is called:
- Which of the following is true about the valves required for all hot water heaters?
- A disinfectant solution at 200 ppm may be required for flushing a potable water system. The solution must remain in the system for a minimum of how many hours?
- On a dry pipe system, what types of valve must be installed between the riser and a quick open device?
- What is the minimum pressure that should be used for water supply on PVC pipe?
- What is the distance between the base and the bottom of a 28 ft. ladder leaning against a wall?
- Which type of gas burner forces both primary and secondary air into the burner?
- What is the minimum diameter for a residential dryer vent duct?
- Indirect waste piping must be trapped if it exceeds a minimum of what length?
- What is the minimum clearance between the bath tub and the center line of a water closet?
- Where should the pressure steam valves be vented?
- What is the approximate number of threads cut on a 1 1/2 gas iron pipe?
- When must a Licensed contractor notify the Board of a change in the Corporate structure.
- Which of the following statements is true about a brick veneere wall?
- Footings for a masonry chimney shall be at least ____ inches thick.
- The minimum height of a stairway is measured vertically from the _______________.
- A benchmark is the ________________.
- What is the maximum allowable area for standard interior glass block:
- Wood joist _________ inches from ground must be decay resistant.
- Which of the following can be a cause for disciplinary action?
- A vapor barrier on blanket insulation should _____________________?
- What is the purpose of deforming reinforcement bars?
- Fasica is nailed to ______________.
- When installing asphalt shingles in a high wind area, what is the maximum spacing of fasteners for the underlayment?
- What is the minimum required lap joint for a vapor barrier on a slab on grade?
- What is the maximum allowable slope on the top surface of a footing?
- Raising rebar 1/2" in a 6" slab can reduce the load bearing capacity by _________?
- Which of the following would not be used for a personal fall arrest system?
- Using 4 X 8 1/2" exterior sheathing the maximum spacing for the fasteners would be _______________.
- OSHA desigates sand soil as classification ________.
- The maximum depth a wood stud in a load can be notched in a loadbearing wall is what % of its width?
- What is the maximum allowable span 3 ply header in a one story house that is 28' wide?
- The standard size height for an interior door is________.
- The required air space seperating masonry veneer from underlining sheathing of an exterior wall is
- What is the allowable variation for placing concrete stirrups?
- OSHA requires all of the following except ________when handling insulation?
- A chimney that is 2' above the roof needs a cricket installed at what width?
- The maximum wall stud spacing on non load bearing studs with 1/2" sheetrock is ______?
- What is the best method to compact sand (granular) soil?
- If a 2 story structure is built on rock using brick veneer or light frame construction, the minimum footing width shall be _________?
- A stairway that has a handrail installed on 1 side must have a minimum clear width of _______?
- Which if any of the following shall be used to climb onto a scaffold?
- What would be the minimum width of a footing under the following condition: 1 story, 2000psi soil, conventional construction?
- What is the maximum fine the board can impose on a residential builder?
- What type of masonry pattern has all the vertical joints in line?
- If a residential builder is working on his own commercial, he is allowed up to what square footage?
- What is the maximum vertical screws used to attach 1/2 inch drywall to interior wall?
- Which of the roof materials can be reinstalled?
- Asphalt shingle underlayment, the lap shall be offset by
- The correct nail used to toe nail a wood joist on a ledger to a sill where a guider would be
- What would be the most commonly used nails used to nail form boards?
- To avoid hardening due to hydration, masonry mortar should be used how soon?
- The nail length when used in a mechanically laminated floor system shall be how many times the lamination
- Concrete exposed to saltwater should have _____________ added to the mix to protect the embedded steel?
- OSHA requires upper and lower guards on ____________?
- Minimum slope for a modified builtup roof shall be
- What does Mississippi One Call not require in the original notification
- What is the most effective method for controlling shrinkage cracking in concrete?
- What is the minimum thickness of structural plain concrete bearing walls except basement walls is _______________?
- When erecting a concrete masonary wall which of the following would be the correct method?
- When installing wood shingles on spaced sheathing, the sheathing shall not be less than ___?
- Welded wire mesh should be lapped a minimum of ___?
- Roots and stumps must be removed from the subgrade to a depth of__?
- The maximun deflection of a floor joist in inches is what ratio to it's span length?
- Which of the following is the best choice to use for concrete to resist de-iceing?
- When no lining for a fireplace is provided the back and side walls shall be ___ inches thick.
- Rectangular chimney flues that have an aspect ratio less than 2 to 1 shall have a minimum net cross- sectional area of at least__ of the fireplace.
- Bed joints for masonry units laid directly over a foundation shall not be more than ___"
- Steel joists should be unloaded from a truck ___.
- The tag end of steel joists or guiders shows __?
- For normal construction, non load bearing studs shall have a maxinum stud spaceing of ___ inches.
- What is the maximun load span in PSF for roof sheat, grade 5, that is 5/8" thick?
- In a structural plain concrete wall, a door or window opening shall be provided with not less than__?
- For concrete exposed to earth or weather, the mininum cover for a #6 rebar is__ inches.
- What is the mininum size lumber for a floor joist that spans 14' at 16" O.C. using #2 Southern pine?
- What is the maximum sapcing for light frame cold fromed steel studs in a Seismic zone?
- Which of the following will increase the compressive strength of morter?
- When wire rope is used as a guard rail, it should be flagged at what intervails?
- Ventilation for a hip roof should include __________.
- 1/2" Gypsum sheathing has a maximum wood spacing of _________?
- Batter boards are set up to establish __________?
- Plaster more than 1" thick shall be reinforced with an additional layer of lath embedded not less than _____ inches.
- The fire box of a concrete or masonry fireplace shall have a minimum depth of ____ inches.
- Clay tile roofing shall conform to which of the following standards?
- On an asphalt shngle roof, if aluminum is used for valley lining, what is the minimum thickness?
- On an asphalt shingle roof, base and cap flashing shall be made of ___________?
- Roll roofing shall have a slope of not less than _______?
- Metal roof shingles can have a minimum slope of ________?
- A cricket or saddle shall be installed where on a chimney?
- The chimney flue lining shall not change in size within ______inches above or below where the chimney passes through floor, ceiling or roof components
- The throat of a fire box shall not be less than ______inches above the fireplace opening.
- The maximum moisture contact for treated wood shall be ________%.
- Foundations for masonry fireplaces shall be at least _____inches thick.
- Foundations supporting a 2 story building with an 8" foundation wall thickness, shall have a minimum footing width of ______inches.
- Bitumen membrane roofs shall have a minimum ______% slope for drainage.
- The maximum exposure for a wood shake with a 4:12 pitch is __________inches.
- Attic spaces shall have an opening of not less than ______ inches.
- A crawl space shall be provided with a minimum access of _______?
- A crawl space measures 60x30. How may sq.ft of vetilation must be provided?
- Openings for under-floor ventilation shall have a minimum net area of not less than ____sq. ft. for each ________sq. ft. of crawl space.
- The width of a landing for a ramp shall be at least _________?
- Ramps shall have landings at _____?
- Handrail height, measured above stair tread nosings shall not be less than ______inches.
- In group R-2 dwellings, the minimum tread depth shall be ________inches.
- Headroom for stairways shall be measured from ____________?
- Stairways shall have a minimum headroom clearance of ______inches.
- Draft stopping shall be installed in attics so that any horizonal area does not exceed _____ sq. ft.
- In a concealed space, fireblocking shall consist of ____inch nominal lumber.
- The area of a one story group A-4 building with an automatic sprinkler system and is surrounded by public ways not less than___ft. in width.
- The marking on a steel beam reads as follows:GS18 70, this means ___________________.
- Which of the following would NOT require a permit from the Building Official?
- What step in finishing concrete requires 2 people?
- How is drywall attached to a metal door__?
- When a vent extends through an asphalt shingle roof, the shingles should __?
- Concrete test cylinders stored at a job site should be ___?
- What is the standard width of an interior door?
- Vibratory screeds are used with ___ concrete.
- Who can give the crane operator a signal to stop?
- When steel beams are delivered to the job site, how are they marked?
- What is the proper order of materials for mixing concrete?
- What is used to connect a steel column to a slab?
- What unit of measure is used to rate A/C systems?
- Type I portland cement is designed as:
- What is used to lubricate the wheels on an asphalt roller?
- When should an asphalt roller be placed on freshly laid asphalt pavement?
- A tool that is used to put a specific amount of tension on a high strength bolt is a ___?
- What powers a pneumatic tool?
- Refer to the diagram, what type of truss is shown by #2 ?
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what type of roof truss is shown at #1?
- Which type of concrete cures the fastest?
- Identify the wood member shown below.
- On a door stop, what is the stop nailed to?
- When framing a wall with a door opening, you cut the botom plate when?
- After grouting ceramic tile how long should you wait before applying sealant?
- Referring to the illustration, the I Beam is:
- In extremely hot weather to prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete you should __?
- When remodeling a kitchen, what is the last thing you would do?
- What is the purpose of trowling a slab?
- When laying the first course of 3 tab asphalt shingles, which of the following is true?
- When nailing asphalt shingles, the nail head should be driven __?
- Refer to the Diag. The lock shown below is a ____ lock.
- A multiple story building is being demolished; it has brick walls, you should__?
- To prevent a building from shifting the jacks should be ___?
- When preparing a building for demolition you should?
- When transporting a house more than 18' wide from one location to another, you should have __?
- An owner would like to move a house from one location to another and use the original material. One wall and the sills are in poor condition. Which of the following would you NOT do.
- When moving a house from one location to another, which of the following routes is prohibited without a special permit?
- When raising a house using jacks, the jacks should be placed ___?
- When rolling a house off a truck you would use__?
- When demolition of a 2 story building is taking place, barricades should be placed not less than ___ feet away.
- During an emergency the crane operator must obey the emergency stop signal if given by___?
- The expansion tank in a water heater is used for?
- Refer to the diagram, What is the width of a 2x4 header?
- Which of the following diagrams are correct for the plumbing of a bathroom sink?
- Refer to the drawing : identify the drawing shown as “A”
- A 1 to 2 repose or slope is 20′ tall, how wide is the slope?
- A house measures 40 x 60 and has 8' walls, how many standard size brick will be needed?
- Wire mesh in a slab goes where?
- A footing has been dug 4″ to deep. What do you fill it in with?
- When making a header, how much space should be between the 2 boards?
- On an interior door, the weight of the door is carried on the ___.
- To clean excess mortar of bricks you would use ___.
- When hanging an interior door, it should be nailed into ___?
- Which of the following can be run off a 120 volt outlet?
- Termite shields on a water pipe should be placed __ .
- On a 15 amp AC general use snap switch, what is the max. load motor that can be used?
- Hospital x-ray equipment may be serviced by a hard service cable provided that is not rated at over ___amps
- All of the following are permitted in a single space used as a return air plenum except_?
- Which of the following is the min.size device box listed by code to contain 6 #12 conductors?
- What is the max. number of 1/4 bends premitted between juction boxes in AMT without fittings?
- A steel cable tray shall be permitted to be used as an equiment grounding conductor provided that___.
- Direct burided cables subject to movement or settlement shall be __?
- Threadless fittings used with rigid metal conduit installed in a wet location shall be __?
- When non-metallic sheath cable is run exposed, what is required by code where the cable passes through the floor?
- What is the max. distance Code allowes cables to be bundled without the ampacityof the conductors being derated?
- What is the demand load in KW for thr following; 12 KW range and 1 10 KW range?
- What is the min. general lighting receptacle load in volt amps?
- A cable tray is prohibited in which of the following locations?
- Which of the following is true about self cleaning paint?
- What is the minimum width of a wood swing stage scaffold?
- After a grouted block wall has been erected, how long do you wait before painting.
- When refinishing a wood floor that has begun to chip, you should?
- After sanding sheetrock walls, you would remove the dust with ____.
- If you are painting a laundry room in a motel, you would ______.
- Which method of painting leaves the most textured finish on the wall?
- Which of the following paint applications leaves the flattest finish?
- When 2 or more cans of the same color paint are to be used in the same area the paint should be poured back and forth from one can to the other. This is known as ___?
- When would paint typicaly be thinned?
- After sanding wood trim, all dust should be removed with___?
- An airless spray gun should be held ___ inches from the wall.
- When applying paint with a spry gun you should ___?
- What type of tape would be used on wood before painting?
- When painting a wall, brush strokes should be completed by___?
- Which tool will dig in or gouge wood the most?
- How do you sand wood?
- How many years of experience in the classification or specialty must a person have in order to obtain a Class A license.
- What is the color for an undergroung electric transmission line?
- The minimun size landing on a ramp shall be __?
- Asphalt shingle and base cap flashing shall be__?
- What is the maximum allowable slope for a trench in type "A" soil.
- What is the minimum headroom for stairs?
- What is the minimun slope for a modified bitumen roof?
- The minimun depth of a foundation for a fireplace is __?
- The minimum slope for metal roof shingles is __?
- A layout is square if __?
- What is the minimum ventilation size for a 1500 sq. ft. crawl space?
- The thickness of a bed joint on the second course of a masonary wall shall be at least?
- How high can lumber be stacked?
- How many cubic yards of soil are in an excavation that measures 50' x 80' x 9' deep?
- A drawing of the interior or exterior of a structure projecterd onto a vertical plane is __
- Where would you find information on types of windows for a job?
- The vapor barrier on insulation batts should face__?
- Where are landings required for ramps?
- What is the ASTM standard for clay roof tile?
- Any regulant whose license has been revoked because of payment from the recovery fund, shall not be eligible to apply for a license until__?
- Interest earned on the deposiits of the recovery fund shall be used___?
- A class A contractors license must be held by a contractor preforming a single contract of ___ or more.
- If a building permit identifies a mechanic'c lien agent, a lien may not be claimed unless the agent is notified within __ days.
- The maximum amount that can be paid out of the recovery fund on behalf of a single contractor is $___ .
- The maximum amount of recovery from the recovery fund is $___ per injured person.
- In Virgina licenses are issued for a 2 year period, expiring two years from__.
- When estimating labor costs, you should first determine the specific work to be done. This work should be organized by __?
- Which of the following would be used to estimate waste or loss at a job site?
- A superintendent's daily log should contain all of the following execpt__?
- Claims covered under the Miller Act must be filed within __ days after providing the last of their labor or materials.
- A comprehensive general liability policy will not usually cover which of the following?
- When selecting the type of insurance for a new business you should__?
- In order to decrease his risk of liability, a contractor should___?
- All of the following are parts of a business plan execpt__?
- The maximum length you can buy type X drywall in is ?
- What is the recommended drywall screw for 1/2" sheetrock?
- A registered trade name or business name is commnly known as a ____.
- Any person whose license has been suspended because of a payout from the Az. Contractors Recovery Fund, cannot be reinstated until ___ is repaid.
- In order to build a highway project after completeing a 3 story building, a contractor needs a ___ license.
- Most contracts contain a clause that states that the written contract supercedes any written or oral contracts. This is called a (an)___ clause.
- The superintendent's daily job log should be __?
- The superintendent's daily job log should be __?
- Weekly "tool box " meetings discuss ___ issues.
- On large projects, which of the following would be considered "major players"
- Which of the following estimating methods considers height of the wall and floor area?
- In addation to the license, a residential contractor must also have a ___ bond.
- When selecting the type of business organization to start a prospective business owner should consult a (an)__?
- Which of the following statements are true concerning a builders level and a transit?
- What plan shows the location of the grade beams and footings?
- Which plan shows the location of the interior walls of a house or building?
- For framing angles and and end-plate connections, end returns shall not exceed __ blank times the nominal size of the weld.
- The effective length of any part of intermittent fillet welding shall not be less than __ times the weld size.
- In structural steel, which of the following may be used in one of the connected parts at any individual faying surface without reguard for the direction of applied load on connections.
- In high strength bolt connections, hardended washers shall be used ___.
- When plywood sheathing is applied with the grain perpendicluar to the studs, which of the following is true?
- Which of the following is the most important thing when setting up a transit or builders level?
- What tool is used to transfer an angle?
- What is the gap between the top of a finished door and the head jamb ?
- What type of nail would be used to nail a pre-hung exterior door when nailing through the side casing into the trimmer stud?
- In order to pass a #8 rebar through a piece of steel , you would have to drill at least a __ in. hole.
- Acoustical ceiling tiles ____ sound.
- What is the lumber designation for lumber that is surfaced on all 4 sides?
- If a material has a U-value of .08, what is the R-value?
- Asphalt shingles installed on a roof with a 3 on 12 pitch in an area that has a mean tempreture of 30 degrees in the winter, should have an underlayment of ___?
- When nailing a stud to a sole plate, you should use___ nails.
- Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a firewall shall be separated by a horizontal distance of no less than __ inches.
- A 1500 squaer foot house has 50% of it’s attic ventilation in the lovers located 3 feet above the cornice vents. What is the required area of the openings.
- When using crane hand signals, a “thumb up” means__?
- In order to pass a #11 rebar through a piece of wood , you would have to drill a __ in. hole.
- Which of the following is a type of rebar?
- A W8 x 24 beam is __ pounds per foot.
- The broken line on a grading plan represents what?
- If a contractor removes 3 cubic yards of unsuitable dirt, how many tons of aggregate will it take to replace it?
- One method of recognizing unsuitable soil is __?
- In concrete construction the gripping of the bars by concrete is known as __?
- The minimum depth of the ribs on a composite construction roof deck is?
- How much brick is used to start the header of a common bond?
- Which of the following is a common bond?
- A barrier that lets vapor out but not moisture in is called a ___ barrier?
- The two type of light wood construction are?
- Which of the following statements about plywood panels is Not true?
- A brick laid the length way of a wall is a __?
- What type of Portland cement is used in mortar for cold weather conditions?
- Concrete strength is greatest in ___ strength.
- The ASTM standard for redi-mix concrete is;
- Which of the following methods would you use to check if a rectangle slab was square?
- What type of plane is used to bevel the edge of a wood door?
- The two types of connections in structural steel are:
- An 18 story building is 1 1/2″ out of plumb. Which of the following is true?
- For a 1″ heavy hex head bolt, what size sockett would you use?
- The cut angle of a mitered joint is ___ degrees.
- How many courses of 8 x 8 x 16 block will it take to build a wall 10' high?
- On a set of plans the symbol shown below would normally depict ____.
- A house with a gable roof that has a pitch of 6 on 12, has 2 exterior walls that are 96' by 8' tall and 2 walls that are 48' by 8' tall. How many sheets of plywood are needed to sheath the house. Do not allow for any openings.
- A 50' by 24' house will have floor joist that are 12' long and rest on a center beam. The joist are spaced 20" on center. How many joist are needed?
- A door opening is framed in a wall. The header is cut at 41″. What is the width of the rough opening?
- Which of the following can be used for sub base for a slab on grade?
- Measuring from the top plate to the ridge, a house has a run of 24′ and a rise of 8′. The slope of the roof is __?
- Painted exterior wood surfaces should have a total paint thickness of at least ___ mils or more.
- When painting a wall using spray equipment, the paint should be applied___?
- Which of the following projects would have to be licensed by DEQ?
- A corporation has 4 members. Three live in Louisiana and one lives in Mississippi. This corporation_____.
- What bond would cover faulty workmanship or materials after the job is complete?
- What type of graph shows when jobs can be started when others are completed?
- Which of the following is exempt from the Fair Labor Standards Act?
- A company advertises and uses only the following information; company name, license number, phone number. This company is in violation of the licensing law and can be fined because?
- If a mistake is made estimating the cost of materials on a Lump Sum contract, which of the following is true?
- What type of contract would most contractors prefer to get?
- What bond would protect the owner if the project is vandlized?
- If a person fails the exam the first time, they must do what?
- Which one of the following would NOT be paid first under the Louisiana mechanic lien law?
- Which Act bars most employers from using lie detectors on employees?
- The superintendent's daily job log should contain at least which of the following?
- The Family and Medical Leave Act entitles employees to take unpaid leave for _____.
- If an employee reports an injury or illness the employer may ____.
- Which OSHA form provides data on how an injury or illness occurred?
- Which of the following would be considered a UST.
- According to OSHA if noise levels exceed the permissible limits, the employer must ___.
- According to OSHA exposure to impulsive or impact noise should NOT exceed ___ DB.
- Independent contractor payments are reported on form ____.
- According to the COBRA Act, terminated employees may continue their health insurance coverage for up to ___ months at their expense.
- The State Licensing Board for Contractors was established in ___.
- Who would collect occupational tax ?
- Which of the following would be in charge of the budget for a particluar project ?
- What type of bond may be used in place of a performance & payment bond ?
- Which of the following must have a $100,000 insurance policy ?
- A lightweight aggregate used in plaster that offers better fire resistance and insulation values is _____.
- Continous strips of plaster approximately 4" wide, applied vertically or horizontally and plumb with the finish wall line are known as _____?
- To ensure proper thickness of conventional base coat plaster, wooden strips, corner beads, or metal casing beads applied at the perimeter of all openings are known as ___.
- Metal lath used as a plaster base should have an end lap of at least __ in.
- Corner bead used in veneer plaster construction should be secured with nails placed ___ in. o.c.
- To produce a sand finish effect on plaster and veneer plaster you would use a ___.
- A standard tool for veneer and conventional plaster work is a ____.
- On a plaster finish coat where an especially true and even surface is desired a ___ is used.
- Which of the following tools would be used to plumb floor to ceiling alignments ?
- In long parition runs of lath and plaster, control joints should be provided at a maximum of __ ft. o.c.
- When applying a spray texture finish, a smaller nozzel tip will result in ____.
- When using veneer plaster finishes, a mixing speed of _____ RMP should be used.
- When using veneer plaster finishes, a ___ mixing paddle must be used.
- Veneer plaster finishes can be used in ___ applications.
- Where sound insulation is the prime consideration, the basecoat plaster aggregate should be _____ only.
- Portland cement plaster must not be applied directly to ____.
- When a gypsum basecoat contains perlite or vermiculite and a smooth trowel finish is used over a plaster base except metal lath, the finish coat should be _____.
- A knees cement-lime putty finish must never be used over _____.
- Gauged-lime putty applied over conventional basecoat plaster must age ___ days before decorating.
- Where a smooth, easily maintained surface is desired a ____ blank finished is used.
- The type of finish used over lightweight aggreate gypsum basecoat applied over metal lath should be a ____.
- Gypsum or lime-base finishes, including knees cement should not be used directly over _____.
- A high-strength white gypsum plaster used with finish lime putty to produce extremely hard dense surfaces is ____?
- The only gypsum plaster that can be retempered is _____.
- Gauging plaster is blended with lime putty to provide ______.
- The maximum amount of waste that a small quanity generator can accumulate in a month is less than ____ kg.
- In Uath a lien shall attach only to such intrest as the owner may have in the property.
- In Uath a claiment must file a written notice to hold and claim a lien within ___ days from final completion of the project or from the person's last preformed service.
- In Uath a claiment must file an action to enforce a lien within _____ months from the date of completion or _____ days from the date claimant last preformed labor and services.
- The initial assessment for contractors Residence Lien Recovery Fund is $____.
- The Residence Lien Recovery Fund is funded from assessments of ______ providing services for residential construction.
- Utah Construction contractor licenses must be renewed every____.
- In Utah any person who engages in construction work without a license is ____.
- What Utah code gives authority to the Division of Occupational and Professional Licensing Division
- The Status report must be completed within _____ days of starting a business.
- In Utah all new or acquired businesses must file a Status Report with the Department of ______?
- In Utah any individual or partnership doing business under an assumed name, must register the name with the Dept. of Commerce within ___ days of starting business.
- Which of the following statements about a business plan is true ?
- Which form is used to apply for an EIN ?
- Which of the following is a disadvantage of operating a sole proprietorship?
- Guaging plaster is mixed with lime to:
- The Hawaii general excise is ____% on gross income derived from wholesaling and certain services rendered to an intermediary or manufacturer. Gross income from all other businesses is taxed at the rate of ___%.
- The Hawaii Licensing Board must have applications for licensure submitted by the 20th of the month for review durning the following month. What month does the board NOT review applications?
- A lien is filed in Hawaii. The lien must be enforced within what maximum length of time?
- With whom must a lien be filed?
- What are the maximum number of days an original contractor has to file a notice of lien and an "application for a lien" after completing a project?
- The liability of the contractors recovery fund shall not exceed $_____ for any licensed contractor.
- Any licensee who contracts outside the appropriate scope of classification for which the licensee is licensed shall be fined $_____ for the first offense and $______ for the second offense.
- The board may require each contractor to put up a bond in the sum of not less than $_____.
- Any forfeited license may be restored upon submittal of all required documents and fees, plus a penalty fee, within ____ days from September 30 of the even-numbered year.
- An Asbestos contractor may be fined by the board a fine not to exceed $_____ for each violation.
- An Asbestos contractor shall be licensed under what classifaction?
- A non-exempt employee, had the following number of hours during a work week. Monday - 9, Tuesday - 8, Wednesday - 12, Thursday - 13, Friday - 7, Saturday-5. How many hours of overtime pay is this person entitled to under Hawaii law?
- Requests for public work projects over $______ must be publicly advertised and must come in the form of sealed tenders.
- If the contractor's recovery fund balance is less than $250,000, the Contractors Board may assess every contractor a fee not to exceed $______ annually.
- Injured parties may collect up to $_______ per contract from the contractor's recovery fund.
- In Hawaii all contractors are assessed a fee of $______ for deposit in the contractor's recovery fund at the time of license applaction.
- In Hawaii all contractors must provide a contract to homeowners that state which of the following?
- All Hawaii Licenses expire on _______.
- A state tax clearence must be submitted to the Licenesing Board ________.
- Hawaii applicants must fill out a form provided by the board which includes name, address, and ownership. A _________ for all officers and managing employees is also required.
- In Hawaii a person is exempt from licensing requirements if the contract price less than _____ dollars.
- The Hawaii Contractors Board _______.
- The Hawaii Contractors Board has ___ members.
- In Hawaii, who is responsible for determining who is qualified to hold a license?
- All businesses in Hawaii, must be registered with the State Department of Taxation for payment of state taxes withheld from employee paychecks and payment of ____ tax.
- In Hawaii, corporations, partnerships and limited liability companies are registered with the _______.
- In Hawaii, licensing is regulated by _____.
- Code requires that masonry-bonded brick walls be bonded so that not less than ____ percent of the wall surface is composed of headers.
- Refer to the Diag. Identify A.
- When mowing up hill with a tractor, if the front wheels come off the ground and the tractor begins to pull to the left, you should ____.
- Refer to the Diag. Which of the following is the proper order of jump cutting.
- A systematic herbicide _____.
- A Daffodil bulb should be planted _______.
- St. Augustine is _____ type grass.
- When working over water, OSHA requires all of the following except ___.
- According to OSHA; what is the tensile strength for body belts?
- Why is a spark test used on metal beams?
- What type of washer is used for the flange of a sloping beam ?
- Which of the following weld tests requires chipping and bending ?
- All things being equal, which of the following cranes would have the most lifting capacity ?
- Refer to the drawing; Which of the following is the symbol for structural steel ?
- Which of the following statements are true for a contractor bidding on or performing a job in the amount of $50,000 or more where the majority of the work is electrical and mechanical ?
- Does the board have the right to sue, go into court and secure temporary restraining orders?
- A concept that is aimed toward reducing conflicts and claims on a project is known as ____?
- The last step in the accounting cycle is the ____?
- Form 1099 shall be furnished to all non-employees by ____.
- When filling a vacancy on the board and the panel of names kept by the Secretary of State does not contain qualified and recommend persons to fill the vacancy; the appointment shall be delayed ____ days
- An unlicensed contractor bids on work $50,000 or more for a project that is funded in part by the federal government. Which of the following is true?
- A person who fails an examination for the second time, may schedule a third attempt ___ days or more after the date of the second failure.
- A licensed contractor awards a contract of $50,000 or more to a subcontractor. It later found that the subcontractor is not licensed and the subcontractor defalts. Who will select the the new subcontractor.
- If any licensed contractor awards a contract of $50,000 or more to an unlicensed subcontractor, _____.
- When an unlicensed subcontractor submits a proposal to a licensed general contractor _____.
- Which of the following would be used to “Pickel” or clean metal pipe surfaces.
- What would be used to determine the depth of the water table in the area of an excavation ?
- A valve attached to a pipe that needs to be easily removed at a later date should be attached by ___?
- Calcuate the cost of mowing 10,000 sf. Of lawn with an 18" power mower 30 times a year. It takes 5 minutes to mow 1,000 sf. The laborer receives $6.50 per hr. Assume there are no material costs.
- When pruning a formal hedge ___?
- When pruning deciduous trees cuts should always be made _____ to the remaining branch or trunk.
- The best time to prune evergreens is during the_______ periods.
- Most feeder roots on mature plants and trees will be located in the top ___ ft. of the soil.
- Refer to the drawing; The brick bond shown is known as a _____ bond.
- What type of crane is often mounted in a wastewater treatment plant?
- Refer to the drawing; Which of the following represents a Left Lang lay wire rope.
- Refer to the drawing; The weld shown is a_____ ?
- Refer to the drawing; This is a ____ crane.
- According to OSHA, flammable liquids in an amount greater than ____ gallon(s) must be used or stored in an approved container.
- pipe 10' 1/4 per foot scale;sqft 1 cy will
cover 4";how soon backfill pipe;what joint w/asbosts pipe;bell uphill
- Fiber-glass reinforced pipe should be used for _____.
- What is used in drinking water plants to remove solids ?
- Refer to the drawing; ” a ” is the ____.
- Refer to the drawing; “L” is the ____.
- Refer to the drawing; Number 12 shows a ____?
- Refer to the drawing; The transmission line shown is a _______ line.
- Refer to the drawing; This shows a _____ anchor .
- A builder bought 1000′ of 1/2″ pipe @ a cost of $13.25 per 100′, with a primary discount of 15% and a secondary discount of 10%. He can receive an additional discount of 2% if the invoice is paid within 10 days of delivery. There is a 6% sales tax. If the builder pays within 5 days of delivery, what is the total cost paid?
- An inflatable plug is used to leak test a pipe line at the location of a manhole. Which of the following statements is correct ?
- How should concrete pipe be unloaded from trucks ?
- Pipe can be stacked no more than ___ ft. high.
- Refer to the diagram; The valve symbol shown is a ____?
- Threading can NOT be used on which of the following pipe?
- Refer to the drawing; A represents a ____?
- Refer to the drawing; B represents a ____?
- When cast iron water pipe is first layed it should be cleaned by ____ ?
- Which of the following is a friction pile ?
- According to OSHA a hard hat should be worn to protect from overhead falling objects as well as ______.
- A valve that allows water to flow only in one direction is a ____ valve
- Identify the footing shown below.
- Outrigger scaffold beams shall extend not more than ____ feet beyond the face of the building.
- Refer to the Diagram; What is the voltage drop across R1 ?
- Recirculating air systems equiped with an automatic shutdown control (firestat), shall have the control located in the ____.
- Equipment room tempratures exceeding ____ shall require additional ventilation.
- How many threads per inch are cut on a 1″ iorn pipe?
- All electrical connections between warm air furnace and the building wiring shall conform to ____?
- In dry cleaning and dry dyeing rooms, a complete and continuous air change must occur every ____ minutes.
- All electrical connections between fuel fired appliances and the building wiring shall conform to ____?
- Rubber gaskets shall not be used for hot water or steam piping where the temperature is greater than ____ degrees.
- When using copper tubing in steam or hot water applications, which of the following shall NOT be used for joining.
- A 2″ steam line operating at 260 degrees, is 45 ft. long and run outdoors. What is the required thickness of the insulation ?
- A chilled water system with a line of 3″ operates at 45 degrees f. The thickness of the insulation must be at least ___ inches.
- Water towers built on buildings higher than ____ ft. must be fireproof.
- When duct static pressure exceeds 2″ water gauge, any piercing of the duct wall to attach the duct _____.
- When using polybutylene plastic pipe for panel heating, it shall be rated at ____ PSI and _____ degrees f.
- A power exhaust may be used, except with ______ to increase low draft.
- Rotary fans without blabe protection shall have not less than ___ clearance from the finished floor.
- Which of the following fittings shall NOT be used in liquid fuel piping ?
- A French drain shall consist of a pit not less than ____ inches diameter and ____ inches deep.
- According to code, untreated wood joists in the under-floor crawl space shall be a minimum of ____ above the soil.
- Which of the following is NOT used for temperary shoring on an excavation ?
- On a building with a metal roof, any opening _____ or larger must be framed.
- A pipe that leaves a building a building and conveys sewerage to the City main is called the ___?
- What type of sealant has the longest life span ?
- Composit construction refers to ?
- Which of the following are componts of a built up roof ?
- Refer to the diagram; What is the total resistance in the circuit ?
- A department store is as follows:120/240 single phase with a connected load of 92 kva.65 duplex receptacleswindow lighting 7000Welectric sign 1200WWindow and sign lighting are continuous. How many 20 amp branch circuits are required for this store ?
- What type of load is a motor ?
- A 120/208 volt three- phase panel feeds a single-phase sub-feeder. There are 30 amps on each leg of the three-phase panel. What is the current in the neutral ?
- A multi-family dwelling unit contains 40 ranges, each rated at 12 KW. What would be considered the total load for these ranges using the standard calculation method ?
- A Class 1 circuit must be separated from conductors of Class 2 & 3 circuits by at least ___ inches within enclosures.
- Which of the following statements is true concerning NFPA ?
- A motor control circuit has #12 copper conductors that do not extend beyond the motor control equipment enclosure. What is the maximum rating allowed for the over current protective device in amps?
- What is the minimum horizontal clearance required in inches for a surface mounted fluorescent lighting fixture with a completely enclosed lamp that is installed on the ceiling of a clothes closet ?
- Refer to Diagram . The transformer shows 24 volts in the primary. What volts will be shown in the secondary?
- Refer to figure . What is the total current in the circuit ?
- Refer to figure . Which of the figures shows a push button closed ?
- Refer to figure . Which of the figures shows a push button open ?
- A ____ lampholder shall not be used with infrared lamps over 300 watts.
- Insulated conductors used in wet locations shall be:
- Given: A floating building is in salt water, where must the ground rod be located ?
- With grounding conductors and bonding jumpers, connection devices that depend only on _____ shall not be used.
- When using EMT, how far apart shall it be securely fastened in place ?
- What is the maximum allowable resistance of a ground rod before another rod must be suppiled ?
- When aerial cable enters a service, which conductor will be marked with a ridge along the exterior of the cable ?
- What is the maximum number of degrees allowed between pull points in conduit, including offsets ?
- Three continuous duty motors have full load current ratings of 5.5, 5.5, and 6.6 amps are to be installed on a single branch circuit. The circuit conductors shall have a minimum ampacity of ____ amps.
- The Age Discrimination in Employment Act protects employees aged _____ from discimination firms of 20 or more persons.
- Which of the following would be exempt from being paid minimum wage?
- Which of the following is the least thing to be concerned about when using a Tower Crane?
- What is the minimum distance for expansion joints placed in exterior ceramic tile ?
- If a plumber has cross connected a culinary supply line, this means ______?
- Identify the truss shown below.
- Masonry wall ties should not be spaced more than ___ inches apart.
- Identify the window shown below.
- Identify the brick course marked “A”
- If a plan has a scale of 1/4" = 1', and a room measures 2" x 4" ; what is the number of tiles that will be needed if the tiles measure 4 1/4" x 4 1/4" with a grout and waste of 1/8" ?
- According to Code, the minimum acceptable soil compaction is ____ percent of relative density.
- When grouting tile and using a 1″ x 2″ board to puddle the grout, this does what ?
- All of the following EXCEPT _____ is considered a live load.
- A Plaster’s unit of measure is what ?
- Refer to the piping diagram; this is a ___ bend.
- A grade line is being set. The grade change will be from 55.50 to 55.00 in 50 feet. What should the dial setting on the laser be ?
- Electrical conduit is run between two manholes. The conduit should be sloped ___?
- Which of the devices listed is used to chop up debris in a waste water treatment plant?
- When a pipe with an open end elbow enters into a catch basin, the elbow of the pipe should be turned ____ in order to decrease eddies or whirlpools ?
- In a pumping station, the pump should be placed ___?
- Water most easily filters through ____?
- Where should whalers be placed?
- Well points would be most effective in ___?
- Refer to the drawing; If you are the point shown, from where did you start ?
- What is commonly used in the industry to “pickle” stainless steal pipe?
- Installation of conversion burners shall conform to _____ standards?
- If a 1″ steam pipe with 1/2″ insulation passes through a wall, what size hole would need to be cut in the wall ?
- A dated declaration of test for a refrigeration system shall be provided for all systems containing ____ LBS. Or more of refrigerant.
- In contract interpretation when a word has a special meaning in the construction trade, then ________.
- Which document describes the construction project, states the rules for bidding, the award date, and the location of the contract documents.
- Which of the following refers to all documents connected with the construction project?
- Which of the following statements is NOT true concerning contracts?
- Which of the following is a type of contracting method where the contractor supplies all of the requirements of the project, including project financing, permitting, and land?
- What is the term used to describe a progress payment that is held by the owner as security for one guarantee of the contractors full and complete performance?
- Masonry walls being removed in a building, _______ be permitted to fall upon the floors of the building in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacites of the floor.
- When securing a turnbuckle frame to it’s end fitting, you should use _____ to lock the fitting in place.
- Which jack can lift the heaviest load ?
- A jack should never ______.
- Refer to the drawing "A" is the____?
- A wrecking ball shall be attached to the load line with a ____ type connection.
- The crane boom and load line shall be ___?
- When employees are required to work within a structure which has been damaged by fire, flood, or explosion _______?
- Refer to the Diagram; the drawing symbol shown is a (an) _____?
- Which of the following is the main disadvantage of a direct current welder?
- Wrought iron:
- In which of the following types of SMAW is the ground referred to as positive and the electrode referred to as negative?
- In oxyacetylene welding, the size of the filler rod is based upon?
- All of the following are steel heat treating processes EXCEPT:
- Which of the following types of welds joins two pieces of metal?
- The valve on an oxygen tank is a back-seated valve. When in use, the stem valve, should be ___________ to keep this valve from leaking.
- Which of the following would be associated with the forging process?
- What is a riddle used for in casting metal parts?
- For contaminates that are less than 2 microns in diameter and are dangerous to health, the following must be provided:
- A neutral oxyacetylene flame commonly used for welding wil be identified by which of the following colors?
- According to Modern Welding, the bevel angle for a pipe being prepared for welding with a 3/8" wall shall be _____ degrees.
- Peening is used in metalurgy to:
- A common weld defect which is caused by an improper current setting is?
- A common weld defect which is caused by an improper welding technique is?
- Which of the following is associated with cross forging?
- Oxyacetylene welding equipment should never come in contact with?
- The welding defect caused by the improper cleaning of the base metal is?
- Which of the following forging techniques reduces short thick material into long slender sections?
- Which of the following tools is used to scribe a parallel line to the edge of metal material?
- The oxygen pressure required in oxyfuel gas cutting procedures can reach a range of ______ psig.
- On oxyacetylene equipment, the grooved nuts on the ends of hoses are used to identify?
- Which of the following degree ranges should be used to stress-relieve metal that has been "cold" worked?
- As a welder nears the end of a joint, the magnetic flux intensifies ahead of the electrode. This happens as the magnetic flux tries to stay in the metal rather than release into the air. The resultant back flow of molten metal in the direction of the beginning is known as?
- Weld Right, Inc. has its certified welder, Jake Garvin, in the field using a DC arc Welder. As typical for the DC machine, Jake finds that the arc is wandering from his pre-determined weld time. This wandering is known as?
- The procedure of opening slightly and closing immediately on an oxygen bottle regulator is known as?
- What forging technique bulges and shortens the metal at the same time?
- How many companies can a person be the Qualifying party for?
- How many days prior to the exam may a candidate cancel his exam without of his examination fee?
- A person shall not be the qualifying party for more than ____?
- A "Qualifying Party is ___?
- If a "Notice of Contract" is properly filed, those entitled to file a lien shall within ___ days after the "Notice of Termination" of the work file a statement of their claim with the recorder of mortgages.
- A license may be renewed as late as the _____ without incurring a penaity.
- The Board is composed of___ members?
- The term that refers to the total cost of the construction project, inculding all fees owed the contractor in a lump sum contract is known as ___?
- An invitation to bid document contains____.
- Bid documents contain _____.
- Which of the following would be considered an immaterial breech of contract?
- Which of the following is true about a subcontractor ?
- The person who designs the building, draws up the plans and specifications for the project is the ____?
- Profit margin indicates ______?
- Current ratio is calculated by_____?
- Working captial is ____?
- Which of the following is the simplest method of accounting to maintain?
- What is the first transaction in the Bookkeeping process ?
- In the accounting process, what is the first step?
- What is the peak sound pressure level that OSHA will allow?
- Pavement markings shall be_______.
- The responsibility for the design, placement, operation, and maintenance of traffic control devices rests with ________?
- What are the size of the numbers and letters on a Milepost sign?
- In the accounting cycle, where do the the cash receipts fall ?
- Where does the Board meet ?
- According to OSHA, required guardrails must be installed on scaffolding in a lanyard zone. If a worker is using 24″ stilts the guardrail in this area shall be a minimum of _____ inches.
- The joint between 2 consecutive pours of concrete, where the first pour has started to set is known as a ____ joint.
- The maximum height for an unsupported mansory wall is ___ inches?
- Whalers are supported by ?
- The minimum thickness of sheetrock used as a ceiling with joists at 24" O.C. is ?
- Addational sources of heat must be used on both sides of a masonry wall during construction when the tempeture range is ___ F.
- When fire proofing a column using gypsum board , it should be installed_____.
- Masonary walls supporting a building of more than one story must be at least __ inches thick.
- A board foot is a board that measures____?
- The maximum spacing for weep holes used in masonary construction is ____?
- When pouring concrete in hot weather ____ is added to keep the concrete workable.
- The nominal size of a modular brick is __?
- In a concrete slab the nominal size of the large aggregate shall not be larger than___ the depth of the slab.
- Which of the following are not fertilized when planting?
- New turf should be mowed ____________________ on the first cut.
- In 100 lbs. of 26-6-3 fertilizer, actual nitrogen is:
- Which of the following best describes the compareison & contrast between mix seed and seed blend.
- On a lopping shear, which maximum size branch is it designed to cut?
- What is the best plant to use in a ditch that occasionally gets storm water run off?
- If 6" of mulch is applied with grass clippings, leaves, and small twigs - what is going to happen when this is done?
- What is the definition of Querus Virgineana?
- How much pesticide do you add to your tank if you have a 500 gallon tank and it is calibrated to apply 25 gallons of product per acre. The recommendation is one pound of herbicide per acre. You purchased an 8 EC which contains 8 pounds of active ingredient per gallon.
- What time of year is best to prune the early spring flower shrub?
- What two hardiness zones run through Louisiana?
- What is the ideal soil profile for pecan trees?
- What is used in comparing the contrast of rotor and spray head on irrigation systems?
- If you are stolonizing an area and plan on rolling it, what mulch material must you add moisture to prior to spreading on stolons?
- If you have a landscaper who has passed the General Contractors Exam, what other agency must he get a license from?
- What is the proper way to transplant a cactus?
- What piece of equipment should you never apply herbicide with?
- What chemical do you use to treat topsoil that has greater than 6 month residual?
- How long must you keep people out of an area for pesticide listed as no re-entry?
- Who certifies respirator fit when you are fumagating?
- What is the tallest flower?
- What is the proper depth to plant an Amaryllis bulb?
- If you are inspecting landscape plants and you notice galls on the roots, what does this indicate?
- Black spot is a disease normally found on:
- If you have a PH between 5.9 and 6.9, the soil is considered:
- Which grass is least tolerant to shade?
- You are hauling away 500 c.y. of earth with a 26 c.y. truck. The soil has an expansion of 20%. How many truck loads will be required to haul away the soil?Please Note the numbers are not exact see the soulition to work the problem.
- In order to turn a tracked backhoe in a tight area which of the following would you do?
- When pouring a concrete wall using plywood forms, when would you remove the cone nut?
- What would be used to find unlevel spots in an asphalt paving matt or roadway ?
- What type of temporary pile is used to hold back an embankment?
- What is the purpose of a “whaler”?
- An electrical current is run through an underground metal pipeline for what reason?
- When should you apply curing compound to concrete?
- Refer to the drawing; Identify 5
- Refer to the drawing; Identify 3
- An opening for a door without the frame or casing is called a____?
- Refer to the drawing; What does the C-D mean?
- Refering to the drawing the roof pitch indicated means that ?
- Refer to the drawing; Identify the correct North elevation of the house.
- Refer to the Drawing identify the marked items.
- When a Pile is driven to bedrock in order to support its load, it is known as a ?
- Refering to the diagram; Identify A(Please also see the solution)
- A slab measures 100′ X 20′ and is 5″ thick. What is the total number of cubic yards of concrete needed to pour this slab?
- Refer to the drawing : identify the drawing shown.
- How is batted insulation held in place ?
- If a worker is paid $7.90 per hour and works 12 hours to form 100 sq. ft. of a slab; what is the cost per sq.ft. ?
- If a vertical line is 8' long and has a horizontal line 10' long that intersects at a 90 degree angle, what is the distance of the diagonal measurement? (choose the closest answer)
- When using burlap to wet cure a slab, which of the following is true?
- If a job site is full of dust which of the following should be done according to OSHA?
- When constructing a floor slab, to provide a vapor barrier, which of the following should be used for protection under the slab?
- A set of stairs has a vertical higth of 10' 4 1/2", with 16 risers. What is the higth of each riser ?
- In residential construction, what is used to prevent sagging of the ceiling joists?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls' surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- Using a builder's level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00'. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00' has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What should the first course of an 8' concrete block wall be set in?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimensions is 24 ft 2 The roof pitch is 1/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3' of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2' of trim?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24' in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- How many 8"x8"x16" masonry blocks are needed to build a 20'x40' structure with 8' high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers' label?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9' B 6.46'. What is the elevation of corner A?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15'. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- A request for proposal requires the following steel materials be delivered to the job. Description Designation Length quanity 1. W shape W18 x 46 30' 10 2. S shape S12 x 50 28' 7 3. HP HP14 x 73 16' 14 The RFP requires the steel W shapes to be delivered to the job sandblasted with an organic Zinc primer. A subcontractor has submitted the following Items; Sandblasting $2.15 per sq. ft. of surface area ; Handeling is $2.00 per l.f. per piece ; Zinc primer is $1.75 per sq. ft. of surface area. The subcontractor charges 11% for profit. The surface to be prepared for the W shape is 4.97 per sq. ft. per l. ft. of the shape peremiter. How much will the sub charge to sandblast and prime the W shape steel ?
- Refer to the drawing; A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36′ wide and 60 ‘ long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2’ overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20′ above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58′ and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- When using Muriatic Acid to clean brick, which of the statements listed below is true?
- What is the last part of a window unit that is installed ?
- If a slab is 100' x 20' and is 5" thick, how much concrete is needed ?
- How far over the cabinets does the counter top extend ?
- When forming a drive way , how high should the form stakes be placed above the form boards ?
- When did Louisiana first start licensing contractors ?
- When a describeing wood pile , which of the following is NOT true?
- Refer to the diagram; Identify the Snatch Block.
- What would be used to check the air content of plastic concrete?
- What is true if a water reducing agent is added to concrete ?
- Identify this object that is used to anchor utility poles in marshy areas.
- Identify the free standing Crane shown in the diagram.
- Refer to the diagram; Identify “A”
- Reffering to the diagram; # 4 is called the __?
- Reffering to the diagram; What is the minimum distance for “A”
- Reffering to the diagram; What is the minimum hieght for “B”
- Reffering to the diagram; What is the minimum hieght for “C”
- If the material on a job is estimated at $3000.00 and the labor is 75% of the material price, and a bond is required to be purchased at 1.5% of 50% of the cost of the job; and the contractor would like to make a profit of 10% of the bid price, what is the total bid price?
- Simplex nails are used for ___?
- The minimum size copper sheet metal is ___?
- What is the minimunm thickness of glass fiberboard?
- EPDM roofing sheets are joined by:
- An eave closure is used on what type of roofing material ?
- What is the name of the tile used to terminate a course of tile at a gable end on a flat tile roof ?
- What is the proper exposure for a #1 18" shingle on a 5/12 slope roof ?
- Which of the following would be the last operation to perform in building a house ?
- What is the actual size of a 2" x 4" ?
- In two-wythe masonry, wythe ties of # ______ gauge wire rectangle shall connect the wythes and shall be spaced not more than ______ inches vertically for stacked bond, ______ inches on center for running bond vertically ______ inches on center horizontal
- What is the required lap in inches for a #4 bar per the UBC?
- Fireplace chimney shall extend _____ inches above any obstruction and be at least 10' in horizontal distance.
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from its' center is called a _____.
- What type of retaining wall uses the weight of the soil on its' footing to achieve soil stability?
- What type of retaining wall is designed and built to use only its' own weight in positioning to keep soil back?
- What is the name of the stake who's top represents the finished grade?
- Shooting grade problem: A benchmark (hub) is at an elevation of 100.00. A backsite has a reading of 4.5'. A frontsite to the centerline of the road which has 3 inches of asphalt paving and 6 inches of crushed base has a reading of 3.75'. What is the s
- You have a lot that measures 110' x 70'. One side has a uniform elevation of -5.00, the other side has a uniform elevation of +4.50 the required elevation is -1.25 finish. How many yards need to come out?
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate an area which has 2 foot deep swamp, 40' X 94' with the least amount of moves?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its' base is called:
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1" x 8" x 12' (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- What term defines the stake who's top is used as a point of reference to establish elevation and distance?
- Calculate the total for a 40' x 60' x 3' "pan formed" slab: 122 pans (30" x 30" x 24") rent for $18.00 each 82 tons of rebar at $38.50 per ton 1,450 manhours at $14.75 per hour concrete costs $65.00 per cubic yardConsider only the items
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure (to achieve 70% of its' design strength?)
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #5 bar is:
- A 20' long beam is loaded at 150 pounds per lineal foot. The beam is supported by two columns; one at each end. What is the total load on a single column?
- Using a builder's level, a cut stake is being set for the excavation of a footing. The top of the footing will be at an elevation 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 102.50') has a rod reading of 4.70'. The rod reading of the mark on the cut
- A foundation having outside measurements of 32' by 60' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ if all the corners are square.
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1" x 8" x 12'.
- What are the total number of cubic yards to come out of an excavation for a basement that measures 30' x 30' x 7' deep. You should excavate beyond the building lines 3 feet in each direction to allow for setting forms. Do not allow for any swell of the m
- A 9' x 23' wall is to be covered with 1" x 10" nominal size bevel siding. The siding is to be lapped 1-1/2". There are no openings in the wall. Assuming no waste, the wall requires _____ board feet of nominal siding. Select the closest answer.
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be _____ feet.
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9'2". If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- A roof measuring 100' by 100' has _____ squares of roofing.
- A wooden subfloor with a rectangular shape that measures 39' x 52' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Regarding a masonry pier, as a general rule of thumb, the maximum height of the pier is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its' intended use.
- The siderails of a ladder must extend above its' point of bearing _____ inches.
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- Which of the following will reduce ground vibrations when blasting for an excavation? I. reduce burden and spacing II. reduce delays
- Which of the following may cause excessive flyrock when blasting for an excavation? I. insufficient burden II. insufficient stemming
- The term 'secondary blasting' refers to:
- Refer to the drawing; A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- A room measures 20' x 40'and will have 2" x 6" ceiling joists placed at 16"o.c. The joists are 10' long and the room will have a beam in the center. How many ceiling joists are needed?
- If a squeeking noise is coming from the subfloor the probable cause is____?
- If an aluminum ladder becomes bent ______.
- In reference to the surrounding elevation, a drive way should be poured ______?
- Which of the following statements is true in reference to installing cabinets?
- According to code, the maximum spacing allowed when using 8d nails to fasten the edges of 5/8″ plywood to floor joist is —– inches O.C.
- Given: It takes 12 hrs. to set 100 sq. ft. of forms and the form setter is being paid $8.75 per hr. in wages. What is cost per sq. ft. of form?
- Which of the following would be added to concrete or morter to increase its strength?
- Another name for the platform used when stairs change direction is a ______?
- What is the total number of board feet in 40 1" x 8" boards that are 12' long?
- What would be the correct name for a plumbing drawing that shows the hiegth of pipes?
- Which of the following soils would be the best NOT to build on?
- When pouring concrete on a hot day which of the following would you not do?
- When sheeting the exterior of a house using common boards, which would be the best method to use?
- Given: A driveway is 20' wide with a ridge in the center, the slope is 1/2" per foot. What is the amount of fall from the center of the driveway to the edge?
- The purpose of adding wire mesh to concrete is to______.
- What is a water closet?
- What is the outside diameter for # 3 rebar?
- Which of the following would not be used to clean mildew off of a wood surface?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 9'6" and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- The standard width of a counter top used in kitchens is ____ inches.
- When installing tile on a bathroom floor that already has the toilet installed you should______?
- Edgeing marks, if undesired for decoration should be removed by?
- When working on a job site containing hazardious materials, which of the following signs should be posted?
- What is the heigth of a bath vanity?
- A bearing wall is being demolished to provide a new opening. First the load carried by the bearing wall must be temporarily supported. What is this called?
- Where would flashing NOT be used?
- Which of the following is not the purpose of granules on an asphalt roofing shingle?
- A point of known elevation where a builder may establish elevations for a building is:
- Diagram #1 is an illustration of what type of mortar joint?
- What is the drip edge attached to ?
- The inclined sides of a stair which support the treads and risers are called _______________.
- Which of the following does not strengthen concrete?
- Plywood roof sheathing should be laid with the ______?
- Nails used to install shingles to a 5/8″ thick plywood roof deck:
- According to the Building Code, the maximum clearance between rails or ornamental pattern (balusters, (pickets) or the vertical members) on open guardrails or set of stairs shall be placed so that a _____ diameter sphere cannot pass through them.
- Gypsum board panels installed on ceilings should be installed:
- A number 6 deformed reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of:
- What is the approximate rough opening for a door that is 2'8" by 6'8"?
- An easy method of identifying moisture resistant gypsum board panels is:
- In the normal concrete finishing process, ____ is performed prior to bull floating.
- At what stage of the construction process would the builder cut out the sole plate in a door opening?
- Hand trowelling is performed following:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- When joints to control cracking are cut in concrete slabs they should be cut to a depth of:
- Which of the following would be the 'finest or best' grade of abrasive paper to use on a delicate sanding job?
- A small framed structure built between the back face of the chimney and roof deck which is used to divert snow and water around a chimney is called a:
- When filing nail holes, cracks and knots on surfaces that will receive paint, the putty should be applied:
- Which of the following is NOT a basic field test used for quality design and control?
- An effective method of controlling cracking in a stucco finish is:
- In a set of stairs, the number of treads will be _____ the number of risers.
- In drywall finishing, blisters are caused by:
- Nails in aluminum siding applications should be:
- When cutting wooden base for an inside corner, the best method for installing the molding should be:
- The metal drip edge is installed to_____.
- What is the actual size of a 2" x 10" board?
- Referring to the illustration, the window shown is commonly called a _____ window.
- What is the best tool for cutting cement board? (Wonderboard)
- On a blueprint, the sheet that shows the exterior view of the building is called the _____ plan.
- What is the name of the 2″ X 12″ boards that support the treads of the stairs?
- TROWELING OF A NEWLY PLACED CONCRETE SLAB SHOULD BE PERFORMED FOLLOWING____ OF THE SLAB.
- What is the minimum size of a landing for residental stairs?
- What is the minimum width of a set of residential stairs?
- Which of the following does not apply to plaster or stucco work?
- What is preformed just prior to the textured finished?
- Which are the following are Duplex nails used for?
- A hip roof that measures 36' x 60'has a ridge length of___?
- Number of Risers is always?
- What kind of drywall should be used around a bath tub?
- Reinforcing bars with rust or mill scale that does not diminish the cross-section _______.
- According to the Standard code, reinforcing steel haveing a forty bar diameter lap on a #5 rebar, will be lapped at least ___________?
- Given: A wall is 64 feet long and is framed with 2x4 studs 16 inches on center. What is the total number of studs required to frame the wall?
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- When impulses reflected by the soil are counted by a guage on a machine, this is known as a _____ test.
- Referring to the illustration, the technique shown in the masonry wall is called a:
- Which of the following is the preferred method of attaching a truss to wall?
- What is that standard depth of a control joint which is placed in a slab on grade?
- The GROUNDING conductor of a branch circuit in the electrical wiring system of a building is identified by a/an _____ color.
- Given, a masonry wall is constructed with 8″ x 8″ x 16″ (nominal) masonry block. The wall is 8 courses tall by 124′ long. How many blocks would be required to construct the wall. Do not allow for waste.
- After a piece of baseboard has been removed from the wall, the best way to remove the nail which will result in the least damage to the baseboard is to:
- Brushes and rollers that have been used to apply latex paint should be cleaned with:
- According to the Code, 3-inch cleanouts MUST be accessible and have a minimum clearence (for cleaning purposes) of no less than:
- Which of the following is considered acceptable for reinforcing steel?
- Plastic shrinkage cracks are generally due to:
- How many courses of 8″ block are in a masonry wall 11 feet 4 inches tall?
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9’2″. If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- Gypsum board panels installed on ceilings should be installed:
- A single width or thickness of masonry is called a:
- What is the diameter of a deformed number 6 bar?
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in:
- What is the distance from the top of the door to the top of the top hinge?
- A chemical that is commonly used to clean excess dried masonry off brick is:
- Which of the following would be used to cut a wide groove in a piece of wood?
- Which drawing would show the location of a house on the property?
- Where gypsum board panels meet at an outside corner, these corners should be protected with:
- The neutral conductor of a branch circuit in the electrical wiring system of a building is identified by a/an _____ color.
- Overhead servive line drops with 240 volts between conductors shall have a minimum clearance above a driveway of at least _____ feet.
- The "C-D" stamp on a sheet of plywood refers to:
- The frame for a window or door (the distance between the trimmers), is called the _____.
- Troweling of a fresh concrete is performed following the _____ of the slab.
- A ground wire is identified by a _____ color.
- A common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster is _____.
- According to the Standard code, the minimum thickness of a slab directly on grade is _____ inches.
- When preparing a building site, all stumps and roots should be removed to a depth of at least _____ below the surface of the area to be occupied by the structure.
- The top of foundation walls supporting wood shall be at least _____ inches above finish ground level.
- The standard depth of a base cabinet used in kitchens is ____ inches.
- Referring to the illustration, the type of roof pictured is a _____ roof.
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- Type ‘X’ sheetrock is:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction it is important to:
- A roof framing member that sets on the outside plate, is perpendicular to the outside wall, and intersects the ridge is called a _____ rafter.
- Which of the following is used to measure the consistency and workability of concrete?
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- Damping of the subgrade prior to placement of concrete will:
- The flash point of Category II hazardous is LESS THAN 140F. ( If the answers are ;
100 deg
140 deg
170 deg the correct answer is 100 degF
- Used oil may be exempt from regulation if it is used to be burned as fuel for energy recovery.
- Generator: any person, by site, whose act or process produces hazardous waste identified or listed, or whose act first causes a hazardous waste to become subject to regulation. ( Please note this is a tricky question; if an owner hires a contractor to remove waste and stores it in the contractors site to be taken at a later time for disposal, the owner is still the generator as long as the contractor does not process or change the waste. )
- What size roller is used to consolidate agrigate in an asphalt wearing course ?
- Which of the following is incorrect about air entrained concrete?
- The standard type reinforcement bar is __?
- To what percentage is a concrete mix truck filled?
- The most destructive test method for hardened concrete is ___?
- What is the maximum slope that sand or gravel can be hauled in a dump truck ?
- The type of asphalt paving desgin that has both an asphalt base and topping course is called ____?
- Asphalt that has been treated by blowing hot air through it is called ___?
- Refer to the diagram; What is area ' 2 ' called.
- Refer to the diagram; What is area ' 3 ' called.
- Refer to the diagram; What is the minimum thickness of ' 3 -B' in any soil other than Type 4 ?
- A customer wants a square pond that will be 3/4 of an acre. Assume that an acre is equal to 43,565 sq. ft. What will be the length of each side be ?
- An earth dam has an arc of 1635' and a clay core of 17' . The sides are sloped at a 1:1 repose. How much soil should be excavated ?
- A road bed is 28' wide 600' long and has a 2.78% crown. How much sub base material is needed ?
- An earth dam has an arc that is 1685' long with a 17' deep clay core. The sides are sloped on a 1:1 repose . How much earth is to be excavated ?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural 'T' which is 10' deep and weight 33 pounds per lineal foot?
- Any tree that would reach within 5' of a point underneath the outside conductor of a transmission line if it fell is known as a_____?
- A wooden sub floor with a rectangular shape that measures 39' x 52' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its' intended use.
- When crosby type wire rope clips are used in a sets, the 'U' portion must be on ______.
- Waste water station pump sizes are usually designated by the pump's _____.
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from its' center is called a _____.
- When Crosby-type wire rope clips are used assisting a U-bolt in a set, the 'U' portion must be on _____.
- What would be the best piece of equipment to use in wet clay soil to dig a 40' deep trench, with the least amount of movement?
- When referring to an engineer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10' in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10' wide and the ditch is 1000' long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- When referring to an engineer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- What would you fill the drum of a sheep's foot roller with ?
- A wooden sub floor with a rectangular shape that measures 39' x 52' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- Given: A pipe line project requires 1,500' of pipe to be laid. A contractor must determine the pipe specifications before the project. Which one of the following does not affect the rate of flow in the pipeline?
- What is the type of piling in which a raised casing is partially filled with concrete and then pressure is applied to form a bulge?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the part of the pile referred to by the letter "C". (This will be a diagram of a pile with C pointing to the bottom part of the pile)
- What is the structural steel designation for an american standard structural T which is 10" deep and weighs 33# per l.f.?
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452? (lot #442 is 162.00; lot #452 is 157.50 )
- If a station is 467' from 0, how is it designated?
- A circular water tank measures 25' high and 50' in diameter. How many gallons does this tank store?
- What is the volume of a storage tank that is 25' high and 50' in diameter?
- A trench shield is planned for use in a trench with a 1:1 slope and a vertical lower side. According to OSHA, what is the minimum height of "A"? (This will be a diagram of a trench box with trench shield. A is the dimension of the box above the top of the trench.)
- At a given station, the edge of pavement elevation on a road 30' wide is 100. The road crown is 4%, what is the elevation at the centerline of the road?
- A contractor must estimate the cost of rebar for a project. If #6 rebar weighs 1.502 pounds per linear foot and costs .49 cents per linear foot, the total cost per ton is approximately:
- When patching is applied before a seal coat, the patching mix should be fine graded to reduce the:
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit shall be placed a minimum of ___ inches above the roadway.
- Open highway conditions prevail on the approach to freeway construction requiring a lane closure. The first advanced warning sign should be placed ___ ft. from the point of restriction.
- What is used to help prevent a blocking of weep holes when a crub structure excavation is being backfilled?
- According to design and control of concrete mixtures, water tightness in concrete is best achieved by which of the following?
- Which of the following linings for steep open sided channels requires a rectangular wire mesh?
- Which of the following irrigation and drainage methods uses qravity and atmospheric pressure to move water over a barrier?
- Air-entrained concrete has a primary purpose of:
- Which of the following lists ALL of the quality controls specification tests that may be required for irrigation canal concrete?
- A concrete canal wall form has a 33' X 48' rectangluar measurement. What is the diagonal?
- What type of drainage structure uses crest walls to retard flow and prevent possible undermining of the structure?
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- A bridge has been scheduled for rehab and painting. All metal is to be sandblasted to near-white conditions. According to OSHA, respirators with continuous flow air lines are required to cover the wearers ___?
- An engineer has responsiblilty for all except:
- Portland cement concrete pavement must achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI how many days from placement?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the part of the pile referred to by the letter "C".
- A tremie is used to construct a mid channel bridge support. The bottom of the pipe should be:
- An approach to a bridge requires a fill operation. Proper compaction of the fill soil is achieved by:
- What is the preparation required for position dowls and anchor bolts for bridge railings?
- A contractor has calculated the weight of false work for a bridge deck and support. A typical concrete used for this application is known to weigh approximately ___ #/CF.
- After priming a steel super structure, what should be done to any open unused bolt holes?
- A construction area is particularly hazardous, not well-defined, and a train of cars will have to weave back and forth between one, two or more lanes. Which of the following methods of traffic control should be used?
- Horizontal members on the outside of prefabricated forms used to straighten and align forms are called:
- A plan specifies caissons. Caissons are:
- Leveling nuts securing a bridge column-bearing plate are tightened and adjusted. What is the final operation performed for bearing support.
- A contractor must assume the cost of re- bar for a project. # 6 re bar weights 1.506 #/foot and costs $.49/foot. The total cost per ton is:
- Safety nets, which are to be used during bridge construction, shall extend beyond the edge of the working surface, according to OSHA, ___feet.
- The volume change that occurs when earth material is excavated from its compacted condition is:
- What is the name of a stake whose top is used as a point of reference to establish elevations and distances?
- Based on regulatory approval which of the following clearing operations does the least long range damage to the environment?
- Which of the following is NOT true about safe practices for flaggers working arount a highway worksite?
- Two scrapers are being operated as a team for an excavation. The scrapers are equipped with bumpers and bails so that each can provide power to the other. What does this describe?
- Which type of material will increase in volume most when excavated from its compact state?
- A trench 1 mile long is to be excavated to an average depth of 8'. The trench base is 4'. Vertical sides are 5'. The top 3' of the trench are sloped at 1:1. What is the total amount of cubic yards excavated from the trench?
- A 90' x 40' wide x 4' deep hole is excavated in unstable wet clay with a 30' boom. Which piece of equipment would do the job with the least number of position changes?
- A trench is to be dug 2500' long. The base of the trench is 3' wide. The depth is 9'. Sides are sloped at 1:1 for the top 4'. A Hoe excavates 27.5 CY per hour. What are the total number hours required to excavate the trench?
- What is the document signed by both the owner and contractor establishing the contract's governing provisions?
- Hurricane-Prone areas shall be protected from the entry of water by natural or created barriers certified by a professional engineer.
- Know the following:
C = Corrosive Waste
E = Toxicity characteristic waste
I = Ignitable waste
R = Recative waste
T = Toxic waste
- Secondary containment systems must: be designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary.
- The Necular Energy Divison is responsible for radioactive materials.
- The Louisiana Department of Publica Safety
(LDPS) is responsible for transportation of wastes.
- Steel or concrete posts shall be installed to protect all hazaradous waste above-ground pipelines, valves, or other containers located adjacent to ROADWAYS.
- Seismic Conditions. Portions of new facilities where treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste will be counducted must not be located within 200 ft. of a fult which has a displacement in Holocene time. (10,000 yrs. - look for this answer on the test)
- A unit is being installed in a closet. The opening is 18″ and the unit is 18″ and will fit the opening. Is this installation legal according to code ?
- THERE IS A QUESTION ON THE TEST THAT SHOWS A DRAWING OF A RIGG AND ASKS WHERE THE "TOOL PUSHER STANDS"
we don't have any more info on this question
- What is the minimum distance a burn pit can be located from a rig?
- Refer to the drawing; How many board feet of lumber would it take to build this temporary timber road using 6"x6"x8' timbers? (please note the dimensions are not exact but are very close)
- A contractor is ordered by a competent court to cease operations. When must he notify the Contractor's Licensing Board?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company's product or service.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of this company?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligations in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42' in height?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater's pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent’s total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the sketch: According tocode, when a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and it is deeper than the footing the angle indicated by letter ‘A’ must be at least ____ degrees.
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42' in height?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater's pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the sketch: According tocode, when a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and it is deeper than the footing the angle indicated by letter 'A' must be at least ____ degrees.
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42' in height?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater's pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the sketch: According tocode, when a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and it is deeper than the footing the angle indicated by letter 'A' must be at least ____ degrees.
- What is potable water?
- What type of equipment when backing up?
- How is noise measured ?
- How much will standard soil expand?
- When connecting a ductile iorn pipe joint that is 12″ using 3/4″ in. bolts, what is the maximum torque allowed on the bolts?
- To test a water line using an 8" plug, if 5psi of water pressure were applied to the plug how much backflow pressure would there be against the plug?
- Corragaded metal pipe (draw pipe) comes in what multiple lengths?
- When the Administrative Authority approves the use of plastic pipe or tubing in a natural gas piping system__
- Of the following standards, the one that is NOT a Code-Adopted standard for cast-iorn pipe and fitting is__
- All embedded piping or tubing shall be tested for leaks by the hydrostatic test method by applying a pressure of not less than ___.
- A centrifugal pump works best when it is placed _______?
- What is the best method to use when laying a pipeline across a levee ?
- What is the minimum distance that a burn pit must be from a well or a storage tank ?
- What is the advantage of using a rubber tire crane over a crawler crane?
- A 2% fall in 50 ft. equals ____?
- Identify the shaded area in the diagram.
- A rubber tired crane when rigged up to work must have ___?
- Which of the following would allow a crane to lift the heavyest load ?
- According to OSHA how many steps on a set of stairs are needed before you are required to install a handrail ?
- According to OSHA, all vechicles transporting flammable or combustible liquids, shall be provided with at least one fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than _____?
- THE GRADE STAKE WHO'S TOP INDICATES A REFERENCE GRADE IS CALLED A______________
- IN NEW LIQUID PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE MARKED ON THE WALL OF PIPE WHICH IS AT LEAST_____IN DIAMETER OR LARGER.
- For a T-Weld or fillet weld that will not distort parent metal you should
- What is volume of spoil from ditch 18"wide/3'deep/and 300 feet long in cubic yards. The trench is sloped at a 1:1.
- According to OSHA, with 4' ditch depth, what is the maximum distance of travel to a ladder in a ditch ?
- A hole is drilled to a depth of 17,200 feet, using a drilling fluid that weighs 18.59 pounds per gallon. What is the Hydrostatic Pressure at the base of the boring?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- What is the cost of an additional contractor's license classification?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- A mechanic's lien is best defined as _____.
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- What is the term for the difference between cash disbursements and cash receipts over a period of time?
- Which one of the following conditions requiring emergency care can only be a non-reportable injury?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of this company?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligations in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- What is the melting point of Magneisum?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 10" deep and weighs 33# per lineal foot?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 18″ deep and weighs 46# per lineal foot?
- Referring to the illustration, the weld symbol shown means:
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its' base is called:
- When the first course of masonry is laid, the mason spreads the mortar with his trowel, then using the point of the trowel he makes a pass down the middle of the mortar bed joint forming a groove and moving the mortar towards the face of the brick. This is called __?
- According to the UBC, the largest size dowel permitted in a masonry wall is a number _____.
- According to the UBC, the minimum bearing for girders on a masonry wall shall be _____ inches.
- According to the UBC, what is the minimum lap for rebar in reinforced masonry in compression?
- In two-wythe masonry, wythe ties of # ______ gauge wire rectangle shall connect the wythes and shall be spaced not more than ______ inches vertically for stacked bond, ______ inches on center for running bond vertically ______ inches on center horizontal
- What is the required lap in inches for a #4 bar per the UBC?
- According to the UBC, all reinforcing steel must have at least a _____ diameter lap.
- Fireplace chimney shall extend _____ inches above any obstruction and be at least 10' in horizontal distance.
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from its' center is called a _____.
- What type of retaining wall uses the weight of the soil on its' footing to achieve soil stability?
- What type of retaining wall is designed and built to use only its' own weight in positioning to keep soil back?
- Why would a contractor use a running bond for a masonry wall (they show you a picture)?
- According to the U.B.C. the maximum horizontal spacing for rebar in a concrete wall is _____ times the wall thickness, or _____ inches.
- What is the name of the stake who’s top represents the finished grade?
- Shooting grade problem: A benchmark (hub) is at an elevation of 100.00. A backsite has a reading of 4.5'. A frontsite to the centerline of the road which has 3 inches of asphalt paving and 6 inches of crushed base has a reading of 3.75'. What is the s
- You have a lot that measures 110' x 70'. One side has a uniform elevation of -5.00, the other side has a uniform elevation of +4.50 the required elevation is -1.25 finish. How many yards need to come out?
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate an area which has 2 foot deep swamp, 40' X 94' with the least amount of moves?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its' base is called:
- According to the UBC, what is the minimum slope or pitch for wood SHAKES?
- According to the UBC, what is the minimum size for an attic access?
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1" x 8" x 12' (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- What term defines the stake who's top is used as a point of reference to establish elevation and distance?
- Calculate the total for a 40' x 60' x 3' "pan formed" slab: 122 pans (30" x 30" x 24") rent for $18.00 each 82 tons of rebar at $38.50 per ton 1,450 manhours at $14.75 per hour concrete costs $65.00 per cubic yardConsider only the items
- According to the Uniform Building Code, a flat or built-up roof is required to have _____ inch of slope per foot.
- According to the UBC the minimum nailing requirement for attaching a rafter to the top plate is _____ nails.
- According to the UBC, when nailing a standard 36" to 40" standard asphalt shingle strip, the minimum number of nails required is:
- According to the UBC, wood shakes shall be fastened to the roof with a minimum of _____ nail(s).
- According to the UBC, the minimum thickness of a slab directly on grade is _____ inches.
- According to the UBC, reinforcing steel which is cast against and permanently exposed to the earth must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____ inches.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure (to achieve 70% of its' design strength?)
- According to the UBC, what is the minimum thickness of plywood used for a subfloor with the joists placed 24" on center. The face grain of the plywood is perpindicular to the joists.
- Plywood roof sheathing for a house is placed on roof trusses 24 inches on centers. The edges of the plywood are un-blocked. The panels are attached with the face grain of the plywood turned perpindicular to the trusses. According to the UBC, the minimum
- According to the UBC, what is the maximum on center spacing for wood studs (other than utility grade studs) in a load bearing wall supporting one floor, a roof, and a ceiling?
- According to the UBC, the maximum on center spacing of utility grade studs used in an interior non-load bearing wall is:
- According to the UBC, when preparing a building site, all stumps and roots should be removed to a depth of at least _____ below the surface of the area to be occupied by the structure.
- According to the UBC the minimum length of a lapped splice in rebar is:
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #5 bar is:
- A 20' long beam is loaded at 150 pounds per lineal foot. The beam is supported by two columns; one at each end. What is the total load on a single column?
- Using a builder's level, a cut stake is being set for the excavation of a footing. The top of the footing will be at an elevation 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 102.50') has a rod reading of 4.70'. The rod reading of the mark on the cut
- A foundation having outside measurements of 32' by 60' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ if all the corners are square.
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1" x 8" x 12'.
- What are the total number of cubic yards to come out of an excavation for a basement that measures 30' x 30' x 7' deep. You should excavate beyond the building lines 3 feet in each direction to allow for setting forms. Do not allow for any swell of the m
- A 9' x 23' wall is to be covered with 1" x 10" nominal size bevel siding. The siding is to be lapped 1-1/2". There are no openings in the wall. Assuming no waste, the wall requires _____ board feet of nominal siding. Select the closest answer.
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be _____ feet.
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9'2". If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- A roof measuring 100' by 100' has _____ squares of roofing.
- A wooden subfloor with a rectangular shape that measures 39' x 52' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Regarding a masonry pier, as a general rule of thumb, the maximum height of the pier is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the minimum width of a mechanical room access door to a furnace is _____ inches.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its' intended use.
- The siderails of a ladder must extend above its' point of bearing _____ inches.
- Where would you NOT locate a control joint in a masonry wall?
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- How many cubic feet equal one cubic yard?
- What type of clothing is required for welding?
- A job estimate show the following cost items for site preparation and concrete placement:
#001 clear & grub-$800 #002 excavate -$4,100 #003 form and pour-$6,100
#004 finish cure and strip-$3,800
Actual job costs: #001-$2,300 #002-$4,400 #003-$6,300
This portion of the project is:
- A contractor's license will expire on the last day of September. The contractor must submit a renewal request to the Board to prevent the license from becomming invalid. How many days prior to the expiration must the Board receive renewal request?
- Use the following to determine the amount that should be billed for a cost + 18% project. Invoice #101.1, Cost to date $3,750, Amount previously paid $1,800; Invoice #100.2 Cost to date $ $5,900 Amount previously paid $2,400; Invoice #100.3 Cost to date $8,400 Amount previously paid $3,000.
- A construction company's balance sheet shows the following: cash-$24,000; accounst receivable-$56,000; vehicles-$30,000; accounts payable-$44,000; notes payable-$16,000; accrued wages-$9,000. Based on this information, what is the net worth of this company?
- The construction corporation's president has left the organization. How many days does the corporation have to notify the construction board?
- A construction firm's president who is the holder of the construction contracting license leaves the firm. How many months does the construction firm have to designate someone to take the license exam for the firm's work?
- A four person crew can complete job #92-1075 in 3 weeks. The crew will work a 5 day week 8 hours per day. Each member of the crew makes 15.75 per hour. The owner wants the job finished in 2 weeks. He's willing to pay the overtime cost.
- Premiums for workers' compensation insurance are paid for:
- An employer is covered by the of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. What is the gross weekly wage of a non-exempt employee that earns $4.50 per hour and works 44 hours in a work week?
- Refer to the drawing of backflow preventers. What is the name of the backflow prevention device at #2?
- Refer to the plan BLN102-A, BLN102-4. How many drainage fixture units are there on the 5th floor of the men's dorm?
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42' in height?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater's pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #5?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #4?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #3?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #2?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #1?
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #10 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #9 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #8 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #7 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #6 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #5 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #4 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #3 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #2 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #1 is ____.
- Each fixture trap shall have a ____ of not less than ____ and not more than ____, except where a seal is found to be ____ by the administrative authority for special conditions.
- Refer to the plan BLN102-A, BLN102-4. How many drainage fixture units are there on the 5th floor of the men's dorm?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the sketch: According tocode, when a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and it is deeper than the footing the angle indicated by letter 'A' must be at least ____ degrees.
- REFER TO FIGURE 2 IN THE TEST BOOKLET: IDENTIFY THE PART OF THE PILE REFERRED TO BY THE #4.
- What is the minimum temperature of concrete when the ambient temperature is 35 F?
- A COMMON ADMIXTURE THAT WILL CAUSE CONCRETE TO SET UP FASTER IS _____.
- A wall that is poured as part of the foundation is what?
- In order for concrete to reach 70% of it's design strength, it should cure for ________ days?
- According to ‘OSHA’ all trenches over _____ feet should be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- Tie backs are anchored to _____ when used with soldier beams.
- What is a solid foundation poured over a large area that is 3 to 8inches thick called _____.
- What type of pile is enlarged on the ends in order to provide a larger bearing area.
- On the surface or tops of untreated piles _____ must be used to prevent decay.
- A foundation having outside measurements of 32′ by 60′ will have a diagonal measurement of _____ if all the corners are square.
- The outside measurement of a rectangular foundation is 28′ by 50′. The foundation wall is 4′ tall and 12′ thick. If the wall is to be formed with 4′ x 8′ sheets of plywood, the minimum total number of square feet of forms required is:
- The outside measurement of a rectangular foundation is 28' by 50'. The foundation wall is 4' tall and 12" thick. If the wall is to be formed with 4' x 8' sheets of plywood, the minimum number of full sheets of 4' x 8' plywood is:
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its’ design strength?
- Concrete reinforcing bars having surface rust or mill scale which does not appreciably reduce the diameter of the bar:
- In the construction of a 'one-way slab', which of the figures shown would reflect the proper placement of the reinforcing bars in the multiple span concrete beam?
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete’s _____.
- The space above a suspended ceiling contains a completely closed environmental air supply and return duct. Do conductors in this space have to meet plenum wiring requrements?
- When installed in compliance with NEC, jacked communication wires may be placed in the same raceway or JCT box with conductors of what type of circuits?
- A communications circuit's primary protector shall consist of an arrestor connected between:
- What class power source is a dry cell battery of 30 volts or less with current capacity of less than a #6 carbon-zinc cell?
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200' of conductor (100' out and 100' back) A maximum resistance that this line can have is .5 OHMS. What is the maximum allowable resistance per 1000' of this conductor?
- A load is mounted 1500' from the source. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. The source supplies 24 volts. The total conductor resistance is .75 OHMS. How much power is consumed by the load?
- Power limited circuit conductor cables used for fire protective signaling systems are located 7' from the floor. These cables must be securely fastened at maximum intervals of _____ inches.
- Given: 1000' of @12 copper wire has a resistance of 1.60 ohms What is the resistance of 2,700'?
- All traffic input/output termination when not activated shall be internally based to _____ volts DC.
- HVAC duct fire dampers are usually held open by a spring or a gravity device. Which of the following is NOT used to trigger the damper?
- In a gas fired furnace using an atmospheric enjection type burner, secondary air is drawn into the burner by ___________.
- in a gas fired furnace using an sf atmospheric enjection type burner. The air coming through the venturi is called ___________ air.
- what is the recommended minimal supply pressure for a fire hydrant delivering full flow?
- for ordinary classification pendent upright sprinklers heads installed for inerhouse protection shall have what size nominal orifices.
- fire extinguisher systems installed in an exhaust vent or grill ______ fire will not be a manually operated device to actuate the system ________.
- how often are fire extinguishing systems for commercial instalation required to be inspected?
- automatic bulb type fire sprinklers shall be replaced ______ to insure operation of the system ______ including instalation.
- piping in a wet chemical fire suppression system shall steel or _______.
- Where joint chemical fire protection systems protect hazards such as deep fat fryers, charbroilers or grills _________.
- all fire alarms interconnected with a dry pipe chemical system must have ___________.
- An approval test of a newly installed dry chemical fire system must pass a _______________.
- how does halon 1301 extinguish a fire?
- all halon fire supression systems shall be capable of ______ unless otherwise determined by the authoity having jurisdiction.
- carbon dioxide fire protection systems must be ______.
- which one of the following can agents for class a, b & c fire protection.
- which of the following is not considered good wetting agents to water in a fire suppression system?
- which of the following types of fire protection systems is preferred for closed head foam water sprinklers ______ speeds & reliability?
- how does a foam water spray system extingush a fire?
- when installing a fire protection system for combustable liquids and solids suffient, high oxygenated water shall be ______ prevent continuous operation of the foam water system & for a minimum of ______ minutes.
- the introduction of foam fire fighting products in ratio to the water stream is referred to as _________.
- all piping for fire supresions systems with expanded foam shall be subjected to a ________ hydrostat pressure test.
- positive displacement pumps on foam fire fitting equipment must have ________.
- Bolted joints in private fire service main shall be:
- what is the smallest connection size allowable when a fire hydrant is tied into a private fire service main?
- when fire department connections are required as an auxillary supply to a sprinkler system it shall have all the following except one:
- what is the minimum discharge pipe size allowed for a pressure tank installed in a private fire protection system?
- when a pressure tank is used in a private fire protection system, what minimum pressure must be maintained in the tank at ______ pressure gauge?
- pump suction pipes with a centrifugal fire pump that is not the same size as the pump suction pipe. What type of fitting is required to make the connection?
- to help prevent fire pump water lines against damages from movement what minimum clearance is required around pipe that pass through walls or floors.
- a flow test of an installed fire pump shall be held ______.
- how often should a dry sprinkler system have its air or nitrogen pressure checked?
- who is responsible for providing the owner of a fire sprinkler system instructions describing operation and maintenance of the fire protection devices.
- in a combined preaction dry pipes sprinkler system the maximum time permissable for water to reach the farthest sprinkler is ______ minutes.
- a dry pipe fire sprinkler valve is set at a 5 to 1 differential, the supply pressure is 60 psi. The valve will trip at a air pressure of ______ psi.
- the maximum air pressure carried in a dry pipe fire sprinkler system should exceed the highest water pressure in the dry pipe by _____ psi.
- hydraulic calculation for sprinkler system shall begin at the ______.
- the smallest size copper tube that may be installed in a hydrauically designed fire protection system is ______ inch.
- where fire sprinklers are required for coverage under overhead doors it should be located ______ from the edge of the door.
- automatic bulb type sprinklers used for protecting commercial type equipment shall be examined _______ and be replaced if there is a build-up of grease on the sprinkler.
- in a building used for high piled storage the protecting area per sprinkler shall not exceed ______ square feet unless the system is hydraulically disigne
- in any ordinary hazard occupancy the protection area per sprinkler shall not exceed ______ square feet.
- The minimum acceptable clearance between a fire sprinkler to combustible storage is ___ inches.
- the maximum permissible spacing between fire sprinklers in a light hazard occupancy is ______ feet.
- under normal circumstances a branch line in a light hazard occupancy shall not exceed ______ sprinklers on either side of a cross main.
- in non-hydraulicly designed sprinkler system, the branch line in an extra hazard occupancy shall not exceed ______ sprinklers on either side of a cross main.
- given: A sprinkler head is located under a plastic skylight and receives direct rays for the sun. What temperature classification sprinkler head should be used?
- piping in an 8" fire sprinkler system employing groove cut coupling shall have a wall thickness of no less than schedule ________.
- except for hydrallicaly designed sprinkler heads, hose stations supply pipes shall not be conected to any pipe smaller than ______ inch.
- fire protection for unit heater zone area is a ______ foot radius around the centerline of the unit heater in a building.
- the maximum safe operating temperature for ordinary temperature classification sprinklers is _______ farenheight.
- to prevent water hammer you should take no less than ______ seconds to close a valve in a sprinkler system when operated at maximum possible Pressure from a fully open position.
- a fire sprinker head with a temperature rating of 212 degrees would have glass bulb color of ______.
- in a fire sprinkler system, what is the maximum unsported arm over distance to a sprinkler head which has a maximum pressure of ______ at the sprinkler head is 85 psi and steel pipe is use
- in a fire protection system the maximum permissible hanger spacing for a 4" pipe is __________.
- the largest size pipe that may be supported by a toggles in a fire sprinkler system under a hollow tile ceiling is _______ inch.
- in a dry pipe fire protection system, the minimum size piping ______ drain is ______ inch.
- the capacity of the trapped dry pipe fire sprinkler system is 10 gallon, the auxiliary drain required shall consist of:
- the minimum size pipe that may be used in an uncalculated wet pipe fire sprinkler system supplying both sprinklers and standpipes is ______ inch.
- the minimum size pipe that may be used on end of a cross main in a fire sprinkler system is ______ inch.
- a fire sprinkler system designed to maintain a pressure of 160 psi must be hydrostatically tested at a minimun of ______ psi.
- a new dry pipe fire sprinkler system air test must maintain a pressure of 40 psi for 24 hours. The maximum pressure loss allowed is ______ psi.
- what is the minimum size test outlet for a fire sprinkler system?
- Every steam boiler except manually fired boilers shall be equipped with a low water cutoff to ______.
- nfpa-13d What is the maximum allowable working pressure available for a residential fire sprinkler system?
- nfpa - 13 the smallest size copper tubing that may be installed in a hydraulically design protection fire system is _____.
- nfpa - 13 unless specifically listed for other uses side wall sprinklers shall be installed only in ______.
- Approximately 1 cfm of ventilation air per ______ btu/hr boiler gross output is needed for boiler rooms for oil or gas fired boilers.
- Approximately 1 cfm of combustion air is needed for every _____ btu/hr of boiler gross output for the boiler room for oil or gas Fired boilers.
- Firebox installation techniques always include use of a good grade of ______ between each brick joint.
- the maximum floor area is ______ sq. Ft. On any one floor that is To be protected by sprinklers supplied by any one sprinkler system riser or combined system riser for light & hazard occupancy.
- how many square feet of coverage is allowable for an individual sprinkler head in a extra hazard occupancy?
- how many square feet of coverage is allowable for an individual sprinkler head with a light occupancy rating?
- how many square feet of coverage is allowed for an individual sprinkler head with an ordinary occupancy?
- what should be done when the drainage or weep holes on a dry barrel fire hydrant will be below the water table?
- the valve height of a fire hydrant must be a minimum of ____ inches above grade.
- largest size steel pipe required in a pipe system riser to supply 4 fire sprinklers on each of 7 levels in the stairwell of an ordinary hazard occupancy is _________.
- in a dry pipe fire protection system, the minimum size for piping in the tie-in drains is _____ inch.
- a trapped section of fire sprinkler pipe that holds over _____ gallons of water must have a nipple and bradd cap.
- in a normal hazard occupancy, how many sprinklers are allowed on a 3" steel pipe?
- what is the maximum distance between sprinkler pipe hangars for 1 1/2" pipe?
- what is the maximum spacing of sprinkler heads for light hazard occupancy?
- on a dry system water shall be able to reach the furtherst sprinkler within ______ seconds for each 400 feet of feed main.
- in buildings used for high pile storage, the protection area per sprinkler shall not exceed ______ square feet.
- if there is a fire department connection on a water supply a ______ shall be installe
- the water temperature flowing through the sprinkler protion of an automatic sprinkler system with nonfire protection connections, shall not exceed ______ fahrenheit.
- where 600 sprinkler heads are installed, how many spare heads are required in the building?
- all new fire sprinkler systems must be tested by ____ test.
- valves controlling fire sprinkling systems are allowed to close in a minimum of ____ seconds when operated at maximum spee
- a fire sprinkling system, that is required to have a maximum maintained pressure of 160 psi, must be hydrostatically tested at _____ psi.
- fire sprinklers must be installed under ducts having a width greater than:
- the maximum permissible spacing between fire sprinklers in a light hazard occupancy is:
- the maximum permissible, unsupported distance between the last hanger and the end fire sprinkler on a branch line, when the piping is 1-1/4 inch is _____ inches.
- in a fire protection system the maximum permissible hanger spacing for 4 inch pipe is:
- the largest size pipe that may be supported from toggles in a fire protection system is ____ inch.
- in a dry-pipe fire protection system, the minimum size for piping in tie-in drains a ____ inch.
- in addition to the system control valve at the base of the riser, a system has a floor control valve at each level of a four story building. None of the fire system is trapped & the total number of drain valves required in the fire system is ______.
- the main drain size required for a fire protection system having a 6 inch riser is:
- forty feet of crossmain on a dry fire protection system in a freezer must have a minimum pitch of ____ inch(es).
- the minimum size pipe that may be used in an uncalculated fire protection riser, supplying both sprinklers and standpipe is ____ inch.
- 45 feet of horizontal piping is run from a tee in the fire sprinkler system crossmain to supply a 1-1/2 inch hose. The minimum size pipe that may be used is ____ inch.
- interior fire sprinkler piping system must be designed to withstand a minimum working pressure of ____ psi.
- Access doors for fire dampers must be large enough to permit ______ and ______ of the fire damper.
- on an oil fired system that has control dampers, _____ is the maximum that they may be closed .
- the last support hanger on a fire sprinkler branch of 1 1/4" nominal pipe size may be no more than _____ from the end.
- the maximum spacing for supports on a fire sprinkler main is ______.
- according to nfpa bulletin 13, in a fire protection system, the maximum permissible hangar spacing for 4" pipe is ______.
- the maximum distance allowed by nfpa-13 between sprinkler heads on a fire sprinkler system is:
- The maximum distance allowed by NFPA 13 between sprinkler heads on a fire sprinkler system is _____.
- according to the nfpa, bulletin 13, the maximum permissible, unsupported distance between the last hanger and the end of a fire sprinkler y-branch line, when the piping is 1 1/4", & is _____ inches.
- what is the minimum size pipe permitted to be used in an uncalculated fire sprinkler system?
- what is the best location for fire sprinkler main shutoff valve?
- what is the maximum hangar spacing for 4" sprinkler pipe?
- Each automatically fired steam boiler shall be protected from overpressure by __________________.
- When building a firebox for an oil burner on a boiler, _____________ mortar should be used between each brick joint.
- how many sprinklers are permitted on a branch line for light hazard Occupancy?
- what is the lowst volume of water permissible on a single sprinkler head for light hazard occupancy?
- a 1.5" fire hose is supplied with a 1.25" horizontal branch line. How long can the branch be?
- what is the hydrostatic test psi level used for fire sprinkler systems?
- a branch line feeds a fire hose 45' from the riser. What's it's size?
- what is it called when the chemicals lump together in a dry chemical fire system?
- maximum space between hangars for 4" steel fire sprinkler pipe?
- the maximum distance between sprinkler pipe hangers for 1 1/2" or larger steel pipe? (Actual test question says 4").
- where are the calculations for a hydraulic fire sprinkling system started?
- in a dry chemical fire system, how often do you replace the fusible links?
- given: A sprinkler head is located under a plastic skylight and receives direct sun rays. according to nfpa-13, what temperature classification sprinkler head should be used?
- a hydrostatic pressure test is not required for a _____ fire protection system.
- What is the maximum voltage allowed for a plug-fuse?
- How much does a gallon of oil weigh?
- How much does a gallon of water weigh?
- On an 18' section of 16" ductile iorn pipe, what is the maximum deflection allowed?
- What is the rule of thumb to cut ductile iorn pipe per diameter inch?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls' surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- Using a builder's level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00'. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00' has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What should the first course of an 8' concrete block wall be set in?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15'. An employee is instructed to cut a notch in the botton of the joist. What maximum distance from either end can the employee cut the notch?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimensions is 24 ft 2 The roof pitch is 8/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- The best bond is obtained using dryset portland if the tile is applied within _____ minutes.
- A style of laying tile where each vertical row of tile is offset by half its' length is:
- When shrinkage mesh is used on a floor, it should be turned up at the junction of a vertical wall _____ inches.
- A piece of wood used to level tiles is called a _____.
- The largest trowel is the _____ trowel.
- If tile absorbs more than 7% moisture it is: (ALSO KNOW THE FOLLOWING: IMPERVIOUS - LESS THAN .5% ABSORPTION - VITREOUS - MORE THAN .5% BUT LESS THAN 3% ABSORPTION - SEMI-VITREOUS - 3% TO 7% ABSORPTION)
- The polyethylene cleavage membrane under a mortar bed shall have a minimum mill thickness of _____ mils.
- The minimum thickness of a mortar bed for floor tile is _____ of an inch.
- The ANSI specification for the minimum bonding mortar coat thickness is _____ of an inch.
- A thin coat of portland over a mortar bed is called a _____ coat.
- Tiles with recessed facial edges which have a distict curvature that results in a recessed joint when the tiles are set are called:
- The final mortar coat over which the tile surface is applied is called the _____ coat.
- A narrow tile band of contrasting color is called a:
- According to the Code, when installing glass block, the mason must provide expansion joints. Which of the following statements best describes this requirement?
- According to the Code when installing glass block, both vertical and horizontal joints shall be a minimum of _____ inch, and a maximum of _____ inch.
- Referring to the illustration, the masonry pattern shown is typically called a _____ bond.
- Referring to the illustration, the "rowlock stretcher or shiner" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "soldier" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "header" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "sailor" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "stretcher" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "rowlock" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the "extruded joint" is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the “concave joint” is illustrated by number:
- According to the Code, the largest size dowel permitted in a masonry wall is a number _____.
- According to the Code, the minimum bearing for girders on a masonry wall shall be _____ inches.
- According to the Code, what is the minimum lap for rebar in reinforced masonry in compression?
- In two-wythe masonry, wythe ties of # ______ gauge wire rectangle shall connect the wythes and shall be spaced not more than ______ inches vertically for stacked bond, ______ inches on center for running bond vertically ______ inches on center horizont
- Fireplace chimney shall extend _____ inches above any obstruction and be at least 10' in horizontal distance.
- The nominal size of modular brick is equal to the:
- A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for a mechanical penthouse roof if you allow 5% for lap and waste and the penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- Refer to The Drawing. How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to The Drawing . How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to The Drawing . How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- A coat used between non-compatible coats is called:
- Mixing with a drill is done at its optimum at ____RPM?
- Phenolphthalein is used for:
- To handle a knot hole, you should use the following procedure:
- With knots on wood, they should be scraped and coated with:
- The maximum heigth of a ladder jack is:
- Guard rails should be on all scaffolding over____feet high.
- Silicone carbide and aluminum oxide are used in the following:
- What material should you use to clean up PVA?
- To prepare a new natural brush you should:
- What is the proper term for preparing a wall for the final finish?
- Which of the following resists sun, heat and rain?
- Which of the following is the normal procedure for applying lacquer?
- Which of the following is used as a solvent for shellac?
- Which of the following are not types of finish?
- Which of the following would be used to thin alkyds?
- When using latex paint, use which of the following primers?
- To clean latex paint you use:
- What is the main cause of paint blistering?
- Of the four types of wood which should be filled before painting?
- When painting and using an exhaust system, the exhaust duct should be____:
- Seventy percent of all injuries to painters are caused by:
- Which of the following characteristics of a bristle brush will result in a maximum spread ratio and the brush will hold most of the paint.
- Most paints will reduce the flame-spread ratio by____
- Which of the following is NOT a binder, used in latex paint?
- When using a latex paint a ____ primer should be used?
- A safety lanyard shall be composed of ____ or equivalent?
- How many bathrooms are required to accomodate 90 construction workers?
- The _____ is required to furnish drinking water on job sites?
- All outrigger scaffolding shall be constructed with the planking laid tightly to within --- inches of the building of the wall?
- All tube and coupler scaffolding shall be securely guyed (or tied) to the building or structure, not to exceed-____ horizontally or ____ vertically?
- All independent pole scaffolding shall be guyed (or tied) to a building or a structure at intervals not exceeding ____ feet, vertically or horizontally.
- The minimum size for planking for a scaffold shall be?
- The maximum of independent pole scaffolding is ____ feet?
- The minimum clearance between a backhoe, (and other equipment) and a 50 KV line shall be ____ feet plus .4 inch for each additional one KV.
- Scaffold planks should extend past their supports a maximum of _____ inches?
- The length of drop for a safety lanyard shall be____?
- The minimum length scaffolding planks should extend past their end supports ____ inches.
- The base of a portable ladder shall be placed, so that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about ____ of the working lenght of the ladder from the wall or support.
- What are the characteristics of commercial blast using a 3000 psi pressure washer ?
- What are the characteristics of white metal blast?
- Coverage or mileage at a specified thickness is known as:
- One-thousandth of an inch used to designate the thickness of a coating expressed as .001 is called what:
- What is the area of surface missed by a painter called?
- Define coaltar epoxy paint:
- What is chalking?
- When mixing paint, what is boxing?
- What is a binder?
- What causes blistering?
- Mildew occurs predominately in the south for the following reason?
- What causes alligatoring and checking?
- What would be the results of painting over a heavily chalked surface?
- What should be done to a chalk surface before it is painted?
- What is the maximum air pressure allowed for cleaning?
- What should be done with ropes exposed to acid or excessive heat?
- How often should a swing stage scaffolding be inspected?
- What type of rope should be used for swing scaffolding when acid cleaning?
- What is the minimum impact strength for a safety net?
- How many feet above ground should workers be working before safety nets are required?
- Replace cables that show what percent of wires (per lay) broken or show excessive wear?
- How often should swing stage scaffolding be inspected?
- What type of rope should be used as a lifeline?
- What is the proper height for guardrails in swing stage scaffolding?
- What is a primary advantage of water blasting over sand blasting?
- What are the two most important characteristics of "Dead-Man Controls" ?
- What is the definition of "anchor patterns"?
- How far from a surface should a spray gun be held in order to produce a full wet coat?
- What should be done with previously painted surfaces in poor condition?
- What is the BEST method used to clean metal ?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum hiegth of a step ladder ?
- Paint inhibators should be used on metal after ________ ?
- What is the most commonly used tool for cleaning metal ?
- What is the most practical method for cleaning metal in the shop ?
- What is the most commonly used thinner for oil base paint ?
- Assume all walls are 8 feet tall except the garage, which has 10 foot walls. If it costs 25 cents ($0.25) per square foot to paint walls, calculate the total cost to paint the walls for the following:1 room 21' X 25' 1 room 18' X 18' 3 rooms 12' X 15' garage that measures 23' X 28'
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21' X 25' 1 room 18' X 18' 3 rooms 12' X 15' a garage that measures 23' X 28'
- If a roll of wallpaper will cover 35 square feet, how many rolls would be required to cover a wall that measures 18 feet wide by 7' 8" tall?
- A 'block coat' is used:
- What are the three 'primary' colors?
- Guard rails should be installed on 45' wide scaffolding over _____ feet in height.
- Category II Hazardous Wastes:
Ignitability Corrosivity
Reactivity
- Lists of Hazardous Wastes: [Comment: Chapter 49 is divided into 2 sections: Category I hazardous Wastes, which consist of Hazardous Wastes from nonspecific and specific sources (F&K wastes), Acute Hazardous Wastes (P wastes), and Toxic Wastes (U wastes) (LAC 33:V.4901); and Category II Hazardous Wastes, which consist of wastes which are ignitable, corrosive, reactive, or toxic (LAC 33:V.4903).]
- Performance Standards: 1. An incinerator burding hazardous waste must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.99 percent for each POHC designated in its permit for each waste feed. DRE is determined for each POHC from the following equation; 2. An incinerator burning hazardous waste must not emit particulate matter in excess of 180 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (0.08 grains per dry standard cubic foot) when corrected for the amount of oxygen in the stack gas according to the formula.
- Food- Chain Crops: No produce or food chain crops may be allowed to grow on landfarm. Additionally, grasses and other cover plants may not be used for grazing or hay production for domestic livestock.
- Land Treatment - Treatment Program: 1. The administrative authority will specify the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the treatment zone in the facility permit. The treatment zone is the portion of the unsaturated zone below and including the land surface in which the owner or operator intends to maintain the conditions necessary for effective degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents. The maximum depth of the treatment zone must be: a. no more than 1.5 meters (5 ft.) from the initial soil surface; and b. more than one meter (3 ft. above the seasonal high water table.
- Landfills - Design and Operating Requirements: a. the permanent barrier shall be at least 3 ft. of recompacted clay with a permeability of 1 x 10-7 cm/sec or less and so designed and operated as to prevent endangering any fresh-water aquifer by the migration of containments from the facility, or equivalent system acceptable to administrative authority; b. if the landfill contains any particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator must cover or otherwise manage the landfill to control wind dispersal. Wetting of the landfill for control of particulate matter is not allowed unless the landfill is equipped with a leachate collection system equivalent to LAC 33:V.2503.A.2.
- Inspections; At least weekly, the owner or operator must inspect areas where containers are stored, looking for leaking containers and for deterioration of containers and the containment system. Remedial action as described in LAC 33:V.1513 shall be taken.
- Inspections: Aboveground portions of the tank system, if any, to detect corrosion or release waste.
- Security: 1. Exterior lighting 2. Signs. A sign with the legend "Danger - Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out" msut be posted each entrance to the active portion of a facility. but in no case shall the spacing be greater than 200-foot intervals. Must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.
- Buffer Zone: All other locations - 200 feet between any facility (treatment pond, incinerator, tank, etc.) and property lines unless a proper buffer is installed which is acceptable to the administrative authority.
- Site Requirements: Drainage - the site must have the capability to control and/or contain run-off from the maximum rainfall in 24 hours from a 25-year storm (when maximum rainfall records are not available).
- Vehicle Markings and Placards: 1. be readily legible during daylight hours from a distance from at least 50 feet while the vehicle is stationary; 2. be maintained in a manner that retains the legibility required by LAC 33:V.1323.B. (The marking may be a removable device)
- Recordkeeping: a, a transporer of hazardous waste must keep a copy of the manifest signed by the generator, himself, and the next designated transporter or the owner or operator of the designated facility for a period of 3 years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter; b. for shipments delivered to the designated facility by water (bulk shipment), each water (bulk shipment) transporter must retain a copy of the shipping paper containing all the information required in LAC 33:V.1307.E.2 for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter.
- A transporter who stores manifested shipments of hazardous waste at a transfer facility for more than 10 days is considered a storage facility and is required to obtain a permit in compliance with the conditions of these regulations.
- Use of the Manifest System: 1. retain at the facility a copy of each manifest for at least three years from the date of delivery or final disposal, whichever is later; 2. within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the signed and dated manifest to the generator.
- The 24-hour/25-year storm rainfall must be taken into account when designing a landfill site.
- Soil types, textures, and conditions to depth of thirty feet below lowest elevation of planned disposal cells for impoundments, landfill and land treatment facility based on test holes at 200 foot intervals (or greater or less intervals if acceptable to the administrative authority).
- Changes in the ownership or operational control: 1. The new owner or operator must submit a revised permit application no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled change.
- File copies of all manifests, annual reports, esception reports, waste tests or analysesm and other logs or records required hereunder shall be kept for department inspection for a period of not less than 3 years from date of completion or receipt, whichever is later.
- Standard hazardous waste permits shall be effective for a fixed term not to exceed 10 years.
- A written submission shall also be provided within 5 days of the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances.
- The permittee shall maintain records from all groundwater monitoring wells and associated groundwater surface elevations, for the active life of the facilities, and for disposal facilities for the post-closure care period as well. Records of monitoring information shall include: a. the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements; b. the individual(s) who performed the sampling c. the date(s) analyses were performed; d. the individual(s) who performed the analyses; e. the analytical techniques of methods used; and f. the results of such analyses.
- Where the underground injection well is the only unit at a facility which requires a RCRA permit, the owner or operator must comply with LAC 33:V.516 and with requirements for solid management units.
- The following persons are not required to obtain a hazardous waste permit: 1. Facilities with injection wells that dispose of hazardous waste. Those wells are regulated by the Office of Conservation prior to February 1, 1984. After that date, such permits shall be issued by the Department of Environmental Quality pursuant to Act 97 of 1983; 2. Generators who accumulate hazardous waste in an environmentally sound manner, on-site for less than 90 days (see discussion of accumulation in LAC 33:V.1109.E.); and 3. Transporters storing manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting all applicable requirements at a transfer facility for a period of 10 days or less, if so approved by the administrative authority (see definition in LAC 33:V.109).
- Notwithstanding LAC 33:V.303.H.1, a person may construct a facility for the incineration of polychlorinated biphenyls pursuant to and after an approval issued by the administrative authority under Section (6)(e) of the Toxic Substances Control Act, and any person owning or operating such a facility shall, at any time after construction or operation of such a facility has begun, file an application for a RCRA permit to incinerate hazardous waste authorizing such facility to incinerate waste identified or listed under LAC 33:V. Chapter 49.
- Owners and operators of existing TSD facilities must submit Part 1 of their permit application requirements listed in LAC 33:V.515 to the administrative authority no later than 30 days after the date they first become subject to the permitting standards.
- Toxic Waste - a waste subject to these regulations pursuant to provisions of LAC 33:V,4903.D which, by its chemical properties, has the potential to endanger human health or other living organisms by means of acute or chronic adverse effects, including poisoning, mutagenic, teratogenic, or carinogenic.
- Monitoring - inspection and collection of data following a predesigned schedule and system on operational parameters of the facility or on the quality of the environment including the air, groundwater, surface water or soils.
- Leachate - any liquid, including any suspended components in the liquid, that has percolated through, or drained from hazardous waste.
- Landfill Cell - a discrete volume of hazardous waste landfill which uses a liner to provide isolation of wastes from adjacent cell or wastes.
- Landform - a facility for the application of waste onto land and/or incorporation into the surface soil for the purpose of biological reduction and soil attenuation, including the use of such waste as a fertilizer or soil conditioner.
- Lab Pack - an overpacked container (such as a drum) containing small, tightly-sealed containers of hazardous waste and absorbent material filling the voids in the outer container (drum).
- Infectious Waste - a waste which has the potential to endanger humans or other living organisms by the communication of diseases caused by microorganisms and /or viruses.
- Incompatible Waste - a waste unsuitable for commingling with another waste or material.
- Freeboard - the vertical distance between the top of a tank or surface impoundment dike, and the surface of the waste contained therein.
- EPA Identification Number - the number assigned by EPA to each generator, transporter, and treatment, storage or disposal facility.
- Aquifer - a geologic formation, group of formations, or part of a formation capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells of springs.
- (a) If a generator is accumulating the waste, the administrative authority will issue a notice setting forth the factual basis for the decision and stating that the person must comply with the applicable requirements. The notice will become final within 30 days, unless the person served requests a public hearing to challenge the decision. (b) If the person is accumulating the recyclable material as a storage facility, the notice will state that the person must obtain a permit in accordance with all applicable provisions of these regulations. The owner or operator of the facility must apply for a permit within no less than 60 days and no more than 180 days of notice.
- Non-Emergency Conditions. 24 hours of learning of the discharge and in accordance with other provisions.
- Judicial Review: Any person has the right to file a lawsuit to reverse any act or failure to act by the administrative authority pursuant to these regulations.
- Category II are ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity and toxicity.
- Category I wastes are those known chemicals and process streams whose hazardous nature has been prescribed by prior determination and which are presented in LAC
- Hazardous Waste Activity Form - HW - 1 must notify within 90 days.
- Water is running from a water tank on 32' high legs. The head loss due to friction in the pipe is 2'. When the tank is almost empty, the water pressure at ground level is ___ PSI.
- One gallon of water supplies approximately 8.33# and there are 7.48 gallons in one cubic foot. Approximately how much does 5 cubic feet of water weigh?
- The specific heat of air is ___ BTU per # of dry air.
- The friction rate used to design a steam piping system having a total equivalent length of 500' and a total system pressure drop of 2 1/2 PSI, is ___ per 100 feet.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The total respective length of the duct supplying outlet # 4 is ____ feet.
- Given: The following heating fuel values and costs. Natural gas 100,00 Btu per therm @ $.56. Heating oil 140,000 Btu per gal @ $1.12. Electricity 4314 Btu per Kwh @ .08 per Kwh. The estimated heating requirement for a building is 80,000,000 Btu per year. With an oil furnace of 65% efficiency, the estimated heating cost per year would be $____.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The total effective length of the duct supplying outlet #5 is ____ feet.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The minimum standard duct size required to supply outlet #3 is ____ inch diameter.
- The average direct diffused solar radiation for a certain location and a certain period is 200 Btu/sf/hour. It takes 0.24 Btu of heat to raise 1# of air 1 degree F, and there is approximately 13.5 CF of air per pound. If a 100 SF flat plate collector has an average efficiency of 50%, how many CFM of air heated a total of 30 degrees F can it supply?
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The minimum standard round duct size required to supply outlet # 4 is ____ inch diameter.
- A company's federal employment taxes for the quarter ending December 31, 1998 have all been paid on time. IRS form 941 must be filed no later than ____.
- A gas fired water heater installed in a residential garage shall have the burners and ignition devices at least ____ inches above the floor.
- A metal chimney carrying combustion gasses is 15" in diameter. Of what thickness sheet metal should it be constructed?
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". To achieve a 45 degree F temperature rise across the heat exchanger, a furnace blower needs to deliver ____ of air.
- What is a purlin plate nailed to ?
- When you know that the wall studs will shrink due to loss of moisture content; which of the following would be the best to use to attach drywall to the wood studs?
- In a girder floor system which of the following is True?
- Refer the Masonry diagram; what type of joint is shown ?
- When would you call Louisiana One Call (Dottie)
- Which of the following would be the best type of nail to use when nailing asphalt shingles.
- When installing an interior door, what is the casing nailed to ?
- When installing asphalt shingles in a high wind area, which of the following would you do?
- When placing a plywood subfloor over joists, the plywood should be laid at ____ degrees to the joists.
- Before excavation or fill of a slab, batter boards are set. Other than preserving the corners of the building, which would be a function of the batter boards?
- After being delivered to a job, what type of glass cannot be notched, cut, or drilled ?
- When putting a gas water heater in service, how long do you hold the pilot set button after the pilot is ignited ?
- When using the girder method of floor framing the girders are usually spaced ___ feet on center.
- When framing a residential building using gusset trusses, the normal spacing is ___ O.C.
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 10" deep and weighs 33# per lineal foot?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 10" deep and weighs 33# per lineal foot?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its' base is called:
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- A contractor's license expired on December 31, 1993. He did not attempt to renew it until December 15, 1994. What must he do?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company's product or service.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- An owner will be required to obtain a contractor's license for all of the following, except _____.
- A mechanic's lien is best defined as _____.
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- What portion of the Workers Compensation Insurance premium can an employer charge to his employee?
- All of the following are benefits provided by good scheduling and planning EXCEPT:
- Which one of the following conditions requiring emergency care can only be a non-reportable injury?
- How much is withheld for social security tax from the weekly paycheck of an employee earning $9.00 per hour for 40 hours per week?
- Synthetic wire or fibre rope used to guy scaffolds shall be able to support ____ time their rating.
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of theis company?
- Which of the following types of bonds guarantees the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans specifications and terms specified in the contract?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- Which person coordinates the project for all disciplines for a large construction project and is responsible for the management of the work?
- Which of the following is not an option for a survey company holding a contract on a construction project and in the event a contractor files bankruptcy ?
- A contractor has not properly cleaned debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a separate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- How many years must a construction company retain all records of a $10,000 employment tax payment to IRS?
- Which one of the following statements pertaining to a contractors gross receipt taxes is correct?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32 420. What amount will be depreciated in the second year using the straight line depreciation method for a period of 7 years?
- Which accounting method records income when the money is received and records expenses when payment is made?
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- An employee files a law suit for $750 in unpaid overtime wages. What is the maximum amount that the employee could receive including legal fees?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligations in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- Determine the cross sectional area in square inches for the following combination of conductors. 5 -#6 AWG XHHW, 10 #14 AWG THWN, 7-#10 AWG pair (solid, use Table 8 of the Code).
- Eighteen, 250 KCMIL, THWN copper conductors are in a rigid metal conduit nipple. What is the minimum diameter in inches permitted by for the conduit? Assume that the conductors are not lead covered and the nipple is 1′ in length.
- What is the maximum number of #10 WWG conductors permitted in a 3 x 2 x 3 1/2 device box?
- What is the nearest percent of second voltage drop in the circuit conductors given the following: conductors are #6 AWG copper, K=12.9, the distance to the most remote outlet is 200′, the load is 208 volt 3 18013 volt-AMP heater.
- What is the ampacity for 8 #10 AWG, THW conductors under normal ambient temperature conditions when all conductors are copper, current carrying and are located in the same 18″ long raceway and all terminals are rated for 75 degrees C.
- What is the permitted ampacity for 3 conductors in a raceway, given that the conductors are #10 AWG, THW, aluminum and that the ambient temperature is 100 degrees F and the terminals are rated for 60 degrees C.
- Equipment grounding conductors are permitted by Code to be: I – dependent upon receptacle devices for continuity. II – spliced in boxes.
- Select the minimum overcurrent device permitted to protect a branch circuit that serves a 3 phase 208, 8,646 VA electric hot plate, continuous load. The hot plate is served with #8 THWN conductors and all terminal connections are rated for 60 degrees C. Assume the overcurrent device is not approved for 100% continuous load.
- What is the maximum overcurrent device permitted to protect both a 9,600 VA, 240 volt, single phase range and branch circuit conductors, given that the conductors are #8 copper, THHN conductors, and all conductor terminal connections are rated for 60 degrees C?
- What is the maximum permitted setting for the branch circuit short circuit protective device for a torque motor that has a name plate current of 25 AMPS given that the branch circuit conductors are #12 TW?
- What is the maximum overcurrent protection permitted for a #14 copper THWN motor control circuit that is tapped from the load side of the motor short circuit protective device? The conductors require only short circuit protection and do not extend beyond the motor control equipment enclosure.
- What is the minimum ampere rating permitted for a fuse providing overcurrrent protection for a 240 volt range that is rated for 9,600 VA. Assume the conductors to the range are #4 AWG copper?
- As a gasoline dispensing service station, rigid non-metalic conduit may be installed provided the conduit is:
- What hazardous location does the Code permit flexible metal conduit for motor connections. I – Class I, Division 2. II – class II, Division 1.
- What is the allowable ampacity for #14 AWG copper, THWN conductors given that 10 identical conductors are located in the raceway, each conductor serves as a fire protective signaling circuit. It is not power limited, and each conductor carrys a maximum load of 1 AMP. The ambient temperature is 84 degrees F and all terminals are rated for 75 degrees C.
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, how many additional Type "A" lighting fixtures are permitted on branch circuit #1 of LP-A1 in Space 201, based on the conditions of installation indicated on the plans?
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, based on the information given, the branch circuit conductor sizes are undersized for the full load AMP rating given for: (Assume all conductors are copper.) I - CU-1. II - AC-1
- On sheet 5 of the plans for St. Stevens Church, the receptacle located on the first floor men's room is: I - required by Code. II - is required to be protected with a GFIC.
- Service conductors are considered outside the building when run in: I – the crawl space, II – the attic.
- Electrical metalic tubing is required by Code to be: I – with concrete-type couplings if conduit is embedded masonry, II – supported every 10′.
- What is required where grounding conductors enter an auxilary gutter without threaded hubs or bosses and are #4 and larger and are not securly fastened in place? I – insulating type bushing II – the temperature rating of the conductors must exceed that
- The branch circuit conductors’ ampacity for a motor having 24 AMPS full load current shall not be less than ____AMPS.
- Refer to the diagram; In a standard framed wall using 2 x 4 studs, what would the length of "A" be?
- Refer to the diagram; Identify "A".
- Refer to the diagram; What does “A” represent ?
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church having an outside dimension of 100′ by 200′ is _______va.
- GIVEN 4 COPPER TYPE THHN CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 2 SIZE 10 AWG 2 SIZE 8 AWG. THESE 4 CONDUCTORS ARE IN A RACEWAY 12′ LONG, WHAT IS THE MINIMUM SIZE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) THAT CAN BE USED TO ENCLOSE THESE 4 CONDUCTORS?
- IF A #12 COPPER CONDUCTOR HAS A RESISTANCE OF 1.93 OHMS PER 1000′, WHAT IS THE TOTAL RESISTANCE OF 350′ OF THE CONDUCTOR?
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A LOAD OF 10 AMPS. A CIRCUIT HAS A TOTAL CONDUCTOR LENGTH OF 400′ AND RESISTANCE OF 1.75 OHMS PER 1000 FEET. THE NET COMPUTED POWER LOST IN THIS CONDUCTER IS _____ WATTS.
- GIVEN: A HALLWAY 14′ IN LENGTH IS IN A SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING. THIS HALLWAY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF _____ RECEPTACLES.
- THE NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL CABLE SUPPORTS, NECESSARY FOR #1 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS IN A 48′ VERTICAL RACEWAY SHALL BE ________.
- GIVEN: TEN SIZE 10 AWG TYPE THHN CU CONDUCTORS ARE IN 12′ OF EMT RACEWAY WITH AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 98 DEGREES F. CIRCUITS OPERATE WITH NO LOAD DIVERSITY.DISREGARDING RATINGS OF THE TERMINATIONS, EACH CONDUCTOR HAS A MAXIMUM AMPACITY OF _____ AMP
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150′ from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000′ of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- The term ‘kilowatts’ indicates real power. What does the term ‘kilovolt-amp’ indicate?
- Refer to the motor control diagrams #1 and #2 below:The jog-run selector switch is at _____.
- Given: A 50′ raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the amp of tthese conductors?
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandescent lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carries only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the amp of the ungrounded conductor?
- Calculate the load on 3 460V squirrel cage motors at 100% power factor with no code letter.1-40hp 1-30hp 1-20hp all 3 phase
- A squirrel cage motor with no code letter with reactor starting the maximum rating of a non-time delay fuse is ____percent.
- What is the maximum number of ungrounded number 12 AWG are permitted in a 4″ X 1 1/2″ square box.
- If the resistance to ground is 50 OHMS to the ground rod, you must?
- Calculate total load for these 240V space heaters in a residence.room 1 has two 2000W heaters, room 2 has two 1500W heaters, room 3 has two 2500W heaters, room 4 has two 1500W heaters & two 2500W heaters.
- In a critical care area, how many recepctials must be located at the patients bed area?
- In a general care area, how many recepctials must be located at the patients bed area?
- A new, all-electric restaurant has a total connected load of 300 kva. USE THE OPTIONAL METHOD. What is the minimum calculated load which may be used for sizing the feeders?
- Refer to Diagram; The transformer shows 10 amps in the primary. What amps will be shown in the secondary?
- 120 Volt single store sign supplies only the sign as follows: Hours: on 24 hours per day. Motors: three 1/4 horse power motors Lights: 24 each, .8 amp ballasts. The size of the main over current protective device for this panel is ?
- Given: A rigid metal conduit contains only the following THREE circuits: Two – 150 amp, 3 phase circuits: One – 300 amp single phase; The load side equipment bonding jumper for this conduit must be a minimum size of _____ copper.
- Given: A one family dwelling has the following size: 1,100 square feet of floor space. Service: 120/240 volt single phase service, Cooking: One 10 KVA range, Laundry: One electric clothes dryer, One 5 KVA water heater, Use the optional method . What is the service entrance load for this dwelling ?
- Three phase motor as follows: Type: Squirrel cages high reactance; Voltage: 460 volts, 3 phase; Horse Power: 30; Current nameplate is the same as the NEC current; Duty: Continuous; Start: High reactance; Code Letter: None; Service Factor: None; Gi
- Given: Florescent lighting fixtures, each containing 2 ballast’s rated at 0.8 amperes each at 120 volts, are to be installed for continuous general lighting in a store. The over current protection devices are not listed for continuous operation at 100% . How many fixtures can be installed on a single 20 amp circuit ?
- Refer to the figure 11-14.Three (3) balanced 100 amp resistive loads are connected to 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. What is the total power consumed by this circuit?
- Refer to figure 11-22.The button labeled "B" causes the motor to:
- Given: An electrical installation requires a total of 200′ of conductor with a maximum line resistance of .5 ohms (100′ out and 100′ back). What is the maximum resistance allowable for this conductor?
- Given: A hermetic refrigerant motor compressor has a rated load TRACK of 24 amps and a branch circuit SELECTION of 30 amps. The branch circuit conductors are copper type TW. They operate at 80 degrees Fahrenheit, and they are the only conductors in the circuit . What is the minimum size wire that can be used?
- If a 3/8″ flexible fixture WHIP with external connectors contains a bare size 16 AWG grounding conductor, how many size 16 AWG type THHN conductors may be added?
- Given: A number 12/4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt single phase incandescent lighting load. One conductor is the grounding conductor, one conductor carries only the circuit unbalanced trunk. What is the amp of the ungrounded conductors ?
- Disregarding exceptions, a 20′ run of electrical metallic tubing shall be fastened in place within _____ of each box, outlet, cabinet or fitting.
- A branch circuit supplies a single phase continuous duty pump motor for a residential water supply. The motor conductors must have an amp of at least _____ of the motor full load current rating.
- A metal underground water pipe in the direct contact with the earth for at least 10′ has traditionally been preferred grounding electrode for all new construction. A metal underground water pipe is:
- According to the National Electrical Code, a commercial building with ground floor footage accessible to pedestrians shall be provided with at least one outlet for sign lighting. This outlet shall be supplied by a branch circuit rated at:
- Given: An outdoor propane dispensing unit is located 50′ from the office where the branch circuit supplying the unit originates. Where are seals required?
- Given: Six size 12 AWG conductors are spliced in a box that has no grounding wires, clamps or devices and has a flat cover. What is the minimum trade size metal octagonal box that may be used?
- The minimum computed lighting load required for general lighting only of a church building having outside dimensions of 100′ X 200′ is:
- An equipment grounding conductor for wired communications circuits shall be at least size #_____ copper:
- Two (2) duplex receptacles 120V 15 Amp outlets on separate straps are mounted on a two (2) gang industrial type cover on a single 4″ square box. The calculated load for this entire assembly shall not be less than:
- Given: A new restaurant has a total connected load of 300 kva. It is heated by a forced-air gas furnace. Using the optional method, what is the minimum calculated load which may be used for sizing the feeders?
- In a single family residence, a space between floor joists is enclosed with galvanized steel sheet and is used as a return air duct for the furnace. Can non-metallic sheathed cable in air that is not identified as LS be routed along the joists within the space ?
- Excluding exceptions, which of the following statements is not true concerning the N.E.C. requirements for bonding metallic swimming pool parts by a size #8 AWG solid copper conductor?
- Given: An office 43′ x 80′, 120V lighting all on 8 hours, non-continuous receptacles. How many 20 Amp circuits are required?
- Five current carrying 240V size conductors 10AWG at 80 degrees F, type TW. A maximum allowable amp of _____ Amps.
- Given: Ten baseboards heaters 240V: 2-1500W 2-2000W 2-2500W 2-1500W 2-2000W . What size type TW AWG wire is needed?
- An AC transformer welder at 90% efficiency and 40 amps operates at _____ amps.
- The length of cord for an electrically operated kitchen waste disposer shall be a maximum of _____ inches.
- Given: Ten THHN copper conductors in 10′ conduit 4 – size #12 6 – size #10 The size of the conduit must be at least _____
- Given: 4 copper type THHN conductors as follows: 2 size # 1 AWG : 1 size 1/0 AWG: 1 size 2/0 AWGThese 4 conductors are in a 10′ conduit, the size of the IMC conduit must be at least:
- According to the N.E.C., the length of a cord on cord and plug connected waste dispose in a dwelling shall be between a minimum and a maximum of:
- The following three phase motors are the same except the horsepower: Motor one 20 hp, motor two 30 hp, motor three 40 hp. Type: squirrel cage: Voltage 440 volts 3 phase. Current name plate is XXX N.E.C. current. Duty: Continuous, Start: Auto trans What will be the total amps in this circuit ?
- Refer to the motor control diagrams 11-22. Of #1 and #2 which one, if any, will stop and reverse then start forward.
- A three phase squirrel cage induction motor, supplied by a three wire circuit runs in a counter-clockwise direction. The motor may be made to run clockwise by:
- Given: A fire alarm horn is mounted 1500 feet from the control unit. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. With that applied voltage it will draw 45 watts of power. The control unit supplies 24 volts. What is the maximum total conductor resistance allowed in this circuit ?
- Given a single length of 300 MCM copper conductor has a voltage drop of 3 volts. An additional 300 KZMIL (MCM) conductor of the same length and material is connected in parallel with the original conductor. What is the total voltage drop with this combination ?
- A conservative formula for determing the maximum available short circuit current (ISCC), available at the secondary of a transformer when the primary source is assumed to be of unlimited capacity is:ISCC = 100% / Zx% x Is, where Is = full load rating; Zx =impedance, Given a 75KW 240 volt transformer with 2% impedance will have a short circuit current of ___ .
- According to the N.E.C., a commercial occupancy in any shopping mall that is accessible to pedestrians, shall be provided with at least one outlet for site lighting this outlet shall be supplied with a branch circuit rated at _____amps.
- Four single receptacle 120v 15 amp outlets on separate straps are mounted on a 4 gang cover on a single surface mounted box. The calculated load for this entire assembly shall not be less than _____ volt amps.
- Given: A new all electric restaurant has a total connected load 300 KVA. Using the optional method, what is the minimum calculated load, which may be used for sizing feeders?
- What is the maximum distance allowed between any point along a counter space wall line small appliance receptacle in a dwelling unit kitchen?
- The maximum length of a equipment bonding jumper routed outside a flexible metal conduit containing a circuit conductor is:
- Which of the following wiring methods is not acceptable for underground wiring under a Class I location supplying 120 volt power to gasoline and propane dispensing units?
- For general motor applications not including torque motors the minimum ampasity of conductors supplying motors is determined by the:
- According to the N.E.C. locked-rotor current of an electric motor is approximately _____ times the full load current given in the appropriate tables.
- What would be used to keep conduit from floating in a trench while placing concrete?
- Given; Two manholes containing electrical conduit have a slope of 3″ between them. How far apart are the manholes?
- By adjusting a variable pitch pulley to make the belt ride at the top of the motor’s pulley, instead of at the bottom of the motor’s pulley, the result would be _____.
- If installing a residential home's pre-charged refrigeration lines with quick connections, a coating of _____ should be applied for a new evaporator coil?
- A boiler's horsepower is defined as the ability of a boiler to evaporate ___ pounds of water per hour with a feed water temperature of 212 degrees F.
- Why must a boiler's vent be opened when a boiler is taken off line?
- When in the low fire position, the butterfly valve in a gas fired low pressure boiler's fuel supply system controls the amount of:
- What is the device used to measure the amount of draft in a boiler's breeching or stack?
- Water is running from a water tank on 32' high legs. The head loss due to friction in the pipe is 2'. When the tank is almost empty, the water pressure at ground level is ___ PSI.
- One gallon of water supplies approximately 8.33# and there are 7.48 gallons in one cubic foot. Approximately how much does 5 cubic feet of water weigh?
- The specific heat of air is ___ BTU per # of dry air.
- The friction rate used to design a steam piping system having a total equivalent length of 500' and a total system pressure drop of 2 1/2 PSI, is ___ per 100 feet.
- What is volume of spoil from ditch 18"wide/3'deep/and 300 feet long in cubic yards. The trench is sloped at a 1:1.
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10' in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10' wide and the ditch is 1000' long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- When referring to an enginer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- What is the purpose of the low water fuel cut-off?
- The water level in a boiler can be lowered if the gage glass shows 3/4 or more by using the:
- How is a boiler equipped with a super-heater protected from damage during start up and shut down?
- What is the maximum design pressure of a fire tube boiler?
- At what temperature does water boil in a high pressure boiler?
- In what direction do combustion gasses blow relative to the air in an air heater?
- What kind of draft system is maintained at a constant pressure?
- What is the oldest form of boiler draft?
- Air heaters are cleaned with:
- What will be the result of air entering an air heater at too low of a temperature?
- Where is the location of an induced draft fan?
- In what unit of measure is draft measured?
- What is used to reclaim some of the heat energy that is normally lost in flue gases?
- How many pounds of air are required to burn one pound of fuel?
- How is the oxygen in feed water removed in boiler operations.
- What is the result of excessive carry over?
- What will cause cracking on boiler metal along the seams and the ends?
- What do deposits of calcium and magnesium carbonates on boiler feed surfaces cause?
- The alkalinity level of boiler water should be maintained between what PH valves?
- When can galvanized piping be used for external piping on a high pressure boiler?
- What is the minimum high pressure water temperature that catagorizes a boiler as a high pressure boiler?
- What is the minimum high temperature water pressure that categorizes a boiler as a high pressure boiler?
- What is the minimum steam or vapor pressure that identifies a boiler as a high pressure boiler?
- What is the result if there is a sudden drop in boiler pressure while the temperature remains the same on a high pressure steam boiler?
- The safety valve on a boiler is set for 30 PSI. According to High Pressure Boilers, what pressure range above the safety valve setting should a steam gauge be able to indicate?
- Try cocks are known to be used to check the water level in a boiler when the boiler pressure does not exceeds ___ PSI.
- What is the maximum size surface blow down line recommended in High Pressure Boilers?
- Given: A lap seam crack is discovered along a longitudinal rivited joint of a shell drop of a boiler, according to code, the problem joint shall be:
- The maximum allowed pressure during the hydrostatic pressure test of a high pressure boiler shall not be higher than:
- Who is allowed to repair safety valves on a High Pressure Boiler?
- What is the maximum time that a licensed stationary plant operator can be absent from a boiler room during a shift?
- Within what time period must a High Pressure Boiler be internally inspected after an external inspection has been completed?
- How often must a high pressure boiler be externally inspected?
- Low water fuel cutoff from shutting off the burner every time the boiler needs more water?
- How often does High Pressure Boilers recommend that a float type feed water regulator be opened for cleaning and inspections?
- What is tested by blowing down a float type feed water regulator when the burner is running?
- Given: A low-water fuel cutoff is a safety device often used in conjuction with a float type feed water regulator. To shut off fuel to the burner if the water level gets too low, what should be used to prevent the low water fuel cutoff from shutting offthe burner every time the boiler needs more water?
- Refer to the fuel oil piping drawing on page 55 of High Pressure Boilers. One of the two pressure relief valves in the fuel system is located at which one of the following numbered locations on the drawing?
- What indicates that the supply line strainer to the oil burner is dirty?
- On a steam boiler equipped with an on/off type automatic combustion control a pressure control must be connected to the:
- The steam pressure gage used on the steam boiler should be equipped with a scale capable of indicating a pressure of ___ times the safety valve setting.
- Feed water in what PH range will prevent scale formation in the flooded portions of a boiler?
- Where and why is a forced-draft fan installed in a boiler combustion products exhaust system:
- What is the minimum pressure that would classify a boiler as a high pressure steam boiler?
- Regarding the operation of a high pressure steam boiler, what may result from a sudden drop in boiler pressure without a corresponding drop in boiler temperature?
- Because of the large volume of water, what type of boiler is most likely to explode?
- A boiler's horsepower is defined as the ability of a boiler to evaporate ___ pounds of water per hour with a feed water temperature of 212 degrees F.
- When a high pressure steamboiler is shutdown for maintenance or inspection, the main steam-stop valves are:
- According to High Pressure Boilers, what is tap maximum inside pipe diameter permitted for bottom blowdown and service blow down lines on high pressure steam boilers.
- A high pressure steam boiler generating 40,000 lbs requires ___ gallons of feed water per hour.
- A licensed salesperson must be employed at all times?
- All of the following are basic types of low pressure steam boilers except:
- Which of the following grades of oil has the highest BTU content per gallon?
- Approximately how many pounds of air are needed to burn a pound of fuel?
- What term is defined in "Low Pressure Boilers" as the temperture at which fuel oil must be heated to burn continuously when exposed to a flame?
- According to "Low Pressure Boilers", which of the following is defined as the temperature at which fuel oil gives off vapor that burns immediately when exposed to a flame?
- All of the following are types of combustion except:
- Why must a boiler's vent be opened when a boiler is taken off line?
- What percentages of oxygen and nitrogen does air contain?
- According to the State of New Mexico Boiler Rules and Regulations, who is allowed to repair safety valves?
- According to the State of New Mexico Boiler Rules and Regulations, when a cap seam crack is discovered along a longitudinal rivited joint of a shell or drum of a boiler, what procedure must be followed?
- When a Class A fire is started, all of the following agents may be used in an extinguisher to put out a fire except:
- Accident reports shall include all of the following except:
- A dry layup is recommended by ASME Code for boilers that are in danger of:
- All of the following shall be completed during a boilder start-up except:
- In accordance with ASME, CDS-1, all boilers which are relocated with or without a change in ownership shall have what type of tests performed before re-installation?
- According to the State of New Mexico Boiler Rules and Regulations, no alterations may be made to a boiler without the authorization of:
- Which of the following is not a cause of priming and carry over?
- In order to balance the draft on a hand fired boiler, what does not need to be adjusted?
- A combination gas/fuel oil burner for a boiler permits the operator to switch from one fuel to another for all of the following reasons except:
- When in the low fire position, the butterfly valve in a gas fired low pressure boiler's fuel supply system controls the amount of:
- On a low pressure gas fired boiler that uses a high and low fire operation for the burner, what draws the gas into the burner?
- According to "low pressure boilers", which one of the following is defined as the temperature at which fuel oil gives off a vapor that burns immediately when exposed to a flame?
- Condensate accumulation in a steam line of a low pressure steam boiler piping system is the primary cause of:
- According to "Low Pressure Boilers", a low pressure boiler should be inspected:
- A contractor is using an automatic programer to start a boiler. What is the purpose of starting the burner motor first?
- According to "low pressure boilers", what is the most common type of automatic combustion control used on low pressure boilers?
- What controls the fuel to air ratio in a combination gas/fuel oil burner?
- What is the maximum hot water temperature that categorizes a boiler as a low pressure boiler?
- What is the maximum hot water pressure that categorizes a boiler as a low pressure boiler?
- What is the maximum steam or vapor pressure that characterizes a boiler as a low pressure boiler?
- What is the maximum time that a licensed stationary plant operator/technician can leave the operating floor at any one time?
- What is the device used to measure the amount of draft in a boiler's breeching or stack?
- A flame scanner is more commonly called:
- According to "low pressure boiler", which of the following is not one of the three types of air used in the combustion process?
- When a natural gas fired low pressure boiler has a low water conditon and the burner is operating, what device shuts off gas to the burner?
- The two types of burners used in low pressure oil fired boilers are the air atomizing type and:
- A duplex fuel oil strainer should be located in the:
- What is defined as the lowest temperature at which fuel oil will flow as a liquid?
- What effect does the presence of steam in a condensate line have on a steam boiler?
- Which of the following valves is recommended for use as a main steam stop valve?
- Boilers that use modulating pressure fire controls to modulate between both high and low fire operations should be set to:
- Given: The pressure control for a steam boiler is set to cut in at 9 pounds of pressure. The differential equal 3 pounds of pressure. What is the cut-out point for this boiler?
- When a steam boiler is not equipped with an airvent, the air trapped inside the boiler when it is filled before start-up should be vented at the :
- The center core of a fusible plug melts at about:
- According to Low Pressure Boilers, the best time to blow down a boiler to remove sludge is when the boiler:
- According to Low Pressure Boilers, ASME requires two or more safety valves on every boiler with a heating surface of more than ___ square feet.
- What is MAWP of a low pressure steam boiler?
- When a low pressure boiler safety valve is tested by hand, the boiler must be pressurized with at least ___ PSI on the boiler.
- Where are the bottom blowdown valves located on a low pressure steam boiler?
- What discharge capacity is used to measure a steam boiler safety valve?
- An evaporation test is performed on a low pressure boiler to check the operation of:
- Where should the pressure control used to turn a low pressure steam boiler off & on, be located on the boiler?
- What is the purpose for dumping a boiler?
- What is the undesirable result of an excessively high operating water level in a steam boiler?
- A low pressure steam boiler operating at 10 PSI will have a steam temperature of approximately:
- Water ia considered hard when it has a high concentration of:
- A steam pressure gauge that is called a slow gauge reads:
- A steam pressure gauge that is called a fast gauge reads:
- A steam pressure gauge on a boiler must be connected to the:
- The safety valve on a low pressure boiler shall be set for the MAWP of the boiler. What is MAWP?
- According to Low Pressure Boilers, how many pounds of water will it take to make 10 pounds of steam?
- Why are pigtail siphons used with steam boiler pressure gauges?
- What is the use for fusible plugs that are used on the waterside of low pressure steam boilers?
- What is the name of the oval tube shaped like a question mark inside a pressure gauge?
- ASME requires safety valves to be tested by hand on low pressure boiler at least once every:
- What is NOT one of the reasons for using bottom blowdown valves?
- What chemical acts as an oxygen scavenger and is commonly used to treat boiler feed water?
- The ASME Code requires fusible plugs for boilers that are:
- Scale begins to form in a low pressure boiler when the water reaches what temperature?
- All but which of the following are reasons for employing multiple circuits in hydronic heating systems?
- When water is used as a condensing medium, the saturation liquid temperature of the refrigerant must be ____.
- As the pressure drops, some of the steam flashes. Where does the steam go after the flash tank?
- Any installation for which a permit is required shall not be put into service until it has been inspected and approved by the building official. It shall be ____ to notify the building official that the work is ready for inspection.
- If a starting capacitor shorts out and the electrical current to the compressor becomes excessive, which of the following will happen?
- It is unlawful to convert an existing boiler to an automatic boiler or to____ on an automatic boiler without first obtaining a permit.
- To charge a system with refrigerant vapor, the connection from the cylinder is made at the ____.
- What is used to reduce the movement of water for reading the water level on a gauge glass?
- What happens to the refrigeration capacity of a system when the refrigerant is superheated?
- Which one of the following, according to OSHA Standard CFR 29-1926 is responsible for requiring the wearing of personal protective equipment
- What is required on the discharge from a relief valve of a system operating over 212 degrees F?
- HPM piping used to transport HPP liquids that is installed above the ceilings of an exit corridor shall have a ____ installed below the piping.
- Which of the following condenser types is not used in airconditioning or refrigeration work?
- Which one of the following would be used in place of any interlock to prevent operation of a hot water boiler until an adequate water flow is established.
- When draining the condenser water system prior to winter shut down, it is very important to remove all of the following plugs except which one, when the system will be exposed to below freezing temperatures?
- A steam or water control valve that varies the flow rate directly with the lift is a _____ valve.
- A greater flow rate change can be obtained for a given movement of the valve stroke. The valve best suited for automatic control of the water flow rate changes required in coils is a _____ valve.
- Particulate products of combustion are removed from boiler passages by which of the following?
- Which one of the following is used on a centrifugal air conditioning discharge refrigeration system to automatically remove non-condensables. Note: This is NOT a chilled or condensed water system.
- According to the UMC, every steam boiler except manually fired boilers, shall be equipped with a low water cut-off and ____.
- Which of the following substances may be used to pressurize a mechanical refrigeration system for a pressure test?
- A boiler having more than 500 square feet of water heating surface area shall have at least:
- In the event that freon is accidentally discharged into a closed room, the safest place for an occupant is ____.
- If a refrigeration system uses a TXV and liquid is found to be in the suction line, what will the result be?
- Low voltage at the compressor, whether the source is the power supply or excessive line loss, will contribute to ____.
- If the boiler water tested 10 on the PH scale, it would indicate that the boiler water is ____.
- To energize a control circuit, the ____ must be closed.
- A series-loop system of heat-emmitting units in a low temperature heating system is prefered because:
- A three wheel hand held cutter is preferable to a hack saw for cutting copper tubing for refrigeration systems because it ____.
- Every automatic boiler that is maintained by a permanent maintenance person does not need which of the following:
- Which of the following is not the cause of the gas burner to shut off but still allow the pilot to remain burning?
- HPP gas piping is required to have a fail safe rupture shut off valve installed ____ as practical when supply is from a source outside the building.
- Which one of the following will not change the flow of chilled water through the branch take-off and through the cooling coil?
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture and possibly create a hazard if the surface temperature goes below which of the following temperatutes?
- An absorption system must be equipped with a factory installed pressure relief device ____.
- What is the hydrostatic test pressure for steam & hot water heating systems?
- A thermostatic expansion valve used in a refrigeration system is adjusted to obtain the best____.
- A modulating valve should always be installed so that the direction of the flow and pressure ____.
- Filler material used in soldering a joint in a refrigeration system containing group A1 refrigerant, must be done at a temperature greater than ____ but less than ____ degrees F.
- The wheatstone bridge is said to be balanced when the ____ .
- All of the following materials may be used in low pressure steam and hot water piping except ____.
- A pressure vessel of 3 cubic feet or less gross volume containing liquid refrigerant shall be equipped with____,provided, however that a fusible plug is permitted only on the high pressure side.
- When preheating outside air using steam or hot water preheat coils, the principle problem is ____.
- Which of the following would be installed in a chilled water line, and would shut off the compressor if no fluid is flowing?
- The location in the boiler where fuel and air mix causing combustion to occur is known as ____.
- When a mechanical draft system is installed for an appliance an interlock device shall be used to prevent the ____.
- Which of the following is NOT considered when designing a refrigeration system with a remote air cooled condenser?
- If a residential gas heating system experiences excess pilot outage, all but which of the following is a probable cause of this problem?
- The water circulated through cooling towers and water cooled condensers often leaves deposits on the unit components. The deposits left on those components act as which one of the following:
- Steam superheaters are made in a variety of ways, but are made in at least one or the other of which of the following configurations?
- The chief source of vibration in a typical compression / vaporization refrigeration system is a ____.
- For positive displacement compressor type refrigeration systems, stop valves shall be installed in the refrigerant piping in all but which of the following locations?
- What is the name of the device that is designed to prevent a boiler from operating if the mechanically-operated draft device fails to provide the required exhaust?
- What is the name of the device used to protect the roof from the heat of combustion where a metal flue passes through it?
- Welded fittings which are used in steam and water piping as part of a heating or cooling system may be____.
- A unit is considered to be readily accessible if it can be reached for operation, to renew or repair quickly ____:
- A joint obtained by the joining of metal parts with alloys which melt at temperatures higher than 800 degrees f is a ____ joint.
- In checking out pressures on a refrigeration system, one would expect to use _______.
- Which of the following convectors is NOT suitable for a hydronic hot water system application?
- The type of valve that is generally used and gives the best performance in floating or modulating flow control is a ____ valve.
- When soldering large pipe, a Y shaped torch with a double flame is desirable because it ____.
- In the event of an emergency, an ammonia type absorption system should be discharged ____.
- When a pipe is offset to avoid an obstruction, the term travel refers to the distance center to center of the fittings measured ____.
- All hot water heating systems shall be provided with what?
- Which of the following materials may be used in contact with methyl chloride in a refrigeration system?
- The component in a typical residential low temperature hot water system which gives up heat to the space requiring heat is called ____.
- A refrigeration system in which the gas evolved in the evaporator is taken up by an absorber is called ____.
- All HPP waste or drainage system shall have an approved means for directing any spilled materials to ____.
- What is the most identifiable difference between an induction draft and a forced draft system?
- A system in which a secondary coolant cooled by a refrigerant is circulated in the conditioned space is called ____ system.
- Common causes of high condensing pressures:
- Rooms or spaces in which any refrigerant-containing portion of a condensing unit is located shall have:
- Materials used in the construction and installation of refrigeration piping systems shall be____.
- Which one of the following is used to signify a geometric or physical constraint of some fashion or form.
- Which one of the following is generally used to indicate when there is a potential for a condensate formation inside a venting system.
- The change in temperature between the substance to be cooled and the boiling point of the refrigerant in a process cooling system is____.
- Except as otherwise stated, a boiler which has a capacity or rating of more than 700,000 BTU input must conform to:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, HPP is the designation for which of the following?
- Which of the following refrigerants may be used in direct systems for confort air conditioning?
- The _______ is the device which uses high fluid velocity to create low pressure or a vacuum at its throat to draw fluid from another source.
- According to the GAMA venting information which one of the following forced draft appliances can be sized from the tables?
- According to GAMA, which one of the following appliances may also have its vent sized according to the requirements of the national fuel gas code NFPA 54?
- Piping in a hot water or steam system which extends outside a building shall be installed in order to:
- A display case refrigerant system must deal with store air around it. How is it dealt with?
- When wax forms and is separated from the oil it collects in the refrigerant control. What is the remedy to this situation?
- When 10 gallons of water are heated from 55 degrees F until they are changed to steam at 212 degrees F, how many Btu's are required to heat the water to steam? Note: Water weighs 8.33 lbs per gallon.
- The locomotive-type boiler mud rim or wet bottom shall have the foundation of its setting not less than ____ above the floor.
- Stack dampers in hot water heating boilers fired with oil or solid fuel shall NOT close off more than ___% of the stack area.
- Refrigerant piping which is lower than the ceiling and crosses a pathway shall have a vertical clearance of not less than ____.
- Given: A bypass offset is 8". 30 degee bend is used . The radius of the bend is 10". The length of the run is ____.
- What is the maximum % of a receivers' volume the refrigerant should occupy during pump down for systems having a shutoff valve between the condenser outlet and the receiver inlet?
- The owner or operator of a boiler shall prepare a boiler for an internal inspection and hydrostatic test not less than how many days after notification by the inspector?
- A temperature is listed as 35 degrees celcius. What is the degrees in Ferinheit degrees?
- The COP of a hot water HVAC system is 1.58. The input of the system is 62,000 Btu. What is the output of the HVAC system?
- Refrigerant reclamation machines must meet SAE standards and remove ____ of the moisture and oil particulates.
- Refillable refrigerant containers should be filled to the maximum of ____ of volume with liquid.
- How much time can the interval between internal inspections be extended for other unfired steam boilers?
- An evaporative cooler supported on an above ground platform shall be elevated at least ____ above ajoining ground level.
- With a COP of 3.0, a water cooled HVAC system has an input of 20.5 Kw, what is it's approximate output?
- Piping for a hydronic heating system shall be tested at a pressure of NOT less than ____psi.
- What is the height of a manual pull in a dry chemical system?
- R-717, ammonia, is toxic and can be harmful if inhaled at what level of concentration for 30 min.?
- If a voltage transformer has a 120 Volt amp capacity and the secondary coil voltage is 24 Volts, what is the secondary input current?
- An expansion tank can hold how many gallons of water if the tank is 18" diameter and 36" long. Note: 1 cubic foot equals 7.48 gal and 1728 cubic inches.
- According to the Code, every hot water boiler except manually fired boilers shall be equipped with ____ temperature combustion regulators in series.
- Off cycle defrosting of refrigeration systems is effective only when the dry bulb temperature of the area being cooled is higher than ____.
- According to NFPA 13, a fire sprinkler head with white markings indicates it has a temperature rating of ____ degrees F.
- If a drum of R-12 partially filled with liquid refrigerant is stored in a 100 degree F room the pressure in the drum would be ____.
- A pressure limiting device is NOT required on a factory sealed system with less than ____ pounds of group A1 refrigerant.
- According to the MRAC, which one of the following is most often used when stainless steel tubing is required for a dairy plant installation.
- According to NFPA 13, interior fire sprinkler piping systems must be designed to withstand a minimum working pressure of ____ psi.
- According to the UMC, no mechanical joint shall be made in soft annealed copper in pipe size greater than:
- A cooling unit installed in an attic requires an additional pan with a drain pipe having a minimum diameter of ____.
- Connections from the isolation valve to a remote level indicator of a power boiler shall be what minimum pipe size?
- What is the coefficient of performance for an HVAC system when input Btu is 60,000 and its output is 49.2 KW?
- All boilers except portable boilers and potable water heaters shall have what minimum clearance for access on all sides?
- According to OSHA standards, if you have 20 workers at a jobsite that you have primary control of the work being accomplished you are required to provide a minimum of how many toilets for your personnel?
- An airconditioning or refrigeration contractor may install and service control wiring at what maximum voltage?
- A low pressure hot water heating boiler is a boiler in which water is heated for the purpose of supplying heat at pressures not exceeding _____and temperatures no exceeding ______.
- When part of a limited charged refrigeration system is protected by a pressure-relief device, the design pressure of the part need NOT exceed ____.
- A power hot water heating boiler is designed for operation and temperatures near the boiler outlet not exceeding ____.
- Process piping shall stand the required pressure test for a period of no less than ____ minutes after all piping is installed.
- A refrigeration unit with a 20 horse power capacity may NOT be located less than ____ feet from a factory door.
- Given: A bypass offset of 8". Use 30 degree bends. The bend radius is 10". The length of the set back from each bend is ____.
- A flexible rubber bladder inside the expansion tank for a closed loop piping system shall have a test pressure of?
- When a pressure gage is permanently installed on the high side of a refrigerating system, its dial shall be graduated to at least____ times the design pressure.
- When the high-pressure guage of a gauge manifold is firmly installed on the high side of a refrigerant system, the dial scale may be graduated in ____ increments.
- What is the minimum recommended temperature of boiler feedwater if a deaerating heater is NOT used?
- Normally, in a refrigerating system, the refrigerant will be ____ degrees F colder than the evaporator temperature when the unit is running.
- The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of an existing steam heating boiler shall not exceed ____.
- A non-standard boiler having lap-riveted longitudinal joints and operating at a pressure in excess of 50 PSI that has been removed and reinstalled shall be set to operate at a pressure not to exceed ____.
- The nominal water-containing capacity of a hot water suppler boiler shall be at least ____ gallons.
- Insulation must be used on surfaces within normal reach of building occupants at which of the following temperatures?
- Determine the impellar diameter required based on a new water demand of hot water circulating system. D1=D2 x (F1 divided by F2). D1=New pump diameter. D2=Present pump diameter(9"). F1=new GPM(200). F2=Present GPM(120).
- Given: A bypass offset is 8". Use a 30 degree bend. The bend radius is 10". The length of travel is ____.
- Refrigeration compressors of more than 5 hp rating shall be located at least ______ from an exit in a group A,B,E,I or R,Division 1 occupancy unless separated by a 1 hour fire resistive separation.
- An appeal of any dispute arising from a vioaltion of the time periods set for processing boiler registration applications must be received by the commissioner in how many days after the suit arose?
- When installing or replacing a drain line for a cooling tower, MRAC recommends that the drain line having pitch of no less than ____ inch per foot and if the correct pitch cannot be made, a pump should be installed.
- The drain hole or holes on a 1 1/2" safety valve on a steam heating boiler shall not be less than ___.
- Combustion air openings to the outside of a building shall be covered with a corrosion resistant screen that has a mesh of _____ inch.
- Of the size listed below, what is the maximum size stop valve in copper tubing that must be securly mounted independent of the connected tubing?
- A condensate overflow pan for a cooling unit located in an attic must be equipped with a drain pipe that is at least ____ diameter.
- A room other than a machinery room in which any refrigerant containing portion of a condensing unit is located, shall as one option have a mechanical exhaust system providing an air exchange every ____.
- According to NFPA 13, in a dry pipe fire protection system the minimum size for piping with tie-in drains is ____.
- According to NFPA 13, the largest size pipe that may be supported from toggles on a fire sprinkler system under a hollow tile ceiling is ____ inch.
- The specific volume of standard air is 13.33 cubic feet per pound. Therefore it's density would be 1 divided by 13.33 or:
- In two-wythe masonry, wythe ties of # ______ gauge wire rectangle shall connect the wythes and shall be spaced not more than ______ inches vertically for stacked bond, ______ inches on center for running bond vertically ______ inches on center horizontal
- What is the required lap in inches for a #4 bar per the UBC?
- Fireplace chimney shall extend _____ inches above any obstruction and be at least 10' in horizontal distance.
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from its' center is called a _____.
- What type of retaining wall uses the weight of the soil on its' footing to achieve soil stability?
- What type of retaining wall is designed and built to use only its' own weight in positioning to keep soil back?
- Why would a contractor use a running bond for a masonry wall?
- According to the Code the maximum horizontal spacing for rebar in a concrete wall is _____ times the wall thickness, or _____ inches.
- What is the name of the stake who's top represents the finished grade?
- Shooting grade problem: A benchmark (hub) is at an elevation of 100.00. A backsite has a reading of 4.5'. A frontsite to the centerline of the road which has 3 inches of asphalt paving and 6 inches of crushed base has a reading of 3.75'. What is the s
- You have a lot that measures 110' x 70'. One side has a uniform elevation of -5.00, the other side has a uniform elevation of +4.50 the required elevation is -1.25 finish. How many yards need to come out?
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate an area which has 2 foot deep swamp, 40' X 94' with the least amount of moves?
- According to theCode, what is the minimum slope or pitch for wood SHAKES?
- According to the Code, what is the minimum size for an attic access?
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1" x 8" x 12' (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- What term defines the stake who's top is used as a point of reference to establish elevation and distance?
- Calculate the total for a 40' x 60' x 3' "pan formed" slab: 122 pans (30" x 30" x 24") rent for $18.00 each 82 tons of rebar at $38.50 per ton 1,450 manhours at $14.75 per hour concrete costs $65.00 per cubic yardConsider only the items
- According to the Code, a flat or built-up roof is required to have _____ inch of slope per foot.
- According to the Code, the minimum nailing requirement for attaching a rafter to the top plate is _____ nails.
- According to the Code, when nailing a standard 36" to 40" standard asphalt shingle strip, the minimum number of nails required is:
- According to the Code, wood shakes shall be fastened to the roof with a minimum of _____ nail(s).
- According to the Code, the minimum thickness of a slab directly on grade is _____ inches.
- According to the Code, reinforcing steel which is cast against and permanently exposed to the earth must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____ inches.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure (to achieve 70% of its' design strength?)
- According to the Code, what is the minimum thickness of plywood used for a subfloor with the joists placed 24" on center. The face grain of the plywood is perpindicular to the joists.
- Plywood roof sheathing for a house is placed on roof trusses 24 inches on centers. The edges of the plywood are un-blocked. The panels are attached with the face grain of the plywood turned perpindicular to the trusses. According to the Code, the minimum
- According to the Code, what is the maximum on center spacing for wood studs (other than utility grade studs) in a load bearing wall supporting one floor, a roof, and a ceiling?
- According to the Code, the maximum on center spacing of utility grade studs used in an interior non-load bearing wall is:
- According to the Code, when preparing a building site, all stumps and roots should be removed to a depth of at least _____ below the surface of the area to be occupied by the structure.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #5 bar is:
- A 20' long beam is loaded at 150 pounds per lineal foot. The beam is supported by two columns; one at each end. What is the total load on a single column?
- Using a builder's level, a cut stake is being set for the excavation of a footing. The top of the footing will be at an elevation 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 102.50') has a rod reading of 4.70'. The rod reading of the mark on the cut
- A foundation having outside measurements of 32' by 60' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ if all the corners are square.
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1" x 8" x 12'.
- What are the total number of cubic yards to come out of an excavation for a basement that measures 30' x 30' x 7' deep. You should excavate beyond the building lines 3 feet in each direction to allow for setting forms. Do not allow for any swell of the m
- A 9' x 23' wall is to be covered with 1" x 10" nominal size bevel siding. The siding is to be lapped 1-1/2". There are no openings in the wall. Assuming no waste, the wall requires _____ board feet of nominal siding. Select the closest answer.
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be _____ feet.
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9'2". If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- A roof measuring 100' by 100' has _____ squares of roofing.
- A wooden subfloor with a rectangular shape that measures 39' x 52' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Regarding a masonry pier, as a general rule of thumb, the maximum height of the pier is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its' intended use.
- The siderails of a ladder must extend above its' point of bearing _____ inches.
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete's _____.
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls' surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- How much should be budgeted to install 8 pre-hung doors and 560 LF of 5 1/2" base? Labor allowances are 45 minutes to install the pre-hung doors. 50 LF of base per hour. Labor is $17.50 rounded to the next full hour.
- Using a builder's level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00'. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00' has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What should the first course of an 8' concrete block wall be set in?
- What is the required minimum finish grade slope fo around a foundation?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15'. An employee is instructed to cut a notch in the botton of the joist. What maximum distance from either end can the employee cut the notch?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimensions is 24 ft. 2. The roof pitch is 8/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- A contractor is installing floor joist. At what minimum length for Joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- The advantages of using Emulsified asphalt are of the following except __?
- Large diameter culverts can be fitted together using all of the following except ?
- All of the following are mandatory highway control signs execpt :
- A 2 man crew formed 500 sf. of concrete form in 8 hrs. at a cost of $11.25 per hr. What is the cost of the form per sf. ?
- When pouring concrete under water with a Tremie, the end of the Tremie should always be kept ___?
- When grooves are cut into concrete to act as controll joints, what percentage of the depth of the slab should they be cut ?
- What type of pile is used when there is no bearing foundation ? (sand or earth with no bedrock)
- When lifting a load with a crane, what is used to stabilize the load ?
- When Superplasticizers are used in a concrete mix with less water for the same workability they will:
- The crown of a road has an elevation of 98.6'. The road is 30' wide and has a 3% fall from the crown to edge. What is the elevation at the edge of the road ?
- Specs. call for a #6 rebar to have a 50 bar diameter lap. the length of the lap splice will be ____ ?
- Specs. call for a #7 rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. The length of the lap splice will be _____ ?
- According to ASTM standards a # 6 rebar will fit which of the following ?
- When Crosby-type wire rope clips are used assisting a U-bolt in a set, the 'U' portion must be on _____.
- What would be power injected into soil to improve it's stability ?
- A curve has a 200' Radius, what is the suggested spacing for the Delineators ?
- REFER TO THE FIGURE , WHERE IS THE CUT GRADE IN RELATION TO THE LINE ON THE STAKE?
- ACCORDING TO THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH RULES AND REGULATIONS WHEN EMPLOYEES ARE REQUIRED TO BE IN TRENCH AT LEAST _____FT. DEEP OR MORE IN UNSTABLE SOILS WHERE THERE IS DANGER AT CAVE IN THE SIDES SHALL BE SHORED, SHEETED, BRACED OR SLOPED.
- Refer to the Diag., the dragline bucket shown should be used __________?
- What is the size of a Flagman's hand held sign paddle ?
- What is the outside diameter for # 6 rebar?
- Refer to the Illustration . What is the distance from the reference stake to the Hub?
- What would be the best piece of equipment to use in wet clay soil to dig a 40' deep trench, with the least amount of movement?
- Which of the following bests represents an American standard beam?
- When referring to an engineer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- What would you fill the drum of a sheep's foot roller with ?
- Referring to the illustration, the item noted ‘4’ is typically referred to as a:
- The purpose of 'bull-floating' a freshly placed slab is to:
- Refer to the illustration. The grade stake shown indicates that the cut grade is _____ the line on the stake.
- Referring to the illustration the whaler is identified by number _____.
- CONCRETE BRIDGE DECKS REQUIRE A FINAL FINISHING WITHIN ONE HOUR OF PLACEMENT. THE FINAL AGE OF BRIDGE DECKS REQUIRE:
- GIVEN: A PORTION OF A CONTRACT REQUIRES THE INSTALLATION OF 200' LINEAL FEET OF DACTILE IRON WATER MAIN. THE WATER MAIN WILL RAISE 1' IN ELEVATION FROM ONE END TO THE OTHER. WHAT LAZER GRADE SETTING IS USED TO MAINTAIN A UNIFORM PIPE GRADE THROUGHOUT
- IF A STATION IS 467' FROM 0 (ZERO), HOW IS IT DESIGNATED?
- A CONTRACTOR MUST ESTIMATE THE COST OF REBAR FOR A BRIDGE PROJECT. if #6 REBAR WEIGHS 1.502 POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT AND COST .49 CENTS PER LINEAR FOOT, THE TOTAL COST PER TON IS APPROXIMATELY:
- ACCORDING TO OSHA, SOMEONE WHO IS CAPABLE OF IDENTIFYING EXISTING AND PREDICTABLE HAZARDS, UNSANITARY WORKING CONDITIONS AND IS AUTHORIZED TO TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TO ELIMINATE THEM IS A :
- A SECTION OF PIPE IS INSTALLED BETWEEN 2 MANHOLES 300' APART. THERE IS 1' ELEVATION CHANGE. WHAT IS THE LAZAR GRADE SETTING?
- WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION FOR A 2% GRADE OVER 185' HORIZONTALLY?
- THE GRADE FOR A FOOTING IS SET USING A BUILDERS LEVEL. THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING WILL BE AT ELEVATION 94'. THE BACKSIGHT TO THE BENCHMARK (ELEVATION 100') HAS A ROD READING OF 4.7'. WHAT SHOULD THE ROD READING BE FOR THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING?
- REFER TO THE DIAGRAM: IDENTIFY THE PART OF THE PILE REFERRED TO BY THE LETTER "C".
- ACCORDING TO OSHA THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN POWER LINES THAT ARE BELOW 50 KVA AND ANY PART OF AN OPERATING CRANE OR LOAD SHALL BE:
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobil crane's rated lifting capacity?
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its' intended use.
- Lath for exterior stucco must be applied:
- Asthetic joints are cut in th6 insulation board of E.I.F.S. What tool should be used with a straight edge?
- What is the purpose of the scratch coat in three coat plastering work?
- All of the following describe typical characteristics of a PB E.I.F.S. except:
- All of the following describe typical characteristics of a polymer modified E.I.F.S. except:
- The thickness of a coat of plaster applied by a trowel depends mostly on:
- A Portland cement stucco contractor's standard area of measure for all plain surfaces is:
- What ingrediant for mud should be placed in a mixing machine first?
- What is another name for diamond mesh metal lath?
- Which of the following types of lime may be used without soaking or slacking?
- Which trowel is designed for use behind obstructions?
- What is the most important characteristic of a browning brush?
- E.I.F.S. is being installed. What is the best tool for removing irregularities on the insulation board surface?
- What tool is used to hold and carry the varions plaster mortars?
- Applying a plaster mortar for the purpose of building up or straightening a surface is called:
- For exterior stucco work all surfaces to be lathed should:
- Why is a dash-bond coat used?
- What tool is primarily used to apply finishes to inside angles?
- According to code, what shall be done before any plaster is applied?
- All of the following are correct procedures for installing insulation board for E.I.F.S. except:
- Insulation boards for EIFS are being installed. Which is correct?
- A stucco contractor is bidding on a Portland cement stucco job. The specifications for this project would be found in:
- Aesthetic joints are cut in an E.I.F.S. insulation board. What is the minimum insulation thickness that must be left after the cut?
- According to code, a 26 GA corrosion resistant weep screed shall be provided at or below the foundation plate line on all exterior stud walls that are covered by stucco. The weep screed shall be ___ inches above grade.
- According to code, what maximum ratio for mixing aggregate and Portland cement for conventional stucco finish coats?
- According to code, what is the maximum ratio for mixing sand and Portland cement for stucco scratch coats?
- According to OSHA, a guard rail system installed around scaffolding shall be installed approximately ___ inches high.
- When Portland cement plaster is applied over metal lath, how many coats does the code require?
- Application of plaster to produce an imitation brick finish requires how many coats of plaster over a properly "browned" base?
- What is the minimum temperature required for an E.I.F.S. finish coat unless supplemental heat is used?
- According to code, the finish thickness of portland cement plaster installed directly over concrete block must be a minimum of ___".
- Control joints should divide panels of a Polymer Modified E.I.F.S. into a maximum of ___ square feet.
- According to code, plaster coats shall be protected from freezing for a period of ___ hours after set.
- Wire that is used to attach metal lath to supports shall be a minimum of ___ GA according to code.
- According to OSHA, the maximum distance that a scaffold plank may extend over its end support is:
- According to OSHA, a personal fall arrest system shall be rigged so that an employee can fall no more than ___ feet.
- According to Plastering Skills, most machine mixers are designed to mix best when the level of mud is ___ inches above the blades.
- The brown cost of exterior Portland cement stucco has been applied. What is the minimum number of days that shall elapse before the finish coat is applied?
- Sand used in a stucco mix must be small enough so all particles will pass through a size ___ seive.
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- What kind of drywall should be used around a bath tub?
- Operating temperatures of heating systems installed in gypsum assemblies shall not exceed ___________.
- When is Gypsum prohibited as ductwork?
- Waste service piping must be a minumum of ___ inches below grade.
- Backwater valves when fully open, shall have air opening equal to ___% of the pipe in which it is installed.
- A drain from 2 or more fixtures connected to a single trap is called a ___.
- A ___ shall be installed at or near the foot of each vertical waste or soil stack.
- Plumbing systems shall be installed in workmanlike manner conforming to generally accepted good practice.
- Cleanouts shall be installed at each change of direction of the drainage system greater than ___ degrees.
- Closet screws and bolts shall be ___.
- Traps of tubular brass shall not be less thickness than ___ gage (B&S).
- Automatic washing machines shall ___.
- Building (house) traps ___.
- Caulking ferrules shall be of ___.
- On threaded joints, pipe compound shall be used ___.
- Prohibited fittings in the drainage system shall include ___.
- All water closets in public bathrooms shall ___.
- Each fixture shall have a liquid seal of ___ to ___ inches depth.
- Laundry trays shall have an outlet size not less than ___ inches diameter.
- The minimum inside dimension for a shower is ___ inches.
- No fixture shall be ___.
- The unobstructed vertical height through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening of a faucet and the flood rim level of a plumbing fixture is called the ___.
- Clothes washers ___.
- Hot water is water that has been heated to not less than ___ degrees F.
- No trap shall ___.
- Where plumbing work is found to be defective or illegal work in violation of the code, the plumbing inspector shall issue a ___.
- Slip joints may be used ___.
- A permit under which work commenced but was suspended will expire ___ after the date of suspension.
- It shall be permissible to install a water fountain in a toilet room when?
- Flush valve seats in tanks for flushing water closets shall be at least ___ inches above the flood rim level of the bowl.
- The minimum size of the trap for domestic shower is ___.
- Plumbing work cannot begin on a project until ___.
- Joints and connections in a plumbing system shall be ___.
- The vertical distance from a fixture outlet to the trap weir shall not exceed ___ inches.
- A vent connecting one or more individual vents to a vent stack or stack vent is called a ___ vent.
- No vent shall be installed with ___ drain diameters of the trap weir.
- Vents from pneumatic ejectors ___.
- The maximum length of a 1 1/2 inch fixture drain from the trap weir to the vent fitting shall not exceed ___ inches.
- Every commercial building in which plumbing is installed shall at least have one main vent not less than ___ inches diameter.
- Floor drains subject to evaporation shall have a minimum seal depth of ___ inches and fed from an approved fixture or automatically primed.
- The discharge of a dishwasher and a sink may discharge through a ___ inch trap.
- Commercial food waste grinders shall ___.
- Lavatories in public restrooms shall not have waste outlets less than ___ inches diameter.
- A combination fixture may be installed on a single trap if ___.
- Slip joints used with fixture traps can be used ___.
- Where plumbing pipes pass through a foundation wall and are protected by a steel pipe sleeve, this sleeve must be ___ sizes bigger than the plumbing pipe.
- A vent terminal near a window must be ___ feet above it and at least ___ feet horizontally from it.
- The smallest individual vent permitted is ___.
- The minimum size drainage pipe underground shall be ___ inches dia.
- The minimum size sewer permitted for a dwelling is ___ inches dia.
- A ___ shall be installed at or near the foot of every vertical waste or soil stack.
- The minimum trap size required for a sink, dishwasher and a food waste grinder is ___ inches diameter.
- A "fixture unit" is the ability to discharge ___.
- A "stop work order" shall:
- A plumbing permit shall not be required for:
- ___ or more copies of plans and specifications shall be submitted with the application for a plumbing permit.
- Each dwelling unit shall have at least one ___.
- The minimum inside dimension of a shower compartment shall not be less than ___ inches.
- Garbage can washers shall ___.
- Which of the following traps are prohibited?
- Solder brushings shall be made of ___.
- What is the minimum size cleanout for a 8" diameter building drain?
- The open area of a floor drain strainer shall be at least ___.
- Boiling type instrument sterilizers shall have a minimum vent size of ___ inches.
- When air test is used for drainage piping, ___ PSI must be held for ___ minutes.
- Each ___ inches unit of circumference of a circular multiple use lavatory shall be considered equivalent to one lavatory where each unit is equipped with hot and cold water.
- An indirect waster pipe carrying condensate away from an air conditioner ____.
- A soil pipe is a pipe that ____.
- A drain from two or more fixtures connected to s single trap is known as a ___.
- A plumbing permit expires if a job is abandoned for a period of ___.
- It is lawful to start a plumbing project when ___.
- When a plumbing permit is issured on plans and specifications and later errors are noted, the plumbing authority ___.
- A connection between a vent pipe and a vent stack or stack vent shall be made at least ___ inches above the flood rim level of the highest fixture on the same floor level served by the vent.
- Vent terminals shall extend ___ inches above the roof.
- A battery assembly of not more than ___ sterilizers may drain to one trap provided the trap and waste are sized accordingly.
- Roof drains for non flat roofs shall have a strainer that extends ___ inches above the roof.
- Indirect waste piping exceeding ___ feet shall be vented.
- Which of the following pipes has the greatest distance between vertical supports.
- Cleanouts shall be installed at each change of direction of the drainage system greater than 45 degrees, except not more than one shall be required every ___ feet.
- Each fixture trap shall have a liquid seal of not less than ___ inches.
- Fixture traps shall ___ .
- The soil or waste stack corresponding in general to a story height, but in no case less than 8 ft. is known as a ___.
- An application for a plumbing permit shall include ___.
- Light and ventilation are required for any room that contains a ___ fixture.
- When water testing drainage piping, the water must kept in the portion being tested for ___ before the inspection starts.
- The minimum size of a sterilizer vent serving a bedpan steamer shall be ___ inches in diameter.
- Each trailer site in a trailer park shall be provided with a water service branch not less than ___ inches in diameter.
- All automatically controlled water heaters shall be equipped with a high limit device that will cut off the heat energy supply before the temperature reaches ___ degrees fahrenheit.
- For water heaters, the T & P valve shall be installed so that it senses the hottest water and ___.
- Hydraulic shock arrestors are ___.
- Floor drains shall have a minumum water seal of ___ inches.
- Trough urinals ____.
- Water closets for public use shall ____.
- Cement mortar joints are ___.
- The depth of molten lead for a lead caulked joint for cast iron hub and spigot water pipe 36" in diameter shall be ___ inches deep.
- Trenching installed parallel to footings shall ___.
- Vertical drainage lines connecting with horizontal drainage lines shall enter through ___.
- The vertical portion of a rainleader located outside of a building to carry rainwater from the roof is called a ___.
- A permit under which no work is done will expire ___ after issuance by limitation.
- All water heaters installed in attics shall rest in a corrosion resistant pan of not less than ___ inches depth.
- The minimum size water service pipe shall be a nominal ___ inch.
- Except to single fixtures, control valves on all water lines shall, when fully open, have a cross sectional area of not less than ___% of the cross sectional area of the line in which they are installed.
- Copper tube water distribution system shall be not less than type "___".
- The water service pipe and building sewer may be placed in the same trench if ___.
- No waste water above ___ degrees fahrenheit shall be discharged into any part of the drainage system>
- Sinks on which a food waste grinder is installed shall have an opening not less than ___ inches in diameter.
- Clean out plugs shall be ___.
- For safe pans, lead shall not be less than ___ lbs per square foot.
- Short sweeps may be used in soil or waste lines where the direction of flow is from:
- A dead end branch is:
- The building sewer starts at ___ feet outside the building.
- Shower pan material shall be laid up on all sides at leat ___ inches above the threshold level.
- The maximum static (no flow) supply pressure permitted in any building is ___ PSI.
- Interconnections between 2 or more public water supplies shall be permitted ___.
- Waste outlets serving showers, except shower over bathtub, shall be at least ___ inches in diameter.
- Flush valve seats in tanks for flushing water closets shall be ___ inch(es) above the flood rim of the bowl connected thereto. (No exceptions.)
- Water closets floor flanges shall be mechanically fastened to a structurally firm base by use of ___.
- Showers used for other than safety reasons shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit total flow to a maximum of ___ gallons per minute.
- A fixture or device which receives the discharge from indirect waste pipes is a ___.
- What is the minimum dimension from the center line of a water closet to the wall beside it?
- A sand interceptor shall have a minimum depth of ___ below the invert of outlet pipe.
- Food waste grinders shall discharge to the building drainage system ___.
- Two inch cleanouts shall be so isntalled to have a ___ inch clearance for rodding.
- Two inch diameter plastic pipe run horizontal shall be supported at ___ feet intervals minimum.
- Commercial food waste grinders shall be connected to a drain of adequate size and in no case smaller than ___ inches diameter.
- An oil interceptor shall be provided with an overflow line to a waste tank with a minimum capacity of ___ gallons.
- All system materials used in a water distribution sytem shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure of ___.
- What size overflow pipe is required for a water supply tank being filled at a maximum of 550 GPM?
- A commercial sewage ejector or sewage pump receiving discharge of water closets and urinals must ___.
- A vertical pipe ___.
- On drawings and specifications, quality shall be defined ___.
- Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be equipped with a ___.
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42' in height?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater's pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent's total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Waterpipe and PVC sewer in same trench shall be separated horizontally by ___ inches and located at least _____ inches from bottom of water to top of sewer.
- According to the Code, ____ is the maximun vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measured between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap.
- According to the Code, when local water pressure exceeds ____ psi, a pressure regulator shall be installed and the pressure reduced to an allowable limit.
- According to the Code, the maximum length of an indirect waste pipe which is NOT traped is ____ feet.
- According to the Code, when new water systems are to be pressure tested with air, the minimum test shall be _____.
- A building with a gable roof measures 36' x 60' and has a 2' eave. What is the length of the ridge?
- What is the ridge length of a house that measures 36' x 60' and has a hip roof with all hips being of equal length with a 2' overhang.
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be ___ feet.
- A roof measuring 100' by 100' has ___ squares of roofing.
- According to the Code, with wood shingles and wood shakes, roof valley flashing must be at least # ___ corrosion resistant metal.
- Given: Cedar shingles, 6/12 slope with a 5" exposure, and using #1 shingles only, what is the minimum shingle length?
- Given: A job calls for 2 roof deck stainers on a sun deck. The Code would require that such drains have a minimum inlet area ___ times the area of the pipe to which the drain is connected.
- According to Code, roof drain strainers must have a minimum inlet area ___ times the pipe to which it is connected.
- According to the code, the curb height of a skylight must be ___ above the roof.
- A building with a gable roof measures 36′ x 60′ and has a 2′ eave. What is the length of the ridge?
- On a built-up roof system, what is a cant strip used for?
- On a metal building with a metal roof, what size roof opening must be framed?
- Which of the following are the components of a built-up roof?
- The maximum height of an over flow roof drain is?
- What is a wall above a roof called?
- What is the ridge length of a house that measures 36' x 60' and has a hip roof with all hips being of equal length with a 2' overhang.
- A chimney penetrating through a pitched roof shall provide water-tight flashing which is best described as ___.
- A chimney should extend ___ inches above a flat roof.
- Referring to the illustration, the "ridge or roof ridge" is identified by the number ___.
- Given: A building with a simple gable roof is 28 feet wide and has a 4 on 12 pitch. What is the rise to the top of the ridge?
- The use of "pitch pockets" around penetrations in built-up flat roofs are:
- When framing a gable roof, the rafter that runs from the wall to the ridge is called a ___ rafter.
- The minimum curb height for mechanical equipment installed on flat or nearly flat roofs is ___ inches.
- A building that is 28 feet wide, has a gable roof with a pitch of 3 on 12. What is the rise of the gable?
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- Wood shakes or shingles shall be laid with a side lap of not less than ___ inches between joints in adjacent courses.
- Spacing between adjacent wood shingles should be:
- Which of the following is NOT a reason for using aggregate on a built-up roof system?
- The minimum roof underlayment for asphalt shingles installed having a 2 on 12 pitch is:
- When installing wood SHINGLES, the nails should be located ___ inch(es) from the edge of the shingle.
- When instaling wood SHAKES, the nails should be located ___ inch(es) from the edge of the shake.
- According to the Code, a flat or built-up roof is required to have ___ inch of slope per foot.
- Given: An engineer wishes to use a 3 inch leader to collect rain water from a portion of the roof. The rainfall is 4 inches per hour. In his calculations, the maximum square footage of roof area which he can use for one leader is ___ square feet.
- Given: An engineer designs a building storm drainage system in Type-M copper tubing. The building height is 6 stories. The rainfall in the area is based on 4 inches per hour. He calculates that he will need two 4 inch roof drains and one 3 inch roof drained would be most nearly ____ square feet.
- Because of the limited fall available for the installation of a building storm drainage system, a fall of 1/8 inch per foot is used. If the maximum rainfall is 4 inches per hour and the roof area is 27,350 square feet, the Code required minimum pipe size for the building storm sewer is ____ inches.
- Given: The projected roof area of a building is 4,600 square feet. The maximum rainfall is 4 inches. The rain leader pipe, according to Code, should be no less than ___ inches.
- The side rails of a ladder should extend ___ above the roof.
- Water collected on a roof 40 feet long by 25 feet wide by 4 inches deep will weigh most nearly ___ pounds.
- Given: A roof that is 100 feet long, 50 feet wide, with a parapet wall 6 inches high. If roof leaders should become clogged and fill the roof to overflowing, the weight of the rain water on the roof would be most nearly ___ pounds.
- Given: A roof that is 100 feet long, 50 feet wide, with a parapet wall 6 inches high. The roof leaders become plugged and unable to drain. Under such conditions, the roof area will fill up with a volume of ___ gallons of rain water. Select the closest answer.
- According to Code, a vent in a building having more than 1 roof level cannot terminate closer than ___ feet to any window opening.
- A roof drain, as defind by Code, is a drain installed to receive water collecting on the surface of a roof, and to discharge the water into the:
- Nails with lead washers are used for what type roofing?
- What is the maximum slope for a rubber roof?
- Most manufacturers recommend a kettle temperature of ___ for coal tar roofing bitumens.
- At what temperature should coal tar roofing bitumens be applied?
- For what type of roof would you use a screw with a neoprene washer?
- The roof projection on the gable ends of a roof is commonly known as a ___.
- How is rolled roofing spliced?
- What is the metal strip at the edge of a gravel roof called?
- Two sloping roofs that come together is called a ___.
- What type nails are used for a wood shake?
- What is the minimum thickness of felt under wood shakes?
- Each appliance installed on roofs or exterior walls shall have ___.
- Which of the following would be the correct choice of valley for a clay tile roof?
- Plywood roof sheathing for a house is placed on roof trusses 24 inches on centers. The edges of the plywood are unblocked. The panels are attached with the face grain of the plywood turned perpindicular to the trusses. According to the Code, the minimum thickness of the plywood should be:
- Given: A roof with a total plan area of 3350 square feet, a 4/12 slope, and 3 bundles per square. You can purchase whole bundles only. See chart below to get multiplier. Make no allowance for waste, hips, valleys, or starters. What is the total number of bundles needed to roof the building?
SLOPE MULTIPLIER
3/12 1.031
4/12 1.042
5/12 1.083
- Refer to the illustration, what is the total number of full bundles of shingles required to roof the house? The roof has a slope of 5 in 12. The conversion factor from plan area to actual area with this roof slope is 1.083. There are 3 bundles to the square.
- Referring to the illustration, the total lineal feet of ridge required for the roof is between ___ lineal feet.
- Referring to the illustration, what is the actual area of the roof in squares? The roof has a slope of 5 in 12. The converison factor from plan area to actual area with this roof slope is 1.083.
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be ___ feet.
- A roof measuring 100' by 100' has ___ squares of roofing.
- A gable roof is 40 feet wide with a 3 on 12 pitch. What is the total rise at the gable?
- Referring to the illustration, the plywood index shown indicates that the plywood is capable of spanning ___ inches when used as roof decking.
- Referring to the illustration, the roof pitch indicated means that:
- A wall that extends above a roof is commonly called a ___ wall.
- An approved covering for a flat or nearly flat roof is ___.
- Which of the following is not a reason for using 3/8" aggregate on a built-up roof system?
- According to the code, wood shakes shall be fastened to the roof with a minimum of ___ nail(s).
- An asphalt shingle should be ___ the drip edge or facia.
- Refer to the illustration. Double pitch roof rafters are often reinforced by a horizontal member called a ___ beam.
- Referring to the illustration, the type of roof pictured is a ___ roof.
- The minimum slope or pitch on an asphalt shingle roof in temperate climates with one layer of Type 15 felt is ___ in 12.
- In determining the height of a residential chimney above a roof, the top of the flue liners should be at least ___ above a roof ridge or any raised part of a roof within 10 feet of the chimney
- A roof framing member that sets on the outside plate, is perpindicular to the outside wall, and intersects the ridge is called a ___ rafter.
- When installing new asphalt shingles over existing shingles, the nail should be ___ inches long.
- A ___ hip is not a type of hip construction used in a slate roofing application.
- PVC roof sheets are:
- With built-up roofing, what should be done immediately after laying down the felt?
- In built-up roof applications, what is the term "fishmouth"?
- Wood shingles shall not be laid over:
- OSHA regulations state the employees shall not be permitted to work on scaffolds:
- Sheet copper for eaves, troughs and corners should be made from:
- On a flat roof application, curbs for mechanical equipment with counterflashing should be used:
- The best substrate for liquid application of waterproofing membrane is:
- When 3/16" slate is laid in a uniform line, this is called ___.
- On an asphalt roof the minimum flashing in the valley is:
- Flat roofs should have expansion joints except in:
- Standing seams in a sheet metal roof with no slope should be:
- The seam on a metal roof must:
- A material not suitable for a vapor barrier is:
- Shingle exposure is:
- An important quality of roof underlayment is:
- A square of roofing is equal to ___ square feet.
- The purpose of counterflashing is to:
- The most common size of aggregate on a built-up roof is ___ inch.
- Asphalt is applied to a roof at an approximate temperature of ___ degrees.
- Wood shake shingles should be applied using ___ nails.
- Synthetic roof-gravel ballast weighs approximately ___ pounds per square.
- Gravel used as an aggregate applied to a roof will weigh approximately ___ pounds per square.
- According to the UBC, with wood shingles and wood shakes, roof valley flashing must be at least # ___ corrosion resistant metal.
- Given: Cedar shingles, 6/12 slope with a 5" exposure, and using #1 shingles only, what is the minimum shingle length?
- According to the UBC, with wood shingles and wood shakes, roof valley flashing must be at least # ___ corrosion resistant metal.
- Given: Cedar shingles, 6/12 slope with a 5" exposure, and using #1 shingles only, what is the minimum shingle length?
- The softening point of coal tar pitch is closest to ___ degrees F.
- One of the most important considerations in choosing the type of roofing material is ___.
- The correct terminology for the type of decking shown in Figure 42-8, is?
- The standard size of a 3 tab asphalt shingle is ___.
- The standard weight of roofing underlayments are ___ and ___.
- What is used to divert snow and water around a chimney?
- On a clay tile roof "closing" an eave requires ___.
- Prefab asphalt panels are placed over waterproof membranes to ___.
- Bitumen without reinforcing ___.
- Waterproofing material that will not fill minor cracks that devlop after application is ___.
- According to the Code , with wood shingles and wood shakes, roof valley flashing must be at least # ___ corrosion resistant metal.
- When using wood shakes, a ___ valley is used.
- Given: Cedar shingles, 6/12 slope with a 5" exposure, and using #1 shingles only, what is the minimum shingle length?
- What is the difference between wood singles and wood shakes?
- With rolled roofing applied to a new 2" thick roof deck, the nail length should be ___ inches.
- What is the minimum pitch for hand split shakes?
- Common lengths of manufactured wood shingles are ___, ___, and ___ inches.
- How are common grade wood shingles classified?
- According to OSHA, scaffolding greater than 10 feet in height must have a guard rail attached greater than 36" and not more than ___ inches high.
- The maximum height of Ladder Jack scaffolding is ___ feet.
- According to OSHA, scaffolding planks must extend not less than ___ inches past the supports.
- According to OSHA, a scaffolding must be able to suppport ___ times its maximum load.
- A ladder without grab rails must extend ___ inches above the building or landing.
- According to OSHA, the base of a portable ladder shall be placed so that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about ___ of the working length of the ladder.
- According to OSHA, an air nail gun which operated with at least ___ of PSI must have a safety device attached to prevent automatic ejection of nails.
- According to OSHA, material being dropped more than ___ feet must be dropped through an enclosed chute.
- According to the code, the maximum slope for a built-up roof with gravel or slag is ___.
- What is not a purpose for applying aggregate to a built-up roof?
- Applying bitumen at too high of a temperature results in ___.
- In choosing roofing insulation base material for built-up roofing, which is not an important consideration?
- Rigid roofing boards are not attached to a roof deck by ___.
- An advantage of cellulose fiberboard insulation is ___.
- A material not recommended to separate polyurethane and built-up roofing is ___.
- What is the advantage of using polyurethane foam board for insulation?
- The base ply on built-up roofing is attached to wood decking by ___.
- The best temperature for asphalt application is ___ temperature.
- The temperature at which vapor ignites or explodes is the ___ temperature.
- Bitumen should not be heated and held above FBT (finished blowing temperature) for more than ___ hours.
- What is the maximum recommended thickness of a single layer of fiber board roof insulation in inches?
- When applying polyuerethane foam board roof insulation to nailable roof deck (other than wood plank), one ply of ____ should be nailed to the deck.
- According to the code, when nailing a standard 36" - 40" standard asphalt shingle strip, the minimum number of nails required is:
- New roofing may not be applied over an existing roof of ___.
- A material not suitable for closed cut valley application is asphalt_____.
- The asphalt strip shingle in a woven valley must extend beyond the center of the valley a minimum of ___.
- An asphalt, shingle ribbon course is used:
- Given: Three tab asphalt shingles and the first course is started at gable end with a full shingle. Shingles are to be laid out in thirds. The second course should start with a full shingle minus ___ inches.
- Given: A roof with a total plan area of 3350 square feet, a 4/12 slope, and 3 bundles per square. You can purchase whole bundles only. Made no allowance for waste, hips, valleys, or starters. What is the total number of bundles needed to roof the building?
SLOPE MULTIPLIER
3/12 1.031
4/12 1.042
- When replacing a broken asphalt shingle, a useful tool is a ___.
- What is a nail "stripper" used for in shingle operations?
- For roofing shingles, the highest (best) fire rating is ___.
- The amount of shingle left uncovered by the shingle above is called ___.
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. The backsight to the benchmark(elev.100.00′) has a rod reading of 4.70′. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing?
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- What is the difference in elevation of a 2% grade over a 75′ horizontal distance?
- A straight commercial Stairway is 6′ wide. At what maximum dimension is an imtermediate handrail required?
- A threshold in an existing building is modified to provide a beveled edge on each side. This doesn’t meet the requirements of the Code for disabled persons if the threshold is ___ inches maximum height?
- If #6 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 40 times the bar diameter, what is the actual bar lap?
- According to Code, a horizontal member may be used to protect regular glazing panels in lieu of safety glass. The height of the horizontal member shall be a minimum of ____ inches.
- Which of the following is defined as a material device or construction installed to resist the movement of air within spaces open spaces of concealed areas of building components?
- Plywood roof sheathing is placed over rafters spaced at 24″ O/C. The plywood is placed perpendicular to the rafters, edges are blocked. The panel span rating is 24/0. The total roof load is 40 psf. What is the minimum allowable thickness?
- Two buildings share a common wall requiring a 3-hour fire suppression rating. What is the maximum area of any single opening in the wall?
- A new masonry wall has just been completed in an area with a mean daily temperature above 40 F. How long must it be covered with a weather resistant membrane?
- In an automobile repair shop, the burners in a gas furnace shall be installed at least _____ above the floor.
- In a bay under which fuels are dispensed a clear and unobstructed height of _____ shall be maintained.
- Where roof drains are required overflow drains as the same size shall be installed with the overflow line located at _____ inches above the low point.
- A two hour fire resistive rating may be achieved on a column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8″ type X wall board.
- How many linear feet of tackless strip are needed for two bedrooms that each measure 12′ x 13′?
- The attic area of a residence is 1395 sq ft. The plans call for R38 insulation. Using the information, how many bundles of insulation will be required to insulate the attic?
- A hole is being excavated for a 32′ x 41′ hole. The hole is 5′ deep and 4′ of clearance is required beyond each of the building lines. The sides are not sloped. How many cubic yards of soil will be removed?
- A wood frame wall is laid out with studs 16″ on center. What is the distance from the end of the plate to the closest edge of the 4th stud?
- A rectangular building measures 39′ x 57′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- Proper insertion for stucco or metal lath requires an application of 3 coats. Which one of the following is not one of the 3 coats?
- Oak strip flooring is being installed over a 3/4″ plywood sub floor. Which of the following should be done before starting?
- A bearing wall is being demolished to provide a new opening. First the load carried by the bearing wall must be temporarily supported. What is this called?
- A carpenter is using a string line as a guide to straighten a long wooden-frame wall. Where should the line be attached at each end?
- Any one who engages in any type of excavation shall notify New Mexico one call at least _____ hours prior to commencing work?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8′ high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39′ x 52′ rectangular foundation?
- What is the term use to describe the distance from the property line that house may be built?
- According to code, all stumps and roots should be removed to a specified depth below the surface of an area to be occupied by a building.
- Refer to table 23-IV-R-6 in the 1997 UBC. What is the maximum span allowed for 2 x 10 rafters installed at 16 O/C if the lumber has an E value of 1.2.
- A residential bedroom is 15′ x 20′. According to code, what is the minimum square footage of a window which is required for natural lighting?
- A carpenter is building a framed chimney enclosure. It passes through a pitched roof. According to code, how high must the chimney vent be above the peak of the roof if the peak is 8′ from the chimney penetration.
- The roof has a slope of 5/12. According to code, when 3-tab asphalt shingles are being installed in an area where ice dams form an approved membrane shall extend from the eave to how far inside the exterior wall line?
- According to the New Mexico Building code, before sheet metal products are used on built-up roofing the flanges should _____.
- According to code, trimmer and header floor joists shall be doubled around openings when the span of the header exceeds a minimum of how many feet?
- A builder has constructed a wood load bearing wall with its double top plate offset 24″ from the joints in the top plate. How does this installation relate to the requirements of the code?
- A slab has just been placed and finished. It is normal concrete. According to code, unless accelerated curing methods are used the slab must be cured in a moist condition for at least:
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. The backsight to the benchmark (elevation 100.00′) has a rod reading of 4.70′. What should t
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8′ high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39′ x 52′ rectangular foundation?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- A rectangular building measures 39′ x 57′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A rectangular building measures 41′ x 41′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A hole is being excavated. 34′ x 48′. Its 4′ deep. A clearance of 4′ is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A room is 24′ x 24′. 8′ ceiling. How many 4′ x 12′ drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- Carpenters are framing a 10′ high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- Refer to the Diagram below , the brick pattern shown below is known as a ____ bond .
- When framing a 10′ exterior wood stud wall. How long should studs be cut?
- Refer to the illustration : What is the distance of ‘A’ called ?
- Refer to the illustration : What does the ‘2’ on the nut mean ?
- Which type of drywall is fire resistance ?
- A 40 X 50 X 9′ deep extends 4′ each way beyond the building lines, sides are vertical, disregard any expansion. How many cubic yards of soil will come from this excavation ?
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3′ wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- Refer to the diagram below : what symbol does this represent?
- Specs. call for a # 6 deformed rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- #11 reinforcing bars are being used in a concrete wall. What is minimum concrete cover?
- Given: A pipe line project requires 1,500′ of pipe to be laid. A contractor must determine the pipe specifications before the project. Which one of the following does not affect the rate of flow in the pipeline?
- What is the structural steel designation for an american standard structural T which is 10″ deep and weighs 33# per l.f.?
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452? (lot #442 is 162.00; lot #452 is 157.50 )
- According to AASHDO’s guide specifications for highway construction, material classified as rock shall be excavated to within what maximum depth below subgrade?
- If a station is 467′ from 0, how is it designated?
- A circular water tank measures 25′ high and 50′ in diameter. How many gallons does this tank store?
- What is the volume of a storage tank that is 25′ high and 50′ in diameter?
- A trench shield is planned for use in a trench with a 1:1 slope and a vertical lower side. According to OSHA, what is the minimum height of “A”?
- At a given station, the edge of pavement elevation on a road 30′ wide is 100. The road crown is 4%, what is the elevation at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the Figure : Which number identifies the catch point?
- A contractor must estimate the cost of rebar for a bridge project. If #6 rebar weighs 1.502 pounds per linear foot and costs .49 cents per linear foot, the total cost per ton is approximately:
- When patching is applied before a seal coat, the patching mix should be fine graded to reduce the:
- What is the name for the combination of asphalt emulsion and finely graded aggregates that rejuvenate an intact surface and fills pits and cracks in the pavement?
- The asphalt overlay coat may be applied when the tack coat has cured to the point where it is:
- Concrete is being placed, the ambient air temperature of the concrete must be placed at ___ degrees F minimum.
- Which of the following is used to remove sags and depressions in old pavement before an asphalt resurfacing operation?
- Which of the following does OSHA specifically single out as an unacceptable hearing protection device?
- To avoid accidentally igniting oil in the asphalt mix, what should be done before lighting a burner on an asphalt heating kettle?
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit shall be placed a minimum of ___ inches above the roadway.
- Open highway conditions prevail on the approach to freeway construction requiring a lane closure. The first advanced warning sign should be placed ___ ft. from the point of restriction.
- What is used to help prevent a blocking of weep holes when a crub structure excavation is being backfilled?
- According to design and control of concrete mixtures, water tightness in concrete is best achieved by which of the following?
- which of the following linings for steep open sided channels requires a rectangular wire mesh?
- Which of the following irrigation and drainage methods uses qravity and atmospheric pressure to move water over a barrier?
- Stripping may be required as a first step in canal excavation for all of the following reasons except:
- The strength of concrete when used in reservoir apertenances is expressed in # per ___.
- Which of the following lists ALL of the quality controls specification tests that may be required for irrigation canal concrete?
- A farmer contracts to have a 1/3 acre irrigation pond constructed. What would be the dimensions of the ponf if it were square? (1 acre= 43,560 SF)
- A concrete canal wall form has a 33′ X 48′ rectangluar measurement. What is the diagonal?
- What type of drainage structure uses crest walls to retard flow and prevent possible undermining of the structure?
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- A bridge has been scheduled for rehab and painting. All metal is to be sandblasted to near-white conditions. According to OSHA, respirators with continuous flow air lines are required to cover the wearers:
- Portland cement concrete pavement must achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI how many days from placement?
- A tremie is used to construct a mid channel bridge support. The bottom of the pipe should be:
- An approach to a bridge requires a fill operation. Proper compaction of the fill soil is achieved by:
- What is the preparation required for position dowls and anchor bolts for bridge railings?
- A contractor has calculated the weight of false work for a bridge deck and support. A typical concrete used for this application is known to weigh approximately ___ #/CF.
- After priming a steel super structure, what should be done to any open unused bolt holes?
- Horizontal members on the outside of prefabricated forms used to straighten and align forms are called:
- Leveling nuts securing a bridge column-bearing plate are tightened and adjusted. What is the final operation performed for bearing support.
- A contractor must assume the cost of re bar for a bridge project. # 6 re bar weights 1.506 #/foot and costs $.49/foot. The total cost per ton is:
- Safety nets, which are to be used during bridge construction, shall extend beyond the edge of the working surface, according to OSHA, ___feet.
- Given: A blue print shows a scale of 1/16″ equals a foot. What does 11/2″ on the blue print represent?
- The volume change that occurs when earth material is excavated from its compacted condition is:
- What is the name of a stake whose top is used as a point of reference to establish elevations and distances?
- Based on regulatory approval which of the following clearing operations does the least long range damage to the environment?
- Which of the following is NOT true about safe practices for flaggers working arount a highway worksite?
- Two scrapers are being operated as a team for an excavation. The scrapers are equipped with bumpers and bails so that each can provide power to the other. What does this describe?
- Which type of material will increase in volume most when excavated from its compact state?
- A trench 1 mile long is to be excavated to an average depth of 8′. The trench base is 4′. Vertical sides are 5′. The top 3′ of the trench are sloped at 1:1. What is the total amount of cubic yards excavated from the trench?
- A 90′ x 40′ wide x 4′ deep hole is excavated in unstable wet clay with a 30′ boom. Which piece of equipment would do the job with the least number of position changes?
- A trench is to be dug 2500′ long. The base of the trench is 3′ wide. The depth is 9′. Sides are sloped at 1:1 for the top 4′. A Hoe excavates 27.5 CY per hour. What are the total number hours required to excavate the trench?
- What is the document signed by both the owner and contractor establishing the contract and incorporates the contract’s governing provisions?
- Refer to sheet ac-3 and the line sizing table at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30' from the compressor and the fan unit is 20' from the compressor. Base the line & loss on 2 psi drop. The compressor is rated at 80 tons nominal. What si
- Refer to sheet ac-3 and line sizing tables at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30' from the compressor. The fan is 20' from the receiver and the fan is 10' from the & compressor. Base the line loss up to psi pressure drop. Compressor is
- By adjusting a variable pitch pulley to make the belt ride at the top of the motor's pulley, instead of at the bottom of the motor's pulley, the result would be _____.
- If installing a residential home's pre-charged refrigeration lines with quick connections, a coating of _____ should be applied for a new evaporator coil?
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz, a pressure drop of 1/2", water column @ .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum allowable size for the 12' section of pipe before the branch to the furnace. (1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a readily accessible switch for a refrigeration machinery rooms' emergency ventilation shall be installed within 2' of the _______.
- Given: A group A Division I occupancy is 200' x 300' x 80' high. The occupied portion is 80%. A 10 stage system with R-22 is used. It is a direct refrigerating system. Four air handlers will be used. Refer to the explanation.
- Refer to the air distribution figure. The diffuser at # 106 has airflow of _______ CFM.
- Refer to the air distribution figure. At the sidewall register # 108, the airflow is _______ CFM.
- Of the following metering divices, which one is the most widely used in today's household refrigerators?
- Given: A ''s refrigerant passes through the metering device, an excessive amount is suddenly changed from a liquid to a vapor. This unwanted condition is called _____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a readily accessible switch for a refrigeration machinery rooms' emergency ventilation shall be installed within 2' of the ____ .
- If 8 PSI is applied to a pneumatic operator with a spring range of 3-13 PSI, it will be:
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz, a pressure drop of 1/2", water column @ .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum alowable size for the 12' section of pipe before the branch to the furnace.(1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- Given: A group A Division I occupancy is 200' x 300' x 80' high. The occupied portion is 80%. A 10 stage system with R-22 is used. It is a direct refrigerating system. Four air handlers will be used. Refer to the explanation.
- Water is running from a water tank on 32' high legs. The head loss due to friction in the pipe is 2'. When the tank is almost empty, the water pressure at ground level is ___ PSI.
- One gallon of water supplies approximately 8.33# and there are 7.48 gallons in one cubic foot. Approximately how much does 5 cubic feet of water weigh?
- The specific heat of air is ___ BTU per # of dry air.
- The friction rate used to design a steam piping system having a total equivalent length of 500' and a total system pressure drop of 2 1/2 PSI, is ___ per 100 feet.
- Refer to the the diagram. What does "A" represent? (This is a diagram of a pump set above a pond. A is the distance from the water to the pump.)
- Given: A pipe line project requires 1,500' of pipe to be laid. A contractor must determine the pipe specifications before the project. Which one of the following does not affect the rate of flow in the pipeline?
- The pipe weld inspection that locates smaller leaks than any other method is commonly known as:
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the part of the pile referred to by the letter “B”.
- What is the structural steel designation for an american standard structural T which is 10" deep and weighs 33# per l.f.?
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452? (lot #442 is 162.00; lot #452 is 157.50 )
- According to AASHDO's guide specifications for highway construction, material classified as rock shall be excavated to within what maximum depth below subgrade?
- National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System guidelines require a notice of intent to commence construction activities be submitted to EPA at least ___ days before construction begins.
- A highway construction project includes a blasting zone. A sign reading "turn off two-way radios" must be posted in sequence with the blasting zone and blasting zone signs. These signs must be placed at least __ feet from the blasting zone.
- Rubber tire scraper with 30 cubic yard heaped capacity is used to excavate and haul material with swell factor of 25%. Average cycle time to load and return is 15 mins. Efficiency is 50 min per hr. How many bank cubic yards can the scraper haul per hr?
- Refer to Figure: According to the markings on this road survey stake, how far is the centerline of the road from the hub?
- If a station is 467' from 0, how is it designated?
- A circular water tank measures 25' high and 50' in diameter. How many gallons does this tank store?
- Given: Toe boards are required for protection from falling objects on scaffolds used to construct bridge falsework. According to OSHA, what is the required minimum height of toe beams.
- A contractor has selected a compactor to match the excavated soil conditions. According to MEANS, one pass with a compactor will satisfactorily consolidate how many inches of soil?
- What is the volume of a storage tank that is 25' high and 50' in diameter?
- A trench shield is planned for use in a trench with a 1:1 slope and a vertical lower side. According to OSHA, what is the minimum height of "A"?
- A contractor must calculate the concrete weight that falsework must support for a bridge deck. Use the Specs Table to estimate the concrete weights. Given maximum aggregate size is 3/4" air entrained. What weight should be used to estimate the concrete?
- At a given station, the edge of pavement elevation on a road 30' wide is 100. The road crown is 4%, what is the elevation at the centerline of the road?
- Refer to the Diagram: Which letter identifies the center line?
- A contractor must estimate the cost of rebar for a bridge project. If #6 rebar weighs 1.502 pounds per linear foot and costs .49 cents per linear foot, the total cost per ton is approximately:
- When patching is applied before a seal coat, the patching mix should be fine graded to reduce the:
- All of the following are ungraded base materials except:
- What is the name for the combination of asphalt emulsion and finely graded aggregates that rejuvenate an intact surface and fills pits and cracks in the pavement?
- In dry hot weather, repairs of old concrete surfaces require a preparation. What is the accepted method for preparing old concrete immediately before grouting?
- The asphalt overlay coat may be applied when the tack coat has cured to the point where it is:
- Sealant material used for joints of adjacent portland cement concrete patches shall be composed of:
- Concrete is being placed and the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees F. The concrete must be placed at ___ degrees F minimum.
- If too much contact asphalt is applied, what shall be done to prevent bleeding of the prime coat up through the asphalt concrete?
- Which of the following is used to remove sags and depressions in old pavement before an asphalt resurfacing operation?
- Which of the following does OSHA specifically single out as an unacceptable hearing protection device?
- What is the international color used by utility locators to mark an underground gas line?
- To avoid accidentally igniting oil in the asphalt mix, what should be done before lighting a burner on an asphalt heating kettle?
- Refer to the diagram. What should dimension “A” be:( This will be a drawing of a sign showing the distance between the sign and the curb in a rural area.)
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit shall be placed a minimum of ___ inches above the roadway.
- Open highway conditions prevail on the approach to freeway construction requiring a lane closure. The first advanced warning sign should be placed ___ ft. from the point of restriction.
- Rubber asphalt compound is used to seal cracks in concrete pavement at an applicaton rate of one gallon per 100 linear foot per 1" of depth per 1" width. How many gallons of rubber asphalt compound are required to seal 6,000' of of 1" x 1/2" cracks?
- What is used to help prevent a blocking of weep holes when a crub structure excavation is being backfilled?
- According to design and control of concrete mixtures, water tightness in concrete is best achieved by which of the following?
- Which of the following linings for steep open sided channels requires a rectangular wire mesh?
- Which of the following irrigation and drainage methods uses qravity and atmospheric pressure to move water over a barrier?
- Stripping may be required as a first step in canal excavation for all of the following reasons except:
- Reservoir contruction may require alterations of the water table. According means heavy construction “Draw-Down” is defined as the vertical dimension of:
- The strength of concrete when used in reservoir apertenances is expressed in # per ___.
- Which of the following lists ALL of the quality controls specification tests that may be required for irrigation canal concrete?
- A farmer contracts to have a 1/3 acre irrigation pond constructed. What would be the dimensions of the pond if it were square? (1 acre= 43,560 SF)
- A concrete canal wall form has a 33' X 48' rectangluar measurement. What is the diagonal?
- What type of drainage structure uses crest walls to retard flow and prevent possible undermining of the structure?
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- A bridge has been scheduled for rehab and painting. All metal is to be sandblasted to near-white conditions. According to OSHA, respirators with continuous flow air lines are required to cover the wearers:
- Portland cement concrete pavement must achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI how many days from placement?
- A tremie is used to pour concrete under water. The bottom of the pipe should be:
- An approach to a bridge requires a fill operation. Proper compaction of the fill soil is achieved by:
- What is the preparation required for position dowls and anchor bolts for bridge railings?
- A soils vertical overburden (pressure) will normally increase continually as a pile is driven. In what type of soil will this pressure remain constant after the pile is driven past the critical depth?
- A contractor cannot place backfill material against a concrete structure wall until the concrete has developed a compressive strenght of ___PSI
- A contractor has calculated the weight of false work for a bridge deck and support. A typical concrete used for this application is known to weigh approximately ___ #/CF.
- After priming a steel super structure, what should be done to any open unused bolt holes?
- A bridge construction is particularly hazardous, not well-defined, and a train of cars will have to weave back and forth between one, two or more lanes. Which of the following methods of traffic control should be used?
- Horizontal members on the outside of prefabricated forms used to straighten and align forms are called:
- Leveling nuts securing a bridge column-bearing plate are tightened and adjusted. What is the final operation performed for bearing support.
- A contractor must assume the cost of re bar for a bridge project. # 6 re bar weights 1.506 #/foot and costs $.49/foot. The total cost per ton is:
- Safety nets, which are to be used during bridge construction, shall extend beyond the edge of the working surface, according to OSHA, ___feet.
- Given: A blue print shows a scale of 1/16" equals a foot. What does 11/2" on the blue print represent?
- The volume change that occurs when earth material is excavated from its compacted condition is:
- What is the name of a stake whose top is used as a point of reference to establish elevations and distances?
- You have a required elevation at “A” of 104.25. The benchmark elevation is 101.10. A back site reading of 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location “A”) has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- On a plan, a scale of 1:20 is used. A plan distance of 2 1/2" would equal a project distance of:
- Based on regulatory approval which of the following clearing operations does the least long range damage to the environment?
- Which of the following is NOT true about safe practices for flaggers working arount a highway worksite?
- Two scrapers are being operated as a team for an excavation. The scrapers are equipped with bumpers and bails so that each can provide power to the other. What does this describe?
- Which of the following tests would be used to determine the particle soils distribution of a soil sample?
- Which type of material will increase in volume most when excavated from its compact state?
- When should fuel tanks be filled to prevent moisture condensation?
- A trench 1 mile long is to be excavated to an average depth of 8'. The trench base is 4'. Vertical sides are 5'. The top 3' of the trench are sloped at 1:1. What is the total amount of cubic yards excavated from the trench?
- Which backfill material can meet maximum density requirements with minimal compaction when placed in a moisture saturated condition? (assume drainage is available at the fill site)
- Existing subsructure lying outside a natural stream area is scheduled for demolition. All structural parts shall be removed how far below the natural ground surface?
- A 90' x 40' wide x 4' deep hole is excavated in unstable wet clay with a 30' boom. Which piece of equipment would do the job with the least number of position changes?
- A trench is to be dug 2500' long. The base of the trench is 3' wide. The depth is 9'. Sides are sloped at 1:1 for the top 4'. A Hoe excavates 27.5 CY per hour. What are the total number hours required to excavate the trench?
- Which soil compaction test requires a 1/2″ X 12″ rod placed into the soil?
- What is the document signed by both the owner and contractor establishing the contract and incorporates the contract's governing provisions?
- A contractor building a filter dam to provide temporary erosion control on a State Highway project will use what method of measurement as a basis of payment?
- In road construction the final grading operation is commonly guided by grade stakes whose tops are at the final elevation. What are these stakes called?
- When determining the results of soil compaction it is important to determine the soil type. When a contractor tests soil by hand what helps to determine if the soil is cohesive?
- Bolt holes for bolted connections of structural members wnich are punched or drilled should be how much larger than the diameter of the required bolt?
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. The backsight to the benchmark(elev. 100.00′) has a rod reading of 4.70′. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing?
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- All of the following factors affect the lateral pressure of plastic concrete form wall EXCEPT which one?
- A multi-level concrete structure is being built. The process of temporarily supporting a deck after the removal of the formwork so that work may proceed at a higher level is:
- The international color code used by utility companies to identify an underground water line is:
- A depression in the bed surface of a brick that helps lock the mortar in place is called:
- High compression strength and durability are characteristics of what type of mortar?
- The supporting member for the form work sheathing and jacking assembly in vertical slip form construction is referred to as the:
- What is the name for the pile that is formed by driving a casing into a set depth and removing the casing while filling the hole with concrete?
- Employees are working in an excavation where no precautions are in place to protect them against the effects of accumulated water. According to OSHA how much water is allowed to accumulate in the hole before work must be stopped?
- A non-load bearing exterior masonry wall that is attached to the structural elements of a building and encloses the building is called:
- Refer to the steel schedule. What is the total length of all bottom bars of type IJ3 joists?
- According to OSHA the minimum clearance between power lines that are below 50Kv and any part of an operating crane or load shall be:
- What is the difference in elevation of a 2% grade over a 75′ horizontal distance?
- According to Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures air-entrained concrete is mainly used to:
- Which of the following types of portland cement is used in massive concrete structures where low heat of hydration is required?
- What are all of the tests that may be required in the project specifications for concrete quality control?
- All of the following methods are used for supporting the earth walls around the perimeter of a deep dig except:
- The 2 stamped on a nut indicates:
- You'll see a block diagram. This concrete masonry unit is:
- You’ll see a block diagram. This concrete masonry unit is:
- Which of the following statements is NOT true about a fiber tubular column (sonotube) form.
- According to OSHA an employer shall NOT allow employees to ride on a manually propelled scaffold unless:
- Which of the following soil compaction tests requires an instrument that uses a gauge and a test rod?
- Which of the following tests would be used to determine the particle size of a soil distribution sample?
- A fire extinguisher rated at no less than 2A shall be provided for each 3000 sf of protected building area. According to OSHA the travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not be more than ____ feet.
- A #6 deformed steel reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of.
- What tool is used to overcome sagging in a mason’s line?
- You'll see a brick wall diagram. What is the name of the brick in the shaded position?
- You'll see a symbol for a fillet weld. This symbol represents a _____ weld.
- According to OSHA, required guardrails installed on scaffolding shall be a minimum of _____ inches.
- Vertical members that support horizontal deck formwork are commonly called?
- How many 8 x 8 x 16 concrete masonry blocks will be required for 8 courses in a 124′ long wall?
- In soil compaction testing what characteristic is used to measure the amount of compaction.
- According to OSHA, what is the minimum number of toilets required when employees number 15 on a jobsite?
- What is the structural steel designation for an american standard structural T which is 10″ deep and weighs 33# per l.f.?
- The international color code used by utilities to mark the location of underground gas lines is ____.
- What type of foundation covers an entire site and consists of heavily reinforced concrete that is 3′ – 8′ in thickness?
- This welding symbol is used to signify:
- If a colored mortar is used what is the maximum time that can elapse before the mortar can no longer be retempered?
- When placing vertical rebars in a retaining wall where there will be lateral soil pressure the rebars should be placed.
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop mechanical or _____ hammer.
- When joints to control cracking in concrete slabs are cut they should be cut to a depth of _____.
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs used on a jobsite shall have a landing at every _____ feet of vertical rise.
- Which type of portland cement is designed to produce high-compressive strength concrete at an early period.
- Refer to the drawing; This masonry configuration is:
- If a reinforcing bar weighs 3.5# per L.F. 15,400 lineal feet of this bar will weigh _____ tons.
- Given: finely perforated pipes are driven vertically into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more above-ground pumps. In order to lower the water table. This de-watering system is:
- After adjusting and tightening leveling nuts a column-bearing plate must be _____ before final bearing support.
- Soldier beams and timbers are used to shore the walls of an excavation. Which of the following methods provide the greatest amount of working space in the excavation?
- According to OSHA, full-sized scaffolds shall have standard guardrails on both sides and ends when the height is _____ or more feet.
- A temporary structure that is built to exclude earth or water from the construction site is.
- A combined chemical and electrical treatment of aluminum which hardens and thickens the natural aluminum oxide coating is.
- Which soil compaction test requires the drilling of a 1/2″ hole for the_______test rod?
- You'll see a steel beam schedule. Refer to the Table. All IJ2 joists are _____ inches deep.
- Refer to the diagram: What type of joint is indicated by “A”?
- What’s the difference in elevation of a 2% slope over a distance of 85′?
- A public building has a 300 space parking lot. According to the Code what minimum number of parking spaces shall be designated for the disabled?
- According to Code a horizontal member may be used to protect regular glazing panels in lieu of safety glass. The height of the horizontal member shall be a minimum of ____ inches.
- Unless data justifies, steeper slopes accepted as slopes for permanent excavations shall not be steeper than:
- What is the minimum acceptable concrete cover over reinforcement that is permanently exposed to earth?
- Toilet room floors in office buildings shall have a smooth non-absorbent surface that extends a minimum of ____ inches up the wall.
- The side of any parapet wall that faces the roof shall be non-combustible for the upper most ____inches.
- On a commercial or industrial project a complete record of materials tests and concrete tests shall be preserved for ____ months.
- What is the minimum cover including the masonry unit for all reinforcement except joint reinforcement for a masonry wall that is exposed to soil?
- What is the maximum horizontal distance allowed between metal ties in a masonry cavity wall?
- If prism testing is required for a masonry wall during construction a set of three prisms shall be built for every ____ square feet of wall.
- A required guardrail around an exterior deck of a commercial building shall be at least ____ inches high.
- A two-hour fire-resistive rating may be achieved on a structural steel column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8″ type “X” wall board.
- Every story or portion thereof having an occupant load of 501-1000 shall have at least ____ exits.
- According to code what percentage of the required aggregate used on a built-up roof must be adhered in hot bitumen?
- Which of the following is defined as a material device or construction installed to resist the movement of air within spaces open spaces of concealed areas of building components?
- According to code which of the following types of glass may not be used as a structural balustrade panel in railings.
- Wire is used to attach metal lath to metal supports. What is the minimum US gage wire required by code?
- A parking lot not serving a public building has 50 parking spaces. According to the code how many accessible spaces must be provided?
- The vertical reinforcement in a spirally reinforced column must consist of at least _____ bars.
- The outside dimension of a pipe or conduit embedded in a 6″ thick concrete slab shall be a maximum of _____.
- In one day 200 yards of concrete is being placed. What minimum number of compressive strength tests must be taken?
- Lateral steel reinforcements used to resist shear and torsion stresses in flexural structural members best describes.
- In an unsprinklered office building concealed spaces in a floor-ceiling assembly shall be sealed off by draft stops. What is the maximum area of each concealed space?
- Plywood roof sheathing is placed over rafters spaced at 24″ O/C. The plywood is placed perpendicular to the rafters, edges are blocked. The panel span rating is 24/0. The total roof load is 40 psf. What is the minimum thickness of the plywood allowed?
- A ramp is being constructed in an existing building where space limitation prohibit the use of 1 in 12 slope. According to NM Code what is maximum allowed slope for a 3″ rise?
- Plastic glazed skylights units must be installed at least _____ horizontally from the next one.
- A job site uses a fence for pedestrian protection. According to code what is minimum allowed height of the fence?
- What is the maximum size of glazed opening allowed in a hollow metal door (fire) with a required 3/4 hour rating? (SI = square inches)
- In which of the following buildings would a fire extinguishing automatic sprinkler system be required by code?
- A one story building Group E Division I does not have sprinklers nor smoke detectors. What is the maximum allowed distance from any portion of the building to an exterior exit door?
- Which of the following stairway widths is the maximum permitted for use with a single handrail?
- What is the maximum difference in height allowed between the greatest and smallest riser within in any flight of stairs?
- What is the minimum cover including masonry unit for all reinforcement except joint reinforcement for a masonry wall that is exposed to weather?
- Showers in all occupancies shall be finished with a smooth hard non-absorbent surface to a height surface to a height of at least _____ inches above the drain inlet.
- A parapet extends 30″ above a roof on a fire rated wall. The parapet may have a combustible face for a maximum of _____ inches above the roof surface.
- Two buildings share a common wall requiring a 3-hour fire suppression rating. What is the maximum area of any single opening in the wall?
- What is the minimum allowable mortar cover between ties or joint reinforcement in the exposed masonry face?
- What is the minimum number of masonry prisms that shall be built prior to construction if a test sample is required?
- According to code before grouting rebar used for center reinforcement shall be secured against displacement at intervals not to exceed _____ bar diameters.
- A new masonry wall has just been completed in an area with a mean daily temperature above 40 F. How long must it be covered with a weather resistant membrane?
- A concrete masonry unit wall is being grouted. Between pours why should grout be stopped approximately 1 1/2″ below a horizontal mortar joint?
- The structural element of type 2 fire resistant buildings may be made of all the following except:
- According to code the maximum height above grade that a deck may be built without handrails is _____.
- An automobile repair shop the burners in a gas furnace shall be installed at least _____ above the floor.
- In a bay under which fuels are dispensed a clear and unobstructed height of _____ shall be maintained.
- A basement consisting of 150 square foot furnace room, a 150 square foot area used for electrical equipment, and a 300 square foot storage room requires how many exits?
- Where roof drains are required overflow drains as the same size shall be installed with the overflow line located at _____ inches above the low point.
- A contractor who has installed a concrete foundation wall that will be used to attach a 2 x 6 sill plate. The anchor bolts are 8″ long. These bolts are:
- Without the approval of the building official a cut slope for permanent excavation may not exceed:
- Steel stud wall systems may not be used to resist specified seismic forces in building _____ storys in height.
- What is the minimum concrete cover for #6 reinforcing bar when used in cast in place concrete walls that are not exposed to weather?
- A parking lot has 10 accessible parking spaces. According to the New Mexico Building code how many spaces shall be van accessible?
- According to OSHA, an employer shall not allow employees to ride on manually propelled scaffold unless:
- According to OSHA, full sized sacffolds shall have standard guardrails on both sides and ends when the height is ____ or more feet.
- A two hour fire resistive rating may be achieved on a column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8″ type X wall board.
- Wire is used to attach metal lath to metal supports. What is the minimum US gage wire reqired by code?
- According to code, which one of the following items cannot be used for evaporative cooling ducts, plenums, and fittings?
- A rectangular building measures 41′ x 41′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A wood frame wall is laid out with studs 16″ on center. What is the distance from the end of the plate to the closest edge of the 4th stud?
- Carpenters are framing a 10′ high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- According to OSHA, when a trench requires ladders for egress at what intervals must ladders be placed?
- A rectangular building measures 39′ x 57′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- According to OSHA, which of the following power hand tools may not be equipped with a locked on control button on the power switch?
- Horizontal members on the outside of pre-fabricated formes used to straighten and align the forms:
- Nail holes are being filled in new wood that will be painted with oil based paint when should wood putty be applied?
- When a 3 panel sliding glass door has two fixed panels and a sliding center panel the designation is.
- Proper insertion for stucco or metal lath requires an application of 3 coats. Which one of the following is not one of the 3 coats?
- What is the process called that describes maintaining the most favorable conditions of temperature and moisture for recently placed concrete?
- After one season a concrete slab shows crazing dusting and palling. These defects were caused by.
- Oak strip flooring is being installed over a 3/4″ plywood sub floor. Which of the following should be done before starting?
- A bearing wall is being demolished to provide a new opening. First the load carried by the bearing wall must be temporarily supported. What is this called?
- When asphalt shingle roofing meets siding on a vertical wall how should the flashing be installed?
- A carpenter is using a string line as a guide to straighten a long wooden-frame wall. Where should the line be attached at each end?
- Any one who engages in any type of excavation shall notify New Mexico one call at least _____ hours prior to commencing work?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8′ high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39′ x 52′ rectangular foundation?
- What is the most common thickness for steel studs used in interior non-loading bearing partitions?
- What is the term use to describe the distance from the property line that house may be built?
- According to OSHA, at approximately what height shall a required guardrail system be installed around scaffolding?
- A room is 24′ x 24′. 8′ ceiling. How many 4′ x 12′ drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- A hole is being excavated. 34′ x 48′. Its 4′ deep. A clearance of 4′ is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- Refer to diagram. You’ll see a diagram similar to page 591 UBC. What is the minimum acceptable distance for w (face of structure to toe of slope)?
- According to code, all stumps and roots should be removed to a specified depth below the surface of an area to be occupied by a building.
- According to code, what is the maximum span allowed for 2 x 10 rafters installed at 16 O/C lumber has a E value of 1.2.
- A carpenter has built a straight stairway in a residence with tread that measured 10″. According to code, the width of the tread is.
- According to code, handrails are required for a residential stairway when there are _____ risers.
- A residential bedroom is 15′ x 20′. According to code, what is the minimum square footage of a window which is required for natural lighting?
- According to code, the fire rating of the common wall separating a single family residence and an attached garage must be at least.
- A carpenter has built a straight stairway with headroom of 78″. According to code, the headroom of this stairway is.
- A form must be framed around a concrete block fireplace and chimney. According to code, what minimum clearance that must be maintained between the block and the wood floor joists.
- According to code, what is the maximum allowable height for a residential stairway hand rail measured from the top of the handrail?
- According to code, what is the maximum length above a finished floor that a dead bolt may be installed in a residential exterior door?
- A carpenter is building a framed chimney enclosure. It passes through a pitched roof. According to code, how high must the chimney vent be above the peak of the roof if the peak is 8′ from the chimney penetration.
- According to code, what is the required hatch opening size for sofit ventilation screen openings?
- According to code, the diameter of a hole bored in any stud of non-bearing walls shall be a maximum of _____ % of the width of the stud.
- According to code, in exterior walls and bearing partitions any wood stud may be cut or notched to a depth not exceeding _____% of its width.
- According to code, what is the minimum distance that a hole may be drilled from the top or bottom of a joist.
- The roof has a slope of 5/12. According to code, when asphalt shingles are being installed in an area where ice dams form an approved membrane shall extend from the eave to how far inside the exterior wall line?
- According to the code, before sheet metal products are used on built-up roofing the flanges should _____.
- According to code, the inlet flow line of an overflow drain must be a minimum of _____ inches above the low point of the roof.
- According to code, curbs constructed on a flat roof that are used for supporting skylights shall be a minimum of _____ inches above the roof surface.
- Drywall is being applied to wood studs using nails. According to code, the nails must be long enough to penetrate the wood at least _____ inches.
- According to the Model Energy Code, shower heads shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit the flow to a maximum of _____ GPM.
- According to code, what is the minimum required horizontal overlap of joints of building paper installed over sheeting?
- According to code, which of the following mortar types may be used to lay glass blocks?
- Drywall is attached to a ceiling in a single ply without any adhesive. According to code, what is the maximum center to center screw spacing?
- According to the model energy code, what index temperature is used to calculate heating degree days?
- According to code, what is the minimum size allowed in any dimension of a habitable room except a kitchen?
- According to code, what is the minimum requirement for toe nailing ceiling joists to the top plate?
- According to code, after the scratch coat of exterior Portland cement plaster is applied and scored it shall cure for at least.
- According to code, smoke detectors shall be installed when a permit is required for a residential addition or renovation whose value exceeds _____ dollars.
- According to code, the minimum openable area required for a window in a bathroom without an exhaust fan is what fraction of the floor area?
- According to code, trimmer and header floor joists shall be doubled around openings when the span of the header exceeds a minimum of how many feet?
- What is the requirement of the code for at least one exterior door in a dwelling unit concerning the minimum clear width when the door is opened.
- A builder has constructed a wood load bearing wall with its of the double top plate offset 24″ from the joints in the top plate. How does this installation relate to the requirements of the code?
- According to code, what is the maximum allowable horizontal spacing for metal ties used for a masonry veneer wall?
- According to code, when electrical outlets are installed on opposite sides of a fire resistive wall or partition the outlets shall be spaced horizontally a minimum of _____.
- According to code, what is the maximum length above grade that deck may be built without requiring a guard rail?
- According to code, the maximum size of coarse aggregates used in concrete shall be what fraction of the narrowest dimension between the sides of the forms?
- A slab has just been placed and finished. It is normal concrete. According to code, unless accelerated curing methods are used the slab must be cured in a moist condition for at least:
- According to code, the minimum acceptable width of a footing for a bearing wall which supports a floor:
- According to code, what is the minimum thickness permitted for a concrete floor slab that is supported directly on the ground?
- According to code, the top of foundation walls supporting wood shall be a minimum of how far above the finished ground level?
- According to code, plates or sills shall be anchored to concrete foundation walls with bolts spaced not more than how far apart?
- According to code, what is the minimum diameter required for bolts used to attach foundation plates or sills?
- According to code, maximum spacing for rebar in a concrete wall is:
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. The backsight to the benchmark (elevation 100.00′) has a rod reading of 4.70′. What should the frontsite rod reading be?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8′ high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39′ x 52′ rectangular foundation?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- A rectangular building measures 39′ x 57′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A rectangular building measures 41′ x 41′ there is a 2′ roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A hole is being excavated. 34′ x 48′. Its 4′ deep. A clearance of 4′ is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A room is 24′ x 24′. 8′ ceiling. How many 4′ x 12′ drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- Carpenters are framing a 10′ high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- Refer to the Diagram below , the brick pattern shown below is known as a ____ bond .
- When framing a 10′ exterior wood stud wall. How long should studs be cut?
- Refer to the illustration : What is the distance of ‘A’ called ?
- Refer to the illustration : What does the ‘2’ on the nut mean ?
- A 40 X 50 X 9′ deep extends 4′ each way beyond the building lines, sides are vertical, disregard any expansion. How many cubic yards of soil will come from this excavation ?
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3′ wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- Refer to the illustration:What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundreth ?
- Refer to the diagram below : what symbol does this represent ?
- Specs. call for a # 6 deformed rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- #11 reinforcing bars are being used in a concrete wall. What is minimum concrete cover?
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- The advantage of seamless pipe is its’:
- AFTER REVIEWING THE PLANT MAP, THE DESIGN ENGINEERED BUILDING SITE ELEVATION OF LOT #444 IS _____. REFER TO DIAGRAM
- On an 18′ section of 16″‘ ductile iron pipe what is the maximum deflection allowed
- Waste water station pump sizes are usually designated by the pump’s _____.
- What does ‘grade 40’ mean?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its’ base is called:
- Given: A section of pipe has to be installed between 2 manholes which are 300′ apart. The difference in elevation between the manhole inverts is 1′. What is the correct percent of grade setting when using a laser?
- A concrete tank with a inside diameter of 127′ and 14′ thick walls with re-bar placed 2′ from the outside walls using 20′ pieces of re-bar you would need _____ pieces to encircle the perimeter once disregarding overlap.
- When referring to an engineer’s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete’s _____.
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 185′ horizontally?
- A builder's level & reference hubs will be used to provide a uniform trench bottom elevation of 93.50'. During excavation, a rod reading of 5.12' is taken on a nearby hub. This elevation is 102.2'. The buil
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4′ deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- According to Code, when water service piping is installed in the same trench as sewer piping, there must be a minimum separation of:
- Given: 2 manholes 200′ apart. Fall between nmanholes is 1′. What percentage would be used in setting the laser?
- A section of pipe is installed between 2 manholes 300′ apart. There is 1′ elevation change. What is the lazar grade setting?
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church having an outside dimension of 100' by 200' is _______va.
- GIVEN 4 COPPER TYPE THHN CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 2 SIZE 10 AWG 2 SIZE 8 AWG. THESE 4 CONDUCTORS ARE IN A RACEWAY 12' LONG, WHAT IS THE MINIMUM SIZE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) THAT CAN BE USED TO ENCLOSE THESE 4 CONDUCTORS?
- IF A #12 COPPER CONDUCTOR HAS A RESISTANCE OF 1.93 OHMS PER 1000', WHAT IS THE TOTAL RESISTANCE OF 350' OF THE CONDUCTOR?
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A LOAD OF 10 AMPS. A CIRCUIT HAS A TOTAL CONDUCTOR LENGTH OF 400' AND RESISTANCE OF 1.75 OHMS PER 1000 FEET. THE NET COMPUTED POWER LOST IN THIS CONDUCTER IS _____ WATTS.
- GIVEN: A HALLWAY 14' IN LENGTH IS IN A SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING. THIS HALLWAY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF _____ RECEPTACLES.
- THE NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL CABLE SUPPORTS, NECESSARY FOR #1 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS IN A 48' VERTICAL RACEWAY SHALL BE ________.
- GIVEN: TEN SIZE 10 AWG TYPE THHN CU CONDUCTORS ARE IN 12' OF EMT RACEWAY WITH AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 98 DEGREES F. CIRCUITS OPERATE WITH NO LOAD DIVERSITY. DISREGARDING RATINGS OF THE TERMINATIONS, EACH CONDUCTOR HAS A MAXIMUM AMPACITY OF _____ AMPS.
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150' from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000' of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- The term 'kilowatts' indicates real power. What does the term 'kilovolt-amp' indicate?
- Refer to the motor control diagrams #1 and #2 below: The jog-run selector switch is at _____.
- Given: A 50' raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandesant lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carrys only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor?
- Given: An electrical installation requires a total of 200' of conductor with a maximum line resistance of .5 ohms (100' out and 100' back). What is the maximum resistance allowable for this conductor?
- Disregarding exceptions, a 20' run of electrical metalic tubing shall be fastened in place within _____ of each box, outlet, cabinet or fitting.
- A metal underground water pipe in the direct contact with the earth for at least 10' has traditionally been preferred grounding electrode for all new construction. A metal underground water pipe is:
- Given: An outdoor propane dispensing unit is located 50' from the office where the branch circuit supplying the unit originates. Where are seals required?
- The minimum computed lighting load required for general lighting only of a church building having outside dimensions of 100' X 200' is:
- An equipment grounding conductor for wired communications circuits shall be at least size #_____ copper:
- Excluding exceptions, which of the following statements is not true concerning the N.E.C. requirements for bonding metalic swimming pool parts by a size #8 AWG solid copper conductor?
- Given: An office 43' x 80', 120V lighting all on 8 hours, non-continuous receptacles. How many 20 Amp circuits are required?
- Given: Ten THHN copper conductors in 10' conduit 4 - size #12, 6 - size #10. The size of the conduit must be at least _____
- Given: 4 copper type THHN conductors as follows: 2 size # 1 AWG, 1 size 1/0 AWG, 1 size 2/0 AWG. These 4 conductors are in a 10' conduit, the size of the IMC conduit must be at least:
- Refer to the motor control diagrams 11-22. Of #1 and #2 which one, if any, will stop and reverse then start forward.
- A contractor is ordered by a competent court to cease operations. When must he notify the Contractor's Licensing Board?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- What is the cost of an additional contractor's license classification?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- A contractor's license expires _____.
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company's product or service.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- An architect must have a contractor's license to bid on _____.
- A mechanic's lien is best defined as _____.
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of this company?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligations in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- How many meetings does the Board hold per year?
- What is the fee to renew a Certificate of responsibility ?
- A contractor is ordered by a competent court to cease operations. When must he notify the Contractor's Licensing Board?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Business Management Guide for Mississippi Contractors, occupational illnesses is any abnormal condition caused by (I) Inhalation. (II) Absorption. (III) Ingestion.
- What is the cost of an additional contractor's license classification?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- A contractor's license expires _____.
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company's product or service.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- An architect must have a contractor's license to bid on _____.
- A mechanic's lien is best defined as _____.
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- An employee works 38 hours, Monday through Friday. On Saturday, he works 8 hours. If the employee earns $ 10.00 per hour, what is the actual amount earned on Saturday only?
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- All of the following are benefits provided by good scheduling and planning EXCEPT:
- What is the name for the method used to reduce conflicts and litigation on the construction site?
- Violators who do NOT follow the EPA National Emissions standards for asbestos are subject to a daily federal civil penalty a maximum of ______.
- What is the term for the difference between cash disbursements and cash receipts over a period of time?
- Which one of the following conditions requiring emergency care can only be a non-reportable injury?
- What is the term used to describe a progress payment that is held by the owner as security for one grantee of the contractors full and complete performance?
- Synthetic wire or fiber rope used to guy scaffolds shall be able to support ____ time their rating.
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of this company?
- Which of the following types of bonds guarantees the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans specifications and terms specified in the contract?
- Which of the following is the best way for a general contractor to gain protection from sub-contractors who fail to complete a project as specified in a construction contract?
- What is the maximum amount of asbestos that can be allowed on a permissible level of exposure (average/hour)?
- During the course of construction an extension of time has been added to the original project schedule. Which task does this extension reflect?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- A contractor has not properly cleaned debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a separate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- If an employee has a work related accident in 1995 what is the earliest year which a company may destroy any record of this accident?
- Which one of the following would be paid first under the mechanics lien law?
- What federal income tax schedule does a sole proprietor use for his federal income tax reporting?
- How much is withheld for Medicare from the weekly paycheck of an employee earning $10.50 per hour for a 40 hour week?
- Which one of the following statements pertaining to a contractors gross receipt taxes is correct?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32 420. What amount will be depreciated in the second year using the straight line depreciation method for a period of 7 years?
- Which accounting method records income when the money is received and records expenses when payment is made?
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- A contractor has 75 days to complete a construction project, liquidated damages clause of $150 per day and completes the work in 91 days. However the architect has given a 4 day extension due to weather. What will be charged for liquidated damages?
- A contractor is estimating the cost of work to be performed. The contractor estimates a total labor cost of $5,657 and a total material cost of $9,342. Job overhead is 37% of materials cost. What is the total estimate including labor, material & OH?
- A contractor is finalizing a bid for a project. The project estimated is $78,214. Overhead is 15%. Contingency is 5%. Profit 9%. What is the amount of the bid submitted?
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- The average profit margin in the construction industry over the past few years has been around ____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- Who is the obligation to provide right of way at project access.
- A contractor has not properly cleaned debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a separate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- Where is the lien filed?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32,400. What amount will be depreciated in the second year. (Only using the straight line depreciation method for a period of 7 years)
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligations in the coming year?
- What does the Walsh-Healy public contracts Acts require?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- A contractor has agreed to complete a project within 75 days. He has liquidated damages clause of $150/day. He completes the work in 91 days - with a 4 day extension for bad weather. How much money will the contractor be charged for liquidated damages?
- A contractor is estimating the cost of work to be performed. He estimates a total labor cost of $5,657.00 and a total material cost of $9,342.00.Overhead is calculated at 37% of materials cost. What is the cost of the estimate including labor,matl. & O.H.
- A subcontractor needs a crane for one year to complete a job. Options are available: Buy crane for $65,000, sell for $30,000 when project is complete. Lease- $30,500.00 for one year. Lease for $1635.00 per month. Rent for $537.00/week. Choose best option.
- What is a corporation called that does business in a state other than the one in which is chartered?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- A #6 rebar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter the length of the lap is ___?
- A ceiling joist has a clearance span of 12'. What is the maximum distance from each end that a contractor may cut a notch?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter under the following conditions. Building width is 24' wide, roof pitch is 1/4, overhang is 2'.
- A carpenter is laying out a wood frame wall for the installation of a 3' x 7' prehung wood door unit. The center of the door will be 8' from the outside corner. How far from the corner is the nearest edge of the rough opening?
- Sheets of drywall that measure 4' x 12' are required to be placed on the ceiling and walls are to be placed in a room having interior dimensions of 14' x 22'. How many sheets of 4' x 12' drywall are needed. Do not include waste.
- 1,000 Type W drywall screws are required to install 1000 squre feet of drywall. Approximately how many Type W screws are required to install 75 sheets of 4' x 8' drywall. Do not allow for waste.
- Refer to drawing C-149. How many rolls of #15 felt are required to dry in the roof? Each roll covers 400 square feet. Ignore lap and waste.
- Refer to drawing C-52. How many bricks are needed for a 24' high x 165' long brick wall with 4 door openings 4' wide 7' high and 12 window openings 8' wide 9' high? (drawing C-52 states that there are 7 bricks per sq. ft.)
8 bags of morter per 1,000 brick
1 ton sand per 1,000 brick
1/2 ton extra if more than 3 tons required
- Refer to the drawing; A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church having an outside dimension of 100′ by 200′ is _______va.
- GIVEN 4 COPPER TYPE THHN CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 2 SIZE 10 AWG 2 SIZE 8 AWG. THESE 4 CONDUCTORS ARE IN A RACEWAY 12′ LONG, WHAT IS THE MINIMUM SIZE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) THAT CAN BE USED TO ENCLOSE THESE 4 CONDUCTORS?
- GIVEN: 4 COPPER TYPE THHN CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 2 SIZE #1 AWG 1 SIZE 1/0 AWG 1 SIZE 2/0 AWG THESE 4 CONDUCTORS ARE IN A 10′ CONDUIT, THE SIZE OF IMC CONDUIT MUST BE AT LEAST:
- GIVEN: A SINGLE-PHASE 3-WIRE SERVICE HAS 2 GROUNDED CONDUCTORS OF SIZE 3/0 TYPE THW ALUMINUM. THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR IS SIZE 2/0 TYPE THW ALUMINUM. THE MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT ALLOWED FOR THE ABOVE SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS IS _____ INCHES.
- IF A #12 COPPER CONDUCTOR HAS A RESISTANCE OF 1.93 OHMS PER 1000′, WHAT IS THE TOTAL RESISTANCE OF 350′ OF THE CONDUCTOR?
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A LOAD OF 10 AMPS. A CIRCUIT HAS A TOTAL CONDUCTOR LENGTH OF 400′ AND RESISTANCE OF 1.75 OHMS PER 1000 FEET. THE NET COMPUTED POWER LOST IN THIS CONDUCTER IS _____ WATTS.
- A SIZE 12 AWG CONDUCTOR REQUIRES ____CUBIC INCHES OF FREE SPACE WITHIN AN OUTLET BOX.
- THE NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL CABLE SUPPORTS, NECESSARY FOR #1 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS IN A 48' VERTICAL RACEWAY SHALL BE ________.
- GIVEN: THREE MOTORS; 40HP SQUIRREL CAGE 40HP SQUIRREL CAGE 60HP SYNCHRONOUS TYPE ALL ARE 480 V, THREE PHASE, LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT. DETERMINE THE MAXIMUM HP RATING FOR THE CONTROLLER.
- REFER THE DIAGRAM 11-3. a 120/240V SINGLE PHASE SOURCE SUPPLIES THE 1000W AND 500W LOADS AS SHOWN. WHAT IS THE CURRENT IN THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR?
- GIVEN: TEN SIZE 10 AWG TYPE THHN CU CONDUCTORS ARE IN 12' OF EMT RACEWAY WITH AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 98 DEGREES F. CIRCUITS OPERATE WITH NO LOAD DIVERSITY.DISREGARDING RATINGS OF THE TERMINATIONS, EACH CONDUCTOR HAS A MAXIMUM AMPACITY OF _____ AMP
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150' from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000' of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- Given: A resistive load supplied by a spliced conductor draws a measured 45 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of .2 ohms. How much power is lost at the splice?
- The term 'kilowatts' indicates real power. What does the term 'kilovolt-amp' indicate?
- For temporary wiring on a construction site, 120 volt receptacle outlets are being installed. The receptacle outlets may not be on the same branch as the …
- The restaurant has a connected load of 400 KVA. Equipment in the restaurant is not all electric. Use the optional method. What is the computed load on the feeder conductors for this occupancy?
- The following 408 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire equipment is in a commercial kitchen. 2 – 5000 watt water heaters 4 – 3000 watt fryers 2 – 6000 watt ovens. Do NOT use the optional method. Each ungrounded conductor in the feeder circuit for this kitchen must be ?
- Given: A swimming pool has underground wiring nearby. Disregarding exceptions of NEC, what is the minimum distance allowed by the NEC from the inside walls of the pool to underground conductors?
- In a automotive repair shop where electrical diagnostic equipment, electric hand tools, and portable lighting devices are used both indoors and outside, ground fault circuit interrupter protection is NOT required on general purpose 125 volt single phase,
- Given:Underwater lighting fixtures are being placed in the walls of a permanently installed swimming pool.Disregarding NEC exceptions, the top of the fixture lens must be at least how far below the normal water level of the pool?
- A 120 volt AC portable lamp is used in a commercial garage and is frequently placed on the floor under an automobile. This lamp must be a type approved for use in hazardous locations defined as …
- A motor controller is installed with the expectation that it will be submerged occasionally for short periods of time. According to NEC, the controller shall be installed in an enclosure type number _____.
- Refer to the motor control diagrams #1 and #2 below:The jog-run selector switch is at _____.
- What is the primary function of a power rectifier circuit?
- Given: A three phase motor has the following specifications: type = squirrel cage; voltage = 440 volts, 3 phase; HP = 30; current = name plate is same as NEC rating; duty = continuous; design letter = 9; service factor = 0. A fuse that protects the branch circuit must be rated at ?
- Given: A 50' raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the amp of tthese conductors?
- Given: A 20 conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG, copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable over current protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandescent lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carries only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the amp of the ungrounded conductor?
- Given: 8 – size 14 AWG type TW, copper, current-carrying conductors are contained within a raceway. The ambient temperature is 120 degrees Fahrenheit or 49 degrees Centigrade. What is the amp of the individual conductors?
- Given:3 size 12 AWG, two-conductor-with-ground type NM cables are spliced in a ceiling junction box that has internal cable clamps and flat cover. What is the minimum trade size metal octagonal box that may be used?
- Given: A 120/240 volt single phase panel has a 92 KVA balanced incandescent lighting load. The load is in a stockroom that is only open for two hours at a time. What is the minimum size required for each ungrounded aluminum THW conductor in the feeder ?
- Given:A feeder is supplying a continuous load of 240 amps. It is protected by an over current device rated at 300 amps. Consider terminations rated at 75 degrees Centigrade.What minimum size type THW aluminum conductors are allowed as the phase conductors ?
- A metallic elbow is inserted in an underground run of sunlight resistant rigid non-metallic conduit. This elbow is not grounded to the electrical system. What is the minimum bury depth allowed by the NEC?
- An ungrounded receptacle outlet is to be replaced by a ground fault circuit interrupter receptacle. There is no provision for grounding within the receptacle box. Which one of the following is NOT an option when this receptacle is being replaced?
- Given:A 120/208V, 3 phase service is fed with a single size 500KCMil, copper conductor for each phase. The main circuit breaker is rated at 300 amps.A copper grounding electrode conductor from the main service panel to the cold water pipeline must be ___?
- Conduit bodies, junctions, pull and outlet boxes shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them can be rendered ____.
- Circuits containing electric discharge, lighting, transformers exclusively shall not be rated in excess of ____ Amps.
- Which of the following gives you maximum capacitance
- Which of the following cord can be submerged underwater.
- What size load is required to service this resident 1100 sq.ft., 1-10kw range, 1-electric dryer, 1-6kw hot water heater, no A/C or Heat single phase 240 V. Use the standard method.
- Electrical discharge tubing shall be of such length and design as not to cause a ____ on the transformer.
- A low voltage cable needs to be installed from a central fire panel through a fire rated wall, to a heat detector in an attached garage. According to NEC, what provisions, if any, where the cable passes through the fire wall, must ber made?
- Given: Electrical conductors need to be installed through a fire resistive wall. According to NEC, what provisions, if any, need to be made where the cables pass through this wall?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is terminated at one with a 50 volt terminator. The resistance measured between the shield and the center conductor at the other end of the cable is 0 ohms. The cable is:
- To correct power factor in a sign transformer, one method is to install a capacitor in _____ .
- A control circuit has relay contacts that are delayed in changing position when the relay coil is energized. The relay contacts immediately change back to the original position when the coil is de-energized. What type of relay does this describe?
- A 240V 1-phase service has the following specs: The load is 100Kva; power factor is 70%. The load power factor is then changed to 90%. The power consumed is NOT changed. What are the new line currents?
- An ungrounded receptical outlet is to be replaced by a ground fault circuit interupter receptical. There is no provision for grounding within the receptical box. Which one of the following is NOT an option when this recepticle is being replaced?
- A single family dwelling has a hallway 22' long. What is the minimum number of receptical outlets required for this hallway?
- Which of the following will cause a coil's magnetic field to increase?
- In a automotive repair shop where electric hand tools and portable lighting devices are used both indoors and outside, ground fault circuit interruptor protection is NOT required on general purpose 125V 1-phase, 15 & 20 amp recepticles:
- Refer to the figure. What do the X1 and X2 markings indicate? (Refer to Ugly's Page 88)
- An AC system is operating at less than 1000V that is grounded at any point shall have the grounding conudctor running to each:
- Given: The terminal screws on a device have no special marking to indicate the number of conductors that can be connected by each screw. Each screw can be used to connect:
- The head end for a cable signal is the _____.
- A magnetic motor controller is operated from two separate start/stop stations. Which of the following statements is correct?
- The term 'kilowatts' indicates real power. What does the term 'kilovolt-amp' indicate?
- In a dwelling the space between floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet steel and used as a return air plenum. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low smoke plenum use be routed along the face of a joist within the enclosed space?
- Given: the NEC classifies data (computer) circuits as class II circuits. In office environments which statement is correct regarding telephone and data circuits?
- Low voltage cables need to be installed from a central alarm panel through a fire resistive wall to indicating appliances and initiating devices. According to the NEC< what provisions if any shall be made here the cables pass through the fire walls?
- Refer to the figure: Why is the circuit a violation of the NEC?
- Branch circuit wires are 2' from the ballast within the ballast compartment of a flourescent lighting fixture. Which type of conductors may be used?
- In a single family residence the space between two floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet and is used as a return air duct for the furnace. Can a type CATV cable be routed along the face of a joist within this enclosed space?
- Refer to the diagram which shows connections to equipment used to measure ground resistance. Ammeter(A) indicates 1 amp. Voltmeter(V) indicates 35 volts. Does the ground electrode being tested have acceptable ground resistance? Why or Why not?
- Disregarding exceptions: Which of the following statements is true concerning the NEC requirements for swimming pools?
- A building has a 120/208 volt 3 service. To insure adequate ground the CATV system grounding electrode conductor:
- Refer to diagram. Which motor wiring figure shows the correct wiring for low voltage operation? (refer to Ugly's Page 76)
- A length of 1/2" EMT is to have 15" high end to back stub bent at the left end. Where should the arrow on a standard EMT bender be placed? (select the 10" Mark)
- Given: Primary 240/480 volts. Secondary 120/240 volts. Which diagram shows the correct connections if the input is 480 volts and the output is 120/240 volts?
- Refer to the figure: Which figure shows the correct wiring for high voltage operation? (Refer to Ugly's)
- Some remote control circuits for safety control equipment can introduce a direct fire or life hazard if the equipment should fail. Such as on elevator recall system. What is this remote control, signaling, and power limited classification?
- Which conductor is defined as the main bonding jumper?
- Refer to the figure: Which of the figures represent a 250 volt, 15 amp receptical? (Refer to Ugly's)
- What is the coaxial cable terminator?
- Given: 8 - size 14 AWG type TW, copper, current-carrying conductors are contained within a raceway. The ambient temperature is 120 degrees Fahrenheit or 49 degrees Centigrade. What is the ampacity of the individual co
- A residential service supplies four household electric ranges each rated at 19 kw. Do not use the optional method. What is the total demand load for these four ranges?
- A feeder supplys a continuous load of 240 amps. It is protected by an overcurrent device rated at 300 amps. Consider terminations rated at 75 deg C. What minimum size type THW aluminum conductors are allowed as the phase conductors for this meter?
- Branch circuit conductors within 3' of a ballast within the ballast compartment of a fixture must be rated for use at temperatures not lower than:
- An old 120 volt fan has an 80% efficient motor. It is replaced with a 90% efficient fan. The new fan will what percent LESS Energy?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150' from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000' of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- Given: A 50' raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- A length of coaxial data transmission cable is properly terminated at both ends with 50 ohm resistors and no electrical problems. Disregarding conductor resistance, what resistance will be between the shield and the center conductor at a "T" connector?
- Given: A 120 volt branch circuit has only 6 100 watt 120 volt incandescent lighting fixtures connected to it. What will be the total measured curent in the home run supplying this load?
- Given: Three #14 AWG two-conductor with ground type NM cables are spliced in a metal octagonal junction box that has cable clamps and a cover. What is the minimum trade size box that may be used? (2 x 3 +1+1)
- A lighting fixture is to be controlled independently from four switch locations. Which of the following combination of switches is needed?
- Refer to diagram: What is the current in the 2 ohm resistor?
- A metal device box contains one fixture stud two internal cable clamps and two grounding conductors spliced together. To allow for these fittings and conductors a maximum number of conductors allowed in the box by the NEC tables must be reduced by:
- Given: a 240 volt single phase circuit has a load of 10 amps. The circuit has a combined conductor length of 400' (200' each way). The resistance of the conductor is 1.75 ohms per 1000 feet. What is the power loss in this co
- A park has 45 mobil home sites. The largest typical mobil home has a load of 15,000 VA. The park is supplied by a 120/240 volt single phase service. Conductor in the service to supply this park must be sized to carry a minimum net computed load of:
- Given: Two type NM #12 pair two cables are bundled together for 25' for ease of installation. What is the ampacity (not maximum fuse size) for each current carrying conductor in this cable bundle?
- A 120/208V, 3 phase service is fed with a single size 500KCMil, copper conductor for each phase. The main circuit breaker is rated at 300 amps. A copper grounding electrode conductor from the main service panel to the cold water pipe must be at least:
- A 120/ 240 volt single phase residential panel board supplies 240 volt baseboard heaters: 2-1500 watt: 2-2000 watt: 2-2500 watt: 2-1500 watt: 2-2000 watt. Excluding exceptions, what size copper type TW grounded conductors are required?
- Given: A one family dwelling is an unfinished basement. The laundry is in the basement but there are no provisions for a future bathroom. What is the total number of 120 volt receptacle outlets required for this basement by the NEC?
- A metallic junction box contains six current carrying conductors spliced within the box, two switches, a current carrying conductor, and two grounding conductors are spliced together. All conductors are size 12 AWG. What is the minimum volume required?
- Given: Underwater lighting fixtures are being placed in the walls of a permanently installed swimming pool. Disregarding NEC exceptions, the top of the fixture lens must be at least how far below the normal water level of the pool?
- Given: A type UF cable is run to a residential lamp post light that is fed from a 120 volt, 15 amp-GFCI protected branch circuit. The cable is buried in earth without additional physical protection. What is the minimum allowable burial depth?
- Refer to the figure. Assume 100% efficiency. What is the maximum possible current at Ix ?
- Given: Four type NM 12-2 cables are bundled together for 25'. What is the ampacity (not max fuse size) for each current carrying conductor in this cable bundle?
- Given: A 20 conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG, copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable overcurrent protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200' of conductor. The line can have a maximum resistance of .5 ohms. What is the maximum resistance allowable per 1,000' for this conductor?
- Given: A swimming pool has underground wiring nearby. Disregarding exceptions of NEC, what is the minimum distance allowed by the NEC from the inside walls of the pool to underground conductors?
- Given: the coaxial cable of a cable TV system is inside a building where electric power conductors are not in the raceway for cable. What is the minimum separation this coaxial cable must have from the electric power wires?
- Given: R1=6 ohms. R2=3 ohms. What is the total combined resistance of these resistors when combined in a parallel circuit?
- Given: The remote start/stop station contains a motor-on power light. What is the minimum number of control conductors that must be run between the station and the motor controller?
- 10 size 10 AWG, type THHN current carrying conductors are contained in 12' of EMT raceway at an ambient temperature of 98F. No terminations are identified with special temperature ratings. They are rated in accordance with NEC. The maximun ampacity is:
- Power limited circuit conductor cables used for fire protective signaling systems are located 7' from the floor. These cables must be securely fastened at maximum intervals of _____ inches.
- The secondary of a transformer supplies a 120/240 volt, 60H2, single phase power. All loads are 120 volts. The LI-to-neutral load is 5760 VA. The L2-to-neutral load is 3720 VA. What is the current in the neutral line?
- Given: A single family dwelling has 4000 SF of living space. What is the minimum net computed feeder load after derating for only the general lighting in this dwelling?
- Refer to the figure: A 120/240 volt single phase source of supply, supplies the 1000 watt and 500 watt loads as shown. What is the current in the neutral conductor.
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandesant lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carrys only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor?
- An overcurrent protective device for non-motorized equipment is rated at 70 amps. What is the minimum allowable size for a copper equipment grounding conductor for this circuit?
- The outer sheath of a coaxial cable must be grounded close to the point of entry of a building premise if the cable is exposed to accidental contact when the conductors carry _____ minimum volts.
- A 120/240 volt single phase panel has a 92 KVA balanced incandescant lighting load. The load is in a stockroom that is only open for two hours at a time. What is the minimum size required for each ungrounded aluminum THW conductor in the feeder circuit?
- Refer to the diagram: An electrician arrived at a small office building and observes the wiring from the utility transformers shown above. What is the power delivered to this building?
- Given: In the smart house or closed loop power distribution concept universal or hybrid cabling is used. Which of the following power requirements CANNOT be met with hybrid cable.
- A generator receives 8 HP from its driving source and operates at 94% efficiency. What is the total output (assume 746 watts/hp)?
- A one family dwelling has 1100 SF. A service of 120/240 single phase service. Cooking: one 10Kw range. Laundry: one 240 Volt electric clothes dryer. Water heater: one 240 volt 6Kw. No A/C Do not use optional method. The net computed load is:
- A branch circuit supplies a single continuous duty pump motor for a residential water supply. What minimum percentage of the motor full load current rating must the branch circuit conductors have?
- A single length of 300 KCMIL copper conductor has a voltage drop of 3 volts. An additional 300 KCMIL conductor of the same length and material is then connected in parallel with original conductor. What is the total voltage drop of these conductors?
- What is the total resistance in this circuit? (This will be a diag. showing 2 resistors in parallel)
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150' from the source. The two size 12 awg conductors that feed the load have a resitance of 1.93 ohms per 1000'. What is the voltage drop in these supply conductors?
- Given: A resistive load supplied by a spliced conductor draws a measured 45 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of .2 ohms. How much power is lost at the splice?
- HPP piping for liquid products shall have an approved means for directing any spilled materials to a/an:
- HPP supply piping in service corridors shall be:
- When refering to process piping, the letters "HPP" indicate which of the following?
- Process piping shall stand the required pressure test for a period of no less than ____ minutes after al pipng is installed.
- What percent of all butt welds will be tested at natural gas pipeline tie-in locations?
- When the physiological warning properties for a hazardous material production gas is higher than the accessible exposure limit for the gas, a/an ____ shall be installed to detect the presence of a short-term hazard.
- Supply piping for hazardous production materials with a health hazard rating of 4 shall be connected by ____ unless an exhausted enclosure is provided.
- Automatically operated remote fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall be installed at the entrance to ____ on piping and tubing supply lines for HPM piping.
- HPM piping may be installed within the space defined as a wall in an exit corridor provided an automatic sprinkler is installed within the space. It may NOT be installed if the space is less than ____ inches in its least dimension.
- The service line of a natural gas pipeline system which passes under a public street or road must have a minumum cover of ____ inches or be able to withstand any external loading if a structure preventa burial at the specified depth.
- Each gas main that will be operated at a pressure below 1 psig shall be tested at a pressure of ____ psig.
- Given: The following is based on test requirements for steel pipeline that will operate at a hoop stress of less than 30% of SMYS and a pressure above 100 psig. The required pipeline test pressure must be maintained at or above the required test pressure for at least _____ hour(s).
- When corrosive gas is transported in a pipeline, a means of monitoring internal corrosion must be checked two times a year, but with intervals not exceeding ____ months.
- The Class 1 location for a natural gas pipeline is a location that has:
- Each gas service line must have a shutoff valve in a readily accessible location that is, when feasible:
- When the maximum, actual operating pressure of a natural gas distribution system exceeds ____ psig, an approved regulator and relief device must be installed to limit the pressure to the service regulator.
- Given: A service regulator with the following characteristics is to be installed in a high pressure gas distribution system. The pressure limitation for this regulator is ____ psig or less.
- Which one of the following is the largest size tap that may be made into a 4" cast iron pipe without requiring reinforcement?
- Transite pipe is also known as ____ pipe.
- Additional fuel connections may be made to existing fuel supply lines if:
- When a listed, flexible metal connector is used on a gas burning appliance, where must the shut-off valve be installed?
- An approved, accessible gas shutof valve shall be installed within ____ feet of the appliance it serves.
- HPP gas piping is required to have fail-safe rupture shutoff valve installed ____ as practical when the supply is from a source outside the building.
- Refer to the meter box plan and section. If concrete costs $40.00 per cubic yard, the total cost for all thrust restraints required for the MU fittings is between ____. Do NOT add for sales tax.
- What type of vacuum breaker is required on the water supply line to equipment which is subject to continuous flows for periods of more than 12 hours?
- According to Code, all required shut-off or control valves in a water piping system must____.
- According to Code, where local water pressure exceeds ____ psi a pressure regulator shall be installed to reduce the pressure to an allowable limit.
- According to Code, pressure relief valves on water distribution lines shall be set to limit the maximum pressure to no more than ____ PSI.
- When insulated pipe temperatures exceed what temperature, a liner shall be installed.
- All of the following materials may be used in low pressure steam and hot water piping EXCEPT:
- Low pressure steam heating valves up through two inches in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron, or ____.
- Joints in black wrought iron steam or hot water piping which are embedded in concrete shall be____.
- A furnace rated at 120,000 Btuh is to be installed 50 feet from the gas meter. It will be supplied by natural gas at an 11 water column, .6 specific gravity, .5 pressure drop and a rated value of 1000 Btu per cu foot. What is the size of th gas line?
- Refer to the figure above. According to The Uniform Plumbing Code, the minimum size supply pipe "Z" is ____ IPS. Assume a gauge pressure of 0.5 " water column. .60 specific gravity. NOTE: 1000 Btu per cubic.
- Refer to the figure above. According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the minimum size supply pipe "Y" is ____ IPS. Assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz. Pressure drop of .5 inche water column. 0.60 specific gravity of the gas. NOTE: 1000 Btu/ cubic foot.
- Zinc coating (galvanizing) on metallic fuel gas piping installed below ground:
- Of the following, which is NOT an approved material for use in a natural gas piping system?
- According to the Code of Federal Regulatons, "nominal wall thickness" means the ____.
- Cast iron pipe less than ____ inches in diameter may NOT be installed for gas service lines.
- A pipe manufactured according to a specification NOT listed in CFR-49 shall be assigned a yield strngth of ____ psi for use in teh pipe design formula. NOTE: The pipe will NOT be tensile tested.
- According to the Code, vents from systems used for chemical wastes must:
- After initial qualification, a welder who works on service lines ____ inches or smaller may not weld unless within the preceeding 7.5 calendar months or twice each calendar year at least 2 sample welds are tested and acceptible per Apdx C,Sec III CFR-49.
- After initial qualification, a welder may NOT weld, unless within the preceeding ____ months the welder has been qualified.
- What percentage of the welding procedures used during welding qualification tests must be recorded?
- Piping from a discontinued hot water heating system is removed from a building. The ends are capped to keep out all foreign particles. The contractor plans to reuse this pipe in a potable water system. According to the Code:
- According to the American Water Works Association, which of the following statements is NOT true for gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints in ductile-iron water mains?
- A copper wire is installed alongside a non-metallic underground gas line in order to ____.
- Standard welding precedures for pressure vessel work are provided by the ____.
- When preparing pipe for welding, the bevel angle is approximately ____ from the vertical.
- Proper compaction of soil is best achieved by ____.
- The rolling movement of the ground as heavy equipment runs over it is called ____.
- A slope with a ratio of 2:1 has a height of 20 feet from the top to the bottom of the incline. The horizontal run of the slope is ____ feet.
- The grade stake whose top indicates a finished grade is called a ____.
- Asbestos cement pipe is referred to as MEE pipe when the pipe ____.
- Given: A final inspection of process piping is required after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of the piping. The system shall stand a pressure test of no less than ___ the maximum operating pressure of the system.
- When liquid transportation pipelines that convey hazardous substances are installed underground in an industrial area, the distance from the top of the pipe to the ground level must be a minumum of ____ inches for normal excavation.
- Each valve installed in a liquid pipeline system for hazardous substances must be ____ tested.
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazadorous substances, must be equipped with:
- Which of the following is NOT required to be marked on new 6-inch diameter pipe that will be used to convey hazadorous substances?
- THE GRADE STAKE WHO'S TOP INDICATES A REFERENCE GRADE IS CALLED A______________
- IN NEW LIQUID PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE MARKED ON THE WALLOF PIPE WHICH IS AT LEAST_____IN DIAMETER OR LARGER.
- What is volume of spoil from ditch 18"wide, 3'deep and 300 feet long in cubic yards. The trench is sloped at a 1:1.
- If a welder is working on a large interstate gas transmission line how often must he be requalified?
- If a gas pipe transmission line is placed under a river, how much soil cover is required?
- Refering to the illustration; this is what type of crane?
- How deep do you set a utility pole that is 40 ft. long?
- What lengths are utility poles usually cut or sold in ?
- What is the most common problem with wood plies?
- What type of crane would be used as a permanent fixture in a wastewater treatment plant?
- At how many feet off the ground does OSHA require the use of safety nets ?
- How many toilets are required by OSHA when you have 20 employees on the job site?
- A chain is measured in what type of increments?
- A chain usually comes in standard lengths of____?
- Refer to the diagram; (A) best represents ____?
- EXCLUDING EXCEPTIONS UNDER WHAT CONDITIONS MAY NON METALLIC CONDUIT NOT APPROVED FOR DIRECT BURIAL BE USED FOR AN UNDERGROUND 12.5 KV INSULATION:
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE MARKED ON NEW 8 INCH DIAMETER PIPES THAT WILL BE USED TO CONVEY HAZARDOUS SUBSANCES:
- ANY VALVE TO BE USED IN A GAS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PIPELINETHAT HAS SHELL COMPONENTS MADE OF DUCTILE IRON SHALL NOT BEOPERATED AT A PRESSURE ABOVE ______ OF THE PRESSURE RATING OF A COMPARABLE STEEL VALVE.
- GIVEN: THERE ARE 80 LENGTHS OF STEEL PIPE TO BE USED IN A GAS TRANSMISSION PIPELINE, THE NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS OF AT LEAST 10% BUT NO LESS THAN_____ LENGTHS OF THE PIPE MUST BE CHECKED.
- WHEN THE NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS OF A PIPE IS NOT KNOWN, THE PIPE IS MEASURED AT:
- WHEN USING CAST IRON PIPE IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NATURAL GAS TRANSPORTATION LINE EACH CAULKED BELL & SPIGOT JOINT_____________.
- FORTY WELDS ON A 6 INCH PIPELINE THAT WILL BE OPERATED AT A PRESSURE THAT WILL PRODUCE A HOOP STRESS OF _____OR MORE OF SMYS MUST BE NON DESTRUCTIVELY TESTED OR INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY A QUALIFIED WELDING INSPECTOR.
- NO WELDER MAY WELD USING A SPECIFIC WELDING PROCESS UNLESS THE WELDER HAS BEEN USING THAT SPECIFIC PROCESS WITHIN THE LAST PROCEDING MONTHS
- WHAT PERCENTAGE OF THE WELDING PROCEDURES USED DURING WELDING QUALIFICATION TEST MUST BE RECORDED?
- A STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR GAS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM SECTION OF PIPE THAT IS TO BE EXPOSED SHALL NOT BE WELDED DIRECTLY TO THE PIPE IF THE PIPELINE WILL BE OPERATED AT A STRESS LEVEL OF _____ OR MORE OF THE SMYS.
- WHEN TUNNELING IS PERMITTED FOR OUTDOOR PIPING, THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST _____ FT. OF CLEAR HEIGHT ABOVE THE PIPE.
- According to the OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY and HEALTH rules and regulations, when employees are required to be in a trench at least _____ft. deep or more, in unstable soils where there is danger of a cave-in;the sides shall be shored, sheeted, braced, or slope
- VIBRATION MOST EFFECTIVELY INCREASES COMPACTION WHEN USED ON SOILS THAT ARE PRIMARILY_________.
- WHEN WELDING A NATURAL GAS TRANSPORTATION PIPELINE CONNECTION OF 2 INCH CARBON STEEL PIPE WITH A 1/2 INCH GROOVE WELD, THE WELD_______________________. .
- TO INSURE PROPER COMPACTION AROUND PIPING, TRENCHES SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN EARTH IN THIN LAYERS TO AT LEAST______INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE PIPE THEREAFTER DEEPER LAYERS ARE PERMITTED.
- WHICH SOIL COMPACTION TEST USES A TEST ROD IN A 1/2 HOLE 12" DEEP?
- 10"-90 ELBOW 11,200 PSI SAND + GRAVEL WITH CLAY 2,000WHAT SIzE THRUST BLOCK WOULD BE REQUIRED FOR 10" 90 ELBOW IN SOIL WHICH IS SAND + GRAVEL WITH CLAY
- 6" TEE 2,900 SAND = 1,000 (REFER TO THIS TABLE) THRUST PER 100 PSI/BEARING LOAD OF SOIL=THE REQUIRED AREA OF THE THRUST BLOCK PER 100 PSI OF WATER PRESSURE WHAT SIZE
- ALL GAS TRANSMISSION LINES WHEN INSTALLED IN NAVIGABLE RIVERS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM SOIL COVER OF AT LEAST_____ INCHES.
- UNDERGROUND VAULTS USED AS A PRESSURE REDUCING STATION MUST BE VENTILATED IF THE INTERNAL VOLUME OF THE VAULT EXCEEDS:
- A 2% GRADE OVER A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 85 FT. HAS A VERTICAL DROP OF _____FT.
- A SLOPE WITH A RATIO OF 2:1 HAS HEIGHT OF 20 FEET FROM THE TOP TO THE BOTTOM OF THE INCLINE, THE HORIZONTAL RUN OF THE SLOPE IS ____FT.
- THE GRADE STAKE WHO'S TOP INDICATES A REFERENCE GRADE IS CALLED A______________
- BEFORE USING ROLLING EQUIPMENT OVER THE TOP OF J-M BIG BLUE WATER PIPE A MINIMUM OF ____INCHES OF BACKFILL MATERIALSHOULD BE PLACED OVER THE TIP OF THE PIPE
- WHEN CONNECTING J-M BIG BLUE PVC PIPE TO MECHANICAL JOINT OR FLANGED FITTING IT IS RECOMMENDED TO
- WHEN INSTALLING J-M BIG BLUE PVC WATER PIPE THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMEND THRUST BLOCKING AT ALL OF THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS EXCEPT:
- WHEN TAPING J-M BIG BLUE WATER PIPE, WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM OUTLET SIZE RECOMMENDED WITH SERVICE CLAMPS OR SADDLES?
- WHEN IT IS IMPRACTICAL TO TEST 100% OF THE DAYS GIRTH WELDS MADE ON A LIQUID TRANSPORTATION PIPELINE FOR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, NO LESS THAN _____SHALL BE NON DESTRUCTIVELY TESTED IF THE PIPE IS RUN WITHIN A RAILROADS RIGHT OF WAY
- WHEN INSTALLING USED PIPE IN A LIQUID TRANSPORTATION PIPELINE FOR A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE, WHAT PERCENT OF THE OLD GIRTH WELDS MUST BE GIVEN A NON DESTRUCTIVE TEST
- EACH VALVE OTHER THAN A CHECK VALVE IN A LIQUID PIPELINE FOR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH
- IN NEW LIQUID PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE MARKED ON THE WALLOF PIPE WHICH IS AT LEAST_____IN DIAMETER OR LARGER.
- ALL PIPES ENTERING INTO A VAULT MUST BE STEEL FOR ANY PIPE THAT IS ____INCHES OR LESS IN DIAMETER.(DOES NOT INCLUDE PIPING FOR GAUGES AND CONTROLS)
- EACH TRANSMISSION LINE MUST HAVE SECONDARY BLOCK VALVES INSTALLED AT EACH POINT ON A PIPELINE WITHIN _____ MILES OF TRANSMISSION LINE VALVE IN A CLASS III LOCATION
- ANY BELOW GROUND STRUCTURE USED IN A PROPANE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM MUST HAVE:
- EACH GAS MAIN THAT WILL BE OPERATED AT PRESSURE ABOVE 1 P.S.I.G SHALL BE TESTED AT A PRESSURE OF _____ P.S.I.G.
- THE FOLLOWING IS BASED ON TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR STEEL PIPELINES THAT WILL OPERATE AT A HOOP STRESS OF 30% OR MORE OF THE SMYS CLASS I OR CLASS II, LOCATIONS FOR GAS TRANSMISSION LINES (NOT SURFACE LINES) THAT ARE WITHIN_____ FT. HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED.
- THE CLASS I LOCATION FOR A NATURAL GAS PIPELINE IS A LOCATION THAT HAS:
- WHEN A NATURAL GAS TRANSMISSION PIPELINE IS INSTALLED UNDERGROUND, IT MAY NOT BE INSTALLED CLOSER THAN ____INCHES TO ANY OTHER PIPELINE OR STRUCTURE.
- WHEN PLASTIC PIPE IS USED TO CONSTRUCT A NATURAL GAS TRANSPORTATION PIPE LINE WHICH IS BURIED UNDER GROUND AND IS NOT INSTALLED IN A METAL PIPE SLEEVE?
- Refering to the diagram (A) is called a _______?
- Plastic pipe used to convey gas can be placed how deep under water?
- To clean stainless with a mixture of nitrogen prior to installation is called?
- An Orifice meter is in line and begins to pulsate. You should______?
- An orifice meter measures ?
- A water pump is most efficent when_____ ?
- Compaction with water from a hose works best in ?
- For a T-Weld or fillate weld that will not distort parent metal should..
- A Relief valve is usually used with
- 1 degree vertical drop in 50 linear feet equals how many feet or inches
- If a burn penetrated the skin you should
- What is volume of spoil from ditch 18"wide/3'deep/and 300 feet long in cubic yards. The trench is sloped at a 1:1.
- What is height of the Trench Box above slope bottom. Refer to the Diagram.
- Identify the bearing of DA. Refer to Diagram below.
- What is the Vernier reading in the digram below ?
- Identify welding symbol. Refer to Diagram11
- Identify welding symbol. Refer to the Diagram below.
- Which of the following is the most heat resistent piping.
- On corporation stop, Where does stop come off the main line of the sewer.
- Given: 800 lineal feet of sewer pipe is to be installed under a paved section of roadway. The average depth of the trench is 10 feet. The width of the trench is 3 feet. The sides of the trench are vertical in the bottom 5 feet. There is a 1:1 slope for t
- Given: A section of pipe has to be installed between 2 manholes which are 300' apart. The difference in elevation between the manhole inverts is 1'. What is the correct percent of grade setting when using a laser?
- A backflow prevention device has a reference mark used to establish minimum setting height. According to Code, the reference mark is called:
- A specially designed drainage system adequetly sized to provide free air movement above the flowline of the pipe is:
- When necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials shall be placed a minimum of ____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- Fixtures having a concealed slip joint must have an access door. The minimum size allowable is:
- One trap may serve a set of _____ sinks which are adjacent to each other in the same room and are no further than 30" on center:
- What is the maximum number of degrees a 2" trap arm can change direction without a cleanout?
- A high rise building has a 4" vent stack and a 4" waste stack that extends 14 stories above the 4" plumbing drain. A relief yoke vent would be needed. What size would this relief yoke vent be?
- Given: Fixtures in a building are located 35' below the water supply main. The maximum allowable pressure at these fixture is 50 psi. The maximum pressure at the supply main should be no more than.
- When access to septic tanks are provided by man holes, they shall be at least ____ dimension minimum.
- The space enclosing a water heater shall be accessible by a door or opening which in no case should be less than.
- A 4' soil stack in a building has a cleanout located at its base, the building drain runs from the base of the stack directly into the building sewer. If the length of the building sewer does not exceed ___, an additional cleanout is not required.
- A new waterline for a new residence pressure varies from 45-60 psi average is 53 psi highest fixture is 20' above main meter. What pressure would be used to determine pipe size from the water pipe sizing table in chapter 10 of the UPC?
- Waterpipe and PVC sewer (SDR 35) in same trench shall be separated horizontally by ___ inches and located at least _____ inches from bottom of water to top of sewer.
- Which of the following types of vacuum breakers/ devices is not to be subjected to operating pressure for periods of more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period?
- The size of any pump or discharge pipe of a sump having a water closet connected there to shall not be less than____ inchs.
- According to the UPC, the maximum allowable vertical length for a 2 inch drain pipe with 24 dfu would be:
- According to the UPC, the maximum allowable fixture units for a 4' vertical drain line is ____ dfu. (trick question)
- A plumbing permit may be suspended by the plumbing authority for which of the following reasons.
- A building sewer is installed with PVC sewer pipe. The sewer pipe shall not be installed less than ____ inches from the surface of the ground.
- Given: A building sewer is installed with PVC sewer pipe. The sewer pipe shall not be installed under or within ______ feet of the building.
- Given: An outside stairwell to a basement has a drain located so as to collect rain water entering the building. The piping from the drain:
- Given: A contractor receives written notice of violation by the inspector that the contractor's work does not meet code requirements. How many days does he have to bring the work up to code before being subject to penalties?
- The maximum horizontal hanger spacing for 2' copper water piping shall be no less than ____ feet.
- When alternate materials are being used in a plumbing system, the administrative authority may require testing by an approved testing agency. The cost of the testing will be paid for by ____.
- A backflow prevention device has a reference mark used to establish the minimum setting height for the device. According to the UPC this is called:
- A residential piping arrangement is to be sized for the minimum size allowed by Code. The drainage system has the following fixtures: 2 water closets, 2 clothes washers, 2 kitchen sinks, 2 lavs, 2 bath tubs. What is the total DFU's?
- The highest point in a lawn sprinkler system is 35' higher than the water supply main. The minimum pressure required at the highest point in the is 35 psi. Do not allow for friction loss. The pressure at the supply main must be at least __ psi.
- Given: A vertical soil stack 4" in diameter has a cleanout at its base and runs directly into the building sewer, A cleanout is not required between the bulding sewer and the building drain if the cleanout is wit
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the maximum number of degrees a trap arm can change direction without requiring a cleanout?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, what is the maximum number of water closets or 6-unit traps allowed on a horizontal drainage pipe.
- According to Code, the vertical distance between the shower waste outlet and the trap weir shall not exced ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code, a swimmming pool filter waste discharge pipe empties into the public sewer through a "P"-trap. The connection between the discharge pipe andthe "P"-trap must be by means of a ____.
- According to the Uniform Building Code, a non-bearing wall which supports no load except the wall, a stud may be notched at a maximum depth of ____ % of the width of the studs.
- A ____ is a metering device which determines local values of total insolation in direct units of time.
- According to the Uniform Solar Energy Code, oopen loop solar heating systems directly connected to the potable water supply system, shall be tested under water pressure ____ times the maximum working pressure which it is to be tested.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, water closet tanks must be equipped with an approved ballcock installed at the critical level at least ____ inches above the overflow pipe.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the minimum distance between a bathtub spout and the flood level rim must be ____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all shut off or control valves in a water piping system shall be:
- When a tunnel is permitted between open cut trenches, a maximum length of ____ feet is permitted.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, what is the maximum hanger spacing for 3/4" copper piping installed horizontally?
- According to Code, a wet main installed in ABS pipe may be exposed to direct sunlight:
- According to Code, when installing polybutylene pipe horrizontally, the maximun distance between hangers is ____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all hard drawn copper tubing shall be marked by means of a continuous and indelibly colored stripe. A yellow stripe is type ____.
- According to Code, bathtub waste overflow lines shall be no smaller than ____ inches.
- According to Code, it is the duty of the ____ to make sure that the work performed will stand the test prescribed before giving notification for inspection.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, back siphonige is the flowing back of used, contaminated, or poluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into a water supply pipe due to a ____ in such pipe.
- According to Code, ____ is the maximun vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measured between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap.
- Single wall metal vent connectors shall be provided with clearance to combustibles of not less than:
- Every passageway to an attic water heater shall have a solid continuous floor of not less than:
- All gas water heaters or other gas appliances that are connected to a common vent shall be located:
- Pilots and burners for gas fired water heaters in residential garages shall be above the floor:
- The minimum clearance of any insulated gas fired water heater to any combustible wall partition is:
- The maximum distance a gas shut-off valve may be from an appliance, except for ranges is:
- Threaded gas piping with pressure less than 14" water column shall be tested at a pressure test of:
- Watercloset tank ball cocks shall be installed with a vacuum breaker critical level a least:
- The critical level of a urinal flushometer vacuum breaker at the highest part of the fixture is:
- The distance from the center of a water closet to the sidewall or partition shal not be closer than:
- Unions shall be installed in a water supply system within which of the following distances from a water heater?
- The minimum horizontal distance in the clear requirements of a septic tank to a seepage pit is:
- No grease trap shall be installed which has a rate of flow, in gallons per minute, of more than:
- A vent in a comination waste and vent system shall be approximately equal in area to 1/2 the:
- A branch line serving a trap in a combination waste and vent system is required to be vented when the length of the branch exceeds:
- Each drainage stack which extends 10 or more stories above the building drain shall require:
- Which of the following is considered the minimum distance allowed for a clothes washer stand pipe and it's trap:
- Indirect waste piping shall not be larger in diameter than the drain or tailpiece of the fixture but in no case less than:
- Vacuum breakers for waterclosets with flushometer valves shall be installed, or the critical level above the overflow rim of the bowl shall be at least:
- The distance from the center of any watercloset to a sidewall or partition shall not be less than:
- The minimum pressure that should be maintained for fixtures containing flush tanks shall be: (piping size using procedure in Appendix "A")
- The building sewer is that part of the horizontal drainage piping which begins ____ outside the building.
- According to The Solar Energy Code, any hot water distribution sub-system connected to a solar system and capable of providing hot water in excess of at least ____, shall be equipped with a listed tempering valve.
- Which of the following air pressure tests may be substituted for the required water pressure test of a newly installed open loop solar system which is directly connected to the potable water system.
- According to The Uniform Solar Energy Code, direct connections between potable water piping and drainage piping are permitted under which of the following conditions.
- The pressure relief valve installed in a water heater shall not be set at a pressure greater than ____ psi.
- When potable water is discharged into a drainage system it shall be piped with an approved air gap of:
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, unions are required to be installed within ____ inches of a water heater.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, when local water pressure exceeds ____ psi, a pressure regulator shall be installed and the pressure reduced to an allowable limit.
- A residence has the following water service requirements: 2 full baths with tank closet,lav & tub. 1/2 bath with tank closet & lav. Kitchen with DW & sink. Three hose bibs around the house.
- According to the Plumbing Code, all shower compartments regardless of shape must have a minimum finished interior of ____ square inches.
- Given: A set of 3 lavatory sinks which are adjacent to each other and are in the same room can be roughed in with one "P" trap as specified by the UPC. The maximum distance allowed between the sink drain outlets is ____".
- When determining the common waste pipe size for clothes washers in groups of 3 or more, how many drainage fixture units would each clothes washer be assigned?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, an additional cleanout shall be provided in the horizontal drain line for each aggregate change of direction exceeding ____ degrees.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, whenever a sewage ejector or any other mechanical means is used to discharge sewage, the discharge line is required to have ____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all cleanouts in piping 2" or less in size, must be installed so that there is a minimum clearance in front of the cleanout of ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, which of the following fittings or practices is allowable for drainage piping?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, when new water systems are to be pressure tested with air, the minimum test shall be _____.
- According to the UPC, it is the duty of the person doing the work to notify the adminis- trative authority when the work is ready for inspection. Such notification shall be given no less than ____ hours before the work is to be inspected.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the unobstructed verticle distance between the faucet or pipe opening and the flood level rim of the receptor is defined as _____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, a cleanout in a drainage piping system which has to have direct access without removing a panel or door is ____.
- The minimum horizontal distance required from a septic tank distribution box to a disposal field is ____ feet.
- The minimum depth of filter material over the drain lines of a disposal field shall not be less than ____ inches.
- The minimum depth of filter material under the drain lines of a disposal field shall not be less than ____ inches.
- When disposal fields are installed, a minimum of ____ square feet of trench bottom shall be installed.
- When a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and is deeper than the footing, the angle indicated by the letter "A" must be at least ____ degrees.
- In a solar system which is tied into a hot water heater, at what temperature should the mixing valve be set?
- According to the Uniform Solar Code, which of the following tests can be substituted for the potable water connection test?
- The inlet compartment of a septic tank should not be less than ____ of the total length of the tank.
- According to the solar code, 3/4" copper pipe must be supported at what intervals?
- According to the UPC, which of the following is a cross connection?
- Which of the following is used for a piolt tube for a gas hot water heater?
- In a building with more than one apartment dwelling where should the cutoff valve be located?
- A heating system may work without electricity with the use of a pilot generator because ____ .
- In a water piping system serving two buildings on a premise, what must each piping system have?
- Service technician comes to the house, depresses the knob on the furnace to light the pilot. The pilot does not light. What could be the problem?
- When an appliance is converted from the fuel specified on the label, which of the following can NOT give permission?
- What is the common vent size of furnace with 145,000 Btu output and a water heater with 25,000 Btu rating. The height of the flue is 18'.
- Gas piping calculation problem. Refer to figure 2-1 at the end of the exam booklet. What is the size of the pipe at segment "C"?
- Refer to the set of drawings at the back of the exam booklet. What is the elevation in feet from the cafeteria floor to the top of the penthouse roof in the diagram?
- What is the total amount of 4" roof drain pipe required for the piping system shown in the diagram?
- According to Code, a closed loop solar heating system shall be tested at a pressure of ____ the maximum design operating pressure.
- The joint compound approved for use in a fuel gas piping must be applied to the _____and must be _____ in fuel gas.
- According to Code, unions are to be installed within____of a water heater?
- What is the psi setting from the factory of a temperature/pressure valve in a hot water heater?
- What is the requirement in the building supply when the pressure at the street exceeds 80 psi?
- What is the maximum allowable precentage of lead in solder used for potable water?
- How many pounds of retention does a grease trap with a flow rate of 50 gallons per minute have?
- What is the minimum size wet vented section of pipe?
- A fixture or receptor which recieves wastes from indirect waste pipes must be run so as to be_____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, evaporative coolers and airconditioners shall be drained through an ____.
- What is the minimun air gap required when potable water is discharged into the drainage system?
- Where vents connect to a horizontal drain pipe each pipe must have it's_____ above the drain pipe centerline.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, no underfloor cleanout in any residential occupancy shall be located more than ____ from an access door, trap door, or crawl hole.
- According to Code, the maximum trap loading for a 2" trap is ____ DFU.
- Which of the following sewer pipe material is permitted in a trench with potable water piping?
- How much advanced notice does the administrative authority require for inspection?
- What is a the arrangement of pipes or fixtures whereby backflow can occur called?
- According to Code, back siphonage is the ____.
- What is the unobstructed verticle distance from a discharge pipe to the flood level rim of a fixture?
- In a 5 story building, the water pressure varies from 45-60 psi. The highest fixture is 23' above the main. What psi is used to size the system?
- What is the most common or popular type of ignition system used for gas fired roof top heating furnaces?
- Derating problem. 150,000 Btu input, 10,000 ft above sea level. What is the actual Btu output?
- What piping materials are permitted by the code for a residential radiant heating panel?
- A gas appliance other than a range or a domestic dryer may be connected with an approved, listed flexible metal connector that does not exceedd ____ feet.
- An accessible approved, shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel gas piping outside of each appliance and ahead of the union connection. The shutoff valve shall not be more than ____ feet from the appliance.
- Which of the following gases other than air are permitted for use in the testing of fuel gas piping systems?
- What type of pipe is permitted to be embedded in concrete for hot water radiant heating system?
- Power boilers having a steam generating capacity of 5000 #/hour, or having a heating surface over 1000 ft2, or over 5,000,000 btu input require ____ clearance.
- What is the common vent size for a 125,000 Btu furnace and 45,000 Btu hot water heater? Height is 18'- refer to Table C-9-E
- What is the combustion air requirement for a room not large enough to satisfy free air requirement for combustion air?
- Heating appliances shall be equipped with a listed device to shut off the fuel supply in the event of ____.
- Heating appliances whose manual fuel controls are not readily accessible shall be equipped with?
- What is the distance from the limit switch to the heating element in a gravity furnace?
- A steam boiler can be used in a hot water heating system by using a _____?
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. The back sight to the benchmark (elevation 100.00′) has a rod reading of 4.70. A shot to a mark on a Cut stake reads 5.20. What should the Cut stake be marked?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20' above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8' high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39′ x 52′ rectangular foundation?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20′ above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- A rectangular building measures 39' x 57' there is a 2' roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A rectangular building measures 41' x 41' there is a 2' roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A hole is being excavated. 34′ x 48′. Its 4′ deep. A clearance of 4′ is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A room is 24′ x 24′. 8′ ceiling. How many 4′ x 12′ drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- Carpenters are framing a 10′ high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- Refer to the Diagram below , the brick pattern shown below is known as a ____ bond .
- When framing a 10′ exterior wood stud wall. How long should studs be cut?
- ACC to UBC flame spread rating for insulation for a 2 hr. fire wall used in the outside wall of a building shall be ____ ?
- Refer to the illustration : What is the distance of ‘A’ called ?
- Refer to the illustration : What does the ‘2’ on the nut mean ?
- A 40 X 50 X 9′ deep extends 4′ each way beyond the building lines, sides are vertical, disregard any expansion. How many cubic yards of soil will come from this excavation ?
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3′ wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- Refer to the illustration: What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundredth?
- Refer to the diagram below : what symbol does this represent?
- Specs. call for a # 6 deformed rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- #11 reinforcing bars are being used in a concrete wall. What is minimum concrete cover?
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell and collect for a company's product or service.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- Refer to tax table - single persons. Employee works 48 hours in one workweek. His rate of pay is $8 per hour. How much Federal income tax would be withheld from the employee's paycheck? (claims one exemption)
- If a company's balance sheet shows assets of $20,000, and owners equity of $12,000, then its liabilities are:
- All of the following would be found in a company's chart of accounts EXCEPT:
- What portion of the worker's compensation insurance premium can an employer charge to an employee?
- For which of the following reasons would an employer's account be charged for unemployment benefits?
- Which one of the following statements about contractors' fire insurance is correct?
- An estimate shows the following job items: Job #1 - $2,800; Job #2 - $4,100; Job #3 - $6,100; and Job #4 - $3,800. The actual job cost showed #1 at $2,300; Job #2 at $4,400; Job #3 at $6,300 and #4 at $3,300. This portion of the project is:
- All of the following are grounds for suspension or revocation of a contractor's license except:
- The maximum amount that can be assessed by the Arizona Registrar of Contractors against a contractor for the required contribution to the Residential Contractors' Recovery Fund is:
- When the Registrar of Contractors issues a citation to a licensee, the citation is sent by registered mail to the licensee's latest address of record. When is the service of the citation complete?
- According to the Business Management Guide of Arizona, contractor's planning includes all of the following EXCEPT:
- When must the required annual summary of a company's occupational injuries and illnesses be posted by the employer?
- What does a contractor's liability insurance cover?
- An employee's total earnings for a year are more than $15,000. An employer is required to withhold what percent of Federal income tax withheld for Arizona income tax?
- Given: An estimated and completed job showed the following four catagories. Estimated Cost Actual Cost Job #1 $2,800 $2,300 Job #2 $4,100 $4,400 Job #3 $6,100 $6,300 Job #4 $3,800 $3,300 No other costs are involed. This portion of the project was:
- An electrical contractor bid a job for $57,600. A contractor's books show that this amount was 20% more than the cost to do the job. What was the cost to do the job?
- A contractor's company is subject to the Federal Labor Standards Act. One of the contractor's employees earns a monthly gross salary of $1,776.67. What is the employee's gross weekly pay?
- An employee who makes $11.63 per hour worked 40 hours in one week. How much social security tax will be withheld from the employee's wages for this week's pay period?
- Given: Job cost accounts show a contractor that direct costs from a previous job were $21,000. Overhead costs for that job were $1,200. The contractor is now estimating an identical job. However, the contractor's direct cost have increased 5% and overhead costs have increased 3%. What will be the estimated cost of the new job? (Use only the figures in percentages above.)
- At what minimum balance shall the contractor's recovery fund be maintained?
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church having an outside dimension of 100′ by 200′ is _______va.
- Given: 4 copper type THHN conductors are as follows: 2 size 10 AWG, 2 size 8 AWG. These 4 conductors are in a 12′ raceway, what is the minimun size EMT that can be used to enclose these 4 conductors?
- GIVEN: 4 COPPER TYPE THHN CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: 2 SIZE #1 AWG 1 SIZE 1/0 AWG 1 SIZE 2/0 AWG THESE 4 CONDUCTORS ARE IN A 10′ CONDUIT, THE SIZE OF IMC CONDUIT MUST BE AT LEAST:
- GIVEN: A SINGLE-PHASE 3-WIRE SERVICE HAS 2 GROUNDED CONDUCTORS OF SIZE 3/0 TYPE THW ALUMINUM. THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR IS SIZE 2/0 TYPE THW ALUMINUM. THE MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT ALLOWED FOR THE ABOVE SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS IS _____ INCHES.
- GIVEN: A SIZE 6AWG COPPER 3-CONDUCTOR TYPE TW CABLE OPERATES AT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 47 C, THE AMPACITY OF EACH CONDUCTOR IN THE CABLE IS _____ AMPS.
- A METAL DEVICE BOX CONTAINS ONE FIXTURE, ONE CABLE CLAMP AND 2 SPLICED GROUNDING WIRES, TO ALLOW THESE FITTINGS AND WIRES, THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS ALLOWED IN THE BOX SHALL BE REDUCED BY ______.
- WHAT IS THE CALCULATED CURRENT THROUGH A 3.5 KW WATER HEATER OPERATING AT 240V?
- OHMS IS A/AN:
- WHEN AN ELECTRIC CURRENT LEAVES ITS INTENDED PATH AND RETURNS TO THE SOURCE BYPASSING THE LOAD, THE CIRCUIT IS __________.
- 2 LAMPS ARE CONNECTED IN A SERIES TO A 120V SOURCE. THE CURRENT THROUGH EACH LAMP IS .62 AMPS OF CURRENT. A TOTAL POWER USED IN THIS CIRCUIT IS _____WATTS.
- 2 LAMPS ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL TO A 120V SOURCE. EACH LAMP UTILIZES .62 AMPS OF CURRENT. A TOTAL LOAD USED IN THIS CIRCUIT IS _____ WATTS.
- IF A #12 COPPER CONDUCTOR HAS A RESISTANCE OF 1.93 OHMS PER 1000′, WHAT IS THE TOTAL RESISTANCE OF 350′ OF THE CONDUCTOR?
- AN ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEATER IS RATED AT 2400 WATTS AND 240V. WHAT POWER IS CONSUMED WHEN THE HEATER IS OPERATED AT 120V.
- A 120V BRANCH CIRCUIT HAS ONLY 6-100 WATT 120V INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES CONNECTED TO IT. THE CURRENT IN THE HOME RUN OFF THIS CIRCUIT IS _____ AMPS.
- GIVEN: AN ELECTRIC RANGE SUPPLIED BY SPLICED CONDUCTORS DRAWS A MEASURED 30 AMPS. ONE BAD SPLICE IS FOUND TO HAVE A MEASURED RESISTANCE OF .1 OHMS. HOW MUCH POWER IS LOST AT THIS SPLICE?
- IF THE CROSS-SECTION AREA OF A CONDUCTOR IS INCREASED 4 TIMES, THEN THE RESISTANCE OF THE CONDUCTOR IS _____ THAT OF THE ORIGINAL.
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A RESISTIVE HEATER OF 4000 WATTS, HOW MANY AMPS DOES THE HEATER DRAW?
- TO GET THE MAXIMUM TOTAL RESISTANCE USING 3 RESISTORS:
- AN ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION HAS A 115VAC LOAD WHICH CONSUMES 1000 WATTS. THE VOLTAGE DROP SPECIFICATION IS 1%. THE MAXIMUM TOTAL RESISTANCE OF THE CONDUCTOR IN THE CIRCUIT IS _____ OHMS.
- A CIRCUIT CONTAINS ONLY RESISTORS R1 AND R2. THE CURRENT THROUGH R1 IS 15 AMPS AND THE CURRENT THROUGH R2 IS 15 AMPS. IF THE COMMON CIRCUIT FEEDING BOTH RESISTORS IS A CURRENT OF 30 AMPS, R1 AND R2 ARE CONNECTED IN:
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A LOAD OF 10 AMPS. A CIRCUIT HAS A TOTAL CONDUCTOR LENGTH OF 400′ AND RESISTANCE OF 1.75 OHMS PER 1000 FEET. THE NET COMPUTED POWER LOST IN THIS CONDUCTER IS _____ WATTS.
- A 240V SINGLE-PHASE CIRCUIT HAS A RESISTIVE LOAD OF 8,400 WATTS, THE NET COMPUTED CURRENT TO SUPPLY THIS LOAD IS _____ AMPS.
- WHAT TYPE OF LIGHTING FIXTURE IS NOT PERMITTED IN A CLOSED CLOSET?
- WHAT EQUIPMENT MAY BE INSTALLED ON THE SAME 120V CIRCUIT AS A FORCED AIR GAS FURNACE?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING MAY BE CONNECTED TO THE REQUIRED KITCHEN SMALL APPLIANCE CIRCUITS IN A DWELLING UNIT?
- GIVEN: A HALLWAY 14′ IN LENGTH IS IN A SINGLE FAMILY DWELLING. THIS HALLWAY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF _____ RECEPTACLES.
- AT WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS IS GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR RECEPTACLE OUTLETS REQUIRED BY THE NEC.
- NON-METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE IS USED WITH A NON-METALLIC OUTLET BOX, THE SHEATHED CABLE ASSEMBLY MUST NOT EXTEND INTO THE BOX AT LEAST _____ INCH.
- A DWELLING UNIT HAS A 100 AMP 3-WIRE SINGLE PHASE SERVICE, EACH UNGROUNDED CONDUCTOR IN THE SERVICE FOR THIS DWELLING MAY BE A MINIMUM OF SIZE _____ AWG COPPER THW.
- GIVEN: IN A ONE-FAMILY DWELLING IS AN UNFINISHED BASEMENT. THE LAUNDRY IS IN THE BASEMENT BUT THERE ARE NO PROVISIONS FOR A FUTURE BATHROOM. THE TOTAL NUMBER OF 120V RECEPTACLE OUTLETS IN THE BASEMENT MUST BE AT LEAST _____.
- A TYPE UF CABLE USED ON A 120V 15A GFCI PROTECTED BRANCH CIRCUIT FEEDING A LAMP POST LIGHT ON RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY WITHOUT PHYSICAL PROTECTION A MINIMUM DEPTH OF _____ INCHES.
- AT LEAST ONE RECEPTACLE OUTLET ACCESSIBLE AT GRADE LEVEL MUST BE INSTALLED OUTDOORS ON _____.
- A DWELLING KITCHEN AREA MUST HAVE SMALL APPLIANCE RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SUPPLIED BY NOT LESS THAN _____ BRANCH CIRCUITS.
- OUTLETS INSTALLED IN A DWELLING UNIT FOR SPECIFIC APPLIANCES SUCH AS LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT MUST BE INSTALLED WITHIN _____ FEET OF THE INTENDED LOCATION OF THE APPLIANCES.
- FIXTURE WIRES SHALL BE AT LEAST _____ AWG COPPER.
- ENCLOSURES FOR OVERCURRENT DEVICES OR PANEL BOXES IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS SHALL ABE MOUNTED SO THAT THERE IS AT LEAST _____ INCH AIR SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL OR OTHER SUPPORTING SURFACE.
- A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR OF A HOUSEHOLD ELECTRIC RANGE CIRCUIT, MAY HAVE AN AMPACITY OF NOT LESS THAN _____ OF THE UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS.
- REQUIRED GROUND CONDUCTORS AND BONDING JUMPERS MAY NOT BE CONNECTED SOLELY BY _____ CONNECTIONS.
- SIX SIZE 12 AWG CONDUCTORS ARE SPLICED IN A BOX THAT HAS NO GROUNDING WIRES, LAMPS OR DEVICES, AND HAS A FLAT COVER. WHAT IS MINIMUM GRADE SIZE ROUND OCTAGONAL BOX THAT MAY BE USED?
- WHERE INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY WITH OTHER CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS, THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR MUST BE USED TO CALCULATE THE _____.
- AN ELECTRIC SYSTEM OVERCURRENT DEVICE SHALL BE PLACED IN SERIES WITH EACH _____ CONDUCTOR.
- A SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLING HAS 5 2-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS. AN INITIAL LOAD OF 12 KVA. EACH UNGROUNDED CONDUCTOR AT THE SERVICE FOR THIS DWELLING MUST HAVE AN AMPACITY OF AT LEAST _____ AMPS.
- THE BRANCH CIRCUIT OVERCURRENT DEVICE MAY BE PERMITTED TO SERVE AS THE MOTOR CONTROLLER. GIVEN THE MOTOR IS STATIONARY AND HAS A MAXIMUM RATING OF _____ HP.
- FIVE FEET OF AN OVERHEAD 240V SERVICE DROP PASSES OVER A ROOF WITH A SLOPE OF 4" IN 12". THE VERTICAL CLEARANCE TO THE ROOF OF THIS SERVICE DROP MUST BE AT LEAST _____ FEET.
- A 40-AMP AUTOMATIC OVERCURRENT DEVICE IS IN THE CIRCUIT AHEAD OF NON-MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT. THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING WIRE MUST BE AT LEAST SIZE _____ AWG COPPER.
- AN UNPROTECTED CABLE IS INSTALLED THROUGH HOLES BORED IN STUDS. THE HOLES MUST BE BORED SO THAT THE HOLE IS _____ INCHES FROM THE NEAREST EDGE OF THE STUD.
- GIVEN: A NON-METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE BOX. THE BOX IS MOUNTED ON A WALL AND THE CABLE IS FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURE 7 IN. FROM TO BOX. THE SHEATH EXTENDS 1/2" INTO THE BOX. THE LARGEST SIZE OF THIS BOX WHICH WOULD NOT REQUIRE THE CABLE SECURED TO THE BOX IS ___.
- THE GROUNDED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PREVENTED TO BE USED FOR THE GROUNDING OF WHAT TYPES OF EQUIPMENT?
- IN DETERMINING LOAD OF THE VOLT AMPS PER SQUARE FT BASIS, THE ____ BUILDING MUST BE USED.
- A SIZE 12 AWG CONDUCTOR REQUIRES ____CUABIC INCHES OF FREE SPACE WITHIN AN OUTLET BOX.
- OUTLET BOXES MOUNTED IN WALLS OR CEILINGS CONSTRUCTED OF WOOD OR OTHER COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL MUST BE MOUNTED SO THE FRONT EDGE OF THE BOX ASSEMBLY WILL BE _____ THE FINISHED SERVICE.
- DERATING FACTORS MUST BE APPLIED TO NM CABLE _______.
- A BRANCH CIRCUIT SUPPLIES A SINGLE CONTINUOUS DUTY PUMP MOTOR FOR A RESIDENTIAL WATER SUPPLY. THE MOTOR CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS MUST HAVE AN AMPACITY OF AT LEAST _____ OF THE MOTOR FULL LOAD CURRENT RATING.
- IN ON SITE CONSTRUCTED DWELLING NON-METALLIC SHEATHED CABLE SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE AT MAXIMUM SPACING OF _____ FEET.
- ACCORDING TO THE NEC, ELECTRICAL JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE _____.
- GIVEN: 2 resistors are connected in series. One is 2 Ohms and the other is 4 Ohms. The total resistance for the circuit is ____ ohms.
- GIVEN: ONE 40 HP SYNCHRONIZED TYPE 3-PHASE MOTOR. WHAT IS THE NECESSARY TYPE TW WIRE SIZE TO SUPPLY THIS MOTOR?
- WHAT SIZE WIRE IS NEEDED FOR NINE 100 WATT BULBS IN AN OUTDOOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT?
- THE NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL CABLE SUPPORTS, NECESSARY FOR #1 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS IN A 48′ VERTICAL RACEWAY SHALL BE ________.
- COMBINATION OF MOTORS: ALL 208V THREE PHASE, SQUIRREL CAGE 3HP CODE LETTER "R" THREE PHASE, SQUIRREL CAGE 40HP CODE LETTER "B" THREE PHASE WOUND ROTOR 10HP (NO CODE) THE BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZE MUST BE _____.
- GIVEN: THREE MOTORS; 40HP SQUIRREL CAGE 40HP SQUIRREL CAGE 60HP SYNCHRONOUS TYPE, ALL ARE 480 V, THREE PHASE, LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT. DETERMINE THE MAXIMUM HP RATING FOR THE CONTROLLER.
- A REMOTE GASOLINE PUMP IS LOCATED OUTDOORS. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED 12 INCHES ABOVE GRADE AND 9 FEET HORIZONTALLY FROM THE EDGE OF THE PUMP. THIS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION IS CLASSIFIED AS _____________.
- THE X1 AND X2 MARKINGS ON A TRANSFORMER INDICATE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING?
- WHERE LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT MUST BE INSTALLED IN FIXED RACEWAY, IT MUST BE SECURED WITHIN _____ INCHES OF THE OUTLET BOX.
- WHAT IS CONSIDERED TO BE A CRITICAL SYSTEM IN A HOSPITAL?
- THE TRANSFORMER IN DIANGRAM 11-11 SHOWS 10 AMPS IN THE PRIMARY, WHAT AMPS WILL BE SHOWN IN THE SECONDARY:
- DISREGARDING ANY GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TYPE THHN SIZE 14 AWG INSULATED CONDUCTORS ALLOWED IN 3/8" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (WITH FITTINGS INSIDE THE CONDUIT)?
- A LIGHTING FIXTURE OVER AN INDDOR SPA MAY BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF _____ FT ABOVE THE MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL.
- A 208 VOLT SINGLE PHASE MOTOR RATED IN 3HP HAS A FULL LOAD CURRENT OF _____ AMPS.
- Refer to the diagram. Each of the supply side EMT conduits contain three 500 KMIL (MCM) copper THW service conductors. One conductor in each conduit in is connected parallel for each of three phases. As shown, a seprate bonding jumper is installed from each conduit to the grounded bus terminal. Each bonding jumper must be a minimum size ____ AWG copper.
- GIVEN: A 5,000 SQUARE FOOT STORE HAS THE FOLLOWING LOADS: ACTUAL LIGHTING LOAD ON 16 HR/DAY = 19,200 VA, 65 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, 40 LINEAL FEET OF DISPLAY WINDOW, 1 FUTURE SIGN CIRCUIT SEPARATE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE REQUIRED FOR LIGHING?
- GIVEN: COPPER TYPE TW CONDUCTORS IN THE SAME RACEWAY ARE USED FOR THE ONE FEEDER THAT SUPPLIES THE FOLLOWING MOTORS: 1- 60HP 460V 3-PHASE (SYCHRONOUS) 1- 50HP 460V 3-PHASE (INDUCTION) WHAT IS THE CALCULATED MINIMUM NET AMPACITY RATING REQUIRED FOR THE CIRCUIT?
- A 240V RESISTIVE HEARER IS RATED AT 5KW. IF THE HEATER IS CONNECTED TO 208V, IT WOULD CONSUME ___KW.
- REFER THE THE DIAGRAM 11-3. a 120/240V SINGLE PHASE SOURCE SUPPLIES THE 1000W AND 500W LOADS AS SHOWN. WHAT IS THE CURRENT IN THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR?
- REFER TO THE DIAGRAM 11-8. WHAT IS THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF CONTROL CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS WHICH MUST BE RUN BETWEEN THE REMOTE START-STOP STATION AND THE MOTOR STARTER IN THIS CIRCUIT?
- GIVEN: TEN SIZE 10 AWG TYPE THHN CU CONDUCTORS ARE IN 12′ OF EMT RACEWAY WITH AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 98 DEGREES F. CIRCUITS OPERATE WITH NO LOAD DIVERSITY. DISREGARDING RATINGS OF THE TERMINATIONS, EACH CONDUCTOR HAS A MAXIMUM AMPACITY OF _____ AMPS.
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150′ from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000′ of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- The term ‘kilowatts’ indicates real power. What does the term ‘kilovolt-amp’ indicate?
- For temporary wiring on a construction site, 120 volt receptical outlets are being installed. The receptical outlets may not be on the same branch as the _____?
- Given: A swimming pool has underground wiring nearby. Disregarding exceptions of NEC, what is the minimum distance allowed by the NEC from the inside walls of the pool to underground conductors?
- In a automotive repair shop where electrical diagnostic equipment, electric hand tools, and portable lighting devices are used both indoors and outside, ground fault circuit interruptor protection is NOT required on general purpose 125 volt single phase,
- Given: Underwater lighting fixtures are being placed in the walls of a permanently installed swimming pool. Disregarding NEC exceptions, the top of the fixture lens must be at least how far below the normal water level of the pool?
- A 480 volt WYE connected service is solidly grounded but has no supply side ground fault protection. A _____ fed from the service must have a ground fault protection if it is connected to a feeder disconnected rating.
- According to NEC, ehat type of protection must fixed, outdoor, electric de-icing equipment have, if any?
- Flourescent lighting fixtures each containing two ballasts rated at .8 amps each at 120 volts are to be installed for continuous general lighting in a store. The overcurrent devices are not listed for continuous operation at 100% of their rating. According to code , how many fixtures may be installed on each circuit ?
- Refer to the motor control diagrams #1 and #2 below: The jog-run selector switch is at _____.
- A 100 HP induction motor is loaded to be 30 HP. To improve the power factor of this motor the amount of the load should be ...
- Given: The remote start/stop station contains a motor-on power light. What is the minimum number of control conductors that must be run between the station and the motor controller?
- Given: Electrical conductors need to be installed through a fire resistive wall. According to NEC, what provisions, if any, need to be made where the cables pass through this wall?
- Given: A 50′ raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- Given: A 20 conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG, copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable overcurrent protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandesant lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carrys only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor?
- What size load is required to service this resident 1100 sq.ft., 1-10kw range, 1-electric dryer, 1-6kw hot water heater, no A/C or Heat single phanse 240 V. Use the standard method.
- Refer to Diagram 11-14. What is the voltage through R3 (480-volt, 3-wire circuit with no grounding conductor)?
- Refer to Diagram 11-11. The X1 and X2 markings indicate which of the following?
- Refer to Diagram 11-11. The transformer shows 10 amps in the primary. What amps will be shown in the sceondary?
- Refer to Diagram 11-3. A 120/240 volt, single-phase source supplies the 1000 and 500 watt loads. What is the current in the neutral conductor?
- Given: The following 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire intermittent use equipment is in a commercial kitchen: 2 - 5,000 watt water heaters 4 - 3,000 watt fryers 2 - 6,000 watt ovens . Do NOT use the optional method. Each ungrounded conductor in the service must be a minimum of ______.
- Refer to the figure 11-14. Three (3) balanced 100 amp resistive loads are connected to 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. What is the total power consumed by this circuit?
- Refer to figure 11-22. The button labeled “B” causes the motor to:
- Refer to the figure. Assume 100% efficiency. What is the AC voltage between terminals X1 and X2? ( diagram 5)
- Given: An electrical installation requires a total of 200′ of conductor with a maximum line resistance of .5 ohms (100′ out and 100′ back). What is the maximum resistance allowable for this conductor?
- Given: A number 12/4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt single phase incandescent lighting load. One conductor is the grounding conductor, one conductor carries only the circuit unbalanced trunk. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor ?
- Disregarding exceptions, a 20′ run of electrical metalic tubing shall be fastened in place within _____ of each box, outlet, cabinet or fitting.
- Refer to the four circuits in Diag. 11-10, which one is wired correctly?
- A metal underground water pipe in the direct contact with the earth for at least 10′ has traditionally been preferred grounding electrode for all new construction. A metal underground water pipe is:
- Given: An outdoor propane dispensing unit is located 50′ from the office where the branch circuit supplying the unit originates. Where are seals required?
- The minimum computed lighting load required for general lighting only of a church building having outside dimensions of 100′ X 200′ is:
- An equipment grounding conductor for wired communications circuits shall be at least size #_____ copper:
- Refer to the conductor colors in diagram 11-19 which represent circuits wired with non-metalic sheathed cable. Assume all grounding conductors are wired correctly. Which figure is wired correctly according to the N.E.C.
- Excluding exceptions, which of the following statements is not true concerning the N.E.C. requirements for bonding metalic swimming pool parts by a size #8 AWG solid copper conductor?
- Given: An office 43′ x 80′, 120V lighting all on 8 hours, non-continuous receptacles. How many 20 Amp circuits are required?
- Given: Ten THHN copper conductors in 10′ conduit 4 – size #12, 6 – size #10. The size of the conduit must be at least _____
- Given: 4 copper type THHN conductors as follows: 2 size # 1 AWG, 1 size 1/0 AWG, 1 size 2/0 AWG. These 4 conductors are in a 10′ conduit, the size of the IMC conduit must be at least:
- Refer to the motor control diagrams 11-22. Of #1 and #2 which one, if any, will stop and reverse then start forward.
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls’ surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- Using a builder’s level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00′ has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What should the first course of an 8′ concrete block wall be set in?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimension of 24 ft 2 .The roof pitch is 1/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3′ of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2′ of trim?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24′ in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20’x40′ structure with 8′ high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers’ label?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9′ B 6.46′. What is the elevation of corner A?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15′. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- A commerical building will have 2’x4′ wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a “T” bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4′ resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42′ 8″ wide x 54′ 4″ long; Room B is 42′ 8″ wide x 54′ 4″ long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10′ above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5′ wide x 111′ long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2′ O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00′ . The bottom of the bar joists are 12′ 8″ above finished floor. An addational 15″ of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2″ combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75′ ?
- A dump truck is 8′ wide by 20′ long by 6′ deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36′ wide and 60 ‘ long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2’ overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to the Drawing . How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note – allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30′ x 60′.
- Refer to theDrawing. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41′ x 41′ square. There is a 2′ roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note – all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20′ above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58′ and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- According to OSHA, someone who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards, unsanitary working conditions and is authorized to take corrective actions to eliminate them is a:
- A builder's level & reference hubs will be used to provide a uniform trench bottom elevation of 93.50'. During excavation, a rod reading of 5.12' is taken on a nearby hub. This elevation is 102.2'. The builder's level should read_____ if the trench is at grade.
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- Basis of payment for culvert pipe is:
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA 12″ spec. PVC water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- Bedding material for pipe culverts, box culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- Flamable odorless gas found in public sewers is:
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4' deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- In sloping in benching work for confined spaces, what is meant by soil distress?
- On resurfacing projects, which of the courses listed below is used to smooth the surface of the old pavement?
- Refer to table: The formula for determining the size of thrust blocks needed to install water mains is: thrust per 100 PSI = required area of the thrust block. Bearing load of soil = per 100 PSI of water pressure.
- If a pipe size is doubled, the carrying capacity of the pipe increases by:
- Initial backfill insures a uniform distribution of load on the pipe. What area indicates backfill?
- A section of pipe is installed between 2 manholes 300' apart. There is 1' elevation change. What is the lazar grade setting?
- All of the following are tamping rollers used for soil compaction except:
- All of the following will affect the flow in a pipe except:
- What diameter pipe is most used for fire hydrants?
- If the change in elevation for a 2% grade is 18", what is the horizontal distance?
- The load rating of a mobil crane is based on which of the following?
- According to OSHA, a trench wall made of what soil type will best stand without shoring?
- What is the name of the layers of soil that are used in backfilling around sewer pipe?
- The backhoe operator should adjust the stabilizers on a side slope by using which of the following methods?
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 185' horizontally?
- How can reverse grade or backfall be detected in a sewer line?
- The hydrostatic test of water service pipe consists of filling the pipe with water and adding:
- What do you use to clean out a pipe line?
- Which of the following is NOT a part of the ductile iron pipe joint?
- What is the minimum compressive strength required for thrust blocks in a ductile iron pipe water line?
- What is the maximum deflection allowed on an 18' section of 16" diameter pipe?
- The torque wrench which is calibrated in inch-pounds is used to tighten a bolt to 72 inch-pounds. This is equivalent to ___ foot pounds.
- According to OSHA, all trenches over ____ feet must be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- When shoring a trench, Excavation and Grading Handbook" recommends installing the jacks:
- You have a required elevation at "A" of 104.25. The benchmark elevation is 101.10. A back site reading opf 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location "A") has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- Which of the following is the best grade of pipe?
- When installing slip joint piping, you should:
- When laying sewer lines the bell of the pipe should be placed:
- According to Code, a 4" building sewer must have a minimum fall of ____ per foot.
- Of the following standards, all are Code adopted standards for cast iron pipe EXCEPT:
- According to code, seamless copper copper water tubing used for water distribution must meet ____ standards.
- According to Code, a sewer which receives storm water, sewage and liquid waste is:
- According to Code, Sewerage or other waste from a plumbing system must be ___ before it is discharged into any waterway.
- According to Code, when water service piping is installed in the same trench as sewer piping, there must be a minimum separation of:
- According to Code, it shall be the duty of ___ to determine if the plumbing system has been inspected and has stood the approprate tests prior to covering.
- According to Code, the drainage system or any part therof shall not be covered until:
- According to Code, the following shall not be used in a drainage system.
- Given: Sewer piping shall be concrete encased for 10'where a water main crosses with less than 10' of vertical clearance. Encasement must be equal to trench width for both width and depth. Trench width must be pipe ID +2'.
- Given: 2 manholes 200' apart. Fall between nmanholes is 1'. What percentage would be used in setting the laser?
- In an above ground gas piping suystem, which of the following materials is approved for fittings?
- Transite water pipe is:
- Castiron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be encased in concrete because:
- To maintain accuracy in a sewer line using grade boards:
- Steel shot is used in what method of drilling?
- Most accidental overturns in mobil cranes are a result of:
- What odorless gas is explosive when present in the sewer system?
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batched concrete, (other than Type III cement) would require ____ days for full field curing time.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utility easements would be shown on the:
- Which of the following properties of sand, gravel, clay, and silt describes its ability to support a structure?
- A rolling movement on unstable ground as heavy equipment runs over it is:
- Which of the following soils tests would determine at what moisture content a soil becomes too wet?
- If 1000 CY is needed to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%, how much fill is required?
- When moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and water from entering the excavation?
- What is the name use to describe the inside bottom of a sewer pipe?
- A builder's level & reference hubs will be used to provide a uniform trench bottom elevation of 93.50'. During excavation, a rod reading of 5.12' is taken on a nearby hub. This elevation is 102.2'. The build
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- Basis of payment for culvert pipe is:
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA spec water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- Refer to manhole diagram. This structure is which of the following?
- Which of the following roller characteristics is most efficient for asphalt compaction?
- Bedding material for pipe culverts, box culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- Flamable odorless gas found in public sewers is:
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4' deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- In sloping in benching work for confined spaces, what is meant by soil distress?
- On resurfacing projects, which of the courses listed below is used to smooth the surface of the old pavement?
- Refer to table: The formula for determining the size of thrust blocks needed to install water mains is: thrust per 100 PSI = required area of the thrust block. Bearing load of soil = per 100 PSI of water pressure.
- If a pipe size is doubled, the carrying capacity of the pipe increases by:
- Initial backfill insures a uniform distribution of load on the pipe. What area indicates backfill?
- What is bedding used for in sewer pipe installations?
- Refer to meter box plan. Thrust blocks are required behind all fittings. 14 x 10" reducer = 7CF; 10" tee = 9.25CF; 10'-90 degree = 12CF: concrete costs $40/CY. What is pretax cost of concrete required?
- A section of pipe is installed between 2 manholes 300' apart. There is a 1' elevation change. What is the lazer grade setting?
- All of the following are tamping rollers used for soil compaction except:
- All of the following will affect the flow in a pipe except:
- What diameter pipe is most used for fire hydrants?
- If the change in elevation for a 2% grade is 18", what is the horizontal distance?
- The load rating of a mobil crane is based on which of the following?
- According to OSHA, a trench wall made of what soil type will best stand without shoring?
- What is the name of the layers of soil that are used in backfilling around sewer pipe?
- The backhoe operator should adjust the stabilizers on a side slope by using which of the following methods?
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 185' horizontally?
- How can reverse grade or backfall be detected in a sewer line?
- The hydrostatic test of water service pipe consists of filling the pipe with water and adding:
- Concrete used in public works flood control and drainage systems must be air-entrained within what percentage range?
- Storm gutter inlet grates should be installed:
- A trench is planned with a vertical lower side of 42" and the upper side with slopes of 3/4:1. According to OSHA, "D" must be a maximum of ___ feet.
- A rip-rap headwall is specified for permanent errosion control. The wall measures 50'x10'x18". One tone of the specified rip-rap covers 50 cubic feet. Cost = $125/ton. What is the rip-rap cost?
- Concrete strength depends on a correct water/cement ratio. Water used for concrete mixing must be metered and discharged within an acceptable tollerance limit of ___ %.
- Refer to the diagram. What is area "B"?
- A trench shield is planned for use in a trench with a 1:1 slope and a vertical lower side. According to OSHA, what is the minimum height of "A"?
- An 18" concrete wingwall is place for a flood control system. The air temperature is 38 degree F. According to "Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, the concrete for the wingwall should be what minimum temperature?
- Which one of the following is a suitable bedding material in a subsurface pipe drainage system?
- What is the function and chief component of a slurry trench?
- Concrete flood control systems that are subject to high impact forces require bar-steel reinforcement. Which of the following would NOT meet bar-steel reinforcement specs?
- The size of a pipe is measured according to its:
- When is sheet piling installed in areas with a high water table.
- Refer to the diagram. A drainage system has a concrete inlet facility that incorporates a 10' x 6' x 6" headwall. A 3' inlet pipe and 2 identical 6' x 6' x 6" wingwalls. How much concrete should be ordered? Do not include waste.
- An energy dissiapating headwall for a flood control project requires the bending of grade 60 bar-steel reinforcement. Bending is permitted:
- Which of the following terms defines a structure that receives storm drain and discharges?
- A well-point dewatering system is required in a flood control earthwork site. In what soil will a well-point dewatering system be most effective?
- Construction plans for a concrete flood head wall specifies the use of metal forms. When should the metal forms be oiled?
- An elipitical corrugated pipe is used to:
- What is the main purpose for installing a sub-surface dewatering system?
- A rubber tire scraper with a 30CY heaped capacity is used. Soil expansion factor is 25%. Cycle time of scraper is 15 min. Machine efficiendy is 50min/hour. How many bank Cubic Yards can the scraper do per hour?
- The construction joints are specified for a drainage system that has a 6" slab. What size key is required?
- A storm culvert is required for the drainage of a watershed area. Which of the following is NOT used to calculate the diameter of the culvert?
- Which of the following is NOT a function of a check dam?
- Each cubic yard of structural concrete used for public works flood control systems shall contain a minimum of ___ bags of cement.
- Corrugated metal pipe is used as part of a drainage system. Which is used to join CMP?
- According to Moving the Earth, which of the following bank protection methods is best for small permanent ditches?
- A contract specifies bar-steel reinforcement for a flood control system. Which of the following operations is NOT prohibited in the preparation of the bar-steel reinforcement?
- Refer to the diagram. What does area “1” represent?
- Expansive clay soil for a flood control system requires scarification and stabilizer. Which one is an effective soil stabilizer?
- What is used to help prevent a blocking of weep holes when a crub structure excavation is being backfilled?
- According to Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, water tightness in concrete is best achieved by which of the following?
- A side cut in a hill or slope is called?
- which of the following linings for steep open sided channels requires a rectangular wire mesh?
- Segregation in concrete canal walls is caused by:
- What type of channel is used where space is limited?
- An irrigation channel with a 5:3 scope ratio may be expressed as ___%.
- Which of the following irrigation and drainage methods uses qravity and atmospheric pressure to move water over a barrier?
- Air-entrained concrete specified for irrigation canals has a primary purpose of:
- Stripping may be required as a first step in canal excavation for all of the following reasons except:
- What test is applied to a plastic liner which is called a "pickle jar" test?
- Concrete consistancy is determined by which of the following?
- A 3500' long canal trench is excavated to 7' depth. The trench has a 3'-6" wide base. Sides are scoped at 1:1. Each hoe excavates 27.5 cy/hr., soil expands 20%.What range of hours is estimated to excavate the trench with the power hoe?
- Reservoir contruction may require alterations of the water table. According means heavy construction "Draw-Down" is defined as the vertical dimension of:
- The strength of concrete when used in reservoir apertenances is expressed in # per ___.
- What is the minimum diameter required for ungrouted rock used as rip-rap?
- Which of the following lists ALL of the quality controls specification tests that may be required for irrigation canal concrete?
- A=20' maximum height in a simple trench with Type C soil. According to OSHA, what is the max slope of "C"?
- Refer to the the diagram. What does "A" represent?
- All of the following are advantages of using rip-rap EXCEPT:
- A 90 degree angle cannot be established using which of the following measurements?
- Refer to the diagram. C= a slope of 1:1 in a simple trench with type "B" soil. According to OSHA, What is the maximum allowable depth of "A"?
- A farmer contracts to have a 1/3 acre irrigation pond constructed. What would be the dimensions of the ponf if it were square? (1 acre= 43,560 SF)
- Why is a warped wing-wall used in an open culvert?
- A concrete canal wall form has a 33' X 48' rectangluar measurement. What is the diagonal?
- Which of the following represents shut off head?
- What type of drainage structure uses crest walls to retard flow and prevent possible undermining of the structure?
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximun allowable trench slope in shown in the figure?
- Which of the following is NOT a type of pre-draining de-watering system?
- What is volume of spoil from a ditch that measures 1′ 6″ wide 3’deep and 300 feet long in cubic yards. The trench is sloped at a 1:1.
- Earth taken for hauling to a jobsite which is short of earth needed for fill, comes from __________________?
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10' in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10' wide and the ditch is 1000' long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- When referring to an enginer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- A vertical curve can best be defined as___________
- Compressibilty of the soil involives____________?
- The definition of OVER HAUL is________
- What is the component of soil that distinguishes it as top soil ?
- Aggergate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as_________ ?
- The amount a building or structure might settle is goverend by the ________ ?
- Water is running from a water tank on 32' high legs. The head loss due to friction in the pipe is 2'. When the tank is almost empty, the water pressure at ground level is ___ PSI.
- One gallon of water supplies approximately 8.33# and there are 7.48 gallons in one cubic foot. Approximately how much does 5 cubic feet of water weigh?
- The specific heat of air is ___ BTU per # of dry air.
- The friction rate used to design a steam piping system having a total equivalent length of 500' and a total system pressure drop of 2 1/2 PSI, is ___ per 100 feet.
- Refer to the drawing. What is the total fall across the 32′ beam? (Please note there may NOT be a drawing for this question)
- A contractor estimates the following direct costs on a job: Materials= $20,000 Sales Tax=6% Labor=$ 10,000 Overhead=50% of labor costs Contingencies=$ 1,000 Profit= 10% of total costs The total bid should be between _____.
- What would measure the relative propertion of funds provided by both creditors and owners?
- A contractor is ordered by a competent court to cease operations. When must he notify the Contractor's Licensing Board?
- A company's receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- If an accidential work-related death or an accident that results in the injury of five or more employees occurs, which of the following would need to be reported to OSHA?
- A documented employee works for five years for a single employer before leaving his position. According to immagration laws, the I-9 must be retained on file for _____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- A contractor gives the owner a document which explains that 20% of the contract sum is for structual work, 20% for foundations, and 60% for inside finish work. What is this document called?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor's contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- Using the accural basis of accounting, earnings which have not been received will be displayed as _____.
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company's product or service.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- What organization puts on 'SCORE'?
- An architect must have a contractor's license to bid on _____.
- An owner will be required to obtain a contractor's license for all of the following, except _____.
- If a subcontractor places a lien against a property on which he performed construction work because he was not paid by the general contrcator, the owner of the property may get a _____ bond.
- A mechanic's lien is best defined as _____.
- An employee's final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What accounting method shows the company's financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company's chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee's wages.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor's bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- Willful violations of child labor laws are subject to a fine of _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim's medical costs?
- A roofing contractor employs his 14 year old son to work in the shop to file and run errands. Can he be employed under the child labor law?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent's salary is _____ cost.
- When a contractor purchases materials, many times he is offered a deduction in the selling price of the merchandise, or a percentage off the invoice price in exchange for payment under agreed upon terms. Then the term 2/10 prox. net 30 means _______.
- An owner has the right to add, delete or otherwise revise the work through the course of construction. Which of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for any additional costs incurred?
- What portion of the Workers Compensation Insurance premium can an employer charge to his employee?
- What is the name for the method used to reduce conflicts and litigation on the construction site?
- Violators who do NOT follow the EPA National Emissions standards for asbestos are subject to a daily federal civil penalty a maximum of ______.
- What is the term for the difference between cash disbursements and cash receipts over a period of time?
- What is the term used to describe a progress payment that is held by the owner as security for one quarantee of the contractors full and complete performance?
- How much is withheld for social security tax from the weekly paycheck of an employee earning $9.00 per hour for 40 hours per week?
- Synthetic wire or fibre rope used to guy scaffolds shall be able to support ____ time their rating.
- An employees rate of pay is $7.80 per hour. He works 46.5 hours during one work week. What is the total amount of pay that the employee is entitled to receive?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles-30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net worth of theis company?
- What are the maximum number of days an original contractor has to file a lien after completing a project?
- Which of the following types of bonds guarantees the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans specifications and terms specified in the contract?
- Which of the following is the best way for a general contractor to gain protection from sub-contractors who fail to complete a project as specified in a construction contract?
- Using only the following information what is the company's net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- A contractor has 6 laborers working at a rate of $8.25. All laborers have to work 40 hours per week for the past 2 weeks. What is the total premium for all laborers if the contractor pays a rate of 18% of gross pay for workers comp. premium?
- Which person coordinates the project for all disciplines for a large construction project and is responsible for the management of the work?
- A contractor has not properly cleaned debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a separate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- Tax laws require that employers must withhold certain amounts from employees wages for all of the following except:
- By what date must employers send W-2 statements to employees who have had taxes withheld and are still working for the employer as of December 31?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32 420. What amount will be depreciated in the second year using the straight line depreciation method for a period of 7 years?
- For accounting purposes check stubs deposit slips invoices and receipts are all considered:
- Which financial ratio indicates a company's ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- A contractor has 75 days to complete a construction project, liquidated damages clause of $150 per day and completes the work in 91 days. However the architect has given a 4 day extention due to weather. What will be charged for liquidated damages?
- A contractor is estimating the cost of work to be performed. The contractor estimates a total labor cost of $5,657 and a total material cost of $9,342. Job overhead is 37% of materials cost. What is the total estimate incluiding labor, material & OH?
- A contractor is finalizing a bid for a project. The project estimated is $78,214. Overhead is 15%. Contingency is 5%. Profit 9%. What is the amount of the bid submitted?
- A code violation has been cited during an inspection. How long does the contractor have to change the code violation?
- Given:a qualifying party quits working for contractor A. The qualifying party is planning to work for contractor B. Contractor A has ____ days to get another qualifying party.
- Given:a qualifying party quits working for contractor A. The qualifying party is planning to work for contractor B. Contractor A has ____ days to notify Construction Industries Division after termination?
- To help keep errors to a minumum during the quantity take off process should use ___ to help reduce omissions, duplications and the substitution of incorrect items.
- What would measure the relative proportion of funds provided by both creditore and owners?
- When two licensed contractors agree to assist each other in the completion of a single project it is called _____?
- The ___________ Act as amended states in part that "accurate and complete records of employee work hours must be maintained"
- If a company's receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- The difference between the company's receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- The average profit margin in the construction industry over the past few years has been arount____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- The principal adversary reason for contract termination is______.
- A contractor gives the owner a document which explains that 20% of the contract sum is for structural work, 20% for foundations, and 60% for inside finish work. What is this document called?
- On competitively bid projects, the mark up or margin is added at the close of the estimating process and is an allowance for overhead items, contingency and ______.
- The Fair Labor Standards Act enforces and administers labor laws which require payment of prevailing wage rates on federally-financed or assisted construction projects. This is called_____.
- According to the Contractor's Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- Current liabilities are defined as those on the balance sheet which will mature within ______.
- The Critical Path Method (CPM) is an example of _______.
- What form of business organization has a tax structure similar to a partnership, but is organized as a corporation ?
- What account statement reflects a company's financial condition on a particular date?
- An owner has the right to add, delete or otherwise revise the work through the course of construction. Which of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for any additional costs incurred?
- What federal labor law establishes the minumum wage?
- Violators who do NOT follow the EPA National Emissions standards for asbestos are subject to a daily, federal civil penalty maximum of___?
- Which of the following conditions requiring emergency can only be a non-reportable injury?
- What is the term used to describe a progress payment that is held by the owner as security for one guarantee of the contractors full and complete performance?
- How many times are the ratio posed wire, synthetic or fibre rope used on scaffords supported?
- An employees rate of pay of $7.80/hr. He works 46.5 hours during one week. What is the total amount of pay that the employee is entitled to receive?
- A company's balance sheet shows the following: Equipment 22,000; notes payable 18,000; accounts receivable 53,000; accrued wages 11,000; vehicles 30,000; accounts payable 37,000; cash 28,000 - Based on this info what is the net worth of the company?
- Current assets are those which can be converted into cash within a maximum of ____________:
- Which of the following types of bond guarantees the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans, specifications, and terms specified in the contract?
- Which of the following is the best way for a general contractor to gain protection from subcontractors who fail to complete a project as specified in a construction contract?
- What is the maximum amount of asbestos that can be allowed on a permissable level of exposure (average/hour)
- During the course of construction an extension time has been added to the original project schedule. Which task does this extension reflect?
- Use only the following information, what is the company's net worth?
Gross sales - 84,296 Net sales - 32,664 Total assets - 52,201
Total liabilities 16,390
- An equipment schedule includes all of the following except:
- A contractor has 6 laborers working at a range of $8.25. All laborers have to work 40 hours per week for the past 2 weeks. What is the total premium for all laborers if the contractor pays a rate of 18% of the gross pay for workers compensation premium?
- Which person coordinates the project for all disciplines for a large construction project, and is responsible for the management of the work?
- Who is the oblligation to provide right of way at project access.
- Which of the following is long term liability?
- A contractor has not properly cleanded debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a seperate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- How many years must a construction company retain all records of a $10,000 employment tax payment to the IRS?
- For accounting purposes, check stubs, deposit slips, invoices and receipts are all considered:
- According to the Americans with Disabilities Act, which of the following Acts is prohibited once a disabled employee is hired?
- Using only the following schedule of hours an employee worked, for how many hours of overtime in this work week should this employee be paid?
M-5 hrs, T-7 hrs, W-8 hrs, Th-10 hrs, F-3 hrs, Sat-10 hrs?
- By what date must a company's annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors' insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as________?
- Day to day direction on a project is usually handled by_________?
- Which type of project document outlines conditions of a contract and defines the roles of the owner, architect and contractor?
- What is the term used to describe changes in the contract documents before the execution of the contracts?
- In a written contract there is an inconsistency in which the word eight appears in writing, but the numeral seven appears in parenthesis immediately afterwards. How is this interpreted?
- A contractor has agreed to complete a project within 75 days. He has liquidated damages clause of $150/day. He completes the work in 91 days - with a 4 day extension for bad weather.How much money will the contractor be charged for liquidated damages?
- A contractor is estimating the cost of work to be performed. He estimates a total labor cost of $5,657.00 and a total material cost of $9,342.00.Overhead is calculated at 37% of materials cost. What is the cost of the estimate including labor,matl& O.H.
- A subcontractor needs a crane for one year to complete a job.Options are available:Buy crane for $65,000, sell for $30,000 when project is complete. Lease- $30,500.00 for one year. Lease for $1635.00 per month. Rent for $537.00/week. Choose best option.
- A contractor is finalizing a bid for a project. The project estimated is $78,214.00. Overhead is 15%. Contingency is 5%, Profit 9%. What is the amount of the bid submitted?
- A job estimate show the following cost items for site preparation and concrete placement: #001 clear & grub-$800 #002 excavate -$4,100 #003 form amd pour-$6,100
#004 finish cure and strip-$3,800
Actual job costs: #001-$2,300 #002-$4,400 #003-$6,300
This portion of the project is:
- A contractor's license will expire on the last day of September. The contractor must submit a renewal request to the Board to prevent the license from becomming invalid. How many days prior to the expiration must the Board receive renewal request?
- Use the following to determine the amount that should be billed for a cost + 18% project. Invoice #101.1, Cost to date $3,750, Amtount previously paid $1,800; Invoice #100.2 Cost to date $ $5,900 Amtount previously paid $2,400; Invoice #100.3 Cost to date $8,400 Amtount previously paid $3,000.
- A construction company's balance sheet shows the following: cash-$24,000; accounst receivable-$56,000; vehicles-$30,000; accounts payable-$44,000; notes payable-$16,000; accrued wages-$9,000. Based on this information, what is the net worth of this company?
- The construction corporation's president has left the organization. How many days does the corporation have to notify the construction board?
- A construction firm's president who is the holder of the construction contracting license leaves the firm. How many months does the construction firm have to designate someone to take the license exam for the firm's work?
- A four person crew can complete job #92-1075 in 3 weeks. The crew will work a 5 day week 8 hours per day. Each member of the crew makes 15.75 per hour. The owner wants the job finished in 2 weeks. He's willing to pay the overtime cost. If the crew w
- Premiums for workers' compensation insurance are paid for:
- Which type of contract is based on estamating the cost for each unit of work ?
- XYZ Construction company recieved an invoice dated July 6, for purchases totaling $2,800.00. The terms of the invoice were 2% 10 net 30 . If payment is made by July 14, the amount of the payment should be ?
- What are the two most commonly used methods of project scehulding ?
- Which of the following generally cannot be depricated ?
- Refer to drawing B1 in the All Figure Booklet. The construction project schedule depicts timelines during which segments of the construction project are done. In reference to the timeline for roofing, all of the following statements are true except:
- What kind of insurance can a contractor purchase to provide protection for stored materials against lightning?
- If an employee thinks he has been discriminated against under the ADA Law, where may he file a complaint?
- A commercial electrical contractor may bid projects as a prime contractor. Which projects may the contractor bid as a prime contractor?
- ABC Construction received an invoice dated November 4, 1998, for purchases totaling $3,750.00. The invoice terms were 2-10/N30. If payment is made by November 12, 1998, the amount of the payment should be:
- In addition to being subject to OSHA safety requirements, employers must maintain records of all occupational injuries and illnesses regardless of severity if they have at least ___ employees.
- A number in a contract is written in both numbers and words. If there is a conflict between numbers and words, the:
- A job estimate show the following cost items for site preparation and concrete placement: #001 clear & grub-$800 #002 excavate -$4,100 #003 form amd pour-$6,100
#004 finish cure and strip-$3,800
Actual job costs: #001-$2,300 #002-$4,400 #003-$6,300
This portion of the project is:
- A contractor must complete the footing and foundation of a commercial building within 8 weeks. The task will take two weeks for completion. The total length of the project is 10 months. What is the total "float" time of this task?
- A contractor's license will expire on the last day of September. The contractor must submit a renewal request to the Board to prevent the license from becomming invalid. How many days prior to the expiration must the Board receive renewal request?
- Which method of project time management show both the relative importance of each event and establishes the best order and length of project operations?
- Use the following to determine the amount that should be billed for a cost + 18% project. Invoice #101.1, Cost to date $3,750, Amtount previously paid $1,800; Invoice #100.2 Cost to date $ $5,900 Amtount previously paid $2,400; Invoice #100.3 Cost to date $8,400 Amtount previously paid $3,000.
- A contractor has not received agreed payment and must file a lein. Using the following information, what is the maximum amount that the lein can be filed? The original contract was for $12,000. A written change order to upgrade windows for $900 was appproved. A $100 increase in the building permit fee after contract signing was paid by the contractor who wants reimbursement. A formally agreed additional $400 for rain delay has not been signed by the owner.
- According to the Contractors Reference Manual, the most common type of insurance used to protect construction project property is:
- How many years must an employer with 21 employees keep records of recordable accidents?
- A construction company's balance sheet shows the following: cash-$24,000; accounst receivable-$56,000; vehicles-$30,000; accounts payable-$44,000; notes payable-$16,000; accrued wages-$9,000. Based on this information, what is the net worth of this company?
- An employer is subject to the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act. Violators of the Child Labor Law provisions are subject to a maximum civil penalty of ___ for each employee who was the subject of a violation.
- A parent who employs his child in the family business does not have to pay social security or medicare taxes on that child if the child is ___ or younger.
- Unless specifically mentioned in the contract documents, how do the general conditions in the general contractors contract with the owner affect a subcontractor?
- How long must a contractor maintain records of employment taxes?
- When time is of the essence, a construction project that allows construction to begin before completion of all the drawings and utilizes multiple prime contractors is called:
- A commonly used method of displaying a projects schedule is:
- Under which business structure does personal liability extend to both company and personal assets?
- The construction corporation's president has left the organization. How many days does the corporation have to notify the construction board?
- A construction firm's president who is the holder of the construction contracting license leaves the firm. How many months does the construction firm have to designate someone to take the license exam for the firm's work?
- You have just been awarded a contract. You have estimated that it will take 1200 man hours to complete the job. You must finish the job in 10 working days based on a 5 day work week. No overtime can be used. How many workers are needed?
- How are shop drawings used during the construction process?
- Which accounting method records income when it is earned rather than when it is received during the period or not?
- Leins have been filed against an owner. Which lein has precedance over all the others?
- A contract contains both general provisions and specific provisions. If a conflict arises between the general and specific provisions the:
- How many single family residences is one individual allowed to build without a residential contractors license?
- All of the following cubical placed using a project close out except:
- Which of the following items is considered a fixed asset?
- According to the construction Lein Law, how many days from the time the last work was done on a project does a contractor have to file a lein?
- A four person crew can complete job #92-1075 in 3 weeks. The crew will work a 5 day week 8 hours per day. Each member of the crew makes 15.75 per hour. The owner wants the job finished in 2 weeks. He's willing to pay the overtime cost. If the crew w
- What document is provided for the release of the final payment on a project to the prime contractor? (It is usually provided by the architect to the owner.)
- A payment bond guarantees:
- Premiums for workers' compensation insurance are paid for:
- The primary purpose of job costing is to provide feedback to:
- A contractor employs nine employees. An accident occurs which results in the death of an employee. When must the employer report the accident to OSHA?
- Contractors must file Form 1099 Misc with the Internal Revenue Service to report payments to persons not treated as employees (i.e. independent contractors) where the total amount of the payments during the year is at least:
- In a cost plus fee contract:
- Which results of a work accident does not require the accident to be recorded?
- In which business does the company pay taxes on the profit made by the business and the owners pay additonal income taxes on any dividends they receive?
- You have done a job for $25,700. You paid direct costs and overhead. You show a profit of $3,500. What is your profit as a percentage of gross income?
- An employer is covered by the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. What is the gross weekly wage of a non-exempt employee that earns $4.50 per hour and works 44 hours in a work week?
- Federal OSHA requires employers to post an annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses. This summary must be posted for at least 30 days. When must this summary be posted?
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10' in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10' wide and the ditch is 1000' long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- When referring to an enginer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- A hole is being excavated. 40 x 50. It is to be 4' deep. A clearance of 4' on each side is also required. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil swell. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- Using a builder's level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00'. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00' has a rod reading of 4.70 . What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452? (lot #442 is 162.00; lot #452 is 157.50 )
- A hole is being excavated. 34' x 48'. Its 4' deep. A clearance of 4' is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10' in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10' wide and the ditch is 1000' long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- When referring to an enginer's grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- A hole is being excavated. 40 x 50. It is to be 4' deep. A clearance of 4' on each side is also required. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil swell. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- Using a builder's level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00'. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00' has a rod reading of 4.70 . What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452? (lot #442 is 162.00; lot #452 is 157.50 )
- A hole is being excavated. 34' x 48'. Its 4' deep. A clearance of 4' is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- When starting an excavation, unless there are extremely large cuts in the Lot Pad area, it is best to start _______.
- Station grading shall include material necessary to be excavated at all but which of the following?
- If a grader operator has trouble determining a road center line, he should:
- Once an area has been cleared, grubbed and staked, a contractor may proceed with excavation and placement sequence if approved by the:
- Refer to the information given: A - undisturbed weight = 96 lbs per cubic ft. B - loose weight = 75 lbs per cubic foot C - compacted weight = 104 lbs per cubic foot. Deternine the percent shrinkage for earth with the weight properties previously given.
- Who is responsible for personal protective equipment used on the job site?
- A vertical or inclined earth surface that forms a road used for excavation work is a _____.
- When excavating subdivisions, if the front lot stakes show a fill and the street stakes require a cut:
- When using a scrapper in an excavation site:
- If after making good efforts at compacting hardpan the tests still do not pass:
- If the earth removed from a hole having a volume of 40 cubic yards is found to have compacted volume of 36 cubic yards, what is the shrinkage for this volume of earth?
- What is the definition of the word "Rim Pull"?
- A scrapper operating in first gear loads easily on the first pass. The operator should:
- On a commercial job site making an excavation cut while loading and spreading of dirt and on return dumping, does all of the following except:
- A rubber tire front-end loader that is used in construction was manufactured in 1994. What safety equipment is required to protect the operator?
- Excavated materials may be deposited above the grade of a finished road in all but which of the following situations?
- Material borrowed to bring embankments up to grade will be paid for:
- The productivity of a truck depends on the:
- To begin filling an area of an excavation site, in which order should the following steps be performed? 1= compact; 2 = spread a new layer ; 3 = rip; 4 = water
- To remove unsuitable material from around utility lines on an excavation site, first use a:
- Clothes pins on a grade stake can be used to indicate:
- Which of the following tests can measure soil compaction?
- Better compaction, efficiency and economic are attained while using vibratory compactors as:
- Smooth wheel rollers are best in compacting _________ soils.
- To obtain an additional amount of excavation to hold the embankments, the engineer may direct all but which of the following:
- A subgrade elevation that has a quanity payment would normally be measured from below the _______.
- A temporary separated cement modified subgrade is specified. From grade the subgrade shall be excavated _________ below the subgrade.
- Portable electric drills do not have to be grounded if they:
- If at any time during an excavation the stakes seem off grade, you should:
- Soil is considered unstable material if it:
- On an excavation site, an embankment that has a slope of 3:1 will rise:
- Unless otherwise directed by the engineer, surplus material shall be disposed of by:
- Unless otherwise directed by the engineer, all suitable material excavated from channels or ditches shall be:
- When earth is excavated, hauled, placed and compacted, volume changes will occur. The change in volume is referred to, or loosely defined as _______?
- In a very wet area filter fabric can be used to:
- Rubber tire scrappers shall be required to have fenders if the maximum speed exceeds:
- For proper soil compaction you must:
- An excavation that is removed shall be paid for as _________ excavation.
- A two(2) ft. level is placed
- What is the min. gauge PVC pipe that can be threaded?
- When two (2) cranes are lifting the same load at the same time which of the following is true?
- What is the standard width of cross arms on an overhead power pole?
- Refer to the drawing: Identify the Flanged Eccentric Reducer.
- According to the Code when installing glass block, the joints must be reinforced. Which of the following statements best describes this requirement?
- According to code when installing glass block, both vertical and horizontal joints shall be a minimum of _____ inch, and a maximum of _____ inch.
- When the first course of masonry is laid, the mason spreads the mortar with his trowel, then using the point of the trowel he makes a pass down the middle of the mortar bed joint forming a groove and moving the mortar towards the face of the brick. This is known as ___?
- Which of the following pieces of equipment should be used for de-facing an embankment or bluff while moving forward and loading to the side?
- Grout shall be discarded after having been mixed or retempered after _____?
- The difference between low-lift and high-lift grouting is:
- A non-bearing wall built around the frame of a building is called a ________.
- The continuous air space between two wythes of a multi-wythe wall is called ________.
- A patio that is 55 feet by 17 feet is _____ feet between diagonal corners.
- How is the curve of the arch determined?
- An offset in a chimney cannot exceed _____ inches per foot.
- When block is hardened it is:
- The minimum thickness of a wall between flue liners of a double flue is ______ inches.
- When repairing an existing older wall, you should use _____.
- The minimum width of a non-structural rock or stone wall is _____ inches.
- The difference between a lift and a pour is _____.
- A color not standard in marble is _____.
- According to the Code the largest size dowel permitted in a masonry wall is a number _____.
- Building a retaining wall sloping 1/2" per foot toward the retaining side is called ________.
- The most important characteristic of mortar is:
- The difference between a counterfort retaining wall and a buttress retaining wall is:
- Retempering of colored mortar should occur __________.
- The nominal dimension for "SCR" brick is __________.
- A flagstone patio is best formed __________.
- According to the Code, the minimum bearing for girders on a masonry wall shall be _____ inches.
- Mortar is usually tested for plasticity and adhesion by ______.
- __________ is often added to adobe for stabilization.
- "Control" joints are usually filled with ______.
- When a wall is sandblasted, what does it not do to the block?
- A ________ is typically used to connect a masonry wall to wood.
- What do you NOT tool mortar with?
- A patio is 60 feet by 32 feet. The distance between diagonal corners measures ______ feet.
- What is meant by "SW" brick?
- How many cubic feet of mortar does a mortar mixer typically yield?
- A term for insulating block fill that repels water is ________.
- The last block which is laid in the wall is called:
- What is the minimum thickness of a bed joint (brick)?
- The center of an arch is the ________.
- A shelf on ledge formed by projecting successive courses of masonry out from the face of the wall is known as a ________.
- Placing mortar on a masonry unit with a trowel is ________.
- What do you never use to tool a brick joint?
- When do you pre-soak block?
- Glass brick must have:
- What is the best rock to use on a patio?
- How many core samples for a test?
- How large an area should a core sample be taken from?
- If grout is too runny, add:
- When fully opened damper openings shall be not less than _____% of the required flue area.
- According to OSHA, the maximum height of independent pole scaffolds shall be _____.
- Mortar and grout are ________.
- What type of block is used above windows and openings?
- What is used to correct a sagging stringline?
- According to the Code, what is the minimum lap for rebar in reinforced masonry in compression?
- The fireplace fire box shall be a minimum of _____ inches in depth.
- Guardrails are required on scaffolding heights above _____ feet.
- The minimum spacing for block ties shall be 1 for every _____ square feet.
- In two-wythe masonry, wythe ties of # ______ gauge wire rectangle shall connect the wythes and shall be spaced not more than ______ inches vertically for stacked bond, ______ inches on center for running bond vertically ______ inches on center horizontal
- How far must a flue liner extend above a chimney wall?
- What is used to lay out the horizontal courses of brick?
- A patio measures 12 feet wide by 9 feet long. What is the distance between the diagonal corners?
- In constructing a sidewalk, how much slope per foot should there be?
- The minimum thickness of chimney wall around flue without a lining (solid masonry) shall be _____.
- The minimum thickness of a chimney wall around a flue with lining shall be _____.
- Chimney walls may not be less than _____ thick.
- Flashing around a chimney is called __________.
- A thermite weld is used primarily as a __________.
- Over which of the following points would you set up your transit?
- A patio measures 50 feet by 33 feet. What is the distance between the diagonal corners?
- What color brick would be most affected by cleaning?
- Another name for a "flat" arch is ________.
- A ____________ placed in the horizontal mortar joint above jamb blocks provides lateral support for the wall above windows and doors.
- To strengthen solid, mortared walls small sections of footing and wall usually run perpendicular to the wall back into the grade. These sections are called __________.
- What is the best mortar for use above grade?
- What mortar type should be used below grade and subject to severe weather?
- Which of the following is not recommended for hot weather mortar mixtures?
- Which of the following offers no lateral support to a masonry wall?
- What is the term used for a wood frame opening in a masonry foundation wall?
- Rebar placed in the footing of a masonry fence wall shall be protected from the earth _____ inches.
- Vertical column steel is held in place during the grouting process by tie bars known as ________.
- All rebar shall be cold bent unless approval of the building official. The tool for bending steel is a ___________.
- What is the required lap in inches for a #4 bar per the UBC?
- Bars that have become covered with oil or grease must be cleaned in one of the following fashions.
- According to theCode, all reinforcing steel must have at least a _____ diameter lap.
- Hearths shall extend at least _____ inches in front of and _____ inches beyond each side of a fireplace opening, where opening is less than 6 square feet.
- Meter dampers shall have the equivalent of _____ gauge steel.
- Combustible materials shall not be placed within _____ inches of fireplace smoke chamber or chimney wall.
- A chimney penetrating through a pitched roof shall provide water-tight flashing which is best described as _________.
- A chimney should extend _____ inches above a flat roof.
- Fireplace chimney shall extend _____ inches above any obstruction and be at least 10' in horizontal distance.
- Where fireplace opening exceeds 6 square feet the hearth extension shall extend _____ in front of, and _____ on each side of the fireplace opening.
- Which of the following is true regarding cleanouts of masonry chimneys?
- Offsets in chimney flue lining shall not exceed _____ degrees off center plumb line.
- Vitrified fire clay flue lining shall be a minimum thickness of _____.
- Masonry fireplace foundation shall extend _____ beyond the wall line.
- Masonry fireplace foundations shall be _____ thick.
- Cleanout shall be provided for hollow unit masonry when the grout lift exceeds _____.
- Low lift grouting of hollow unit masonry may not exceed _____ in height.
- All glass masonry must be laid in type _____ mortar.
- Glass masonry may be used in non-load bearing masonry walls provided the block panels are a minimum thickness of _____.
- Minimum thickness of unreinforced masonry bearing walls shall be _____.
- The least nominal dimension for a reinforced masonry column is _____.
- When using reinforced hollow clay masonry units the nominal clay units must be _____ inches in width.
- When using reinforced masonry bearing walls the nominal thickness shall not be less than _____ inches in width.
- The ends of each brick tie shall be bent to a 90 degree angle with an extension of not less than _____ inches into the veneer.
- Which of the following has the weakest external support?
- Pumping equipment utilizing aluminum shall be permitted in the following case?
- Mortar shall be mixed with heated water when the air temperature falls below _____.
- In cold weather masonry construction units placed at air temperature below 40 degrees shall be protected after placement for how long?
- Mortar shall be discarded after having been mixed or retempered after _____?
- Mortars and grouts mixed on the job site shall be mixed in mechanical mixer for at least ______?
- Which of the following additives may be added to mortar or grout?
- The bond which connects the masonry unit to the mortar or grout is called?
- Wythe wall construction refers to:
- A cavity wall is a wall containing continuous air space with a minumum width of ______ inches.
- The mortar joint having a vertical transverse plane best describes?
- The mortar joint that is horizontal at the time the masonry units are placed best describes?
- Mortar shall be mixed for a minimum of _____ minutes and a maximum of _____ minutes.
- A beam that spans above a door or opening and supports the masonry above is called a ______.
- The minimum wall thickness for a 3-story foundation is _______.
- A type of mobile crane used for the erection of structural steel is a:
- A public pool drain or grate must have a flow limit initial velocity of _____ feet per second (FPS).
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from it’s center is called a _____.
- A copper wire is installed underground along side a non metallic water main to:
- According to the "Excavation amd Grading Handbook" all trenches over _____ feet should be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- When shoring a trench with screw jacks the "Excavation amd Grading Handbook" recommends installing the jacks:
- The sides of a 6 foot deep trench which are sloped to prevent cave-ins should have a slope angle of _____.
- Earthmoving equipment which does not have a rollover cage or protection:
- "Weep holes" may be utilized in which of the following methods of change in site grading?
- What type of retaining wall uses the weight of the soil on its' footing to achieve soil stability?
- What type of retaining wall is designed and built to use only its' own weight in positioning to keep soil back?
- Which backfill material can meet maximum density requirements with minimal compaction when placed in a moisture saturated condition? Assume drainage is available at the fill site.
- What is the name for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer line?
- The maximum depth of a notch on a stud in a non-load bearing wall is _____ percent of the width of the stud.
- Referring to the illustration, the valley jack rafter is identified by the number _____.
- Which of the following classes of asphalt shingles would have the best fire rating?
- A GFI (ground fault interrupter) is required on ALL 15 to 20 amp, 125 volt circuits in which of the following rooms of a residence?
- What is the difference between wood shingles and wood shakes?
- Which of the following would cause “craze” cracking?
- What is the purpose for placing rebar in front of or over the main reinforcing steel?
- When brick are staggered out extending past the brick course below, this is known as:
- Which of the following terms does not apply to insulation?
- Given: A building with a simple gable roof is 28 feet wide and has a 4 on 12 pitch. What is the rise to the top of the ridge?
- Given: A wall is 64 feet long and is framed with 2x4 studs 16 inches on center. What is the total number of studs required to frame the wall?
- Which of the following would be used to cut aluminum?
- Measurements (and grades) are taken from the _____ on a jobsite.
- What does "grade 40" that is stamped on a piece of re-bar mean mean?
- Why would a contractor use a running bond for a masonry wall ?
- The use of "pitch pockets" around penetrations in built-upflat roofs are:
- According to the Code, the maximum horizontal spacing for rebar in a concrete wall is _____ times the wall thickness, or _____ inches.
- When installing "crosby" clamps:
- Gypsum board serves to protect a building:
- You are to excavate an area 500 feet by 1,000 feet using a scraper. You will need to take a uniform cut of 6 inches off the entire area. The scraper has a capacity of 100 cubic yards per hour. The soil has an expansion factor of 25%. It will take ____
- A 30 foot long driveway has a 5% slope from one end to the other. The change in grade is is _____.
- The most common type of explosive material in use today is:
- The active ingredient in dynamite is:
- The volume change that occurs when soil goes from a compacted state to an un-compacted state (such as when being excavated) is called:
- What is the name of the stake who's top represents the finished grade?
- Picture of a vertical explosive charge set in the side of a shear wall. The distance from the top of the hole to the top of the charge is called the:
- Referring to the illustration, what is the horizontal angle from the center line of the water tower to the centerline of the roadway?
- What is indicated by "J" on the illustration?
- Picture of a vertical explosive charge set in the side of a shear wall. The dimension from the vertical hole to the face of the shear is called the:
- A site drain gradient of 2% is approximately a slope of _____ inches per foot.
- Shooting grade problem: A benchmark (hub) is at an elevation of 100.00. A backsite has a reading of 4.5'. A frontsite to the centerline of the road which has 3 inches of asphalt paving and 6 inches of crushed base has a reading of 3.75'. What is the s
- Given: a 24 foot wide roadway has a crown or slope of 6% from the edge of pavement to the center line. If the edge of pavement has an existing grade of 100.00, what should be the elevation of the center line?
- A scraper is capable of moving 30 cubic yards of material at a time, operates at an average speed of 4 miles per hour, and has an operating efficiency of 50 minutes per hour. If the material will expand at 25%, how many yards of material can the scraper haul in 1 Hr.
- You have a required elevation (at "A") of 104.25. A reading to the benchmark (elevation 101.10) has a backsite reading of 4.65. A frontsite at the grade you are checking (location "A") has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- A contour map shows a stake with a drop of 5 feet over 150 feet. What is the percent of grade?
- You have a lot that measures 110' x 70'. One side has a uniform elevation of -5.00, the other side has a uniform elevation of +4.50 the required elevation is -1.25 finish. How many yards need to come out?
- You have a hub (benchmark) elevation of 102.20; you read 5.12 to the backsite; you have a required elevation in the ditch bottom of 93.50; you read an existing grade of 11.50; What is the difference between the existing and the required elevation?
- Calculate how long will it take to excavate a ditch 1500 feet long by 8 feet deep with a bottom width of 4 feet at 35 cubic yards per hour. The sides of the ditch above 5 feet are sloped outward at a 45 degree angle.
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20' tall, how wide is the slope?
- Before each shift safety regulations require that you must check equipment for all the following except:
- According to safety regulations, fenders are required on any equipment moving at _____ miles per hour.
- Which of the following techniques would be used to find the depth of bedrock on a site?
- Safety regulations require a _____ foot clearance for fire control on a 1200 gallon portable fuel tank.
- The term "secondary blasting" refers to:
- Which of the following is used to differentiate between soil types such as sand, loam and clay?
- Aggregate from a sand or gravel pit which has not been processed is called:
- Which of the following pieces of equipment is associated with a gantry?
- Which of the following pieces of equipment would be used for fine grading?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate an area which has 2 foot deep swamp, 40' X 94' with the least amount of moves?
- The minimum clearance between a backhoe (or other equipment) and a 50 KV powerline shall be _____ feet, plus .4 inch for each additional 1 KV.
- When the ground moves in a rolling movement underneath equipment, this is known as:
- A pneumatic or multi-tired roller is best used for:
- A test which is used to determine maximum density is called a _____.
- According to the uniform plumbing code, how close can you cut to an existing pipe?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate a swampy area which has a clay bottom?
- Which of the following information would not be shown on a test hole log?
- Finely perforated pipes driven vertically into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more ground pumps to lower and maintain a reduced water table during site construction. What is the common name used for this.
- A vibratory roller is best used to compact:
- Referring to a proctor curve, optimum moisture reflects:
- The un-supported distance between supports is called the:
- When would you trowel a slab?
- When impulses reflected by the soil are counted by a guage on a machine, this is known as a _____ test.
- When framing a wall, the last thing which is typically laid out is the:
- What is first course of flat clay tile called?
- Plank and beam construction is known as _____ construction.
- How long after exposure to asbestos does it take for the symptoms of the disease to become evident?
- When framing a gable roof, the rafter that runs from the wall to the ridge is called a _____ rafter.
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its’ base is called:
- Which of the following is not an important consideration for a vapor barrier:
- The minimum curb height for mechanical equipment installed on flat or nearly flat roofs is _____ inches.
- What is the purpose of vapor retarding in built-up roofing?
- According to the Code, what is the minimum slope or pitch for wood SHAKES?
- What is the cause of a white substance forming on the surface of a brick wall?
- One of the most important considerations in choosing the type of roofing material is __________.
- After bull floating, typically the next procedure when finishing a slab would be to:
- A building that is 28 feet wide, has a gable roof with a pitch of 3 on 12. What is the rise of the gable?
- A pan and cover shape is associated with which of the following types of roofing?
- What is that standard depth of a control joint which is placed in a sidewalk?
- According to the Code, what is the minimum size for an attic access?
- Which of the following devices is used to prevent a down-draft when constructing a fireplace?
- What is counterflashing used for?
- When hanging a door, you should always:
- Asphalt roofing is designated as #235; this means that:
- The depth of a foundation footing is determined by the:
- If a rectangular shaped slab or other structure has edge measurements of 10 feet by 12 feet, the diagonal measurement should be _____ if all the corners are square.
- What is the minimum thickness of a counter top that is to be covered with formica or plastic laminate?
- In insulation, the "R" value is the:
- What is the basic difference between batts and blankets in insulation?
- A gas meter would not be allowed in which of the following locations?
- Referring to the illustration, the 32/16 on the plywood stamp refers to the:
- Rigid wall insulation comes in the following types; high density, regular density and _____.
- Wood shakes or shingles shall be laid with a side lap of not less than _____ inches between joints in adjacent courses.
- Given: 3 tab asphalt shingles and the first course is started at gable end with a full shingle. Shingles are to be laid out in thirds. The second course should start with a full shingle minus ___________ inches.
- Spacing between adjacent wood shingles should be
- The minimum slope for clay tile in inches per foot is ___________.
- A ladder without grab rails must extend _________ inches above the building or landing.
- Which of the following is NOT a reason for using aggregate on a built up roof system?
- How is proper soil compaction best achieved?
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1" x 8" x 12' (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- What term defines the stake who's top is used as a point of reference to establish elevation and distance?
- A white milky substance that appears on masonry is commonly referred to as:
- An electrical panel is not allowed in which of the following locations within a residence?
- Referring to the illustration, the type of joint illustrated in item B is typically called a _____ joint.
- When finishing corner bead:
- In an electrical wiring system, the GROUNDED conductor is identified by a _____ color.
- After a piece of baseboard has been removed from the wall, the best way to remove the nail which will result in the least damage to the baseboard is to:
- How long after taping and floating procedures are complete should the required minimum temperature be maintained?
- What is the process of electrically & chemically treating aluminum called?
- Which of the four items listed below is NOT a method of conducting heat?
- What is the difference between Class I and Class II plywood?
- In a slab, the maximum size of the aggregate shall not exceed _____ the thickness of the slab.
- According to OSHA, the sides of a ditch above _____ shall be sloped back (or shored) to prevent a cave in.
- In order to make a slab more "water-tight", use a:
- In a wall, the maximum size of the aggregate shall not exceed _____ the thickness of the wall.
- According to the Construction Industries, what is the maximum length of time that a company has to notify of a change of address?
- The most common guage of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is _____ guage.
- Calculate the total for a 40' x 60' x 3' "pan formed" slab: 122 pans (30" x 30" x 24") rent for $18.00 each: 82 tons of rebar at $38.50 per ton: 1,450 manhours at $14.75 per hour: Concrete costs $65.00 per cubic yard. Consider only the items shown:
- A window with a moveable horizontal sash is called a _____.
- Which of the following would be the least best reason to double wallboard?
- The capacity of a mobile crane is based on which of the following?
- What is the purpose of the paper backing on a batt of insulation?
- An attic access is NOT required in which of the following circumstances?
- When installing wood SHINGLES, the nails should be located _____ inch(es) from the edge of the shingle.
- When installing wood SHAKES, the nails should be located _____ inch(es) from the edge of the shake.
- According to the Code, a flat or built-up roof is required to have _____ inch of slope per foot.
- According to the Code, the minimum nailing requirement for attaching a rafter to the top plate is _____ nails.
- When attaching gypsum board (sheetrock) using nails, the nails at the edge of the panel should be _____ from the edge of the panel.
- According to the Code, when nailing a standard 36" to 40" standard asphalt shingle strip, the minimum number of nails required is:
- A wall that extends above a roof is commonly called a _____ wall.
- What is the recommended type of portland cement to be used in concrete which is exposed to severe sulfate conditions?
- What is the minimum length of a staple used to apply 1/2" thick drywall to a wood stud?
- What is the acceptable grade of brick for use for moderate exposure conditions?
- What is the maximum span for 1/2" drywall with the long dimension of the drywall installed parallel to the framing members?
- According to the Code, wood shakes shall be fastened to the roof with a minimum of _____ nail(s).
- The minimum slope or pitch on an asphalt shingle roof in temperate climates with one layer of Type 15 felt is _____ on 12.
- A square of roofing is equal to _____ square feet.
- The top of foundation walls supporting wood shall be at least _____ inches above finish ground level.
- According to the Code, the minimum thickness of a slab directly on grade is _____ inches.
- According to the Code, reinforcing steel which is cast against and permanently exposed to the earth must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____ inches.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure (to achieve 70% of its' design strength?)
- According to the Code, what is the minimum thickness of plywood used for a subfloor with the joists placed 24" on center. The face grain of the plywood is perpindicular to the joists.
- Plywood roof sheathing for a house is placed on roof trusses 24 inches on centers. The edges of the plywood are un-blocked. The panels are attached with the face grain of the plywood turned perpindicular to the trusses. According to the Code, the minimum thickness of the plywood should be ____?
- According to the Code, what is the maximum on center spacing for wood studs (other than utility grade studs) in a load bearing wall supporting one floor, a roof, and a ceiling?
- The maximum allowable spacing of 2" x 4" studs (other than utility grade studs) on an exterior load bearing wall supporting a ceiling and a roof only is:
- The maximum depth of a notch on a stud in an exterior (load bearing) wall is _____ percent of the width of the stud.
- According to the Code, the maximum on center spacing of utility grade studs used in an interior non-load bearing wall is:
- The maximum diameter of a hole that may be bored in a joist is _____ the depth of the joist.
- According to the Code, when preparing a building site, all stumps and roots should be removed to a depth of at least _____ below the surface of the area to be occupied by the structure.
- According to the Code the minimum length of a lapped splice in rebar is:
- When installing reinforcement steel in reinforced masonry, the steel should be installed:
- What is the minimum height of a furred ceiling in a basement?
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #5 bar is:
- Referring to the illustration, what is the total number of full bundles of shingles required to roof the house? The roof has a slope of 5 in 12. The conversion factor from plan area to actual area with this roof slope is 1.083. There are 3 bundles to th
- On a plan with a scale of 3/16" equals 1 foot, a plan distance of 2-1/2" would equal a project distance of:
- On a plan with a scale of 3/16" equals 1 foot, a plan distance of 1-1/2" would equal a project distance of:
- On a plan where 1/2" equals 1 foot, a plan distance of 4-1/4" would have a project distance of _____.
- Refer to the floor plan and door schedule. The labor to install a metal swing door is $10.23. What is the total labor cost to install all such doors indicated on the floor plan?
- A 20' long beam is loaded at 150 pounds per lineal foot. The beam is supported by two columns; one at each end. What is the total load on a single column?
- A foundation having outside measurements of 32' by 60' will have a diagonal measurement of _____ if all the corners are square.
- If 2" x 10" joists spanning 12 feet are placed 16" on center and loaded at 40 pounds per square foot, the total load on a single joist is _____ pounds.
- Referring to the illustration, if steel costs $1.17 per pound, what is the cost per lineal foot for the wall girt shown? Select the closest answer.
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 75 feet has a vertical drop of _____ feet.
- On a plan with a scale of 1/4″ equals 1 foot, a plan distance of 6-5/8″ would equal a project distance of:
- If a plan is drawn to a scale of 1/4" equals 3 feet, a plan distance of 9/16" would have a project distance of:
- If a footing is loaded at 4500 pounds per lineal foot, and the soil has a bearing capacity of 2000 pounds per square foot, the minimum width of the footing required is _____ inches.
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1″ x 8″ x 12′.
- How many courses of 8" block are in a masonry wall 8 feet 8 inches tall?
- If it takes 12 manhours to form 100 square feet, what is the cost to form one square foot if the form carpenters are paid $9.70 per hour?
- A backsite to a benchmark with an elevation of 100.00 has a rod reading of 4.70. If the required finish grade is 94.00, what should the frontsite reading on the rod be?
- What are the total number of cubic yards to come out of an excavation for a basement that measures 30′ x 30′ x 7′ deep. You should excavate beyond the building lines 3 feet in each direction to allow for setting forms. Do not allow for any swell of the material.
- A 9′ x 23′ wall is to be covered with 1″ x 10″ nominal size bevel siding. The siding is to be lapped 1-1/2″. There are no openings in the wall. Assuming no waste, the wall requires _____ board feet of nominal siding. Select the closest answer.
- What is the number of full sheets of plywood required for a rectangular sub-floor which measures 72 feet by 32 feet.
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 85 feet has a vertical rise of _____ feet.
- If the width of a gable roof is 48' wide, and has a 3 on 12 pitch, the over all rise at the ridge of the gable would be _____ feet.
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9'2". If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- A roof measuring 100′ by 100′ has _____ squares of roofing.
- A wooden subfloor with a rectangular shape that measures 39′ x 52′ will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Material that has been excavated from a basement or ditch where employees have to enter the excavation shall be stored at least _____ feet from the edge.
- In a low lift grout or concrete pour a 1-1/2" depression left in the top of the lift is to:
- A device which shuts of the gas to an appliance when the pilot light has gone out is called a:
- A water heater or other gas fired appliance installed in a basement or garage shall have the outlet a minimum of _____ above the floor.
- A fabric NOT used in hot applied bituminous waterproofing systems is _____.
- The minimum size of an attic access servicing a furnace is:
- Fire sprinklers would be required for which of the following types of occupancies?
- Which soil compaction test uses a steel rod placed in a 1/2 inch hole 12 inches deep?
- Balusters, (pickets) or the vertical members on a guardrail or set of stairs shall be placed so that a _____ diameter sphere cannot pass through them.
- A tool that is used to cut curves and molding is commonly called a:
- A reference point that is used for a known elevation is called a:
- A "crab" is associated with which of the following devices?
- An electrical panel may NOT be located in which of the following locations?
- Grout should be rodded during placement:
- A column bearing plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts, must be _____ for final bearing support.
- The minimum guage of wire used for a suspended ceiling system is _____ guage.
- A single width or thickness of masonry is called a:
- Regarding a masonry pier, as a general rule of thumb, the maximum height of the pier is _____ times the least dimensional width of its’ base.
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its' base.
- The standard depth of a kitchen upper cabinet is _____ inches.
- An approved covering for a flat or nearly flat roof is _____.
- Floor joists shall be placed with the crown:
- According to the Code, the minimum width of a mechanical room access door to a furnace is _____ inches.
- The standard height of a kitchen base cabinet including the counter top is _____ inches.
- A ground wire is identified by a _____ color.
- Hardboard that has been chemically and heat treated is known as:
- A joint which allows for vertical and horizontal movement is known as a(n) _____ joint.
- An appliance outlet in a utility room must be within _____ feet of the appliance.
- What is the difference between a pier and a pilaster?
- Why does a mason straight edge the rack of a masonry wall?
- Generally the slope on a sidewalk is _____ inch per foot.
- What is the minimum width of a metal stud used in gypsum drywall construction where two panels meet?
- What is the minimum clearance in front of an (electrical) distribution panel?
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- The siderails of a ladder must extend above its’ point of bearing _____ inches.
- What is the maximum distance between wall outlets in the dining room of a house?
- A recessed non-flourescent light fixture must have a minimum clearance from combustible materials of at least _____ inches.
- A gas shut-off valve should be located:
- Circulating air for a cooling system may be taken from which of the following locations?
- The most efficient location of a heat vent in the forced warm air heating system of a house is to place the vent on the floor:
- The minimum size for a shower is such that the shower pan can encompass a _____ diameter circle.
- Every room of a house shall have electrical outlets spaced so that no point along the floor measured horizontally is more than _____ feet from an outlet.
- Overhead service line drops with 240 volts between conductors shall have a minimum clearance above a driveway of at least _____ feet.
- What is the minimum ambient room temperature for taping and floating gypsum drywall?(see solution)
- Drywall topping compound is used for:
- When nailing sheetrock, the nailing should start:
- Type "X" sheetrock is:
- What is the distance from the top of the door to the top of the top hinge?
- The frame for a door that is placed in a basement wall is called a _____.
- When installing a door and insulating between the frame and the jamb, you should:
- The type of door that requires that the frame be installed before the drywall is a:
- When used as a single ply roofing membrane, neoprene sheets are:
- Most of the heat from a building is lost through the:
- Sound traveling through a wall is measured in terms of the _____.
- Where should the vapor barrier go in a crawl space of a house?
- Which of the following is not a reason for using 3/8" aggregate on a built up roof system?
- An asphalt shingle should be ______ the drip edge or facia.
- Which of the following "U" values represents the best insulation?
- A story pole is used when installing wood siding to:
- On a gable roof, the formula for the slope is:
- What type of cabinet doors are entirely outside the face of the cabinet?
- Which of the following would be used to cut a groove in a piece of wood?
- A saddle beam is used:
- The "C-D" stamp on a sheet of plywood refers to:
- The frame for a window or door (the distance between the trimmers), is called the _____.
- The type of construction where studs are continuous from the foundation to the top plate over two floors is known as _____ framing.
- The standard depth of a base cabinet used in kitchens is ____ inches.
- A roof framing member that sets on the outside plate, is perpindicular to the outside wall, and intersects the ridge is called a _____ rafter.
- A method of framing where the walls are assembled on the ground, then tilted into place one floor at a time is known as _____ framing.
- The letters "HDO" in HDO plyform stand for _____.
- Which of the following is an open web steel joist?
- In a stone wall where the stones are cut or shaped in a uniform assembly is:
- In a building, the proper location for a bond beam would be:
- Which of the following masonry patterns or bonds is the weakest assembly?
- Where would you NOT locate a control joint in a masonry wall?
- A column that is a integral part of a wall, or a column that projects from a foundation wall is called a:
- What is the diameter of a deformed number 6 bar?
- To offset the effects of hot weather, _____ is a common admixture that is used.
- Fiber reinforced concrete in concrete pavement results in:
- What would you put between a new slab and an existing slab?
- A note on slab reinforcing has a designation of “6 x 6 x W1.10 x 10W1.4 WWF”, this note means:
- When a footing and slab are placed in one continous operation, this method is called a:
- A "control joint" is defined to be:
- The purpose of "bull-floating" a freshly placed slab is to:
- A common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster is _____.
- Another name for reinforcing mesh is:
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete’s _____.
- Dampening of the subgrade prior to the placement of concrete will:
- A telescope like instrument used to find elevations and turn horizontal angles only is a:
- What is the minimum clearance required by OSHA between electrical lines rated 50 KV or below of any part of a crane or load?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls’ surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- Using a builder’s level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00′ has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What should the first course of an 8′ concrete block wall be set in?
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3′ of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2′ of trim?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24′ in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20’x40′ structure with 8′ high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers’ label?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9' B 6.46'. What is the elevation of corner A?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15'. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90' wide. All beams except the W18's run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75' ?
- A dump truck is 8' wide by 20' long by 6' deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- A rectangular building measures 36' wide and 60 ' long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2' overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- Refer to Drawing . How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30' x 60'.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- A building measures 41' x 41' square. There is a 2' roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20' above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16' length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A gable roof has a total width of 58' and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- Refer to the drawings: How many spandral glass panels are required for the east elevation of the building? ( This drawing will be the East Elev. of the building in your drawing booklet)
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3′ of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2′ of trim?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24′ in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- Concrete is to be broken up and removed. The slab is 100′ long and 54′ wide and 4″ thick. The volume of concrete will increase by 30%. A truck with the capacity of 12 yards will be used to remove the concrete. How many loads will be needed to remove the broken concrete?
- Concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubit foot. A concrete beam 22″ high x 16″ wide x 32′ long would weigh ________.
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20’x40′ structure with 8′ high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers’ label?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9′ B 6.46′. What is the elevation of corner A?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15′. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20′ x 30′ ceiling with packed 4″ thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Refer to the drawing; A commerical building will have 2’x4′ wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a “T” bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4′ resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42′ 8″ wide x 54′ 4″ long; Room B is 42′ 8″ wide x 54′ 4″ long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10′ above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5′ wide x 111′ long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2′ O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00′ . The bottom of the bar joists are 12′ 8″ above finished floor. An addational 15″ of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2″ combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90′ wide. All beams except the W18’s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabricated forms are used to form 12" wide x 8' high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75′ ?
- A dump truck is 8′ wide by 20′ long by 6′ deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8″ long x 2 1/4″ high brick. The wall is to be 42′ long, it is 4′ high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8″. The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- A rectangular building measures 36′ wide and 60 ‘ long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2’ overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A 2″ x 4″ frame wall 44′ 0″ with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16″ o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20′ x 20′ x 6″ are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- An 8″ wide x 12′ high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2″ above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Refer to Drawing. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the penthouse roof? (note – allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30′ x 60′.
- Refer to the Drawing. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50′ x 20′).
- A building measures 41′ x 41′ square. There is a 2′ roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note – all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20′ above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A site plan is scaled at 40′ to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4″ on the drawing equals _______.
- A gable roof has a total width of 58′ and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- A pneumatic nail gun is equipped with an automatic fastener feed. The nail gun does not have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the ejection of nails when the muzzle is not in contact with the work surface. What is the maximum operating pressure allowed?
- What screws are used to fasten drywall to 18 GA steel studs?
- What is the minimum clearance required by OSHA between electrical lines rated 50 KVA or below of any part of a crane or load?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- How many board feet of lumber are used in a wall 18′ – 8″ long and 8′ tall? It has 2 x 4 studs 16″ OC with a single bottom plate and a double top plate.
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls’ surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- In order to preserve the structural integrity of a wood tuss, designer approval is necessary before any of the truss members are subjected to ___.
- What ties are used to tie 4″ brick to wood stud backup?
- How much gap should be maintained between the edges of plywood subflooring?
- The minimum stand cover of reinforcing steel is measured from the ___.
- How are weep holes formed?
- What is the maximum recommended height of a stepped footing?
- Using a builder’s level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00′. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00′ has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What is the minimum recommended nailing of 2X4 lumber used on wood trusses?
- Which of the following is accurate concerning the total run of a roof?
- The ___ value of building insulation is the thermal resistance rating.
- You know the plan dimensions of a 5/12 roof being estimated. What factor would you use to calculate the squares of roofing material it requires?
- In wood framing, nails and screws should be driven at least how far from the ends of the edges of gypsum board?
- A carpenter is framing exterior wood walls. What is the recommended rough opening width for a 36″ wood exterior door?
- How deep should a control joint be cut into a 4″ thick concrete scab?
- Wood trusses have been installed and require bottom cord lateral bracing. What should be the maximum number of feet between the cord lateral braces?
- The ground at point “A” slopes uniformly 1/8″ per foot down to point “B” which is 250′ from point “A”. How far below “A” is “B”?
- The minimum dimensions of temporary bracing lumber for wood trusses is:
- All of the following materials must be removed from reinforcing steel before placement except:
- To what depth are concrete control joints raked?
- One of the purposes of floating concrete is to:
- Which one of the following is a test for concrete consistency?
- Asphalt shingles are to be installed on to a roof with a slope of 5:12. Which of the following is the minimum required underlament?
- Air entrainment of concrete is primarily used to:
- What should the first course of an 8′ concrete block wall be set in?
- A brick wall to be constructed is to be constructed of standard brick 8″ in length and 2 1/4″ high. The brick wall is to be 42′ long and 4′ high. It will be three bricks thick. The vertical mortar joint as well as the horizontal mortar joints will be 3/8″ thick. The total number of bricks needed for this wall is:
- What is the portion of a wall that extends above the roof line of a building?
- What is the recommended exposure when using cut pieces of standard asphalt shingles for end and ridge shingles?
- The rated compressive strength of concrete is based upon a curing period of ___ days.
- Insulation pads are installed in a sloped roof with overhanging eaves. Which one of the following precautions must be taken?
- What is the recommended spacing of nails when installing 4 x 8 exterior plywood wall sheathing?
- When constructing a deck attached to a building, a ___ is attached to act as a means to support joists.
- How should vertical, structural reinforcing dowels be placed in a footing?
- Which of the following respirators meets the requirement when an employee is exposed to particulate contaminants immediately dangerous to their health?
- Appoximately how much of a room should be coated at one time when putting down adhesive for vinyl floor tile?
- What term defines the point of known elevation from which all grades can be established?
- What is the spacing of wood shingles installed on a roof?
- Fall protection is required when a worker is located at what minimum height?
- A structure with 8′ high walls is to be constructred of 8″ x 8″ x 16″ CMU. The structure is 20′ wide by 40′ long. There are no windows or doors. Assuming no waste, how many CMU will be needed?
- When should mortar points in concrete block be tooled?
- What is the property of hardened mortar that holds masonary units together?
- According to the Gypsum Construction Handbook, the maximum allowable framed spacing for 1/2″ gypsum board directly applied to framing of a ceiling is ___ inches on center.
- When plywood and sheathing is installed with the face grain across the studs, instead of the parallel to the studs,
- Which of these functions does the roof underlament not provide?
- How many sheets of 4 X12. by one 1/2″ gypsum plaster board are required for walls and ceiling of a room 22 X16 with 8′ high ceilings? Allow 10% for waste.
- What is the purpose of controll joints?
- The amount of whether protection provided by the overlapping of shingles is called:
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimension of 24 ft 2. The roof pitch is 1/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- How many regular sheets of plywood are required for a rectangular some floor with a 28 ft. by 58 ft. measurement?
- According to Modern Carpentry and Construction, what are the actual dimensions of new, surfaced dry two by six framing lumber?
- A shingle roof has a total roof area of 42 squares of roofing. The roof is to have three-in-one shingles, 80 shingles per square, and six nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails use $35 per 100 lbs. The total cost of the nails is:
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot dry weather. What is the result when the sub grade is moistened with a water just before pouring the slab?
- A masonry chimney should extend at least 2 ft. higher than any portion of the building within a horizontal distance of:
- How much concrete cover is necessary for number five reinforcing bars in a basement wall?
- When should concrete curing procedures start?
- What is the maximum number of feet that materials can be dropped from a building to a point outside the building walls without using a totally enclosed chute?
- Which of the following is an approved method of dispensing potable drinking water at a job site?
- A construction site occupies a portion of a public street. A colored light must be placed at the outer edge of the site between sunset and sunrise. What color must the light be?
- How must extension cords for portable electric tools be wired?
- What is the minimum required height for a covering over a sidewalk used for pedestrian protection?
- Valves on gas cylinders used on welding are not allowed to be open more than how many turns?
- What is the requirement for removing combustable scrap and debris from the construction site?
- When Employers must provide fall protection for employees working above 6 feet it must consist of ____.
- A safety net must extend beyond the working surface how many feet?
- What is the minimum safety factor for all concrete form ties?
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3′ of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2′ of trim?
- What is the minimum diameter precast piles must be?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24′ in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- What is “gang” forming?
- Concrete is to be broken up and removed. The slab is 100′ long and 54′ wide and 4″ thick. The volume of concrete will increase by 30%. A truck with the capacity of 12 yards will be used to remove the concrete. How many loads will be needed to remove the broken concrete?
- A company sells glass plate lights for $9.95 per square foot. How much would three 4×8 lights cost?
- What type of foundation is drilled down to bearing soil and filled with portland concrete to provide structural support?
- Concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubit foot. A concrete beam 22″ high x 16″ wide x 32′ long would weigh ________.
- The minimum depth that a foundation footing may be placed depends on what factor?
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20’x40′ structure with 8′ high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- What is the maximum height for light walled coated sono tube used for concrete columns?
- What is the maximum vertical spacing for fasteners used to secure exterior metal veneer to veneer framing?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers’ label?
- How many tests for the strength of concrete should be preformed for a pour of 750 cubic yards ?
- What is the minimum required 28 day compressive strength on type M mortar?
- To ensure drainage, the minimum allowed slope on a builtup is how many inches per foot?
- What is the minimum roof slope for which asphalt shingles with a single layer of underlayment may be installed?
- What is the maximum allowed spacing of nails when nailing 5/8″ plywood subfloor to floor joists?
- Which method of installing main runners and cross furring is correct for a suspended ceiling?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- Which tool is used to heat seal polymodified bitumen roofing seams?
- Anchor bolts are used to anchor wood plates to the top of a masonry wall. Roof trusses will be secured to the plate. What is the minimum depth the anchor bolts must be imbedded into concrete tie beam?
- Composit steel decking serves as tensil reinforcement for __________.
- How many times can concrete be retempered or remixed after initial set without engineer approval?
- When stakes have a cut “C” or a fill “F” on them, the minimum of the required grade elevation is taken from:
- Masonry footings in a 2-story building must be how thick?
- Concrete has been purchased to specification ASTM C94. The concrete was loaded and began mixing in the truck at 1:30 p.m. The mixing drum revolution revolves at 2 revolutions per minute. The truck arrives at the job at 3:15 p.m. What is the correct reason for rejecting the load of concrete?
- Which part of an accoustic tile ceiling are the hanger wires attached to?
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot weather. What will cause plastic shrinkage cracks?
- Refer to diagram. What structural steel shape is pictured? (This will be a drawing of an Amercian Standard Beam)
- What is the maximum difference allowed in the height of the highest riser and the height of the lowest riser in a set of stairs?
- Multiple wyths of masonry wall are bonded using masonry headers. What is the minimum distance the headers must extend into the backing?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9′ B 6.46′. What is the elevation of corner A?
- What exposure rating would be stamped on exterior siding?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- Trimmer and header joists must be doubled when the span of the header exceeds _____ ft,
- Refer to the drawing below and identify this ceiling.
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15′. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- What force can be transmitted by a connection between a beam and a coloum ?
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20′ x 30′ ceiling with packed 4″ thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Given: If 2600 PSI ready-mix concrete costs $46.00 per cubic yard , what would be the cost per sq. ft. for concrete only in a 4″ thick slab. Do not include sales tax .
- A commerical building will have 2'x4' wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4' resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long; Room B is 42' 8" wide x 54' 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10' above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5' wide x 111' long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2' O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00' . The bottom of the bar joists are 12' 8" above finished floor. An additional 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90′ wide. All beams except the W18’s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabricated forms are used to form 12" wide x 8' high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- Which of the following is not an acceptial means to gauge the tension in a friction connection connection of high strength bolts?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75′ ?
- What does the span rating 36/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1″ ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- Refer to the diagram of the gravel stop. Dimension B must be a min. of how many inches ?
- What is the most likely result of rapid moisture loss from a concrete slab after the concrete is placed ?
- Metal decking is to be welded to metal joists. How are the sheets welded ?
- What is the min. finish grade slope for the land around a foundation ?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6″ slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- Concrete is to be pumped into place using a concrete pump. How must the concrete pumping operation occur ?
- Specs. for readymixed concrete require that the discharge of concrete be completed within 1 1/2 hrs. or _____ drum revolutions .
- What is the min. compaction that is required for soil under a concrete slab ?
- What is the max. size hole that may be bored into a vertical 4″ stud in a nonload bearing wall ?
- Anchor bolts are to be used to connect a plat to a concrete slab. The minimum spacing of the bolts will be __________.
- According to OSHA standards for construction industry, how many toilets should a job site have when the number of employees on a job is 20 or less?
- A new high-rise building is under construction. There is no fire department vertical access above the first floor. A standpipe must be installed for fire department use when the building reaches what height?
- A dump truck is 8′ wide by 20′ long by 6′ deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- A temporary walkway on public property to provide protection for pedestrians during construction or demolition shall be _______________________.
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8″ long x 2 1/4″ high brick. The wall is to be 42′ long, it is 4′ high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8″. The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a prestressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- A rectangular building measures 36′ wide and 60 ‘ long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2’ overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A multi story building is being framed with structural steel. What is the maximum height allowed for welding or bolting above the foundation or next permanently secured floor?
- A 2″ x 4″ frame wall 44′ 0″ with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16″ o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20′ x 20′ x 6″ are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- Which foundation is drilled down to suitable bearing soil and filled with poured concrete to provide structural support?
- What is the recommended maximum rate of filling wall forms with concrete?
- Which foundation system is reinforced to distribute the continuous load of a bearing wall to separate foundations?
- In what application are pan forms used?
- What is the fastest and most economical method for attaching aluminum roof decking or metal siding to light gauge metal framing?
- Which component of a light gauge steel stud partition add strength by preventing the stud from buckling?
- Which component secures steel studs to supporting structures?
- What is the main factor to consider in determining the type and configuration of foundation for a residence?
- For regular surveying work, measuring used is ____________.
- A ceiling system cannot be completed until which inspections are approved?
- To ensure drainage away from a slab, the minimum slope is _____ inches per foot.
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- All of the following are used to determine the span capabilities of metal deck except:
- Which method of installing main runners is permitted when hanging suspended ceiling?
- An 8″ wide x 12′ high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2″ above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2″ x 6″ jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Refer to the Drawing. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note – allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30′ x 60′.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50' x 20').
- Refer to Drawing. How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to Drawing . How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to Drawing. How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- What is the term for a 2 wyth wall with a 2″ air space where each wyth wall acts independently to stress?
- Nine yards of concrete with a 5″ slump has 22 gallons of water added. What is the new slump?
- A building measures 41′ x 41′ square. There is a 2′ roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note – all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- Specifications for ready mix concrete ASTMC94 require that the discharge of concrete be completed within ____ hours or if the drum has revolved 300 times whichever occurs first.
- Using a builders level A Grade for a footing being set, the bottom of the footing will be at an elevation of 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 100) has a rod reading of 4.70. What should the rod reading at the bottom of the footing be if the Grade is correct?
- What is the minimum headroom clearance between a set of stairs and the finished ceiling?
- After it is mixed, mortar should be used within how many hours?
- According to OSHA, during the erection of structural steel members there shall not be more than _________ between the erection floor and uppermost permanent floor.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20′ above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following types of pan is used to form a two-way waffle slab?
- According to OSHA CFR 129, when employees are required to work in trenches in unstable ground, sheeting or sloping is required at a trench depth of ____ or more feet.
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within how many feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footing unless protected against settlement.
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1″ x 12″ is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- What is the maximum masonry wall area that can be bonded to single width masonry with one 3/16″ diameter wall tie?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32′ 0″ long x 8′ 0″ high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16″ on center. 1 1/2″ thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- The Code requires concrete cast against and permanently exposed to the earth to have what minimum concrete cover over the reinforcement?
- The inspection department has decided that plaster portion test are to be made. A permit holder must be notified a minimum of how many hours in advance of inspection?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64′ without exceeding a joist depth of 48″?
- A 1/4″ deck x 3″ x 2″ steel angle is required to construct a sign. Which designation correctly describes the required material?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- At the absence of the engineered specified strength, what is a guideline for the removal of wall and column forms?
- High strength bolts in a friction connection will be tightened reliably to at least _____________.
- For batching purposes, which is the method for establishing the water cement ratio in a concrete mix?
- In multi story slab form work where should shores be located relative to those on the level below?
- Which structural steel designator is correct for steel that is to be used as a column?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerated curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie ?*
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2″ thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?*
- If concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ________ lbs. per sq. foot of each inch slab thickness.
- For which type connection can carbon steel bolts be reliably used when bolting steel components?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of a W8X24 weigh?
- Standard strength concrete has been placed and must cure. What is the minimum number of days the concrete must be kept moist to cure?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What does it mean when 40 is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Stirrups placed vertically in a suspended concrete beam serve to resist ________________.*
- What is the maximum allowed safety lanyard length?
- A site plan is scaled at 40′ to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4″ on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 in 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note – do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses).4/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- In the first corbel course the header is _______________.*
- Which weld creates the strongest connection?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A foundation excavation requires support from soldier beams and lagging. Which structural steel shape is used for soldier beams ?*
- A gable roof has a total width of 58′ and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What type of form is designed to carry some of the buildings structural load? *
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the maximum allowed amount of moisture content for framing lumber 2″ or less in thickness at the time of permanent installation into a building or structure?
- The test for the tensil (flexurial) strength of concrete uses a ___?
- The safety margin used when choosing wire rope is determined by dividing by __?
- What type of soil would you use a grab-hammer drill in?
- When lifting a load with two (2) cranes at the same time, which of the following is true?
- What is a crab ?
- Which of the following can be used to set the line and grade for a sewer?
- Referring to the illustration, what is the total number of square feet of forms required to form both sides of the planter walls ONLY if the forms extend 6″ above the top of the wall? Assume the wall is centered on the footing.
- Referring to the illustration, the total number of cubic yards of concrete required for the walls of the planter is between _____ cubic yards.
- Referring to the illustration, how many lineal feet of reinforcing bar are required for the planter footing? Calculate only the longitudinal bars and do not add for laps or corners. Assume the wall is centered on the footing.
- Refer to the Diag. Identify A
- Refer to the Diagram; Which of the following manholes would be least likely to produce an eddie or whirlpool?
- Refer to the Diag. Identify the weld symbol shown .
- Refer to the Diag. Identify the weld symbol shown.
- PILES ARE SPECIFIED FOR A BRIDGE. WHAT ACTION DRIVES A SINGLE ACTING PILE DRIVER?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DEFINITIONS BEST DESCRIBES A PILE DRIVING HEAD?
- A DRIVING HEAD IS USUALLY USED WHEN PILES ARE DRIVEN. WHICH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MAY BE SUBSTITUTE FOR THE DRIVING HEAD?
- THE LOAD RATING OF A MOBIL CRANE IS BASED ON WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING?
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING WILL AFFECT THE LOAD CAPACITY OF A MOBIL CRANE EXCEPT:
- WHAT IS THE NAME FOR THE PILE THAT IS FORMED BY DRIVING A CASING INTO A SET DEPTH AND REMOVING THE CASING WHILE FILLING THE HOLE WITH CONCRETE?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN POWER LINES THAT ARE BELOW 50 KVA AND ANY PART OF AN OPERATING CRANE OR LOAD SHALL BE:
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop mechanical or _____ hammer.
- In a wastewater treatment plant the two most commonly used types of pumps are centrifugal and _________?
- An overhead traveling crane is primarily used where?
- From any point on a transmission line to a vertical point on a conductor is called the ________?
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main to _____.
- What can be used to drive a pile in place of a cushion?
- Which is the best grade of pipe?
- An untreated pile must be driven to _____ to prevent decay?
- Other than sheet pile what other type of metal pile is there?
- Most accidental overturns in mobile cranes are a result of _____.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- The Laser used inside the sewer pipe installation is subject to change due to temperature variations along the length of the piping. What should be done to insure proper laser readings?
- What is the name used for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer pipe ?
- The most common gauge of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is _____ gauge.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- A spandrel beam is:
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- WHAT IS BEDDING USED FOR IN SEWER PIPE INSTALLATIONS?
- WHAT DIAMETER PIPE IS MOST USED FOR FIRE HYDRANTS?
- THE LOAD RATING OF A MOBIL CRANE IS BASED ON WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING?
- What is the name of the layers of soil that are used in backfilling around sewer pipe ?
- THE HYDROSTATIC TEST OF WATER SERVICE PIPE CONSISTS OF FILLING THE PIPE WITH WATER AND ADDING:
- CORRUGATED METAL PIPE IS USED AS A PART OF A DRAINAGE SYSTEM. WHICH IS USED TO JOIN CMP?
- Which one of the following is a suitable bedding material in a subsurface pipe drainage system?
- The size of a pipe is measured according to its:
- An elliptical corrugated pipe is used:
- Asbestos cement pipe is referred to as MEE pipe when the pipe________:
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane’s rated lifting capacity?
- Each valve other than a check valve in a liquid pipeline for hazardous substances, must be equipped with:
- What type of pipe is used for jacking in a trench- less auguring excavation?
- The advantage of seamless pipe is its’:
- When laying concrete bell pipe the ____?
- What process is used to prevent corrosion on ductile iron pipe laid in high alkalinity soil?
- What type of joint should be used on a storm sewer when connecting pipes made of dissimilar materials?
- What type of centrifugal pump is used at pump stations for flood control and irrigation?
- When back filling pipe, how far above the top of the pipe must be covered before using backfill material that contains large aggregate?
- On schedule 40 pipe, when does the standard wall thickness change?
- WHY ARE DISCONNECT SWITCHES INSTALLED IN SERIES WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER IN SUB-STATIONS?
- ON A 50 FEET CONCRETE REINFORCED POLE, HOW MUCH CAN THE POLE SAFELY SWAY?
- AFTER REVIEWING THE PLAT MAP, THE DESIGN ENGINEERED BUILDING SITE ELEVATION OF LOT #444 IS _____. REFER TO DIAGRAM D-3.
- No welder may weld using a specific welding process unless the welder has been using that specific process within the last ___ proceding months.
- IN A PROCTOR TEST THE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT IN THE SOIL IS THE AMOUNT OF MOISTURE AT WHICH :
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TAPS MAY BE MADE INTO 4 INCH CAST IRON PIPE WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT?
- When laying slip ring pipe it is necessary to:
- What is a force main ?
- If a pipe is stamped MEE this would mean ?
- What of the following is the most danger for a long boom crane?
- In a wastewater treatment plant the two most commonly used types of pumps are centrifugal and _________?
- From any point on a transmission line to a vertical point on a conductor is called the ________?
- Wastewater station pump sizes are usually designated by the pump _______?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- A ________ is used for a slump test ?
- Aggregate particles used for concrete should be shaped like?
- Which of the following is NOT a type of Pile
- A sample of oil shows all but ?
- The marking on a pipe is ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S. Identify 49.93
- What is used to clean out a pipeline ?
- How many cubic feet equal one cubic yard?
- When using a crane do the outriggers need to touch the ground?
- On a corporation stop, Where does stop come off the main line of the sewer.
- What are NOT standard types of concrete pipe?
- Solid timber sheeting for installing clay pipe.
- On a ductile iron pipe water line – What is the compressive concrete strength for thrust blocks.
- What test is used for leak testing concrete pipe and manholes.
- On an 18′ section of 16″ ductile iron pipe what is the maximum deflection allowed
- Waste water station pump sizes are usually designated by the pump’s _____.
- The piece of equipment most commonly used for placing concrete underwater is:
- When water testing reinforced concrete pipe, the maximum leakage allowed is 200 gallon per inch diameter per day per mile. One mile equals 5,280 feet. What is the allowable loss of a 36″ diameter pipe that is 300′ in length for a four hour test?
- A retaining structure with a strut in compression is known as a:
- A type of mobile crane used for the erection of structural steel is a:
- What does ‘grade 40’ mean?
- Any vehicle hauling flammable materials must carry which of the following fire extinguishers?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its’ base is called:
- The extension on the end of the boom of a crane is called a:
- You come upon a Co-Worker who is unconscious, bleeding, and not breathing what is the first and foremost thing you should do.
- What type of crane is used to erect a high tower building and turns in a circle.
- The projecting arm on a heavy crane that is attached to the boom is called what.
- What type of fire extinguisher is generally required where paints are stored or used?
- Which ASTM designation is an all-purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry?
- Thrust blocks are required at points where pipe _____.
- Given: Finely-perforated pipes are driven into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more above-ground pipes in order to maintain or reduce a water table level during the site construction. What
- Given: A section of pipe has to be installed between 2 manholes which are 300′ apart. The difference in elevation between the manhole inverts is 1′. What is the correct percent of grade setting when using a laser?
- Expansion loops are used in some process pipe systems to prevent damage caused by _____.
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main to _____.
- Wide flange beams driven vertically to retain material are known as:
- What is the upper part of a pile called, after is was driven?
- What type of tool is used to drive a bolt in between to beams?
- What is the most commonly used type of equipment to drive a pile?
- What pile driving operation uses high water pressure?
- What type of pile is tapered on the ends in order to provide a larger bearing area.
- What type of pile displaces a large amount of soil?
- A pile that is driven into the ground and leaves the shell or casing in is called what?
- What type of hammer drives piles the fastest ?
- What protects the top of a Pile while driving?
- What is used to guide a Pile?
- What is a Pile driven on an angle called?
- In placing an enlarged drainage structure, what would not be used?
- What type of pile has the most friction?
- You are placing concrete culverts and you know that problems will occur with the joints. To prevent this you should:
- Corrugated metal pipe (Draw pipe) comes in what multiple lengths?
- When laying sewer or drainage pipe the bell of the pipe should be placed:
- The Code requires that when a water service pipe is installed in the same trench with a building sewer, there must be a minimum separation of _____ inches.
- What is another name for Transit Pipe?
- What is Transit Water Pipe?
- Cast iron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be concrete encased because?
- Given: Using a builders level, a cut stake is being set for the excavation of a footing. The top of the footing will be at 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 102.50′) has a rod reading of 4.70′. The rod reading of the mark on the cut stake is 6.2. The footing is 6″ thick . What should the cut stake be marked?
- What odorless gas is explosive when present in the sewer system?
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- What type of cement should be considered for batch concrete which will be used for a waste water treatment facility? (exposed to sulfur)
- A concrete tank with a inside diameter of 125′ and 14″ thick walls with re-bar placed 2″ from the outside walls using 20′ pieces of re-bar you would need _____ pieces to encircle the perimeter once disregarding overlap.
- Electricity is carried from the generator substation to the load area substation over a set of conductors known as _____ lines.
- You have a hub (benchmark) elevation of 102.20; you read 5.12 to the hub (backsite); you have a required elevation in the ditch bottom of 93.50; you read an existing grade of 11.50; what is the difference between the existing and the required?
- While trenching and excavating: OSHA requires at least _____ feet of clear unobstructed distance from the trenches edge to the top of the spoil pile or other stored materials to prevent falling on workers.
- The Laser used inside the sewer pipe installation is subject to change due to temperature variations along the length of the piping. What should be done to insure proper laser readings?
- A point indicating where the fill slope stops and the road or shoulder grade begins is called the _______________.
- The bottom of an incline is called______________?
- What is the best foundation material for sky scrappers or large buildings?
- When referring to an engineer’s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- What would you use to protect the banks around a body of water to prevent washout?
- In moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is the name used for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer pipe ?
- What is the component of soil that distinguistshes it as top soil ?
- The increase in bulk of soil when it is being dug or blasted is known as___________?
- Aggregate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as_________ ?
- In order for a scrapper operator to make a deeper cut, what would he do ?
- What term defines the stake whose top issue is a known point of reference to establish elevation and distance ?
- How many layers of concrete are in a slump test?
- The most common gauge of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is _____ gauge.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines and utility easements are shown on the _____ plan.
- Structural concrete slabs, columns and other members should be protected to _____ per cent of their design strength.
- When large sections of forms are moved at a time using a crane this practice is called _____ forming.
- Plastic shrinkage cracks are generally due to:
- Electrolysis would be caused by attaching which of the types of materials in direct contact with each other.
- In addition to providing freeze / thaw resistance, air entrainment will also improve the _____.
- A crane is rated by:
- Corrosion on water pipe fitting occurs when:
- Type III cement is:
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- A spandrel beam is:
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction it is important to:
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete’s _____.
- According to Code, it shall be the duty of ___ to determine if the plumbing system has been inspected and has stood the approprate tests prior to covering.
- When laying sewer lines the bell of the pipe should be placed:
- To maintain accuracy in a sewer line using grade boards:
- The load rating of a mobile crane is based on which of the following?
- In sloping in benching work for confined spaces, what is meant by soil distress?
- When installing slip joint piping, you should:
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- Bedding material for pipe culverts, box culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- Which of the following is NOT a part of the ductile iron pipe joint?
- How can reverse grade or backfall be detected in a sewer line?
- According to Code, a sewer which receives storm water, sewage and liquid waste is:
- What is bedding used for in sewer pipe installations?
- Which of the following properties of sand, gravel, clay, and silt describes its ability to support a structure?
- All of the following are tamping rollers used for soil compaction except:
- All of the following will affect the flow in a pipe except:
- A rolling movement on unstable ground as heavy equipment runs over it is:
- What do you use to clean out a pipe line?
- Flamable odorless gas found in public sewers is:
- According to Code, PVC-2110 plastic pipe 1" and larger, when acceptable for gas transmission lines:
- According to Code, in a wrought Iron gas piping line, the fittings in pipe 4" and larger:
- The backhoe operator should adjust the stabilizers on a side slope by using which of the following methods?
- Basis of payment for culvert pipe is:
- According to Code, the drainage system or any part there of shall not be covered until:
- What is the name use to describe the inside bottom of a sewer pipe?
- When shoring a trench, “Excavation and Grading Handbook” recommends installing the jacks:
- Which of the following roller characteristics is most efficient for asphalt compaction?
- You have a required elevation at “A” of 104.25. The benchmark elevation is 101.10. A back site reading opf 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location “A”) has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- Steel shot is used in what method of drilling?
- According to Code, Sewerage or other waste from a plumbing system must be ___ before it is discharged into any waterway.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utility easements would be shown on the:
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and water from entering the excavation?
- In an above ground gas piping system, which of the following materials is approved for fittings?
- According to OSHA, someone who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards, unsanitary working conditions and is authorized to take corrective actions to eliminate them is a:
- Cast iron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be encased in concrete because:
- Refer to manhole diagram. This structure is which of the following? (This will be a drawing of a manhole 5' high with a pipe entering at the top turning a 90 degree down to the bottom and the turning 90 degrees to the left to exit the manhole)
- When moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- Transite water pipe is:
- What odorless gas is explosive when present in the sewer system?
- According to Code, plastic pipe approved for use with natural gas must:
- On resurfacing projects, which of the courses listed below is used to smooth the surface of the old pavement?
- Which of the following soils tests would determine at what moisture content a soil becomes too wet?
- According to OSHA, a trench wall made of what soil type will best stand without shoring?
- Initial backfill insures a uniform distribution of load on the pipe. What area indicates backfill?
- According to code, seamless copper copper water tubing used for water distribution must meet ____ standards.
- Of the following standards, all are Code adopted standards for cast iron pipe EXCEPT:
- According to Code, the threads of metallic piping used in gas tramsmission lines must comply with ____ for pipe threads.
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 185′ horizontally?
- If the change in elevation for a 2% grade is 18″, what is the horizontal distance?
- The torque wrench which is calibrated in inch-pounds is used to tighten a bolt to 72 inch-pounds. This is equivalent to ___ foot pounds.
- What diameter pipe is most used for fire hydrants?
- What is the minimum compressive strength required for thrust blocks in a ductile iron pipe water line?
- If a pipe size is doubled, the carrying capacity of the pipe increases by:
- A builder's level & reference hubs will be used to provide a uniform trench bottom elevation of 93.50'. During excavation, a rod reading of 5.12' is taken on a nearby hub. This elevation is 102.2'. The buil
- According to Code, the following shall not be used in a drainage system.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batched concrete, (other than Type III cement) would require ____ days for full field curing time.
- Refer to table: The formula for the size of thrust blocks needed to install water mains is: thrust per 100 PSI = required area of the thrust block. Bearing load of soil = per 100 PSI of water pressure. What size TB are needed for 6″ tee in sandy soil? (Note there will be a chart that you can use to figure the size of the block)
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA 12″ spec. PVC water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- If 1000 CY is needed to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%, how much fill is required?
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4′ deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- According to OSHA, all trenches over ____ feet must be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- According to Code, a 4″ building sewer must have a minimum fall of ____ per foot.
- Given: 2 manholes 200′ apart. Fall between nmanholes is 1′. What percentage would be used in setting the laser?
- A section of pipe is installed between 2 manholes 300′ apart. There is 1′ elevation change. What is the lazar grade setting?
- A thimble must penetrate not less than ____inches above and _____ inches below the roof deck.
- A low pressure gas test shall withstand a pressure of at least 3.0 psi or ____ inches of mercury.
- In order to charge any system over _____ lbs., you must first obtain approval from the Building Official.
- Which of the following may not be used for in gas line pipe?
- Any AC unit ______ tons or more must have a 3/4″ drain line attached to an approved drainage facility ?
- In which of the following rooms can air be recirculaited ?
- According to code, what is the depth of an auxiliary safety pan ?
- If corrosive gases are present in the air, which of the following filter systems would you use to remove the gases ?
- A 2,000 CFM blower motor is required to have an automatic shutdown system. Which of the following rooms is this applicable ?
- When 100 pound refrigerant cylinders are used for storage, they are frequently _____ to make charging service cylinders easier.
- On a pneumatic control system rated at 12 psi, the maximum operating pressure is _____.
- low pressure steam heating valves up to 2 inches in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron or _____?
- Three way mixing valves used in water circulating systems have:
- Threaded gas piping testing shall be tested at a pressure of no less than _____ psig as part of final inspection requirement?
- What is the name of the device to prevent the roof from the heat and combustion of the metal flu which passes through it?
- Which one of the following would be used in place of an interlock to prevent operation of a hot water boiler until an adequate water flow is established?
- Which one of the following would be installed in a hot water supply line and would shut off the boilers if no water is flowing?
- The switch which opens or closes an air line from an “electrical impulse” is commonly called _____ switch.
- What is the name of the device that is designed to prevent a boiler from operating if the mechanically-operated draft device fails to provide the required exhaust?
- When a gas piping system to a single family residence is tested, the full test pressure must be maintained for a period of no less than ____?
- A temperature relief valve on a water heater shall be set at a maximum ______?
- What is the minimum permissible opening size for combustion air on a residential furnace where the air is taken from an adjacent room?
- Plastic pipe used for natural gas shall be used?
- Gas piping installed in a building for other than dry gas systems shall be sloped at least every 1/4 inch per ____ feet of pipe.
- The hourly gas volume for gas burning appliances shall be determined by the?
- A hermetic compressor is running on a window air conditioning unit when the power goes off for 10 seconds and then comes back on. The compressor _____.
- A halide torch leak detector indicates a refrigerant leak by producing a _____ color flame when it comes into contact with refrigerant.
- Given: While checking the operation of a furnace, the thermostat is moved to its highest (warmest) setting to make the furnace operate. 10 seconds after the thermostat & contacts close, the burners ignite, causing a loud noise and flames to shoot out the front. Which of the following is the cause?
- The high limit control used in a forced air heating system controls electrical power to the _____.
- Refer to sheet ac-3 and the line sizing table at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30' from the compressor and the fan unit is 20' from the compressor. Base the line & loss on 2 psi drop. The compressor is rated at 80 tons nominal. What si
- Refer to sheet ac-3 and line sizing tables at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30' from the compressor. The fan is 20' from the receiver and the fan is 10' from the & compressor. Base the line loss up to psi pressure drop. Compressor is
- A refrigeration piping system that uses brine must be tested for ______ minutes.
- A switch, installed in a duct system, designed to complete circuit power to auxiliary equipment in a forced warm-air system when the air velocity is increased, is called a ___.
- All 3/4″ steel fuel gas piping installed horizontally in a structure shall be adequately supported at intervals not to exceed _____ .
- the total length of all pipe for the roof drain in diagram 37-3 is _______ feet.
- Which material is not approved for fuel gas piping?
- Returnable refrigeration cylinders shall not be filled to more than _______ of their capacity.
- When using a co2 tank for pressure testing you must use a tank regulator because pressure can be ________ in the co2 bottle.
- How does a cylinder unloader function?
- When excess condensate is accumulating in the supply line of a low pressure steam boiler, it is due to _____.
- What is the most effective way to test for a refrigerant leak?
- A 120 volt compressor checks out electrically. The compressor will not start. What would you do?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the low pressure side, the refrigerant tank acts like a _____.
- How often must the relief valve on a low pressure boiler be inspected?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the low side, you would _____.
- When cutting up pipe for use in a fuel gas piping system, all cut ends of pipe must be reamed _____.
- In residential construction, what is the typical type of piping which would be used to reach a remote condensing unit?
- What reduces fluctuation of boiler water to obtain a better reading of the water level in the gauge glass?
- When evacuating a refrigeration system, what lines do you connect to?
- What is the safest and best way to charge a running refrigeration system?
- What is the hose color leading to the compound gauge on the manifold?
- If the compressor is higher than the evaporator, a loop is put in the pipe prior to the compressor. What is the loop for?
- What is the common voltage of a residential thermostat?
- What is the purpose of a window refrigeration unit being tilted backwards?
- What is the most common type of compressor used in a window air conditioning unit?
- A refrigeration system, containing _____ lbs. Or less of group 1 refrigerant, shall not be required to be pressure tested.
- When using an evaporative cooler, what type of material cannot be used in a plenum?
- If a gas water heater or furnace has a blue pilot flame that wavers, of the following, which is true?
- What is the recommended air volume in cfm needed per person occupancy?
- In a 30 lbs. Pressure test, which of the following would decompose and explode if used?
- In a pneumatic controlled system the operating range is between 3 and 15 lbs. The reading on the gauge is 8 lbs. What is this reading?
- A controller in a heating system is set to come on at 66 degrees and shut off at 70 degrees. What is this called?
- In a pneumatic system, what component senses the temp of the room?
- On a compressor using an internal unloader, what activates it?
- What type of copper would you use if you were making a flare connection with 1 1/8″ copper pipe?
- Forced air furnace heaters with automatic reset air outlet temperature limit controls can be set to no more than ____ degrees f. (Note electric duct heaters 200 degrees f)
- What is the highest temperature a control limit switch can be set at?
- Which one of the following motors use a centrifugal switch to start it?
- With a 208 volt, 24,000 Btu unit drawing 16.8 amps under full load, what is the EER rating?
- On cooling towers or evaporative condensers, which are equipped with A positive water discharge, it must drain to a(n) _____ .
- An evaporative cooler, supported on an above ground platform, shall be elevated at least _____ inches above the adjoining ground level.
- Lp gas is _______________ gas.
- The maximum allowable temperature for water piping, which is exposed and within reach of occupants of a building, is _____.
- Steam and hot water piping systems shall be tested for not less than _____ minutes at _____ 0r 50 lbs. Greater than the operating pressure.
- By adjusting a variable pitch pulley to make the belt ride at the top of the motor's pulley, instead of at the bottom of the motor's pulley, the result would be _____.
- When a fire damper is installed in a hvac air distribution duct, ____.
- Standard fusible link fire dampers shall have fusible links, which will operate or melt at _____.
- When refrigerant piping must be flexible, you should use _____.
- A halide leak detector is usually operated by _____ fuels.
- Every chimney vent or gravity vent connector shall have a continuous rise of not less than _____ per foot up to the point of connection to the chimney.
- The most probable cause of a compressor which runs with no problem But is noisy on restarting after the off cycle is _____ .
- A circulation air fan for a blower-type forced air furnace is controlled by _______________.
- A sniffer tube is used _____ .
- A metering device in a refrigeration system controls the flow of refrigerant and _____.
- Air is fully saturated when it is at the _____.
- A gas range may be connected with an approved listed metallic connector not to exceed a length of _____ feet.
- All hot water heating systems are required, by code, to have _____ installed.
- A concrete or other approved base, used to mount a refrigeration compressor in an exterior location, shall extend above the adjoining level a minimum of _____ inches.
- A group 1 refrigerant compressor of the positive-displacement type, in excess of _____ horsepower or more, requires a pressure relief valve.
- Copper water tubing, type ____ is acceptable when it is used for refrigeration piping.
- An evaporative cooler supported directly by the ground shall be isolated from the ground by a concrete slab, extending not less than _____ inches above the adjoining ground level.
- What is the minimum clearance for an unlisted gas boiler from the sides and back?
- In the refrigeration cycle the ______ is the last point of vapor.
- When steel pipe is embedded in a concrete slab, joints must be ____?
- Gate valves are _____ on the safety valve discharge line of a boiler.
- The maximum allowable working pressure of a low pressure hot water heating boiler is _____.
- A refrigeration system is not working. You turn the system on. You notice that it needs refrigerant. What could happen?
- When do you pump refrigerant into a refrigeration piping system?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the high side, on initial start up, which of the following will happen?
- If installing a residential home’s pre-charged refrigeration lines with quick connections, a coating of _____ should be applied for a new evaporator coil?
- Chimney vents shall extend above the roof surface through a _____ to prevent combustion.
- What is the minimum size for a fuel gas supply line if the supply pressure is .5 lbs. ?
- On what centers are hangers placed for 3/4" fuel gas piping ?
- How high above the floor of a garage must a water heater or a gas furnace be installed?
- What shuts off the gas in the event of pilot ignition failure?
- According to principles of air conditioning, if there is a low rumble noise in a duct system, what is causing the noise?
- What is the most common or popular type of ignition system use for gas-fired roof top heating furnaces?
- In an evaporative cooling system air is _____.
- Generally a thru-the-wall or window air conditioner uses which of the following metering devices?
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture and possibly create hazards when the temperature of the pipe reaches which one of the following temperatures?
- You are called to service a furnace that is not providing enough heat. Which one of the following is NOT a possible cause of the problem?
- Given: You respond to a service call on a furnace and find that the pilot light is not working. You relight the pilot and release the reset button and the pilot goes out again. Which one of the following is NOT the cause of the problem?
- While checking the operation of a furnace, the thermostat is set to its highest (or warmest) setting to make the furnace operate. 10 seconds after the furnace contacts close the burners ignite and cause a loud noise and flames shoot out of the front. Which of the following is the cause.
- When repairing a furnace, and the pilot assembly is removed, proper care must be taken to ensure that when the thermocouple and pilot are reinstalled, the thermocouple must not come in contact with the ________ or it will be destroyed.
- An electrically ignited pilot is NOT used for which of the following:
- Three way mixing valves used in water circulating systems have:
- A device used in an air duct to prevent a heating and cooling system from running until adequate airflow is established is a:
- Which one of the following should be installed in a chilled water line and will shut off the compressor if no fluid is flowing?
- The air in an evaporative cooler is:
- A pressure limiting device installed in an unlisted water dooled condensing unit shall stop the compressor at a discharge pressure of ________ psig for R-22.
- What is the pressure in PSI setting used for an unlisted R-22 system's pressure control?
- A Group I refrigerant is used in a 6 story, 350 bed hospital. This is a direct system. Floors 1 - 5 have 200,000 cf, 6th has 120,000 cf. The evaporator coil serves each floor individually. What is the maximum number of pounds of R-114 permitted?
- Given: A low heat residential gas appliance without a draft hood has a chimney connector of singlewall metal pipe with a clearance from the connector to any non protected combustible material must be at least __________ inches.
- A listed residential gas furnace with a straight run has a maximum flue temperature and a hood of less than 500 F. The chimney connector is singlewall metal pipe. The clearance from the connector to any non-combustibles must be at least:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, any unlisted residential type boiler water heater, or furnace shall have a minimum clearance on the back and sides of not less than _________ inches unless a form of protection specified in the code is used.
- HPM drain, waste, and vent piping shall be tested in accordance with requirements of:
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 ounce, a pressure drop of .5" water column and .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum allowable size for the 14' section of pipe that connects to the gas meter. (1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz, a pressure drop of 1/2", water column @ .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum allowable size for the 12' section of pipe before the branch to the furnace. (1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- A listed flexible connector may be used for any gas burning appliance if:
- Exposed fuel gas pipelines shall be installed no less than ________ inches above finished grade.
- When testing a fuel gas piping system for leaks, the testing medium shall be air, co2, or:
- A pressure regulator must be installed in a fuel gas piping system whenever the supply pressure exceeds _______ inches water column.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a refrigerating system operates at a pressure below atmospheric, it shall be tested at a partial vacuum equal to the pressure of a water column of mercury not less than _______ inches in height.
- When pressure testing a brine system, the pressure in the system must be maintained for a minimum of ______ minutes.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a brine piping system shall be tested at a minimum pressure of ______ PSI.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refirgeration system using a Group I refrigerant and water cooled condensing unit shall be equipped with a pressure limiting device if it is _______ horsepower or more.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the lower of the two required ventilating openings in a mechanical room shall be ______ to allow for proper emergency ventilation.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a readily accessible switch for a refrigeration machinery rooms' emergency ventilation shall be installed within 2' of the _______.
- Given: A refrigeration condensing unit is installed in a room which must be provided with ventilation. A mechanical exhaust system will be installed. The exhaust system will be capable of changing the air in the room every __________.
- An evaporative cooler supported by an above ground platform shall be elevated above the ground level a minimum of ______ inches.
- A concrete pad is poured on the ground to support an evaporative cooler shall extend above the adjoining ground a minimum of ________ inches.
- Evaporative coolers shall be accessible for inspection and servicing without removing:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, fittings for class 2, 3, and 4 ducts used in product conveying systems shall be no less than _______ that required for a straight duct run.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, ventilation systems used for removing __________ shall be designed by the constant volume method.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, an environmental duct is one used to convey air at a temperature not exceeding ______ either to or from an occupied area and not to be a part of a heating or air conditioning system.
- When a fire damper is installed in a HVAC air distirbution duct:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is not required to be insulated?
- Given: Two gas appliances are vented with a common vent. One has a 5" vent connector and the other has a 3" vent connector. The minimum size common vent required to vent these two appliances is _______.
- What is the maximum horizontal run of an uninsulated appliance connector if the vertical run of the chimney above the connector is 100 feet? Note: This is NOT an engineered system.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a unit heater installed in an aircraft hanger must be installed no less than ________ feet from the floor.
- A floor furnace shall be installed how close to the ground? Note: This is not a sealed unit.
- A blower type warm air funace must have its air supply duct sized for its Btu output rating of the furnace. What is the minimum unobstructed cross sectional supply duct area required for a 180,000 Btu furnace?
- Given: A circulating air intake for a cooling system is to be located horizontally from an appliance vent. The minimum distance required from the air intake and the vent outlet should be:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which one of the following appliances shall be equipped with an automatic device to shut off the fuel to the main burner and pilot in the event of ignition failure:
- Appliances with automatically controlled gas burners shall be equipped with a device that will shut off the fuel supply in the event of:
- Blow down on a cooling tower is accomplished by doing which of the following?
- Given: Use the following formula to figure the required pump speed if the size of the impeller is not changed. Presently, it is running at 1725 RPM and is pumping 100 gpm. PS2=PS1 (GPM2/GPM1). What is the new pump speed?
- Given: A group A Division I occupancy is 200′ x 300′ x 80′ high. The occupied portion is 80%. A 10 stage system with R-22 is used. It is a direct refrigerating system. Four air handlers will be used. How many LBS. of R-22 can be stored here?
- What is used on a centrifugal air conditioning chiller to automatically remove non-condensibles?
- According to the "HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" book, which instrument is preferred for measuring air velocities and pressures because it is the most reliable and rugged?
- Given: A 150 horsepower centrifugal condensing unit is to be installed on the roof of an office building. The centrifugal unit is charged with trichlorofluoromethane. The unit does not have to be installed in a refrigeration machinery room if the unit
- A manometer is an instrument used to:
- Additional fuel connectors may be made to existing fuel supply lines if:
- Which of the following may decompose and explode if used to test a refrigerant system at 30 PSIG?
- A refrigeration system has an automatic expansion valve. The compressor of the system has been running normally. After being off for a while, the compressor starts up and knocks severly. The most likely trouble is:
- Refer to the air distribution figure. The diffuser at # 106 has airflow of _______ CFM.
- Refer to the air distribution figure. At the sidewall register # 108, the airflow is _______ CFM.
- By adjusting a variable pitched pulley to make the belt ride at the top edge of the motor pulley instead of the bottom, what will the result be?
- A dual pressure motor control is normally connected to which of the following sets of valves on a refrigeration system to provide for the proper and safe operation of the system?
- A fan delay control is used on a walk-in freezer for what?
- Which of the following copper tubing would you use when making flare fittings for a new condensing unit which you are installing?
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. Given: Power provided is 220 Volt, 60 cycle, 3 phase. Based on the above information in the diagram, the condensing fan motor would have which of the following electrical characteristics?
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. When TM-1 opens, the indicator light for CLHT-1 will:
- The electrical controls in a small refrigerator operate at ______ volts.
- Wrought copper fittings used in refrigeration systems are also know as:
- Refer to the figure above. In this refrigeration system the number 6 points to:
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. When TM-1 opens, the evaporator fans will:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure relief valve is required for a refrigeration system using R-12, it shall be set to function at ______ PSIG when installed on the low side of the system.
- Air cooled R-12 refrigeration system equipped with a pressure limiting device shall stop the compressor at a discharge pressure of ________ PSI.
- Cooling towers equipped with positive discharge systems to reduce alkali buildup in the tower water will be piped to a discharge which flows into which of the following?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure test is conducted on a refrigerant container, it shall not exceed _____ times the design working pressure stamped on the container.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system that uses Group I refrigerant and has _____ pounds of refrigerant or less is not required to have a pressure test performed on the system.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system shall not be pressure tested with:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system shall maintain/sustain the test pressure provided in the code for a period of not less than _______ minutes.
- An emergency refrigerant control box for an ammonia system used in a cold storage facility shall be installed outside the building in an accessible location not more than ______ feet above the sidewalk.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the discharge pipe required on the low and high side of a Group II refrigerant system shall have a minimum nominal diameter of ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code,a pressure relief valve required to be piped outdoors shall terminate at a point not less than ______ feet above the adjoining ground.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure relief valve is required by code on a refrigeration system, it shall discharge into the __________ if not affected by backpressure.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, all positive displacement compressors which use ______ refrigerant shall have a pressure limiting device installed on the compressor regardless of capacity.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a _______ shall be installed in each refrigerant piping outlet from a receiver.
- Copper tubing used to convey refrigerant must be supported horizontally at points not exceeding how many feet?
- When installing copper tubing refrigerant lines, the lines must be securely fastened to a permanent support within how many feet of the bend of the tubing? Note: does not include the first bend closest to the compressor.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, 3/4" steel pipe used to convey liquid refrigerant shall have a wall thickness of not less than that specified for schedule _____ pipe when field joints are NOT welded.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, mechanical joints shall NOT be made on any copper tubing larger than ______ inch nominal size.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when 1 1/2" pipe is used for conveying liquid refrigerant and all field joints are welded, the minimum wall thickness permitted shall not be less than the thickness used in schedule ______ pipe.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, machinery rooms for refrigerating equipment shall be provided with a means of emergency ventilation capable of no less than ______ air changes per hour.
- A refrigeration system condensing unit containing a group I refrigerant shall be enclosed in a machinery room if the compressor horsepower rating on the condenser exceeds ______ horsepower.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration machinery room shall have an unobstructed working space of not less than _____ inches around two adjacent sides of all moving machinery in the room.
- Given: A refrigeration condensing unit is installed in a room which must be provided with ventilation. A mechanical exhaust system will be installed. The exhaust system will be capable of changing the air in the room every __________.
- A concrete or other approved base used to mount a refrigeration compressor, condensing unit, etc. in an exterior location shall extend above the adjoining ground a minimum of _______ inches.
- Externally installed duct insulation shall not cover what component unless a label is attached indicating its exact location?
- When refrigerant is sub-cooled, it is:
- According to Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning, when a steady, low-pitched rumble travels along a duct system, it is usually caused by:
- The air velocity in air ducts, using the velocity pressure method is measured with ________.
- Hermetic and semi-hermetic compressors that are running require refrigerant for cooling the motor windings or they will overheat. For this reason, it is best and safest to charge a system with:
- Caution must be exercised when charging a unit with refrigerant using the low side method. If the suction pressure is too low it may cause:
- When charging a refrigerant system using the low side method, PROPER system charging may be sped up by:
- How are panels for prefabricated boxes secured to each other?
- Filter dryers used in refrigeration systems have access valves used for:
- The two types of fuel that a halide leak detector can use are:
- What is a breaker strip used for in a household refrigerator?
- Given: On a household refrigerator, the thermostat has three wires on it. Of these, one is a ground and one is the power supply line connected to one of the thermostat terminals. Where does the third wire go to?
- The simplest type of domestic refrigerator uses which of the following methods of defrosting?
- Of the following metering divices, which one is the most widely used in today's household refrigerators?
- Of the different types of motor protection available, which one is the most commonly used for compressors on household refrigerators?
- Given: A ''s refrigerant passes through the metering device, an excessive amount is suddenly changed from a liquid to a vapor. This unwanted condition is called _____.
- To prevent refrigerant from liquifying in the compressor crancase during cold weather it is sometimes necessary to use a __________.
- In line filter dryers are used for ALL of the following except:
- A refrigeration system has two compressors connected so they will operate at the same time. The evaporator of the first system cools the condenser of the second system. This is a __________ system.
- What is the name of the refrigerant system that has two compressors with the discharge of one compressor going into the suction of the second compressor?
- Copper tubing in a refrigeration system is to be connected in the field. To make the joint leak proof and have maximum strength, the best method to use is to use _____________.
- In a refirgeration system, the function of the condenser is to _________ the refrigerant.
- A radial blade or tube type fan would most likely be found in a __.
- When may a furnace be installed on the discharge side of a refrigeration evaporator?
- An electrically ingited pilot is NOT used for which of the following.
- When testing a fuel gas piping system for leaks, the testing medium shall be air, co2, or:
- In an evaporative cooler, the sensible heat of the air is converted to:
- What is the purpose of the access valve on a refrigeration dryer?
- Which type of evaporative cooler has the water pump installed outside of the blower cabinet?
- A pneumatic control system is used to control a comfort heating and cooling system. The sensing device for temperature control is:
- According to the Code, fittings for class 2, 3, and 4 ducts used in product conveying systems shall be no less than ____ that required for a straight duct run.
- What is used to prevent refrigerant from liquifying in the compressor crankcase?
- The automatic transfer from one control sequence to another, such as at the begining of fall, winter, spring or summer, is a definition of:
- Joints in black wrought iron steam or hot water piping that are to be enbedded in concrete shall be:
- A device used in an air duct to prevent a heating and cooling system from running until adequate airflow is established is a:
- What type of control is defined as an increase in the level of the sensor signal that produces an increase in/out pat air pressure?
- When installing precharged refrigerant lines on a domestic residential air conditioning system, it is recommended that the quick-connecting fitting be coated with ____ just before assembly.
- Evaporative coolers shall be accessible for inspection and servicing without removing:
- What device should be installed in a chilled water line to shut off the compressor if no chilled water is flowing?
- According to the Code, ventilation systems used for removing ____ shall be designed by the constant volume method.
- According to the Code, ventilation systems used for removing ____ shall be designed by the equal friction method.
- Three way mixing valves used in water circulating systems have:
- Additional fuel connectors may be made to existing fuel supply lines if:
- A listed flexible connector may be used for any gas burning appliance if:
- According to the Code, a refrigeration system shall NOT be tested with ____.
- According to the Code, which one of the following appliances shall be equipped with an automatic device to shut off the fuel to the main burner and pilot in the event of ignition failure.
- Cooling tower water that is to be purged of alkali must be piped to what?
- A manometer is an instrument used to:
- A heating system may work without electricity with the use of a pilot generator because ____ .
- When repairing a furnace, and the pilot assembly is removed, proper care muse be taken to ensure that when the thermocouple and pilot are reinstalled, the thermocouple must not come in contact with the ____ or it will be destroyed.
- Which one of the following should be installed in a chilled water line and will shut off the compressor if no fluid is flowing?
- What device is used in an airduct to prevent a heating or cooling system from operating if there is insufficient airflow?
- All circulating type water heating systems must have:
- What does a ton of refrigeration refer to?
- You are called to service a furnace that is not providing enough heat. Which one of the following is NOT a possible cause of the problem?
- The air in an evaporative cooler is:
- Which of the following is true about air in an evaporative cooler?
- A shut-off valve between the relief valve on a hot water boiler and atmosphere is:
- In a pneumatically controlled multizone warm air system dampers are positioned by a:
- A centrifugal switch is used to start:
- On a thermostatic expansion valve, what is contained in a bulb that is crossed charged?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a readily accessible switch for a refrigeration machinery rooms' emergency ventilation shall be installed within 2' of the ____ .
- An evaporative cooling system cools the indoor air by lowering the:
- What is the name of the device used to protect the roof from the heat of combustion where a metal flue passes through it?
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture and possibly create hazards when the temperture of the pipe reaches which one of the following temperatures?
- Given: You respond to a service call on a furnace and find that the pilot light is not working. You relight the pilot and release the reset button and the pilot goes out again. Which one of the following is NOT the cause of the problem?
- What is the purpose of the snifter on a halide leak detector?
- When a control for a heating system closes at 66 degree F and opens the contacts at 70 degrees F, this is called the controllers:
- Appliances with automatically controlled gas burners shall be equipped with a device that will shut off the fuel supply in the event of :
- Generally a thru-the-wall or window air conditioner uses which of the following metering devices?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the lower of the two required ventilating openings in a mechanical room shall be ____ to allow for proper emergency ventilation.
- When a fire damper is installed in a HVAC air distribution duct:
- What is used on a centrifugal air conditioning chiller to automatically remove non-condensibles?
- According to the "HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" book, which instrument is prefered for measuring air velocities and pressures because of it is the most reliable and rugged?
- The water circulated through a cooling tower needs to be treated or bled off to prevent over concentration of dissolved solids and the buildup of __________.`
- HPM drain, waste, and vent piping shall be tested in accordance with requirements of:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is not required to be insulated?
- A listed residential gas furnace with a straight run has a maximum flue temperature and a hood of less than 500 F. The chimney connector is singlewall metal pipe. The clearance from the connector to any non-combustibles must be at least:
- An evaporative cooler supported by an above ground platform shall be elevated above the ground level a minimum of ____ inches.
- According to thel Code, A brine piping system shall be tested at a minimum pressure of ____ PSI.
- What is the maximum horizontal run of an uninsulated appliance connector if the vertical run of the chimney above the connector is 100 feet? NOTE: This is NOT an engineered system.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a unit heater installed in an aircraft hanger must be installed no less than ____ feet from the floor.
- Given: Two gas appliances are vented with a common vent. One has a 5" vent connector and the other has a 3" vent connector. The minimum size common vent required to vent these two appliances is ____.
- A Group 1 refrigerant is used in a 6 story, 350 bed hospital. This is a direct system. Floors 1-5 have 200,000 cf, 6th has 120,000 cf. The evaporator coil serves each floor individually. What is the maximum number of pounds of R-114 permitted?
- Combination thermostats used in small commercial office building (low voltage) applications, generally operate on what voltage?
- According to thel Code, 3/4" steel pipe used to convey liquid refrigerant shall have a wall thickness of not less than that specified for schedule ____ pipe when field joints are NOT welded.
- A floor furnace shall be installed how close to the ground? NOTE: This is not a sealed unit.
- A concrete pad is poured on the ground to support an evaporative cooler shall extend above the ajoining ground a minimum of ___ inches.
- Given: Use the following formula to figure the required pump speed if the size of the impeller is not changed. Presently it is running at 1725 RPM and is pumping 100 gpm. PS2=PS1(GPM2/GPM1). What is the new pump speed?
- When pressure testing a brine system, the pressure in the system must be maintained for a minimum of ____ minutes.
- Given: A low heat residential gas appliance without a draft hood has a chimney connector of singlewall metal pipe with a clearance from the connector to any non protected combustible material must be at least ____ inches.
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz, a pressure drop of 1/2", water column @ .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum alowable size for the 12' section of pipe before the branch to the furnace.(1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- Given: A circulating air intake for a cooling system is to be located horrizontally from an appliance vent. The minimum distance required from the air intake and the vent outlet should be :
- Exposed fuel gas pipelines shall be installed no less than ____ inches above finished grade.
- According to the Code, an environmental duct is one used to convey air at a temperature not exceeding ____ either to or from an occupied area and not to be a part of a heating or airconditioning system.
- What is the pressure in PSI setting used for an unlisted R-22 system's pressure control?
- A blower type warm air furnace must have its air supply duct sized for its Btu output rating of the furnace. What is the minimum unobstructed cross sectional supply duct area required for a 180,000 Btu furnace?
- A pressure limiting device installed in an unlisted water cooled condensing unit shall stop the compressor at a discharge pressure of ____ psig for R-22.
- Copper tubing used to convey refrigerant must be supported horizontally at points not exceeding how many feet?
- A hot water boiler relief valve discharge shall be equipped with a splash shield or centrifugal separator if the operating temperature is higher then:
- Given: A refrigeration condensing unit is installed in a room which must be provided with ventilation. A mechanical exhaust system will be installed. The exhaust system will be capable of changing the air in the room every ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a refrigerationg sytem operates at a pressure below atmospheric, it shall be tested at a partial vacuum equal to the pressure of a water column of mercury not less than ____ inches in height.
- The maximum distance a gas shut-off valve may be from an appliance, except for ranges is:
- Given: A group A Division I occupancy is 200' x 300' x 80' high. The occupied portion is 80%. A 10 stage system with R-22 is used. It is a direct refrigerating system. Four air handlers will be used. Refer to the explanation.
- According to the Code, any unlisted residential type boiler water heater, or furnace shall have a minimum clearance on the back and sides of not less than ____ inches unless a form of protection specified in the code is used.
- How high above floor of a garage must a water heater be installed?
- According to the Code, when the volume of a room does NOT provide adequate combustion air for a gas fired furnace, approximately 1/2 of the required combustion air must be supplied by a vent within the upper ____ " of the enclosure.
- A pressure regulator must be installed in a fuel gas piping system whenever the supply pressure exceeds ____ inches water column.
- According to the Code, a refrigeration system that uses Group I refrigerant and has ____ pounds of refrigerant or less is not required to have a pressure test performed on the system.
- According to the Code, a refrigeration system using a Group I refrigerant and water cooled condensing unit shall be equipped with a pressure limiting device if it is ____ horsepower or more
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, mechanical joints shall NOT be made on any copper tubing larger than ____ inch nominal size.
- X Refer to Drawing M3 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. What is the minimum diameter of supply main "E"?
- Which of the following concerning a liquid suction line heat exchanger in a refrigeration cooling system is valid?
- Compression gaskets used in soil pipe joints are made from:
- A refrigeration compressor is properly located:
- To clear a clogged two-compartment sink with a plunger:
- Any employee exposed to particulate contaminates immediately dangerous to his or her health must have at least ___.
- Freon 502 is ___ type of refrigerant.
- A sewer installed at a 1.75% grade will have a total pitch of ___ inches per 100 feet.
- The amount of air moved by a fan:
- Class II standpipe systems are designed for ___ size hose stations.
- The heat of compression is:
- X Refer to Drawing M3 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. What is the diameter of a round supply branch "C"?
- Refer to Drawing 218 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. The term offset can be applied to dimension:
- The hot gas line:
- The ability of a material to retard the flow of heat is determined by its:
- X An increase in the pressure difference between the condenser and the evaporator in a refrigeration system will cause:
- A PVC pipe is most easily cut by using:
- Water is running from a water tank on 32' high legs. The head loss due to friction in the pipe is 2'. When the tank is almost empty, the water pressure at ground level is ___ PSI.
- X The handle torque wrench is used for assembling no-hub soil pipe joints to tighten the clamps to approximately ___ inch-pounds.
- To remove a straight piece of chrome plated pipe which is completly round without flats, use a:
- Pneumatic control systems use ___ to supply energy for the operation of valves.
- In plumbing, a shock arrester is:
- Stand pipes for Class II service shall be provided with ___ hose connections on each floor.
- When a refrigeration unit is running, pressures are normal and no bubbles can be seen in the refrigerant sight glass, it means:
- Water is flowing at the same velocity through two different pipes. One with a 4″ I.D. and one with a 2″ I.D. The flow rate through the 4″ I.D. pipe is ___ the flow rate in the 2″ I.D. pipe.
- Water hammer is sometimes experienced in plumbing water systems. This is usually caused by:
- A bordon tube reacts to a change in:
- Refer to the Drawing M3 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. What is the minimum acceptable size of a square return grille if the face velocity at the return grille is limited to 400 FPM:
- 3 1/8″ OD suction line carries refrigerant at a temperature of 40F. The suction line has 2″ of insulation, R Factor is 5.25. Ambient is 80F. Consider only the insulation value of the pipe insulation. The total heat gain of 150′ of suction line is:
- When determining the insulation requirements for a walk-in cooler or freezer, a major problem to be considered is:
- An externally equalized thermostatic expansion valve is designed to maintain constant ___ at the evaporation outlet.
- All but which of the following types of plastic pipe require primer?
- Doubling the diamter of a 1 1/2" water pipe will increase its cross sectional area nearly:
- Refer to Drawing M218 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. If you have a 10" offset, the travel is:
- The most common cause of drips from the spout of a compression type faucet with two handles and one spout is:
- A low suction pressure in a refrigeration system is most commonly caused by:
- For pneumatic control systems, controlled devices such as valves and motors are called:
- Refer to Drawing M3 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. If the supply duct "G" is 14 x 20, what is the friction loss for this duct section?
- Six inch insulation with conductivity of .48 BTUH per hour, square foot - F is replaced by insulation with conductivity of .32 BTU-inch per hour-ft2-F. What thickness is required to provide equal insulating value?
- A 4 1/2" OD pipe must be insulated with a 2" thick pipe insulation. The pipe is 90' long and the insulation cost is $1.50 per square foot of pipe surface area. The total cost of the 2" insulation material needed for the 90' of 4 1/2" pipe is approx:
- An air chamber for an arrester is used to:
- Boxes used for the storage of ecetylene hoses shall be:
- A soil pipe joint made by inserting a gasket into the hub of the pipe and inserting the plain end of the pipe into the gasket is:
- Dry test blanks used in hydrostatic testing shall:
- Galvanized screwed joint fittings are available in sizes as small as:
- For pneumatic control systems, what element causes a constant drain on the compressed air source?
- Stoppages in plumbing drainage systems usually occur in:
- A typical properly sized cooling tower will cool water to:
- In a dry expansion coil the refrigerant is in the:
- One gallon of water supplies approximately 8.33# and there are 7.48 gallons in one cubic foot. Approximately how much does 5 cubic feet of water weigh?
- What are the two types of wiring diagrams for electrical systems?
- In a direct expansion chiller, the refrigerant is on what side of the tubes?
- A flushometer valve is a device that:
- In stand pipe systems for Class III services where one standpipe is required, the supply piping shall be sized for a minimum flow of:
- Type K hard drawn copper comes from the factory in lengths of:
- Pneumatic equipment is thoroughly adaptable to:
- For dry pipe systems, the air test pressure shall be maintained for:
- To comply with OSHA Regulations, a first aid kit shall be checked and used items replaced:
- Refer to Drawing 218 in the Mechanical Figure Booklet. If the offset is 20", then the travel is:
- The specific heat of air is ___ BTU per # of dry air.
- A boiler operating at 100 PSI or more should be equipped with two valves in the blowoff or blowdown line. Which of the following is correct?
- What is the maximum allowable amount of R-22 in a high probability system located in a commercial retail space with an occupied volume of 12,000 CF?
- Refer to drawing M87 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. Excluding infiltration, the solar radiation heat gain through the north windows of this laboratory is nearly:
- A flash steam trap can be used only if the pressure differential between the steam supply and condensate return is at least:
- Based on permissable sound levels and index of illusion, an acceptable water velocity for a pump section is:
- In preparing to make a weld on Schedule 40 mild steel pipe, the welder should be concerned with all of the following except:
- The principal of diversity may be applied only to water piping systems which supply units with more than:
- Water hammer is the result of:
- Which of the following can increase the life of a combustion chamber refractory?
- EPA has prohibited the practice of purging flourocarbon refrigerants into the atmosphere because the refrigerants are:
- The downhill pipe welding method could be used on which of the following pipes?
- All but which of the following may be used in house gas piping?
- Which of the following methods or devices may be used to reconnect gas tubing which is to be installed in a consealed location?
- Recovered refrigerants shall be stored in cylinders that are ___.
- Which of the following is not a function of a vacuum pump on a low pressure boiler?
- All but which of the following are types of traps used in steam systems?
- Refer to drawing M86 in the Mechanical Drawing Booklet. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss for all doors in this laboratory is nearly:
- Which of the following is not welded by gas tungsten arc welding?
- The steam pressure gauge on a steam boiler usually reads in:
- All gas piping embedded in a concrete floor must be surrounded by a minimum of how much concrete?
- Refer to drawing M87 in the Mechanical Drawing Booklet. The heat gain due to the lighting is most nearly:
- Which of the following is true for gas tungsten arc welding torch?
- On a boiler, all but which of the following are regulated by the combustion control?
- Carvier recommends that for a two-pipe high pressure steam system, the supply mains be pitched ___ per two feet ___ the boiler.
- Combustion air opening shall be covered with corrosion resistant screen of not less than ___ inch mesh.
- A process in which a ferrous metal is heated to a suitable temperature above a transformation range and is cooled in still air at room temperature is known as:
- Friction loss in a pipe depends on all of the following except:
- Refer to drawing M87 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. The heat gain throught the south facing wall of the laboratory is most nearly:
- If excavation is necessary for an under floor furnace, walls shall be lined with water-proof concrete or masonry if the excavation depth exceeds:
- Plastic gas piping can be connected to metalic gas piping only:
- Underground gas piping shall not be placed closer than ___ inches to a water pipe or sewer line.
- Which of the following refrigerants will have little or no damage effects on the ozone layer?
- Refer to drawing M86 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the south doors of this laboratory is most nearly:
- During pressure testing of pressure and process piping, it is recommended that a pressure relief device be installed and set at:
- Of the sizes listed, what is the maximum size stop valve in copper tubing that must be securly mounted independent of the connected tubing?
- What should an operator do to connect a steam-bound pump?
- Soft anealed copper tubing in refrigeration systems shall be limited to what nominal diameter?
- In welding, current flow through the circuit is measured in:
- Refer to drawing M87 in the Mechanical Drawings Booklet. Excluding infiltration, approximately how much sensible heat gain is added to the laboratory from outside air through ventilation?
- It is suggested that safety valves on hi-pressure boilers be pressure tested every:
- X What is the hi-frequency alternating current range of 4 GTAW using pure tungsten with an electrode diameter of 1/16"?
- The friction rate used to design a steam piping system having a total equivalent length of 500' and a total system pressure drop of 2 1/2 PSI, is ___ per 100 feet.
- Proper maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment is the responsibility of the:
- If you are designing an open piping system to handle a water flow rate of 1000 GPM so that the friction head loss is not to exceed 3 feet per 100 feet, what is the minimum size schedule 40 pipe you can use?
- A run of 1/2" horizontal gas piping shall be supported at intervals of not more than ___.
- At no time during the pressure testing of pressure process piping shall any part of the system be subject to a stress greater than ___ of the yield strength at test pressure.
- Friction loss in a pipe through which water is flowing is directly dependent upon all of the following except:
- Refer to drawing M86 in the mechanical figure booklet. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the south windows of this laboratory is most nearly:
- When bending plastic pipe, the internal diameter can effectively reduce by no more than ___ %
- A gas piping system to serve a 45 gallon water heater, a 3HP steam boiler and a domestic incenerator should be designed for an approximate demand of ___ BTUH.
- Which fluid or gas is not carried by steam pipes?
- Metallic gas pipe shall not be bent through an arc of more then:
- Which of the following will not increase the efficiency of the boiler?
- Brazing alloys for gas piping must be phosphorous free and have a melting point in excess of ___ degrees F.
- Boiler water can become contaminated with fuel when the boiler uses:
- Refer to drawing M86 in the Mechanical Figure Booklet. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the floor through this laboratory is most nearly:
- Which of the following substances may be used to pressurize a mechanical refrigeration system for a pressure test?
- Refer to the drawing. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the north windows of the laboratory is most nearly:
- Of the pressures listed below, the minimum low side refrigerant leak test for an R-113 refrigerant system shall be:
- A weld of approximately triangular cross section joining two surfaces at right angles to each other in a T joint is know as ___ weld.
- Refer to the Diag. What is the developed length from B to A.
- A 2000 sq.ft. house is being sized for a cooling system. The rule of thumb method for the area is 300 sq. ft. per ton. What size cooling system is needed for the house?
- A thimble must penetrate above and below the roof deck ____ inches ?
- A low pressure gas test shall withstand a pressure of at least 3.0 psi or ____ inches of mercury.
- In order to charge any system over _____ lbs., you must first obtain approval from the Building Official.
- Which of the following may not be used in gas line pipe?
- Any AC unit ______ tons or more must have a 3/4″ drain line attached to an approved drainage facility ?
- In which of the following rooms can air be recirculaited ?
- According to code, what is the depth of an auxiliary safety pan ?
- If corrosive gases are present in the air, which of the following filter systems would you use to remove the gases ?
- A 2,000 CFM blower motor is required to have an automatic shutdown system. Which of the following rooms is this applicable ?
- When 100 pound refrigerant cylinders are used for storage, they are frequently _____ to make charging service cylinders easier.
- On a pneumatic control system rated at 12 psi, the maximum operating pressure is _____.
- Low pressure steam heating valves up to 2 inches in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron or _____?
- Three way diverter valves used in water circulating systems have:
- Threaded gas piping testing shall be tested at a pressure of no less than _____ psig as part of final inspection requirement?
- What is the name of the device to prevent the roof from the heat and combustion of the metal flu which passes through it?
- Which one of the following would be used in place of an interlock to prevent operation of a hot water boiler until an adequate water flow is established?
- Which one of the following would be installed in a hot water supply line and would shut off the boilers if no water is flowing?
- The switch which opens or closes an air line from an “electrical impulse” is commonly called _____ switch.
- What is the name of the device that is designed to prevent a boiler from operating if the mechanically-operated draft device fails to provide the required exhaust?
- When a gas piping system to a single family residence is tested, the full test pressure must be maintained for a period of no less than ____?
- Refer to the diagram. What is the total developed length of the pipe from point A to point B? (Also note the length of the 45’s are 1.414 x the offset = 7′)
- A temperature relief valve on a water heater shall be set at a maximum ______?
- What is the minimum permissible opening size for combustion air on a residential furnace where the air is taken from an adjacent room?
- Plastic pipe used for natural gas shall be used?
- Gas piping installed in a building for other than dry gas systems shall be sloped at least every 1/4 inch per ____ feet of pipe.
- The hourly gas volume for gas burning appliances shall be determined by the?
- A hermetic compressor is running on a window air conditioning unit when the power goes off for 10 seconds and then comes back on. The compressor _____.
- A halide torch leak detector indicates a refrigerant leak by producing a _____ color flame when it comes into contact with refrigerant.
- Given: While checking the operation of a furnace, the thermostat is moved to its highest (warmest) setting to make the furnace operate. 10 seconds after the thermostat & contacts close, the burners ignite, causing a loud noise and flames to shoot out the front. Which of the following will cause the problem ?
- The high limit control used in a forced air heating system controls electrical power to the _____.
- Refer to the drawing ac-3 and the line sizing table at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30′ from the compressor and the fan unit is 20′ from the compressor. Base the line & loss on 2 psi drop. The compressor is rated at 80 tons nominal. What size suction line is needed?
- Refer to sheet ac-3 and line sizing tables at the end of the exam. Given: The condenser is 30' from the compressor. The fan is 20' from the receiver and the fan is 10' from the & compressor. Base the line loss up to psi pressure drop. Compressor is
- A refrigeration piping system that uses brine must be tested for ______ minutes.
- A switch, installed in a duct system, designed to complete circuit power to auxiliary equipment in a forced warm-air system when the air velocity is increased, is called a ___.
- All 3/4″ steel fuel gas piping installed horizontally in a structure shall be adequately supported at intervals not to exceed _____ .
- the total length of all pipe for the roof drain in diagram 37-3 is _______ feet.
- Which material is not approved for fuel gas piping?
- Returnable refrigeration cylinders shall not be filled to more than _______ of their capacity.
- When using a co2 tank for pressure testing you must use a tank regulator because pressure can be ________ in the co2 bottle.
- How does a cylinder unloader function?
- When excess condensate is accumulating in the supply line of a low pressure steam boiler, it is due to _____.
- What is the most effective way to test for a refrigerant leak?
- A 120 volt compressor checks out electrically. The compressor will not start. What would you do?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the low pressure side, the refrigerant tank acts like a _____.
- How often must the relief valve on a low pressure boiler be inspected?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the low side, you would _____.
- When cutting up pipe for use in a fuel gas piping system, all cut ends of pipe must be reamed _____.
- In residential construction, what is the typical type of piping which would be used to reach a remote condensing unit?
- What reduces fluctuation of boiler water to obtain a better reading of the water level in the gauge glass?
- When evacuating a refrigeration system, what lines do you connect to?
- What is the safest and best way to charge a running refrigeration system?
- What is the hose color leading to the compound gauge on the manifold?
- If the compressor is higher than the evaporator, a loop is put in the pipe prior to the compressor. What is the loop for?
- What is the common voltage of a residential thermostat?
- What is the purpose of a window refrigeration unit being tilted backwards?
- What is the most common type of compressor used in a window air conditioning unit?
- A refrigeration system, containing _____ lbs. Or less of group 1 refrigerant, shall not be required to be pressure tested.
- When using an evaporative cooler, what type of material cannot be used in a plenum?
- If a gas water heater or furnace has a blue pilot flame that wavers, of the following, which is true?
- What is the recommended air volume in cfm needed per person occupancy?
- In a 30 lbs. Pressure test, which of the following would decompose and explode if used?
- In a pneumatic controlled system the operating range is between 3 and 15 lbs. The reading on the gauge is 8 lbs. What is this reading?
- A controller in a heating system is set to come on at 66 degrees and shut off at 70 degrees. What is this called?
- In a pneumatic system, what component senses the temp of the room?
- On a compressor using an internal unloader, what activates it?
- What type of copper would you use if you were making a flare connection with 1 1/8″ copper pipe?
- Forced air furnace heaters with automatic reset air outlet temperature limit controls can be set to no more than ____ degrees f. (Note electric duct heaters 200 degrees f)
- What is the highest temperature a control limit switch can be set at?
- Which one of the following motors use a centrifugal switch to start it?
- With a 208 volt, 24,000 Btu unit drawing 16.8 amps under full load, what is the EER rating?
- On cooling towers or evaporative condensers, which are equipped with A positive water discharge, it must drain to a(n) _____ .
- An evaporative cooler, supported on an above ground platform, shall be elevated at least _____ inches above the adjoining ground level.
- Lp gas is _______________ gas.
- The maximum allowable temperature for water piping, which is exposed and within reach of occupants of a building, is _____.
- Steam and hot water piping systems shall be tested for not less than _____ minutes at _____ 0r 50 lbs. Greater than the operating pressure.
- By adjusting a variable pitch pulley to make the belt ride at the top of the motor’s pulley, instead of at the bottom of the motor’s pulley, the result would be _____.
- When a fire damper is installed in a hvac air distribution duct, ____.
- Standard fusible link fire dampers shall have fusible links, which will operate or melt at _____.
- When refrigerant piping must be flexible, you should use _____.
- A halide leak detector is usually operated by _____ fuels.
- Every chimney vent or gravity vent connector shall have a continuous rise of not less than _____ per foot up to the point of connection to the chimney.
- The most probable cause of a compressor which runs with no problem But is noisy on restarting after the off cycle is _____ .
- A circulation air fan for a blower-type forced air furnace is controlled by _______________.
- A sniffer tube is used _____ .
- A metering device in a refrigeration system controls the flow of refrigerant and _____.
- Air is fully saturated when it is at the _____.
- A gas range may be connected with an approved listed metallic connector not to exceed a length of _____ feet.
- All hot water heating systems are required, by code, to have _____ installed.
- A concrete or other approved base, used to mount a refrigeration compressor in an exterior location, shall extend above the adjoining level a minimum of _____ inches.
- A group 1 refrigerant compressor of the positive-displacement type, in excess of _____ horsepower or more, requires a pressure relief valve.
- Copper water tubing, type ____ is acceptable when it is used for refrigeration piping.
- An evaporative cooler supported directly by the ground shall be isolated from the ground by a concrete slab, extending not less than _____ inches above the adjoining ground level.
- What is the minimum clearance for an unlisted gas boiler from the sides and back?
- In the refrigeration cycle the ______ is the last point of vapor.
- When steel pipe is embedded in a concrete slab, joints must be ____?
- Gate valves are _____ on the safety valve discharge line of a boiler.
- The maximum allowable working pressure of a low pressure hot water heating boiler is _____.
- A refrigeration system is not working. You turn the system on. You notice that it needs refrigerant. What could happen?
- When do you pump refrigerant into a refrigeration piping system?
- When charging a refrigeration system from the high side, on initial start up, which of the following will happen?
- If installing a residential home’s pre-charged refrigeration lines with quick connections, a coating of _____ should be applied for a new evaporator coil?
- Chimney vents shall extend above the roof surface through a _____ to prevent combustion.
- What is the minimum size for a fuel gas supply line if the supply pressure is .5 lbs. ?
- On what centers are hangers placed for 3/4″ fuel gas piping ?
- How high above the floor of a garage must a water heater or a gas furnace be installed?
- What shuts off the gas in the event of pilot ignition failure?
- According to principles of air conditioning, if there is a low rumble noise in a duct system, what is causing the noise?
- What is the most common or popular type of ignition system use for gas-fired roof top heating furnaces?
- According to modern refrigeration & air conditioning, a noise (loud whistling) is coming from a duct. Upon removal of the grille, the noise stops. What is the source of the noise?
- In an evaporative cooling system air is _____.
- A customer wants a square pond that will be 3/4 of an acre. Assume that an acre is equal to 43,565 sq. ft. What will be the length of each side be ?
- The reason for lowering a footing in certain areas is ______ ?
- When reeving a block, the loose or dead end of the rope is placed in a _____ ?
- What type of pile is created by driving a wood pile to ground level then attaching a steel beam to the wood. Driving is continued with a shell or mandrell to the desired depth. The shell is then removed and the shaft is filled with concrete.
- When measuring for a link belt chain the distance between the rollers is called the _____ ?
- An earth dam has an arc of 1635′ and a clay core of 17′ . The sides are sloped at a 1:1 repose. How much soil should be excavated ?
- At what height does OSHA require the use of a safety net if a safety lanyard cannot be attached to a secure point.
- A ropes strength will be reduced by ___% if it is put in a sharp bend or tied in a knot.
- A signalman for a crane is standing with his forearm in a vertical position with his index finger pointing straight up making a circular motion. This means ___ ?
- What is the minimum depth to set a utility pole ?
- A line that carries gas from a current production facility to a transmission line or main is called a ____ ?
- A road bed is 28′ wide 600′ long and has a 2.78% crown. How much sub base material is needed ?
- An earth dam has an arc that is 1685′ long with a 17′ deep clay core. The sides are sloped on a 1:1 repose . How much earth is to be excavated ?
- A Caisson is similar to what type of pile ?
- While de-watering a site using a wellpoint system, you notice muddy water coming from the pump. Which of the following should you do ?
- What is the best most economical method to de-water a swamp ?
- A crane or dragline bucket with holes in the sides is best suited for work in ____ ?
- What is the requalifaction period for a welder working on gas transmission lines ?
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in:
- When should wire rope cables be replaced?
- What is the temporary structure used to hold back water while work is being done?
- Which one of the following is NOT a basic test used in concrete mix design as quality control?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA, A TRENCH WALL MADE OF WHAT SOIL TYPE WILL BEST STAND WITHOUT SHORING OR SLOPING ?
- HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ARE BEING TIGHTENED. A DIRECT TENSION INDICATOR IS:
- WHAT IS THE NAME FOR THE PILE THAT IS FORMED BY DRIVING A CASING INTO A SET DEPTH AND REMOVING THE CASING WHILE FILLING THE HOLE WITH CONCRETE?
- WHAT DOES THE STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGNATION C 3 X 6 MEAN? (Note on the test they have C 36 they left out the x by mistake.)
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS ARE USED FOR SUPPORTING THE EARTH WALLS AROUND THE PERIMETER OF A DEEP DIG EXCEPT:
- What fastening device is used with threaded rods to plumb and tension parallel structure steel members?
- What is the function and chief component of a slurry trench?
- The optimum moisture content of a soil is the amount of moisture at which
- Cast iron pipe is generally used in which of the following piping systems?
- According to OSHA, employees must be protected from materials that could fall into an excavated area. Materials shall be stored at least _____ feet from the edges of an excavation?
- Which of the following types of soil would be the most expansive or “swell” the most?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum developed length in feet of a lanyard safety line ?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- What type of supports are used on power poles set in sandy or swampy areas?
- Concrete contains _____% aggregate.
- Which type of Portland cement is designed to produce high compressive strength concrete at an early period?
- Which ASTM designation below is an all purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI?
- Caissons are:
- What does the structural steel designation HP14x73 mean?
- Inside an excavated area using soldier beams for shoring and bracing, which of the following techniques allows for the greatest amount of un-obstructed working space or free area?
- What is a girt?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural ‘T’ which is 10′ deep and weight 33 pounds per lineal foot?
- Pipe is sized by ______ when less than 14″ diameter.
- Of the following, which is not used for the core of a wire rope?
- In a wastewater treatment plant the two most commonly used types of pumps are centrifugal and _________?
- Any tree that would reach within 5′ of a point underneath the outside conductor of a transmission line if it fell is known as a_____?
- An overhead traveling crane is primarily used where?
- A transmission line is constructed over unlevel ground but the changes in elevation do not show in the conductors, this is an example of a_____?
- From any point on a transmission line to a vertical point on a conductor is called the ________?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- What should you do before applying primer to pipe ?
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main to _____.
- What can be used to drive a pile in place of a cushion?
- Which is the best grade of pipe?
- In the installation of Slip Joint Piping you should:
- Why do you put a breast board in between two beams?
- An untreated pile must be driven to _____ to prevent decay?
- Which of the following should a crane operator never do _____?
- A repose measures the angle of a slope, if the vertical rise of a 2:1 repose is 20 feet, the horizontal will be _____.
- Electrical Power is measured in _____.
- The Laser used inside the sewer pipe installation is subject to change due to temperature variations along the length of the piping. What should be done to insure proper laser readings?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep water from entering the excavation ?
- What is the name used for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer pipe ?
- What type of compaction testing requires the drilling of a 1/2″ x 12″ hole ?
- Which of the following is considered acceptable for reinforcing steel?
- The most common gauge of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is _____ gauge.
- A wooden sub floor with a rectangular shape that measures 39′ x 52′ will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Scaffolding should be rated at _____ times its’ intended use.
- A spandrel beam is:
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- Which one of the following trenchless excavations inserts a “carrier” RCP into the horizontal shaft?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- What would be used when tightening high strength bolts?
- On schedule 40 pipe, when does the standard wall thickness change?
- On new industrial pipe installation, what is installed in front of pumps before flushing the system?
- Which of the following is NOT a basic field test used for quality design and control?
- What does the structural steel designation HP14x73 mean?
- Inside an excavated area using soldier beams for shoring and bracing, which of the following techniques allows for the greatest amount of un-obstructed working space or free area?
- What is a girt?
- CONCRETE STRENGTH IS MEASURED IN POUNDS PER SQUARE _____.
- FOR WHAT MIN. TRENCH DEPTH IN FACT DOES OSHA REQUIRE AN ADEQUATE MEANS OF EXIT SUCH AS LADDERS OR STEPS?
- Pipe is sized by ______?
- Of the following, which is not used for the core of a wire rope?
- In a wastewater treatment plant the two most commonly used types of pumps are centrifugal and _________?
- From any point on a transmission line to a vertical point on a conductor is called the ________?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- At what depth does OSHA require a trench to be shored on the sides?
- The marking on a steel beam reads as follows, S18 70, this means________?
- When crosby type wire rope clips are used in a sets, the ‘U’ portion must be on ______.
- Waste water station pump sizes are usually designated by the pump’s _____.
- The strength of reinforcing steel is measured in _____.
- A device used for lifting a long steel member when the member cannot be lifted from its’ center is called a _____.
- Which of the following is not one of the purposes of compacting soil?
- In soil compaction testing, what characteristic is used to measure the amount of compaction?
- What is the total cubic yards required to fill a ditch 1 foot 6 inches deep, and 1 foot 6 inches wide at the bottom, and 1000 feet long, if the sides of the ditch are sloped outward at a 45 degree angle. Do not allow for any waste or loss to compaction.
- A motor grader with a pivot in the frame which is controlled by two hydraulic cylinders which control the direction is called:
- A sand cone test is used to measure:
- Which ASTM designation is an all-purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry?
- When Crosby-type wire rope clips are used assisting a U-bolt in a set, the ‘U’ portion must be on _____.
- The volume change that occurs while excavating material from its compacted position is called _____.
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main to _____.
- What can be used to drive a pile in place of a cushion?
- Which is the best grade of pipe?
- In the installation of Slip Joint Piping you should:
- Why do you put a breast board in between two beams?
- How often should Wire Rope be inspected?
- What would be the best piece of equipment to use in wet clay soil to dig a 40′ deep trench, with the least amount of movement?
- Other than sheet pile what other type of metal pile is there?
- According to Code, gas piping and fittings must be clear and free from cutting burrs and defects in structure or threading, and they also must be:
- A repose measures the angle of a slope, if the vertical rise of a 2:1 repose is 10 feet, the horizontal will be _____.
- When referring to an engineer’s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- Electrical Power is measured in _____.
- The Laser used inside the sewer pipe installation is subject to change due to temperature variations along the length of the piping. What should be done to insure proper laser readings?
- What is the amount of material that will come out of a trench 1100′ long, 39″ wide and 6′ deep ?
- A point indicating where the fill slope stops and the road or shoulder grade begins is called the _______________.
- The spill-off from the ends of a dozer or grader blade which forms a ridge of loose material is called ______________?
- What indicates a curvature in a horizontal line to a higher or lower elevation?
- The bottom of an incline is called______________?
- Earth taken for hauling to a job site which is short of earth needed for fill, comes from __________________?
- What device is bolted to the blade of a grader to help when grading a road around curbs.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utilities easements are shown on the _____ plan.
- The main factor which determines the capacity of or rating of a crane is:
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10′ in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10′ wide and the ditch is 1000′ long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- At what depth of an excavation does OSHA require a ladder?
- What is the best foundation material for sky scrappers or large buildings ?
- In highway construction, what is the basis for grading, earthwork, etc. ?
- When referring to an engineer’s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- While trenching and excavating, OSHA requires at least _____ feet of clear unobstructed distance from the trenches edge to the toe of the spoil pile.
- In wet soil conditions, what describes the soil when a scraper or heavy equipment travels over it?
- According to OSHA, while excavating a trench, How often should a competent person in addition to daily inspection, Check the safety of the trench?
- If the top of a spoils bank is greater than the adjoining surface, what is it called?
- What would you use to protect the banks around a body of water to prevent washout ?
- When preparing a road base, what soil reacts best to vibration?
- If you need 1000 CY of compacted fill to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%. How much uncompacted fill will you need?
- What method can you use to transfer a grade from one side of a road to the other without the use of a builders level ?
- In moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and or water from entering the excavation ?
- Compressibility of the soil involves _____?
- What type of system do you use to carry water under a road ?
- What is the componate of soil that distinguistshes it as top soil ?
- What is the volume change called that occurs while excavating earth materials from the compacted position ?
- What type of compaction testing requires the drilling of a 1/2″ x 12″ hole ?
- The increase in bulk of soil when it is being dug or blasted is known as___________?
- Aggregate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as_________ ?
- In order for a scrapper operator to make a deeper cut, what would he do ?
- What type of equipment uses a gantry ?
- What would you fill the drum of a sheep’s foot roller with ?
- The density of soil is measured in__________ ?
- What is side cast ?
- What term defines the stake whose top issue is a known point of reference to establish elevation and distance ?
- The amount a building or structure might settle is governed by the ________ ?
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 75 feet has a vertical drop of ____ ?
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 85 feet has a vertical rise of _____ feet.
- A wooden sub floor with a rectangular shape that measures 39′ x 52′ will have a diagonal measurement of _____ between outside corners if it has square corners.
- Type III cement is:
- A spandrel beam is:
- When you have rebar going in one direction, the temperature bars should be installed:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction it is important to:
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete’s _____.
- How many board feet of lumber are used in a wall 18′-8″ long by 8′ tall? It has 2×4 studs 16″ on center with a single bottom plate and a double top plate.
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. Existing ground elevation have not changed during construction. How many cubic yards of fill will be required under the garage slab? Add 15% for compaction.
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How much concrete is required for the patio slab?
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many lineal feet of 2″ x 4″ sub aska are used on the south elevation between the southwest and the southeast corners? Note: Include gables and returns.
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How much concrete is required for the sidewalk?
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many square yards of 2″ thick asphalt paving is required for the job?
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many 400 sq ft rolls of #15 felt are required to dry-in the roof?
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How much should be budgeted for the building permit? Permit fees are $400 for the first 1000 square feet of conditioned space and $50 for each additional 100 square feet or part thereof of conditioned and unconditioned space.
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many squares of shingles are required for the roof? Include 15% for start courses, ridges, valleys and waste.
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many lineal feet of expansion joint material are required for all exterior concrete slabs excluding the driveway and sidewalks?
- Refer to the Allen Residence drawings. How many lineal feet of forms are required for the sidewalk?
- Saw kerfs are used:
- According to the Licensure Board Administrative Code, if the designed qualifyer for a company leaves the employer of the qualifying firm, how long does the firm have to obtain a new qualifier before the license expires?
- 2" x 12" #2 southern pine in lengths over 12' costs $470 per 1,000 board feet. What is the cost of 1-2x12 20' long #2 southern pine? Assume no tax.
- It takes 1/3 of an hour to replace 1' of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it will take to replace 22 1/2 of trim?
- According to the Code of Alabama, a contractor may loose his lien rights if:
- An injured employee has reached a settlement with the employer on the worker's compensation without going to court. What is the maximum number of days the employer has to notify the Department of Industrial Relations?
- According to the Licensure Board Administrative Code, a home builder license issured on March 30, will expire:
- A contractor realizes a specified project completion date will not be met because of owner caused delays and wants a time extension. What is used to make this request to the owner?
- Which of the following may be deducted from the wages of employees?
- Ten employees have been scheduled to work 8 hours per day (based on a 5 day work week) for 3 weeks to meet a deadline. Each employee makes $15 per hour. The owner is willing to pay overtime to get the job done in 2 weeks with the 5 day work week unchanged. How much extra will the owner have to pay for the new deadline?
- A dump truck with an 8' wide by 20' x 6' deep bed is to haul debris that weights 40# per cubic foot. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more volume than the dimensions of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that could be in one trip would be:
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within ___ feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footings, unless protected against settlement.
- What is the maximum height bricks can be stacked?
- A complaint against a licensed contractor has been filed with the home builders license board and the investigation board has scheduled a hearing. The contractor must be given notice:
- A company sells plate glass plates for $9.95 per square foot, including sales tax. How much would 3 - 4' X 8' plates cost?
- Refer to the Benchmark Transfer Drawing. Determine the elevation of BM#2.
BM=Benchmark
SU=Setup
DP=Drawing Turning Point
BS=Back Sight
FS=Fore Sight
Sta BS FS Elevation BM#1 56.81'
SU#1 0.84 3.67
SU#2 1.81 5.69
SU#3 8.61 3.18
#4 7.60 0.93
SU#5 10.41 0.86
BM#2 ?
- A contractor has a cost plus 12% contract for which previous progress payments have been received. Based on the following, how much should be submitted as the current billing?
Line Item Cost to Date PreviousPmts
Sitework 12,500 8,000
Concrete 8,400 5,500
Masonary 3,000 2,400
- Ambiguous terms sometimes appear in the written contracts and require legal interpretation. Who in the legal system usually does the interpreting?
- A 9' x 12' entrance way floor is to be finished using 4" x 4" ceramic tile. The two-man crew is assigned to lay the tile averages 140 square feet of floor tile per 8 hour days. The cost of the two-crew, including overhead, is $21.76 per hour. The cost of the ___ for the job is $.42 per tile. Travel and setup time will take approximately 1 3/4 hrs. Using only this information, what is the cost of this job?
- A structure with 8' high walls is to be constructed of 8" x 8' x 16" concrete masonry units. The structure is 20' wide by 40' long, there are no windows or doors. Assuming no waste, how many 8" x 8" x 16" CMU's will be needed to build this structure?
- According to the Americans with Diabilities Act, once a disabled employee has been hired, which of the following is prohibited?
- What type of scheduling tool shows graphically the starting and finishing time for each individual task that is required on the project?
- A residence is constructed with masonry foundation walls supported by a concrete footing. What is the minimum required slope of the finish grade within the first 10` from the foundation?
- A construction project reflects the estimated and actual cost listed below. What was the final financial condition of the completed project?
Estimated cost:
Labor 7,200
Materials 9,100
Subs 1,500
Overhead 300
Actual costs:
Labor 7,400
Materials 8,700
Subs 1,450
Overhead 200
- When laying out an angle with a level transit, the final adjustments are made with:
- In what order should the following steps be performed when finding an area on an excavation site? I - compact, II - spread a new layer, III - rip, IV - water.
- Which one of the following is used for sighting over long distances with a leveling instrument?
- Which of the following statements about soil compaction at an excavation site is false?
- What elements must be present for any contract to be considered to be "valid"?
- Within how long after an injury must a worker compensation claim be filed to prevent the claim from being barred?
- A concrete slab is to be broken up and removed. The slab is 120` long, 52` wide and 10" thick. When broken, the volume of the concrete will increase by 30%. If a track with a capacity of 12 CY is used to haul the concrete, how many loads will it take?
- Which of the following test can measure soil compaction?
- How much should be paid for an invoice dated November 4th for purchases totaling $3,750? Invoice terms were 2%/10N30. Payment was made on November 12th.
- What is the total float time for framework construction if framework must be completed within 2 months and it takes 1 month instead?
- Major rectangles and shares of a given building line are laid out using leveling instruments with the aid of:
- Given: A drywall accent wall designed for a mural extends to the ceiling in the shape of a trapezoid. It is 60` long at the floor and 42` long at the ceiling. The ceiling height is 16`. If 10% were added for waste, how many sheets of 4` x 12` drywall would be required to hang the wall?
- A legal immigrant has worked for an employer 6 months and then quits. How long must the employer keep the employment eligibility verification form I-9 on file?
- Three thousand (3000) PSI redi-mix concrete cost $52 per cubic yard. What would be the cost per square foot (for concrete molding) for a 6″ thick concrete slab poured with concrete described above? Do not include sales tax.
- If your 15 year old son works for you in your contracting business, you will have to pay only which of the following taxes on him?
- The following information was determined from a construction bar chart.
Excavation & grading-May to June. Foundations, formwork, walls-May to Aug. Rebar-June to Sept.
Concret-June to Sept.
Suspended slabs-July to Aug.
Slab on grade-July
Plbg UG-May to Sept.
Plbg AG-June to Feb.
Electrical UG-May to Oct.
Electrical AG- June to Feb.
Mechanical A/C-Aug to Feb.
Roofing-Sept to Oct.
Lath & plaster-July to Nov.
Millwork, doors, windows-Oct to Feb. Painting-Nov to Feb.
Paving, landscaping, parking-Jan toFeb. Hardware-Oct to Feb.
Final inspection, pickup-Feb.
What statement is true regarding electrical work?
- You have just been awarded a contract. You have estimated that it will take 1,200 man hours to complete the job. You must finish the job in 10 working days based on a 5 day work week. No overtime can be used. How many laborers will you need?
- You bid a job for $25,700. You have paid direct costs and overhead and you show a profit of $3,500. What is your profit as a percentage of gross income?
- What is the elevation of the top of the footing?
- Approximately how many feet is the existing ground elevation at the center footing?
- At what point should the grout pads be installed?
- The #7 rebar in the pedistal shall be set in from the face of the concrete at least:
- How many nuts are required for the foundation?
- The center of the footings closest to the property line is how close to the property line?
- A contractor must complete the excavation of a family dwelling within 6 weeks or the project will be delayed. The task will take 3 weeks to complete. The total length of the project is 8 months. What is the total float time of this task?
- A contractor submits a billing based on the percentage of the project completed using the following: Project contract amount $38,000 Previous payments $ 8,100 Percent complete 30% Retainage 10% he amount of the net billing should be:
- Federal OSHA requires employers to post an annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses. This summary shall be posted for at least 30 days. When must this summary be posted?
- All of the following are considerations when determining the qualifications for construction licensing except:
- What is the maximum number of hours a 15 year old can work in the construction industry during a school week?
- A contract contains both typed parts and hand written parts initaled by both parties. If a conflict arises between the typed and hand written parts, which rule applies?
- What is the correct procedure to verify the squareness of a rectangular building layout?
- Excavation for a building foundation is to be dug next to an ajoining building. How much written notice must be given to owners of the ajoining building?
- ABC Construction Company received an invoice dated April 13th for $1,575. Invoice terms are 2/10N30. What is the correct amount of payment if paid on April 25th?
- FUTA tax applies to the first $7,000 of wages you pay each employee during the calendar year. The FUTA tax reate is:
- How many 4` x 12` sheets of gypsum board are required for the garage ceiling and all garage walls? Deduct only for openings greater than 3` wide and add 10% for waste.
- How many lineal foot of facia are required allowing 5% for waste?
- A 15` x 25` family room is to have vinyl flooring installed. A journeyman installer will be paid $13.75 per hour, and his helper will be paid $7.50 per hour to install the flooring. The estimated time to install the flooring is 1 1/2 hours per 100 square feet. How much should be budgeted? Include labor overhead of 31%.
- What is the correct elevation for the top of the porch column footings?
- Allowing 1" between top of wall and unfinished ceiling, what is the correct cut length for the interior wall studs?
- A contractor is submitting a bid to install vented aluminum soffit panels on to an entrance porch ceiling. The cost of materials is $1.27 per square foot plus 6% sales tax. The cost of installation is $1.45 per square foot plus 27% labor overhead. Howmuch should the contractor bid to earn a 13% profit? Consider no other cost and round to the nearest dollar.
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour the 4" driveway only? Do not include the 6" apron. Allow 5% for waste.
- How many board feet of 2" x 4" lumber are required to form the sidewalks? Use exact dimensions and allow for no waste.
- Allowing 10% for waste, how many lineal feet of 2" x 4" top plate is required for the interior walls?
- How many gallons of paint are required for two coats on all bedroom walls only assuming 250 square feet coverage per gallon? Do not include closets, deduct for openings and allow for no waste.
- Approximately how many lineal feet of closet shelving are required, not including waste?
- How many 2`x 3` single hung windows are required?
- An average of 8" of soil must be removed to place the finish floor at 160.34`. How many cubic yards of soil must be removed for the house and garage slabs allowing 15% soil swell? Do not include exterior slabs, walls, or driveways.
- What is used to position a leveling instrument directly over a given point?
- How far below the finish grade must the botton of the footing be place?
- The roof of a building has a total plan area of 3,350 square feet and has a slope of 4" in 12". The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square, which can be purchased only by the whole bundle. To convert from roof plan area to actual roof area, use the following table:
Slope Plan area multiplier
2" in 12" 1.014
3" in 12" 1.031
4" in 12" 1.054
5" in 12" 1.083
6" in 12" 1.118
8" in 12" 1.202
What is the number of buldles required if no allowance is made for waste, hips,valleys,or starter course?
- Most construction contracts contain a provision for an amount of money to be withheld by the owner as a security for a contractors performance. This is known as:
- Which of the following tests can measure soil compactin?
- According to the Code of Alabama, a contractor must file a claim of lien within ___ days after the final furnishing of labor, services or materials in order to have a valid claim.
- Concrete footings must extend a minimum of ___ inches below frost line.
- All individuals contracting in Alabama to build residences are required to be licensed unless:
- An employer who asks an employee to contribute to a benefit fund to provide medical services for worker`s compensation:
- How far behind the outside edge of the foundation wall or footing should the batter board setup be located?
- A builder`s level is set to plot the elevations of a lot. A sight on the level rod at corner A reads 6.1`. Corner “B” reads 5.6`. What is the difference between corner “A” and corner “B”?
- According to the employment eligibility verification form I-9, which document establishes both identity and employment eligibility?
- What purpose does a change order serve?
- How long must you retain records of all Federal Employment taxes you have paid?
- In soil compaction testing, what characteristic is used to measure the amount of compaction?
- All of the following come under the jurisdiction of reviewing agencies except:
- What is the required minimum finish grade slope for the land around a foundation?
- Which of the following limits the amount of an individual`s wages that may be legally taken to satisfy a debt?
- Who is required to inspect and approve installed gypsum wall board?
- Concrete to be used in a moderate regional weather area for pouring basement walls and foundations not exposed to weather should have a specified compressive strength at 28 days:
- Which is true about lumber and joints that make a built up girder?
- Recently cut lumber that has not been seasoned before it is put on the market is:
- A corner bead designated by the number "CB-118 x 118" would have a flange width of:
- The best type of nail fastener to use where taping and finishing are required on single layer application is:
- A hole must be bored into studs of a non-bearing wall. The maximum size hole allowed is ___ percent of the width of the stud.
- When mixing concrete, it is important to keep the water to cement ratio by weight to no more than:
- Which fo the following is accurate concerning the "total run" of a roof?
- The proper rafter table in the reference is:
- What is the equivalent board foot measure of 17 pieces of 14`, 2 x 8 lumber?
- In order to cap off the raw edges of drywall panels or as termination when the drywall butts up against other types of materials, which of the following is not recommended?
- All of the following stud grades may be used as first floor load beaving studs in a two story block frame construction except:
- The Code requires that concrete, which is cast to be permamently exposed to earth, to have a minimum cover over reinforcement of:
- Moulding joints on exterior corners are usually:
- If a third coat is required on gypsum board joints, the edge of the coat should be approximately ___ from the joint.
- Gypsum board should be applied:
- Which of the following drywall sheets are not considered standard length?
- When placing reinforcement steel, it is recommended that deformed steel bars lap at least:
- Holes bored in solid lumber floor joists for the purpose of routing electrical wiring or water piping should not be:
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerating curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Where wood furring is used over solid surfaces, wood furring should not be less than:
- All lumber used to build decks should be:
- A roof which rises from all four sides of the building is:
- The horizontal overlap between steps in a step footing shall not be less than:
- Which is an acceptable use of foil backed gypsum board?
- According to carpentry, which one of the following types of nails would be used in temporary construction such as form work and scaffolding?
- Rough openings in a frame wall for doors or windows should be larger by ___ for shimming both sides and top.
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingled roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- The maximum space of framing members for single ply, perpendicular application of 1/2" gypsum board on a ceiling is ___ on center for a water based finish texture.
- The main purpose of using an isolation joint in concrete slabs is to:
- Using a 3/4" thick wood finish floor and 1/2" gypsum board for the ceiling, what would be the length of the load bearing wall studs if the finished floor to ceiling height was 8`?
- According to residential concrete, the normally recommended slab thickness for a driveway to be used only by cars is:
- The portion of adjoining wall cabinet that is joined together with screws is called:
- To attach gypsum wall board to 14 GA steel studs, use which of the following type screws?
- In residential structure, a proper dimensional relationship between the riser and tread would be the sum of the two risers plus a tread equalling:
- The minimum thickness of an American plywood association rated wall sheathing panel, when used under an exterior siding is:
- Untreated southern pine wood floor joists must be located no closer than ___ inches to the exposed ground.
- Framing is to be checked for straighness and trueness prior to installing gypsum board. A straight edge is to be used to check for variations across the face of the framing. What is the maximum variation allowed between any framing member and ajacent framing members?
- When preparing the sub base for a concrete slab, which of the following is the least acceptable fill material?
- Asphalt shingles are to be installed on to roof. Two layers of underlayment are required unless the roof is greater than what slope?
- Ceiling joist framing for a carport is spaced 16" on center. What is the minimum thickness gypsum board that should be installed?
- An APA rated sheating which has a span rating of 24/16 can be used for:
- When using calcium chloride as an excellerator in concrete, never add more than ___ % of calcium chloride by weight of cement.
- How much gap should be maintained between the edges of plywood subflooring?
- Which of the following is not true about plywood panels?
- Which of the following best describes molding material?
- What is the first task that must be done when shimming base cabinets during installation?
- When using adhesives to bond paneling:
- The Code requires for concrete that is cast against and permanently exposed to earth to have what minimum cover over reinforcements?
- What is the normal 2" lumber for the floor joist, the minimum bearing on the sill should be:
- What are the three principle members of a ballustrade?
- All lumber used to build decks should be:
- In placing concrete for steps, it is recommended that placement be started:
- What is the recognized minimum concrete strength for foundation?
- Where wood furring is used oversolid surfaces, wood furring should not be less than:
- What is the purpose of control joints?
- A contractor places regular concrete. What is the minimum number of days the contractor must keep the concrete moist during curing?
- You are checking framing members for streaks and trueness prior to attaching gypsum wallboard. A straight edge is place across three members. The middle member should be no further than ___ away from the straight edge.
- The maximum spacing of framing members for single ply, perpendicular application of 1/2" gypsum board on a ceiling is ___ oc for a water based finish texture.
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- A contractor is installing wood floor joists over crawl spaces buried. The joists have not been treated for decay resistance. The contractor must install the joists ___ minimum distance from the exposed ground?
- What is required underlayment beneath asphalt shingles on a 5" in 12" pitch roof?
- Rough openings in a frame wall for doors or windows should include ___ for shimming both sides and top.
- Joints on interior corners of mouldings are usually:
- How far from the outside face of chimney masonry must you keep headers, beams, joists or studs?
- What is the required minimum thickness of concrete for slabs on concrete ___?
- Metal ties are used to anchor masonry veneer. What is the maximum number of square feet each metal tie may support as required by Code?
- The end joints of the members making up a built-up girder are ___.
- Gypsum board support should be applied with the factory edge spaced a minimum of ___ above the lip of the tub.
- According to the recommended specifications for the application and finishing of gypsum board, the minimum nail length for single-ply application fo 1/2" gypsum board is ___.
- Fasteners for asphalt shingles must go through the thickness of the sheathing or penetrate it ___, whichever is less.
- According to drywall installation and applications, what drywall isn`t stored, even for short periods of time and must be kept dry and ___.
- What is the maximum allowed riser height in a standard interior residential flight of stairs?
- What is the proper sequence for installing gypsum board?
- When using wire mesh in a concrete slab placed directly on the earth, place the mesh in minimum of ___ inches down from the surface.
- Regular drywall is made in standard thickness. Which is not standard?
- What is the minimum Code approved height for stairway headway clearance?
- The Code requires that untreated wood siding cannot be closer than ___ inches to the ground.
- To attach gypsum wall board to 2" x 4" wood framing, use Type ___ screws.
- Foil backed gypsum board can be placed ___.
- What type of steel drill screws must be used for application of gypsum board to light gauge steel framing members?
- Holes bored in solid lumber floor joists for the purpose of routing electrical wiring or water piping should not be ___.
- When using adhesives to bond paneling:
- When drywall is hung, what is the minimum distance metal fasteners should be spaced from the edges or ends of the gypsum board?
- How is baseboard running into a door casing installed?
- According to recommendations for the application and finishing gypsum board, no gypsum wallboard finishing operation should be done until interior texture has been maintained for a period of at least 48 hours at a minimum of ___.
- When attaching hand rails to dual posts, ___ should be used.
- Ten 2" x 6" x 12` boards equals ____ board feet.
- Isolation joints are formed using a special filler material such as ___.
- A joint between gypsum board which is reinforced and concealed with tape and joint compound are covered by strip mouldings is called ___ joint.
- A contractor is constructing an outdoor deck. The decking boards do not span the entire width of the framework. How should the boards be installed?
- What is the correct procedures to verify the squareness of a rectangular building layout?
- A contractor is making a door jamb on the jobsite. The width of the jamb is the distance from:
- Calcium chloride is used in concrete as:
- A contractor must use steel anchor bolts to secure foundation cell plates to masonry foundation walls. What is the approved diameter of the bolts?
- Where is a birds` mouth cut in a rafter?
- Deterrmine the minimum size (do not consider 2x4`s) and length of a rafter according to span tables and the supplemental design values for joists and rafters.
A. Wood-Fb = 1000 PSI: E=1,500,000 PSI
B. Roof:
1. Rise is 3" in 12"
2. Live load is 30 PSF + dead load of
20 PSF
3. Limited deflection: space in inches
divided by 240
C. Rafter spacing: 24" on center
D. Structure:
1. Single story residence
2. 23`-8" wide measured from outside to
outside of the 4" stud exterior walls.
3. The opposing rafeers meet at the ridge
at the midpoint of the 23`-8" dimension
and span the distance to the exterior
plates.
4. Ceiling joists are spaced at 24" on
center
Assume that the rafter is plumb cut at the ouside of the plate. What is the minimum length of material you would have to purchase?
- When installing APA rated plywood sheating for the subfloor, space the end joints at:
- A pneumatic nail gun is equipped with an automatic fastener feed. The nail gun does not have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the ejection of nails when the muzzle is not in contact with the work surface. What is the maximum operating pressure allowed?
- What screws are used to fasten drywall to 18 GA steel studs?
- What is the minimum clearance required by OSHA between electrical lines rated 50 KU or below of any part of a crane or load?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- How many board feet of lumber are used in a wall 18` – 8″ long and 8` tall? It has 2 x 4 studs 16″ OC with a single bottom plate and a double top plate.
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls` surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- Gypsum board is to be delivered and stored inside a building with concrete floors for future installation. What is the recommended way to store sheetrock?
- In order to preserve the structural integrity of a wood tuss, designer approval is necessary before any of the truss members are subjected to ___.
- What ties are used to tie 4″ brick to wood stud backup?
- How much gap should be maintained between the edges of plywood subflooring?
- What type of admixture is added to concrete to increase durability because of exposure to frequent freeze and thaw cycles?
- The minimum stand cover of reinforcing steel is measured from the ___.
- How are weep holes formed?
- What is the maximum recommended height of a stepped footing?
- Using a builder`s level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00`. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00` has a rod reading of 4.20. What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What is the minimum recommended nailing of 2X4 lumber used on wood trusses?
- Which of the following is accurate concerning the total run of a roof?
- The ___ value of building insulation is the thermal resistance rating.
- You know the plan dimensions of a 5/12 roof being estimated. What factor would you use to calculate the squares of roofing material it requires?
- In wood framing, nails and screws should be driven at least how far from the ends of the edges of gypsum board?
- A carpenter is framing exterior wood walls. What is the recommended rough opening width for a 36″ wood exterior door?
- How deep should a control joint be cut into a 4″ thick concrete slab?
- Wood trusses have been installed and require bottom cord lateral bracing. What should be the maximum number of feet between the cord lateral braces?
- The ground at point “A” slopes uniformly 1/8″ per foot down to point “B” which is 250` from point “A”. How far below “A” is “B”?
- The minimum dimensions of temporary bracing lumber for wood trusses is:
- All of the following materials must be removed from reinforcing steel before placement except:
- To what depth are concrete control joints raked?
- One of the purposes of floating concrete is to:
- Which one of the following is a test for concrete consistency?
- Asphalt shingles are to be installed on to a roof with a slope of 5:12. Which of the following is the minimum required underlament?
- Air entrainment of concrete is primarily used to:
- What should the first course of an 8` concrete block wall be set in?
- A brick wall to be constructed is to be constructed of standard brick 8″ in length and 2 1/4″ high. The brick wall is to be 42` long and 4` high. It will be three bricks thick. The vertical mortar joint as well as the horizontal mortar joints will be 3/8″ thick. The total number of bricks needed for this wall is:
- What is the portion of a wall that extends above the roof line of a building?
- What is the recommended exposure when using cut pieces of standard asphalt shingles for end and ridge shingles?
- The rated compressive strength of concrete is based upon a curing period of ___ days.
- Insulation pads are installed in a sloped roof with overhanging eaves. Which one of the following precautions must be taken?
- What is the recommended spacing of nails when installing 4 x 8 exterior plywood wall sheathing?
- When constructing a deck attached to a building, a ___ is attached to act as a means to support joists.
- How should vertical, structural reinforcing dowels be placed in a footing?
- Which of the following respirators meets the requirement when an employee is exposed to particulate contaminants immediately dangerous to their health?
- Appoximately how much of a room should be coated at one time when putting down adhesive for vinyl floor tile?
- What term defines the point of known elevation from which all grades can be established?
- What is the spacing of wood shingles installed on a roof?
- Fall protection is required when a worker is located at what minimum height?
- A structure with 8` high walls is to be constructred of 8″ x 8″ x 16″ CMU. The structure is 20` wide by 40` long. There are no windows or doors. Assuming no waste, how many CMU will be needed?
- When should mortar points in concrete block be tooled?
- What is the property of hardened mortar that holds masonary units together?
- According to the Gypsum Construction Handbook, the maximum allowable framed spacing for 1/2″ gypsum board directly applied to framing of a ceiling is ___ inches on center.
- When plywood and sheathing is installed with the face grain across the studs, instead of the parallel to the studs,
- Which of these functions does the roof underlament not provide?
- How many sheets of 4 X12. by one 12″ gypsum plaster board are required for walls and ceiling of a room 22 X16 with 8` high ceilings? Allow 10% for waste.
- What is the purpose of controll joints?
- The amount of whether protection provided by the overlapping of shingles is called:
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimensions is 24 ft; 2. The roof pitch is 1/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- How many regular sheets of plywood are required for a rectangular sub floor with a 28 ft. by 58 ft. measurement?
- According to Modern Carpentry and Construction, what are the actual dimensions of new, surfaced dry two by six framing lumber?
- A shingle roof has a total roof area of 42 squares of roofing. The roof is to have three-in-one shingles, 80 shingles per square, and six nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails use $35 per 100 lbs. The total cost of the nails is:
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot dry weather. What is the result when the sub grade is moistened with a water just before pouring the slab?
- A masonry chimney should extend at least 2 ft. higher than any portion of the building within a horizontal distance of:
- How much concrete cover is necessary for number five reinforcing bars in a basement wall?
- When should concrete curing procedures start?
- What is the maximum number of feet that materials can be dropped from a building to a point outside the building walls without using a totally enclosed chute?
- Which of the following is an approved method of dispensing portable drinking water at a job site?
- A construction site occupies a portion of a public street. A colored light must be placed at the outer edge of the site between sunset and sunrise. What color must the light be?
- How must extension cords for portable electric tools be wired?
- What is the minimum required height for a covering over a sidewalk used for pedestrian protection?
- Valves on gas cylinders used on welding are not allowed to be open more than how many turns?
- What is the requirement for removing combustable scrap and debris from the construction site?
- Employers must provide fall protection for all employees if the height they may fall is at least _____ feet.
- A safety net must extend beyond the working surface how many feet?
- What is the minimum safety factor for all concrete form ties?
- A set of stairs has an occupant load of 75. What is the minimum allowed stair width?
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3` of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2` of trim?
- What is the minimum diameter precast piles must be?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24` in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- What is “gang” forming?
- Concrete is to be broken up and removed. The slab is 100` long and 54` wide and 4″ thick. The volume of concrete will increase by 30%. A truck with the capacity of 12 yards will be used to remove the concrete. How many loads will be needed to remove the broken concrete?
- A company sells glass plate lights for $9.95 per square foot. How much would three 4×8 lights cost?
- What type of foundation is drilled down to bearing soil and filled with portland concrete to provide structural support?
- Concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubit foot. A concrete beam 22″ high x 16″ wide x 32` long would weigh ________.
- The minimum depth that a foundation footing may be placed depends on what factor?
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20`x40` structure with 8` high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- What is the maximum height for light walled coated sono tube used for concrete columns?
- What is the maximum vertical spacing for fasteners used to secure exterior metal veneer to veneer framing?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers` label?
- How many tests for the strength of concrete should be preformed for a pour of 750 cubic yards ?
- What is the minimum required 28 day compressive strength on type M mortor?
- To ensure drainage, the minimum allowed slope on a builtup is how many inches per foot?
- What is the minimum roof slope for which asphalt shingles with a single layer of underlayment may be installed?
- What is the maximum allowed spacing of nails when nailing 5/8″ plywood subfloor to floor joists?
- Which method of installing main runners and cross furring is correct for a suspended ceiling?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- Which tool is used to heat seal polymodified bitumen roofing seams?
- Anchor bolts are used to anchor wood plates to the top of a masonry wall. Roof trusses will be secured to the plate. What is the minimum depth the anchor bolts must be imbedded into concrete tie beam?
- Composit steel decking serves as tensil reinforcement for __________.
- How many times can concrete be retempered or remixed after initial set without engineer approval?
- When stakes have a cut “C” or a fill “F” on them, the minimum of the required grade elevation is taken from:
- Masonry footings in a 2-story building must be how thick?
- Concrete has been purchased to specification ASTM C94. The concrete was loaded and began mixing in the truck at 1:30 p.m. The mixing drum revolution revolves at 2 revolutions per minute. The truck arrives at the job at 3:15 p.m. What is the correct reason for rejecting the load of concrete?
- Which part of an accoustic tile ceiling are the hanger wires attached to?
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot weather. What will cause plastic shrinkage cracks?
- Refer to diagram. What structural steel shape is pictured? (This will be a drawing of an Amercian Standard Beam)
- What is the maximum difference allowed in the height of the highest riser and the height of the lowest riser in a set of stairs?
- Multiple wyths of masonry wall are bonded using masonry headers. What is the minimum distance the headers must extend into the backing?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9` B 6.46`. What is the elevation of corner A?
- What exposure rating would be stamped on exterior siding?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- Trimmer and header joists must be doubled when the span of the header exceeds _____ ft,
- Refer to the drawing below and identify this ceiling. (This will be a Diagram of suspended ceiling. )
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15`. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- What force can be transmitted by a connection between a beam and a coloum ?
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20` x 30` ceiling with packed 4″ thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Given: If 2600 PSI ready-mix concrete costs $46.00 per cubic yard , what would be the cost per sq. ft. for concrete only in a 4″ thick slab. Do not include sales tax .
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90` wide. All beams except the W18`s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabracated forms are used to form 12″ wide x 8` high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- Which of the following is not an acceptial means to gauge the tension in a friction connection connection of high strength bolts ?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- What does the span rating 36/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1″ ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- Refer to the diagram of the gravel stop. Dimension B must be a min. of how many inches ? ( dimension B is the height above the roof ) *
- What is the most likely result of rapid moisture loss from a concrete slab after the concrete is placed ?
- Metal decking is to be welded to metal joists. How are the sheets welded ?
- What is the min. finish grade slope for the land around a foundation ?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- Which foundation is drilled down to suitable bearing soil and filled with poured concrete to provide structural support?
- What is the recommended maximum rate of filling wall forms with concrete?
- Which foundation system is reinforced to distribute the continuous load of a bearing wall to separate foundations?
- In what application are pan forms used?
- What is the fastest and most economical method for attaching aluminum roof decking or metal siding to light gauge metal framing?
- Which component of a light gauge steel stud partition add strength by preventing the stud from buckling?
- Which component secures steel studs to supporting structures?
- What is the main factor to consider in determining the type and configuration of foundation for a residence?
- For regular surveying work, measuring used is ____________.
- A ceiling system cannot be completed until which inspections are approved?
- To ensure drainage away from a slab, the minimum slope is _____ inches per foot.
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- All of the following are used to determine the span capabilities of metal deck except:
- Which method of installing main runners is permitted when hanging suspended ceiling?
- An 8″ wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2″ above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance of concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2″ x 6″ jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30` x 60`.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50` x 20`).
- Refer to Drawing. How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to Drawing. How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to Drawing. How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- Nine yards of concrete with a 5″ slump has 22 gallons of water added. What is the new slump?
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note – all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- Specifications for ready mix concrete ASTMC94 require that the discharge of concrete be completed within ____ hours or if the drum has revolved 300 times whichever occurs first.
- Using a builders level A Grade for a footing being set, the bottom of the footing will be at an elevation of 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 100) has a rod reading of 4.70. What should the rod reading at the bottom of the footing be if the Grade is correct?
- What is the minimum headroom clearance between a set of stairs and the finished ceiling?
- After it is mixed, mortar should be used within how many hours?
- According to OSHA, during the erection of structural steel members there shall not be more than _________ between the erection floor and uppermost permanent floor.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following types of pan is used to form a two-way waffle slab?
- According to OSHA CFR 129, when employees are required to work in trenches in unstable ground, sheeting or sloping is required at a trench depth of ____ or more feet.
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within how many feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footing unless protected against settlement.
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1″ x 12″ is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- What is the maximum masonry wall area that can be bonded to single width masonry with one 3/16″ diameter wall tie?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0″ long x 8` 0″ high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16″ on center. 1 1/2″ thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- The Code requires concrete cast against and permanently exposed to the earth to have what minimum concrete cover over the reinforcement?
- The inspection department has decided that plaster portion test are to be made. A permit holder must be notified a minimum of how many hours in advance of inspection?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48″?
- A 1/4″ deck x 3″ x 2″ steel angle is required to construct a sign. Which designation correctly describes the required material?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- At the absence of the engineered specified strength, what is a guideline for the removal of wall and column forms?
- High strength bolts in a friction connection will be tightened reliably to at least _____________.
- For batching purposes, which is the method for establishing the water cement ratio in a concrete mix?
- In multi story slab form work where should shores be located relative to those on the level below?
- Which structural steel designator is correct for steel that is to be used as a column?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerated curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie ?*
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2″ thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?*
- If concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ________ lbs. per sq. foot of each inch slab thickness.
- For which type connection can carbon steel bolts be reliably used when bolting steel components?
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- Standard strength concrete has been placed and must cure. What is the minimum number of days the concrete must be kept moist to cure?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What does it mean when 40 is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Stirrups placed vertically in a suspended concrete beam serve to resist ________________.*
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4″ on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 on 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note – do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses).4/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- In the first corbel course the header is _______________.*
- Which weld creates the strongest connection?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A foundation excavation requires support from soldier beams and lagging. Which structural steel shape is used for soldier beams ?*
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What type of form is designed to carry some of the buildings structural load? *
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the maximum allowed amount of moisture content for framing lumber 2″ or less in thickness at the time of permanent installation into a building or structure?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6″ slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- Concrete is to be pumped into place using a concrete pump. How must the concrete pumping operation occur ?
- Specs. for readymixed concrete require that the discharge of concrete be completed within 1 1/2 hrs. or _____ drum revolutions .
- What is the min. compaction that is required for soil under a concrete slab ?
- What is the max. size hole that may be bored into a vertical 4″ stud in a nonload bearing wall ?
- Anchor bolts are to be used to connect a plat to a concrete slab. The minimum spacing of the bolts will be __________.
- According to OSHA standards for construction industry, how many toilets should a job site have when the number of employees on a job is 20 or less?
- A new high-rise building is under construction. There is no fire department vertical access above the first floor. A standpipe must be installed for fire department use when the building reaches what height?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- A temporary walkway on public property to provide protection for pedestrians during construction or demolition shall be _______________________.
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- A room has an emergency Egress window. What is the minimum number of net square feet that this window must have?
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8″ long x 2 1/4″ high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8″. The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a prestressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- A rectangular building measures 36` wide and 60 ` long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2` overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A multi story building is being framed with structural steel. What is the maximum height allowed for welding or bolting above the foundation or next permanently secured floor?
- A 2″ x 4″ frame wall 44` 0″ with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16″ o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20` x 20` x 6″ are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- ACCORDING TO “BLASTERS HANDBOOK”, WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS USUALLY CONSIDERED TO BE THE MOST USEFUL WORKING VARIABLE OF AN EXPLOSIVE?
- A HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT INCLUDES A BLASTING ZONE. A SIGN READING “TURN OFF TWO-WAY RADIOS” MUST BE POSTED IN SEQUENCE WITH THE BLASTING ZONE AND BLASTING ZONE SIGNS. THESE SIGNS MUST BE PLACED AT LEAST ________ FEET FROM THE BLASTING ZONE.
- When a blast hole intersects a void zone, unless particular care is taken in loading the charge, the void will be loaded with a heavy concentration of eplosive which will result in:
- What is the primary purpose of using a blasting mat while blasting for an excavation?
- Which of the following will reduce ground vibrations when blasting for an excavation? I. reduce burden and spacing II. reduce delays
- Which of the following may cause excessive flyrock when blasting for an excavation? I. insufficient burden II. insufficient stemming
- Which of the following will reduce the air blast when blasting for an excavation? I. increase stemming heights II. use very short delay period (fuses)
- After the blast, what should the blasting supervisor do before leaving the shelter?
- The term `secondary blasting` refers to:
- Prior to blasting the blasting personnel should:
- Post poning an electrical blasting sequence should be considered under all of the following circumstances except:
- Choosing a proper primer to initiate a blast requires knowledge of all of the following except:
- In blasting the loading factor is expressed in pounds of explosive per ______.
- The increase in bulk of soil when it it is being dug or blasted is known as___________?
- What force can be transmitted by a connection between a beam and a coloum ?
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20` x 30` ceiling with packed 4″ thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Given: If 2600 PSI ready-mix concrete costs $46.00 per cubic yard , what would be the cost per sq. ft. for concrete only in a 4″ thick slab. Do not include sales tax .
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90` wide. All beams except the W18`s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabracated forms are used to form 12″ wide x 8` high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- Which of the following is not an acceptial means to gauge the tension in a friction connection connection of high strength bolts ?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- What does the span rating 36/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1″ ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- Refer to the diagram of the gravel stop. Dimension B must be a min. of how many inches ? ( dimension B is the height above the roof ) *
- What is the most likely result of rapid moisture loss from a concrete slab after the concrete is placed ?
- Metal decking is to be welded to metal joists. How are the sheets welded ?
- What is the min. finish grade slope for the land around a foundation ?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6″ slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- Concrete is to be pumped into place using a concrete pump. How must the concrete pumping operation occur ?
- Specs. for readymixed concrete require that the discharge of concrete be completed within 1 1/2 hrs. or _____ drum revolutions .
- What is the min. compaction that is required for soil under a concrete slab ?
- What is the max. size hole that may be bored into a vertical 4″ stud in a nonload bearing wall ?
- Anchor bolts are to be used to connect a plat to a concrete slab. The minimum spacing of the bolts will be __________.
- According to OSHA standards for construction industry, how many toilets should a job site have when the number of employees on a job is 20 or less?
- A new high-rise building is under construction. There is no fire department vertical access above the first floor. A standpipe must be installed for fire department use when the building reaches what height?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- A temporary walkway on public property to provide protection for pedestrians during construction or demolition shall be _______________________.
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- A room has an emergency Egress window. What is the minimum number of net square feet that this window must have?
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8″ long x 2 1/4″ high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8″. The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a prestressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- A rectangular building measures 36` wide and 60 ` long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2` overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A multi story building is being framed with structural steel. What is the maximum height allowed for welding or bolting above the foundation or next permanently secured floor?
- A 2″ x 4″ frame wall 44` 0″ with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16″ o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20` x 20` x 6″ are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- Which foundation is drilled down to suitable bearing soil and filled with poured concrete to provide structural support?
- What is the recommended maximum rate of filling wall forms with concrete?
- Which foundation system is reinforced to distribute the continuous load of a bearing wall to separate foundations?
- In what application are pan forms used?
- What is the fastest and most economical method for attaching aluminum roof decking or metal siding to light gauge metal framing?
- Which component of a light gauge steel stud partition add strength by preventing the stud from buckling?
- Which component secures steel studs to supporting structures?
- What is the main factor to consider in determining the type and configuration of foundation for a residence?
- For regular surveying work, measuring used is ____________.
- A ceiling system cannot be completed until which inspections are approved?
- To ensure drainage away from a slab, the minimum slope is _____ inches per foot.
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- All of the following are used to determine the span capabilities of metal deck except:
- Which method of installing main runners is permitted when hanging suspended ceiling?
- An 8″ wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2″ above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2" x 6" jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30` x 60`.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50` x 20`).
- Refer to the Drawing. How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to the Drawing. How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to the Drawing. How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- Specifications for ready mix concrete ASTMC94 require that the discharge of concrete be completed within ____ hours or if the drum has revolved 300 times whichever occurs first.
- Using a builders level A Grade for a footing being set, the bottom of the footing will be at an elevation of 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 100) has a rod reading of 4.70. What should the rod reading at the bottom of the footing be if the Grade is correct?
- What is the minimum headroom clearance between a set of stairs and the finished ceiling?
- After it is mixed, mortar should be used within how many hours?
- According to OSHA, during the erection of structural steel members there shall not be more than _________ between the erection floor and uppermost permanent floor.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following types of pan is used to form a two-way waffle slab?
- According to OSHA CFR 129, when employees are required to work in trenches in unstable ground, sheeting or sloping is required at a trench depth of ____ or more feet.
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within how many feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footing unless protected against settlement.
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1" x 12" is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- What is the maximum masonry wall area that can be bonded to single width masonry with one 3/16" diameter wall tie?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0" long x 8` 0" high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16" on center. 1 1/2" thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- The Code requires concrete cast against and permanently exposed to the earth to have what minimum concrete cover over the reinforcement?
- The inspection department has decided that plaster portion test are to be made. A permit holder must be notified a minimum of how many hours in advance of inspection?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48"?
- A 1/4" deck x 3" x 2" steel angle is required to construct a sign. Which designation correctly describes the required material?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- At the absence of the engineered specified strength, what is a guideline for the removal of wall and column forms?
- High strength bolts in a friction connection will be tightened reliably to at least _____________.
- For batching purposes, which is the method for establishing the water cement ratio in a concrete mix?
- In multi story slab form work where should shores be located relative to those on the level below?
- Which structural steel designator is correct for steel that is to be used as a column?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerated curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie ?*
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2″ thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?*
- If concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ________ lbs. per sq. foot of each inch slab thickness.
- For which type connection can carbon steel bolts be reliably used when bolting steel components?
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- Standard strength concrete has been placed and must cure. What is the minimum number of days the concrete must be kept moist to cure?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What does it mean when 40 is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Stirrups placed vertically in a suspended concrete beam serve to resist ________________.*
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4" on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 in 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note - do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses). 3/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- Which weld creates the strongest connection?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A foundation excavation requires support from soldier beams and lagging. Which structural steel shape is used for soldier beams ?*
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What type of form is designed to carry some of the buildings structural load? *
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the maximum allowed amount of moisture content for framing lumber 2″ or less in thickness at the time of permanent installation into a building or structure?
- Refer to the drawings: How many spandral glass panels are required for the east elevation of the building?
- What is the maximum number of feet that materials can be dropped from a building to a point outside the building walls without using a totally enclosed chute?
- Which of the following is an approved method of dispensing potable drinking water at a job site?
- A construction site occupies a portion of a public street. A colored light must be placed at the outer edge of the site between sunset and sunrise. What color must the light be?
- How must extension cords for portable electric tools be wired?
- What is the minimum required height for a covering over a sidewalk used for pedestrian protection?
- Valves on gas cylinders used on welding are not allowed to be open more than how many turns?
- What is the requirement for removing combustable scrap and debris from the construction site?
- Which tool is used to heat seal polymodified bitumen roofing seams?
- Anchor bolts are used to anchor wood plates to the top of a masonry wall. Roof trusses will be secured to the plate. What is the minimum depth the anchor bolts must be imbedded into concrete tie beam?
- Composit steel decking serves as tensil reinforcement for __________.
- How many times can concrete be retempered or remixed after initial set without engineer approval?
- When stakes have a cut “C” or a fill “F” on them, the minimum of the required grade elevation is taken from:
- Masonry footings in a 2-story building must be how thick?
- Concrete has been purchased to specification ASTM C94. The concrete was loaded and began mixing in the truck at 1:30 p.m. The mixing drum revolution revolves at 2 revolutions per minute. The truck arrives at the job at 3:15 p.m. What is the correct reason for rejecting the load of concrete?
- Which part of an accoustic tile ceiling are the hanger wires attached to?
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot weather. What will cause plastic shrinkage cracks?
- Refer to diagram. What structural steel shape is pictured? (This will be a drawing of an Amercian Standard Beam)
- What is the maximum difference allowed in the height of the highest riser and the height of the lowest riser in a set of stairs?
- Multiple wyths of masonry wall are bonded using masonry headers. What is the minimum distance the headers must extend into the backing?
- A builders level is set up to find the elevations of a lot. A site on a level rod reads as follows: corner A 5.9` B 6.46`. What is the elevation of corner A?
- What exposure rating would be stamped on exterior siding?
- A #10 spiral reinforcing steel is to be used un a poured concrete column. What is the minimum concrete cover for the steel in the column?
- Trimmer and header joists must be doubled when the span of the header exceeds _____ ft,
- Refer to the drawing below and identify this ceiling.
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15`. A notch must be cut in the bottom of the joist. What is the maximum distance from the end of the joist the notch can be cut?
- What force can be transmitted by a connection between a beam and a coloum ?
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20` x 30` ceiling with packed 4″ thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Employers must provide fall protection for all employees if the height they may fall is at least _____ feet.
- A safety net must extend beyond the working surface how many feet?
- What is the minimum safety factor for all concrete form ties?
- It takes one hour to remove and replace 3` of trim on a remodeling job. What is the minimum time it would take to replace 22 1/2` of trim?
- What is the minimum diameter precast piles must be?
- How many square feet of marble tile are needed to tile a circular area that is 24` in diameter (do not include any waste)?
- What is “gang” forming?
- Concrete is to be broken up and removed. The slab is 100` long and 54` wide and 4″ thick. The volume of concrete will increase by 30%. A truck with the capacity of 12 yards will be used to remove the concrete. How many loads will be needed to remove the broken concrete?
- A company sells glass plate lights for $9.95 per square foot. How much would three 4×8 lights cost?
- What type of foundation is drilled down to bearing soil and filled with portland concrete to provide structural support?
- Concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubit foot. A concrete beam 22″ high x 16″ wide x 32` long would weigh ________.
- The minimum depth that a foundation footing may be placed depends on what factor?
- How many 8″x8″x16″ masonry blocks are needed to build a 20`x40` structure with 8` high walls (do not allow for waste)?
- What is the maximum height for light walled coated sono tube used for concrete columns?
- What is the maximum vertical spacing for fasteners used to secure exterior metal veneer to veneer framing?
- Glass panels are to be installed in a building without official approval of the Buidling Department. What is the minimum information that must be on the glass manufacturers` label?
- How many tests for the strength of concrete should be preformed for a pour of 750 cubic yards ?
- What is the minimum required 28 day compressive strength on type M mortor?
- To ensure drainage, the minimum allowed slope on a builtup is how many inches per foot?
- What is the minimum roof slope for which asphalt shingles with a single layer of underlayment may be installed?
- What is the maximum allowed spacing of nails when nailing 5/8″ plywood subfloor to floor joists?
- Which method of installing main runners and cross furring is correct for a suspended ceiling?
- A #5 deformed rebar is to be lap spliced 30 times the bar diameter. How many inches should the lap splice be?
- Given: If 2600 PSI ready-mix concrete costs $46.00 per cubic yard , what would be the cost per sq. ft. for concrete only in a 4″ thick slab. Do not include sales tax .
- A commerical building will have 2`x4` wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a “T” bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4` resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42` 8″ wide x 54` 4″ long; Room B is 42` 8″ wide x 54` 4″ long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10` above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5` wide x 111` long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2` O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00` . The bottom of the bar joists are 12` 8″ above finished floor. An addational 15″ of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2″ combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ?
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabracated forms are used to form 12″ wide x 8` high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- Which of the following is not an acceptial means to gauge the tension in a friction connection connection of high strength bolts ?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- What does the span rating 36/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1″ ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- Refer to the diagram of the gravel stop. Dimension B must be a min. of how many inches ?
- What is the most likely result of rapid moisture loss from a concrete slab after the concrete is placed ?
- Metal decking is to be welded to metal joists. How are the sheets welded ?
- What is the min. finish grade slope for the land around a foundation ?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6″ slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- Concrete is to be pumped into place using a concrete pump. How must the concrete pumping operation occur ?
- Specs. for readymixed concrete require that the discharge of concrete be completed within 1 1/2 hrs. or _____ drum revolutions .
- What is the min. compaction that is required for soil under a concrete slab ?
- What is the max. size hole that may be bored into a vertical 4″ stud in a nonload bearing wall ?
- Anchor bolts are to be used to connect a plat to a concrete slab. The minimum spacing of the bolts will be __________.
- According to OSHA standards for construction industry, how many toilets should a job site have when the number of employees on a job is 20 or less?
- A new high-rise building is under construction. There is no fire department vertical access above the first floor. A standpipe must be installed for fire department use when the building reaches what height?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- A temporary walkway on public property to provide protection for pedestrians during construction or demolition shall be _______________________.
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- A room has an emergency Egress window. What is the minimum number of net square feet that this window must have?
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8″ long x 2 1/4″ high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8″. The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a pre stressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- A rectangular building measures 36` wide and 60 ` long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2` overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A multi story building is being framed with structural steel. What is the maximum height allowed for welding or bolting above the foundation or next permanently secured floor?
- A 2″ x 4″ frame wall 44` 0″ with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16″ o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20` x 20` x 6″ are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- Which foundation is drilled down to suitable bearing soil and filled with poured concrete to provide structural support?
- What is the recommended maximum rate of filling wall forms with concrete?
- Which foundation system is reinforced to distribute the continuous load of a bearing wall to separate foundations?
- In what application are pan forms used?
- What is the fastest and most economical method for attaching aluminum roof decking or metal siding to light gauge metal framing?
- Which component of a light gauge steel stud partition add strength by preventing the stud from buckling?
- Which component secures steel studs to supporting structures?
- What is the main factor to consider in determining the type and configuration of foundation for a residence?
- For regular surveying work, measuring used is ____________.
- A ceiling system cannot be completed until which inspections are approved?
- To ensure drainage away from a slab, the minimum slope is _____ inches per foot.
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- All of the following are used to determine the span capabilities of metal deck except:
- Which method of installing main runners is permitted when hanging suspended ceiling?
- An 8″ wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2″ above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2″ x 6″ jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Refer to Drawing. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note – allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30` x 60`.
- Refer to Drawing. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste.
- Refer to Drawing . How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to Drawing . How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to Drawing . How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- Nine yards of concrete with a 5″ slump has 22 gallons of water added. What is the new slump?
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note – all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- Specifications for ready mix concrete ASTMC94 require that the discharge of concrete be completed within ____ hours or if the drum has revolved 300 times whichever occurs first.
- Using a builders level a Grade for a footing being set, the bottom of the footing will be at an elevation of 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 100) has a rod reading of 4.70. What should the rod reading at the bottom of the footing be if the Grade is correct?
- What is the minimum headroom clearance between a set of stairs and the finished ceiling?
- After it is mixed, mortar should be used within how many hours?
- According to OSHA, during the erection of structural steel members there shall not be more than _________ between the erection floor and uppermost permanent floor.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following types of pan is used to form a two-way waffle slab?
- According to OSHA CFR 129, when employees are required to work in trenches in unstable ground, sheeting or sloping is required at a trench depth of ____ or more feet.
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within how many feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footing unless protected against settlement.
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1" x 12" is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- What is the maximum masonry wall area that can be bonded to single width masonry with one 3/16″ diameter wall tie?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0″ long x 8` 0″ high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16″ on center. 1 1/2″ thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- The Code requires concrete cast against and permanently exposed to the earth to have what minimum concrete cover over the reinforcement?
- The inspection department has decided that plaster portion test are to be made. A permit holder must be notified a minimum of how many hours in advance of inspection?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48″?
- A 1/4″ deck x 3″ x 2″ steel angle is required to construct a sign. Which designation correctly describes the required material?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- At the absence of the engineered specified strength, what is a guideline for the removal of wall and column forms?
- High strength bolts in a friction connection will be tightened reliably to at least _____________.
- For batching purposes, which is the method for establishing the water cement ratio in a concrete mix?
- In multi story slab form work where should shores be located relative to those on the level below?
- Which structural steel designator is correct for steel that is to be used as a column?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerated curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie ?*
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2″ thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?*
- If concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ________ lbs. per sq. foot of each inch slab thickness.
- For which type connection can carbon steel bolts be reliably used when bolting steel components?
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- Standard strength concrete has been placed and must cure. What is the minimum number of days the concrete must be kept moist to cure?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What does it mean when 40 is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Stirrups placed vertically in a suspended concrete beam serve to resist ________________.*
- What is the maximum allowed safety lanyard length?
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4" on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 in 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note – do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses). 4/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- In the first corbel course the header is _______________.*
- Which weld creates the strongest connection?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A foundation excavation requires support from soldier beams and lagging. Which structural steel shape is used for soldier beams ?*
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What type of form is designed to carry some of the buildings structural load? *
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the maximum allowed amount of moisture content for framing lumber 2″ or less in thickness at the time of permanent installation into a building or structure?
- The ampacity of the feeder to one three phase 3 hp 208 volt motor and two three phase 2 hp 208 volt motors would be at least:
- A quadruplex has a 125 amp panel in each unit. When the optional method is used, the demand on a single set of meters from the transformer to the meter bank tap point would be ___ amps.
- Refer to the drawing. The resistors are NOT ___.
- A restaurant is being remodeled and will have a 14 KW stove, a 6 KW oven, a 3 KW washer and a 3 KW booster heater. What is the feeder demand for this group of kitchen equipment?
- A motel contains 100 guest rooms, each 12` x 20`. What is the minimum lighting load that these would contribute to the service.
- * Refer to the drawing. If the motor is running on forward, which of the following is true?
- A three phase delta-wye transformer rated at 45 KVA has a 480 volt primary and a 208 volt secondary. The secondary line current will be ___ amps.
- If a source is 50 KVA three phase 480/208-120 volt transformer, what is the maximum primary line current expected at full load?
- A 60 unit apartment house has a 4KW dryer in each unit. What is the minimum feeder load after demand attributed to these dryers? Use the optional method.
- A 15 hp three phase 240 volt motor running overload protection shall be set at approximately ___ amps.
- The primary of a 3 phase 480/208 volt transformer has a line current of 240 amps. The KVA rating of this transformer would be cosest to a ___ KVA transformer.
- The minimum size conductors needed to carry 900 amps using 75 degree C insulation in raceway, would be ___ copper if installed in two conduits.
- A commercial building has a 200 amp service using a copper conductor with THW insulation. The minimum size of the copper grounding electrode is ___ AWG.
- How many #12 RHW copper conductors (with outer covering) can be place in a 1″ EMT conduit?
- Refer to the drawing. This is a ___ type starter.
- The conductor size for a 12 KW 240 volt single phase range located in a residence would be ___ THHN.
- If two residential 4 KUA wall mounted ovens are suplied by one branch circuit, the minimum service demand neutral load would be:
- The maximum current over protection for a #10 THW copper conductor is ___ amps at 30 degrees C and not more than 3 conductors in a conduit.
- If the line current of a three phase load is 10 amps and the source voltage is 3 phase 208/120 volts, the total three phase load in watts would be closest to:
- The AC resistance of a 500` – 1000 KCMIL aluminum type THW conductor in steel raceway is ___ with two other conductors.
- The source is three phase 208/120 volt. The load consists of three single phase heaters, feed line to neutral. The three current carrying conductors and the three neutrals are in the same conduit. Assume load current is 40 amps, what size THHN conductor is required? Note: The ambient temperature is 30 degrees C. All Copper conductors.
- * What will be the turns ratio for a three phase delta-wye transformer bank with a 480 V primary and a 208/120 volt secondary?
- * The minimum service entrance conductors size to a restaurant that requires a 200 amp service would be ___ THW copper.
- What is the internal diameter of a 1 1/4″ liquid tight, flexible non metalic conduit (type FNMC-A)?
- What percentage may an 18″ piece of electrical non metalic conduit be filled?
- What is the minimum load current rating, in amps, for the branch circuit conductors for a 3 hp single phase 208V motor?
- Refer to drawing with a 3% voltage drop, find the length. Load is 60 amps. Source is 120 Volts. D = {CM x VD} / {2 x K x I}
- * If a three phase wattmeter reads 14,965 watts on a three phase 240/120 volt system and each ammeter reads 36 amps, the power factor would be:
- Under the optional method, a 20,000 square foot school building with a connected load of 680 KW, would have a demand load of ___ KW.
- The area of allowable fill of a 1 1/2″ EMI conduit nipple is:
- All of the following are required for a room air conditioner to be considered a single motor unit for the purpose of determining its branch circuit requirements except:
- A generator driven by individual motors and operating at how many volts, shall be considered protected by the overcurrent device protecting the motor. The overcurrent device will operate when the generator is delivering not more that 150% of its full load rated current.
- Power feed, grounding, and shield system connections between the FCC system and other wiring systems, shall be accomplished in ___ identified for this use.
- * The line current in a balanced WYE load is equal to:
- The required size of an electrical conductor is determined by all but which of the following:
- In a splicing connector, where physical contact occurs, conductors of dissimilar metals ___ be used.
- * Switchboard devices with potential oils shall be supplied by a circuit that is protected by standard overcurrent devices rated a maximum of:
- * In an AC system, the voltage of the system is not which of the following:
- The most common three phase (480/208) transformer connection of those listed below is:
- Where auxillary rectifiers are used with a filter capacitor in the output for bias supplies and tube keyers of induction and di-electric heating equipment, bleeder resistors shall be used even though the DC voltage does not exceed:
- Solid di-electric insulated conductors operating above 2000 volts in permanent installations shall have ozone resistant insulation and shall be:
- The nominal area of #2 compact aluminum THW building wire would be:
- Cords used for portable signs shall be:
- All commercial buildings and commercial occupancies with ground floor footage accessible to pedestrians shall be provided at an accessible location outside the occupancy with ___ for sign or outline lighting use.
- When the cells of cellular concrete floor raceways are used, connections to cabinets and other enclosures shall be made by means of ___ raceways and approved fittings.
- When operating at over 600 volts, metalic enclosures of reactors and adjacent metal parts shall be installed so that the temperature rise from induced circuit eddy currents will meet all of the following except:
- * Audible and visual signal devices for emergency sources shall be provided where practicable to indicate all of the following except:
- All decorative metal used on an electric sign must be grounded:
- * Where three services are brought into a large building, all services must:
- The service entrance conductors for a manufactured building shall be installed after erection at the building site unless:
- Flexible cords for individual cord connected show cases shall be secured to the undersides of show cases so that all but which of the following are true?
- * Fixtures shall be wired with conductors having insulation suitable for:
- Type FCC cable can be installed under:
- Electrical current is measured in terms of:
- Each section panel or strip carrying a number of infrared lamp holders, shall be considered:
- * To obtain the best balance to a three phase system, assign all loads then take the ___ unbalanced load and assign that to all three phases.
- Article 800 communications circuits does not include:
- When is it mandatory to identify the high leg of a three phase four wire (120/240 volt) delta system?
- * The ampere rating or setting of the specified overcurrent device shall determine the circuit classification where conductors of higher ampacity than how many AMPS are used?
- A large capacity motor installation is to have heavy capacity feeders to provide for future conditions and changes. The rating or setting of the feeder protection devices can be based on the rated ampacity of the:
- Each switch board section used as service equipment must be provided with:
- In a 3 phase system with 4 wires, i.e., 208/120, there exists:
- A disconnecting means for x-ray equipment shall have adequate capacity for at least:
- * Amplifier output circuits carrying audio program signals of 70 volts or less and whose open circuit voltage will not exceed 100 volts shall be permitted to employ:
- A swimming pool and the area extending ___ feet horizontally from the inside of the walls of the pool shall be be placed under an existing service drop.
- A 2″ thick concrete pad is placed in the trench over the underground installation of rigid non-metalic conduit. The required burial depth may be reduced by how many inches.
- A circuit breaker does not have its interrupting rating shown. The interupting rating is ___ AMPS.
- Transformers not installed in a sign must have a working space that is at least ___ when measured for height, width and depth.
- When determining the motor conductor ampacity or branch circuit overcurrent portection, the current rating of the motor shall be:
- A non-metalic sheathed cable is to be supported near a non-metalic outlet box that has no clap. The support must be a maximum of ___ inches from the box.
- The rating of a surge arrestor on circuits of less than 1000 volts shall be ___ the maximum continuous phase to ground power frequency voltage at the point of application.
- * To service disconnecting means is mounted on a ___ with exposed buss bars on the back. A raceway shall be permitted to terminate at a bushing.
- Auxiliary equipment for electric discharge lamps shall:
- * Where separate services are used to supply a building, all services must use:
- * Raceways embedded in a masonry wall are considered to be in a hazardous area when:
- Type TPT is attached directly to the portable appliance rated at 50 watts or less. Extreme flexibility of the cord is essential. What is the maximum length?
- Single conductors are to be run in parellel in cable trays. They shall be securely bound in the circuit groups to prevent:
- Consealed wiring in Class I, Division 2 and Class II, Division 2 locations may be wired with what type of cable or cord?
- * The ___ angle is between the real power and the apparent power.
- In the case of swimming pools, the equipment grounding conductor between a remote panel board and the service equipment shall be a ___ copper when the overcurrent portection device protecting the conductors supplying the panel board is a 30 AMP breaker.
- A 2″ conduit no more than ___ in length connecting a gutter and a switch case may have conductor fill of 60% of the internal cross sectional area.
- Overhead conductors of 600 volts or less shall not be smaller than ___ copper for spands up to 50 feet in length and copper for longer spans.
- Group operated switches shall be used for capacitor switching on circuits over 600 volts and shall be capable of all but which of the following?
- The NEC covers the use and installation requirements for liquid tight flexible non-metalic conduit to what minimum length?
- A boiler employing resistance type heating elements and rated more than 48 AMPS that is not contained in an ASME rated and stamped vessel, shall have heating elements sub divided into loads not exceeding ___ AMPS and protected at not more than ___ AMPS.
- You are installing a 20 AMP receptacle to supply power from the shore to a yacht. The NEC requires this receptacle to be:
- When can an attachment plug and receptacle serve as the disconnecting means for a single phase room air conditioner rated 250 volts or less?
- The circular mil area of a #18 AWG would be ___ CMILS for solid or stranded.
- * The grounded conductors of Type MI cable shall be identified by:
- * Heating the junction of two dissimilar alloys causes:
- A discharge circuit of a capacitor may be any of the following except:
- GFCI protection shall be required in all commercial garages and repair shops for all 15 and 20 AMP receptacles where all but which of the following are used?
- Steel cable tray shall not be used as equipment gounding for circuits protected at over ___ AMPS.
- Class 2 or Class 3 power supplies may ___.
- Receptacles installed for the attachment of portable cords shall be ___.
- Heating cables shall be furnished complete with factory assembled, nonheating leads at least ___ feet in length.
- A hoistway in which an elevator is designed to operate can be all of these except:
- Type FCC cable shall be clearly and durably marked on both sides with all but which of the following?
- What is the maximum rating of the branch circuit of flat cable assemblies?
- When the kind of motor is a single phase AC or DC and its supply system is two wire, single phase, AC or DC, one condutor grounded, the minimun number and location of overload units such as trip coils, relays or thermal cut-outs, shall be:
- All of the following are required for a room air conditioner to be considered a single motor unit for the purpose of determining its branch circuit requirements except:
- A generator driven by individual motors and operating at ____ volts, shall be considered protected by the overcurrent device protecting the motor. The overcurrent device will operate when the generator is delivering not more that 150% of its full load rated current.
- Power feed, grounding, and shield system connections between the FCC system and other wiring systems, shall be accomplished in ___ identified for this use.
- The line current in a balanced WYE load is equal to:
- The required size of an electrical conductor is determined by all but which of the following:
- In a splicing connector, where physical contact occurs, conductors of dissimilar metals ___ be used.
- Switchboard devices with potential coils shall be supplied by a circuit that is protected by standard overcurrent devices rated a maximum of:
- * In an AC system, the voltage of the system is not which of the following:
- The most common three phase (480/208) transformer connection of those listed below is:
- Where auxillary rectifiers are used with a filter capacitor in the output for bias supplies and tube keyers of induction and di-electric heating equipment, bleeder resistors shall be used even though the DC voltage does not exceed:
- Solid di-electric insulated conductors operating above 2000 volts in permanent installations shall have ozone resistant insulation and shall be:
- The nominal area of #2 compact aluminum THW building wire would be:
- Cords used for portable signs shall be:
- All commercial buildings and commercial occupancies with ground floor footage accessible to pedestrians shall be provided at an accessible location outside the occupancy with ___ for sign or outline lighting use.
- When the cells of cellular concrete floor raceways are used, connections to cabinets and other enclosures shall be made by means of ___ raceways and approved fittings.
- When operating at over 600 volts, metalic enclosures of reactors and adjacent metal parts shall be installed so that the temperature rise from induced circuit eddy currents will meet all of the following except:
- Audible and visual signal devices for emergency sources shall be provided where practicable to indicate all of the following except:
- All decorative metal used on an electric sign must be grounded:
- * Where three services are brought into a large building, all services must:
- The service entrance conductors for a manufactured building shall be installed after erection at the building site unless:
- Flexible cords for individual cord connected show cases shall be secured to the undersides of show cases so that all but which of the following are true?
- * Fixtures shall be wired with conductors having insulation suitable for:
- A non-metalic sheathed cable is to be supported near a non-metalic outlet box that has no clap. The support must be a maximum of ___ inches from the box.
- The rating of a surge arrestor on circuits of less than 1000 volts shall be ___ the maximum continuous phase to ground power frequency voltage at the point of application.
- * To service disconnecting means mounted on a ___ with exposed buss bars on the back. A raceway shall be permitted to terminate at a bushing.
- Auxiliary equipment for electric discharge lamps shall:
- * Where separate services are used to supply a building, all services must use:
- Raceways embedded in a masonry wall are considered to be in a hazardous area when:
- Type TPT is attached directly to the portable appliance rated at 50 watts or less. Extreme flexibility of the cord is essential. What is the maximum length?
- Single conductors are to be run in parellel in cable trays. They shall be securely bound in the circuit groups to prevent:
- Consealed wiring in Class I, Division 2 and Class II, Division 2 locations may be wired with what type of cable or cord?
- The ___ angle is between the real power and the apparent power.
- In the case of swimming pools, the equipment grounding conductor between a remote panel board and the service equipment shall be a ___ copper when the overcurrent portection device protecting the conductors supplying the panel board is a 30 AMP breaker.
- A 2″ conduit no more than ___ in length connecting a gutter and a switch case may have conductor fill of 60% of the internal cross sectional area.
- Overhead conductors of 600 volts or less shall not be smaller than ___ copper for spands up to 50 feet in length and copper for longer spans.
- Group operated switches shall be used for capacitor switching on circuits over 600 volts and shall be capable of all but which of the following?
- The NEC covers the use and installation requirements for liquid tight flexible non-metalic conduit to what minimum length?
- A boiler employing resistance type heating elements and rated more than 48 AMPS that is not contained in an ASME rated and stamped vessel, shall have heating elements sub divided into loads not exceeding ___ AMPS and protected at not more than ___ AMPS.
- You are installing a 20 AMP receptacle to supply power from the shore to a yacht. The NEC requires this receptacle to be:
- When can an attachment plug and receptacle serve as the disconnecting means for a single phase room air conditioner rated 250 volts or less?
- The circular mil area of a #18 AWG would be ___ CMILS for solid or stranded.
- The grounded conductors of Type MI cable shall be identified by:
- * Heating the junction of two dissimilar alloys causes:
- A discharge circuit of a capacitor may be any of the following except:
- GFCI protection shall be required in all commercial garages and repair shops for all 15 and 20 AMP receptacles where all but which of the following are used?
- Steel cable tray shall not be used as equipment gounding for circuits protected at over ___ AMPS.
- Class 2 or Class 3 power supplies may ___.
- Receptacles installed for the attachment of portable cords shall be ___.
- Heating cables shall be furnished complete with factory assembled, nonheating leads at least ___ feet in length.
- A hoistway in which an elevator is designed to operate can be all of these except:
- Type FCC cable shall be clearly and durably marked on both sides with all but which of the following?
- What is the maximum rating of the branch circuit of flat cable assemblies?
- When the kind of motor is a single phase AC or DC and its supply system is two wire, single phase, AC or DC, one condutor grounded, the minimu number and location of overload units such as trip coils, relays or thermal cut-outs, shall be:
- Type FCC cable can be installed under:
- * Electrical current is measured in terms of:
- Each section panel or strip carrying a number of infrared lamp holders, shall be considered:
- * To obtain the best balance to a three phase system, assign all loads then take the ___ unbalanced load and assign that to all three phases.
- Article 800 communications circuits does not include:
- * When is it mandatory to identify the high leg of a three phase four wire (120/240 volt) delta system?
- * The ampere rating or setting of the specified overcurrent device shall determine the circuit classification where conductors of higher ampacity than how many AMS are used?
- A large capacity motor installation is to have heavy capacity feeders to provide for future conditions and changes. The rating or setting of the feeder protection devices can be based on the rated ampacity of the:
- Each switch board section used as service equipment must be provided with:
- In a 3 phase system with 4 wires, i.e., 208/120, there exists:
- A disconnecting means for x-ray equipment shall have adequate capacity for at least:
- * Amplifier output circuits carrying audio program signals of 70 volts or less and whose open circuit voltage will not exceed 100 volts shall be permitted to employ:
- A swimming pool and the area extending ___ feet horizontally from the inside of the walls of the pool shall be be placed under an existing service drop.
- A 2″ thick concrete pad is placed in the trench over the underground installation of rigid non-metalic conduit. The required burial depth may be reduced by how many inches.
- A circuit breaker does not have its interrupting rating shown. The interupting rating is ___ AMPS.
- Transformers not installed in a sign must have a working space that is at least ___ when measured for height, width and depth.
- When determining the motor conductor ampacity or branch circuit overcurrent portection, the current rating of the motor shall be:
- * Conductor ampacity for general motor heat calculations, branch circuits shall be based on the:
- To cut wire mold, you would use:
- An electric bell outfit would be used to check for:
- * In any anesthetising area in a health care facility, electrical equipment operating at more than 10 volts, shall be required to be:
- Service drop conductors and service entrance conductors shall be required to be all of the following except:
- A branch circuit, consisting of two or more ungrounded conductors having a potential difference between them and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it and each ungrounded conductor of the circuit, and which is connected to the neutral conductor of the system, is ____.
- A conduit encased in a poured concrete trench is considered to be in a ___ location.
- A circuit containing two 8 Ohm resistors in parallel and the total current through the circuit is 20 Amps, the power utilized by the resistors would be ___ watts.
- * Metal cabinets used for lighting circuits are grounded in order to:
- * An appliance rated at 115 volts will ___ when operated at 120 volts.
- A circular copper buss is 2" in diameter. If the allowable current density is 1000 Amps per square inch, the current carrying capacity of the 2" buss is ___ Amps.
- Instruments that are marked with plus and minus signs are said to be:
- Which one of the following is not included in Article 680 of the NEC dealing with swimming pools?
- Fuses are rated by:
- * In a multiple motor circuit there is a feeder protection, branch circuit protection and motor protection. If the feeder protection trips, the fault would be expected in:
- All fixed storage type water heaters having a capacity of 120 gallons or less shall have a ___ of not less than 125% of the name plate rating.
- The NEC does not cover:
- * Portable cables over 600 volts shall not be:
- A volt meter measures:
- * Weather proof boxes will never be which of the following?
- A general term including materials, fittings, devices, appliances, fixtures, appurtenances and the like used a part of or in connection with an electrical installation is:
- * The ratio of the maximum demand of a system to the total connected load is the:
- It is the intent of the NEC that ___ wiring for the construction of equipment need not be inspected at the time of installation of the equipment if the equipment has been listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory.
- A metal structure designed to support a wet-niche lighting fixture assembly and intended for mount in a pool or fountain structure is called:
- If an appliance is identified for flexible cord connection, each flexible cord shall be:
- Which of the following locations would not necessarily be a hazardous location?
- Where wires pass through an opening in an enclosure, conduit box or barrier, ___ shall be used.
- * A circuit has a unity power factor. The reactive power is:
- The current through the 5 Ohm resistor is 4 amps. Only switches one and three are closed. What will be the voltage across A-B?
- Refer to the diagram. If the current through the 5 Ohm resistor is 4 amps, the voltage across A-B will be ___ volts if switches 1,3, and 4 are closed.
- A signal circuit supplies energy to:
- Voltage drop in a wire is:
- Fixtures supported by the framing members of a suspended ceiling system shall be securely fastened to the ceiling framing member by mechanical means. This would include all but which of the following?
- A data processing system shall have a load of not more than ___ of the ampacity of the branch circuit conductors from which it receives its supply.
- An Ohm meter:
- * Pull boxes can often be substituted for elbows for all but which of the following reasons?
- Conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors for equipment are grounded ___.
- Bonding is the permanent joining of ___ parts to form an electrically ___ path which will assure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any current likly to be imposed.
- Equipment grounding conductors, when installed, shall be included when calculating conduit or tubing fill based on all but which of the following:
- The force that moves electrons could be called all but which of the following:
- * The voltage drop in AC circuits is affected by all of the following except:
- The only item listed which can cause a change in the ampacity of a conductor is a change in:
- *The resistance of a circuit may vary due to:
- The core of a electromagnet usually is made of:
- How are hazardous locations classified?
- For calculating motor feeder sizes, the highest rated largest motor shall be considered to be that motor having the highest rated ___.
- Power in either single phase AC or DC system is always equal to ___.
- Areas subjected to heavy vehicular traffic such as throughfares, shall have a minimum cover of ___ inches for underground installations.
- A standard screw base used for light bulbs is the ___ base.
- A device is a unit of an electrical system which is intended to ___ but not ___ electric energy.
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in:
- AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE SPECIFIED FOR IRRIGATION CANALS HAS A PRIMARY PURPOSE OF:
- THE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE WHEN USED IN RESERVOIR APERTENANCES IS EXPRESSED IN # PER____?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING LISTS ALL OF THE QUALITY CONTROLS SPECIFICATION TESTS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR IRRIGATION CANAL CONCRETE?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A CAUSE OF CONCRETE SEGREGATION?
- BRIDGE CONCRETE MIX THAT CONTAINS SUPER PLASTICIZERS WILL:
- REFER TO THE BLOCK DIAGRAM: THIS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IS?:
- REFER TO THE BLOCK DIAGRAM:THIS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IS?:
- WHAT IS A JACK SHORE WHEN IT IS USED IN CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBES A TEST THAT MEASURES CONCRETE CONSISTANCY?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A CAUSE OF CONCRETE SEGREGATION IN BRIDGE ABUTMENTS?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING AD MIXTURES IS COMMONLY USED TO IMPROVE THE DURABILITY OF CONCRETE?
- WHICH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT A BASIC TEST USED IN CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AS QUALITY CONTROL?
- WHEN SUPER PLASTICIZERS ARE USED IN A CONCRETE MIX?
- ACCORDING TO"DESIGN AND CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXTURES", AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE IS MAINLY USED TO :
- WHAT IS THE NAME FOR THE PILE THAT IS FORMED BY DRIVING A CASING INTO A SET DEPTH AND REMOVING THE CASING WHILE FILLING THE HOLE WITH CONCRETE?
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING FACTORS AFFECT THE LATERAL PRESSURE OF PLASTIC CONCRETE FORM WALL EXCEPT WHICH ONE?
- PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT MUST ACHIEVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3850 PSI. HOW MANY DAYS FROM PLACEMENT?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT IS USED IN MASSIVE CONCRETE STRUCTURES WHERE LOW HEAT OF HYDRATION IS REQUIRED?
- WHAT ARE ALL OF THE TESTS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL?
- WHAT DOES IT MEAN WHEN "40" IS STAMPED ON A REINFORCING BAR?
- WHERE ARE TILT-UP CONCRETE PANELS FABRICATED?
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a 65`x 70` rectangular foundation with walls 14" thick and 11`-3" high?(Assume no waste)
- An 18" concrete wingwall is placed for a flood control system. The air temperature is 38 F. According to Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, the concrete for the wingwall should be what minimum temperature?
- Which of the following is used as the basis of payment when building concrete stem walls for tanks and towers?
- Concrete used in public works flood control and drainage systems must be air-entrained within what percentage range?
- Concretes strength depends on a correct water/cement ratio. Water used for concrete mixing must be metered and discharged within all acceptable tolerance limits of ___%
- A contracts specitis bar-steel reinforcement for a flood control system. Which of the following operations is NOT prohibited in the preperation of the bar-steel reinforcement?
- Which of the following would be added to concrete or mortar to increase its strength?
- When pouring concrete on a hot day which of the following would you not do?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- The purpose of adding wire mesh to concrete is to______.
- According to SBCCI building code how high up the wall must a moisture resistant barrier be placed in a public restroom.
- Joints in black wrought iron steam or hot water piping which are embedded in concrete shall be____:
- Asbestos cement pipe is referred to as MEE pipe when the pipe________:
- Steel embedded in concrete almost always becomes:
- If reinforceing bars are left projecting out of the foundation inside the back face of the wall, they should be_____?
- In order for concrete to reach 70% of it`s design strength, it should cure for ________ days?
- The test on a concrete cylinder, to determain if the concrete has reached it`s design strength should be preformed when?
- Concrete application with forms, wire cages, and plastic is called
- What are NOT standard types of concrete pipe?
- On a ductile iron pipe water line – What compressive concrete strength for thrust blocks.
- What test is used for leak testing concrete pipe and manholes.
- What is the best type of sub - base aggregates used in asphalt concrete for highway paving?
- The piece of equipment most commonly used for placing concrete underwater is:
- Super – plasticizers used in concrete will cause:
- When water testing reinforced concrete pipe, the maximum leakage allowed is 200 gallon per inch diameter per day per mile. One mile equals 5,280 feet. What is the allowable loss of a 36` diameter pipe that is 300` in length for a four hour test?
- Which of the following would be the strongest bond for portland cement?
- The attachment for precast masonry panels to concrete is done with ________.
- The process of applying a coat of cement mortar on masonry, on basement walls is called _______.
- What does a bag of portland cement weigh?
- When casting concrete into masonry column footing, the concrete mix shall be?
- What is the required lap in inches for a #4 bar per the UBC?
- Reinforcing bars with rust or mill scale that does not diminish the cross-section _______.
- According to the Standard code, reinforcing steel having a forty bar diameter lap on a #5 rebar, will be lapped at least ___________?
- In seismic zone 2, how many reinforcing bars are required in a chimney wall less that 40` in width?
- Reinforcing bars are measured in _____ increments.
- All concrete that will be exposed to freeze / thaw conditions should:
- A stable mix of asphalt cement, water and soap is:
- Referring to the illustration, if the concrete forms pictured are 100 feet long, what is the total number of board feet in the walers?
- In preparing a base for concrete, compaction by means of vibration is most effective on soil that is primarily _______.
- Unless special testing methods are used, results from the testing of concrete test cylinders require a minimum of _____ days.
- Referring to the illustration, which of the locations noted is the proper location for the vapor barier in severe cold climates?
- A slab 5" thick by 96` x 12` would require _____ cubic yards of concrete.
- In the normal concrete finishing process, _____ is performed prior to bull floating.
- Referring to the illustration, if the concrete wall form pictured is 150 feet long, what is the number of cubic yards cubic yards of concrete required for the wall?
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #5 bar is:
- In a low lift grout or concrete pour a 1-1/2` depression left in the top of the lift is to:
- Air entrainment in concrete is used primarily to _____.
- A _____ is defined as a groove (formed or saw-cut) in the concrete placed where the shrinkage of the concrete would cause a crack.
- What causes cracks in concrete during hot weather?
- A concrete joint which allows both vertical and horizontal movement is best known as:
- Which of the following is a test for the workability and consistency of concrete?
- What do you use to increase compression strength of Concrete.
- You are placing concrete culverts and you know that problems will occur with the joints. To prevent this you should:
- Code mandates that when solvent cement joints are made in accordance with qualified procedures, they:
- Solvent cement or heat-fusion joints are permitted by Code for the joining of:
- All sewer pipingshall be concrete encased for a total length of 10` where a water main crosses with less than 10` of vertical clearance. Concrete encasement must have a minimum width & height equal to trench width. Trench width of the VCP = Diameter +
- Cast iron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be concrete encased because?
- If reinforcing bar weighs 3.5 pounds per linal foot, how many tons will 15,400 LF of bar weigh?
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- What type of cement should be considered for batch concrete which will be used for a waste water treatment facility? (exposed to sulfur)
- A concrete tank with a inside diameter of 127` and 14″ thick walls with rebar placed 2″ from the outside walls using 20` pieces of rebar you would need _____ pieces to incircle the perimeter once disregarding overlap.
- How many tests for strength of concrete should be performed for a pour of 750 cubic yards?
- Type III cement is known as _____.
- What kind of joints may be embedded in concrete?
- What type of pipe is permitted to be embedded in concrete for hot water radiant heating system?
- Garage is constructed with steel posts and concrete. A furnace is installed. How high above the finished floor?
- Referring to the illustration of the concrete beam bearing on a fulcrum, which location would be most likely to crack first?
- How much should you decrease the water if you have air entrained concrete with 1-1/2" aggregate and a 2" slump?
- In comparing normal concrete to high early concrete (Type III), how much do you reduce the curing time for high early?
- As concrete sets, water will rise to the top, this is known as _____.
- How many layers of concrete are in a slump test?
- According to the Code, anchor bolts for wood sill plates and bottom plates should be embedded a minimum of _____ inches into the concrete.
- A number 6 reinforcing bar that is not exposed to the soil or weather must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____.
- Referring to the illustration, if number 5 bar weighs 1.043 pounds per lineal foot, what is the total weight of the horizontal #5 bar ONLY required to construct 100 feet of the wall shown? Do not add for waste, lap, ties, stirrups or any vertical bar.
- Manually controlled powered concrete trowels shall be equipped with a:
- Structural concrete slabs, columns and other members should be protected to _____ per cent of their design strength.
- Calculate the total for a 40` x 60` x 3` `pan formed` slab: 122 pans (30" x 30" x 24") rent for $18.00 each. 82 tons of rebar at $38.50 per ton, 1,450 manhours at $14.75 per hour, concrete costs $65.00 per cubic yard. Consider only the items listed.
- Which of the following would be used to seal out or cancel water from penetrating through a concrete joint?
- For the same workability, for air entrained concrete you should:
- When you have a wood column in a basement supporting a girder above, the column must be elevated above the concrete floor at least _____ inch(es).
- According to the Code, reinforcing steel which is cast against and permanently exposed to the earth must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____ inches.
- According to the design control and concrete mixture, after 300 drum revolutions or _____ hours, structural concrete shall be rejected.
- Referring to the illustration, the total number of cubic yards of concrete required for the walls of the planter is between _____ cubic yards.
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1000 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- Referring to the illustration, if the concrete wall form pictured is 28 feet long, what is the minimum number of studs required to form the wall?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 150 feet long, what is the weight of the number 5 reinforcing steel if a number 5 bar weighs 1.043 pounds per lineal foot? Do not allow for any splices, laps or waste.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 100 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- Referring to the illustration, how many lineal feet of reinforcing bar are required for the planter footing? Calculate only the longitudinal bars and do not add for laps or corners. Assume the wall is centered on the footing.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- Which of the following tests is commonly used to determine the strength of concrete?
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in:
- The volume of one 94 pound bag of portland cement is _____ cubic feet.
- The placing of concrete on frozen soil is:
- Type III cement is:
- Air entrainment of concrete is to:
- Troweling of a fresh concrete is performed following the _____ of the slab.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its` design strength?
- When you have rebar going in one direction, the temperature bars should be installed:
- Concrete reinforcing bars having surface rust or mill scale which does not appreciably reduce the diameter of the bar:
- In the construction of a `one-way slab`, which of the figures shown would reflect the proper placement of the reinforcing bars in the multiple span concrete beam?
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- Lateral rebar placed in a one way concrete slab to allow for movement due to changes in temperature is called:
- Which of the following is used to measure the consistency and workability of concrete?
- Adding water to concrete that is already workable will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- Damping of the subgrade prior to placement of concrete will:
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1150 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1156 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- A slab has just been placed & finished. It is normal concrete. According to code, unless accelerated curing methods are used the slab cured in a moist condition for at least
- According to code, what is the minimum thickness permitted for a concrete floor slab that is supported directly on the ground?
- According to code, after the scratch coat of exterior portland cement plaster is applied and scored, it shall cure for at least :
- A form must be framed around a concrete block fireplace & chimney. According to code, what minimum clearance that must be maintained between the block and the wood floor joists?
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a slab 5" thick x 84` long x 10` wide?
- According to code, plates or sills shall be anchored to concrete foundation walls with bolts spaced not more than how far apart?
- When laying concrete bell pipe the ____?
- What kind of ties are used for anchoring masonry structures to concrete structures?
- What is the nominal length of a standard concrete masonry block including the mortar joint?
- Concrete masonry units should not be wetted before being laid in a wall:
- After the first patch coat of portland cement mortar is applied, it should cure for at least _____ days.
- When laying concrete block on a concrete floor, which of the following should be done?
- Joints in steam piping which are in concrete must be of which of the following?
- An evaporative cooler is supported directly on the ground by a concrete slab. The surface of the slab shall be a minimum of how high above the adjoining ground levels?
- Concrete contains _____% aggregate.
- A driveway is to be constructed 100`long, 10`wide and 3.5" thick. How much concrete will be needed?
- A part of a concrete wall that gives laterrial support is called _______________.
- A sidewalk measures 160` long, 3.33` wide and is 4 1/2" thick. How much concrete is needed?
- Which of the following does not strengthen concrete?
- What is not a factor when working with concrete?
- According to the IBC, anchor bolts for wood sill plates and bottom plates should be embedded a minimum of _____ inches into the concrete.
- Anchor bolts used to anchor foundation plates or sills to concrete foundation walls shall not be spaced more than ____ feet apart.
- Concrete masonry units should NOT be wetted before being laid in a wall:
- As concrete sets it releases heat known as:
- Type III portland cement is designed as:
- A number 6 deformed reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of:
- When compacting a base for concrete or other soil materials which require compacting, compaction by a vibratory roller is most effective on materials that are primarily:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- When joints to control cracking are cut in concrete slabs they should be cut to a depth of:
- Which type of portland cement is designed to produce high compressive strength concrete at an early period?
- What type of foundation covers an entire site and consists of heavily reinforced concrete that is 3 feet to 8 feet in thickness?
- In slip form construction, to insure proper placement of the concrete:
- Referring to the illustration, which of the locations noted is the proper location for the vapor barrier in severe cold climates?
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will _____.
- Concrete curing procedures and curing compounds should be applied:
- A building measures 80` x 40` and has a perimeter footing that is 8″ wide and 24″ deep. How many cubic yards of concrete are needed for this footing?
- COMPARED TO WOOD POLES, CONCRETE POLES HAVE THE ADVANTAGE OF _____.
- ON A 50 FEET CONCRETE REINFORCED POLE, HOW MUCH CAN THE POLE SAFELY SWAY?
- A CONCRETE ENCASED ELECTRODE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ____ IN DEPTH AND NO LESS THAN _____ FEET LONG.
- A connection to a concrete encased, driven, or buried grounding electrode shall _____.
- REFER TO DIAGRAM D-6, CALCULATE THE CUBIC YARDS OF CONCRETE IN THE FOOTER OF THE PLANTER.
- REFER TOT HE FIGURE 31-6B, WHAT IS THE NAME OF THIS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT?
- REFER TO THE FIGURE D-28, WHAT IS THE NAME OF THIS CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT?
- HOW MANY 8 X 8 X 16` CONCRETE MASONRY BLOCKS WILL BE REQUIRED ON 8 COURSES FOR A 124 FOOT LONG WALL?
- REFER TO DIAGRAM D-26, TYPICAL CONCRETE WALL - 8` - 4` IN HEIGHT AND 8` THICK. WHAT IS THE TOTAL VOLUME OF CONCRETE TO BE PLACED IN 150 LINEAL FEET OF WALL IS BETWEEN _____ C.Y.
- A FRAME FOR A BASEMENT DOOR WHICH IS SET IN CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL IS CALLED A _____.
- REFER TO FIGURE D-6 PLANTER, WHAT IS THE COST OF FORMING AND STRIPING THE FORM WORK, THE UNIT COST TO FORMING AND STRIPPING THE FORM WORK FOR THE CONCRETE WALLS IN THE PLANTER IS $.54 PER SQUARE FOOT OF FORM SURFACE. THE FORM WORK IS 6` HIGHER THAN THE
- THE PURPOSE OF BULL FLOATING A NEWLY PLACED CONCRETE SLAB IS TO:
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- Aggregate particles used for concrete should be shaped like?
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church having an outside dimension of 100` by 200` is _______va.
- Ohms is a (an):
- According to the NEC, the minimum length of cord and plug connected waste disposer shall be _____ inches.
- GIVEN: A Hermetic refrigerator motor compressor has a rated load current of 20 amps and a branch circuit selection of 26 amps. A disconnect means must be rated at least ____ amps.
- GENERAL USE RECEPTACLES LOCATED ADJACENT TO A SWIMMING POOL SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF _____ FEET FROM THE INSIDE WALLS OF THE POOL.
- A SINGLE “MADE” GROUNDING ELECTRODE SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM RESISTANCE TO THE GROUND OF _____ OHMS.
- A DWELLING UNIT MUST HAVE AT LEAST 2 SMALL APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUITS ON THE SERVICE OF THE DWELLING. EACH OF THESE CIRCUITS IS CONSIDERED A LOAD OF _____ VA.
- What is the calculated current drawn by a 3.5 KW water heater operating at 240 volts?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150` from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000` of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- A mobile home park has 35 sites. The ungrounded wires in the service to supply this park must be calculated to a size of at least _____ amps.
- How much power will a 10 ohm resistor carrying 10 amps of current consume?
- Given: A resistive load supplied by a spliced conductor draws a measured 45 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of .2 ohms. How much power is lost at the splice?
- The term `kilowatts` indicates real power. What does the term `kilovolt-amp` indicate?
- Six equal resistors are connected in series to a 24 volt source. What is the voltage drop across each resistor?
- The following 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire equipment is in a commercial kitchen. 2 – 5000 watt water heaters 4 – 3000 watt fryers 2 – 6000 watt ovens. Do NOT use the optional method. Each ungrounded conductor in the feeder circuit for this kitchen should be _______.
- If electricity costs $0.085 per KwH, how much would it cost to operate a 100 watt lamp continuously for 30 days?
- A 240 volt, single phase resistive heater is rated at 8 KW. What current will be drawn when this heater is connected to 208 volts?
- A 120 volt AC portable lamp is used in a commercial garage and is frequently placed on the floor under an automobile. This lamp must be a type approved for use in hazardous locations defined as ____?
- An open fixture in a commercial garage shall be placed over vehicular lanes at a height of at least _____ feet.
- A motor controller is installed with the expectation that it will be submerged occassionally for short periods of time. According to NEC, the controller shall be installed in an enclosure type number _____.
- Any pipe or duct system foreign to the electrical installation must not enter a transformer vault. Which of the following is Not considered foreign to the vault?
- What is the primary function of a power rectifier circuit?
- Given: A 50` raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- The grounded conductor of an electrical branch circuit is identified by _____.
- Given: A 20` conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG, copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable overcurrent protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandesant lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carrys only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor?
- Given: 8 – size 14 AWG type TW, copper, current-carrying conductors are contained within a raceway. The ambient temperature is 120 degrees Fahrenheit or 49 degrees Centigrade. What is the ampacity of the individual conductors?
- Disregard all exceptions. What is the maximum number of current carrying conductors permitted at any crossection of a pull wireway?
- Given: 3 size 12 AWG, two-conductor-with-ground type NM cables are spliced in a ceiling junction box that has internal cable clamps and flat cover. What is the minimum trade size metal octagonal box that may be used?
- This type of raceway is available in rolls. Conductors are installed after the raceway is installed in a building. What type of raceway is this?
- Given: A metal electrical box contains the following: 3 size 12 AWG conductors; 3 size 10 AWG conductors; one flush switch. The switch is connected to two of the size 12 AWG conductors. There are no other devices or fittings. The size box needed is _____?
- What is the rating of this transformer?
- A park has 45 mobil home sites. The largest typical mobil home has a load of 15,000 VA. The park is supplied by a 120/240 volt single phase service. Conductor in the service to supply this park must be sized to carry a minimum net computed load of?
- Disregard exceptions. What is the maximum number of circuit breakers that shall be connected in service disconnecting means for any building?
- Given: A 120/240 volt single phase panel has a 92 KVA balanced incandescant lighting load. The load is in a stockroom that is only open for two hours at a time. What is the minimum size required for each ungrounded aluminum THW conductor in the feeder ?
- Given:The terminal screws on a device have no special marking to indicate the number of conductors that can be connected by each screw. Each screw can be used to connect ...
- Given: A feeder is supplying a continuous load of 240 amps. It is protected by an overcurrent device rated at 300 amps. Consider terminations rated at 75 degrees Centigrade. What minimum size type THW aluminum conductors are allowed as the phase conductors?
- Refer to the diagram below which shows connections to equipment used to measure ground resistance. Given: Ammeter(A) indicates 1 amp. Voltmeter(V) indicates 35 volts. Does the ground electrode being tested have acceptable ground resistance?
- Which terminal of this step-down transformer is required to be bonded to the transforner case and grounded near the location served by the transformer?
- Where must the grounding electrode system be directly bonded to the neutral conductor?
- What section of the NEC determines the minimum capacity of an equipment grounding path?
- A metalic elbow is inserted in an underground run of sunlight resistant rigid non-metalic conduit. This elbow is not grounded to the electrical system. What is the minimum bury depth allowed by the NEC?
- An ungrounded receptical outlet is to be replaced by a ground fault circuit interupter receptical. There is no provision for grounding within the receptical box. Which one of the following is NOT an option when this receptical is being replaced?
- Given: A 120/208V, 3 phase service is fed with a single size 500KCMil, copper conductor for each phase. The main circuit breaker is rated at 300 amps. A copper grounding electrode conductor from the main service panel to the cold water pipeline must bonded with at least a ______.
- What size EMT conduit is required to install all of the following conductors? 4 # 12 RHH, 4 # 10 TW.
- The number of THHN conductors permitted in 3/8 inches liquidtight flexible metal conduit with fitting on the outside shall not exceed_____ that is permitted for AWG, 18.
- Conduit bodies, junctions, pull and outlet boxes shall be so installed that the wiring contained in them can be rendered ____.
- Circuits containing electric discharge, lighting, transformers exculusively shall not be rated in excess of ____ Amps.
- Which of the following gives you maximum capaitance?
- Which of the following cords can be surmerged underwater.
- What is the power disapated through this circuit
- Refer to the diagram; What is the secondary voltage output.
- What is the efficiency of this circuit.
- What is the total resistenance in this circuit
- Calculate the load on 3 460V squirrel cage motors at 100% power factor with no code letter. 1-40hp 1-30hp 1-20hp all 3 phase
- A motor with no duty cycle or code letters is consider to be.
- A squirrel cage motor with 9 leads is consider to be ____.
- In the essential electrical systems for hospitals, the critical branch emergency systems must control ____.
- Which of the following does NOT belong when bonding the grid system of a pool.
- What size current load is required to service this residence 1100 sq.ft., 1-10kw range, 1-electric dryer, 1-6kw hot water heater, no A/C or Heat single phanse 240 V. Use the standard method.
- Where internal combustion engines are used as the prime mover, an on site fuel supply shall be provided for ____ hours of operation.
- The opposition of resistance, reactance, and capacitance is ____.
- A separation of at least ____ feet shall be maintained between open conductors of communications systems on buildings and lighting conductors.
- Class 1 remote control and signaling circuits shall bot exceed ____ volts.
- Class 1 power limited circuits shall be supplied from a source having a rated output of not more than ____ volts.
- What size cabinet is needed for this installation.
- Electical discharge tubing shall be of such length and design as not to cause a ____ on the transformer.
- Circuits containing electric-discharge lighting transformers shall not exceed ____ amps.
- Circuits that supply lamps, ballasts, and transformers, shall be rated not to exceed ____ amps.
- A squirrel cage motor with no code letter with reactor starting the maximum rating of a non-time delay fuse is ____ percent.
- A muiltwire branch circuit located in the same device and connected to the same yoke shall have ____,
- A general use snap switch can be used on a ____HP motor or less.
- What is the maximum number of ungrounded number 12 AWG are premitted in a 4″ X 1 1/2″ square box.
- What is the maximum ground fault protection in a steel cable tray.
- Which of the following does not belong in a cable tray.
- Four ungrounded 4/0 AL XHHW conductors are installed in an 80` raceway in a wet location, what is the maximum amps that each conductor can carry ?
- Line and ground connecting conductors shall not be smaller than no ____ wire for surge arresters.
- What size copper grounding electrode conductor is needed for a service fed with 500 kcmil copper?
- If the reistance to ground is 50 OHMS to the ground rod, you must?
- Where the equipment grounding conductors are installed on the outside of flexible metal conduit the length of the jumper shall not exceed _____ ft.
- Which of the following gives you maximum resistance.
- What is a power rectifier?
- Calculate total load for these 240V space heaters in a residence. Room 1 has two 2000 W heaters, room 2 has two 1500 W heaters, room 3 has two 2500 W heaters, room 4 has two 1500 W heaters & two 2500 W heaters.
- The grounding conductor of a branch circuit shall be identified by a _____.
- Storage batteries that are used for emergency power systems in a nursing home shall be suitable to supply the total load for not less than_________ minimum?
- A generator set where internal combustion engines are used as the prime mover for emergency power systems must have an on-site fuel supply sufficient for not less than_________?
- In a critcial care area, how many receptacles must be located at the patient bed area?
- In a general care area, how many receptacles must be located at the patient`s bed area?
- A new, all-electric restaurant has a total connected load of 300 kva. USE THE OPTIONAL METHOD. What is the mimimum calculated load which may be used for sizing the feeders?
- Refer to Diagram . What is the voltage through R3 (480-volt, 3-wire circuit with no grounding conductor)?
- Refer to Diagram . The X1 and X2 markings indicate which of the following?
- Refer to Diagram . The transformer shows 10 amps in the primary. What amps will be shown in the secondary?
- Refer to Diagram. A 120/240 volt, single-phase source supplies the 1000 and 500 watt loads. What is the current in the neutral conductor?
- 120 Volt single store sign supplies only the sign as follows:Hours: on 24 hours per day. Motors: three 1/4 horse power motors, Lights: 24 each, .8 amp ballasts. The size of the main overcurrent protective device for this panel must be ____.
- Given: A 30 horse power wound-rotor induction motor with no code letter is to be connected to a 460 volt, 3 phase source. Disregarding all exceptions, the non-time delay fuse SHORT circuit protection of the motor branch circuit must be rated at a maximum of ____.
- Given: A 240/480 volt phase power panel board supplies only the following load: 1 – 15,000 VA, 480 volt, 3 phase balanced resistive load. Each ungrounded conductor in the sub-feeder to this power panel has a total net computed load of _____ amps.
- Given: A 10 horsepower, 230 volt, 3 phase squirrel cage motor is fed by the largest allowable inverse time circuit breaker and the smallest allowable type TW branch circuit conductor in flexible metal conduit. What is the minimum size copper equipment grounding conductor that can be used ?
- Given: A rigid metal conduit contains only the following THREE circuits: Two – 150 amp, 3 phase circuits, One – 300 amp single phase. The load side equipment bonding jumper for this conduit must be a minimum size of _____ copper.
- Given: A one family dwelling has the following size: 1,100 square feet of floor space. Service: 120/240 volt single phase service Cooking: One 10 KVA range Laundry: One electric clothes dryer Water: One 5 KVA water heater. Use the optional method.
- An individual apartment in a multi-family dwelling is supplied by 255 amp THW copper feeders. The feeder conductors are protected by 225 amp breakers from the main 800 amp building service. The water piping systems in the apartment is metal but tap is pvc. What size equipment bonding jumper is needed ?
- Refer to the figure . Three (3) balanced 100 amp resistive loads are connected to 480 volt, 3 phase, 3 wire circuits. What is the total power consumed by this circuit?
- Given: A 240 volt single phase circuit has a non-continuous resistive load of 8,400 watts. What is the net computed current to supply this load?
- Refer to the Diagram; The button labeled “B” causes the motor to:
- Given: Four resistance heaters are connected in parallel. Their resistances are as follows: Heater #1 20 ohms Heater #2 30 ohms Heater #3 60 ohms Heater #4 10 ohms . What is the total resistance of the parallel circuit?
- A 20 amp load is fed with two conductors that have a total resistance of .3 ohms. If the source voltage is 120 volts DC, what is the percentage voltage drop on this circuit?
- A 1000 watt, 120 volt lamp uses electrical energy at the same rate as _____ resistor.
- A 120 volt branch circuit has only six 100 watt, 120 volt incondesant lighting fixtures connected to it. What will be the total measured current in the home run supplying this load?
- Refer to the figure below. (Note 4 start & stop diagrams) Which of the above diagrams shows a control circuit with a pilot light that comes on only when the motor is stopped?
- Refer to the figure. A 50 volt generator is connected to four resistant loads. What is the voltage drop across the 10 ohm load?
- To get the maximum total resistance using three resistors?
- Refer to the figure. Assume 100% efficiency. What is the AC voltage between terminals X1 and X2?
- Refer to Diag. 11-23 The X and X markings indicate _____ terminals.
- Given: If electrical service line drops the voltage from 255 volts to 240 volts, what is the line efficiency?
- Given: An electrical installation requires a total of 200` of conductor with a maximum line resistance of .5 ohms (100` out and 100` back). What is the maximum resistance allowable for this conductor?
- A 100 horse power induction motor is loaded to 30 horse power. To improve the power factor of this motor, the amount of load should be:
- An underground cable should have an effectively grounded shield when the voltage to ground is at least:
- At 240 volts a resistant heater would consume 1500 watts. Two of these heaters are connected in series; then the combinations is connected to 240 volts. What is the current in this series circuit?
- A building on a blueprint is 16″ x 10″. If the drawing scale is 1/4″ = 1`. What is the area of the building in square feet?
- What article in the National Electrical Code applies specifically to public address systems?
- What article in the National Electrical Code applies to outside wiring for fire alarm systems that are not connected to a central station system?
- Given: a dry type transformer is to installed indoors. The transformer must be installed in a fire resistant transformer room if rated more than:
- Given: A hermetic refrigerant motor compressor has a rated load TRACK of 24 amps and a branch circuit SELECTION of 30 amps. The branch circuit conductors are copper type TW. They operate at 80 degrees fahrenheit, and they are the only conductors in the circuit . What size wire is needed for this installation ?
- A capacitor is located indoors; it must be enclosed in a vault if it contains more than a minimum of _____ of flammable liquids.
- If a 3/8″ flexible fixture WHIP with external connectors contains a bare size 16 AWG grounding conductor, how many size 16 AWG type THHN conductors may be added?
- Galvanized rigid conduit is used to protect conductors in a cable tray. Which of the following is required to protect the conductors where they enter and leave the conduit within the cable tray?
- What hazardous location requirements must be met for an electrical outlet installed 12″ above the floor in a commercial garage if there is no mechanical ventilation?
- A 2X enclosure provides protection against which of the following ?
- In an electrical system, an over-current device shall be connected in series with each _____ conductor.
- Given: any pipe or duct system foreign to the electrical installation must not enter a transformer vault. Which of the following is not considered foreign to the vault?
- Disregarding exceptions, a 20` run of electrical metalic tubing shall be fastened in place within _____ of each box, outlet, cabinet or fitting.
- Given: the National Electrical Code considers the area around the dispensing pumps of a service station to be a hazardous location. This area extends a height of 18″ above grade, and up to a distance from the enclosure of the dispensing pump of:
- Given: a branch circuit run in knob and tube wiring is extended using type NM cable. Which of the following methods is acceptable for splicing the NM cable to the knob and tube wiring?
- A branch circuit supplies a single phase continuous duty pump motor for a residential water supply. The motor conductors must have an ampacity of at least _____ of the motor full load current rating.
- Refer to the four circuits in the Diag. Which one is wired correctly?
- For use as lightning protection materials in contact with a copper roof, all of the following are acceptable by the NFPA Fire Protection Code except:
- According to the Lightning Protection Code, the distance over which final breakdown of the initial stroke to ground occurs is call the:
- Given: A unit switch that is part of an appliance is permitted as the appliance disconnecting means where other means for disconnection are provided in multi-family dwellings. The other disconnecting means for a fixed appliance:
- Disregarding exceptions, a disconnecting means shall be installed a maximum of ______ feet from an electric sign.
- Disregarding exceptions, which of the following statements are true regarding installation of conductors for communication circuits within buildings?
- Given: A public address system has a rated output of 100 watts at 70 volts. What article in the National Electrical Code specifically covers wiring of speakers connected to the system?
- Surface type cabinets for electrical equipment in damp or wet locations shall be mounted so there is at least ________ airspace between the cabinet and the wall or other supporting surface.
- A metal underground water pipe in the direct contact with the earth for at least 10` has traditionally been preferred grounding electrode for all new construction. A metal underground water pipe is:
- Given: A coaxial cable of a cable TV system is exposed to accidental contact with lightning arrestor conductors. Of the following, the outer shield of the coax should be grounded:
- CATV is defined as:
- Given: Power for equipment that is directly associated with the radio frequency distribution system is carried by the coaxial cable. The power source is an energy limiting transformer. What is the maximum voltage this coaxial cable may carry?
- Given: A metal raceway protects the grounding electrode conductor between the enclosure for the main disconnect and the grounding electrode. What is the minimum bonding requirements for this grounding electrode conductor raceway?
- The nominal voltage for intersection traffic control equipment shall be:
- An equipment grounding conductor for wired communications service shall be at least size _____ copper.
- According to the National Electrical Code, a commercial building with ground floor footage accessible to pedistrians shall be provided with at least one outlet for sign lighting. This outlet shall be supplied by a branch circuit rated at:
- Given: The largest service entrance conductor for a commercial building electrical system is size 1/0 AWG aluminum. The grounding electrode conductor for this system needs to be at least size _____ copper.
- Given: A three phase squirrel cage motor with full voltage reactor starting has no code letter. The calculated size of the fuse to protect the branch circuit of the motor would NOT be sufficient for the starting current of the motor. The non-time delay fuse can be increased to a maximum of ____?
- Given: An outdoor propane dispensing unit is located 50` from the office where the branch circuit supplying the unit originates. Where are seals required?
- Class III locations have easily ignitable:
- Given: Six size 12 AWG conductors are spliced in a box that has no grounding wires, clamps or devices and has a flat cover. What is the mimimum trade size metal octagonal box that may be used?
- Required grounding conductors and bonding jumpers may NOT be connected solely by _____ connections.
- According to the National Electrical Code, what are the two branches of the hospital emergency system?
- For the kitchen small appliance load a dwelling unit requires at least:
- The minimum computed lighting load required for general lighting only of a church building having outside dimensions of 100` X 200` is:
- A conduit nipple 18″ long is installed between two boxes. This nipple may be filled to a maximum of _____ without derating the conductors.
- Which of the following is NOT considered a type of optical fiber cable in the National Electrical Code?
- What is the smallest size type XHHW conductor that may be used in a cable tray system?
- Given: Two wires provide power to a remote load. The combined resistance of both wires is 0.2 ohms. The source voltage into these wires is 25 volts and the circuit current is 10 amps. What is the voltage across the remote load?
- The term “Kilo Watt” is used as a unit of measure for:
- A 1-1/2 HP single phase motor which has an electrical efficiency of 85% operates at 230V. For the purpose of this question use 1 HP = 746 watts. What is the input current of the motor?
- A 230 volt single phase circuit has a 10 KW load and draws 50 amps of current. What is the power factor?
- An equipment grounding conductor for wired communications circuits shall be at least size #_____ copper:
- Two (2) duplex recepticals 120V 15 Amp outlets on seperate straps are mounted on a two (2) gang industrial type cover on a single 4″ square box. The calculated load for this entire assembly shall not be less than:
- Given: A new resturant has a total connected load of 300 kva. It is heated by a forced-air gas furnace. Using the optional method, what is the minimum calculated load which may be used for sizing the feeders?
- Refer to the conductor colors in the diagram. which represent circuits wired with non-metalic sheathed cable. Assume all grounding conductors are wired correctly. Which figure is wired correctly according to the N.E.C.
- Given: An over-current protected device for non-motorized equipment is rated at 40 Amps. What is the minimum allowable size for copper equipment grounding wire in this circuit?
- Refer to the transformer diagram. What are the correct connections in the secondary to the transformer to provide single volt power from a 120 volt output?
- According to the N.E.C., a commercial occupancy available to pedestrians shall be provided an outside sign outlet rated at _____ Amps.
- A general purpose convenience outlet must be located a minimum of 6 feet or not more than 10 feet from the inside wall of which of the following?
- Which of the following is not permitted in cable trays?
- According to the N.E.C., when the motor application does not specify the type of duty, the motor application shall be considered:
- In a single family residence, a space between floor joists is enclosed with galvanized steel sheet and is used as a return air duct for the furnace. Can non-metalic sheathed cable in air that is not identified as LS be routed along the joists within the space ?
- Excluding exceptions, which of the following statements is not true concerning the N.E.C. requirements for bonding metallic swimming pool parts by a size #8 AWG solid copper conductor?
- An electrical outlet for a water pump must be a minimum of _____ feet and a maximum of _____ feet from the inside wall of a pool or spa.
- Given a stationary motor; 2 HP; 240V; 12Amps. The minimum rating for a general use snap switch is _____.
- Refer to the diagram: How many sealing fittings are required?
- Given: An office 43` x 80`, 120V lighting all on 8 hours, non-continuous receptacles. How many 20 Amp circuits are required?
- Five current carrying 240V size conductors 10 AWG at 80 degrees F, type TW. A maximum allowable ampacity of _____ Amps.
- Given: Ten baseboard heaters 240V: 2-1500W 2-2000W 2-2500W 2-1500W 2-2000W . What size type TW AWG is needed ?
- Given: An 1850 square foot dwelling unit has 3 small appliances, one laundry circuit, 5.5KW dryer, 6-3KW fixed space heaters, 12KW range, 3/4 HP 120V water pump, 1/2 HP 120V disposal calculate the load. ( use the optional method.)
- Given: A photo store, 277/480v three phase service, 1200 square feet has no show window, no sign, 277v flourescent lighting operating 9 hours per day. A single-phase panelboard feeds: 12 receptacles, 16A 120v printer, 30a 240v developer, 40a 240v developer. The minimum size single phase service panel should be at least _____.
- Fifty-four conductors in a sheet metal wireway supplying flourescent lighting fixtures (cross section does not exceed 20%) and with no load diversity will be derated by what percent?
- An AC transformer arc welder operates at 90% efficiency and 40 amps operates at _____ amps.
- Ceiling fans supported by unmarked outlet boxes shall be a maximum weight of _____ pounds.
- Given: Ten THHN copper conductors in 10` conduit 4 – size #12, 6 – size #10. The size of the EMT conduit must be at least _____
- Refer to Diag.11-3. A 120/240v single phase source supplies the 1000w and 500w loads as shown. What is the current in the neutral conductor?
- Refer to Diag.11- 5. Which diagram represents a three-way switching circuit that is wired correctly and in accordance with the N.E.C?
- What is the maximum weight for a fixture supported directly from an umarked outlet box?
- The working space in front of enclosed electrical equipment operating at 480V must have a width when facing the equipment of at least _____ inches.
- Given: 4 copper type THHN conductors as follows: 2 size # 1 AWG, 1 size 1/0 AWG, 1 size 2/0 AWG. These 4 conductors are in a 10` conduit, the size of the IMC conduit must be at least:
- Which of the following types of lighting fixture is not permitted in a clothes closet?
- Accoding to the N.E.C., the length of a cord on cord and plug connected waste disposer in a dwelling shall be between a minimum and a maximum of:
- A single "made" (or artificial) grounding electrode shall have a maximum resistance to the ground of _____ ohms.
- The following three phase motors are the same except the horsepower: Motor one 20 hp, motor two 30 hp, motor three 40 hp. Type: squirrel cage: Voltage 440 volts 3 phase. Current name plate is XXX N.E.C. current Duty: Continuous, Start: Auto trans. What is the size of over current protection needed for this circuit ?
- Refer to the motor control diagram. Of #1 and #2 which one, if any, will stop and reverse then start forward.
- The purpose of starting a three phase induction motor with reduced line voltage is to:
- A 120 volt AC single phase motor draws a light current of 10 amps and a power factor of 90%. The input power consumption of the motor is _____ watts.
- To get the maximum total capacity using 3 capacitors:
- Refer to the figure below: The H1 and H2 markings indicate the _____ terminals.
- Given: A two horsepower single phase motor which has an efficiency of 85% operates at 230 volts. For the purpose of this question one horsepower equals 746 watts. What is the input current of this motor?
- The current marked on a three phase motor name plate is the:
- A three phase squirel cage induction motor, supplied by a three wire circuit runs in a counter-clockwise direction. The motor may be made to run clockwise by:
- A 240 volt single phase circuit has a load of 10 amps. The circuit has a combined conductor length of 400 feet and resistance of 1.75 ohm per 1000 feet. What is the total net voltage drop in the conductor?
- A building has a 120/208 volt 3 phase service with a total balanced load of 63 KVA. At full load each ungrounded wire in this service is carrying a current of:
- Given: A fire alarm horn is mounted 1500 feet from the control unit. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. With that applied voltage it will draw 45 watts of power. The control unit supplies 24 volts. What is the maximum total conductor resistance this circut can have ?
- What is the primary function of a power rectifier?
- Given: A motor draws 4 KW and delivers 4 horsepower, consider 746 watts equal one horsepower. What is the electrical efficiency of the motor?
- An overhead transmission line is supplied by 4500 watts and delivers 4200 watts. What is the efficiency of this transmission line?
- Refer to the figure below, Given: R1 equal to 10 Ohms, R2 equal to 10 Ohms a total circuit current of 2 amps what is the applied voltage _____.
- An electrical resistance heater is rated for 3,600 watts at 240 volts. What power is consumed when the heater is connected to a third 120 volt source of power?
- Refer to the transformer diagram in the figure below, What are the correct connections to the secondary of the transformer to provide a single full power 120 volt outlet?
- Given a single length of 300 MCM copper conductor has a voltage drop of 3 volts. An additional 300 KCMIL (MCM) conductor of the same length and material is connected in paralell with the original conductor. What is the total voltage drop with this combonation ?
- A conservative formula for determing the maximum avaiable short circuit current (ISCC), avaiable at the secondary of a transformer when the primary source is assumed to be of unlimited capacity is:ISCC = 100% / Zx% x Is, where Is = full load rating; Zx = impedance. A 75KVA transformer operating at 240V with a 2% impedance will have a secondary short circut current of _______.
- Given: An electric range is supplied by spliced conductors draws a measured 40 amps. One bad splice is known to have a measured resistance of 0.01 ohms. How much power is lost in this splice?
- Given: Two wires provide power to a remote load the combined resistance of both wires is 4 ohms. The source voltage into these wires is 24 volts and the circuit current is 5 amps. What is the voltage across the remote load?
- Eight equal resistors are connected in series to a 48 volt source, the voltage drop across each resistor is _____ volts.
- The total opposition to alternating current which includes resistance, inductance, and capacitance is called _____?
- Refer to the control diagrams below the start / stop stations in diagram _____ are correctly connected.
- According to the N.E.C. what is the maximum voltage for Class I remote control and signal circuits?
- According to the N.E.C., a commercial occupancy in any shopping mall that is accessible to pedistrans, shall be provided with at least one outlet for site lighting this outlet shall be supplied with a branch circuit rated at _____amps.
- According to the N.E.C. electrical junction boxes shall be _____
- The bonding jumper between a television and a radio distribution community antenna system grounding electrode and the power grounding electrode system shall be at least size _____ AWG copper.
- The equipment grounding conductor required for equipment connected to a 70 amp circuit is at least the size of _____ AWG.
- Class II locations have combustible:
- A connection to a concrete incased driven or buried a ground electrode shall _____.
- If the N.E.C. requires that the electrical disconnect switch to be placed within sight of the electrical equipment and controls, the switch must be within _____ feet of the equipment.
- Excluding any exceptions, in addition to the required working clearances measured from the enclosure front the work space in front of an electrical panel board operating at 120v to ground must be at least _____ wide.
- The purpose of the N.E.C. is to provide:
- Given: A 3 phase squirrel cage motor with NO VOLTAGE REACTOR starting has no code letter. Calculated size of the fuse to protect the branch circuit of the motor would not be sufficient for the current of the motor. The total element time delay fuse to protect this circut would be ?
- The ampacity of a conductor is defined by the N.E.C. to be the current in amps a conductor can carry continuously under the conditions of use without exceeding:
- The grounded conductor of an electrical branch circuit is identified by:
- The minimum lighting load required for the general lighting load only of a church building having outside dimensions of 100` X 200` is _____ KVA
- Four single receptacle 120v 15 amp outlets on separate straps are mounted on a 4 gang cover on a single surface mounted box. The calculated load for this entire assembly shall not be less than _____ volt amps.
- Excluding any exceptions when a battery supplied (supported) un-interuptable power supply (UPS) is installed in a computer room:
- If the space above a suspended ceiling contains completely enclosed environmental air supply and return ducts, are plenum wiring requirements needed to be met for conductors in this space?. Why?
- What equipment may be installed on the same 120v circuit as a forced-air gas furnace?
- Given: A new all electric resturant has a total connected load 300 KVA. Using the optional method, what is the minimum calculated load, which may be used for sizing feeders?
- Refer to the conductor colors in the figure below: Figure I & II, this figure represents a circuit wired with nonmetalic sheathed cable. Assume all grounding conductors are installed correctly. Which figure is not wired according to the N.E.C.? Why?
- The maximum length of an equipment bonding jumper routed outside a flexible metal conduit containing a circuit conductor is:
- Given: A steel cable tray is used for the equipment grounding conductor lead. What is the maximum ground-fault protection allowed for circuit contained in this cable tray?
- Which of the following statements is true concerning the use of cable trays?.
- Given: A standard 4″ by 1-1/2″ square J box has a conduit, connectors, but no other fittings or devices and is closed with a flat cover. There are no grounding conductors. What is the maximum number of size 12 AWG conductors permitted in this box?
- Which of the following wiring methods is not acceptable for underground wiring under a Class I location suppling 120 volt power to gasoline and propane dispensing units?
- For general motor applications not including torque motors the minimum ampacity of conductors supplying motors is determined by the:
- In hospitals which essential (central?) electrical system that is required to be connected to the critical branch of the system.
- Excluding any exceptions, where recessed high intensity discharge fixtures are installed indoors and operated by remote ballasts:
- What is the maximum allowable cord length for a cord and plug connected dishwasher installed under a counter in a dwelling unit:
- According to the N.E.C. the locked-rotor current of a small electric motor is approximately _____ times the full load current given in the appropriate tables.
- Given: A ground rod electrode is driven at least 8 feet into the earth. The resistance to earth is measured 50 ohms. According to the N.E.C. this ground rod electrode:
- A dwelling unit must have at least 2 small appliance branch circuits on the service of the dwelling. Each of these circuits is considered a load of:
- A multi wire branch circuit leading to a gasoline dispensing pump shall be provided with a switch that will disconnect:
- On batter boards, after all corners have been established and string lines have been established, what is used to mark the outside edge where the strings touched?
- When hanging sheetrock on a wall, which of the following is true?
- If you saw cut a slab, what type of joint will you create?
- What is the least allowable measurement for brick ties?
- On a chimney system, where is the smoke shelf?
- In residential wood construction, you would have?
- What is the nominal size of a modular brick?
- On a Wall that is 20` high when leaning a ladder aganist it , the base of the ladder should be ____ ft from the wall.
- If the rough opening of a door is 4`, what is the minimum length of the header?
- In wood column construction, which of the following is true?
- According to Code of 1997, the maximum depth of stair treads can vary no more than ____ ?
- In a window, what part sits above the sill?
- Under a slab, what would be the best soil?
- If you have constructed a 2"x6" stud wall, what would the actual size of the sole plate be?
- What is another name for re-bar?
- Which of the following appliances can be run off a standard grounded outlet?
- In residential construction, what is a baluster used for?
- A driveway is 50` long with a 1% fall. What is the amount of fall from one end to the other?
- A 20` wide drive is crowned in the center with a slope of 5%. What is the fall from the center to the edge ?
- A building measures 54`x12`. The joists are set at 16" o.c. There are no doubling of the joists. The joists cost $22.00 each. What is the total cost for the joists?
- On the job site, how is cement, lime and sand mixed?
- What is the actual length of a 2"x4"Pre-cut stud?
(Note Also look for 92 1/4")
- How many bundles of shingles are there per square?
- How is lighting measured?
- Refering to the diagrams, which of the following is the symbol for brick? ( This will be a rectangle with 45 degree lines drawn through it )
- Where would the door and window schedule be found?
- A room measures 956 square feet. Tile is to be placed that measures 9″x9″. There are 80 pieces of tile per box. How many boxes are needed?
- What type of fence would give the most noise protection and the least wind penetration ?
- What is the maximum distance from center to center for wall outlets in a house.
- What is the maximum height above the floor a wall outlet may be placed ?
- Given: It takes 12 hrs. to set 100 sq. ft. of forms and the form setter is being paid $8.75 per hr. in wages. What is cost per sq. ft. of form?
- Which of the following would be added to concrete or morter to increase its strength?
- Another name for the platform used when stairs change direction is a ______?
- What is the total number of board feet in 40 1" x 8" boards that are 12` long?
- What would be the correct name for a plumbing drawing that shows the hiegth of pipes?
- Which of the following soils would be the best not to build on?
- When pouring concrete on a hot day which of the following would you not do?
- When seathing the exterior of a house using common boards, which would be the best method to use?
- Which of the following tools will do the most damage to a piece of wood that is to receive a stained finish?
- What is the number of full sheets of plywood required for a rectangular sub-floor which measures 72 feet by 40 feet.
- A slope of 1/8″ per foot over a distance of 160` will equal a drop of ____?
- A gable roof is 40 feet wide with a 8 on 12 pitch. What is the total rise at the gable?
- Given: A driveway is 20` wide with a ridge in the center, the slope is 1/2″ per foot. What is the amount of fall from the center of the driveway to the edge?
- The purpose of adding wire mesh to concrete is to______.
- What is a water closet?
- What is the outside diameter for # 3 rebar?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 9`6" and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- The standard width of a counter top used in kitchens is ____ inches.
- When installing tile on a bathroom floor that already has the water closet installed you should______?
- Edging marks, if undesired for decoration should be removed by?
- When working on a job site containing hazardious materials, which of the following signs should be posted?
- When installing a plexi glass window that has waves causingdistoration, the glass should be installed_____?
- According to SBCCI building code how high up the wall must a moisture resistant barrier be placed in a public restroom.
- At what point could a mobile crain lift the heavyest load?
- Masonry stone veneer are attached to wood frame structures with the use of non-corrosive _______.
- A sheep`s foot roller is most effective on ________.
- Reinforcing steel in a slab is used for______ strength.
- Which of the following tools will do the least damage to a piece of wood that is to receive a stained finish?
- Lime is an effective stabalizing agent for:
- Which of the following statements is true?
- Metal reinforcement used with masonry units:
- Which of the following types of soil would be the most expansive or "swell" the most?
- Which soil compaction test requires the drilling of a 1/2 inch hole 12 inches deep for the test rod?
- Which of the following soils provides the best drainage?
- If reinforcing bars are left projecting out of the foundation inside the back face of the wall, they should be_____?
- Why should prefabricated forms be coated with an oil agent before their use ?
- Which of the following is used as a lubricant when useing a diamond tip blade?
- The best blade to use for fine finish work when cutting wood is a:
- Which of the following would be used to "rip" a board?
- When nailing 3-tab asphalt shingles, the nails should be placed ______?
- When applying plaster or stucco, the scratch coat should be applied _____?
- The width of a wood header is the width of the rough opening plus ____?
- What is the normal thickness of a driveway?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum developed length in feet of a lanyard safety line ?
- The center bubble on a 3-bubble spirit level is used for___?
- What kind of ties are used to attach masonary vener to wood frame structures ?
- A column bearing or base plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts, must be grouted with non-shrink grout for final bearing support. The base plate has a hole drilled in the center to _____?
- What type of tool would be used to install a corner bead?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- A point of known elevation where a builder may establish elevations for a building is:
- What is the most commonly used type of saw blade used for cutting masonry units?
- The nominal size of modular brick are equal to the:
- Diagram #1 is an illustration of what type of mortar joint?
- What is the drip edge attached to ?
- What rafter does not touch the top plate or ridge?
- Which of the following does not strengthen concrete?
- What is not considered when determining the need for a control joint?
- Nails used to install shingles to a 5/8" thick plywood roof deck:
- According to code normal asphalt shingles 36" to 40" in length must have not less than _____ nails per strip.
- The standard height of a kitchen base cabinet including the counter top is ____ inches.
- An easy method of identifying moisture resistant gypsum board panels is:
- Joists, that are cut with angles on their top edge where it enters a masonry or concrete wall, known as a fire cut, is done to _____.
- Hand trowelling is performed following:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- Which type of portland cement is designed to produce high compressive strength concrete at an early period?
- The component which is present in topsoil that gives it this classification is:
- Which of the following is NOT a basic field test used for quality design and control?
- In a set of stairs, the number of treads will be _____ the number of risers.
- In drywall finishing, blisters are caused by:
- What is the most commonly used type of saw blade for wet cutting masonry units?
- The classification of type `X` gypsum board refers to the panel`s:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction, it is important to:
- Which of the following is a test used to measure the consistency and workability of concrete?
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- In rebar installation a `stirrup` is:
- Vertical members that support horizontal deck form work are commonly called:
- What is the best tool for cutting cement board? (Wonder board)
- What is a girt?
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop mechanical or _____ hammer.
- Which of the following soils is the most difficult to compact?
- 75 boards that are 1″ x 6″ and 10 ft. long equal how many board ft?
- What is the name of the 2" X 12" boards that support the treads of the stairs?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- A ________ is used for a slump test ?
- The ingredients for a mortar bed for floors is:
- Which of the following tools would be used to apply a dash bond coat?
- What kind of blade is typically used to make a cut on a masonry block?
- A 2 to 1 repose or slope is 20` tall, how wide is the slope?
- Which of the following is the preferred method of attaching a truss to wall?
- The cut on a rafter that allows the rafter to set flat on the top plate is commonly referred to as a:
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1" x 8" x 12` (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be?
- The length of drop on a safety line shall be?
- Brushes and rollers that have been used to apply latex paint should be cleaned with:
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint the ceilings, calculate the total cost to paint the following ceilings: 1 room 21`X 25`; 1 room 18`X 18`; 3 rooms 12`X 15`; a gargage that measures 23` X 28`
- What do you use to increase compression strength of Concrete.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- Which of the following is considered acceptable for reinforcing steel?
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1" x 8" x 12`.
- How many courses of 8" block are in a masonry wall 11 feet 4 inches tall?
- A set of stairs has an over-all height of 9`2". If there are 16 equal risers, the height of an individual riser would equal _____ inches.
- If the specifications call for a 40 bar diameter lap on rebar, the length of lap or splice on a #4 bar is:
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 8`2" and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- Which of the following tests is commonly used to determine the strength of concrete?
- Referring to the illustration the item indicated by the arrow `C` is commonly called a _____.
- Which of the following would be used to cut a wide groove in a piece of wood?
- Which drawing would show the location of a house on the property?
- Air entrainment of concrete is to:
- The purpose of `bull-floating` a freshly placed slab is to:
- Refer to the illustration. What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundredth?
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its` design strength?
- In determining the height of a residential chimney above a roof, the top of the flue liners should be at least _____ above a roof ridge or any raised part of a roof within 10 feet of the chimney.
- What size sive is used to measure fine material in Asphalt ?
- If a sign is larger than 10 sq.ft. or wider than 36", it should be mounted on ___?
- Who is responsible for the design, placement, operation, and maintance of traffic controll devices ?
- Refer to the Diag. What is the Min. Hiegth of C?
- Refer to the Diag. What is the Min. Hiegth of B?
- According to OSHA what is the min. hiegth of A. See Diag.
- The crown of a road has an elevation of 98.6`. The road is 30` wide and has a 3% fall from the crown to edge. What is the elevation at the edge of the road ?
- An excavation is to be dug that is 2`6`` deep 2`6" wide at the bottom, the sides are sloped at a 45 degree angle and the trench is 170 ft long. How many cubic yards of soil will be excavted from the trench ?
- According to OSHA all equipment manufactured on or after September 1, 1972 shall be equipped with ROPS systems. Which of the following statements is true ?
- Which of the following is the weakest form of sheet pile ?
- Specs. call for a #6 rebar to have a 50 bar diameter lap. the length of the lap splice will be ____ ?
- Specs. call for a #7 rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. The length of the lap splice will be _____ ?
- According to ASTM standards, a # 6 rebar will fit which of the following ?
- A scrapper has a heaped capacity of 20 cy. The soil has a swell factor of 22%. The scrapper can travel 6 miles an hour. The round trip is one mile and the scrapper operates at 55 min. efficient . What is the total amount of soil that can be moved by the scrapper in one hour ?
- The most common gauge of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is ____ gauge .
- A construction project is particularly hazardous, not well defined, and a train of cars will have to weave back and forth between one , two or more lanes. Which of the following methods of traffic control should be used ?
- How can a motorist become involved in traffic control on a paving project ?
- What is the background color for all highway exit signs ?
- Which of the following signs is not mandatory ?
- The shape of all construction signs is (are) _____.
- All of the following are overhead signs except ______.
- When Crosby-type wire rope clips are used assisting a U-bolt in a set, the `U` portion must be on _____.
- What color line is used to mark the left edge of a rural highway ?
- What is used to mark an island median ?
- Concrete pavement is being laid, in the afternoon it is stopped and then started the next day. What type of joint has been created between the old and new pavement ?
- 2" x 2" stakes left on the side of the roadway that are used for grading are known as ______.
- What is the height of all construction signs ?
- What can be used in place of a Cushion to keep the head of a pile from splitting ?
- What would be power injected into soil to improve it`s stability ?
- All of the following signs are red background with white letters except ____ .
- A slope of 1/4" per foot is what percent ?
- What test is used to determine particle size for aggregate ?
- What size sieve is used to measure filler material in asphalt ?
- Which of the following is a common field test used to determine soil settlement ?
- Which of the following colors are allowed to be used for pavement marking?
- An Advisory Speed Plate sign is what color ?
- A curve has a 200` Radius, what is the suggested spacing for the Delineators ?
- What is the weakest form of sheet piling ?
- According to OSHA all scaffolding over ____ feet in height shall have guard rails and toe boards.
- What is used to divide a two lane road ?
- What is the size of a stop sign ?
- At what speed do you set a Pedestrian cross-walk signal ?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- When laying concrete bell pipe the ____?
- On schedule 40 pipe, when does the standard wall thickness change?
- Inside an excavated area using soldier beams for shoring and bracing, which of the following techniques allows for the greatest amount of un-obstructed working space or free area?
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop mechanical or _____ hammer.
- What earth moving equipment does not require additional help dumping.
- When boring under a road, which method is not acceptable?
- What finish does a drainage ditch invert get?
- What is wedge leveling?
- What would you call grade stakes set in the roadway for fine trimming?
- Refer to the Diagram, Where is the cut grade in realtion to the line on the stake?
- ACCORDING TO THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH RULES AND REGULATIONS WHEN EMPLOYEES ARE REQUIRED TO BE IN TRENCH AT LEAST _____FT. DEEP OR MORE IN UNSTABLE SOILS WHERE THERE IS DANGER AT CAVE IN THE SIDES SHALL BE SHORED, SHEETED, BRACED OR SLOPED
- Which of the following is NOT an advantage of hydraulic shoring over the use of screw jacks?
- A 1500 foot long trench is to be excavated with a power hoe to an average depth of 8 FT. The base width of the of the trench is 4 Feet. The sides of the trench are vertical for the bottom 5 Feet. The top 3 FT. of the trench banks are sloped at a 1 To 1. The Power Hoe can Excavate 35 CY. Per Hour. How many Hrs. Will it take to excavate the trench?
- WHEN LAYING SLIP RING PIPE IT IS NECESSARY TO:
- What of the following is the most danger for a long boom crane?
- Refer to Diag. the dragline bucket shown should be used __________?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- Aggregate particles used for concrete should be shaped like?
- What is the size of a Flagman`s hand held sign paddle ?
- What is the minimum height of a Type III barricade ?
- Which of the following is NOT a type of Pile
- How many cubic feet equal one cubic yard?
- What is the outside diameter for # 6 rebar?
- What are NOT standard types of concrete pipe?
- What is the best shape of aggregates used in asphalt concrete for highway paving?
- The solvent usually used for medium – cure liquid asphalt is:
- The setting of a floating screed for the desired asphalt depth is called ______.
- The piece of equipment most commonly used for placing concrete underwater is:
- The most common bituminous paving materials in use today are:
- Movement of the soil on a wet section of road caused by equipment is called ______.
- How do paving machines maintain crowned surfaces?
- Freshly paved asphalt can be opened to vehicular traffic:
- Blue smoke rising from a batch of hot mix asphalt may indicate:
- Asphalt compaction using a roller should begin:
- A stable mix of asphalt cement, water and soap is:
- Which of the following is not one of the purposes of compacting soil?
- What does grade " 40" on a piece of re-bar mean?
- A scraper capable of operating by itself is known as a:
- In order for a scraper operator to take a deeper cut he would lower the:
- Given: Two scrapers are being operated as a team for a highway excavation. The scrapers are equipped with bumpers and bails and each can provide power to help the other load. This type of operation has been described as _______.
- The extension on the end of the boom of a crane is called a:
- You come upon a Co-Worker who is unconscious, bleeding, and not breathing what is the first and foremost thing you should do.
- The projecting arm on a heavy crane that is attached to the boom is called what.
- Which ASTM designation is an all-purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry?
- The sub-grade of a road will require grading prior to receiving payment. Which of the following machines should be used to perform the grading?
- Given: Finely-perforated pipes are driven into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more above-ground pipes in order to maintain or reduce a water table level during the site construction. What is this known as?
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main to _____.
- What can be used to drive a pile in place of a cushion?
- What powers a single action Pile Driver.
- A concrete joint which allows both vertical and horizontal movement is best known as:
- Wide flange beams driven vertically to retain material are known as:
- Refer to the Illustration . What is the distance from the reference stake to the Hub?
- Refer to the Illustration. The signal indicates _____. ( This will be a drawing of a man with his hand extended in the stop position)
- What do you use to increase compression strength of Concrete.
- Why do you put a breast board in between two beams?
- What is the upper part of a pile called, after is was driven?
- What type of tool is used to drive a bolt in between to beams?
- What is the most commonly used type of equipment to drive a pile?
- What pile driving operation uses high water pressure?
- What type of pile is enlarged on the end in order to provide a larger bearing area.
- What type of pile displaces a large amount of soil?
- A pile that is driven into the ground and leaves the shell or casing in is called what?
- What type of hammer drives piles the fastest ?
- What protects the top of a Pile while driving?
- What is used to guide a Pile?
- What is NOT used for the downstroke of a hammer on a pile driver?
- How often should Wire Rope be inspected?
- What is a Pile driven on an angle called?
- What would be the best piece of equipment to use in wet clay soil to dig a 40` deep trench, with the least amount of movement?
- What part of a headwall directs the flow of water?
- What is a Coffer Dam used for?
- Where is the Arrow Panel set?
- What type of pile has the most friction ?
- You are placing concrete culverts and you know that problems will occur with the joints. To prevent this you should:
- Which of the following bests represents an American standard beam?
- Corrugated metal pipe (Draw pipe) comes in what multiple lengths?
- On a concrete highway project using a train slip form paver, the slump should be:
- What is the distance of the last posted sign closest to the actual construction site?
- What is the minimum distance for posting construction signs on a construction site?
- When laying asphalt uphill, the break down roller (drive roller) should travel:
- What components make up a Screed?
- What do you do to increase the load capacity of a crane?
- Other than sheet pile what other type of metal pile is there?
- When using a vibratory roller, if rippling occurs what should you do?
- What is the amount of fall for a horizontal distance of 50 lineal feet at a 2% slope?
- Most accidental overturns in mobile cranes are a result of _____.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- The largest size of standard size rebar that can be lapped spliced is _____.
- A repose measures the angle of a slope, if the vertical rise of a 2:1 repose is 10 feet, the horizontal will be _____.
- Type III cement is known as _____.
- A point indicating where the fill slope stops and the road or shoulder grade begins is called the _______________.
- The bottom of an incline is called______________?
- What device is bolted to the blade of a grader to help when grading a road around curbs.
- What is the best foundation material for sky scrappers or large buildings?
- In highway construction, what is the basis for grading, earthwork, etc..(the work)?
- When referring to an engineer`s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- In wet soil conditions, what describes the soil when a scraper or heavy equipment travels over it?
- What would you use to protect the banks around a body of water to prevent washout?
- When preparing a road base, what soil reacts best to vibration?
- In moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and or water from entering the excavation ?
- What type of system do you use to carry water under a road ?
- What is the name used for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer pipe ?
- What is the volume change called that occurs while excavating earth materials from the compacted position ?
- What type of compaction testing requires the drilling of a 1/2" x 12" hole ?
- The increase in bulk of soil when it is being dug or blasted is known as___________?
- Aggregate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as_________ ?
- In order for a scrapper operator to make a deeper cut, what would he do ?
- What type of equipment uses a gantry ?
- What would you fill the drum of a sheep`s foot roller with ?
- The density of soil is measured in __________ ?
- What term defines the stake whose top issue is a known point of reference to establish elevation and distance ?
- The amount a building or structure might settle is governed by the ______ ?
- Which of the following is considered acceptable for reinforcing steel?
- On any structure a footing supports the:
- In comparing normal concrete to high early concrete (Type III), how much do you reduce the curing time for high early?
- As concrete sets, water will rise to the top, this is known as _____.
- How many layers of concrete are in a slump test?
- The most common gauge of tie wire used in the installation of reinforcing steel is _____ gauge.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines and utility easements are shown on the _____ plan.
- Structural concrete slabs, columns and other members should be protected to _____ per cent of their design strength.
- According to the design control and concrete mixture, after 300 drum revolutions or _____ hours, structural concrete shall be rejected.
- Electrolysis would be caused by attaching which of the types of materials in direct contact with each other.
- Referring to the illustration, the item noted `4` is typically referred to as a:
- Referring to the illustration the construction joint is identified by number _____.
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in:
- In addition to providing freeze / thaw resistance, air entrainment will also improve the _____.
- When tying reinforcing steel, a saddle or butterfly tie is used:
- The purpose of `bull-floating` a freshly placed slab is to:
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction it is important to:
- Damping of the subgrade prior to placement of concrete will:
- CONCRETE BRIDGE DECKS REQUIRE A FINAL FINISHING WITHIN ONE HOUR OF PLACEMENT. THE FINAL FINISH OF BRIDGE DECKS REQUIRE:
- A BRIDGE DECK IS PREPARED FOR AN ASPHALT OVERLAY. WHAT CAN BE THE RESULT OF AN EXCESS APPLICATION OF TACK MATERIAL:
- A BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION IS PARTICULARLY HAZARDOUS, NOT WELL DEFINED, AND A TRAIN OF CARS WILL HAVE TO WEAVE BACK AND FORTH BETWEEN ONE TWO OR MORE LANES, WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS OF TRAFFIC CONTROL SHOULD BE USED?
- What is the temporary structure used to hold back water while work is being done?
- HORIZONTAL MEMBERS ON THE OUTSIDE OF PRE-FABRICATED FORMS USED TO STRAIGHTEN AND ALIGN FORMS ARE CALLED:
- A BRIDGE PLAN SPECIFIES CAISSONS. CAISSONS ARE:
- PILES ARE SPECIFIED FOR A BRIDGE. WHAT ACTION DRIVES A SINGLE ACTING PILE DRIVER?
- WHAT IS NOT AN ADVANTAGE FOR USING RIP RAP?
- LEVELING NUTS SECURING A BRIDGE COLUMN BEARING PLATE ARE TIGHTENED AND ADJUSTED. WHAT IS THE FINAL OPERATION PERFORMED FOR BEARING SUPPORT?
- SAFETY NETS WHICH ARE TO BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION, SHALL EXTEND BEYOND THE EDGE OF WORKING SURFACE, ACCORDING TO OSHA, BY ______FEET?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A CAUSE OF CONCRETE SEGREGATION?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA, CORRECTIVE ACTION TO ELIMINATE EXISTING AND PREDICTABLE HAZARDS AND UNSANITARY WORKING CONDITIONS CAN BE PERFORMED BY:
- GIVEN: A PORTION OF A CONTRACT REQUIRES THE INSTALLATION OF 200` LINEAL FEET OF DACTILE IRON WATER MAIN. THE WATER MAIN WILL RAISE 1` IN ELEVATION FROM ONE END TO THE OTHER. WHAT LAZER GRADE SETTING IS USED TO MAINTAIN A UNIFORM PIPE GRADE THROUGHOUT
- A SLURRY WALL IS USED FOR WHAT PURPOSE?
- WHAT IS NOT AN ADVANTAGE OF USING RIP RAP FOR CHANNEL WALLS?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING HAS THE LEAST IMPACT ON THE SUCCESS OF COMPACTION OF A NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT SURFACE?
- WHAT IS SOIL DISTRESS WHEN YOU ARE PERFORMING BENCHING WORK IN A CONFINED SPACE?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT A PRE-DRAINING DE-WATERING SYSTEM?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBES A TEST THAT MEASURES CONCRETE CONSISTANCY?
- WHEN DELENEATORS ARE USED OUT LINE THE REQUIRED VEHICLE PATH THROUGH A HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION SITE, THE REFLECTIVE UNIT SHOULD BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF_____INCHES ABOVE THE ROADWAY?
- BRIDGE CONCRETE MIXES THAT CONTAIN SUPER-PLASTICERS WILL:
- WHAT DOES A STANDARD PROCTER TEST DETERMINE?
- WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE USING AN OFFICIAL CAR AND A PILOT CAR FOR ONE WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION?
- WHAT IS THE SHAPE OF A PERMENANT HIGHWAY WARNING SIGN?
- WHY SHOULD AN OPERATOR PREHEAT THE PUMP AND NOZZLES ON AN ASPHALT DISTRIBUTION MACHINE?
- A DRIVING HEAD IS USUALLY USED WHEN PILES ARE DRIVEN. WHICH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MAY BE SUBSTITUTE FOR THE DRIVING HEAD?
- WHAT IS MEANT BY A ROAD "SUPER"?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS IS DONE ON GRAPH PAPER AND SHOWS NATURAL GROUND, FINISH GRADE, GUTTER FLOW LINES, AND SEWER AND DRAINAGE LINE.
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ROLLER CHARACTERISTICS IS MOST EFFICIENT FOR ASPHALT COMPACTION?
- ON RESURFACING PROJECTS, WHICH OF THE COURSES LISTED BELOW IS USED TO SMOOTH THE SURFACE OF THE OLD PAVEMENT?
- A SECTION OF PIPE IS INSTALLED BETWEEN 2 MANHOLES 300` APART. THERE IS 1` ELEVATION CHANGE. WHAT IS THE LAZAR GRADE SETTING?
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ARE TAMPING ROLLERS USED FOR SOIL COMPACTION EXCEPT:
- WHAT DIAMETER PIPE IS MOST USED FOR FIRE HYDRANTS?
- IF THE CHANGE IN ELEVATION FOR A 2% GRADE IS 18", WHAT IS THE HORIZONTAL DISTANCE?
- THE LOAD RATING OF A MOBIL CRANE IS BASED ON WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING?
- THE BACKHOE OPERATOR SHOULD ADJUST THE STABILIZERS ON A SIDE SLOPE BY USING WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS?
- WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION FOR A 2% GRADE OVER 185` HORIZONTALLY?
- WHEN SUPER PLASTICIZERS ARE USED IN A CONCRETE MIX?
- ACCORDING TO"DESIGN AND CONTROL OF CONCRETE MIXTURES", AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE IS MAINLY USED TO :
- HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ARE BEING TIGHTENED. A DIRECT TENSION INDICATOR IS:
- OSHA REQUIRES A LADDER IN EVERY EXCAVATION IN EXCESS OF :
- THE GRADE FOR A FOOTING IS SET USING A BUILDERS LEVEL. THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING WILL BE AT ELEVATION 94`. THE BACKSIGHT TO THE BENCHMARK (ELEVATION 100`) HAS A ROD READING OF 4.7`. WHAT SHOULD THE ROD READING BE FOR THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING?
- LIME IS AN EFFECTIVE STABILIZING AGENT FOR :
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING WILL AFFECT THE LOAD CAPACITY OF A MOBIL CRANE EXCEPT:
- WHAT IS THE NAME FOR THE PILE THAT IS FORMED BY DRIVING A CASING INTO A SET DEPTH AND REMOVING THE CASING WHILE FILLING THE HOLE WITH CONCRETE?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA, A SCAFFOLD WITH A HORIZONTAL DIMENSION LESS THAN 45" IN EITHER DIRECTION SHALL HAVE STANDARD GUARDRAILS ON ALL SIDES AND ENDS IF IT IS OVER WHAT MINIMUM LENGTH?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS ARE TRUE ABOUT A FIBRE TUBULAR COLUMN (SONOTUBE FORMS) EXCEPT WHICH ONE?
- CORRUGATED METAL PIPE IS USED AS A PART OF A DRAINAGE SYSTEM. WHICH IS USED TO JOIN CMP?
- REFER TO THE DIAGRAM: IDENTIFY THE PART OF THE PILE REFERRED TO BY THE LETTER "A".
- AN APPROACH TO A BRIDGE REQUIRES A FILL OPERATION. PROPER COMPACTION OF THE FILL SOIL IS ACHIEVED BY:
- WHAT DOES THE STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGNATION C 3 X 6 MEAN?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT IS USED IN MASSIVE CONCRETE STRUCTURES WHERE LOW HEAT OF HYDRATATION IS REQUIRED?
- WHAT ARE ALL OF THE TESTS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONCRETE QUALITY CONTROL?
- According to OSHA the minimum clearance between power lines that are below 50 KVA and any part of an operating crane or load shall be:
- WHAT DOES A STANDARD PROCTER TEST DETERMINE?
- Which type of material will increase in volume most when excavated from its compact state?
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane`s rated lifting capacity?
- A 6 per cent slope would equal _____ inches per foot.
- Air entrainment in concrete is used primarily to _____.
- ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ARE PURPOSES FOR LAYING DOWN A PRIME COAT EXCEPT?:
- WHICH SOIL COMPACTION TEST CAN USE A DRILLED 1/2" HOLE FOR A TEST ROD?
- IF A STATION IS 467` FROM 0 (ZERO), HOW IS IT DESIGNATED?
- GIVEN: TOE BOARDS ARE REQUIRED FOR PROTECTION FROM FALLING OBJECTS ON SCAFFOLDS USED TO CONSTRUCT BRIDGE FALSEWORK. ACCORDING TO OSHA, WHAT IS THE REQUIRED MINIMUM HEIGHT OF THE TOEBOARDS?
- PILES ARE SPECIFIED FOR A NEW BRIDGE. WHAT ACTION DRIVES A SINGLE ACTION PILE DRIVING HAMMER?
- WHAT DOES A CONTOUR LINE GRADING PLAN INDICATE?
- WHAT IS THE NAME FOR AN AGGREGATE EMULSIFIED ASPHALT FINISH USED TO REJUVINATE AND SEAL AN OLD ASPHALT SURFACE?
- GIVEN: AT A GIVEN STATION, THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT ELEVATION ON A ROAD GRADING LINE IS A 100.00. THE ROAD HAS A 4% CROWN AND IS 30 FT. WIDE. WHAT IS THE ELEVATION AT THE CENTERLINE OF THE ROAD?
- A CONTRACTOR MUST ESTIMATE THE COST OF REBAR FOR A BRIDGE PROJECT. if #6 REBAR WEIGHS 1.502 POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT AND COST .49 CENTS PER LINEAR FOOT, THE TOTAL COST PER TON IS APPROXIMATELY:
- YOU CAN INCREASE CONCRETE SET UP TIME AND EXCELLERATE EARLY STRENGTH DEVELOPMENT BY ADDING:
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS A CAUSE OF CONCRETE SEGREGATION IN BRIDGE ABUTMENTS?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING AD MIXTURES IS COMMONLY USED TO IMPROVE THE DURABILITY OF CONCRETE?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA, ON PROJECTS WHERE EMPLOYEES NEED TO ENTER AN EXCAVATION SOIL SHALL BE STORED AT LEAST ______ FEET FROM THE EDGE.
- WHICH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT A BASIC TEST USED IN CONCRETE MIX DESIGN AS QUALITY CONTROL?
- WHERE SHOULD THE REAR TIRES BE ON A RUBBER TIRE BACKHOE AFTER STABILIZERS ARE PLACED?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DEFINITIONS BEST DESCRIBES A PILE DRIVING HEAD?
- Which of the following would NOT constitute a material breach of contract ?
- A contractor is building a Hospital . All progress payments are being made on time and there is no breach on the part of the owner. During the construction the contractor finds that the land the project is being built is not zoned for a hospital . How may the contractor stop work on the project without being in a breach of contract ?
- A contractor purchaes roofing materials from a supply house. The seller fails to charge the sales tax . What must the contractor do ?
- Under Louisiana Law, how many employees must a company have before it must pay workmans compensation insurance ?
- Which of the following would NOT be a reportable work related injury ?
- A prime contractor is doing a job that totals $ 85,000.00 . He hires a licensed subcontractor whose part of the work totals $ 45,000.00. The Board of Contractors determines that the prime contractor is not properly licensed and levies fines aganist him. What is the liabilaty of the subcontractor ?
- Which of the following can take the exam for a Corporation ?
- Mr. Smit hires Mr. Green to build a carwash for him. Mr. Smith then goes to Euorpe for 6 weeks. When he returns he finds that Mr. Green has built the carwash on the wrong property. Which of the following is true ?
- How can a residental subcontractor be exempt from taking the trade portion of his exam ?
- If a workman`s compinsation notice is posted in the work place, how long does an employee have to report a work realted injury to the employer ?
- A licensed contractor is low bidder on a job. He realizes he has bid to low and refuses to sign a contract with the owner. The owner reports him to the Board. What can the Board do to the contractor ?
- What type of sanctions is the State Board of Contractors able to levi aganist a contractor in violation of the Licensing law ?
- A contractor takes his test on Jan. 17,1996 and fails, he makes his second attempt on Feb. 20,1996 and fails. He makes a third attempt on Sept. 11,1996. When is his next possible test date?
- The main purpose of the written contract is to:
- Who is the only party who has a contractual relationship with subcontractors and their employees?
- An owner has the right to add or revise to the work through out the course of the construction. Which of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for getting additional cost incurred ?
- What term describes a type of contract in which a contractor is required to complete all the work even if an error was made in the estimate ?
- You are a large contractor and you maintain a central office and have crews working at several projects. Which of the following is considered a company overhead cost ?
- A large contractor maintains a central office and has crews working at several projects. Which of the following is considered a project overhead cost ?
- What is a quantity take off ?
- Mr. Williams is a licensed contractor and is a sole proprietor. What will happen to the license if Mr. Williams dies ?
- What term is used to describe a business organization owned and operated by a single individual ?
- Which of the following is a disadvantage of setting up a general partnership ?
- According to OSHA medical records of employees exposure to asbestos must be kept for ____?
- According to OSHA records of exposure to asbestos must be kept for ____ years.
- According to the State Licensing Board of Contractors rules and regulations, when the qualifying party for a license has been removed, the licensee must add a new qualifying party within ____ days.
- What type of insurance is considered to be an important part of the risk management program of a company that depends on specific individuals to keep the company viable over a long period of time?
- A licensed contractor changes his address, officers or name. What must the contractor do ?
- When does the Percentage-of-Completion method of accounting for long term construction contracts recognize income ?
- What financial statement shows the financial condition of a company at a particular point in time ?
- Which of the following types of financial statements examines the cash generating and distribution activities of a construction company ?
- According to the Business Management Guide, which of the following statements best describes the Cash Basis of accounting ?
- Mr. & Mrs. White have a contract with you to build a home. What kind of bond can they require you to obtain that will guarantee the home will be built according to the terms of the contract ?
- How does a payment bond protect the clients in a construction project ?
- Which of the following charts gives a detailed view of a schedule and how the tasks are related ?
- A bid bond provides _____.
- A contractor estimates the following direct costs on a job: Materials = $20,000 Sales Tax=6% Labor=$ 10,000 Overhead=50% of labor costs Contingencies=$ 1,000 Profit= 10% of total costs The total bid should be between _____.
- What would measure the relative proportion of funds provided by both creditors and owners?
- What form is needed to verify employee eligibility?
- Listed below are the current ratios of company A,B,C, and D. Of the following four businesses, which would have the best current ratio?
- It shall be within the power of the Board to withhold approval for up to _____, of any application from anyone who has been in violation by the Board in the past?
- Anyone who fails to cease work, after hearing and notification from the Board, shall not be eligible to apply for a contractors license for a period not to exceed _____.
- Any contractor who is denied a license by the Board or has had their license revoked or suspended, may apply to ...
- Before a license can be issued by the Board for Haz-Mat work, what agency must issue certification for the contractor?
- If a contractor is doing work with hazardous materials, when is he required to have a license?
- Failure to follow the EPA standard for asbestos will result in ...
- What and who does a bond protect and give the right to collect additional funds?
- What is the hardest cost to estimate for a bid?
- Assets are equal to ...
- What accounting method records income when cash is received?
- A positive cash flow is when ...
- If the total Louisiana income withheld from all employees is $ 500.00 but less than $ 2,000.00 per month. You are required to file reports _____.
- What must be obtained by a contractor in order to employ a 17 year old?
- How many meetings does the Board hold per month?
- What insurance is required by law?
- How many days prior to taking the exam must the Qualifying Party submit his application?
- What is the penalty fee for failing to renew a license on time?
- How often does the Board meet?
- What sheet shows assets, liability, and net worth?
- When does a contractor need to apply for the renewal of his license without a penalty?
- A contractor is ordered by a competent court to cease operations. When must he notify the Contractor`s Licensing Board?
- Prior to, or at the time of entering into a contract for residential home improvements, the contractor must provide the owner with _____.
- Who must file a notice of contract?
- When must a notice of contract be filed?
- Where must a notice of contract be filed?
- If an owner requires a bond from the general contractor for the work to be preformed in the amount specified in the lien law, ____.
- All nonresident contractors that are required to register with the Department of Revenue and Taxation must file bonds or deposit other sureties in such amounts as the department might require, but no less than _____.
- All nonresident contractors that are required to register with the Department of Revenue and Taxation will be charged a mininum fee of _____ per contract.
- All nonresident contractors are required to register with the Department of Revenue and Taxation where the contract price is _____ or more.
- Failure to comply with the Department of Revenue and Taxation`s registration and bonding requirements can result in a penalty imposed by the Secretary of the Department in the amount of _____.
- A contractor with _____ or more employees must have a working and operational safety plan.
- What type of tax recognizes the total of the capital stock issued, additional capital paid in, and retained earnings?
- What law provides the legal means for filing a lien?
- A contractor`s license expired on December 31, 1993. He did not attempt to renew it until December 15, 1994. What must he do?
- Which of the following jobs is prohibited for a 16 year old to work at _____.
- The minimum franchise tax for a corporation is _____.
- Corporations pay a franchise tax based on _____.
- If the total Louisiana income withheld from all employees is $ 450.00 per month, you are required to file reports _____.
- A scheduling technique showing the starting and finishing times for the individual tasks which make up a job is shown on a _____.
- Two contractors enter into a joint venture contract to build a $ 65,000.00 warehouse. One contractor is licensed in Class I Building Construction. Does the other contractor need to be licensed as well?
- Which of the following would your liability insurance not cover?
- OSHA Form 300 and Form 301 must be kept by the employers for _____ years.
- Failure to remit the required payroll taxes may result in a _____ penalty.
- The IRS requires that records of recordation (time cards) be maintained for how long.
- A company`s receipts exceeding its disbursements is an example of _____.
- The Federal Act that relates to bargaining and dispute resolution is the _____.
- The Federal Act that relates to employee benefits, primarily the continuation of medical insurance benefits for prior employees, is the _____.
- The difference between the company`s receipts and disbursements is known as _____.
- If an accidental work-related death or an accident that results in the injury of five or more employees occurs, which of the following would need to be reported to OSHA?
- A commonly used method of displaying a project schedule is a _____.
- Two brothers have agreed to enter into business together. The oldest brother wants no day-to-day involvement. What type of business should the brother form?
- A documented employee works for five years for a single employer before leaving his position. According to immigration laws, the I-9 must be retained on file for _____.
- A contract document contains a clerical numerical error between a written figure and a typed figure. Which number would prevail?
- As a general rule, the best project schedule is _____?
- The average profit margin in the construction industry over the past few years has been around _____.
- Labor costs can make up anywhere from _____ of the hard costs of a project.
- Which of the following would a Comprehensive Liability Policy cover?
- If the end of your fiscal year ends September 30th, when is the end of the third quarter?
- Which of the following contract documents contains the actual physical description of the project to be constructed?
- Which of the following is true concerning oral contracts?
- What is a contract between a prime contractor and a secondary contractor or supplier called?
- According to the Louisiana Mechanic`s Lien Law, unless action is brought to enforce a lien, no lien shall continue for longer than how many months after it is recorded?
- The only party involved in a construction contract contractual relationship with the subcontractor is the _____.
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- According to the Business Management Guide for Louisiana Contractors, occupational illnesses is any abnormal condition caused by (I) Inhalation. (II) Absorption. (III) Ingestion.
- Which journal records all income?
- Which of the following does an accountant use to list all transactions in chronological order?
- When is a license required to bid or perform work totally financed by the federal government?
- A contractor bids to a public utility regulated by the Louisiana Public Service Commission. When is that contractor required to have a license?
- If an employee is employed by a corporation and takes the licensing examination for the corporation, who will own the license when it is issued?
- When a domestic (Louisiana) contractor files an application for an initial license, how many days must elapse from the time of receipt in the Baton Rouge office until the license can be issued?
- State contractor`s licensing law requires that a firm maintain one Qualifying Party at all times. Of the following, which does not meet the requirements to act as Qualifying Party?
- What is the cost of an additional contractor`s license classification?
- A contractor is eight months delinquent in renewing his license. What is the penalty for this delinquency?
- A contractor gives the owner a document which explains that 20% of the contract sum is for structural work, 20% for foundations, and 60% for inside finish work. What is this document called?
- Which scheduling technique is most effective for planning, scheduling, and controlling the multitude of operations required to complete a project?
- The type of estimate which is an approximation of the actual construction cost based on cost guides for similar work is the _____.
- The systematic recording of all labor, materials, and other direct costs used on a construction project is called _____.
- On competitively-bid projects, the markup or margin is added to the close of the estimating process and is an allowance for overhead items, contingency and _____.
- How many employees must an employer have before he is required to display the OSHA poster ?
- Which of the following is an advantage of operating a sole proprietorship?
- How does exposure to asbestos occur?
- How do the general conditions in the general contractor`s contract with the owner normally affect the subcontractor?
- The Fair Labor Standards Act enforces and administers labor laws which require payment of prevailing wage rates on federally-financed or federally-assisted construction projects. This is called _____.
- The most accurate method of scheduling rapid completion of the project is _____.
- Using the accrual basis of accounting, earnings which have not been received will be displayed as _____.
- The laborer, subcontractor or furnisher of materials has _____ days after the filing of the notice of termination of work to file a statement of claim asserting a lien against the property.
- In an asbestos-regulated area, a sign must be posted containing which of the following information? (I) Danger - Asbestos (II) Cancer and Lung Disease (III) Authorized Personnel Only (IV) Respirators and Protective Clothing Required in this Area
- Employers subject to the State Unemployment Act (SUTA) shall execute and file a surety bond for unemployment insurance until he becomes eligible for a computed tax rate based on _____.
- Entries are normally made in journals on a daily basis. The entries to the journals are usually posted monthly to the general ledger. From the general ledger, receipts containing expenses would be shown on the ______.
- A contractor`s license expires _____.
- Which of the following is required to have a contractor`s license?
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell, and collect for a company`s product or service.
- The individual who may not qualify as the qualifying party is _____.
- Under a partnership, who pays the company income taxes?
- The form of bonding a contractor must have to ensure the project owner that the contractor will build the project according to the contract document is _____.
- The simplest form of business ownership is a _____.
- Which accounting method records income when it is earned, even though actual payment may not be received until later?
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction project property is _____.
- Joe Smith is the low bid for a project at $ 20,000. The owner has required bid bonds from all the bidders. The next lowest bid is $ 42,000. Joe realizes he has made a mistake in the estimate and withdraws his bid. Which of the following will happen?
- A Louisiana corporation makes a profit of $ 250,000.00. What is the Louisiana State Franchise Tax due?
- What organization puts on `SCORE`?
- At what point in the construction process is the contractor at the most critical phase with regard to his bargaining power?
- On federal and federally-assisted projects, the Davis-Bacon Act applies to any contract in excess of _____.
- The estimated cost on Plants and Equipment is based on what?
- On an Income Statement, what type of costs are office supplies listed under?
- In what year did Louisiana first start licensing contractors?
- Section 2159 of the Louisiana Licensing Law was amended by Act 635 in what year?
- Equipment rental is what type of costs?
- What tax must be withheld from a minor son or daughter?
- What type of expense incurred within a project affects other projects?
- An architect must have a contractor`s license to bid on _____.
- An owner will be required to obtain a contractor`s license for all of the following, except _____.
- In a project where the architect has gold plated the specifications making it necessary for the contractor to substitute certain items, a clause which allows this substitution is known as a _____.
- According to the Louisiana Mechanic`s Lien Law, every general contractor who wishes to file notice of lien, and who has timely recorded his contract, must do so within _____ days following the filing of the notice of termination of work.
- Louisiana lien laws require that a subcontractor claimant must record his claim within _____ days from the date the owner`s acceptance was filed with the recorder of mortgages.
- Who is entitled to file a lien, assuming proper notice was filed in all cases? I. general contractor who performed work II. lumber supply house III. laborers IV. equipment rental company
- If a subcontractor places a lien against a property on which he performed construction work because he was not paid by the general contractor, the owner of the property may get a _____ bond.
- A mechanic`s lien is best defined as _____.
- All Louisiana employer`s must register for and pay state withholding taxes if there are one or more employees earning _____.
- Which expense, paid to an employee, is not required to have federal taxes withheld?
- An employee`s final wages are paid on April 30. The employee requests a Wage and Tax Statement (Form W-2) from the employer on that date. The employer must provide the employee his W-2 no later than _____.
- What is the latest date that an employer can file the Federal Unemployment Tax Return (Form 940)? (Assume no time extensions are taken and the balance due is greater than $ 100.00)
- Under which classification would the sub classification Landscaping, Grading, and Beautification fall?
- Can a plumbing contractor be exempt from an additional examination in his licensed classification?
- Which type of property insurance is most widely used for construction projects?
- You are bidding on a contract of $ 75,000.00. Your contractor`s license number must appear _____.
- When subcontractors are bidding on subcontracts of $ 50,000.00 or more, who is responsible for ascertaining if the subcontractors are properly licensed?
- A license is not needed by a contractor doing which type of construction?
- A contractor files for bankruptcy. When must he notify the contractors licensing board?
- Notification to appear at a Louisiana Contractor`s Board meeting must be given by certified mailed at least _____ days prior to the hearing date.
- When may a license be transferred from one entity to another?
- In basic accounting terms a net worth may be described as which of the following?
- What accounting method shows the company`s financial position fairly and is the generally accepted method of accounting?
- Which of the following diseases is not directly linked to asbestos?
- A bid bond provides _____.
- A change order becomes part of the contract documents and must contain which of the following in order to be complete?
- Choose the item below which is not a current asset.
- The general ledger is usually laid out in account number sequence and divided into sections that correspond to the company`s chart of accounts. In order to keep more accurate records, you should _____.
- For a Foreign Company applying for a license in Louisiana, the Board shall have the authority to access a fee of not more than _____.
- Employers may not deduct _____ from the employee`s wages.
- Which of the following is not part of the contract document?
- When applying for a Louisiana Contractor`s License, the basic license fee shall be _____.
- Which federal act governs a federal job and overtime on that job?
- The owner of a project has signed a contract for his project. Two weeks later, he wants to include a covered parking lot in the contract. What document should he give to the contractor?
- An employee works 38 hours, Monday thru Friday. On Saturday, he works 8 hours. If the employee earns $ 10.00 per hour, what is the actual amount earned on Saturday only?
- A letter of intent is a letter from the _____.
- When a bid bond is required with a contractor`s bid, it is intended to guarantee that _____.
- Which of the following is considered as an indirect costs?
- The Fair Labor Standards Act does not require _____.
- The Fair Labor Standards Act enforces and administers labor laws which require payment of prevailing wage rates on federally-financed or assisted construction projects. This is called the _____.
- Current liabilities are defined as those on the balance sheet which will mature within _____.
- A project owner, in order to insure the contractor will build a project according to specifications, will require a contractor to furnish _____.
- After inspection of a construction project and presentation of a punch list to the contractor, the owner may now occupy the project for its intended use. This statement best defines which one of the following?
- The piece-by-piece listing of all materials and labor needed for a construction project is called a(n) _____.
- The Critical Path Method (CPM) is an example of _____.
- What form of business organization has a tax structure similar to a partnership, but is organized as a corporation?
- Which of the following has no managerial or decision-making power and has liability restricted to the amount of investment?
- Concerning a partnership, which of the following statements is true?
- Current assets may include all of the following, except _____.
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim`s medical costs?
- Which of the following diseases is not directly linked with asbestos?
- The project drawings and specifications are part of _____.
- A contract must contain which of the following elements to be considered valid?
- Which is correct?
- When estimating a project, what should be prepared to classify the various items of work necessary for the project?
- Without a $ 10,000.00 net worth, how may a contractor obtain a License?
- In a limited partnership, which party is active in the management of the firm and has unlimited liability to its creditors?
- What is the purpose of the Journal?
- When a contractor is preparing a general ledger, a record keeping pointer is _____.
- If a Qualifying Party leaves a company, can the company still bid a job?
- A Louisiana Corporation makes a profit of $ 225,000.00. What is the Louisiana State Tax due?
- Form W-3 must be mailed by?
- Who can be a Qualified Party?
- What form is used to report Federal Unemployment taxes (FUTA) ?
- What entity continues to exist upon the death of one of the principals?
- Cash flow is one of the major causes of failure for small construction firms. It can be defined as ...
- What is net income?
- What account statement reflects a company`s financial condition on a particular date?
- A Superintendent`s salary is _____ cost.
- What tax do you not withhold from a minor son or daughter?
- The liability of the owner extends not only to the company assets but to the personal assets of the owner as well in a _____.
- A Contractor is doing a cut and fill job with a Front end loader. Refering to the diagram, which of the bucket positions would he use?
- A trench that is 2` wide and 8` deep is being backfilled with a bull dozer. In what thickness should the lifts be backfilled and compacted ?
- A building measures 20` x 40` and has a support beam down the center. Floor joists are to be installed that are 10` long. How many floor joists are needed ?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 7`10″ and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- A reinforcing rebar is protruding from a slab with the # 5 stamped on it. This means that the diameter of the bar is _______ inches .
- Given: There are 2 walls 150` long and 2 walls 75` long. Each wall will have a sole plate and ( 2 ) top plates all out of 2″ x 4″ lumber. How many board feet of lumber will you order ?
- A sheep`s foot roller is most effective on ________.
- A slope of 1/8″ per foot over a distance of 160` will equal a drop of ____?
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- In rebar installation a `stirrup` is:
- Referring to the illustration, the `header` is illustrated by number: ( The same drawing used for the Trimmer question. The header will be above the rough opening of the door)
- Referring to the illustration, the `common or common rafter` is identified by the number ____. ( This will be a drawing of a framed roof. )
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ________.
- The classification of type `X` gypsum board refers to the panel`s:
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1″ x 8″ x 12` (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21`X 25` ; 1 room 18`X 18` ; 3 rooms 12`X 15` ; a garage that measures 23` X 28`
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 8`2″ and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- The purpose of `bull-floating` a freshly placed slab is to:
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its` design strength?
- ACCORDING TO OSHA THE MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN POWER LINES THAT ARE BELOW 50 KU AND ANY PART OF AN OPERATING CRANE OR LOAD SHALL BE:
- According to OSHA, an oil lubricated compressor used to supply breathing air must be equipped with :
- According to OSHA, which organization must approve respatory protection equipment used in sand blasting operationa?
- A trench is planned with a vertical lower side of 42" and the upper side with scopes of 3/4:1. According to OSHA, D must be maximum of _____ feet.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- According to OSHA, if workers are required to enter into a trench, the trench shall be shored if it is a minimum depth of ____ feet.
- According to OSHA, what is the narrow excavation made below the surface that has a depth greater than its width?
- According to OSHA, employess must be protected from materials that could fall into an excavated area. Materials shall be stored at least _____ feet from the edges of an excavation?
- Refer to the Diagram below, useing a builders level what is the difference in grade between A and B ?
- Refer the Diagram below. The cut on the rafter that allows the rafter to set flat on the top plate is commonly referred to as a:
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1156 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- What type of trap does a water closet have?
- L P is __________ gas.
- According to OSHA standards for the construction industry, scaffold planks shall extend over their end supports no more than _____ inches.
- Diagram #1 is an illustration of what type of mortar joint?
- Concentrations of gases of any type in a confined area are regulated by OSHA standard and when the concentration exceeds the ______ of the confined area shall be avoided unless specified forms of the protective equipment or devices are provided.
- According to OSHA the maximum height of a scaffold with an 8` base is _____?
- In addition to providing freeze/thaw resistance, air entrainment will also improve the _____.
- A fire extinguisher rated not less than 2A shall be provided for each 3,000 square feet of the protected building area. According to OSHA, the travel distance to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not be more than _____ feet.
- Referring to the illustration, the `valley jack` is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the `hip jack` is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration the item indicated by the arrow `C` is commonly called a _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the masonry unit that is highlighted are commonly called a _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the window shown is commonly called a _____ window.
- Refer to the illustration, what does the `2` on this nut indicate?
- Refer to the illustration, this symbol represents a _____ weld.
- Referring to the illustration, the type of masonry pattern pictured is refereed to as a _____ bond.
- According to OSHA, on a 10 foot tall scaffold, the MINIMUM height of the handrail is 36 inches, the MAXIMUM height of the handrail is _____ inches.
- According to OSHA, required guardrails installed on scaffolding shall be a minimum of ____ inches high.
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs on a jobsite shall have landings every _____ feet of vertical height.
- According to OSHA, which of the following power tools MAY NOT HAVE a `positive on/positive off` switch?
- According to OSHA, workers within _____ feet of arc welding shall wear eye protection.
- According to OSHA, fall protection shall be provided on low slope roofs when the distance meets or exceeds _____ feet that a worker can fall.
- According to OSHA, which of the following power tools MAY HAVE a `positive on/positive off` switch?
- According to OSHA all woodworking power shall be equipped with all of the following but _______?
- OXYGEN CYLINDERS, REGULATORS, HOSES OR TORCHES SHOULD NEVER BE ALLOWED TO COME INTO CONTACT WITH _____.
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what part of the roof truss is shown by number 2?
- ACOORDING TO OSHA, POWERED ACCUATED TOOLS SHOULD BE TESTED AT LEAST _____ TO SEE THAT SAFETY DEVICES ARE IN PROPER WORKING CONDITION.
- Which of the following is not an advantage of using metal studs for framing?
- The spacing of metal studs _____ the spacing of traditional wood studs.
- From the conventional constructed truss shown below item C is most often referred to as a ______.
- According to OSHA when working on transmission lines a helmet should be worn to prevent______?
- According to OSHA what type of ear protection is not approved ?
- In a masonary wall what is used to convey the electrical wireing?
- A hip roof that measures 36` x 60`has a ridge length of___?
- What type of soil is the most expansive?
- Batten-Board siding is _____________?
- The test on a concrete cylinder, to determain if the concrete has reached it`s design strength should be preformed when?
- How deep does OSHA allow you to dig before needing a second means of access?
- OSHA – Debris dropped through a hole in a floor without a chute. The area around the hole must have barricades that are at least _____ inches high.
- OSHA – A multi-story building being demolished shall have:
- Referring to the illustration, the `header` is illustrated by number:
- Which of the following is not a recommended joint for use with brick veneer when rain and high winds are a consideration?
- All concrete that will be exposed to freeze / thaw conditions should:
- According to `OSHA` all trenches over _____ feet should be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- Referring to the illustration, the `common or common rafter` is identified by the number ____.
- Referring to the illustration, the type of masonry pattern pictured is referred to as a _____ bond.
- The GROUNDING conductor of a branch circuit in the electrical wiring system of a building is identified by a/an _____ color.
- According to OSHA rules and regulations, scaffold planks should extend past their end supports a MAXIMUM of _____ inch(es).
- According to OSHA, the base of a portable ladder shall be placed so that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about _____ of the working length of the ladder from the wall or support.
- In a low lift grout or concrete pour a 1-1/2` depression left in the top of the lift is to:
- The purpose of a fire cut on a joist is to:
- According to OSHA compressed air used for cleaning shall not exceed _____?
- The projecting arm on a heavy crane that is attached to the boom is called what.
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21`X 25` 1 room 18`X 18` 3 rooms 12`X 15` a garage that measures 23` X 28`. What is the cost to paint the room ?
- According to OSHA, it is necessary to check each of the following, except _____, at the start of each shift.
- Which of the following bests represents an American standard beam?
- According to OSHA, while excavating a trench, how often should a competent person in addition fo daily inspection, check the safety of the trench?
- An OSHA safety approved repose trench shown in the diagram, the location of the toe of the slope is point _______.
- At what depth of an excavation does OSHA require a ladder?
- While trenching and excavating, OSHA requires at least _____ feet of clear unobstructed distance from the trenches edge to the toe of the spoil pile.
- According to OSHA, the sides of a ditch above _____ shall be sloped back to prevent a cave in.
- According to the Code, reinforcing steel which is cast against and permanently exposed to the earth must have a minimum concrete cover of at least _____ inches.
- Given: A roof with a total plan area of 3350 square feet, a 4/12 slope, and 3 bundles per square. You can purchase whole bundles only. See chart below to get multiplier. Make no allowance for waste, hips, valleys, or starters. What is the total number of bundels needed for the roof ?
- Referring to the illustration, the total number of lineal feet of expansion joint required to do 250 feet of the sidewalk shown would be _____ lineal feet. Do not allow for any waste.
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1000 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 200 feet long, the total number of square yards of aggregate surface is _____ square yards.
- A room is 12 feet by 16 feet and has an 8 foot ceiling. The amount of gypsum board required to cover the walls and ceiling is _____ square feet. Do not allow for any openings.
- The centerline of a street is at an elevation of 98.60. A footing is to be located with the bottom of the footing 2`6` below the centerline of the street. A backsite to the centerline of the street reads 5`8″. A frontsite to the location where the footing is to be located 3`4″. How deep do you need to dig?
- Referring to the illustration, if the required finished grade for the excavation of the basement shown is 94.00, what would be the total number of cubic yards to come out of the excavation. Do not allow for any swell or over-excavation of the walls.
- Construction of a five acre parking area requires the removal of the top 20 inches of topsoil. One acre equals 43,560 square feet. Excavation of the topsoil results in a 30 percent expansion of the in-place volume. The total loose topsoil that is to be removed is ?
- A roof measuring 100` by 100` has _____ squares of roofing.
- A gable roof is 40 feet wide with a 3 on 12 pitch. What is the total rise at the gable?
- Calculate the amount of fill material required to fill a ditch that is 10 feet deep and the bottom of the ditch is 10 feet wide. The sides of the ditch are sloped outwardly at a 45 degree angle. The ditch is 1000 feet long. There will be a 30 percent loss to compaction. What are the total cubic yards needed to fil the ditch?
- A horizontal member on the outside wall of a building that is used to attach the siding is typically referred to as a:
- Electrolysis would be caused by attaching which of the types of materials in direct contact with each other.
- Referring to the illustration, the item noted `2` is typically referred to as a:
- Referring to the illustration, the item noted `4` is typically referred to as a:
- Referring to the illustration, the `valley jack` is identified by the number ____.
- Referring to the illustration, the `hip jack` is identified by the number ____.
- Referring to the illustration, the plywood index shown indicates that the plywood is capable of spanning _____ inches when used as floor decking.
- Referring to the illustration the window sash is identified by number _____.
- According to OSHA, the maximum un-supported height of scaffolding is _____ times the least dimensional width of its` base.
- Which of the following would NOT be an appropriate deck material for an asphalt shingle roof?
- A chemical that is commonly used to clean excess dried masonry off brick is:
- According to OSHA ladders are required in ditches over _____ feet in depth.
- A window with two moveable vertical sashes is called a _____. ( Both sashes move up & down )
- The purpose of counter flashing is to:
- Which of the following types of sheathing is typically installed behind wood siding.
- A cavity in a wall that is used by a plumber or an electrician is a _____.
- According to OSHA, when placing solid web structural members, the load line shall not be released until there is at least _____ at each connection.
- The neutral conductor of a branch circuit in the electrical wiring system of a building is identified by a/an _____ color.
- Wood shakes shall be fastened to the roof with a minimum of _____ nail(s).
- Referring to the illustration, the `fascia` is identified by the number _____.
- Refer to the illustration. What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundredth?
- When erecting steel a tool that is used to align the holes is called a _____ pin.
- Referring to the illustration, the masonry joint indicated by number 3 is typically referred to as a _____ joint.
- Torches, bottles, regulators and other welding / cutting equipment should be kept free from:
- Referring to the illustration, the type of decking shown is typically referred to as _____ decking.
- If a column is placed in the center of a spread footing, the rebar for the footing should be placed:
- Refer to the illustration. Double pitch roof rafters are often reinforced by a horizontal member called a _____ beam.
- Refer to the illustration. The `key` is indicated by number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the item noted is typically referred to as a:
- Referring to the illustration, the type of roof pictured is a _____ roof.
- Concrete strength is designated in pounds per square:
- Referring to the illustration, the pattern is typically referred to as a _____ bond.
- Referring to the illustration, the `lookout` is identified by:
- Referring to the illustration the joint is called a _____.
- Which of the following is used to measure the consistency and workability of concrete?
- Refer to the diagram below. What type of footing is shown below?
- Refer to the diagram below. What type of hinge is shown?
- Refer to the diagram below. Hip jack A is 4`, hip jack B is 5`. What is the length of hip jack C?
- Refer to the diagram below. Identify the mullioun.
- Refer to the diagram below. Which letter represents the width of the tread?
- A rod reading is taken from a known point of elevation. The rod is then placed at another point and a reading is taken on the rod at the cross hair. What is the second reading subtracted from?
- When pouring concrete columns, if the concrete is poured to fast, which of the following is true?
- How many square feet are in a roll of 15 lb. asphalt impregnated felt paper?
- Refer to the diagram below. The common rafter has a 4/12 pitch and the rise to the ridge is 12`. What is the span?
- Open web steel joist are unloaded at the jobsite, they should be stored____.
- While pouring concrete, the pour is stopped and then resumed the next day. What type of joint is created?
- What is the proper order for finishing concrete?
- What is the nominal size of a modular brick?
- On a standard 110/120 volt outlet, where are black, white and green wire attached?
- A house has a gable 30` with a 4/12 roof pitch. What is the rise to the ridge?
- On what type of mortar joint would you not use a trowel?
- Refer to the diagram below, identify the cove mold.
- Refer to the Diagram; All of the nails may be used to hang sheetrock. Which one will hold best?
- Which of the following is true about steel beams?
- Which of the following is not used as fill under a building?
- What is the standard thickness of a mortar joint?
- According to OSHA, If an aluminum ladder is bent which of the following is true ?
- Refer to the diagram below. What type nail is used to fasten this with?
- Which is true about aggregate used in concrete mixes?
- When filling a cone for a concrete test, how much concrete is placed in each lift?
- A can of paint has been open too long and has a film on top. What should be done with the paint?
- When using an oxygen and acyclene welding rig, which of the following statements is true?
- How are metal non-load bearing metal studs connected?
- A 30" to 36" wood shingle is being used for siding. How many nails are needed per shingle?
- How many nails are used on a clay roof tile?
- How many nails are needed for a 3-tab asphalt shingle?
- As a rule of thumb, how many pounds of tie wire are used per ton of rebar?
- Which compactor is least effective for clay soil?
- According to OSHA, which of the following persons is dressed properly?
- The length of a drop safety line shall be __________.
- What is the pourpse of a Nuclear test ?
- When removing an 18″ diameter stump with a backhoe, how far around the stump should you excavate?
- What is the best cleaning for a metal surface?
- What type of fitting would you use to connect a P-trap to a lavratory?
- Rebar is shipped to a job and will not be used for a long time. What should the rebar be stacked on?
- When connecting steel beams using load indicating washers, what is used to measure when the bolt is tight enough?
- Identify the diagram shown below.
- When setting a window with lites, 2 wood blocks will be used. Where will the blocks be placed?
- Where do you nail an asphalt shingle?
- When using asphalt shingles, how many nails are needed per square?
- What soil will compact the best?
- WEEP holes should be placed _____________.
- On an E.I.F.S. system, which of the following is true?
- Which of the following is the correct order to finish wood trim?
- How many 20 year shingles are there per square?
- On a 12″ cedar shake shingle, how many nails are used?
- What tools are best for laying out site work?
- How do you test mortar to tell when it`s time to trowel the joint?
- For two tons of rebar, how many tie wires would be used?
- Refer to the floor plan diagram. Where does the power enter into the building ? ( this will be a drawing of an office building with a panel in the upper right hand side of the drawing in the store room )
- Refer to the diagram below, what type of weld is shown?
- Refer to the diagram below, what type of weld is shown?
- When framing a building with metal studs, what would be used above a door or window?
- A room to be painted measures 40`x 60`x 8`. There is no trim or windows. You will apply one prime coat and 2 finish coats. The cost for the primer is $8.50 per gallon and the finish paint is $12.00 per gallon. A crew can paint 250 square feet per hour at a cost of $16.00 per hour. What is the total cost to paint the room?( assume a coverage of 400 sf per gallon) See diagram for math
- When installing sheetrock on a metal stud wall, how deep should the screw penetrate the stud?
- When framing a building with metal studs, which of the following will be installed first?
- You have a lot that measures 152` x 125`. One side has a uniform elevation of 5.40, the other side has a uniform elevation of -2.32, the required elevation is -.32. How many cubic yards of dirt must be removed ?
- On a plan scale of 1/4" = 1' What distance would 6 5/8" be?
- On a plan scale of 1/8″ = 1`, what distance would 2 3/8″ be?
- A driveway is to be constructed 100` long, 10` wide and 3.5″ thick. How much concrete will be needed?
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ________.
- A sidewalk measures 120` long, 4.33` wide and is 4 1/2″ thick. How much concrete is needed?
- The perimeter footing of a building that measures 80` x 40` is to have 2 #5 rebar installed in it. A #5 rebar weighs 1.043 lbs. per foot. How much rebar needs to be ordered?
- A house measures 48` x 32`. The roof has a 4/12 pitch with a 2` overhang. What is the total area of the roof deck in sq.ft. ?
- A brick laid on it`s face, with the bedding area of the brick to the face of the wall is called a ________?
- What is the approximate rough opening for a door that is 2`8″ by 6`8″?
- Referring to the illustration, the masonry unit shown is commonly called a _____.
- Referring to the illustration, what joint is indicated by the letter `A`?
- Referring to the illustration, window `A` is commonly called a _____ window.
- A trench that is 2` wide and 8` deep is being backfilled with a bull dozer. In what thickness should the lifts be backfilled and compacted ?
- A building measures 20` x 40` and has a support beam down the center. Floor joists are to be installed that are 10` long. How many floor joists are needed ?
- When installing Asphalt Hexagonal shingles , what is the correct length of the nails to use ?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 7`10″ and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, the total number of square yards of aggregate surface is _____ square yards. ( The same sidewalk drawing as the other question. )
- A ridge that measures 40` is to be covered with clay ridge caps. The caps are 20″ and will lap 4″. How many ridge caps will be needed ?
- A reinforcing rebar is protruding from a slab with the # 5 stamped on it. This means that the diameter of the bar is _______ inches .
- Given: There are 2 walls 150` long and 2 walls 75` long. Each wall will have a sole plate and ( 2 ) top plates all out of 2″ x 4″ lumber. How many board feet of lumber will you order ?
- A sheep`s foot roller is most effective on ________.
- A slope of 1/8″ per foot over a distance of 160` will equal a drop of ____?
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what part of the roof truss is shown by number 1?
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what part of the roof truss is shown by number 3?
- Referring to the illustration, the `valley jack` is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the `key` is indicated by the letter _____.
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- In rebar installation a `stirrup` is:
- Referring to the illustration, the `header` is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the `common or common rafter` is identified by the number ____. ( This will be a drawing of a framed roof. )
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1″ x 8″ x 12`.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 100 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required? ( This will be a cross section of a sidewalk 12` 6" wide 4" thick with a 1` deep 6" wide footing on the left side. )
- Referring to the illustration the item indicated by the arrow `C` is commonly called a _____. ( You will see a drawing of a concrete footing with a block on top of the footing, on top of this block will be another U shaped block filled with cement. The U shaped block is the bond beam. )
- Referring to the illustration, the window pictured is commonly called a _____ window. ( You will see a drawing of a jalousie window, this is the only window drawing on the test )
- Refer to the diagram below: What type of joint is shown?
- Reefer to the Diagram below: At what point could the mobile crane lift the heaviest load? The drawing will look like an L shaped graff )
- Using a builders level a backsite shot to point C (elevation 98.4) reads 5.9, a frontsite shot to point A reads 1.6. What is the elevation of point A?
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1165 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer. ( This will be the only drawing of a curb and gutter on the test. The actual answer is a range. The length will be 1165`. But if length is different multiply the length by .038 to get the cubic yards.)
- Refer the Diagram below. The weld shown below is commonly referred to as a _______ weld.
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ________.
- Referring to the illustration, the weld symbol shown reflects a ____ weld. ( This diagram will look like a broken arrow with a triangle on the top of it )
- Referring to the illustration, the correct rendering of the building is indicated by _____.
- The classification of type `X` gypsum board refers to the panel`s:
- Referring to the illustration, what does the number 4 represent ?
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1″ x 8″ x 12` (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21`X 25` ; 1 room 18`X 18` ; 3 rooms 12`X 15` ; a garage that measures 23` X 28`
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 8`2″ and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- The purpose of `bull-floating` a freshly placed slab is to:
- Referring to the illustration the trimmer is identified by _____. ( On the test you will be shown a drawing of a framed wall, the trimmer will be the first board in the doorway rough opening)
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its` design strength?
- A contractor sold a house for $78,000. His books show that he sold the house for 25% more than his cost to build it. What was his cost to build the house?
- What insurance is required by law ?
- What sheet shows assets, liability, and net worth ?
- The systematic recording of all labor, material and other direct costs used on a construction project is called _____.
- How does exposure to asbestos occur?
- A project owner, in order to insure the contractor will build a project according to specifications, will require a contractor to furnish _____ bond.
- Entries are normally made in journals on a daily basis. The entries to the journals are usually posted monthly to the general ledger. From the general ledger, receipts containing expenses would be shown on the _____.
- _____ is referred to as the time required to produce, sell and collect for a company`s product or service.
- The piece-by-piece listing of all materials and labor needed for a construction project is called a (n) _____.
- Current assets may include all of the following, except _____.
- A carpenter drops a nail bag from a roof and hits a passer-by. Which type of insurance would cover the victim`s medical costs?
- Which is correct ?
- What is the purpose of the Journal?
- What Form reports FUTA?
- Form W-3 must be mailed by ?
- What form is used to report Federal Unemployment taxes?
- A 35 year old carpenter makes minimum wage. Can the contractor subtract the cost of his tools?
- Andrew works 80 hrs. over a 2 week period. He makes$ 9.67 per hr. He has 4 hrs. over time. What is the amount of his S.S. and Medicare tax, including the employer contribution ?
- Refer to tax table - single persons. Employee works 48 hours in one workweek. His rate of pay is $8 per hour. How much Federal income tax would be withheld from the employee`s paycheck? (claims one exemption)
- By what date must employers send W-2 statements to employees who have taxes withheld and who are still working for them as of December 31?
- All sole proprietorships or corporations must obtain a Federal Employer Identification Number if they pay wages to a minimum of ___.
- Under which of the following categories does cash fall?
- Which of the following categories does a mortgage on a backhoe fall?
- If a company`s balance sheet shows assets of $20,000, and owners equity of $12,000, then its liabilities are:
- What financial statement shows the financial condition of a company at a given point in time?
- All of the following would be found in a company`s chart of accounts EXCEPT:
- Which of the following types of financial statements examines the cash generating and distribution activities of a construction company?
- According to BMG, which of the following statements best describes the cash basis of accounting?
- J. Martinez, a non-exempt employee, had the following number of hours during a work week. Monday - 9, Tuesday - 8, Wednesday - 12, Thursday - 13, Friday - 7, Saturday - 6. This employee is eligible for ___ hours of overtime pay.
- According to the Americans with Disabilities Act, which of the following is a contractor allowed to ask an applicant?
- What portion of the worker`s compensation insurance premium can an employer charge to an employee?
- For which of the following reasons would an employer`s account be charged for unemployment benefits?
- Employers must verify employment eligibility of any they hire. This is done by using Form I9. What is the minimum length of time an employer must retain Form I9?
- You are the prime contractor for a large job. You have contracts with several subcontractors. First Aid, drinking water and toilet facilities will need to be provided for your employees. Who shall be responsible for providing these facilities?
- Employees must travel between work place during a work shift. According to OSHA, where should the hazard communication program be kept so it will be available to these employees?
- Which of the following are required by employers to have on hand to educate employees of the possible affects of hazardous materials?
- What must be done by a contractor who accidentally digs up an underground facility?
- Color codes have been assigned to identify location of underground utilities. What color identifies telephone and telegraph systems?
- Arizona law requires everyone to get the location of underground utilities before digging by calling:
- Mr. & Mrs. White have a contract with you to build a home. What kind of bond can they require you to obtain that will guarantee the home will be built according to the terms of the contract?
- Which one of the following statements about contractors` fire insurance is correct?
- According to Business Management Guide (BMG) for Arizona contractors, who is protected when a contractor buys insurance?
- An estimate shows the following job items: Job #1 - $2,800; Job #2 - $4,100; Job #3 - $6,100; and Job #4 - $3,800. The actual job cost showed #1 at $2,300; Job #2 at $4,400; Job #3 at $6,300 and #4 at $3,300. This portion of the project is:
- Refer to the construction schedule for a home. Of the activities listed, which one is scheduled to take the most time?
- Which of the following charts gives a detailed view of a schedule and how the tasks are related?
- A contractor has a project that requires 96 man-hours to complete. It must be done in only 3 days. Working 8 hour days, what will be the minimum crew size?
- In a written contract there is inconsistency. The substantial completion date is printed as 12/31/98. A hand written date of 10/31/98 has been inserted. How should this be interpreted?
- Periodic payments made by the owner to the contractor over a long project are called:
- Who is the only party who has a contractual relationship with subcontractors and their employees?
- An owner has the right to add dealing or revise work throughout the course of construction. Which one of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for getting additional cost incurred?
- A construction project is to be completed in 70 days. The contractor has a liquidated damage clause of $150/day. The job is completed in 91 days. The architect gives a 4-day extension due to bad weather. What will the liquidated damages be?
- What term describes the type of contract in which a contractor is required to complete all the work even if an error was made in the estimate?
- Which of the following documents enables contractors to change some of the general conditions without re-writing the entire contract ?
- A contractor has received the first partial payment of $180,000, for a job based on 15% project completion. There is no retainage. What is the cost of the project?
- An estimate is being performed. Total labor cost estimate is 5,675. Total material cost estimate is 9,342. Job overhead - 37% of the material cost. What are the total estimated costs including labor, material and job overhead?
- A contractor has covered unsuitable soil while completing site work on a project. The contractor will need to remove and replace 100 cubic yards of fill. Which addition to the original estimate will cover the cost incurred by the contractor?
- Given, the following direct costs on a job. Materials - $30,000; sales tax on materials - 7%; labor - $20,000; overhead on labor - 55%; contingencies - $3,000; profit markup on total cost - 10%. What will the total job cost be?
- You are a large construction contractor. You maintain a main office and you have crews working at several different projects. Which one of the following is a company overhead cost?
- A contractor receives $10,000 for doing a job based on the following information. What will the profit on the job be? Materials = $3,500; labor = $2,500; payroll taxes = 15% of labor; job overhead = 20% of total costs:
- A contractor requires scaffolding for a job that will be completed in ten months. Which option offers the lowest cost to the contractor for the scaffolding?
- In Arizona, a contractor must report a change of business address to the Registrar within ___ days.
- All of the following are grounds for suspension or revocation of a contractor`s license except:
- A complaint has been filed against an Arizona contractor. After investigation, the Registrar issues a citation that is served on the contractor. How long does the contractor have to file a written answer to the complaint with the Registrar?
- Mr. Dave is a licensed contractor and is a sole proprietor. What will happen to the license if Mr.Smith dies?
- The Registrar imposed a civil penalty of $500 on a contractor for performing an act which could cause revocation of the license. What will happen if the contractor fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days?
- The maximum amount that can be assessed by the Arizona Registrar of Contractors against a contractor for the required contribution to the Residential Contractors` Recovery Fund is:
- When the Registrar of Contractors issues a citation to a licensee, the citation is sent by registered mail to the licensee`s latest address of record. When is the service of the citation complete?
- What term is used to describe a business organization owned and operated by a single individual?
- According to the Business Management Guide of Arizona, contractor`s planning includes all of the following EXCEPT:
- Given: Worker "A" is paid $15 per hour and worker "B" is paid $12.50 per hour. A particular task on the project is estimated to be completed in 35 units of work. For every 5 units, worker "A" will use .75 hours of time and worker "B" will use .25 hours of time. How much money should be budgeted for direct labor on this task?
- When must the required annual summary of a company`s occupational injuries and illnesses be posted by the employer?
- What scheduling tool shows the start time and finish time for each task of a project?
- Who is responsible for the overall construction of a project?
- What does a contractor`s liability insurance cover?
- Refer to the construction schedule for a home in the illustration booklet. Which one of the following is scheduled to take the minimum amount of time?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32,420. What amount will be depreciated in the second year only, using a straight-line depreciation method for a period of seven years?
- OSHA regulations require that a record of each occupational injury must be maintained on a calendar year basis for how many years?
- Which type of insurance covers employees on the job injuries and is required by law?
- Which of the following would be considered company overhead?
- What law sets overtime standards for Federal construction contracts?
- Refer to the Federal Weekly Tax Table for single persons in the illustration booklet. What is the total amount of Federal withholding tax for a single person who claims no withholding allowances and whose gross weekly wage is $555.00?
- What happens to the application fee if a license is denied?
- Which of the following would be considered a material breech of contract?
- Mark-up added at the end of an estimate is an allowance for:
- What will be the total estimate for 110 square yards of carpet that costs $20 per square yard and an additional 20% for overhead and 10% for profit?
- Use the information below in the balance sheet equation. Gross sales - $90,500, direct sales - $54,300, total assets - $110,480, total liabilities - $24,000. What is the net worth of this company?
- What is a quantity take-off?
- A construction company has sales of $110,480, for the year. Overhead was 25% of total sales and direct costs were $54,230. What was the profit percentage of sales?
- After a qualifying party has ceased to be connected to a licensee, what is the maximum number of days a qualifier has in which to notify the Arizona Registrar of Contractors of the disassociation?
- What contrat document provides specific rules and guidelines for assembling and submitting a bid?
- Dave, an applicant for licensure, had completed all requirements and paid all necessary fees. If the registrar determines that the applicant is qualified to hold a license, the license shall be issured within how many days of the date of filing the application?
- An employer is subject to the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Stands Act. Which practice is required?
- When a new employee is hired, a Form I-9, must be filled out to prove employment eligibility. Of the forms listed below, what one document proves both identity and employment eligibility?
- An association of two or more persons to carry on as co-owners of a business for profit defines a:
- All of the following are duties of a construction project architect except:
- Which of the following is a fixed asset?
- A contractor receives the first partial payment of $217,000, for a job based on 20% completion. There was no retention. What is the cost of the project?
- An employee`s total earnings for a year are more than $15,000. An employer is required to withhold what percent of Federal income tax withheld for Arizona income tax?
- After a lien is filed, within what length of time must a lawsuit be filed to foreclose on that lien?
- J. Martinez, a non-exempt employee, worked the following number of hours during a work week: Monday - 9 hrs, Tuesday - 8 hrs, Wednesday - 12 hrs, Thursday 13 hrs, Friday - 7 hrs, Saturday - 6 hrs. This employee is eligible for how many hours of overtime pay?
- Which type of construction contract binds a contractor to do a stipulated job in return for a fixed sum of money?
- Sam, Jim,and Jack, now own a partnership. They plan to build residential structures. Jack is fully qualified to be the qualifying party. Can a license be issured to this partnership?
- Periodic payments or cost reimbursements made by the owner to a contractor during a long term lump sum or fixed price contract are called:
- Given: An estimated and completed job showed the following four catagories. Estimated Cost Actual Cost Job #1 $2,800 $2,300 Job #2 $4,100 $4,400 Job #3 $6,100 $6,300 Job #4 $3,800 $3,300 No other costs are involed. This portion of the project was:
- All of the following actions would require recording when an on-the-job accident occurred except when the injured person:
- What type of bond is a guarantee to the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans, specifications, terms or conditions called for in the contract?
- What form is needed to submit payment of Arizona income tax that has been withheld by an employer?
- An electrical contractor bid a job for $57,600. A contractor`s books show that this amount was 20% more than the cost to do the job. What was the cost to do the job?
- The ratio that measures the ability of a company to meet its needs for cash is the:
- Which of the following statements best describes a cost-plus contract?
- After a project was started, Mr. Brown, the owner, decided to add 50 more feet of sidewalk. What is used to include this extra work in the contract?
- What is the factor that most frequently validates a lien?
- The Miller Act requires a contractor to provide performance and payment bonds on public work projects. What is the minimum amount of a contract at which Miller Act requirements apply?
- Of the following, which should be done first?
- All of the following are essential elements of a contract except which one?
- A contractor`s company is subject to the Federal Labor Standards Act. One of the contractor`s employees earns a monthly gross salary of $1,776.67. What is the employee`s gross weekly pay?
- What does a bid bond guarantee?
- What happens to a sole proprietorhsip if the owner dies?
- A contractor has started a contruction firm and has hired employees. What agency must be notified to find out if the contractor will be liable for making unemployment payments?
- In order for a potential claiment to preserve his rights, which one of the following forms must be served on the corner?
- According to the NASCLA Construction Management Guide, the most important reason for the proper use of a contract is to:
- How does the Arizona Ocuupational Safety and Health Act 1972, define a non-serious violation?
- Given: A prime contractor has received a periodic payment on a contract. Sub-contractors have submitted invoices for the work day performed for the prime contractor. Within how many days after receipt of the periodic payment must the prime contractorpay the sub-contractor?
- Which one of the following estimating methods is least detailed?
- The general conditions of a contract identify:
- Under which one of the following categories does "cash" fall?
- An employee who makes $11.63 per hour worked 40 hours in one week. How much social security tax will be withheld from the employee`s wages for this week`s pay period?
- What clause imposes the same responsibility and obligations both on prime contractors and their sub-contractors?
- Given: A contractor has a contract to paint a house. The contractor has estimated it will take 40 hours and plans to complete it in five 8-hour days at a rate of $30 per hour. The owners asks the contractor to complete the job in three days. The owner is willing to pay whatever overtime is necessary. Overtime will be paid at 1 1/2 times the regular rate. The contractor is doing this work alone, without a crew or helpers. What will be the cost to the owner for the contractor to finish the job in three days?
- An ambiguous term that appears in a written contract may require legal interpretation if the contracting parties cannot agree on this specific meaning. If such a term is subjected to legal examination and a decision, which party does the legal system usually interpret against?
- A contractor must complete a task within 6 weeks or the job will be delayed. The task takes 2 weeks to complete. What is the float time for the task?
- Given: Job cost accounts show a contractor that direct costs from a previous job were $21,000. Overhead costs for that job were $1,200. The contractor is now estimating an identical job. However, the contractor`s direct cost have increased 5% and overhead costs have increased 3%. What will be the estimated cost of the new job? (Use only the figures in percentages above.)
- A contractor has a project that requires 96 man hours to complete and must be done in only three days. If eight-hour days are worked, what will be the minimum crew size required?
- Given: A registrar of contractors has received a written complaint against a contractor for an act that is cause for revocation of license. A registrar is preparing to issue a citation to a licensee.. How shall the licensee be notified fo the citation?
- What is retainage?
- When the corporation is created, what AZ state entity issues a certificate of incorporation?
- For how many years may a contractor license initially be inactivated?
- A contractor has a contract with the owner and a notice of completion (Form ML-9) was not filed. How long does the contractor have to file the lien?
- What document contains the actural physical description of the project to be constructed?
- An employer has a history of repeatedly violating the AZ Occupational Safety and Health Act. What maximum penalty may be accessed for the employers next offense?
- What is the due date for an AZ sales tax return?
- At what minimum balance shall the contractor`s recovery fund be maintained?
- An OSHA safety log shall be available for inspection at all times. Within how many working days must any new posting to the log be completed?
- Given: Contractor Dave is a subcontractor who may be required to pay the AZ Transaction Privileges Sales Tax. Which of the following statements shows that Contractor Dave is considered a prime contractor and is required to pay the tax?
- An employee died as a result of an on-the-job injury. The contractor must orally notify the area director of OSHA within:
- The total resistance of 500` of uncoated, 18 AWG, stranded, copper conductor is between:
- Refer to the figure: What minimum width of clear working space is required by the NEC? (disregard exceptions)
- Which connector configuration is used on RS-232, RS-422A, RS-423A and RS-530 interfaces in a telecom system?
- MATV equipment devices, downstream cabling systems, and receivers with matched impedance`s will have:
- A single length of 14 AWG copper conductor has a voltage drop of 3 volts. An additional 14 AWG copper conductor of the same length and material is then connected in parallel with original conductor. What is the total voltag e drop of these conductors which are connected in parallel?
- Which type of single and multi-conductor cable may be installed in environmental ducts and plenums?
- Class 1 hazardous areas deal with:
- Class 2 locations are those that are hazardous because of the presence of:
- What type of cable can be installed in both risers and plenums?
- Type CMR communications cable which is NOT listed for use in air ducts, may be installed in environmental ducts if:
- Class 3 hazardous locations have easily ignitable:
- Disregarding all exceptions, signal wiring in class 1, division 1 hazardous locations must be installed in which of the following types of raceways?
- What article in the NEC details the grounding requirements for class 2 and class 3 circuits?
- A wiring installation must meet the requirements for CL3P wiring. Which of the following may not be substituted?
- Given. An overhead installation which is to add three conductors extends beyond a building where accidental contact with electrical power conductors operating over 300 volts to ground could occur. What article in the NEC contains specific requirementns for this situation?
- The current drawn by a 1000 ohm resistor using 10 watts is:
- If a size 12 AWG copper conductor has a resistance of 1.930 ohms per 1000`, what is the total resistance of 350` of the conductor?
- In a basic DC series circuit of equal resistive loads. What value is the same value at any point in the circuit?
- What is the numeric equivalent of the prefix "milli"?
- The ampacity of a conductor is defined as the current in amperes that a conductor can carry continuously under the conditions of use without exceeding its:
- A current of 0.019 amps is equal to how many milliamps?
- What class power source is a dry cell battery of 30 volts or less with current capacity of less than a #6 carbon-zinc cell?
- Which of the following insulaton types is NOT suitable for use in conduit in a concrete slab that is in direct contact with the earth?
- When an electric current leaves its intended path, it returns to the source, by-passing the load, the circuit is:
- According to the NEC, which of the following statements is true about installing listed or labeled equipment?
- The total resistance of 500` of uncoated, 18 AWG, stranded, copper conductor is between:
- Low voltage cables need to be installed from a central alarm panel through a fire resistive wall to indicating appliances and initiating devices. According to the NEC what provisions if any shall be made here the cables pass through the fire walls?
- Given: A single family residence: The space between floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet steel and used as a return air plenum. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low smoke plenum use be routed along the face of a joist within the enclosed space?
- Power limited circuit conductor cables used for fire protective signaling systems are located 7` from the floor. These cables must be securely fastened at maximum intervals of _____ inches.
- A load is mounted 1500` from the source. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. The source supplies 24 volts. The total conductor resistance is .75 OHMS. How much power is consumed by the load?
- Refer to the figure. Which voltmeter measures voltage across R2?
- Only 50 ohm resistors are available which are rated at 1/2 watt. To make a 50 ohm load that can handle at least 2 watts, which circuit is correct? T
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200` of conductor (100` out and 100` back) A maximum resistance that this line can have is .5 OHMS. What is the maximum allowable resistance per 1000` of this conductor?
- What is the electrical unit that must be the same for all devices throughout a series circuit?
- Given: 1000` of # 12 copper wire has a resistance of 1.60 ohms. What is the resistance of 2,700`?
- The total opposition to alternating current in a circuit which includes resistance, inductance, and capacitance is called:
- What class power source is a dry cell battery of 30 volts or less with current capacity of less than a #6 carbon-zinc cell?
- The space above a suspended ceiling contains a completely enclosed environmental air supply and return duct. Do conductors in this space have to meet plenum wiring requrements?
- Which of the following conductors is not permitted for use in conduit which is installed in a concrete slab?
- The space above a suspended ceiling contains a completely closed environmental air supply and return duct. Do conductors in this space have to meet plenum wiring requrements?
- A Class 2 cable system is installed indoors in a cable tray. May type CL2R be used in this environment?
- Consider the following trouble shooting situation. The switch SI in the on position, but the light LI does not come on. The voltage across SI is O. The voltage across LI is 24 volts. The light does not come on because:
- Which statement is true regarding NEC installation requirements for fiber optic cables?
- Consider the following trouble shooting situation. The switch SI in the on position but the light LI does not come on. The voltage across SI is 24 volts. The voltage across LI is 0 volts. The light does not come on because:
- A length of coaxial cable is terminated by a 50 OHM resistor at only one end. The resistance measured between the shield and the center conductor at the other end of the cable is 0 OHMS. This indicates the cable is:
- The total oppostion to alternating current in a circuit which includes resistance, inductance, and capacitance is called:
- A building has a 120/208 volt 3 /o service. Which is true about the comunications systems grounding electrode conductor?
- An article in the NEC specifically addresses the installation of fibre optic cable
- An IDF is used in telephone systems to:
- What type of optical fiber cable contains no metalic members and no other materials that carry electric current?
- When installed in compliance with NEC, jacked communication wires may be placed in the same raceway or JCT box with conductors of what type of circuits?
- Which type of optical fiber cable contains metalic strength members but no carrying conductors?
- Which material listed has for any given cross-sectional, the highest resistance per unit of length?
- A communications circuit`s primary protector shall consist of an arrestor connected between:
- If the switches on a volt-ohm-millampmeter type of multimeter are set to Rx1, the meter indicates a rating in ____ units.
- In a single family residence, the space between floor joists is closed with galvanized sheet steel and used as a return air plenum. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low smoke plenum use be routed along the face of a joist in the space?
- The standard designation used in the telephone industry to denote interface equipment is:
- In what manner may Class 2 and Class 3 wiring be installed above suspended ceiling panels?
- Given: A building has a 120/208 3 phase service. A low voltage system that requires a separate grounding electrode is installed. Which of the following statements regarding electrode conductor is true?
- Given: the NEC classifies data (computer) circuits as class II circuits. In office environments which statement is correct regarding telephone and data circuits?
- The UCC code determines a fully protected premise wiring system as having protection from _____.
- What low voltage classification is the sign to a remote control safety control equipment circuit if failure of the equipment to operate introduces a direct
fire or life hazard?
- What class power source is a dry cell battery of 30 volts or less with current capacity of less than a #6 carbon-zinc cell?
- A time domain reflect-o-meter or TDR is used to _____.
- According to the markings and substitution guidelines which multipurpose communications cable has no permitted substitutions?
- Which of the following communicating cable types may be installed in both plenums and vertical shafts?
- Conductors for telephone circuits that are not protected by a raceway are permitted in plemums if they are type:
- What type of cable may be installed both in environmental air ducts and plenums for both Class 2 and Class 3 remote control circuits?
- The operating principal of the active infra-red intrusion alarm is based on detecting _____.
- Only 50 ohm resistors are available which are rated at 1/2 watt. To make a 50 ohm load that can handle at least 2 watts which circuit is correct?
- Given: Only 21 OHM resistors are available, which of the following groups of 21 OHM resistors will combine to make a load with 14 OHMS of resistance?
- Where should a ballast or a transformer for an electric sign or outline lighting be installed for accessibility and to keep a secondary conductor as short as possible?
- What happens when the vehicle detector channel of a traffic control system is in the "presence" mode?
- If a resistor connected across a 12 volt source uses 3 watt, how much power would this resistor use if connected to a 24 volt source.
- Given: Two resistors R1 & R2 are connected inparallel. R1 = 6 OHMS. R2=3 OHMS What is the combined total resistance of R1 and R2.
- Beamed ceilings are equivalent to smooth ceilings for fire detector placement if the depth of the beam is no more than:
- What article in NEC, contains details of the grounding requirements for Class 2 & 3 circuits?
- A sign transformer draws 10 amps at 120 volts and has a 92% power factor. The power consumed by the secondary circuit is _____ watts.
- Overhead data communications conductors are to be run between two buildings parallel to and below electrical power conductors. What minimum separation must be maintained between the two sets of conductors?
- Conditions require the installation of an additional ground electrode for only the communication system in an apartment building. The minimum size copper jumper to bond the communication system ground electrode to the power system ground electrode is:
- Disregarding exceptions, the minimum size copper bonding jumper between a wired communications system grounding electrode and the electric power system grounding electrode where both of these two electrodes are used, is size ____AWG.
- According to NEC Insulation on single conductors (not a multiconductor cable) for non-power limited fire protective signaling circuits shall be suitable for at least _____ volts.
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200` of conductor (100` out and 100` back) A maximum resistance that this line can have is .5 OHMS. What is the maximum allowable resistance per 1000` of this conductor?
- A parallel circuit has four equal resistances and is connected to a battery. The circuit has the following values. The battery voltage is 2 volts. Total current = 1 AMP. What is the resistance of each resistor in this circuit?
- A load is mounted 1500` from the source. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. The source supplies 24 volts. The total conductor resistance is .75 OHMS. How much power is consumed by the load?
- A commercial building acccessible to pedestrians has only electric discharge sign lighting transformers. Except for neon tubing, What is the maximum rating that this branch circuit can have?
- Refer to figure: What is the total circuit resistance?
- According to the NEC, a Class 1 power limited circuit must be supplied from a source having a rated output of not more than _____ volts.
- According to NFPA 72 and disregarding exceptions, how many sources of electrical power are required for a fire alarm system?
- What wire sizes are most frequently used in twisted pair inside plant data cable?
- Refer to the figure: What is the resistance of R1?
- A building on a blueprint is 1 1/2 inches in length. If the scale is 1/16" equals 2`-0", what is the actual length of the building?
- Coaxial cable used for data transmission is properly terminated at both ends with 50 ohm resistors. The cable has no electrical problems. Disregarding conductor resistance what resistance will be measured between the shield and the center conductor?
- Power limited circuit conductor cables used for fire protective signaling systems are located 7` from the floor. These cables must be securely fastened at maximum intervals of _____ inches.
- Given: Two wires to a remote load. The wire resistance is .4 OHMS (.2 OHMS per wire). The source voltage into these wires is 24 volts. The circuit current is 5 AMPS. What is the voltage across the remote load?
- Given: A circuit has resistive loads of 4 Ohms, 5 Ohms, and 20 Ohms connected in parallel. What is the combined total resistance?
- Given: Two wires to a remote load. The wire resistance is .4 OHMS (.2 OHMS per wire). The source voltage into these wires is 24 volts. The circuit current is 5 AMPS. What is the voltage across the remote load?
- The outer sheath of a coaxial cable must be grounded close to the point of entry of a building premise if the cable is exposed to accidental contact when the conductors carry _____ minimum volts.
- An equipment grounding conductor for wire communications circuits shall be a minimum of:
- A listed primary protector must be provided on each communications circuit that is exposed to accidental contact with electric power conductors operating at what minimum voltage to ground?
- Given: the coaxial cable of a cable TV system is inside a building where electric power conductors are not in the raceway for cable. What is the minimum separation this coaxial cable must have from the electric power wires?
- Six equal resistors are connected in series to a 24 volt source. What is the voltage drop across each resistor?
- What is the minimum size copper conductor allowed to be used as communications equipment grounding conductor?
- Given: 1000` of @12 copper wire has a resistance of 1.60 ohms What is the resistance of 2,700`?
- All traffic input/output termination when not activated shall be internally based to _____ volts DC.
- Using fiber mesh in concrete will result in :
- Employees are working in an excavation where no precautions are in place to protect them against the effects of accumulated water. According to OSHA how much water is allowed to accumulate in the hole before work is stopped?
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00`. The backsight to the benchmark (elevation 100.00`) has a rod reading of 4.70`. What should the rod reading be if the footing is at the proper grade ?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20` above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- After one season a concrete slab shows crazing dusting and spalling. These defects were caused by.
- Horizontal members on the outside of pre-fabricated forms used to straighten and align the forms are called?
- A bearing wall is being demolished to provide a new opening. First the load carried by the bearing wall must be temporarily supported. What is this called?
- When asphalt shingle roofing meets siding on a vertical wall how should the flashing be installed?
- A carpenter is using a string line as a guide to straighten a long wooden-frame wall. Where should the line be attached at each end?
- What is the process called that describes maintaining the most favorable conditions of temperature and moisture for recently placed concrete?
- According to OSHA, which of the following power hand tools may not be equipped with a locked on control button on the power switch?
- Proper insertion for stucco or metal lath requires an application of 3 coats. Which one of the following is not one of the 3 coats?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8` high?
- How many yards of carpet are required for 18` x 28`-6″ room?
- A stairway has a total rise of 8` – 8″ between finished floors. There are 15 treads. (landing not included) What is the height of each riser?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39` x 52` rectangular foundation?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum travel distance to a ladder placed in a trench?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20` above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- A rectangular building measures 39` x 57` there is a 2` roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- According to OSHA, at approximately what height shall a required guardrail system be installed around scaffolding?
- A rectangular building measures 41` x 41` there is a 2` roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A rough opening is being framed in a wood bearing wall for a 2` – 8″ wide door. How long should the header be cut?
- Any one who engages in any type of excavation shall notify Blue Stake at least _____ hours prior to commencing work?
- A hole is being excavated. 34` x 48`. Its 4` deep. A clearance of 4` is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A room is 24` x 24`. 8` ceiling. How many 4` x 12` drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- What is the minimum application temperature for E.I.F.S. finish.
- Carpenters are framing a 10` high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- According to OSHA, when a trench requires ladders for egress, what is the maximum distance of travel to a ladder?
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a slab 5″ thick x 84` long x 10` wide?
- Refer to the Diagram below , the brick pattern shown below is known as a ____ bond .
- What is the Actual dimension of 2 X 10 ?
- When framing a 10` exterior wood stud wall. How long should studs be cut?
- What is the term for an isolated section or column of masonry?
- Refer to the illustration : What is the distance of `A` called ?
- Refer to the illustration : What does the `2` on the nut mean ?
- A 40 X 50 X 9` deep extends 4` each way beyond the building lines, sides are vertical, disregard any expansion. How many cubic yards of soil will come from this excavation ?
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3` wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- Specs. call for a # 6 deformed rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- #11 reinforcing bars are being used in a concrete wall. What is minimum concrete cover?
- According to Code flame spread rating for insulation for a 2 hr. fire wall used in the outside wall of a building shall be ____ ?
- What is width of an insulation batton used to insulate wall that has studs placed 24″ o.c.
- While trenching and excavating , OSHA requires at least _____ feet of clear unobstructed distance from the trenches edge to the toe of the spoil pile .
- If the Elevation changes 18″ with a 2% grade, what is horizontal distance?
- According to Code, all fills located beneath a structure shall be compacted to at least what % of maximum density?
- How many cubic yards of concrete will be ordered to pour a slab 7″ thick, 78ft long, 22 feet wide, assume no waste.
- The depth of a control joint shall be ___ the thickness of the slab .
- What is the name for the physical and chemical process that occurs when portland cement is mixed with water?
- If a wood Floor is framed around a concrete block fireplace the framing minimum clearance between the block and wood floor is:
- According to Code, if a prism test is required , at least one shall be provided for every _____?
- When UBC requires sample test prisums, what minimum number of masonry prisums shall be built before construction can begin?
- According to OSHA, a workman working on structural steel shall be protected from falls if the work level is a minimum of how far above the next lowest level?
- According to code, all of the following are used to determine the required exposure for wood shingles except:
- A structural steel building frame has _________________ between connecting frame members. .
- Refer to the illustration : What is the distance of `A` called ?
- Refer to the illustration : What does the `2` on the nut mean ? ( this will be a drawing of a nut with an X at the top and a 2 at the bottom)
- Which type of drywall is fire resistant ?
- What screw should be used to attach 5/8 drywall to 22 ga, steel framing?
- The face ply of a multi ply drywall system will be screwed. What is the center to center screws spacing allowed on the face ply?
- For a perment excavation, the angle of repose shall not be steeper than ____ ?
- What is the name for the piling that is formed by removeing the casing and filling the hole with concrete?
- Which of the following types of portland cement is designed to produce higher compressive strength at an early period ?
- How many tests for strength of concrete should be preformed for a pour of 750 cubic yards ?
- How many risers will be in a stair run with 14 treads and a landing?
- The bubble is being adjusted on a builders dumpy level. Which one of the following is the correct method to level the level?
- What is the minimum width for a straight stairway in a commercial building?
- A masonry wall will be exposed to weather. What is the minimum cover including the masonry unit for rebar?
- What is the maximum size of reinforcing bar allowed by code for use in reinforced masonary walls?
- What is the minimum gauge of corrosion resistant metal used as valley flashing for wood shingles and wood shakes?
- According to code, what must be done before the first coat of stucco can be applyed ?
- What is the OSHA required clearance from hoisting and crane equipment to a 50 KV power line ?
- A 40 X 50 X 9` deep extends 4` each way beyond the building lines, sides are vertical, disregard any expansion. How many cubic yards of soil will come from this excavation ?
- A Drip edge is designed to:
- A rough opening is being framed for a wall being prepared for a 3` wide interior door. How long should the header be cut?
- Refer to the illustration: What is the rod reading shown to the nearest hundreth ?
- Refer to the diagram below : what symbol does this represent ?
- According to OSHA, when contact with a lead base paint is anticipated or possible:
- What type of paint sprayed system requires the use of a tip guard on spray nozzle for a persons safety?
- What is the maximun length of safety line used for employee fall arrest?
- What is the minimum structural load capacity for a pedestrian walkway located in the front of a construction site?
- What is the minimum width of a temporary walkway used during construction to provide protection to pedestrian traffic ?
- A concrete footing supports 3 floors . What is the minimum width of the footing?
- Normal concrete shall weigh _____lbs. per cubic foot.
- According to code what is the maximun size rebar that can be lap spliced ?
- Marble tiles being installed over an exterior door – what is the minimum percentage of bond coat coverage required?
- According to OSHA, portable tanks used for the storage of flammable liquid shall be located how far from any building?
- Tie backs are anchored to ___ when used with soldier beams .
- Specs. call for a # 6 deformed rebar to be lapped 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- #11 reinforcing bars are being used in a concrete wall. What is minimum concrete cover?
- The horizontal beam that goes around the outside perimeter of the building connecting the columns is called a ____ ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20` x 30` ceiling with packed 4" thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- A commerical building will have 2`x4` wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4` resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42` 8" wide x 54` 4" long; Room B is 42` 8" wide x 54` 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10` above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5` wide x 111` long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2` O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00` . The bottom of the bar joists are 12` 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90` wide. All beams except the W18`s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabracated forms are used to form 12" wide x 8` high foundation walls. When should the renforcing steel be installed ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8" long x 2 1/4" high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8". The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- A rectangular building measures 36` wide and 60 ` long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2` overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A 2" x 4" frame wall 44` 0" with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16" o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20` x 20` x 6" are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- An 8" wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2" above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof that measures 30` x 60` ? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste).
- How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required for a roof area of 50` x 20` ? Allow 5% for lap and waste.
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0" long x 8` 0" high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16" on center. 1 1/2" thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48"?
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4" on the drawing equals _______.
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- Mr. Atkins employ`s 15 persons. He is preparing his companies taxes. He has not been granted a time extension to file the company`s annual Federal unemployment tax return. If he is to avoid the penalty, which is the latest date he can file his tax form?
- The Montell construction company is subject to the provisions the Federal Fair Labor standards act. A Montell employee now makes $5.80 per hour in construction work. A total of 35 hours were worked during the work week, which included 4 hours on Sunday.
- An employee makes $11.63 per hour and has worked 40 hours in one week. How much Social Security Tax will be withheld from the employee`s wages for this weekly pay period?
- An estimate shows the following job items: Job #1, $2,800; Job #2, $4,100; Job #3 $6,100; Job #4 $3,800. Actual costs are Job #1 $2,300; Job #2 $4,400; Job #3 $6,300; Job #4 $3,300. This portion of the project is:
- A company`s balance sheet shows assets of $20,000 and owners equity of $12,000. Its liabilities are:
- What portion of the workers compensation insurance premium can an employer deduct from an employee`s wages?
- Before a surety company will provide a bond, it will conduct an investigation of the contractor. All of the following areas will be investigated except the contractor`s:
- Which term describes allocating the cost of a fixed asset over that assets` useful life?
- A contractor estimates the following costs on a project. Materials and equipment $56,000; direct labor $36,000; overhead burden 44% of all labor cost; contingencies $5,000. Profit 10% of total costs. How much will the contractor`s bid be?
- Job costs accounts from a previous job show the contractor that his direct costs for a job were $1400.00. The contractor is now estimating an identical job. If the contractors` overhead exerts his half decreased to 5% since the previous job comes in direct costs have decreased 2%, what will be the approximate current total cost?
- What account statement reflects a company`s financial condition on a particular date?
- The difference between the company`s receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- Premiums for workers` compensation are based on all of the following except:
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passerby. What type of insurance will cover the victim`s medical cost?
- A contractor requires 5,400 lineal feet of 2x4x8` wood for a project. The unit cost per piece is $4.85, including tax. What is the total cost to the contractor?
- An employee was injured because the employer failed to provide a safety device. How will this affect the amount of worker`s compensation the employee will receive?
- Refer to time card of J. Doe. Employee #027 for week ending 10/15/XX. Project # listed are 101, 172, 190, 226. Monday #101-5 hrs, #190-2 hrs; Tuesday #172-7 hrs, #226-3 hrs; Wednesday #172-9 hrs; Thursday #101-6 hrs, #190-2 hrs, #190-2 hrs; Friday #226-6 hrs; Saturday #172-7 hrs. Overtime is paid for all hours worked over 40 in any one week. Doe`s pay rate is $15.75 per hour for straight time. What would Doe`s gross wages be?
- A company`s balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles- 30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net of this company?
- Using only the following information what is the company`s net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- Which financial ratio indicates a company`s ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- By what date must a company`s annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors` insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- What does the span rating 32/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1" ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6" slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- A room has an emergency Egress window. What is the minimum number of net square feet that this window must have?
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8" long x 2 1/4" high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8". The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a prestressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- A 2" x 4" frame wall 44` 0" with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16" o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- An 8" wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2" above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2" x 6" jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Nine yards of concrete with a 5" slump has 22 gallons of water added. What is the new slump?
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1" x 12" is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0" long x 8` 0" high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16" on center. 1 1/2" thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48"?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2" thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?*
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What is the maximum allowed safety lanyard length?
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4" on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 in 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note - do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses). 3/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the purpose for the prepunched holes in a metal stud wall framing?
- What should be used to control termites in wood sill construction?
- Which of the following mortars has the highest compressive strength?
- A #6 rebar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter the length of the lap is ___?
- What type of window prohibits easy egress in case of an emergency?
- What are the minimum requirements for employees exposed to particulate contaminants?
- How can a contractor store stacks of plywood sheeting on roof trusses?
- Asphalt shingles are installed on a roof. Two layers of underlayment is required unless the roof is greater than what slope?
- A contractor is placing a pipe in a 6" thick concrete slab. What is the maximum outside dimension of the pipe?
- Which of the following about lumber end joints make up a built-up girder?
- All of the following are standard size re-bar except:
- What is the total system of support for measuring placed concrete called?
- To get additional protection on a shingle roof in high wind areas use _________.
- What term identifies the top and bottom plate of a metal frame system?
- What is a vibrator used for when placing concrete in forms?
- A glue laminated beam is being used to support roof trusses. How should the crown be placed? (See Solution)
- What is the recommended drywall screw for 5/8" sheetrock?
- What affects the schedule for stripping forms?
- What admixture is used to change 3″ low slump concrete temporarily to test 7″ to 8″ high slump concrete so that it will be more workable in areas of a closed work space?
- The tolerance for the placement of steel in the footing is ____?
- The Rated Compressive strength of concrete is based on how many days?
- You do not need a templet to install a lockset of a door if you have a _________.
- What is used to allow both horizontal and vertical movement in adjoining concrete surfaces?
- How many pounds does a 16′ length of W18 x 24 structural steel weigh?
- What grade of common brick should be specified for use in severe freeze conditions?
- A sadalle must be installed at a chimney penetration of a pitched roof. Where is the sadalle installed?
- A ceiling joist has a clearance span of 12`. What is the maximum distance from each end that a contractor may cut a notch?
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter under the following conditions. Building width is 24` wide, roof pitch is 1/4, overhang is 2`.
- Metal ties used to anchor masonry veneer. What is the maximum number of square feet each metal tie may support?
- A carpenter is laying out a wood frame wall for the installation of a 3` x 7` prehung wood door unit. The center of the door will be 8` from the outside corner. How far from the corner is the nearest edge of the rough opening?
- What is the minimum number of inches a wood beam must bear on a masonry wall?
- The minimum % of density that fill must be compacted under a building is:
- What is the maximum number of inches of an 8`0" long scaffold plank can can extend over their edge?
- Sheets of drywall that measure 4` x 12` are required to be placed on the ceiling and walls are to be placed in a room having interior dimensions of 14` x 22`. How many sheets of 4` x 12` drywall are needed. Do not include waste.
- What strength reduction results from adding 22 gallons of water to a 9 cubic yard load of concrete?
- 1,000 Type W drywall screws are required to install 1000 sq. feet of drywall. Approximately how many Type W screws are required to install 75 sheets of 4` x 8` drywall. Do not allow for waste.
- In a suspended ceiling, hanger wires are attached to:
- Concrete truck at 130
- What is the brick called that is laid across 2 or more wythes of masonry to tie them together?
- The main runners and cross furring for a suspended ceiling are _________?
- Structural steel columns are secured to a concrete foundation using anchor bolts. Which drawing shows the concrete placing contractor exactly where to place the bolts?
- A contractor is installing laminate wood veneer lumber beams. All of the following are uses of bearing block except:
- Which of the following stones is recognized as best sill material used on exterior walls:
- You know the plan dimensions of a 5/12 roof that you are estimating. What factor would you use to calculate the squares of roofing material?
- An excavation for a building foundation has to be done next to an adjoining building. How much written notice must be given to the owners of the adjoining building?
- What is used to transition and seal base flashing?
- What is the Minimum allowable slope on built-up roof:
- An excavation that measures 500`x1000` in a subdivision will have 6" of soil removed. A scrapper with a 100 cubic yard per hour heaped capacity will be used. How many hours will it take to excavate the lot?
- Refer to drawing C-144. How many square yards of asphalt paving are required for the parking lot?
- Refer to drawing C-144. How many cubic yards of concrete to pour the driveway apron and entry way on the north side of the building? Allow 10% waste.
- Refer to drawing C-144. How many cubic yards of concrete are needed to pour the grade beam between the southeast corner and northeast corner? Include the columns to EL. 100.
- Refer to drawing C-144. How many linear feet of 4" cant strip are required for the roof?
- Refer to drawing C-149. How many metal truss hangers are required for the job?
- Refer to drawing C-149. Using the data sheet, how many cubic yards of mortor is required to lay 9,000 standard 4x8x16 concrete blocks?
- Refer to drawing C-149. With R19 ceiling insulation, how much insulation is required for the ceiling?
- Refer to drawing C-149. How many cubic yards of concrete are needed to pour the garage floor slab?
- Refer to drawing C-149. How many rolls of #15 felt are required to dry in the roof? Each roll covers 400 square feet. Ignore lap and waste.
- Refer to drawing C-149. How many linear feet of reinforcing are needed for the garage (do not include footing)?
- Refer to Drawing C-149. How many linear feet of 2 x 6 pressure treated bottom:
- Refer to drawing C-52. The face brick veneer required needs how many tons of masonry sand?
- Refer to drawing C-52. How many bricks are needed for a 24` high x 165` long brick wall with 4 door openings 4` wide 7` high and 12 window openings 8` wide 9` high? (drawing C-52 states that there are 7 bricks per sq. ft.)
8 bags of morter per 1,000 brick
1 ton sand per 1,000 brick
1/2 ton extra if more than 3 tons required
- What force can be transmitted by a connection between a beam and a coloum ?
- The code requires contractors to space wall stud framing for drywall vertical diaphragms how many inches apart ?
- Which of the following methods is not used to attach metal framing runners to concrete or masonary ?
- How long is required to install 7 pre-hung interior doors and 320 LF of base board. Each door takes 20 min. to install and 16 FT of base board are installed in 10 min.
- What slump concrete concrete is most subject to segragation ?
- What is the cost to insulate between the ceiling joists of a 20` x 30` ceiling with packed 4" thick loose insulating wool. One bag fills 4 c.f. based on a density of 10 lbs. per c.f. One bag of wool costs $1.69 plus 6% sales tax.
- Refer to the Diagram: Given: If 3000 PSI ready-mix concrete costs $90.00 per cubic yard, what would be the cost for concrete only, if you added an additional 5,000 sq.ft. of slab. Do not include sales tax .
- Refer to the drawing; A commerical building will have 2`x4` wood fiber Accoustal ceiling panels installed in a "T" bar suspended ceiling grid with a 4` resting edge on the main runner. Room A is 42` 8" wide x 54` 4" long; Room B is 42` 8" wide x 54` 4" long. The bottom of the ceiling is to be installed 10` above the finished floor elevation. One hall is 5` wide x 111` long . The hanger spacing for the principal structural member main runner is 2` O.C. In all locations the main runner will be hung parallel to the long demision of the hallway. The finished floor elevation will be at 0.00` . The bottom of the bar joists are 12` 8" above finished floor. An addational 15" of tie wire is needed in addation to the 2" combonation Tee . All rooms are to be laid out for maximum edge neatness as close as possible. An accoustial installer can install 700 sq. ft. of ceiling grid per 8 hr. day. The installer receives $6.50 per hr. plus taxes insurance and overhead costs are an additional 31%. What is the labor cost to install the ceiling grid in room B ? Round up to the next whole hr. of labor time.
- Refer to the Diagram: How many feet of W18x71 are required ? ( This will be a drawing of the roof framing of a building that is 90` wide. All beams except the W18`s run horizonal. There are 2 of these beams)
- A plumbing vent protrudes through a low slope built-up roof . What is used to transision and seal the base flashing to the roof ?
- Specs. call for a #6 deformed rebar to be lapped spliced 40 times the bar diameter. What is the length of the lap splice ?
- Prefabricated forms are used to form 12" wide x 8` high foundation walls. When should the reinforcing steel be installed ?
- Which of the following is not an acceptial means to gauge the tension in a friction connection connection of high strength bolts ?
- Which of the following is a common admixture that causes concrete to set up faster ?
- What is the difference in elevation grade of a 2% drop over 75` ?
- What does the span rating 32/16 stamped on plywood mean ?
- How many gallons of water will increase the slump of a 10 yd. load of concrete by 1″ ?
- Solid glass block are to be used to construct an exterior wall panel. What is the max. allowed square feet of any one panel ? ( NOTE the sq. ft. for an INTERIOR wall is 250 )
- Two wyths of masonry wall are bonded together using a header pattern. What is the max. vertical run between headers ?
- Refer to the diagram of the gravel stop. Dimension B must be a min. of how many inches ? ( dimension B is the height above the roof ) *
- What is the most likely result of rapid moisture loss from a concrete slab after the concrete is placed ?
- Metal decking is to be welded to metal joists. How are the sheets welded ?
- What is the min. finish grade slope for the land around a foundation ?
- How far apart should control joints be spaced apart in a 6″ slab ?
- What is the min. thickness of all masonry block end and bed joints when not used in the first course of a foundation wall ?
- Concrete is to be pumped into place using a concrete pump. How must the concrete pumping operation occur ?
- Specs. For readymixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94 standards require that the discharge of concrete be completed within 1 1/2 hrs. or _____ drum revolutions .
- What is the min. compaction that is required for soil under a concrete slab ?
- What is the max. size hole that may be bored into a vertical 4″ stud in a nonload bearing wall ?
- Anchor bolts are to be used to connect a plat to a concrete slab. The minimum spacing of the bolts will be __________.
- According to OSHA standards for construction industry, how many toilets should a job site have when the number of employees on a job is 20 or less?
- A new high-rise building is under construction. There is no fire department vertical access above the first floor. A standpipe must be installed for fire department use when the building reaches what height?
- A dump truck is 8` wide by 20` long by 6` deep is hauling debris that weighs 40 lbs. per cubit foot.. If the dump truck is capable of hauling 15% more debris than the volume of the dimension of the bed, the maximum weight of debris that the truck can make in one trip is _____________.
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuated tool is being used?
- A temporary walkway on public property to provide protection for pedestrians during construction or demolition shall be _______________________.
- Employees must provide fall protection for employees working on roofs with unprotected sides or edges with a minimum height above the finished floor level of ___________.
- A room has an emergency Egress window in a sleeping room. What is the minimum number of net square feet that this window must have?
- Given: A brick wall is to be constructed of standard 8" long x 2 1/4" high brick. The wall is to be 42` long, it is 4` high and it will be 3 bricks thick. Vertical mortar joints as well as horizontal joints will be 3/8". The total number of bricks for this wall is ___________.
- Given: You are using a crane to lift a pre stressed concrete beam. Nearby are 50 KV power lines which have not been de-energized. According to OSHA, the minimum distance between any part of the load or crane shall be ___________.
- During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting lines until the members have _________ at each connection.
- A rectangular building measures 36` wide and 60 ` long. The building has a Hip Roof with 2` overhang all around. All roof slopes are equal. What is the length of the ridge?
- A multi story building is being framed with structural steel. What is the maximum height allowed for welding or bolting above the foundation or next permanently secured floor?
- A 2" x 4" frame wall 44` 0" with no openings is to be constructed between two existing framed walls. The studs are to be installed at 16" o.c. How many studs will be required to frame the wall?
- Given precast panels 20` x 20` x 6" are to be used in tilt-up construction of a building. This requires a crew of 6 including a crane operator with a crane, at a total cost of $1,760.00 per day. This crew can raise and brace one panel per hour. Considering only the above mentioned cost, what is the cost per square foot to erect 8 panels in an 8 hour day?
- How does freshly placed concrete affect vertical forms?
- What is the recommended maximum distance that 18 gauge metal decking can span under ordinary roof loads?
- What is the maximum allowed vertical spacing of fasteners used when securing exterior metal veneer to framing?
- Which component is fastened with self-drilling, self-tapping screws?
- What is the required minimum thickness of pneumatically placed Portland cement when applied to any surface other than concrete or masonry?
- Which foundation is drilled down to suitable bearing soil and filled with poured concrete to provide structural support?
- What is the recommended maximum rate of filling wall forms with concrete?
- Which foundation system is reinforced to distribute the continuous load of a bearing wall to separate foundations?
- In what application are pan forms used?
- What is the fastest and most economical method for attaching aluminum roof decking or metal siding to light gauge metal framing?
- Which component of a light gauge steel stud partition add strength by preventing the stud from buckling?
- Which component secures steel studs to supporting structures?
- What is the main factor to consider in determining the type and configuration of foundation for a residence?
- For regular surveying work, measuring used is ____________.
- A ceiling system cannot be completed until which inspections are approved?
- To ensure drainage away from a slab, the minimum slope is _____ inches per foot.
- What is the proper sequence for installing Gypsum board?
- All of the following are used to determine the span capabilities of metal deck except:
- Which method of installing main runners is permitted when hanging suspended ceiling?
- An 8" wide x 12` high beam has been formed and is to be poured with concrete. The bottom reinforcing steel is specified to be 2" above the bottom. What is the minimum specified tolerance of concrete cover for the steel placement?
- Which method of bracing exterior stud walls is permitted by Code?
- A Hip Roof is to be constructed using wood framing. 2″ x 6″ jack rafters are to be installed. What is the minimum size ridge that is allowed?
- What is the maximum height a masonry parapet wall may be installed above a built-up roof?
- What specifications specify the minimum quality standards for load bearing concrete masonry units?
- Gypsum board has been installed with joints and fasteners. Who must inspect and approve of the installation before finishing can begin?
- Refer to Drawing C-147. How much corrugated metal roof decking is required for the mechanical penthouse roof? (note - allow 5% for lap and waste). The penthouse roof is 30` x 60`.
- Refer to Drawing A-144. How many square feet of corrugated metal roof decking is required? Allow 5% for lap and waste (the roof area on the drawing is 50` x 20`).
- Refer to Drawing . How many square feet of ridge insulation will be required for the penthouse roof?
- Refer to Drawing . How many square feet of elevator slab will be in one cubic yard of concrete cover?
- Refer to Drawing. How many decorative maple trip panels are required for the job?
- Nine yards of concrete with a 5″ slump has 22 gallons of water added. What is the new slump?
- A building measures 41` x 41` square. There is a 2` roof overhang all around. What is the length of the ridge if the building is a Hip Roof? (note - all roof sides are equal)
- A built-up roof is to be installed over wood roof decking. Which is the correct method to fasten the base layer?
- Steel roof trusses for light loading would most often be made of ____________.
- Specifications for ready mix concrete ASTMC94 require that the discharge of concrete be completed within ____ hours or if the drum has revolved 300 times whichever occurs first.
- Using a builders level A Grade for a footing being set, the bottom of the footing will be at an elevation of 94.00. A backsite to the benchmark (elevation 100) has a rod reading of 4.70. What should the rod reading at the bottom of the footing be if the Grade is correct? (note the footing is 6″ thick)
- What is the minimum headroom clearance between a set of stairs and the finished ceiling?
- After it is mixed, mortar should be used within how many hours?
- According to OSHA, during the erection of structural steel members there shall not be more than _________ between the erection floor and uppermost permanent floor.
- What is the minimum distance cant strips must extend up the vertical surface of roof corners?
- Which soil is acceptable under the bottom of plain concrete footings?
- Gypsum board is to be installed horizontally into the wall studs. Which is the required installation for end joints when there is more than one row of wall board?
- Materials stored inside buildings under construction will not be placed within what distance of any hoistway or inside floor opening?
- An extension ladder is leaned against a wall and does not extend past the top of the wall. The top of the ladder touches the wall at a point 20` above grade. What is the minimum distance the foot of the ladder must be from the wall?
- Which of the following types of pan is used to form a two-way waffle slab?
- According to OSHA CFR 1926, when employees are required to work in trenches in unstable ground, sheeting or sloping is required at a trench depth of ____ or more feet.
- Excavations for any purpose shall not extend within how many feet of the angle of repose of soil under any footing unless protected against settlement.
- Which of the following below is the result of unprotected structural steel framing that is exposed to the heat of building fires?
- A protective bar is installed over glass in lieu of safety glazing. How far above the walking surface should it be located?
- A contractor is installing floor joists. At what minimum length floor joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- Why would Type III Portland cement be used instead of Type I cement in a concrete mix?
- What is the type of surfacing called for when a 1″ x 12″ is indicated as S1S?
- What is the maximum height concrete should be dropped without a drop chute?
- What is the maximum masonry wall area that can be bonded to single width masonry with one 3/16″ diameter wall tie?
- How many lineal feet of lumber are required to frame 32` 0" long x 8` 0" high non-load bearing metal wall which is to be installed between two existing frame walls? Studs will be placed 16" on center. 1 1/2" thick lumber will be used for the single top and single bottom plates. Do not allow for waste or openings. Include the plate materials.
- Powder driver pins are used to secure non-load bearing metal stud runners to concrete floors. What is the maximum on center spacing of the pins?
- Untreated wood siding must not be closer than how many inches to the ground?
(See solution)
- The Code requires concrete cast against and permanently exposed to the earth to have what minimum concrete cover over the reinforcement?
- The inspection department has decided that plaster portion test are to be made. A permit holder must be notified a minimum of how many hours in advance of inspection?
- What type open web steel joist would you use to span 64` without exceeding a joist depth of 48″?
- A 1/4″ deck x 3″ x 2″ steel angle is required to construct a sign. Which designation correctly describes the required material?
- What technique is used to verify that a masonry wall layout is square?
- An employee is working in proximity to an electric power circuit. If the employee should contact the electrical power circuit during the course of work, what would be sufficient to protect the employee from electric shock?
- At the absence of the engineered specified strength, what is a guideline for the removal of wall and column forms?
- High strength bolts in a friction connection will be tightened reliably to at least _____________.
- For batching purposes, which is the method for establishing the water cement ratio in a concrete mix?
- In multi story slab form work where should shores be located relative to those on the level below?
- Which structural steel designator is correct for steel that is to be used as a column?
- Galvanized metal valley flashing is to be used on an asphalt shingle roof with an open valley. What is the minimum width flashing that must be used?
- What is the minimum allowed normal thickness of lumber when used as solid blocking?
- What grade masonry brick should be used where the brick work will regularly be saturated with water or is in contact with the ground?
- Concrete has been placed and will not be subject to accelerated curing. What is the minimum temperature the concrete must be maintained at during curing?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie ?*
- All of the following are standard deformed rebar sizes except which one?
- What is the maximum allowed slope for using pitch built-up roofs?
- What minimum length drywall nail must be used to install 1/2" thick Gypsum wallboard on standard wood framing ?
- If concrete weighs 150 lbs. per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ________ lbs. per sq. foot of each inch slab thickness.
- For which type connection can carbon steel bolts be reliably used when bolting steel components?
- How many pounds does a 16` length of a W8X24 weigh?
- Standard strength concrete has been placed and must cure. What is the minimum number of days the concrete must be kept moist to cure?
- What is the maximum allowed diameter of holes drilled in floor joists?
- What does it mean when 40 is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Stirrups placed vertically in a suspended concrete beam serve to resist ________________.*
- What is the maximum allowed safety lanyard length?
- A site plan is scaled at 40` to the inch, a measurement of 4 3/4" on the drawing equals _______.
- The roof of a building has a plan area of 3350 sq. ft. and a slope of 4 in 12. The roof is to be covered with composite shingles at 3 bundles per square that can only be purchased by whole bundles. To convert from plan area to actual roof area use the following table. How many bundles of shingles are required to roof the building? (Note - do not allow for waste, hips, valleys or starter courses). 3/12 = 1.031
- What property of hardened mortar strength is most critical to structural integrity and the most difficult to measure?
- In the first corbel course the header is _______________.*
- Which weld creates the strongest connection?
- A shingle roof has a total area of 42 squares. A roof is to have 3 in 1 shingles, 80 shingles per square, with 6 nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails is $35.00 per 100 lbs. A total cost of the nails (no waste) required to install this roof is $_________. Select the closest answer.
- A foundation excavation requires support from soldier beams and lagging. Which structural steel shape is used for soldier beams ?*
- A gable roof has a total width of 58` and a slope of 6:12. What is the rise at the ridge?
- What type of form is designed to carry some of the buildings structural load? *
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the form work?
- The rate of placement of concrete in vertical forms should conform to the ____________.
- What is the maximum allowed amount of moisture content for framing lumber 2″ or less in thickness at the time of permanent installation into a building or structure?
- You have a lot that measures 152` x 125`. One side has a uniform elevation of 5.40, the other side has a uniform elevation of -2.32, the required elevation is -.32. How many cubic yards of dirt must be removed ?
- On a plan scale of 1/4" = 1`, what distance would 6 5/8" be?
- On a plan scale of 1/8" = 1`, what distance would 2 3/8" be?
- What type of flashing would be used on a cedar shake roof?
- What is the maximum distance for hanger from a steel joist to support a suspended ceiling?
- What would be used to cut masonary components?
- Which of the following is NOT a benefit of using glass block?
- How far should a vent pipe extend above a roof?
- What type of sheetrock would be used behind tile?
- Concrete contains _____% aggregate.
- A driveway is to be constructed 100`long, 10`wide and 3.5″ thick. How much concrete will be needed?
- A roof with a pitch of 8/12 would require what type of felt?
- When compacting soil, each lift should be compacted in _____ inch lifts.
- What rafter does not touch the top plate or ridge?
- What tool would be used to straighten a rough cut on a piece of sheetrock?
- What test would be used to test the perosity of the soil?
- Which of the following considerations do not apply to a construction joint?
- Which material has the most resistance to horizontal shear?
- When attaching a girder to a beam, what should be considered?
- The main component of plaster is ______________.
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ________.
- A system of two rows of block with an air space between them is called _____________.
- A backsite to a benchmark (elevation 1068.00) reads +7. A front site to point A reads -12.00. What is the elevation of point A?
- Holes that allow water to escape from a brick wall are called?
- The inclined sides of a stair which support the treads and risers are called _______________.
- What is the main component of Gyp Plaster?
- A part of a concrete wall that gives lateral support is called _______________.
- How far does a control joint enter the slab?
- A sidewalk measures 120` long, 4.33` wide and is 4 1/2″ thick. How much concrete is needed?
- The perimeter footing of a building that measures 80` x 40` is to have 2 #5 rebar installed in it. A #5 rebar weighs 1.043 lbs. per foot. How much rebar needs to be ordered?
- A house measures 48` x 32`. The roof has a 4/12 pitch with a 2` overhang. What is the total area of the roof deck in sq.ft. ?
- What tool is used to level doors and windows?
- What tool is used to apply drywall mud and tape at the same time?(see solution)
- Which of the following does not strengthen concrete?
- What is not a factor when working with concrete?
- Which of the following is a dead load?
- Anchor bolts for steel beams do not_____.
- The finished opening of an interior door frame should be _____ larger than the width of the door?
- What is not considered when determining the need for a control joint?
- Plywood roof sheathing should be laid with the ______?
- After staking out a building site, you have lost your corners during the excavation. What would you use to find your corners again?
- When nailing wood shingles, the nail should penetrate into the sheathing_____?
- A brick laid on it`s face, with the bedding area of the brick to the face of the wall is called a ________?
- Nails used to install shingles to a 5/8" thick plywood roof deck:
- According to Code, anchor bolts for wood sill plates and bottom plates should be embedded a minimum of _____ inches into the concrete.
- Anchor bolts used to anchor foundation plates or sills to concrete foundation walls shall not be spaced more than ____ feet apart.
- According to Code, the minimum thickness of a slab directly on grade is ____ inches.
- As concrete sets it releases heat known as:
- Gypsum board panels installed on ceilings should be installed:
- What is the approximate rough opening for a door that is 2`8″ by 6`8″?
- What is the differnce between a pier and a pilaster?
- What does the structural steel designation W18x71 specify?
- A column bearing or base plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts, must be _____ for final bearing support.
- A steel shape with the designation C3x6 means:
- Hand trowelling is performed following:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- Which type of portland cement is designed to produce high compressive strength concrete at an early period?
- A small framed structure built between the back face of the chimney and roof deck which is used to divert snow and water around a chimney is called a:
- Which of the following is NOT a basic field test used for quality design and control?
- What is the most commonly used type of saw blade for wet cutting masonry units?
- A temporary structure that is built to exclude earth or water from a given area, enabling work to proceed is refereed to as:
- Which set of numbers could NOT be used for figuring a 90 degree corner?
- What is the actual size of a 2″ x 10″ board?
- Referring to the illustration, what joint is indicated by the letter `A`?
- Referring to the illustration, window `A` is commonly called a _____ window.
- Which drawing would show the location of the utilites on the property?
- According to OSHA, full size scaffolds shall have standard guardrails on all sides and ends when the height is _____ or more feet.
- What is the minimum size of a landing for residental stairs?
- A ________ is used for a slump test ?
- Which of the following are Duplex nails used for?
- What is the time for a mositure cure on a slab?
- The maximum supported weight in pounds per lineal foot for masonry load-bearing walls is ______.
- According to OSHA, the minimum permissable size for planking on a scaffold shall be ______.
- According to OSHA, the minimum overlap of planking on scaffold is:
- What type of crane is used to erect a high tower building and turns in a circle.
- According to the Code, 3-inch cleanouts MUST be accessible and have a minimum clearence (for cleaning purposes) of no less than:
- According to the Code, the smallest trap that may be used for a floor drain in a shower?
- According to OSHA rules and regulations, scaffold planks should extend past their end supports a minimum of _____ inch(es).
- Which of the following roofs is typically used as a barn roof ?
- Which of the following statements is NOT true about shot crete ?
- A commercial automatic door has what type of hinges ?
- When installing roll roofing, the spacing for the nails for the first row of felt is _____ inches.
- A trench that is 2` wide and 8` deep is being backfilled. In what thickness should the lifts be backfilled and compacted ?
- A building measures 20` x 40` and has a support beam down the center. Floor joists are to be installed that are 10` long. How many floor joists are needed ?
- Which of the following statements bests fits the application .
- On the rough opening of a door, the stud next to the trimmer is called a ______ .
- What determines the number and length of the coils on an AC unit.
- A pile is being driven with a double action steam pile driver. The head of the pile starts to broom and split. Which of the following would you do ?
- How would a structural steel contractor or inspector check to see if all the nuts and bolts were in the proper place ?
- Which of the following statements is true about forming a foundation ?
- When installing roll roofing, the spacing of the nails for the first row of felt should be _____ inches.
- A contractor is doing a large clearing job, there is still some trees that need pruning and a tree that must be cut down. Which of the following statements is true about felling a tree ?
- Where would the best place to locate a roof drain on a flat roof ?
- Which of the following statements is true about painting in extreme weather climates ?
- Which of the following is an advantage of using clay tile over asphalt shingles ?
- Which should be used when connecting a back-splash to a bath tub to seal the joints ?
- Which of the following is an advantage of using particle board VS. plywood ?
- If removing old resilient vinyl flooring you should ______.
- When installing carpet using a nail- less tack strip, the tack strip should be installed ____ from the wall.
- When renovating an old building that has block walls, in order to re- point the mortar you should remove _____ of the old mortar .
- When installing Asphalt Hexagonal shingles what is the correct length of the nails to use ?
- When installing Asphalt Hexagonal shingles, what is the correct number of nails to use ?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 7`10" and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- What is the difference between a water cooler and a water fountain ?
- A 5/16″ bolt has the markings 18NC on it. What does the 18 mean ?
- According to OSHA, which of the following is a true statement if an employee requests fall protection ?
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 180 feet long, the total number of square yards of aggregate surface is _____ square yards.
- When attaching a piece of sheet metal to a metal stud, the threads of the screw should be threaded ___ ?
- A ridge that measures 40` is to be covered with clay ridge caps. The caps are 20″ and will lap 4″. How many ridge caps will be needed ?
- What type of wallboard is used behind plaster ?
- A reinforcing bar is protruding from a slab with the # 5 stamped on it. This means that the diameter of the bar is _______ inches .
- What is the most effective and durable mortar joint ?
- What is the proper order of finishing concrete ?
- In wood frame construction the width of a lintel is equal to the width of the rough opening plus ____?
- Given: There are 2 walls 150` long and 2 walls 75` long. Each wall will have a sole plate and ( 2 ) top plates all out of 2" x 4" lumber. How many board feet of lumber will you order ?
- When installing Asphalt butt shingles , what is the correct method of placement ?
- A cone is used for a _____ test.
- When installing plywood sheathing which of the following statements is true ?
- A sheep`s foot roller is most effective on ________.
- You are building an addition on a restaurant using green timbers. Which of the following should you do in order to prevent shrinkage and warping of the timbers?
- What is the correct way to install a metal roof ?
- Which of the following would be used to backfill around a septic tank ?
- Which of the following tools will do the most damage to a piece of wood that is to receive a stained finish?
- What is the number of full sheets of plywood required for a rectangular sub-floor which measures 72 feet by 40 feet.
- A slope of 1/8″ per foot over a distance of 160` will equal a drop of ____?
- A gable roof is 40 feet wide with a 8 on 12 pitch. What is the total rise to the ridge ?
- When installing a sheet glass window that has waves causing distortion, the glass should be installed_____?
- According to building code how high up the wall must a moisture resistant barrier be placed in a public restroom.
- Identify the joint shown below.
- Which of the following types of soil would be the most expansive or “swell” the most?
- If reinforcing bars are left projecting out of the foundation inside the back face of the wall, they should be_____?
- Reefer to the Diagram below, which room has a three way switch? This drawing will either be a house or an office. There will be only one room with a switch marked S3.)
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum developed length in feet of a lanyard safety line ?
- Identify the object below that is used in wood framing. ( This will look like a coupling for connecting pipe.)
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what part of the roof truss is shown by number 1?
- Refer to the DIAGRAM below, what part of the roof truss is shown by number 3?
- What type of pile can support no vertical load?
- What is the most commonly used type of saw blade used for cutting masonry units?
- According to code normal asphalt shingles 36″ to 40″ in length must have not less than _____ nails per strip.
- According to the Building Code, the maximum clearance between rails or ornamental pattern (balusters, (pickets) or the vertical members) on open guardrails or set of stairs shall be placed so that a _____ diameter sphere cannot pass through them.
- Gypsum board panels installed on ceilings should be installed:
- A number 6 deformed reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of:
- An easy method of identifying moisture resistant gypsum board panels is:
- Hand trowelling is performed following:
- The basic test(s) used in concrete mix design and quality is (are):
- Which type of Portland cement is designed to produce high compressive strength concrete at an early period?
- Which of the following is NOT a basic field test used for quality design and control?
- In a set of stairs, the number of treads will be _____ the number of risers.
- Referring to the illustration, the `valley jack` is identified by the number _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the `key` is indicated by the letter _____.
- Which of the following is a test used to measure the consistency and workability of concrete?
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease the concrete`s _____.
- In rebar installation a `stirrup` is:
- Vertical members that support horizontal deck form work are commonly called:
- What is a girt?
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop mechanical or _____ hammer.
- Which of the following soils is the most difficult to compact?
- A ______ is used for a test to measure compression strength in concrete.
- The ingredients for a mortar bed for floors is:
- Which of the following tools would be used to apply a dash bond coat?
- What kind of blade is typically used to make a cut on a masonry block?
- Referring to the illustration, the `header` is illustrated by number:
- Referring to the illustration, the `common or common rafter` is identified by the number ____.
- Which of the following is the preferred method of attaching a truss to wall?
- The cut on a rafter that allows the rafter to set flat on the top plate is commonly referred to as a:
- The length of drop on a safety line shall be?
- What do you use to increase compression strength of Concrete.
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batch concrete, (other than type III cement) would require _____ days for full field curing time.
- Calculate how many board feet of lumber are in 50 boards 1″ x 8″ x 12`.
- Referring to the illustration, if the sidewalk pictured is 100 feet long, what is the total number of cubic yards of concrete required?
- Which of the following tests is commonly used to determine the strength of concrete?
- Referring to the illustration the item indicated by the arrow `C` is commonly called a _____.
- Referring to the illustration, the window pictured is commonly called a _____ window.
- Which of the following would be used to cut a wide groove in a piece of wood?
- In determining the height of a residential chimney above a roof, the top of the flue liners should be at least _____ above a roof ridge or any raised part of a roof within 10 feet of the chimney.
- Refer to Diagram 1. At what point can a mobile crane lift the heaviest load?(See Solution for exam info)
- Masonry stone veneer are attached to wood frame structures with the use of non-corrosive _______.
- Reinforcing steel in a slab is used for ______ strength.
- Which of the following tools will do the least damage to a piece of wood that is to receive a stained finish?
- Lime treated base is used for:
- Which of the following statements is true?
- Metal reinforcement used with masonry units:
- Which soil compaction test requires the drilling of a 1/2 inch hole 12 inches deep for the test rod?
- Which of the following soils provides the best drainage?
- Refer to the diagram below: What type of joint is shown?
- Why should prefabricated forms be coated with an oil agent before their use ?
- Which of the following is used as a lubricant when using a diamond tip blade?
- At what point could a Mobile Crane lift it`s greatest load ?
- Using a builders level a backsite shot to point C (elevation 98.4) reads 5.9, a frontsite shot to point A reads 1.6. What is the elevation of point A?
- The best blade to use for fine finish work when cutting wood is a:
- Which of the following would be used to “rip” a board?
- When nailing 3-tab asphalt shingles, the nails should be placed ______?
- When applying plaster or stucco, the scratch coat should be applied _____?
- The width of a wood header is the width of the rough opening plus ____?
- Referring to the illustration, if the curb shown is 1165 feet long, how many total cubic yards of concrete will be required? Do not allow for any waste. Select the closest answer.
- Refer the Diagram below. The weld shown below is commonly referred to as a _______ weld.
- What is the normal thickness of a driveway?
- What kind of ties are used to attach masonry veneer to wood frame structures ?
- What type of tool would be used to install a corner bead?
- The nominal size of modular brick are equal to the:
- What rafter does not touch the top plate or ridge?
- A building that is 38` wide and has a roof with an 8/12 pitch will have a rise to the ridge of ________.
- What is not considered when determining the need for a control joint?
- Nails used to install shingles to a 5/8″ thick plywood roof deck:
- The standard height of a kitchen base cabinet including the counter top is ____ inches.
- Joists, that are cut with angles on their top edge where it enters a masonry or concrete wall, known as a fire cut, is done to _____.
- The component which is present in topsoil that gives it this classification is:
- In drywall finishing, blisters are caused by:
- What is the most commonly used type of saw blade for wet cutting masonry units?
- Referring to the illustration, the weld symbol shown reflects a ____ weld.
- Referring to the illustration, the correct rendering of the building is indicated by _____.
- The classification of type `X` gypsum board refers to the panel`s:
- In obtaining proper soil compaction, it is important to:
- What is the best tool for cutting cement board? (Wonder board)
- 75 boards that are 1″ x 6″ and 10 ft. long equal how many board ft?
- A ________ is used to perform a slump test.
- Referring to the illustration, what does the number 4 represent ?
- If you purchased twenty (20) 1″ x 8″ x 12` (nominal) boards, the total board feet of lumber would be:
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21`X 25` ; 1 room 18`X 18` ; 3 rooms 12`X 15` ; a garage that measures 23` X 28`
- What is a Pile driven on an angle called?
- What type of pile has the most friction?
- How many layers of concrete are in a slump test?
- A set of stairs has a total rise of 8`2″ and has 15 risers. What would be the individual height of a single riser?
- The seams on a metal roof must:
- Where gypsum board panels meet at an outside corner, these corners should be protected with:
- Air entrainment of concrete is to:
- Troweling of a fresh concrete is performed following the _____ of the slab.
- The purpose of `bull-floating` a freshly placed slab is to:
- Referring to the illustration the trimmer is identified by _____.
- What is the minimum length of time that a concrete slab, beam or footing (other than high early), must cure to achieve 70% of its` design strength?
- What is the common links of a typical horizontal, high silicon copper cast iron anode that is 2 or 3 inches in diameter?
- What function does a probe rod perform?
- The temperature variation on copper sulfate(CuSo4) electrode would be in the range of how many milivolts or degree?
- In pipe locator sets, what function does an interpreter on a transmitter perform?
- Silicon diodes are considered more modern than selenium rectifiers.
- A steel pipeline would be protected from corrosion if it had a minimum voltage of _______ press on it?
- Using to much current for cathodic protection can cause:
- What is the common distance between corrosion protection points on a large, cross country transmission line?
- What is the anode for an imprastiful dig system?
- The system for protecting a pipe by connecting a wire to it from a menu in anode is called?
- What are holes or failure in protective coatings called?
- A coded line will take less current for cathodic protection.
- First leaks can develop center or coded line than a pair line.
- Structures protected by the use of externally imposed direct current become:
- Which of the following are principle methods for mitigating corrosion on pipelines?
- A brass service cock in a steel line would tend to become the:
- A steel pipe crossing under a roadway will tend to be cathodic because of:
- Steel embedded in concrete is almost always:
- The EMF series is a table listing various materials according to there relation to hydrogen in:
- Which of the following materials is commonly used as an anode?
- Sea water will cause a hydrogen polarization film to form on the steel hull of a ship. Which of the following processes will remove this hydrogen polarization film?
- Magnesium is usually:
- The ratio of resitance of some soils compared to others may be as great as
- Leaks in gas lined tanks are in the form of panels because:
- What are corrosion currents usually measured in?
- Given: Fiber optic conductors for a telecom system are being installed in an office building. The conductors are being fed through a single length of electrical metallic tubing. What maximum quantity of fiber optic conductors may be contained in this raceway?
- In a multipair station cable, which color combination is considered the fourth pair?
- Given: A building has a 120t/ 208 Volt, three phase service. Which of the following statements regarding the communications system grounding electrode conductor is true?
- Which of the following communications cable types may be installed both in plenums and vertical shafts?
- An electrician is at a customers residence testing a communications table for a short circuit or continuity. The copper cable is complete from end to end. A test instrument set on "title", and it sounds a tone when it detects a short circuit. Which of these test instruments is the electrician using?
- What is the numeric equivalent of 1 mega ohm?
- 0.019 amps is equal to how many milliamps?
- Given: An electrical equipment room does not normally have combustible dust that may be suspended in the air as a result of infrequent malfunctioning of handling or processing equipment. This location is the defined in the National Electrical Code as what hazardous classification?
- Splices in conductors shall be covered with insulation equivalent to that of at least:
- Splices in conductors within metal service raceways that do not have removable covers are allowable:
- If the cross sectional area of a conductor is increased four times, how is the resistance of the conductor changed?
- When may type CMR communication cable be installed in an environmental air duct?(CMR)
- An unprotected cable is to be installed through holes bored in wood studs. Each holes shall be bored so the edge of the hole is at least how many inches from the nearest edge of the stud?
- According to the National Electrician Code, which statement below is true about a ground rod electrode that is driven at least 8 feet into the earth and has a resistance of 50 ohms?
- The minimum size copper grounding conductor for a direct current system is:
- During a fault condition in an electrical system, current should never flow through with of the following conductors?
- Given: In a single family residence, the space between two floor joists is closed with a galvanized steel sheet. The space is used as a return air duct for the furnace. May a non-metallic sheathed cable NM that is not identified as LS be routed along the face of joist within this enclosed space? Why or why not?
- Given: Cable is being installed in an area that is above a suspended ceiling that contains completely enclosed air ducts. What term or word identifies this location?
- Given: Telecom wiring for an entire street is installed underground. It is run so it will avoid accidental contact with the commercial, 480 volt power circuits. The telecom wiring has no metallic shield. Which of the following installation requirements apply to the telecom wiring in this situation?
- Given: An underground jumper cable is being extended through a raceway into a commercial building. The raceway also contains non-power limited fire alarm cabling. Which of the following wiring methods may be used in this situation?
- Which of the following can be caused by sulfate reducing bacteria ( SRB ) in manholes?
- Underground telecommunications wiring is being extended into a building. How close to the electrical service entry point must the point of entry from underground telecom wiring be located?
- An ohm meter reading of 0 ohms indicates which of the following conditions?
- Refer to the figure below: Given: V-2 = 150 volts V-3 = 100 volts What is the voltage across V-1?
- How is a voltmeter connected in a circuit under test?
- How is "dialing" accomplished by an integrated circuit DTMF?
- Given: A telephone set has a resistance of 1300 ohms and a current of 220 mA. What is the voltage across the set?
- What are the topple and hook voltages used in most conventional public telephone installations?
- Which one of these switching systems places many interleveled telephone conversations onto one telephone line?
- A PBX or PABX system provides telephone switching in:
- What network serves as the means by which residential and business telephones are connected to central offices?
- Given: A circuit simulates the ten cook side of a 2 wire or 4 wire telephone connection during testing. According to FCC rules, this is what type of circuit?
- In the absence of a request for a particular telephone jack, the telco must install:
- Conductors where total circuits that are not protected by a raceway, are permitted in a plenum if the conductors are what type?
- Telephone conductors may be in the shaft with electric light or power conductors, but must be a minimum of____ apart.
- How many binders groups does a 300 pair cable have?
- Given: According to FCC rules, premises line must be "fully protected" when used to connect equipment entitles to a telephone company interface. Telephone equipment that is not "fully protected" may be used for this purpose if FCC rules are followed, and the local telephone company is unwilling or unable to locate the interface within what minimum distance to the entities equipment?
- Given: A subscriber does not request a specific jack configuration for an interface for a portable law-mounted instrument. According to FCC rules, what type of standard jack shall the telephone company install?
- Which of the following is an advantage of wood distribution poles over concrete poles?
- The recommended hole depth for a 40` wood pole set in soil is at least:
- In which of the following locations may type CMX cable be installed without a raceway?
- What is the device that corrects an impedance mismatch and is used to connect cables to other cables or equipment?
- Overhead electrical conductors carrying 208Y / 120 volts are run above and parallel to communication conductors. These two sets of conductors must have a minimum separation at any point in span of how many inches?
- What is minimum distance that communication equipment on a building must be separated, when practicable, from lightning rod conductors?
- Given: General purpose communications cabling is being extended into a multi-story building. The cable passes over the buildings of flat roof and overhang more than five feet. It terminates at a through-the-roof raceway. At least how much clearance is required above the building roof?
- The outer sheath of coax cable used in a communication system must be grounded at the buildings premises. It should be grounded close to the cables point of entry into the building. This grounding is required if the coax is exclusive to accidental contact with conductor carrying what minimum voltage?
- A messenger wire is:
- Given: A length of coax cable is terminated by a 50 ohm terminator at only one end. The resistance measured between the shield and center conductor at the other of a cable is 0 ohms. This indicates the cable is:
- What method should be used to determine a shielded twisted pair cable?
- According to the NEC listing, which of the following cable types may be substituted in place of type CMX cable?
- Refer to the whole house gas piping drawing. The minimum demand of typical gas appliances at the end of this booklet. All of the appliances use the minimum demand sizes in the code except for the furnace which is 110,000 Btuh and a water heater which is 40 gallon. Gas pressure is .5 psig. pressure drop is .5" WC. Specific gravity is .60. Btu per CF is 1000. What is the minimum pipe size allowable to the built-in oven?
- Refer to the whole house gas piping drawing. The minimum demand of typical gas appliances at the end of this booklet. All of the appliances use the minimum demand sizes in the code except for the furnace which is 110,000 Btuh and a water heater which is 40 gallon. Gas pressure is .5 psig. pressure drop is .5" WC. Specific gravity is .60. Btu per CF is 1000. What is the minimum pipe size allowable to the range?
- Refer to the commercial kitchen piping layout. Assume a gas pressure of .5" psig, a specific gravity of .6, and a gas pressure drop of .5" water column. What is the minimum size allowable for the 10` segment of piping between branch outlet "B" and branch outlet "C"?
- Refer to the commercial kitchen piping layout. Assume a gas pressure of .5" psig, a specific gravity of .6, and a gas pressure drop of .5" water column. What is the minimum size allowable for the 6` segment of piping between branch outlet "A" and branch outlet "B"?
- Which of the following combinations of vent pipe will provide the minimum aggregate crossectional vent area of one 4" building drain?
- An empty 750 gallon tank weighs 500 pounds. How much will the tank weigh when it is filled with water?
- A valve installed in a water distribution system shall be:
- Where pressure fluctuations occur in the street main, the water distribution system for a building shall be designed for:
- What is the term for the point at which a srqain discharges below the flood level rim of an indirect waste receptor?
- A building drain carries a load of 980 fixture units and is limited to 1/8″ per foot slope for alignment with the sewer. What minimum size pipe is required for this building drain?
- Which of the following installations comply with minimum code standards?
- What is the minimum diameter of the ball on a lightning arrestor?
- Which one of the following methods of vegetation disposal with jurisdictional approval does the least long range damage to the environment?
- What installation method is used to minimize the effects of expasion and contraction in plactic piping systems?
- All of the following affect digging resistance except?
- A concrete reinforcing wire fabric is labled 6X8 W2.1. What does the letter "W" designate?
- What structure has as primary purpose of preventing the lateral movement of soil?
- What term describes the ease or difficulty that rock can be broken for economical removal?
- Given: Earthwork errosion controls can account for significant time and money and are required according to jurisdictional regulations for the protection of streams and water impoundments. Which of the following is not used to provide errosion controlfor streams and impoundments:
- Concrete exposed to severe conditions must conform to ASTM C 260 and be air entrained within what percentage range?
- A golf course incorporates steep, banked grass berms as a part of a containment pond with designed overflow. The result is an increased soil gradient. What happens to the penetration of water into the soil when the flow changes due to run-over?
- An accessible ramp is specified for a new toilet facility in a public park. According to the New Mexico Building Code, what is the maximum allowable slope for a new facility without space limitations?
- What is the definition of a cross connection?
- A backflow prevention device:
- What is used as a reference point to the original grade and marks the new grade?
- Refer to: ( o o o. These symbols represent:
- A public tennis court is planned for an intercity neighborhood. It requires a minimum of what size chain link fence?
- A natural stream protected by federal regulations is planned for incorporation into a golf course design. The contractor is responsible for errosion control during the construction process. Which of the following requires a permit for errrosion and sediment control when specified in a pollution prevention plan?
- Golf course earthwork operations sometimes include rip rap on a water channel outlet and impoundment systems. Which of the following does not describe the use of rip rap?
- What soil amendment enriches the soil, provides organic material and increases the soil`s moisture retention capabilities?
- Given: A new building playground plan specifies concrete pads for basketball courts. The contract requires testing of concrete strength as determined by averaging the compressive strength of cylindrical samples. How many samples are usually required for averaging and testing?
- Drain valves in a golf course water system should be installed how far below the horizontal?
- Which of the following describes the amount of water that can be absorbed by soil in a given time period?
- A two man crew can install 1,000 LF of wire fence around a park in 16 hours. Wire fence costs $125 per 330 foot rolls. Labor cost is $12 per hour per man. What is the material and labor cost to install 800 linear feet of fencing? Assume they are the only costs to be considered, do not round up to the next roll.
- According to UBC, which of the following is the correct requirement for a grading permit?
- Control joints in concrete slabs are cut to a minimum depth of what fraction of the slab`s depth?
- Which of the following should be used for fill in recreation areas?
- Which of the following is not used for backflow prevention?
- Which of the following uses a perforated pipe to lower one water level?
- What is the reason for bull floating a newly placed concrete slab?
- What should be used to cut the subgrade to the correct level?
- According to Code, what is the minimum ventilation requirement for the skirting on the end of a manufactured home that is installed at ground level?
- How shall valves be arranged in a recreational vehicle when they are to be used for two LP gas cylinders?
- What is the Code requirement for an LP gas line that will be installed through a wall into a recreational vehicle?
- An ASME container is installed by a recreational vehicle. Pressure relief valves serving the described container should have direct communication with which one of the following?
- According to NFPA 54, what should not be used todetect leaks in gas lines?
- Which one of the following is the Code requirement for storing an empty LP gas container behind the skirting of an above ground manufactured home?
- Which one of the following appliances is not permitted to obtain its combustion air intake from inside a manufactured home?
- LP gas containers control valves and regulating equipment shall be mounted on the "A" frame of the travel trailer or installed:
- All openings in a manufactured home LP gas system tubing shall be closed gas tight:
- You are requested to install piping from an existing underground LP gas line to a pad where another recreational vehicle will be parked. PE pipe will be used. What method should be used when you bury the new pipe to make it easy to locate in the future if it must be excavated?
- What is the minimum clearance required between the termination point of an LP gas vent and the outside air intake of an air conditioner on a manufactured home?
- What is the minimum number of cross ventilation openings required for an above ground multi-sectioned manufactured home in the side of skirts if the home is 80` long?
- What is the maximum distance permitted between LP gas pipe supports for pipe installed by the manufactured home?
- What is the minimum Code specified required for yard line piping for LP gas when the pipe will not be subject to external damage?
- What size onface is required for a 35,000 BTUH LP gas water heater that will be installed at 5,000` elevation?
- What is the minimum horizontal clearance required between the termination point of an LP gas container relief valve and an opening into the RV that is below the level of the relief valve discharge?
- What is the maximum total water capacity permitted in an LP gas container permanently mounted on a recreational vehicle?
- What is the minimum size vent opening required with a cross ventilation opening in the skirting of a manufactured home?
- What is the total BTUH demand for three manufactured homes that will be supplied from one 500 gallon storage container?
- What is the maximum pressure drop permitted for an LP gas system when all appliances are operating?
- What is the maximum number of LP gas containers that may be permanently intalled in or on a recreational vehicle?
- An above ground 250 gallon water capacity storage tank for LP gas shall be a minimum of what distance from an air intake to a direct vent appliance?
- What is the minimum time required for the pressure test of first stage piping in an LP gas system?
- What is the minimum test pressure required for the first stage section of LP gas piping that will operate at 10 PSI?
- What is the maximum distance the fuel gas riser may be from the side wall of a manufactured home?
- What is the depth that will require the use of a bridge or protective conduit for a buried LP gas yard line?
- What is the maximum delivery pressure permitted to be delivered into the gas supply connections for appliances installed in a recreational vehicle?
- What is the minimum upward slope of a vent connector form the appliance to the f__e pipe?
- What is the required pipe size for the high pressure side at 10 pounds pressure for a 150` yard line that serves two manufactured homes from a 500 gallon LP gas container?
- According to NFPA 54, a two stage LP gas piping system must withstand a pressure test of at least ___ times the normal working pressure of the system.
- According to OSHA, scaffold planks should extend over their end supports not less than _____________ .
- According to OSHA, extension cords for use with portable electric tools must:
- Given: A room is 12` X 16 1/2` it has an 9` ceiling. The amount of drywall required to cover the walls and ceiling is ______ square feet. ( do not deduct for any door or windows )
- Given: A room is 24` X 24` it has an 8` ceiling. How many 4` X 12` sheets of drywall will be required to cover the entire room? ( do not deduct for any door or windows )
- Given: A room is 12` X 12` it has an 8` ceiling. How many 4` X 12` sheets of drywall will be required to cover the entire room? ( do not deduct for any door or windows )
- Which one of the following is not an advantage of using the multi-ply drywall application method?
- Which one of the following is not a recommended cover for exterior gypsum sheathing?
- A multi-ply wall system with a laminated face ply is installed over wood framing on ceilings. The end joints in the base ply:
- The edge measurement of a 22 gauge steel stud of all widths is ________ inches.
- Runners used to align and secure metal studs to the floor in ceilings are available in a maximum standard length of ________ feet.
- The most common thickness of steel studs used in non-load baring partitions is ________ .
- What is the last operation should be done fourth, prior to texturing dry wall surface?
- When installing corner bead using fasteners, the fasteners should be spaced:
- Resilient channels are used:
- Flexible metal corner tape is attached by using :
- Which of the following would cause a nail pop in a finished gypsum board surface?
- When high gloss paint is to be used for final finishing, what can be done to eliminate shadowing caused by the difference in texture in porosity between gypsum board paper and joint compound materials?
- Which one of the following would cause blisters in drywall joint treatment tape?
- The required airing temperature should be maintained for at least ________ hours before, during, and after the application of joint compound?
- Which of the following should not be used to smooth and level joint compound ridges and imperfections?
- When spaces greater than 1/4" between drywall panels are filled with setting type compound, first coat work may begin within a maximum of _________ hours, regardless of the type used.
- A drywall screwgun should be adjusted so that the screwhead is __________ the drywall surface.
- Refer to the Diagram: A ceiling framing member that is perpendicular to wall. To minimize cracking due to structural stress, what should be the minimum distance from the corner to the first screw fastener on the wall?
- Refer to the figure below: To minimize cracking due to structural stress, which of the following locations should not receive fasteners when installing drywall?
- Refer to the figure below: Which screw would you use to fasten 5/8" drywall to 25 gauge steel framing?
- To fasten drywall to wood framing, use type _________ screws.
- Concrete walls must cure a minimum of how many days before applying drywall directly to the concrete surface?
- A material, device, or construction installed to restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components least describes:
- Drywall should be applied first to :
- When cutting drywall :
- When storing drywall at the job site:
- The type of gypsum board most commonly used under exterior siding is:
- Which of the following describes type X drywall?
- Water resistant drywall is easily recognized because the surface is:
- Which of the following is not a type of edge available for gypsum board?
- Water resistant drywall, on which ceramic tile is to be installed, should not be used:
- Foil backed drywall may be used for which of the following?
- Type X drywall is available in standard lengths of up to a maximum of ________ feet.
- Drywall serves to protect building filaments because of its unique ability to provide:
- All gypsum board has:
- How many squares are in a roof that measures 156`3" X 80 feet?
- According to the NRCA, what is the minimum allowable distance from the center of an asphalt woven valley to any nail?
- Before a metal padox are used in built up roofing, the flanges should :
- According to OSHA, fall protection shall be provided when employees are required to work on the leading edge of a roof that is a minimum of what distance above lower levels?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum distance that waste materials may be dropped off from a roof without the use of totally enclosed chute?
- According to OSHA, portable tanks used for storage of flammable liquids shall be placed at least how far each other?
- According to OSHA, what minimum distance must be unsecured ladder extend above an eave?
- What is the best fire rating for a roofing assembly?
- What do the letters BUR mean?
- What is a roof rake :
- When asphalt shingles are listed as 235lbs, these shingles actually weigh:
- Given: A blueprint shows that a roof has a plan area of 3,350 square feet. Asphalt shingles with a coverage of three bundles per square are to be used. The roof has a 4:12 slope, and a factor of 1.054 should be used to convert the plan area to actual roof area. How many bundles are required to cover the roof?
- When asphalt shingle roofing meets siding at a vertical wall, how should the flashing be installed?
- How should a drip edge be applied at the rake edge?
- Why is a cant strip used?
- According to the NRCA, the roof system used to seal the edges of membrane and walls, expansion joints, drains, gravel stops, and other area where the membrane is interrupted or terminate is defined as:
- What should be placed over the underlayment and directly under the metal flashing of an open valley?
- Which one of the following describes a wood shingle, closed mitered valley?
- According to code, when metal valley flashing is used for any type of steep roofing, what is the minimum end lap allowed for each section?
- According to code, what is the minimum gauge of corrosion resistant metal that may be used as valley flashing?
- Which one of the following may not be used to adhere modified bitumen roof membranes to the floor deck or substrate:
- At what temperature do asphalt vapors ignite or explode?
- According to NRCA, what is the term for the best temperature range of roofing bitumens at the point of application?
- What may be the result of applying bitumen at too high a temperature in the application of a built up roof system?
- The base ply of a built up roof should be attached to a wood deck by what method?
- Which one of the following statements is true about PVC ( polyvinyl chloride ) roofing membranes?
- Which one of the following is not a type of asphalt used in built up roofs?
- Gravel aggregate used for built up roofing purposes should be what size?
- According to code, what is the maximum slope allow for built up roofing system with a gravel service?
- What is the definition for EVT?
- Valley flashing used during the installation of clay tile roofing should consists of :
- The primary purpose of the metal drip edge on a steep roof is to?
- According to code, what is the minimum required head diameter of a nail used to fasten asphalt shingles?
- According to code, which one of the following is not used to determine the required exposure for wood shingles.
- According to code, 36 inch long asphalt strip shingles in normal application should be fastened with at least how many nails per strip shingle?
- According to the NRCA, what is the recommended exposure for most common asphalt strip shingles installed on a 4:12 slope?
- Three tab strip shingles installed on a woven valley should extend at least how far beyond the center of the valley?
- According to the code, spacing between adjacent untreated wood shakes shall be:
- On roofs with L type metal, drip edge flashing, the lower edge of the first course of 3 tab strip shingles should:
- Which of the following is true when nails are used for installing 3 tab strip shingles to a 5/8" thick ply wood roof deck?
- Felt underlayment is being installed on a roof. What is the minimum end lap required?
- Double layer wood fiber board installation is being installed on a low slope roof. How should the joints of the insulation boards in the top layer of insulation being used?
- What is the name for a small framed structure that is built between the back face of a chimney in the roof deck to divert water?
- Which of the following is not a roof insulation that is used on low slope roofs?
- According to the NRCA roofing manual, what should be used as a temporary measure to protect the exposed edges of insulation boards on a low slope roof at the end of each days work?
- What is the purpose of a vapor retarder in a low slope roof system?
- A material that is not recommended to separate polyurethane foam board roof insulation from the built up roof membrane is a thin layer of:
- According to code, asphalt shingles may be applied over any of the following existing roof covers except which one?
- Wood shakes are to be installed on a roof with a 4:12 slope. According to code, what is the minimum under layment required?
- Old shingles are to be left intact on a roof with a 6:12 slope. The climate is severe and hail must be accounted for. According to code, the ice shield shall extend from the eave to a minimum of what distance inside the exterior wall lined?
- Live parts operating at 1000 volts must be guarded. How high above the floor must they be elevated to meet this requirement?
- Refer to the diagram. If the current through R4 is 10 AMPS, the power used by R4 is:
- Refer to the figure. This circuit contains only the conductors shown. It is classified by NEC as multiwire branch circuits, why or why not?
- Refer to Figure. Which figure shows the proper connect for a delta primary and WYE secondary transformer connection?
- A 100 hp induction motor is loaded to 30 hp. To improve the power factor of this motor, the amount of the load should be:
- Refer to the diagram. (4 transformers) The auto transformers are rated at 120/240 volts. Which figure represents a circuit that would provide a 120 volt output from a 240 volt input?
- A 50 foot run of electrical metalic tubing contains the following conductors: Four size 12 AWG Type THHN, four size 10 AWG Type THHN, four size 8 AWG Type THHN. What is the minimum allowable trade size EMT that can be used to enclose these conductors?
- Three size 12 AWG two conductors with ground type NM cables are spliced in a ceiling junction box that has internal cable clamps and a flat cover. What is the minimum trade size metal octagonal box that may be used?
- (Mast, drop, disconnect) Which part of the figure represents or contains feeder conductors?
- An ungrounded receptical outlet is to be placed by a ground fault circuit interrupter receptical. There is no provision for grounding within the receptical box. Which of the following is not an option when this receptical is being placed?
- A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is not properly terminated at both ends with a "temporary resistor". The cable doesn`t have an electrical problem. Disregarding conductor resistance, what resistance will be measured between the shield and the center conductor ( between the side and any point in the cable length)?
- Two electrical discharge signs are identical except for the tubing in sign "A" is smaller than the tubing in sign "B". Which of the following statements is true?
- A purple light appears when you are testing the electrode line of a neon lamp with a high tension spark coil tester. This indicates a gas pressure of
- Given: A subscriber dosen`t request a specific data configuration for an interface for a portqable wall mount instrument. What type of jack shall the phone company install?
- A telephone system must be grounded with which of the following?
- What type of connection is a bridged or tapped connection on a telephone system?
- Embedded steel in concrete that is connected to the air ans soil almost always becomes:
- Service conductors are considered outside the building when run in:I – the crawl spaceII – the attic.
- What is the minimum standard size permitted for breaker “A” based onthe load served?
- What is the minimum standard size permitted for breaker “B” based on the load served?
- What is the minimum standard size breaker required for breaker “C” to serve the load shown?
- The actual RMS current that will pass through breaker in the event of a short on the primary side of the transformer “T” is directly related to:
- What is the approximate short circuit current to the nearest 1000 AMPS available from the transformer secondary if all impedence ahead of the transformer was equivalent to another 5% impedence for the transfomer?
- The size of the grounding electrode conductor shown on the secondary side of transformer “T” is dependent on the size of:
- What is the maximum length in feet permitted for the secondary feeder tap conductor 3, given the primary feeder has over current protection with an ampere rating less than the ampacity of the primary feeder conductors?
- What is the minimum copper conductor size listed below that is pemitted for the neutral to the 120 volt panel based on the load only?
- What is the minumum number of 20 AMP branch circuits required to seve the lighting and recepticle load?
- What is the maximum size breaker permitted for breaker “B” to protect transformer “T”? Assume conductor 2 are sized to handle 400 AMPS if the computed size does not correspond to a standard size breaker the next standard size may be used.
- The Code generally prohibits the splicing of service conductors. The one exception where this is permitted is:
- If a multiple occupancy shopping center is built with 10 separate occupants and a service is run to each occupancy, the Code would require:
- Service drop conductors less than 300 volts that are located directly above a window are required to be a minimum of ___ feet above the window.
- What is the maximum continuous load in AMPS anticipated for sizing the neutral during normal operation to the 480 volt panel? Assume no harmonic currents.
- A step up transformer from 240 volts to 480 volts will have: I – greater primary current than the secondary current, II – will require overcurrent protection.
- What is the approximate KVA rating of a 3 phase Delta transformer that has a full load AMP rating of 687 AMPS and a 240/120 Delta three phase secondary?
- When installing a dry type 480 volt/240 volt transformer that is 75 KVA, the Code requires the transformer when not in the open to be:
- A grounding electrode conductors size is usually based on:
- Two buildings are served with a single one 240 single phase service. The second building is served by a 3 conductor feeder. This will require the grounded conductor to be: I – identified with gray insulation, II – insulated.
- Electrical non-metallic tubing must be supported every:
- All conductors of the same circuit are required to be loacted in the same raceway or installed in close proximity except when conductors:
- How many 120 volt, 20 AMP circuits would be required to serve a total load of 38,400 watts? Assume continuous load and breakers are not approved for 100% continuous duty.
- What wiring method is permitted exposed on the fifth floor of an office building for branch circuits?
- Which of the following wiring methods are approved for direct burial? I – electrical non-metalic tubing, II – rigid non-metalic conduit.
- Under what condition is it permitted by Code to make a splice within the conduit?
- Electrical metalic tubing is required by Code to be: I – with concrete-type couplings if conduit is embedded masonry, II – supported every 10`.
- What is the maximum distance in feet that intermediate metal conduit shall be securly fastened from a device box when a structural member is readially available to permit fastening?
- Non-metallic boxes when used with metal conduit require:
- Dissimilar metals should be avoided wherever possible to avoid galvanic action. The Code does not, however, permit: I – brass fittings with steel conduit, II – steel fittings with brass conduit.
- Cable that is run parallel with the studs that is not provided with special protection shall be placed a minumum of ___ inches from the edge of the stud.
- The frame of an electrical clothes dryer may be grounded by which of the following methods: I- using a bonding jumper to connect the equipment grounding conductor to the frame II – there are no grounding requirements for the frame.
- Why is electrical continuity required by Code for metalic conduit?
- The branch circuit grounded conductor is permitted to be used for equipment grounding for; I – lighting circuits II – heating circuit
- What is required where grounding conductors enter an auxiliary gutter without threaded hubs or bosses and are #4 and larger and are not securely fastened in place?
- What is the maximum distance in inches for a cable support location from a metal device box that has a cable clamp in the box that is permitted by the Code?
- What is the minimum radius in inches permitted for a non-metallic sheathed cable bend given that the cable thickness is 1/2″?
- Non-metalic sheathed cable that runs parallel to the joist in an unfinished basement if attached to the bottom edge of the joist is:
- The reason conductors in parallel are required to be equivalent diameter is:
- An electrical timer switch for lighting is normally connected in ___ with the lighting circuit being controlled.
- Non-metallic cable is a permitted wiring method in a single story place of assembly:
- What is the minimum number of lighting panel boards required to install 100 individual 2-pole circuit breakers for lighting and appliances?
- What is the minimum required width in inches required for the working space in front of a panel board that is 12″ wide?
- The total resistance of a branch circuit includes the, I – grounding conductor resistance, II – grounded conductor resistance
- Ambient temperature means:
- When a flexible cord is used to wire a cord and plug connected kitchen waste disposal in a dwelling unit, the maximum permitted length is ___ inches.
- Service entrance cable extending along the wall of a single family dwelling where the driveway is adjacent to the same wall, is required by Code to be:
- What type of insulation is acceptable if exposed to oil?
- What type of insulation is acceptable for use in wet locations?
- The ampacity rating of a feeder shall be equal to or greater than:
- In a four wire delta connected secondary system, the conductor having the highest voltage to ground shall be identified by ___ insulation.
- For proper identification of the equipment grounding conductor, which of the following colors of insulation would be in accordance with the Code?
- A conductor is properly identified with a solid yellow colored insulation. What is the proper identification for this conductor?
- What is the approximate maximum distance in feet permitted for a circuit that would have a 3% voltage drop if given the following: (1) 120 volt single phase (2) 4110 CM (3) 12.9K (4) 14 AMPS circuit current:
- Under what condition would the Code require the main equipment bonding jumper to be larger than the grounding electrode conductor? (All conductors are copper.)
- Any connection device between aluminum and copper shall be:
- What is the maximum size of solid conductor that is permitted by the Code to be connected by means of terminal parts having screws?
- Which of the following is a requirement for paralleled phase conductors?
- The branch circuit conductors` ampacity for a motor having 24 AMPS full load current shall not be less than ____AMPS.
- What is the relationship of the line current for two motors that are both 30 HP, 230 volt, three phase motors with a power factor of 80% and 90%? assume the only difference is the power factors.
- The Code specifically defines the term “when in sight” to mean as close as practical to equipment but in no case more than ___ feet.
- Derating the ampacity based on the number of conductor in an auxiliary gutter is required when the conductors are more than:
- The ground fault circuit protection for personnel works on the principle of unbalanced current between:
- What is the minimum horizontal clearance required in inches for a surface mounted incandescent lighting fixture with a completely enclosed lamp that is installed on the ceiling of clothes closet?
- What is the maximum voltage to ground that terminals on a generator are permitted to be exposed to accidental contact where accessible to unqualified persons?
- What is the minimum ampacity required for the phase conductors from the generator terminals to the first over current device given that the generator name plate current rating is 100 AMPS and given no exception are applicable?
- What is the classification of a floor in an unvented commercial garage used for servicing automobiles?
- The overcurrent protection device that is neither lockable or within sight of an appliance may serve as the disconnect for a non-motor appliance provided the appliance:
- When a fuse responsive to motor current serves to protect a motor compressor against overload and failure to start, the Code requires the fuse not to be rated more than ___% of the motor compressor and motor load current.
- How does the electrician determine the required spacing of an electric furnace from combustible material?
- What is the minimum size copper equipment grounding conductor permitted by Code for swimming pool lighting permitted under any condition?
- What division is the proper classification in an area when flammable liquids are used but are confined in closed containers which they can escape in case of accidental rupture?
- What classification is defined by Code as an area that is hazardous due to combustible dusts?
- Why does the Code require the ventilation of a battery room where batteries are being charged?
- Based on the Diagram, at what point in the system would a ground fault cause the largest current through circuit breaker “A”? (None of the breakers are current limiting.)
- The Code prohibits electrical metalic tubing from being installed in areas that are subjected to severe physical damage. The definition of severe physical damage in this case is:
- What is the maximum distance in feet form the first fastening of intermediate metal conduit that is permitted to be located a maximum distance of ___ feet from a junction box where structural members do not readially permit fastening of the conduit.
- When using aluminum as a grounding electrode conductor outside of the building, the conductor must maintain what required clearance from earth?
- Under what condition does the Code permit the structural frame of the building to serve as the equipment grounding conductor?
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, the current flow to the nearest AMP based on the specified load on Sheet 7, in the 750 KCMIL service entrance conductor is: (Do not apply any demand factor for continuous load.)
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, the location of service disconnects, as shown on Sheet 6 of the plans, requires the following correction to comply with NEC:
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, how many three phase loads are indicated?
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, what is the computed load in AMPS for branch circuit number LP-B7 indicated on Sheet 6?
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, how many additional Type “A” lighting fixtures are permitted on branch circuit #1 of LP-A1 in Space 201, based on the conditions of installation indicated on the plans?
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, what is the size of the main breaker located in panel LP-A?
- The plans for St. Stevens Church adequately clarify, I – the grounding electrode system. II – the type of conductor insulaton for each branch circuit.
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, based on the information given, the branch circuit conductor sizes are undersized for the full load AMP rating given for: (Assume all conductors are copper.) I – CU-1 II – AC-1
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, the overcurrent protection for the feeder conductor serving Panel LP-A is:
- On sheet 5 of the plans for St. Stevens Church, the receptacle located on the first floor men`s room is: I – required by Code. II – is required to be protected with a GFIC.
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, the receptacle located adjacent to the kitchen sink in the kitchen area is: I – required by Code II – required to be protected by a GFI.
- On the plans For St Stevens Church, panel LP-A is located:
- The plans for St. Stevens Church indicate that the overcurrent protection for the branch circuits serving AC-1 and CU-1 indicated on Sheet 7 is: (Assume the minimum computed size of overcurrent protection when computed by the Code will not hold the starting current.) I – oversized for Circuits AC-1. II – oversized for circuits.
- To reduce the potential inductive reactance caused by the use of a metal sleeve on a grounding electrode conductor when the sleeve is not electrically continuous from the service equipment to the grounding electrode, the Code requires:
- A commercial building with a three wire single phase 120 volt/240 volt service, with terminals rated at 60 degrees C, has a total load of 28,800 watts after all demand factors have been considered. The minimum size THWN aluminum phase conductors require d with this underground service will be:
- What is the maximum computed load in volt amps permitted on a 400 AMP 208 WYE/120 volt service? Assume non-continuous load.
- A fuse that is located in the neutral conductor for overload protection must be:
- What is the maximum number of service disconnects permitted for a strip shopping center that has one central service entrance; dservice condutors run to each occupant, given that the shopping center has ten different occupants?
- What is the minimum height required for installation of unguarded live parts in an equipment room given that the live parts are 120 volts between phase and ground?
- What is the minimum general lighting load in volt-amps for an office building that has 5,000 sq. feet of floor area given the actual lighting load is 10,000 VA?
- What is the minimum copper neutral size permitted in conduit to be run to a service disconnect that serves three phase motors only given that the neutral load is 0 Ohms when the size of the ungrounded phase conductors are two sets of 3/0 Awg copper pulled into separate conduit raceway?
- Determine the cross sectional area in square inches for the following combination of conductors. 5 -#6 AWG XHHW, 10 #14 AWG THWN, 7-#10 AWG pair (solid, use Table 8 of the Code).
- What is the minimum ventilated cable inside tray width reuired for the following combination of conductors. 20 – 1000 KCMIL-XHHW-compact aluminum, 30 – 250 KCMIL-XHHW-compact aluminum.
- Fifteen AMP branch circuits will be used for lighting branch circuits. What is the minimum required number of 15 AMP branch circuits required to serve the computed branch circuit lighting load for a 3,200 square foot house which includes a 400 square ft garage and 1,400 square foot floor and 1,400 square foot unfinished basement that is adaptable to a future use. The service 120/240 volt.
- What is the ampacity of one 250 KCMIL, copper, THWN conductor, to the nearest AMP, that is located in a metallic auxillary gutter with 10 current carrying conductors? Thirty degrees C and terminals are rated for 75 degrees C.
- The grounding for a short section of conduit that is used only to protect or support a cable assembly from physical damage is:
- When conductors requiring the use of lock nuts, enter the side of boxes, the Code prohibits the use of boxes that are:
- Eighteen, 250 KCMIL, THWN copper conductors are in a rigid metal conduit nipple. What is the minimum diameter in inches permitted by for the conduit? Assume that the conductors are not lead covered and the nipple is 1` in length.
- Determine the conductor ampacity given: conductors are 500 KCMIL, THHN, copper, 125 degrees F. Seven current carrying conductors are in the raceway.
- What is the minimum bending radius for 1″ diameter MC cable?
- Based upon Figure 1A, what is the minimum required bending space in inches for the neutral conductor, from the terminal 2, given that the neutral is 500 KCMIl, aluminum, THWN conuctor?
- What is the maximum number of #10 WWG conductors permitted in a 3 x 2 x 3 1/2 device box?
- In a WYE three phase system given that the three individual line currents when fluffing are 40, 60, and 80 AMPS, what is the maximum current the neutral will ever have to carry? Assume no harmonic currents and all loads are single phase.
- What is the nearest percent of second voltage drop in the circuit conductors given the following: conductors are #6 AWG copper, K=12.9, the distance to the most remote outlet is 200`, the load is 208 volt 3 18013 volt-AMP heater.
- What is the ampacity for 8 #10 AWG, THW conductors under normal ambient temperature conditions when all conductors are copper, current carrying and are located in the same 18″ long raceway and all terminals are rated for 75 degrees C.
- What is the permitted ampacity for 3 conductors in a raceway, given that the conductors are #10 AWG, THW, aluminum and that the ambient temperature is 100 degrees F and the terminals are rated for 60 degrees C.
- What is the minimum branch circuit rating permitted for a branch circuit that serves an 8 AMP fastened-in-place space heating load and receptacles and serve a 200 square foot living room?
- A conductor has an ampacity of 51 AMPS. What is the maximum ampere rating for this breaker permitted by Code to provide overcurrent protection for the conductors given that the conductors serve a multi outlet cord and plug connected load? This is not a motor circuit.
- Equipment grounding conductors are permitted by Code to be: I – dependent upon receptacle devices for continuity. II – spliced in boxes.
- Three way switches require that all switching be done:
- Switching and lighting requirements in the Code require how many wall switch lighting outlets for basements used for storage only?
- Which of the following dwelling rooms or spaces must have a wall switch located at the entrance?
- Select the minimum overcurrent device permitted to protect a branch circuit that serves a 3 phase 208, 8,646 VA electric hot plate, continuous load. The hot plate is served with #8 THWN conductors and all terminal connections are rated for 60 degrees C. Assume the overcurrent device is not approved for 100% continuous load.
- What is the maximum overcurrent device permitted to protect both a 9,600 VA, 240 volt, single phase range and branch circuit conductors, given that the conductors are #8 copper, THHN conductors, and all conductor terminal connections are rated for 60 degrees C?
- What is the maximum permitted operational setting of an adjustable inverse time breaker protecting a 10 HP, 208 volt, three phase squirrel cage motor, design E branch circuit? Assume no exceptions are applicable.
- What is the maximum permitted setting for the branch circuit short circuit protective device for a torque motor that has a name plate current of 25 AMPS given that the branch circuit conductors are #12 TW?
- A 15 AMP A/C general use snap switch serves as the controller for a motor. What is the maximum motor full load amperage permitted by Code to allow the use of this switch?
- Motor controllers shall be capable of interrupting the:
- What is the maximum over current protection permitted for a #14 copper THWN motor control circuit that is tapped from the load side of the motor short circuit protective device? The conductors require only short circuit protection and do not extend beyond the motor control equipment enclosure.
- An inverse time circuit breaker protecting a branch circuit that serves as a motor controller is:
- What is the maximum percent above the full load AMP rating for setting of a 20 horsepower motor overload protective device, that is responsive to motor current, if the motor is marked for a 15 degree C temperature rise, given that modification is permitted to allow the overload device to hold the starting current?
- What is the maximum rating for the motor branch circuit, short circuit non-time delay fuse that protects a wound rotor no-code letter, 2 horse power, single phase, 115 volt motor? assume the lower stndard rating when tried, will not hold the starting current.
- What is the maximum total 3 phase fixed resistance heating element to the nearest volt-amp permitted on a 30 AMP 240 volt 3 phase circuit?
- What is the minimum ampere rating permitted for a fuse providing overcurrrent protection for a 240 volt range that is rated for 9,600 VA. Assume the conductors to the range are #4 AWG copper?
- The minimum number of branch circuits required to serve a 200 square foot single family dining room to serve both the lighting an receptacle outlets is:
- What type of protection is provided to protect from the overheating of recessed incandesant fixtures?
- In a gasoline dispensing service station, rigid non-metalic conduit may be installed provided the conduit is:
- What is required for the equipment grounding conductor in a health care facility that serves equipment that operates at 100 volts or more in areas used for patient care that are subject to personal contact?
- What special consideration is required for the disconnect that serves the two disconnect circuits that lead to or through gasoline dispensing pumps?
- How many recreational vehicle sites in an RV park are required to have 30 AMP 125 volt receptacles given that the park has 200 sites?
- How any feet from the edge of a swimming pool must a junction box be located that serves a 120 volt wet niche lighting fixture?
- A metal frame circulating pool pump that is permanently wired and located outside is required by Code to be protected by: I – RIHEFI. II – Bonding a metal housing to the the pool bonding system
- What is the minimum sealing compound thickness required in a hazardous area for a sealed off fitting used in conjunction with 1/2″ diameter conduit?
- What hazardous location does the Code permit flexible metal conduit for motor connections. I – Class I, Division 2. II – class II, Division 1.
- What is the allowable ampacity for #14 AWG copper, THWN conductors given that 10 identical conductors are located in the raceway, each conductor serves as a fire protective signaling circuit. It is not power limited, and each conductor carrys a maximum load of 1 AMP. The ambient temperature is 84 degrees F and all terminals are rated for 75 degrees C.
- When automatic transfer switches are by-passed for an emergency system, the Code requires:
- Transformers for signs that operate at more than 1,000 volts located in attics require:
- What 15 and 20 AMP receptacles in commercial repair garages are required to be protected with ground fault circuit interruptors? I – receptacles serving electrical hand tools. II – receptacles serving diagnostic equipment.
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, the grounding electrode conductor as shown on Sheet 7 is: (Assume all conductors are copper.)
- On the plans for St. Stevens Church, what is the current flow to the nearest AMP based on the specified load on Sheet 7, for the service entrance high-leg conductor?
- A general-use switch with an ampere rating not less than twice the full load current rating of the motor, that device may serve as the motor controller, hence the motor is stationary. For a motor that is rated at 300 volts or less, what is the maximum allowable horsepower rating of the motor.
- What is the smallest type of TW , aluminum used for an ungrounded conductor with a 100 amp service entrance to a small tailor shop.
- 22 one conductor is used as the equipment ground and is determined to be of sufficient size 20. What percent of the conductors` ampacity must be reduced?
- Two 50 foot raceways includes 9 underground conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- A metal electrical box has conductors. If there are no devices or fittings, how many conductors may this box contain if one duplex receptacle is installed in this box?
- Liquid tight, flexible metal conduit is installed as fixed raceway. It must be secured within ____ inches of each outlet box. (disregard exceptions )
- What is the maximum weight allowed for a lighting fixture that is supported directly by an outlet box?
- What is the maximum number of current carrying conductors permitted at any cross section of a metal wire way. ( disregard exceptions )
- Refer to the figure below : Size 350 Kcmil conductors are pulled through this box between what is the minimum number of inches allowed between the 2 three inch conduits which is dimension B:
- Given: A 120/208 Volt 3 phase transformer secondary supplies a dwelling unit load of 120/208 single phase 150 amps with terminations rated at 75 degrees Celsius. What is the minimum size of type THW aluminum conductors which can be used for the ungrounded service conductors.
- Given: Two 20 amp small appliances are installed in a kitchen in a single family dwelling. An additional circuit is installed in this kitchen to supply a small plug-in microwave oven. This additional circuit maybe used to supply lighting outlets in the livingroom of this dwelling . Why or why not .
- A ground rod electrode has been driven as least 8` into the earth. It`s resistanced to ground measured 50 ohms. According to NEC this ground rod:
- A run of rigid non-metallic conduit that is approved for direct burial is to be installed under a commercial parking lot. What is the minimum burial depth required?
- According to the State of New Mexico Electrical Code, circuits for general purpose outlets in a dwelling unit shall be limited to a maximum of ____ current consuming outlets.
- According to the State of New Mexico Electrical Code, type UF underground feeder and branch circuit cable is permitted to be:
- When a service mast that is used for the support of service drop conductors, according to the State of New Mexico Electrical Code, the service must be at least what size galvanized rigid conduit?
- What article of NEC specifically covers the installation of signaling equipment powered by a class 2 power source?
- Which of the following is not considered a type of optical fiber cable in NEC.
- A dispensing station gasoline pump is located outdoors electrical equipment is installed at 12″ above grade and 9` horizontally from the edge of the burm. This electrical equipment installation is classified as:
- A cabinet for electrical equipment in a damp or wet location shall be mounted so that there is at least _______ air space between the cabinet and the wall or other supporting surface.
- In class I , division 1 hazardous locations, contact seals shall be placed a maximum of ____ inches from the enclosure of an arc-producing device.
- When an electrician can access a 120 volt/ 240 volt electric range with a cord and plug in a mobile home. The plug cap must have connections.
- Disregarding exceptions how much clear space must a residential panel board have, as measured outward from the front of the panel?
- All of the items listed below are factors in determining pressure losses in piping except which one?
- What must be done to discharge part of the load of an elevating scraper?
- A golf course contract includes an irrigation impoundment that has an intermediate length of 120`. The dimensions of the impoundment are equal to a ration of 1:5:10. How many acre feet of water will this impoundment contain?
- A young tree that is 8` tall is to be planted. The head room between the lowest tree limbs and the ground will eventually need to be 6`. The tree branches up to 6` above the ground should be removed:
- Which of the following describes the amount of water that can be absorbed by soil in a given time period?
- Where more than one drinking fountain is provided, at least what percent shall be a accessible?
- A public tennis court is planned for an inter-city neighborhood and requires fencing. What chain link mesh shall be used for this tennis court?
- What soil amendments raises the pH level of soil?
- Which of the following must be considered when plastic pipe is installed in a turf sprinkler system?
- All of the following should be done when a B & B evergreen is transplanted except which one?
- Refer to the drawing. What is the correct designation for the letter "A" with an accuracy of 4 significant figures?
- What is the normal power requirement to operate a typical irrigation sprinkler system control valve?
- Pigments that are used for coloring concrete generally do not affect concrete properties when the percentage by weigh is kept below what maximum amount?
- What is the result when a reverse cut is being made with the blade at an angle and a heavy load is encountered?
- What type of retaining wall uses the weight of the soil on its footing to achieve soil stability?
- What minimum slope is required for good drainage when grass is being planted?
- Refer to the Figure. This plan symbol represents:
- What minimum concrete foundation depth is required for a storage tank that is not subject to frost heave, uplift, or special soil-bearing-load requirement?
- A lime/sand mixture will be sued as a foundation for flat bottom tank. The lime/sand mixture should be what minimum pH to enhance corrosion resistance in accordance with AWWA Standard D100?
- Which of the following is an approved method to inspect "groove" welds-in-tension that are constructed in accordance with AWWA Standard D100?
- A standpipe roof hatch must be what minimum diameter?
- A water storage tank is being welded in accordance with AWWA Standard D100. The 1 5/8" thick base metal temperature is 60 degrees F. Which of the following is the minimum requirements for welding? (Disregard exceptions.)
- Poured asphalt lift thickness that is greater than 1 1/4", a vibratory roller should be operated at:
- Water storage tanks experience differential corrosion at different water depth because of:
- When tank joints are being tested with a vacuum box and soap suds, what minimum vacuum should be used?
- The inside shell surface and bottom of a 35` high 50` diameter tank is being prepared for painting. How much paint should be ordered if one gallon of paint covers 400 square feet of surface are?
- A holiday is the result of a failure in a cathodic protection system. What causes the formation of a holiday?
- What distance from the ground must the bottom of a water storage and tower ladder be positioned?
- A ring wall that is planned for the support of a water storage tank measures 12" thick, 30" tall, and has a circumference of 50`. How many cubic yards of concrete are required for this ring wall? (Do not include waste.)
- A water storage tank is being welded in accordance with AWWA Standard D100. The base metal temperature is 30 degrees F. Welding of the tank or structural attachments can be performs when the base metal is preheated to at least what temperature?
- AWWA Standard D100 is used to construct a water storage tank. Which electrode would be used for welding 1 1/4" thick plate when the steel temperature is at 45 degrees F?
- According to AWWA Standard D100, water tanks that are supported on granular berms must have what maximum slope?
- A water storage tank is welded in accordance with AWWA Standard D100, the base metal temperature is at 25 degrees F and require preheating before welding. The 1 1/8" plate steel must be preheated to within what minimum distance of the weld area?
- If an asphalt emulsion is used for the tack coat, the placement of the overlay cannot be applied until:
- An attachment hole for a structurally support aluminum dome roof must not exceed the diameter of the fastener by more than:
- What minimum access is required for a roof hatch or vent on a water storage tank that has a roof slope of 4" in 12"?
- A 100` diameter by 35` high water-storage tank is being erected according to AWWA Standard D100. The maximum out of plumb distance for the top of the shell relative to the bottom of the shell shall be determined using what ratio?
- What minimum distance is required between side-rails for a tower ladder?
- What minimum side-rail size is required for a tank-tower ladder?
- A town needs a small stand pipe that has a 75,000 gallon capacity. The height limitation is 35. What is the diameter of the tank?
- A rectangular shaped root hatch for a ground supported tank must be what minimum access size?
- The most common material used for mineral filler in asphalt concrete is:
- AWWA Standard D100, requires that bottom supported water tanks that rest on concrete slabs must have a sand cushion between the tank bottom and the concrete. A sand cushion must be what minimum thickness?
- According to AWWA Standard D100, water tanks that are supported on a ring wall footing and use all of the following supporting materials except:
- A charpy V-notched test if used to determine all of the following except:
- Which of the following is considered a type of water storage tanks?
- A trepanned plug is a sectional segment that is cut with a:
- What is the function of a mill film gauge?
- Given: Impact test are required on all oil storage tanks. The test requires the removal of four samples. What is the name of the samples that are removed for the testing?
- A continuous run of pipe that is contained between a terminal tank and a pump station is:
- A Class II system which contains one tank must have what capacity in relation to the size of the liquid natural gas tank?
- API Standard 650 requires that the radii of a 30` diameter tank must not exceed what tolerance?
- What type of empoundment system is constructed to defer the liquid natural gas (LNG) spill.
- Which of the following devices is installed with oil pipelines to relieve surges?
- Which of the following measurements meet the radii requirements of API Standard 650 for a 125` diameter oil tank when measurements are taken 1 foot above the bottom corner weld?
- An inert gas metal arc welding process shall be how far from flammable solvents?
- A Class 1 empoundment system must have a type construction to within how many inches?
- Corrosion seals can cause premature tank failure. Which of the following can lead to the formation of a corrosion seal?
- A primary drain and hose system shall be installed in accordance with API Standard 650. What hydrostatic gauge pressure will be used on the test?
- Which of the following is required by API Standard 650 when a weld defect is found in the shell?
- Liquid gas storage tanks operated less than 15 PSIG are being constructed using what standard?
- A steel gas pipline requires welding before being layed. Why must a backing ring be used when pipe butt joints are welded?
- Which organization must approve respiratory protective equipment for sandblasting operations?
- Welding of vertical butt joints on oil storage tanks will be preformed according to API Standard 650. Which of the following is true about these welding procedures?
- Given: A ring wall is planned for the support of an oil tank. The ring wall measures 12" thick by 30" tall and has a 50` circumference. How many Cubic Yards of concrete are required for this ring wall? (Assume no waste.)
- A 100` diameter x 30` high oil storage tank is being inspected according to API Standard 650. The maximum out-of-plumb distance from the top of the shell relative to the bottom of the shell shall be determined by using what ratio?
- API Standard 650 requires concrete ring walls that have what minimum compressive strength after 28 days?
- Which of the following types of hitches permit the use of the full rated capitacy of a sling in a direct link between load and lifting device?
- Hydrostatic testing of large welded storage tanks shall be conducted in accordance with API Standard 620. When such a leak is being tested, what maximum fill rate in feet per hour is allowed?
- What is volume in cubic yards of spoil from ditch 18″ wide at the bottom, by 3` deep, by 300` long. The sides of the trench slope at a ratio of 1:1.
- Which of the following is not one of the purposes of compacting soil?
- What is the total cubic yards required to fill a ditch 1` - 6" deep, and 1`- 6" wide at the bottom, and 1000 feet long, if the sides of the ditch are sloped outward at a 45 degree angle. Do not allow for any waste or loss to compaction.
- Which of the following types of soils would have the greatest soil swell?
- Given: A project requires 60 2X12 Planks. Each plank is 18`-0″ long. How many board feet are required to do this project?
- What is the amount of material that will come out of a trench 1100` long, 39″ wide and 6` deep ?
- A point indicating where the fill slope stops and the road or shoulder grade begins is called:
- The spill-off from the ends of a dozer or grader blade which forms a ridge of loose material is called ______________?
- What indicates a curvature in a horizonal line to a higher or lower elevation?
- The bottom of an incline is called:
- Earth taken for hauling to a jobsite which is short of earth needed for fill, comes from:
- What device is bolted to the blade of a grader to help when grading a road around curbs.
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utilities easements are shown on the _____ plan.
- The main factor which determines the capacity of or rating of a crane is:
- Calculate the amount of fill required to fill a ditch 10` in depth with sides sloped at a 1:1 repose. The ditch bottom is 10` wide and the ditch is 1000` long. There will be a loss of 30% to compaction. Consider ends of trench are vertical.
- What is the best foundation material for sky scrappers or large buildings?
- What describes the different properties of sand, gravel, clay, silt for the support of a structure.
- In highway construction, what is the basis for grading, earthwork, etc.?
- When referring to an enginer`s grading information stake, all measurement will be taken from _____.
- In wet soil conditions, what describes the soil when a scraper or heavy equipment travels over it?
- According to OSHA, while excavating a trench, how often should a competent person in addition to daily inspection, check the safety of the trench?
- What test would you use to determain at what moisture content a soil becomes to wet?
- If the top of a spoils bank is greater than the adjoining surface, what is it called?
- What would you use to protect the banks around a body of water to prevent washout?
- When preparing a road base, what soil reacts best to vibration?
- If you need 1000 CY to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%. How much fill will you need?
- What method can you use to transfer a grade from one side of a road to the other?
- A vertical curve can best be defined as:
- What does the crown on a graded road do?
- A spoil bank is used for what?
- In moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and or water from entering the excavation ?
- Compressibilty of the soil involves:
- The definition of OVER HAUL is:
- What type of system do you use to carry water under a road ?
- What is the name used for the inside bottom elevation of a sewer pipe ?
- Soil Compaction by means of a static weight roller is most effective on soils that are:
- According to OSHA, what safety precautions are to be taken when a backhoe digs in an area where utilities are located?
- Which one of the following locks is NOT approved for a class I powder storage magazine?
- Which method of operating a backhoe provides the greatest digging force and the least amount of pull on the tractor?
- Aggergate from a sand or gravel pit that has not been processed is known as:
- A hole is being excavated. 40 x 50. It is to be 4` deep. A clearance of 4` on each side is also required. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil swell. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- What type of equiment uses a gantry ?
- What would you fill the drum of a sheeps foot roller with ?
- Which of the following terms describes "water table"?
- What is side cast ?
- When do you disc soil during the compaction process ?
- Which of the following paint colors is recommended for painting the exterior of a type I explosive magazine?
- The amount a building or structure might settle is goverend by the ________ ?
- According to OSHA, the sides of a ditch above _____ shall be sloped back to prevent a cave-in.
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 24" has a vertical drop of:
- A 2 percent grade over a horizontal distance of 85 feet has a vertical rise of _____ feet.
- In obtaining proper soil compaction it is important to:
- The electric sevice mast head is located above the roof. Disregarding exception, what is the minimum vertical clearance required between the roof and service conductors?
- A consumer has filed a complaint with the division about the installation of a manufactured home. The division has determined that cause exists for further investigation. How long does the division have to perform an on site investigation?
- A continuity test is performed to insure that there is a positive connection between the non-current carrying metal parts of the home and the:
- The person licensed under the Manufactured Housing Act must inform consumers of where to file a complaint about violations of the Act. How is the licensee to inform the consumer?
- The grounding conductor of a branch circuit in an electrical wiring system is identified by what color?
- A plumbing drain for a clothes washer is being repaired. What is the minimum distance the stand pipe shall extend above its trap?
- Before an appliance is connected to a gas piping system, a pressure test must performed. The system must withstand a pressure of at least:
- An approved flex connector is being used to make the outside connection from a manufactured home to the gas riser. What is the maximum allowed length of the connector?
- According to the NEC, the neutral conductors of a manufactured home`s electric service must be connected to the system grounding conductor at what point?
- A consumer has filed a complaint against a licensee with the Manufactured Housing Division. The Division will contact the licensee by mail and request correction of the violation within ___ days.
- If a 1 1/2" vent and a 2" vent are joined together, what is the minimum allowable size for the common vent which continues through the roof?
- According to the uniform plumbing code, a manufactured home parks water distribution system, under peak operating conditions, should provide what minimum amounts of water pressure?
- Which of the following should be done if there is a change in the licensee`s place of business?
- The manufactured home study guide states that a metal junction box is not required for a multi-wide crossover connection if which one of the following is used?
- A two sink fixture is being installed in a manufactured home. An extention to the existing horizontal drain line is required. An additional cleanout shall be provided for each aggregate change in direction exceeding:
- A gas range connector for a manufactured home may be what maximum length?
- Where shall a licensee`s license be kept?
- What minimum clearance is required in front of a 4" cleanout from the nearest permanent foundation or skirting?
- The natural gas supply connection shall be the same size as the appliance or what minimum size?
- An extra sink is being connected in the bathroom of a manufactured home. One p-trap can be used to serve a set of no more than ___.
- What is the minimum time and pressure for the water distribution test?
- Refer to the Figure. Some plumbing tees are to be changed to provide a bath tub and second lavatory to a 1/2 bath in a manufactured home. All of these fittings are used in a drainage system. When the change of direction is from the vertical to the horizontal except which one?
- A residential electrical drop, passing over the roof of a manufactured home with a scope greater than 4" for every 12", is allowed a reduction in vertical clearance to what minimum distance?
- A licensee`s name and license number must be indicated on all vehicles used for installation and repair of manufactured homes. What minimum letter size must be used?
- All gas piping shall be adequately supported by metal straps or hangers installed at a maximum of ___ feet on center.
- What is the minimum required size for a drainage line that connects the home to the yard line?
- According to the NEC, bonding screws in between the grounded circuit conductor and the metal frame of an electric appliance shall be:
- What minimum water piping size is allowed for a manufactured home?
- A gasfired appliance must have a listed shut off valve located in the same room as the appliance. What is the maximum distance allowed from the appliance to the shut off valve?
- According to the NEC, the minimum allowable VA(Volt-Amps) for floor lighting in a manufactured home is ___ VA per square foot.
- Anyone who engages in any type of excavation shall notify New Mexico One-call at least ___ hours prior to starting the work.
- A gas inlet on a manufactured home may protrude a maximum of ___ inches from the outside wall of the home.
- Any system modification done on a manufactured home shall require:
- What shall be provided with a yardline fuel gas system pipe outlet when the gas service is discontinued or the manufactured home lot is vacant?
- Where may an alluminun alloy appliance connector be used?
- Which of the following licenses is required in install or repair LP gas lines in a manufactured home?
- A gas line is being installed for an outside barbeque. Steel fuel gas piping installed underground in exterior locations such as this shall have:
- Copper tubing used for natural gas in New Mexico`s manufactured homes shall be:
- A yard gas system is to be installed for a manufactured home lot and the gas meter location has been decided. According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the location of the gas meter must be approved by the administrative authority and the:
- Refer to the drawing. The drawing is a schematic to be used for pipe sizing only. Gas lines may not be run in walls, floors, partitions, or roofs. Gas supply of .5 PSI with a pressure drop of .5" water column based on 0.60 specific gravity. What is the minimum size allowable for the section of pipe indicated at the letter "B"?
- Refer to the drawing. The drawing is a schematic to be used for pipe sizing only. Gas lines may not be run in walls, floors, partitions, or roofs. Gas supply of .5 PSI with a pressure drop of .5" water column based on 0.60 specific gravity. What is the minimum size allowable for the section of pipe indicated at the letter "A"?
- The size of the gas connection on the manufactured home shall be no less than:
- Gas pipe is being buried under a large storage shed on a manufactured home lot in a mobil home park. According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, what is the minimum thickness for the gastight conduit that is required?
- All gas piping for an individual manufactured home lot shall be installed below ground a minimum of:
- Each manufactured home lot shall have an approved gas shutoff valve to the entire gas system installed upstream of the gas supply outlet. What is the required height for the shutoff valve on the gas outlet riser?
- A gas riser serving a manufactured home shall be located at what maximum distance from the home?
- An underground gas line running to a manufactured home is being installed. The riser must be metallic and wrapped with an approved coating to a point that is at least ___ inches above grade.
- A gas line running to the manufactured home is ready for rough inspection. This inspection does not guarantee which one of the following?
- A gas appliance is to be installed in a manufactured home. The rating for gas appliances are based on sea level atmospheric pressure. What shall be the reduced rating for the gas appliance for every 1,000` above sea level?
- According to the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, the gas piping system shall tested at what minimum pressure as part of the manufactured home`s final inspection requirement?
- Refer to the diagram. This is a ____ molding.
- Refer to the diagram. This is a ____ molding.
- Refer to the diagram. This is a ____ molding.
- Refer to the natural gas # 1 drawing below: What diameter gas line is required for the 12` length of gas piping at Y?
- Refer to the whole house gas piping drawing at the end of the exam. What minimum diameter pipe may be used for the clothes dryer?
- Given: A gas furnace with listed burners, draft hood, and vent connector main of single-wall metal pipe is being installed. What minimum clearance is required between the connector and the unprotected combustible materials?
- Refer to Table 13-3 in the 1997 UMC. Use the installation information.
Gas type: natural pressure
Gas pressure: 80
Specific Gravity: 0.60
Pressure drop: 0.5" water column
Heating value:1,000 btu/h per cubic foot
Appliance: warm airfurnace
Rating:120,000 btu/ h
System=natural convection appliance
Location=50 feet from gas meter.
What minimum diameter gas line is required for the supply to the furnace?
- What maximum distance is permitted between supports for 3/4" steel fuel gas lines?
- Openings at an adjacent room are used as the combustion air intake for a fuel burning appliance. These openings shall be a minimum of 1 square inch per 1000 Btu`s/per hour, but each opening shall be no less than:
- Given: An unlisted, residential gas furnace with a draft hood has a flue temperature at that draft hood of more than 500 F. The chimney connector is a single-wall metal pipe. What minimum clearance is required between the connector and any unprotected combustible material?
- A pressure reducer is required to be installed in a medium pressure gas piping system. Which one of the following pressures qualified the system as being medium pressure?
- What minimum diameter pipe is allowed for the service outlet to an appliance?
- Leaks in the gas piping may be located by:
- What maximum length approved hose connector may be used for an outdoor portable appliance?
- Isolation fittings installed for gas piping shall be a minimum of what height above grade?
- What minimum ground cover is required for plastic fuel gas piping for an underground service for a single family dwelling?
- What minimum burial depth is required for a steel line outside a residence ?
- Given: an accessible, approved shut-off valve must be installed in the fuel gas piping outside each appliance and ahead of the appliance connection. What maximum distance may the shut-off valve be from the appliance?
- Joints in a steel fuel gas piping system must be screwed or:
- When pipe is cut for use in fuel gas piping system, all good ends of the pipe must be reamed
- Which one of the following materials is not approved for use in a natural gas piping system?
- A fuel gas pipe supplies two buildings on a single lot. Where are the valves required to be installed?
- Unless practical do to circumstances, what maximum number of gas meters locations is allowed when several meters are installed for a premises?
- Other than the administrative authority, which one of the following is required to approve the installation location of the natural gas meter?
- What is the name of the gas pipe that is connected to the gas company`s line under the street and the connection at a customers gas meter?
- A hydrostatic leak test is to be performed on copper tubing that is being embedded in a floor for a radiant heating system. What minimum water pressure shall be used?
- What type of hard drawn copper tubing shall be used for above ground water lines that will not be embedded in concrete or masonry?
- Which one of the following is the code requirement for supporting horizontally run steam and hot water piping in a building?
- A group R occupancy is not required to have a low water cut-off or flow switch installed on the auto-matic hot water boiler that serves a building if there are how many apartments in the building?
- A relief valve discharge line shall be equipped with a splash shield if the hot water boiler will operate at what temperature?
- An expansion tank is to be installed in a close- type hot water system. The tank shall be constructed in accordance with nationally recognized standards approved by the building official if a system will operate at what minimum pressure?
- A vent connector shall enter a chimney at what minimum distance above the bottom of the chimney?
- Gravity vents that are not an intregal part of a listed gas appliance are required to have what minimum area vent?
- What minimum horizontal clearance is required between an open-up window and an appliance termination point?
- A type L gravity vent system for a gas fired appliance shall terminate what minimum distance above the highest vent collar inserts?
- When the base of an appliance vent extends to the ground, it shall rest on a concrete or masonry base that is what minimum thickness?
- Given: An appliance may be installed in residence of ordinary tightness. The combustion air will be obtained by infiltration air. How many cubic feet of air are required per 1000 Btuh of the appliance?
- Given: Combustion air vents for a gas fired 25,000 btu/per hour appliance will terminate in the attic. The attic space communicates directly with the outdoors. What minimum diameter vertical vents are required? (If between sizes, go to larger size.)
- What color stripe indicates that a length of hard drawn copper tubing is type “L”?
- What device attaches breaching to a vertical chimney?
- All of the following are types of hot mix asphalt except:
- What is the minimum temperature allowed when an asphalt seal coat is applied ?
- Temporary short term pavement markers are those that will be in place for a maximum of:
- Concrete strength depends on a correct water/cement ratio. Water used for concrete mixing must be metered and discharged within an acceptable tolerance limit of ___ %.
- According to “Moving the Earth”, what is the propose of a Cocoa mat if it is installed on a steel wheel roller ?
- What is the minimum asphalt concrete thickness permitted with a pavement fabric ?
- Under no circumstances can additional water be be added to a concrete patch after how long ?
- A single water line is being laid beneath a street . A trench through the asphalt 4` wide and 16` long was excavated while laying the water line. An asphalt patch will be 3″ deep and the asphalt will compact 15%. How many loose cubic yards of asphalt are needed to patch the area of the trench ?
- What is the acceptable tolerance level for water used in concrete mixing on a New Mexico Highway project ?
- Refer to the figure below: I=ER
What is the total current that the battery delivers to the circuit?
- What is the effective impedance of four, eight ohms intercom speakers in parallel?
- The total resistance of 500` of uncoated, 18 AWG, stranded, copper conductor is between:
- Given: An overcurrent protective device for a non- motorized alarm equipment is rated at 15 amps. What minimum size is allowed for the copper equipment grounding conductor?
- Th outer conductive shield of a coax cable shall be grounded at the building premises if the cable is exposed to accidential contact with power conductors of more than:
- The bonding jumper between a television and radio distribution community antenna system grounding electrode and the power grounding electrodes system shall be at least what size copper?
- Given: A National Electrical Code specifies clearance that is required between receiving equipment on antenna systems and open power conductors of 250 volts or less. What is the minimum clearance?
- Given: A centralized sound distribution system is being installed in a single story church building. The amplifier output circuit carries and audio-program signal of 25 volts. The open, circuit voltage is 50 volts. Under these conditions, which of these wiring types is permitted?
- What article in the National Electrical Code applies specifically to centralized sound distribution systems?
- The National Electrical Code requires alarm circuits and equipment to be installed in accordance with accepted industry standards. This means that the installation must be done:
- Copper conductor of a low-voltage fire alarm protective premises signaling system are permitted to be size 18 AWG, provided they supply loads that do not exceed:
- What is the minimum allowable size for power limited trade cable (type PLTC) conductors used for class 3 circuits? (disregard exceptions)
- Class 2 conductors may be installed and supported by the building structure. This method must specially insure that the cable:
- Given: Communications cables that are listed for electronic computer equipment are made installed in data processing lab. What is the requirements for securing these cables in this room?
- Given: A low voltage signal circuit is operated by a push button switch in a class1, division 1 hazardous location. The circuit must be installed in a way that will prevent ignighting flammable vapors. At the minimum, the circuit must be run from the switch to a location outside of the hazardous location in:
- According to the National Electrical Code, electrical junction boxes shall be installed so that the wiring contained in the boxes:
- Splices in conductors within metal surface raceways that do not have removable covers are allowable:
- What maximum number of type THHN, size 14 AWG insulated alarm circuit conductors is allowed in 3/8″ flexible metal conduit with fittings inside the conduit?{disregard any grounding conductors}
- A low voltage cable needs to be installed through a fire resistive rated wall. What provisions, if any, must be made where the cable passes through the fire resistive rated wall?
- Refer to the figure: What minimum width of clear working space is required? (disregard exceptions)
- What is the minimum wire size that can be used to connect bells or sirens to control circuitry with runs of less than 40 feet of wire?
- Given: A storage battery supply back-up power for a local protective premises signaling system shall be properly recharged after use. If the battery is recharged from the circuit that cannot be switched on or off, recharging shall be done within how many hours?
- Explosion proof alarm systems switch contacts are designed to :
- Given: Some internal alarm systems use low-powered radio transmissions to enable circuits supervision between the feed panel and the sensors and setting devices. In which of the following building structures would these radio systems be most appropriate?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is terminated on only end with a 50 ohm resistor. If the cable does not have electrical problems, what resistance will be measured between the shield and center conductor at a T-connector inserted at any point in the cable length? (disregard resistance)
- Which connector configuration is used on a RS-232, RS-422A, RS-423A and RS-530 interfaces in a telecom system?
- An ohm meter reading of 0 ohms indicates which of the following conditions:
- Given: A 2-conductor, thermoplastic jacketed cable with size 18 AWG copper conductors is listed for use at up to 300 volts. There is no other listing or markings for this cable. For which of the following situations may the cable be installed as permanent wiring?
- Refer to the figure below: The switches of the multimeter are set to plus DC and 50 volts. This meter indicates what direct current voltage?
- Refer to the figure below: Which voltmeter measures the voltage across R2:
- MATV equipment devices, downstream cabling systems, and receivers with matched impedance`s will have:
- A tilt control compensates for the effect of cable loss at different frequencies. This adjustment is normally found in:
- What is the function of a green wire in a manufactured home?
- If no surges are possible when a circuit is disconnected from the surge arrestor, a single surge arrestor installation may protect:
- Which of the following is not an advantage of fiber optic cabling?
- A tendency of an AC conductor to carry circuit current on its surface is called:
- Low voltage, class 2, plug in transformers are rated in 2 important areas. One area is voltage and the other area is:
- What hazardous location requirements must be met for a sound distribution system installed in the work area of a commercial garage if there is no mechanical ventilation?
- Which of the following does not need to use a time-domain reflectometer?
- Given: 0 dBmV is referenced to 1mV at 75 ohms. A measurement at the output of an amplifier shows the level to be 25 dBmV. What is the voltage output?
- Which of the following method will not help to minimize the effects of radio frequency interference (RFI) and electromagnetic interference?
- Which of the following types of connectors can terminate optical fiber cable?
- When a passive IR (infra red) detection system is installed, avoid pointing the sensors at all of the following except:
- Except during a fault condition in an electrical system, current should never flow through which of the following conductors?
- What is the term that identifies an incomplete circuit path?
- What is the numeric equivalent of one mega ohm?
- The ratio between a sound level that is just audible to a person with average hearing and other sound levels is indicated in:
- Refer to the figure below of the primary control system of a gas furnace. Consider this trouble shooting situation. Given: The furnace is cold. One lead of a volt meter is connected to point A. The readings between this point and the others are as follows: A to B = 24 volts, A to C = 24 volts, A to F = 0 volts, A to G = 0 volts. Which one of the following components has failed?
- The heat anticipator on the load side of a line voltage thermostat is connected in:
- Which part of a power supply converts electrical current to electrical current from AC to DC?
- If approved by the Division, a suspended permit may be renewed. What is the cost for this renewal.
- Two sets of plans and specifications must be submitted with an application for a building permit. What happens to the two sets of plans and specifications after they have been stamped to show approval?
- What contract provides the owners with the total costs of the project in advance?
- The critical path method, CPM, of project scheduling is especially useful for determining the _________.
- Who is responsible for making sure each employee coming onto a worksite is wearing the correct protective equipment?
- Given: Liens can not be filed against public property. What type of bond may be purchased to protect sub-contractors, vendors, and workers seeking to get paid for their work and materials use on a public property project?
- Which of the following is included in an estimate for material?
- The IRS requires copies of any W-4 form that claims more than how many withholding allowances?
- Sales for the period total $935,000. Direct job costs of $623,000 and indirect job cost of $22,000 are shown. What is the gross profit figure on the income statement?
- Premiums for workers compensation are based on all of the following except:
- Which of the following is not required on a building permit?
- Contractor A and contractor B want to enter into a contract as a joint venture. Which of the following describes the licensing requirements for a joint venture?
- What term identifies money withheld from proper payments to contractor and paid for the completion of the project?
- Estimated and actual cost for a job you have just completed are:
estimated actual
labor 5200 5600
materials 10,800 8700
subcontractors 2000 1650
overhead 1000 975
No other costs are involed. This job was completed.
- Which of the following is exempt from statutory lien in New Mexico?
- Who are responsible for the day to day management of a limited parnership?
- The Carson Construction Company is expanding its work force. How many employees must Carson Construction have before it must maintain records of all employee occupational injuries and illnesses?
- Mrs. David, the owner of a project, wants to make sure that the project is built to her specifications. She will require Mr. Madison to furnish a:
- A contractor received $10,000 for a project. Based on the following information, what will the profit be from this job? Material cost=$3500 , labor cost=$2500 , payroll taxes 15% of labor costs, job overhead 20% of total labor costs. (the correct Answer should be 3050. There is no correct answer shown)
- The frequency with which an employer makes social security tax deposits depends on:
- Mr. Atkins employ`s 15 persons. He is preparing his companies taxes. He has not been granted a time extension to file the company`s annual Federal unemployment tax return. If he is to avoid the penalty, which is the latest date he can file his tax form?
- A desk for the company office is purchased with cash for $900.00. How will this furniture be reported on the companies next balance sheet?
- The Montell construction company is subject to the provisions the Federal Fair Labor standards act. A Montell employee now makes $5.80 per hour in construction work. A total of 35 hours were worked during the work week, which included 4 hours on Sunday. What should this employee`s gross wage be? ( This is a Protest question. There are no correct answers)
- A license qualifying party quits. A license cannot make any new bids or start any new work. However, the license is allowed how many days to complete any work in progress?
- What is a valid reason to stop work on a project in a claim dispute between the owner and the contractor?
- Of the following, which one works with and directly leads workers on a jobsite?
- In New Mexico, how many days does an original contractor have to file a lien on a property after completing work on that property?
- A contracting business is organized as a corporation. It has purchased equipment and has a financial obligation of $100,000. What will happen to this obligation if the president of the corporation dies?
- Which result of a work accident does not require the accident to be recorded?
- Which type of bond guarantees that low bidders list will sign the contract with owner Jones at the bid amount Smith submitted?
- Worker A is paid $15.00 per hour and worker B is paid $12.50 per hour. A particular task project is estimated to be completed in 35 units of work. For every five units, Worker A will use 0.75 hours of time and worker B will use .25 hours of time. How much money should be bugeted for direct labor on this task?
- If you are required by law to report employment taxes or give tax statements to employees, you must have an employers identification number (EIN). What form should you use to apply for your EIN?
- An applicant for a contractors license in New Mexico must comply with all of the following except:
- In the estimating process, markup added at the end of the estimate is allownace for:
- J. Martin, a non-exempt employee worked the following number of hours. M-9, T-8, W-12, T-13, F-7, S-6. This employee is eligible for how many hours of ovetime pay?
- What is the maximum time that a contractor`s license can be suspended?
- How many years must a construction company retain old records of a $10,000 employment tax payment to the IRS?
- Contractor X is estimating a remodeling job and has determined that fringe benefits for carpenters and helpers are 25% of direct labor costs. Material costs are estimated at $1,140. Direct labor costs are estimated at $1,310. Indirect costs are estimated at $150. What are the estimated costs for this job?
- A contractor has received the first partial payment of $180,000, for a job. Based on 15% project completion, there is no retainage. What is the cost of the project?
- A person has filed an application for a contractors license. The application will be null and void and all fees will be forfeited if the application is not completed within ___ months.
- What scheduling tool shows the start and finish time for each task of a project?
- Which method of accounting records income when it is earned regardless of when it is received?
- What is the minimum length of time that an employer must keep Form I-9 on file?
- An employee makes $11.63 per hour and has worked 40 hours in one week. How much Social Security Tax will be withheld from the employee`s wages for this weekly pay period?
- Given: John Black Construction`s qualifying party quit unexpectedly. John Black Construction may not bid on any new jobs or start any new work. However, John Black Construction must have a new qualifying in what time period?
- Which of the following acts regulates ovetime standards on Federal contracts?
- On which of the following must a contractor`s license number be indicated?
- One of your employees quit on March 20. On that date he ask for his W2. By what date must you provide Form W2?
- A contractor is bidding on a contract to build a house. The owner has set aside $3,000 for electrical fixtures. What is the set aside money called?
- Mr. & Mrs. White have a contract with you to build a home. What kind of bond can they require you to obtain that will guarantee the home will be built according to the terms of the contract?
- The main purpose of a written contract is to:
- An estimate shows the following job items: Job #1, $2,800; Job #2, $4,100; Job #3 $6,100; Job #4 $3,800. Actual costs are Job #1 $2,300; Job #2 $4,400; Job #3 $6,300; Job #4 $3,300. This portion of the project is:
- A person may not act as a qualifying party for more than one license unless there is a common ownership of both license entities of at least:
- A company`s balance sheet shows assets of $20,000 and owners equity of $12,000. Its liabilities are:
- What portion of the workers compensation insurance premium can an employer deduct from an employee`s wages?
- Which form would an employer use to file a quarterly Federal tax return?
- If an employee dies as a result of an on-the-job injury, the contractor must orally notify the area director within ___ hours.
- Given: Mr. Green, Mrs. Stone, and Mrs. White are all partners in a general partnership. Mr. Green decides to withdraw from the partnership. What will happen to the partnership?
- Given: Instead of obtaining an individual permit for each installation repair or alteration, a contractor may be issued an annual permit. How often must an inspection visit all building premises where work is done under an annual permit?
- According to the CRM, where in the project document would a contractor be likely to find soil reports or feasibility studies for a project?
- A contractor`s license will be suspended if the division is not notified in writing of a change of address within ___ days of the change of address.
- Mr. Jones, the owner of a project, has signed a contract. A week later Jones decided he wanted to add a covered parking lot. What document will he give the contractor?
- Refer to the construction schedule for a home. Of the activities listed, which one is scheduled to take the most time?
- Before a surety company will provide a bond, it will conduct an investigation of the contractor. All of the following areas will be investigated except the contractor`s:
- Which term describes allocating the cost of a fixed asset over that assets` useful life?
- According to ADA, which of the following actions can an employer legally take?
- Which of the following describes a lien?
- All of the following taxes are deducted from an employee`s pay check except:
- For how many years must records be kept by employers monitoring their employees who work with asbestos?
- The construction industries commission`s duties shall include all of the following except:
- According to the CRM, a simple business plan would include all of the following except:
- A contractor estimates the following costs on a project. Materials and equipment $56,000; direct labor $36,000; overhead burden 44% of all labor cost; contingencies $5,000. Profit 10% of total costs. How much will the contractor`s bid be?
- A contractor`s license may be revoked for:
- You are the prime contractor on a project that will last for at least 2 years. The contract calls for the owner to pay periodic payments to you every 2 months. What are these payments called?
- Refer to the example of the time card. (the time card has not beenshown) Which project did J. Doe work the most hours?
- Which one of the following types of insurance protects construction project property?
- A contractor is calculating progress on a project now underway. His figures show total contract price of $129,700. The total estimated cost of $101,500. Cost to date $63,413. What is the percentage of completion for this contract?
- A sixteen year old son of a current employer has been hired as temporary employee for the summer. The teenager may not perform:
- Which of the following would be paid second under the New Mexico mechanics lien law?
- What is the latest date that a W3 form, the sumarization of the W2, may be sent to IRS to avoid possible penalties?
- How long must an employer maintain records about work related injuries involving his company?
- What Federal Income Tax schedule does a sole proprietor file with an individual income tax return?
- Given: As a contractor, you have hired a 14 year old person to answer the phones during the summer. A proper work permit certiticate has been issued. How long may the work permit certificate be in force before it needs to be renewed?
- Who issues building permits?
- If a written complaint against a license is received, the director may appoint a person to investigate. The investigator must provide a written report to the director within a maximum of how many days from receipt of a complaint?
- Job costs accounts from a previous job show the contractor that his direct costs for a job were $1400.00. The contractor is now estimating an identical job. If the contractors` overhead exerts his half decreased to 5% since the previous job comes in direct costs have decreased 2%, what will be the approximate current total cost?
- Refer to the Federal Weekly tax Table for married persons. What is the total amount of withholding allowances for one who claims 4 withholding allowances and whose gross weekly wage is $475.00.
- Use the information below and the balance sheet equation.
Amount gross sales $90,500
Direct cost 54,300
Total assets 110,480
Total liabilities 24,000
What is the net worth of this company?
- Under the Americans with disability act, reasonable accommodations include all of the following except:
- According to the Fair Labor Standards Act, a work week is made up of how many hours?
- If the business relationship between a qualifying party and a license is terminated, both the qualifying party and the license must notify the division within how many days of a termination of the relationship?
- A contractor disregarded plans and specifications and was found guilty of a code violation. In addition to suspension or revocation of license, the contractor may be accessed an administrative penalty. If the contract is more than $5000, what minimum amount may be assessed?
- All of the following elements are necessary for a contract to be enforceable except:
- A project closeout provides a useful tool for:
- You are preparing an estimate of cost for a job to determine the amount you should charge. Your cost will be:
Direct costs:
materials=2400
labor=4000
There are no other cost. If you offer to take this job for $11,000 what will be your profit?
- A contractor pays an employer supplemental vacation pay in addition to regular wages. The contractor with holds income tax from the employees regular wages and may be subject to withhold what flat % from the supplemental wages.
- An employee will be paid $1,261.50 this month. The social security taxes withheld from this months paycheck will be:
- A monthly invoice from supplier A is for $5,238.55. The invoice is paid on the 8th of the month, and the terms are 3% by the 10th net 30. How much should be paid to supplier A to clear this invoice?
- Given: An employee was injured because the employer failed to provide a safety device. How will it effect the amount of workers compensation an employee will receive?
- What happens to the contractors license of a person who is employed by the Division to be an inspector?
- Curb and gutter sections shall be separated with uniform open joints having a width equal to:
- Refer to the figure. The reading on the survey tape at point "A" is:
- A culvert debris rack should be installed with what slope horizointal to verticle (range) ?
- Curb and gutter expansion joint filler shall have a thickness of:
- A struted corrrugated pipe is:
- Bedding material for pipe culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- What type of road survey stake is shown in the figure?
- According to the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, in a manufactured home, the minimum clear space allowed in front of a water closet is ___ inches.
- According to the Uniform Buyilding Code, what is the maximum space allowed between two balusters in the guardrail on a deck?
- According to the Manufactured Home Construction Safety Standards, what is the minimum size allowed for any bedroom in a manufactured home?
- According to the Manufactured Home Construction Safety Standards, what is the minimum clear opening width allowed for any exterior door leading from a manufactured home?
- The Manufactured Home Construction Safety Standards, requires every manufactured home to have one room that is at least ___ square feet in size.
- Drywall is being used to make repairs to a manufacturd home. How should the drywall be cut?
- What should be used to protect dry wall panels that meet on an outside corner of a wall?
- What factor causes the most paint failure to the exterior of a manufactured home?
- The handrail on a new deck built for a manufactured home will be stained and finished. What kind of finish should be applied to the wood to form a clear finish that is resistive to sun, heat, and rain?
- The kitchen of a manufactured home is to be tiled. Which of the following describes quarry tile?
- Notches need to be cut in studs of the exterior walls of a manufactured home for the installation of a new plumbing pipe. According to the Manufactured Home Construction Safety Standards, which of the following is true?
- The ceiling of a manufactured home has been patched. A high gloss paint will be used for final finishing. What can be done to eliminate shadowing caused by the difference in texture and posporicity between gypsum board paper and joint compound materials?
- According to Carpentry and Building Construction, what are the actural dimensions of new surfaced dry 2 x 6 framing lumber?
- According to the Uniform Building Code, what maximum height above the finished floor may a dead bolt be installed in the exterior door of a manufactured home?
- According to the Manufactured Home Construction Safety Standards, the diameter of a hole bored in a floor joist shall not exceed what fraction of the depth of the joist?
- The arbor nut on a power circular saw is being loosened. Which of the following statments is true?
- According to "Carpentry and Building", which one of the following saws is best for remodeling projects where cutting many different types of materials is required?
- According to the manufactured home construction safety standards, what maximum sill height is allowed for a bedroom emergency escape window?
- The outlets on faucets and spouts shall have at least how much clearance above the flood level rim of the fixture?
- Which of the following licensees would not be allowed to perform a gas pressue test on a manufactured house?
- A gas appliance is to be installed at an altitude of sea level. The appliance rating shall be reduced by what rate?
- According to the Uniform Building Code, a handrail constructed around the perimeter of a manufactured home porch shall be at least ___ inches high.
- According to the Uniform Building Code, stairs providing access to manufactured homes shall be equipped with a handrail if the stairway has a minimum of ___ risers.
- A dishwashing machine may not be connected directly to any waste piping, but must discharge its waste through a fixed:
- A violation of a New Mexico Manufactured Home Act has occured. The Division may require a licensee to increase the bond amount. What maximum amount may be required for an installer or repairman`s bond?
- A fireplace or stove shall not be installed in which room of a manufactured home?
- According to the Uniform Building Code, railings shall be provided around the perimeter of a manufactured home`s porch or landing when the height of the porch or landing is ___ inches above grade.
- According to the Uniform Building Code, what is the minimum permissable tread run for each step of a stairway that provides access to a manufactured home?
- When must the license of an installer or repairman be renewed?
- Which of the following is the term for a vent that also serves as a drain for one or more fixtures?
- A solid fuel fireplace or stove installed in a manufactured home is required to have a factory built chimney that meets all of the following requirements, EXCEPT:
- The air distribution system in a home has been designed to accept an air conditioning system. Which one of the following is indicated on the heating and cooling certificate?
- Which one of the following traps is accepted for use in a manufactured home?
- A plumbing trap used in a manufactured home shall have what minimum diameter?
- According to the Uniform Building Code, what is the maximum permissable rise for each step of a stairway that provides access to a manufactured home?
- What is the process of wrapping a wire rope with soft wire prior to cutting to prevent unraveling of the rope?
- A "common" weld defect that is caused by incorrect electrode angle setting is called?
- Which of the following describes a blocked beam:
- The welding process which uses a non-combustible tungsten electrode is:
- The snug tight condition established before using turn-of-nut method of tightening high strength steel fasteners is designed to:
- A weld defect commonly caused by improper cleaning of the Base metal is:
- When steel members are being connected, what must occur before the piece is cut loose?
- The distance between rows of bolts in structural steel members is the __________.
- The figure below identifies:
- An unrestrained structural steel framing member:
- At what height does OSHA require the use of a safety net if a safety lanyard cannot be attached to a secure point?
- When should wire rope cables be replaced?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 10" deep and weighs 33# per lineal foot?
- High strength bolts are being tightened. A direct tension indicator is:
- What does the structural steel designation S18 x 70 mean?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum developed length in feet of a lanyard safety line?
- What does the structural steel designation HP 14 x 73 mean?
- Refer to the illustration, what does the “2” on this nut indicate?
- What is the structural steel designation for an American Standard structural tee that is 10" deep and weighs 33# per lineal foot?
- What fastening device is used with threaded rods to plumb and tension parallel structure steel members?
- When OXY fuel gas welding pipe joints, what determines the size of the torch tip?
- The first weld pass on a pipe weld is called a:
- The structural steel designation W18 x 71 is:
- When a butt joint is prepared for welding, a backing ring is used:
- A column bearing or base plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts must be grouted with non-shrink grout for final bearing support. The base plate has a hole drilled in the center to _________________.
- What would be used when tightening high strength bolts?
- When attaching a girder to a beam, what should be considered?
- Anchor bolts for steel beams do not:
- Which ASTM designation below is an all purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry with a minimum yield strength of 36 KSI?
- Referring to the illustration, the symbol denotes a:
- Referring to the illustration, the American Standard Beam is:
- Referring to the illustration, the weld symbol shown means:
- According to OSHA, required guardrails installed on scaffolding shall be a minimum of ______ inches high.
- According to OSHA, workers within ________ feet of arc welding shall wear eye protection.
- According to OSHA, fall protection shall be provided on low slope roofs when the distance meets or exceeds ________ feet that a worker can fall.
- Of the following, which is not used for the core of a wire rope?
- Refering to Diag.-H5, the weld shown is known as a ______________.
- Refering to the Diag., the weld shown is known as a ___________________.
- Refering to Diagram, the weld shown is known as a ______________.
- When setting structural steel members when do you release the sling?
- The marking on a steel beam reads as follows: S18 x 70, this means ___________________.
- A signalman for a crane is standing with his forearm in a vertical position with his index finger pointing straight up making a circular motion. This means:
- For a T-weld or fillate weld that will not distort parent metal should:
- Guardrails are required on scaffolding heights above _______.
- A thermite weld is used primarily as a _______________.
- A column bearing plate after aligning and leveling on the anchor bolts, must be ________ for final bearing and support.
- When should wire rope cables be replaced?
- Which ASTM designation is an all-purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry?
- When crosby-type wire rope clips are used assisting a U-bolt in a set, the "U" portion must be on ____.
- What is the OSHA required clearance from the hoisting and crane equipment to a 50KV power line?
- Which of the following is the most dangerous for a long boom crane?
- A type of tower crane that rotates on its` base is called:
- Referring to the illustration, the type of crane shown is commonly called a:
- Refer to illustration. The signal indicates _________.
- What type of tool is used to drive a bolt in between two beams?
- How often should wire rope be inspected?
- An un-restrained beam or structural member is one which:
- What type of crane is used to erect a high tower building and turns in a circle?
- The projecting arm on a heavy crane that is attached to the boom is called what?
- A type of mobile crane used for erection of structural steel is a ________________.
- When erecting steel a tool that is used to align the holes is called a ______ pin.
- Torches, bottles, regulators and other welding/cutting equipment should be kept free from:
- A spandrel beam is:
- What type of crane do you use to set structure steel for building?
- What do you do to increase the load capacity of a crane?
- Most accidental overturns in mobile cranes are a result of ______________.
- A crane is rated by:
- Piers shall be spaced a maximum of how many feet on center?
- Lag bolts at end or marriage joints shall be spaced a minimum of what distance on center?
- Anchoring the equipment shall be capable of resisting a minimum working load of how many pounds?
- What is the minimum acceptable thickness for a masenary pier cap?
- Manufactured homes are required by State law to comply with _______
- What document must be issued before a manufactured home may be installed in NM.
- What are the minimum acceptable dimensions for a wood cap on a pier that is 42" high?
- Which color should the ground wire be in a approved type of power cord for manufactured home?
- A steel pier jack extention may be placed a maximum of how many inches?
- Pier support shall be placed at what maximum distance from the frame?
- Which one of the following shall be provided by the manufactures with each new HUD labled home?
- What is the maximum allowed height of a steel pier used to support a manufactured home?
- A home is to be installed on permanent foundation. The lowest point of the frame shall be a minimum of how many inches from grade?
- Concrete block piers are being used to support a manufactured home. The cells must be reenforced with concrete and steel if the height of the piers exceeds a minimum of
- An installers or repairmans business must be conducted __________
- An installer is determining if a home is ready for installation in a specific local. Where would information about the homes designed proof bond be found?
- A home is being installed on a permanent foundation. To provide proper drainage, the final grade should slope away from the foundation a minimum of how many inches in 10 feet?
- A flu and spark arrestor assembly is being installed on a manufactured home. A rain cap that goes on top of the assembly shall be a minimum of _____ feet above the roof?
- What is the maximum allowed opening width upon the marriage line of a multi-wide home before support blocking must be installed?
- All skirting more than a minimum of how many inches in height shall be supported verically every four feet.
- What minimum thickness is allowed for ribbon footings used on a permenent foundation system?
- The dry wall joint between sections of a home is being taped and finished. Which one of the following is not used to smooth in and level joint compound ridges and improfections?
- A wrist straps shall be installed what distance from the home ends?
- New manufactured homes must be installed to agree with________
- To secure the end walls together for a multi-wide home , the 2 X 4 studs are connected using_________
- What is the minimum amount of the initial protection bond that each installer and each repairman must obtain?
- How many perimeter supports are planned for a home that has two exterior exit doors, a side out fire place, and a six foot wide patio door?
- When a power supply cord is used to connect the electrcal power to the maufactured home, the cord shall bear which following markings?
- The size of the footings for a manufactured home shall be based on________
- A flu and spark arestor assembly is being installed on a manufactured home. A rain cap that goes on top of the assembly shall be a minimum of______ inches above the roof
- What is the minimum allowable comprehensive strength for concrete footings used in a permanent foundation system?
- A manufactured home is being installed on a permanent foundation. The steel frame must be permanently attached to the footing supported at least every_____.
- Each dier for a manufactured home shall rest on a footing with a minimum ground bearing surface of how many square inches?
- A water pressure regulator is required if the water pressure exceeds how many pounds per square inch?
- What is the name of the public member that joins the two floor sections of a multi-wide home?
- The installers and repairmans warranty states that all materials is for blocking and leveling all manufactured homes are free from defects and workmanship for______days
- A double wide home is being set. When is installation chinking installed.
- Manufactured home anchor ties shall be connected to the crown anchor and to
- A multi sectioned home is being installed. What is the purpose of using adhesives, sealers or gaskets between the marriage walls?
- Refer to the figure below. Given: T h e manufactured home site preparation has been completed, both sections of the mobile home have been set in place and are ready for the utilities to be connected. According to the N M M H I study guide, when the sewer connection from the yards in land to the home sewer outlett is made,what fitting is best used?
- What is the portion of a wall that extends above the roof line of a building?
- What is the recommended exposure when using cut pieces of standard asphalt shingles for end and ridge shingles?
- The rated compressive strength of concrete is based upon a curing period of ___ days.
- Insulation pads are installed in a sloped roof with overhanging eaves. Which one of the following precautions must be taken?
- What is the recommended spacing of nails when installing 4 x 8 exterior plywood wall sheathing?
- When constructing a deck attached to a building, a ___ is attached to act as a means to support joists.
- How should vertical, structural reinforcing dowels be placed in a footing?
- Which of the following respirators meets the requirement when an employee is exposed to particulate contaminants immediately dangerous to their health?
- Appoximately how much of a room should be coated at one time when putting down adhesive for vinyl floor tile?
- What term defines the point of known elevation from which all grades can be established?
- What is the required minimum finish grade slope for a planned around a foundation?
- What is the spacing of wood shingles installed on a roof?
- A ceiling joist has a clear span of 15`. An employee is instructed to cut a notch in the botton of the joist. What maximum distance from either end can the employee cut the notch?
- Fall protection is required when a worker is located at what minimum height?
- A structure with 8` high walls is to be constructred of 8" x 8" x 16" CMU. The structure is 20` wide by 40` long. There are no windows or doors. Assuming no waste, how many CMU will be needed?
- When should mortar joints in concrete block be tooled?
- What is the property of hardened mortar that holds masonary units together?
- Refer to Drawing C147. How much concrete is required to pour the living area floor slab?
- Refer to Drawing C149. Existing ground elevations have not changed during construction. How many cubic yards of fill will be required under the garage slab. Note: add 15% for compaction.
- Refer to Drawing #C149. How many lineal feet sill sealer insulation is required for the job? Do not deduct openings.
- Refer to Drawing C149. How many linear feet of 2 x 12 pine are required to fab all structural door and Type F window headers? Do not include sliding glass doors.
- Refer to Drawing C149. The concrete slab for the house and garage requires reinforcing steel. How many lineal feet are needed? Do not include footing reinforcement? Allow 10% for caps and waste.
- Refer to Drawing C149. How many squares of shingles are required for the dormer? Add 15% for starter strips, valley, ridges, and wastes.
- A pneumatic nail gun is equipped with an automatic fastener feed. The nail gun does not have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the ejection of nails when the muzzle is not in contact with the work surface. What is the maximum operating pressure allowed?
- What screws are used to fasten dry to 18 GA steel studs?
- What is the minimum clearance required by OSHA between electrical lines rated 50 KU or below of any part of a crane or load?
- What is the actual lap distance if #5 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 30 times the bar diameter?
- Of the following, which is not the name of a common wall form tie?
- How many board feet of lumber are used in a wall 18` - 8" long and 8` tall? It has 2 x 4 studs 16" OC with a single bottom plate and a double top plate.
- The Code requires a minimum of what percent of a bearing walls surface to be headers when they are used to bond the face and backing together?
- How much should be budgeted to install 8 pre-hung doors and 560 if of 5 1/2" base? Labor allowances are 45 minutes to install the pre-hung doors. 50 LF of base per hour. Labor is 17.50 rounded to the next full hour.
- Gypsum board is to be delivered and stored inside a building with concrete floors for future installation. What is the recommended way to store sheetrock?
- In order to preserve the structural integrity of a wood tuss, designer approval is necessary before any of the truss members are subjected to ___.
- What ties are used to tie 4″ brick to wood stud backup?
- How much gap should be maintained between the edges of plywood subflooring?
- What type of admixture is added to concrete to increase durability because of exposure to frequent freeze and thaw cycles?
- The minimum stand cover of reinforcing steel is measured from the ___.
- How are weep holes formed?
- What is the maximum recommended height of a stepped footing?
- Using a builder`s level, the grade for a footing is being set. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00`. A backsight to the bench mark elevation 100.00` has a rod reading of 4.20 (F128) (130) (F255). What should the rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- What is the minimum recommended nailing of a lumber used on wood trusses?
- Which of the following is accurate concerning the total run of a roof?
- The ___ value of building insulation is the thermal resistance rating.
- You know the plan dimensions of a 5/12 roof being estimated. What factor would you use to calculate the number of squares of roofing material required?
- In wood framing, nails and screws should be driven at least how far from the ends of the edges of gypsum board?
- Prefabicated forms are used to form a 12" wide 8` high foundation wall. When using the reinforcing steel, when should the reinforcing steel be installed?
- A carpenter is framing exterior wood walls. What is the recommended rough opening width for a 36″ wood exterior door?
- How deep should a control joint be cut into a 4" thick concrete slab?
- Wood trusses have been installed and require bottom cord lateral bracing. What should be the maximum number of feet between the cord lateral braces?
- Asphalt shingles are to be installed on a roof. What is the minimum allowed width of galvanized middle valley flashing?
- What structural element does not depend on accurate construction of the frame work?
- The ground at point "A" slopes uniformly 1/8" per foot down to point "B" which is 250` from point "A". How far below "A" is "B"?
- The minimum dimensions of temporary bracing lumber for wood trusses is:
- Which is the requirement for removing combustibles, scrap and debris from a construction site?
- All of the following materials must be removed from reinforcing steel before placement except:
- To what depth are concrete control joints raked?
- If concrete weighs 150 pounds per cubic foot, it will place a load on the forms of ___ pounds per square foot for each inch of slab thickness.
- One of the purposes of floating concrete is to:
- Which one of the following is a test for concrete consistency?
- Asphalt shingles are to be installed on to a roof with a scope of 5.12. Which of the minimum required underlament?
- Air entrainment of concrete is primarily used to:
- What should the first course of an 8` concrete block wall be set in?
- A brick wall to be constructed is to be constructed of standard brick 8" in length and 2 1/4" high. The brick wall is to be 42` long and 4` high. It will be three bricks thick. The vertical mortar joint as well as the horizontal mortar joints will be 3/8" thick. The total number of bricks needed for this wall is:
- When plywood and sheathing is installed with the face grain across is the studs, instead of the parallel to the studs,
- What can fasteners be driven into when a powder actuted tool is used?
- Which of these functions does the roof underlayment not to provide?
- Company sheets of 4 ft. by 12 ft. by one inch gypsum plaster board are required for walls and ceiling of a room 22 ft. by 16 ft. by 8 ft. high? Allow 10% for waste.
- What is the purpose of control joints?
- The amount of whether protection provided by the overlapping of shingles is called:
- What is the minimum length of lumber required for a roof rafter for the following conditions? 1.when a building with the outside dimensions is 24 ft 2.the roof pitch is 1/4 3. The length of the over hang is 2 ft. 0 in.
- How many regular sheats of plywood are required for a rectangular sub floor with a 28 ft. by 58 ft. measurement?
- According to Modern Carpentry and Construction, what are the actual dimensions of new, surfaced dry two by six framing lumber?
- A shingled roof has a total roof area of 42 squares of roofing. The roof is to have three-in-one shingles, 80 shingles per square, and six nails per shingle. There are 250 nails per pound. The cost of the nails $35 per 100 lbs. The total cost of the nails required to apply this roof that will be:
- A concrete slab is to be poured during hot dry weather. What is the result when the sub grade is moistened with a water just before pouring the slab?
- A masonry chimney should extend at least 2 ft. higher than any portion of the building within a horizontal distance of:
- A contractor is installing floor joist. At what minimum length for Joist should the contractor install two rows of bridging?
- How much concrete cover is necessary for number five reinforcing bars innate baseman will?
- Which concrete carry procedures start?
- Refer to drawing C 52. To install 52,665 bricks in running bond with 3/4 in. bed joints, how many sacks of masonry cement are needed for the mortar?
- Refer to the Figure. What is the name of the vent pipe at "C"?
- What chemical process makes a water softening system function?
- A waste stack receives the discharge wastes from all the following fixtures except:
- Which of the following factors affects the size of a vent pipe?
- When a backflow prevention device does not bear a critical level marking, which part of the device constitutes the critical level? (205)
- ABS or PVC drainage piping installations shall be limited to:
- Without special approval, a floor drain serving a patio or courtyard area shall not be allowed to discharge into a:
- Refer to the drawing of backflow preventers. What is the name of the backflow prevention device at #2?
- Water pipes that supply swimming pools require what minimum backflow protection?
- Of the following materials, which is NOT approved for the construction of a septic tank?
- Water valves that may be worked on after a protective panel is removed are considered to be:
- A sewer pipe measures 10 5/8" on a site plan that is drawn to a 1/8" per foot scale. There are 120` of pipe on site. Is there enough pipe to finish the sewer, why or why not?
- Water softeners are designed to treat potable water by removing:
- Water in a multi-story building is leaking down the supply pressure pipe into the basement after the supply pressure shut-off valve is closed and the water stops leaking, the remaining gage pressure above the valve show 67 PSI. How high above the gage is the leak?
- Which material is not approved for use in an interior water distribution system?
- Refer to the lawn sprinkler drawing. What minimum backflow prevention is required at "D"?
- The Code defines the flow of liquid into the distribution pipe of a potable water supply from any source other than its intended source as:
- A special horizontal wet venting system for underfloor sinks and floor drains, and is sized to provide free air movement above the drain flow line is:
- A vertical vent that extends from a fixture drain is defined as a:
- Refer to the Figure. What is the name of the vent "C"?
- What must be installed in the discharge drain of a non-residential sewage ejector?
- Refer to the drawing of a water softner. What water softner component is indicated by the letter"A"?
- What kind of vent from a gas fired water heater may not extend through a wall or ceiling?
- The solar code requires all piping connected to a drain back solar system shall be protected from freezing in what way?
- A building sewer cleanout shall be installed for each aggregate change in direction of more than ___ degrees.
- Refer to the drawing of the two story residence with sewage ejector. All horizontal piping slopes 1/4" per foot. Water closets are 1.6 gpf gravity tank. The kitchen sink has a food waste disposal. Ejector is 20 gpm. How many drainage fixture units discharge into the sewage ejector? (The drawing indicates that a bath tub, water closet, and a lavatory discharges into the sewage ejector.)
- Refer to the building sewer layout. Materials must be ordered. The amount of pipe needed must be estimated to the nearest foot. Disregard fitting distance. What minimum amount of pipe including the cleanout will be required to install this sewer system?
- Refer to the bathroom layout. What is the minimum dimension at "A"?
- What maximum distance is permitted between hangers on a horizontal 1 1/2" copper pipe?
- What maximum distance is allowed between hangers holding horizontal 3/4" copper tubing?
- Refer to the plan BLN102-A, BLN102-4. How many drainage fixture units are there on the 5th floor of the men`s dorm?
- Refer to Table 7-5 in the 1997 UPC. What maximum length is allowed for a 2" vertical vent that serves 24 drainage fixture units?
- What maximum length is allowed for a 1 1/2" trap arm?
- According to OSHA, shoring is required when the bottom of a sewer trench is lower than what minimum depth?
- Refer to the lawn sprinkler drawing. What minimum distance is required at "B"?
- Refer to Table 702 in 1997 UPC. What maximum fixture unit load is allowed on a 2" trap?
- A horizontal drain does not serve sink or a urinal. A cleanout may be omitted from the upper terminal of the horizontal drain if it is less than ___ feet.
- What maximum length is allowed for an indirect waste pipe that is not trapped or vented?
- What minimum distance above the floor can a yoke vent be connected to a vent stack when no fixtures are located on this floor level?
- What is the pressure at the base of a water filled pipe 42` in height?
- Refer to the building sewer drawing. What is the depth at "A"?
- Refer to the drawing of a plumbing vent through the roof. What is the distance permitted at "A"? (This is the distance from a plumbing vent to an openable window)
- Refer to the roof plan. What is the minimum pipe size required at "A"?
- What minimum clearance is required in front of a 3" cleanout?
- Refer to the commercial water piping layout. What is the minimum pipe size required at "D"?
- Refer to the Figure. The heating value of natural gas is 1000 BTU per cubic feet. What minimum diameter pipe is required at the gas meter "A"?
- Refer to the gas pipe layout. What minimum pipe diameter is permitted for the segment of pipe between the two tees?
- Refer to the Figure and Table 6-5 in the 1997 UPC. What is the minimu size water meter?
- What maximum distance is allowed between hangers supporting horizontal 3" ABS vent pipe?
- Refer to Drawing. What minimum distance is required at "B"?
- What minimum relief yoke vent is required between a 4" soil stack and a 4" stack?
- What minimum size cleanout is required for a 3" drain?
- Refer to the Figure. This laundry room has an emergency drain, a laundry tray, and a 2" clothes washer standpipe. What minimum length stand pipe is required at "D"?
- Refer to Table 7-5 UPC 1997. What is the minimum drainage fixture unit capacity of a 4" sewer pipe installed with a 1/4" per foot slope?
- Refer to the Figure. This piping arrangement includes a washing machine, a laundry tray, and 2" floor drain. What is the maximum length allowed at "C"?
- Refer to the island vent figure. What minimum size foot vent is required?
- Refer to the back to back residential schematic drawing. What minimum pipe size is required at "B"? (the drainage line)
- What maximum pressure rating is allowed for a water heater temperature/pressure relief valve?
- What minimum depth of clean fill is required over the top of a sewer pipe before a backhoe or grader can complete the backfill?
- What minimum height should a gas water heater`s pilot light be above a garage floor?
- What minimum height must a vent be above a fixture flood level rim before it may offset?
- A basement bathroom is added into a dwelling that has an existing fixture unit load of 24. Because of the height of the current building drain, a sewage ejctor rated at 45 gpm will be used. The building drain fixture unit load will be:
- A combination waste and vent drain requires a vent. The vent pipe is required to be what minimum percent of a cross sectional area of the drain pipe?
- Refer to the figure with cast iron no-hub 1/16" bends. The set back is 4"; the fittings have a 4" makeup. What is the length of pipe required at "B"? Round off the answer to the closest 1/8".
- Refer to the pipe offset figure. This 1" pipe requires an 8" offset at "B". What is the center to center length of the travel "A"?
- What are the minimum requirements for testing the water piping system with air?
- What minimum test is required for a new building sewer?
- What minimum pressure is required to test a drainage system with air?
- Unless approved by administrative authority, building sewers shall have a slope of no less than what fraction of an inch per foot of grade?
- What minimum slope per foot is permitted for a 3" building drain?
- What maximum fractional length of a vent`s total developed length may be installed horizontally?
- Refer to the gas layout. What is the minimum size at "B"?
- Refer to the figure. You are testing the air inlet valve, the pressure vaccuum breaker pipe bleeding pressure from the high pressure side valve. The air inlet valve should not open until the pressure differential falls below what minimum pressure?
- This commercial water system is to be sized for a flushometer valve water closet and urinals as well as the other fixtures as shown. The dotted line represents the hot water supply piping. What minimum size is required at “E” (the cold water supply just ahead of the water heater)?
- What minimum individual vent pipe size is allowed by code?
- What minimum pipe size is required for a vertical wet vent?
- Refer to the fitting drawing. Which of the following fittings is prohibited from use as a connection between horizontal fixture branch and a drain?
- A floor furnace shall not be installed:
- An evaporative cooler is most efficient during days:
- An evaporative cooler uses the evaporation of water in an air stream to reduce:
- A listed device that will automatically shut off a supply of fuel is required on which of the following appliances?
- Steel pipe installed underground to convey chilled water shall be:
- Where is the water discharge line from a cooling tower required to be piped?
- The water holding capacity of dessicant increases when:
- A variable pitch pulley is adjusted so that the belt rides at the top edge of the motor`s pulley. What will happen when the motor is turned on?
- What does a yellow pilot lite on a furnace indicate?
- What type of air is brought back from the conditioned space, reconditioned, and then sent back to the conditioned space?
- Which of the following is defined as a series of operating controls used in a pre-set order to stop or start a heating unit?
- Faced insulation is being installed on the outside of a duct. The insulation shall be legibly printed with all of the following information EXCEPT:
- When more than one heating, ventilating, cooling, or refrigeration system is installed on the roof, each system will be:
- How is a makeup air system to be wired when it is in a building that requires it`s use whenever the exhaust system is in use?
- Which of the following is closest to a low probability refrigeration system?
- Volume dampers installed in the circulating air inlets of a furnace shall not:
- Combustion air vents shall NOT be installed with:
- Which of the following components would be found in an open type refrigeration compressor?
- A contractor must comply with all of the following general safety and health provisions except:
- What shall be stated on the identification plate installed on all equipment used to exhaust explosive or flammable vapors?
- With prior approval, power actuated dampers installed in combustion air vents shall be electrically wired to:
- A lock out relay will energize in a warm air heating system if the contacts:
- A shell and tube condenser is used also as which one of the following?
- Where condensate drain lines serve more than one fuel burning appliance in the same residence, the drain line diameter shall be:
- A multiple evaporator unit refrigeration system will have it suction lines connected to a header. Which of the following terms describes this installation?
- A blower or fan that distributes air to a room, space, or area is called:
- A modulating gas valve is used in electronically controled gas furnaces. It changes the burner flame in response to the temperature difference between the thermostat setting and the:
- Ducts used to convey flammable vapors in excess of the acceptable lower flammability limit shall extend directly:
- When an evaporative cooler is being installed, it must be flashed for all the following EXCEPT:
- An upright furnace has been installed in the basement of a residence. The supply air duct to the furnace has an air conditioning coil that uses R22 as its refrigerant. This coil is classified as what type of refrigeration system?
- What cannot be used for the fabrication of evaporative cooling ducts?
- What shall not be installed in an above grade underfloor space unless an approved means is provided to remove unburned gas?
- What source is used to replace the air that is discharged to the outdoors in an air handler?
- The prime contractor on a construction project has the responsibility for compliance with OSHA standard for all:
- Who is responsible to insure that appropriate personal protective equipment is worn in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions?
- Which of the following devices is required to be installed when chemicals additives are used in cooling towers?
- A refrigeration system shall not be pressure tested with:
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture. This can create a hazard if the temperature of the air surrounding the pipe goes below the:
- Fusible plugs in a refrigeration system shall be marked with which of the following?
- Pressure relief valves are rated in:
- A refrigeration compressor with all associated controls and accessories is to be installed. A pressure relief valve shall be connected to the:
- What shall not be required to be removed from an evaporative cooler when it is inspected or serviced?
- What is the function of the equalizing line in a refrigeration system?
- The natural draft, automatically controled gas appliance shall be equiped with a device that will shut off the fuel supply to the burner in the event of:
- A gravity type warm air furnace`s combustion air supply may be taken from the same area as the:
- You are to fabricate a supply line to use when you pressure test newly installed refrigerant lines. A pressure regulator is the first device in the supply line. The second device down stream of the regulator is a pressure gage. A third device is required in the supply line after the regulator. What does the Code specify for the third device?
- Which of the following is required when a warm air furnace is installed in an attic?
- What are the properties of air entering a building from an evaporative cooler?
- Corrective actions to eliminate existing and predictable hazards and unsanitary working conditions can be preformed by:
- Refer to the figure: To wire this thermostat only for heating, single stage, fan operation auto run, which terminals will have wires attached?
- Construction safety standards are set by:
- A building where 50 or more people gather for education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking, dining or awaiting transporation is defined by Code as what type of occupancy?
- Aluminum ducts can be used if the system to be installed is rated as a:
- The operation and maintenance of refrigeration systems shall be in accordance with:
- Combustion air vents will provide the required air to a 125,000 BTUH furnace in the basement. The vents provide free air directly through an opening in the attic. What size combustion air vents are required?
- A product conveying duct system requires a branch duct for one of the run-outs. It will be installed at the large end of a transition fitting. What maximum angle is permitted for the branch duct connection?
- What minimum return air vent opening is required for a 120,000 BTUH upflow warm air furnace in a residence?
- A room where an appliance is to be installed is 12` x 6` with an 8` ceiling. The combustion air for the appliance will be taken from the room. 50 cubic feet of ventilation air are required per 1000 BTUH. What maximum BTUH input rating is allowed for the appliance?
- What minimum clear height is required in a refrigeration machinery room?
- What minimum height is required for an above ground platform that will support an evaporative cooler?
- Combustion air duct for an appliance that shall terminate in a space open to the front or firebox side of the unit, this space shall extend from the floor to the ceiling and have a minimum depth of:
- Combustion air is to be taken from an attic space vented to the outdoors. The air vent into the attic space shall extend what minimum distance above the top of the ceiling joists?
- An air cooled condensing unit is located in a room that is 9`- 5" x 5` with an 8` ceiling. A permanent opening to the outside of the building is required so ventilation air can be supplied to the mechanical room. What minimum net free area is required for the mechanical room`s vent opening?
- A plume from a cooling tower shall discharge a minimum of ___ feet above the nearest building`s ventilation inlet.
- The air in a mechanical room shall be completely changed every ___ minutes.
- Refer to the combustion air sizing Table 7-1 in the 1997 UMC. In a building of unusually tight construction, an appliance is to be installed in an unconfined space. Combustion air to supply the appliance shall be taken directly from the outdoors through 2 openings. Each opening shall have a minimum free area for all appliances requiring combustion air of one square inch per:
- What minimum clearance is required between a fabricated metal duct and the ground below?
- What Class of duct is designated to convey smoke, non-corrosive gasses or light fine dusts?
- What minimum working space is required for servicing a free standing warm air furnace?
- Refrigeration service tubing is made from:
- What minimum outside diameter copper refrigerant line requires an independent support if a stop valve is installed in the line?
- A duct that provides combustion air shall have a minimum cross sectinal dimension of:
- A listed limit control is to be placed on a forced air furnace. The control shall be set for ___ F maximum temperature.
- What minimum clearance shall a suspended type unit heater have to combustible materials at the sides of the heater?
- A blower type warm air furnace is rated at 180,000 BTUH. Which supply air duct will provide the minimum air flow required?
- Refer to field leak pressure test Table 11-4 in the 1997 UMC. What pressure is required for a leak test on the high side of a water cooled R-22 unit?
- What minimum clearance is required between an openable window and the outlet of the exhaust from a refrigeration machinery room?
- What minimum clearance is required between an inside wall corridor and a vented wall furnace in the adjoining wall?
- A moisture indicator is installed in an air conditioning system. How much time is required to obtain an accurate color signal?
- What minimum contact lap is required for crimp joints that connect round residential air ducts?
- A pressure test conducted on a refrigeration system shall be ___ times the pressure setting of the relief device.
- A blower type warm air furnace must have its air supply duct sized according to BTUH output rating of the furnace. What minimum unobstructed cross sectional supply duct area is required for a 180,000 BTUH furnace?
- Two vents are installed to provide the air for a furnace. Approximately 1/2 of the air will be supplied by the lower of the two vents that are installed. What maximum height may the lower vent be above the floor?
- Ducts that will convey products at temperatures between 125 F and 250 F shall be installed at what minimum distance from combustible materials?
- A pressure relief valve is required to be piped outdoors. It shall terminate at what minimum distance from a door, window, ventilation opening, or exit from the building?
- A warm air furnace not listed for closet or alcove installation is to be installed in a confined space. The furnace measures 2` x 3` x 5` in height. The volume of the confined space shall be a minimum of ___ cubit feet.
- A Class 1 occupancy has a bathroom that is served by a direct air conditioning system. The bathroom is the smallest humanly occupied space in the residence. The bathroom measures 6`x 8`x 8` ceiling. What is the maximum amount of R-22 tha may be used in this air conditioning system based on the room size?
- A warm air furnace is to be installed in a laundry room in the basement of a new home. The furnace is NOT listed for closet or alcove installation. The volume of the room is based on what ceiling height?
- Refer to Table 3-3 in the 1997 UMC, chimney and vent connector clearances. A listed residential water heater with a draft hood has a chimney connector made of single wall metal pipe. What minimum clearance is required between tthe connector and any unprotected combustible materials?
- What minimum height above grade must a concrete slab extend when it is used to support an evaporative cooler?
- Refer to chimney connector and vent connector table in the UMC. A listed residential water heater with a draft hood has a chimney connector made of single wall metal pipe. What minimum clearance is required between the connector and any unprotected combustible material?
- What minimum number of air changes per hour is required for a residential cooling system?
- What minimum area combustion airvent is required for an appliance located in a confined space when all air is taken from indoors?
- Exposed materials used inside a duct system shall have what maximum flame spread rating?
- What maximum length is allowed for a flexible connector that is to be installed between an air handler and a duct system?
- Combustion air vents terminate in a attic space that communicates directly with the outdoors. What minimum vertical clearance is required above the openings in the attic?
- What minimum pitch is required for a condensate drain line connected to the condensing type furnace?
- Combustion air vent openings that terminate on the outside of the building shall be covered with a corrosion resistant screen that has a wire mesh of:
- The discharge from more than one pressure relief device may run into a common header if the header piping is a minimum of:
- Refer to Table 6-4 in UMC. Air ducts are being installed for a central air conditioner. Supply air ducts run through a ventilated attic in Heating Zone I. All of the following insulations may be used except:
- All of the following are methods that support the earth walls around the perimeter of a deep excavation except:
- Guard rails and toe boards are required if a scaffold platform is ___ feet above the ground.
- What kind of tie is used to anchor masonry veneer to concrete structures?
- Refer to the figure. What is shown in the masonry cross section number 2?
- Refer to the diagram. What is the name of this concrete masonry unit?
- Refer to the diagram. What is the name of this concrete masonry unit?
- Modular grid system is being used in masonry design. The base unit measure used in a modular grid is how many inches?
- A canopy is built over a walkway to protect pedestrians during a construction project. The canopy shall be a minimum clear height of:
- A straight commercial Stairway is 6` wide. At what maximum dimension is an imtermediate handrail required?
- The maximum horizontal distance between fire stops in consealed spaces of stud walls in partitions shall be:
- A threshold in an existing building is modified to provide a beveled edge on each side. This doesn`t meet the requirements of the Code for disabled persons if the threshold is ___ inches maximum height?
- Each area of rescue assistance shall provide at least 2 accessible areas. Each area shall be not less in size than:
- The floor of an exterior townhouse balcony must be capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load of at least ___ PSF.
- A parking lot has 12 parking spaces accessible to persons with disabilities. How many spaces shall be made accessible for vans?
- What is the maximum width a stairway can be before a handrail on each side is required?
- The plans show one hour fire resistant walls of 14` high. It shows 5/8" Type X gypsum wall board on both sides of 2" x 4" wooden studs. Intermediate horizontal fire stopping is required at what vertical height?
- What shall be the minimum depth of a footing above the bottom reinforcement for a footing not on piles?
- A public building served by parking lot shall have parking spaces accessible to persons with disabilities. These spaces would be located:
- If #6 deformed steel reinforcing bar is lapped 40 times the bar diameter, what is the actual bar lap?
- Refer to the diagram. This is a ____ molding.
- Which of the following carries the weight of masonary veneer units over a wall opening such as a door or a window?
- After one season, a concrete slab shows crazing, dusting, and spalling. These defects were caused during finishing by:
- How many linear feet of tackless strip are needed for two bedrooms that each measure 12` x 13`?
- A room is 12` x 16`- 6″ and has a 9` ceiling. How many square feet of drywall are required to cover the walls and ceiling? Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- What type of paint spray systems requires the use of a tip guard on a spray nozzel for operator safety?
- Concrete curing procedures for a new slab should begin immediately after:
- Any type of soil can be properly compacted by:
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to place a 5` by 36` by 4 1/2" side walk (do not allow for waste)?
- What is the term for the process of removing forms and shoring after concrete is poured and set?
- An electric circular saw shall be equipped with a:
- Nail holes are being filled in new interior wood that will be painted with latex paint. When should final spackle be applied?
- Adding water to a workable concrete batch will increase the:
- Concrete tiles installed with a 3″ top lap weighs approximately how many pounds per square?
- A portable ladder without grab rails provides access to the roof. What minimum height must the side rails of the ladder extend above the roof?
- A carpenter is laying out a stud wall for an interior door. How many inches should be allowed for the door jambs, width and trimmer studs?
- It takes 14 man hours to set 100 square feet of concrete forms. At a cost of $13.75 per man hour, what will be the total cost per square foot of form work?
- What final step should be performed before concrete is placed into foundation forms?
- The attic area of a residence is 1395 sq ft. The plans call for R38 insulation. Using the table information, how many bundles of insulation will be required to insulate the attic?
R-Value Area/Bundle Thickness
30 18.5SF 8"
22 20.5SF 7"
19 22.5SF 6"
13 45.0SF 3 1/2"
11 47.0SF 3 1/2"
- Which one of the following describes quary tile?
- Glass mesh border units are being installed as a base for ceramic tile. The joint and corners are covered with tape embedded in a skim coat of presanded thin set or latex portland cement mortar. What type of tape should be used?
- Where the edge of a shingle roof meets a vertical wall on new construction, the surface of the wall should be applied:
- A hole is being excavated for a 32` x 41` hole. The hole is 5` deep and 4` of clearance is required beyond each of the building lines. The sides are not sloped. How many cubic yards of soil will be removed?
- What minimum working height above grade requires fall protection?
- The fire rating of a wall separating a single family dwelling and an attached garage must be at least:
- What must be done before an exterior stucco is applied?
- Concrete footing are to support two floors that will have an 8″ wide concrete foundation wall. What minimum thickness is required for the footing?
- At least one exterior door in a dwelling unit shall provide what minimum clear width when its door is wide open?
- What minimum size window is required to ventilate a residential laundry room?
- Given: Lumber of an e-value of 1,300,000 will be used for ceiling joists in a house. The 2 x 6 joists must support a total live and dead load of 15 PSI (could be 50). What is the maximum allowable space if the joists are installed at 16″ on center?
- What is the minimum total area of exterior openings that can be opened, required for natural ventilation in each room of a dwelling?
- What maximum size hole may be bored in a 2 x 10 floor joist for plumbing pipes?
- What is the minimum required vertical end lap for joints of building paper installed over sheathing?
- Studs in a bearing wall are bored the maximum diameter and doubled as required by Code. What maximum number of successive studs may be bored?
- A concrete garage floor slab is being poured in an area that is exposed to moderate weathering. What minimum amount of air is required in the batch?
- A contractor has installed sill plate bolts in a foundation wall. The bolts are spaced at 48″ on center. How does this spacing relate to the requirements of the Code?
- A smoke detector shall be installed in each of the following locations EXCEPT:
- What is the minimum allowable tread run for a residential stair?
- A required attic access opening shall be what mininum size ?
- What maximum area of the brick veneer shall the wall tie support? (Note: The UBC states that the wall ties shall cover 4.5 square feet This question should be protested because there is no correct answer)
- Which of the following projects requires residential smoke detectors installed as specified by Code?
- One half inch gypsum wall board is being attached with screws to wood ceiling joists spaced at 16" on center. These screws shall be spaced a maximum of ___ inches on center.
- Combustible framing may be placed no closer than what distance from a masonry fire place wall?
- Two centrifigal pumps each producing 20 GPM at 25 PSI are connected in parallel. The resulting output pressure will be:
- Which of the following represents shut-off head:
- What is the name for the volume changes that occurs when earth material is excavated from its compacted position:
- What characteristic is used to measure the amount of compaction in soil compaction testing:
- According to Excavation and Grading Handbook, proper compaction of any type of soil is best achieved by:
- Pop-up operation in a hydro-pneumatic system is controlled by:
- The number of sprinkler control valves on one zone control circuit is to be increased above the capacity of that circuits` conductors. Those conductors should be replaced by:
- Given: The operator is placing electrical cable to serve a valve of an irrigation sprinkler system. What type of electrical wirie is most commonly used for underground feeders and as direct burial wiring?
- The normal power requirement for operation of a typical irrigation sprinkler systems control remote control valve is 2.5 amps at:
- According toTurf Irrigation Manual, sprinkler valve circuit wiring should be laid in:
- An earth ground on a sprinkler irrigation controller is:
- Given a turf sprinkler system is equipped with bucket strainer and a blow- down valve. The blow down of the strainer screen should occur when the sprinklers are:
- What effect does an installed flow control device have in a long-run turf sprinkler pipe?
- A turf sprinkler system has varying elevations according to the turf irrigation manual, pipe breakage caused freezing can best be prevented by placing auto-drain valves:
- Gate valves should never be used as zone operating valves on manually controled turf sprinkler systems because:
- What type of sprinkler head requires the most maintenance because of its smaller sized orifice?
- According to Turf Irrigation Manual, what type of irrigation head nozzle is preferable for watering steep scopes?
- If a full circle sprayhead produces 5 gpm, what flow would a matched precipitation quarter-circle sprayhead produce?
- Sprinkler heads that are compatable in matched precipitation also are similar in that they:
- Six full circle sprinkler heads rated at 4 GPM and 4 minutes precipitation half circle heads irrigate on area 44` x 30` insize. What is this systems precipitation rate per hour?
- A spray head rated at 3 GPM covers a surface area of 266 square feet. The precipitation rate of this head will be how many inches per hour?
- What type of copper pipe can be used forshrub head risers?
- Refer to the drawing and chart. The demand for each sprinkler head is 4 GPM. Size each pipe segment based on sprinkler demand and the following:
PIPE SIZE IDEAL FLOW
1/2 1-6 GPM
3/4 7-10 GPM
1 11-16 GPM
1 1/4 17-26 GPM
1 1/2 27-35 GPM
2 36-55 GPM
When minimum pipe size is used, how much 1/2" pipe is required for the system?
- Refer to the drawing and chart. The demand for each sprinkler head is 4 GPM. Size each pipe segment based on sprinkler demand and the following:
PIPE SIZE IDEAL FLOW
1/2 1-6 GPM
3/4 7-10 GPM
1 11-16 GPM
1 1/4 17-26 GPM
1 1/2 27-35 GPM
2 36-55 GPM
What minimum pipe size is required for section A-B?
- Refer to the drawing and chart. The demand for each sprinkler head is 4 GPM. Size each pipe segment based on sprinkler demand and the following:
PIPE SIZE IDEAL FLOW
1/2 1-6 GPM
3/4 7-10 GPM
1 11-16 GPM
1 1/4 17-26 GPM
1 1/2 27-35 GPM
2 36-55 GPM
What minimum pipe size is required for section B-C?
- Refer to the drawing and chart. The demand for each sprinkler head is 4 GPM. Size each pipe segment based on sprinkler demand and the following:
PIPE SIZE IDEAL FLOW
1/2 1-6 GPM
3/4 7-10 GPM
1 11-16 GPM
1 1/4 17-26 GPM
1 1/2 27-35 GPM
2 36-55 GPM
What minimum pipe size is required for section "L-P"?
- Refer to the drawing and chart. The demand for each sprinkler head is 4 GPM. Size each pipe segment based on sprinkler demand and the following:
PIPE SIZE IDEAL FLOW
1/2 1-6 GPM
3/4 7-10 GPM
1 11-16 GPM
1 1/4 17-26 GPM
1 1/2 27-35 GPM
2 36-55 GPM
What minimum pipe size is required forsegment L-M?
- Refer to I 11535-5 and T200-1. Area B has the following irrigation requirements: Piping = PVC 200. Fittings = PVC schedule 40; zone valves=located at front of home; 4` south of drveway: area = supplied by zone valves 2-3: sprinklers = 12" apart; Area B piping design = maximun of 1030` in length; piping full head sprikler heads before calculationg zone pressure loss: The maximum pressure for zone valve supply at zone 2-3 = 3 PSI; Area B = level grade. If the maximum flow rate is 36.8 gpm at 11 SF, What minimum size pipe shall be installed from the zone malve to the farthest full head sprinkler in area "B"?
- Turf sprinkler piping is specified by the OD size. What does OD mean?
- What is the difference between pipe that is labled PVC 1210 and one that is labled PVC 1220?
- A PVC pipe labled PVC 1220 has a hydro static design stress pressure of ________ PSI.
- Primer is painted on the end of PVC pipe prior to cementing in order to:
- If the minimum backflow prevention required by code is used at “D”, what minimum distance is required at “B”?
- What minimum backflow protection is required at “D”?
- All water service yard piping shall be burried at least__________ inches below local frost depth.
- A water service pipe and a sewer pipe are installed in the same trench. What minimum vertical distance is required between the bottom of the water service pipe and the top of the building sewer pipe?
- What should be installed in the supply pipe to prevent malfunctions in the sprinkler systems, when a raw water source is used.
- Water pressure from the main is considerded unadequate and would require a pump if it is less than_______ PSI.
- A plumbing blueprint is drawn to a 1/8" = 1`-0" scale. The horizontal water main from the meter to the first cold water riser measures 17 5/16" on the drawings. How much pipe would be required to install this segment?
- What is the name for the measurement take along the centerline of a pipe and its fitting?
- Graphite anodes are generally preffered for installation in
- In case of new tank installations, sacrificial anodes should be placed_________ the tank.
- Magnesium anodes are pre-packaged in chemical backfil. The chemicals that backfill does not
- Which of the following materials is not a type commonly used for sacrificial anode installed in soil
- Which of the following statements do not apply to factory installed anodes
- Petroleum distribution system anodes are typically installed below the piping at a depth of_________feet
- In order to determine if impressed current cathodic protection has been achieved, which one of the following criteria is not required between the structure and a saturated copper/copper sulfate reference electrode contacting the soil electrolite?
- Anodes may be located in remote ground beds or in deep wells for all of the following reasons except
- Which of following connection proceedures should be used for impressed current protection structure
- Platinized titanium anodes are best suited for installations in
- Which of the following materials are not used for impressed current anode
- A device that converts alternating current to direct current is called
- Buried tanks are usually more severly attacked on the bottom surface than the top. A major contributing factor to this phenomina is
- What type of corrosion occurs when two metals of different composition are connected in a soil electrolyte
- The practical galvanic series table lists various metals according to their relationship to copper/copper sulfate in
- What happens at wiring the corrossion at the anode
- In order for corrossion to occur, different potential must exist on the metal surface. Which one of the following are the required component for corrossion?
- Corrosion of burried steel structures is caused by_________ process.
- Selenium rectifiers are
- Adequate sacrificial anode protection of an underground petroleum storage tank can be determined by taking a measurement between the tank and the surrounding soil. The correct measurement is:
- Longer anode life for zinc anodes can be achieved by using_________ current output.
- A type of sacrificial anode used in soils with high consentrations of carbonites and baucfates is
- Structures protected by the use of an externally imposed current become
- Sacrificial anode are made of relitively active metals such as
- Impressed current anodes are made of relatively inarch materials such as
- What are the advantages of an impressed current cathodic protection system?
- What are the advantages of a sacrificial anode cathodic protection systems
- Which of the following is not typical source of direct current
- The most damaging type of electrical currents that travel thru the soil electrolyte are
- Which of the following is a not a type of electric chemical corosion that can effect barried steel structures
- A control that is self activating and operates by its own mechanism when actuated by some impersonal influence is called
- A junction box is constructed so that exposer to the weather will not interfere with successful operation. This is considered to be
- An appliance is said to be_________ if connected to some conducting body which serves in place of earth.
- Which of the following is not a fitting
- The purpose of the NEC is to ________
- OHM`s law is
- The _______ the current flow, the greater the voltage drop through that part of the circuit.
- A volt meter measures
- Material containing numerous free electrons are
- To change AC to DC you use
- When the coil of a _________ is energized the electrical contacts are open or closed.
- Refer to the diagram:
The total power for the circuit is ____ watts
- Batteries connected in series
- Terminals that are marked with plus and minus signs are said to be__________
- When a current leaves its intended path and returns to the source bypassing the load the circuit is ___________
- When a DC system is in a steady state condition there is:
- The greater the number of free electrons the better the ________ of a metal
- Conductor resistance varies with which of the following:
- Batteries may charge
- In a parrallel circuit tie total resistance of resistors in parallel is always
- A pressure relief valve shall be installed in a steam coil that heats oil in a tank. The steam pressure supply is 15 PSI. The described pressure relief valve shall be set for what maximum pressure?
- When a dry chemical piping system has been installed, what shall be done before the discharge devices are added?
- A positive displacement compressor is one that compresses refrigerant using:
- What is the name of the appliance that generates steam or other vapors in excess of 15 PSI?
- Condensate accumulation in the steamlines of a low pressure steam boiler is the primary cause of:
- A dated declaration of test for a refrigeration system shall show the signatures of which one of the following?
- An auxiliary fuel oil tank shall be installed in relation to its supply tank at a:
- What problem results from an excessively high operating water level in a steam boiler?
- The physiological warning properties of hazardous material production gas are higher than the acceptable exposure limit to the gas. What shall be installed to detect short-term hazards
- What standard pipe length is used to calculate friction loss?
- The safety valve on a low pressure boiler shall be set for the MAWP of the boiler. What does MAWP stand for?
- What measuring device is used to determine the freezing point of brine?
- Where is HPP gas piping required to have a fail safe rupture shut off valve installed when the sypply is from a source outside the building?
- What is the purpose of dumping a boiler?
- A new dry chemical system is to be tested. The testing process shall include all to the following EXCEPT:
- Fusible plugs shall be used on boilers that are:
- What method may not be used to form the connection on copper pipe of iron pipe size?
- Refer to Table 7-1 in the 1997 UMC. In a building of unusually tight construction, an appliance is to be installed in an un-confined space. Combustion air to supply the appliances shall be taken directly from outdoors through two openings. Each opening shall have a minimum free area for all appliances requiring combustion of 1 square inch per ___ BTU/H.
- You have installed a shut off valve in the discharge of an oil pump. Which of the following shall be connected to the line between the pump and the shut off valve?
- What type of material should not be used in a low pressure steam or hot water system?
- What device is designed to prevent a boiler from operating if the mechanically operated draft device fails to provide the required exhaust?
- What effect does steam in a condensate line have on a boiler?
- Boilers that use modulating pressure fire controls for high and low fire operations should be set to:
- According to NFPA 13, high piled storage is defined as storage piled higher than:
- The controls have been set for a new hot water boiler and it has passed its operational test. A set of operating instructions has been given to the new owner. The Code also requires the installer to give the new owner:
- According to NFPA 13, an occupancy where a low rate of heat release is expected, is defined as:
- Every hot water boiler that is not manually fired shall be equipped with ___ combustion temperature regulators installed in series.
- As the moisture content of the air surrounds an electronic humidistat changes, the humidistat sensor changes its:
- Refer to sheet AC30. The estimated total cooling load is based on 400 CFM per ton of cooling. Disregard other compressor capacity information. What tonnage compressor is required if an additional 10% of the total load is added to account for the peak heat loads?
- Refer to sheet AC30 and Table 6-20. The condenser is 30` from the compressor and the airhandler is 20` from the compressor. The compressor is rated at 80 tons. Based on line losses of 2 PSI drop, what size suction line is required?
- A continuous gas monitoring system shall be installed in a dispensing area for hazardous production material gasses if the vapors exceedhow much of the lower explosive limit?
- The final inspection of process piping is required after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of piping. The piping shall stand a pressure test of no less than ___ times the maximum operating pressure of the system.
- What does "ST" mean when it appears as a hydraulic design symbol?
- Regular dry chemical and ordinary dry chemical are listed for use on what fire classification?
- According to NFPA 17, manual activation control in a dry chemical fire system shall require a maximum pull of ___ pounds
- Insulation is to be choosen for steam piping system. The insulation shall be rated for the systems:
- What minimum area combustion air vent is required for an appliance located in a confined space when all air is taken from indoors?
- According to NFPA 17, a dry chemical fire system that protects two or more common restaurant hazard areas shall:
- Copper tubing which must be soldered and is embedded in a wall for a hot water heating system shall be joined using copper brazing rods which have a melting point of:
- A metal sleeve is installed through an interior wall to hold high temperature water pipes. The pipes shall be insulated with:
- Electrically driven equipment used on an oil burner shall have an identified shutoff switch located:
- Which one of the following shall be used when the required pressure test of a steam hot or chilled water line is being conducted?
- A dry layup is recommended for low pressure boilers that are in danger of:
- Pigtail siphons are used with steam boiler pressure gauges to:
- What chemical acts as an oxygen scavenger and is commonly used to treat boiler feedwater?
- At what maximum temperature may a low pressure boiler supply hot water?
- What minimum clearance is required between fire sprinklers, deflectors and the top of the nearest stored materials?
- Steam boiler terminology identifies "priming" as:
- The discharge capacity of a steam boiler`s safety valve is measured in pounds of:
- What does the term "range" mean in reference to a cooling tower?
- Hot water heating may be used to heat heavy oils in an oil tank if the maximum temperature of the hot water is limited to:
- Water is considered hard when it has a high concentration of:
- What valve should be installed if there is a fire department connection in a water supply line?
- Scale begins to form on the flooded portions of the tubes of the boiler when the water reaches ___ degrees F.
- All of the following shall be completed during a boiler startup except:
- Hazardous process piping for liquid products shall have an approved means for directing away spilled materials to:
- A dry chemical system which protects multiple hazards with a selector valve and which has one complete recharge is:
- What is the function of fusible plugs that are used on the water side of some low pressure steam boilers?
- According to NFPA 13, what minimum length of time is required for the pressure to remain on a piping system during hydrostatic testing?
- Return line from oil burners shall be piped to enter the supply tank at what point?
- What minimum inspection and maintenance schedule is required for a dry chemcial pressure container system?
- A 86,000 BTU furnace & 39,000 BTU water heater are being installed in new home. Both units will have vertical round ducts to provide combustion air & both ducts will terminate in attic space. Holes have been cut in wall sheeting to allow for required ope nings centered near gables that will provide combustion air. Siding contractor started his portion of job & panels he`s using for attic venting have 1/2" wide slots by 4" long. How many slots are required on both ends of attic space to provide required
- Where shall automatically operated remote fail-safe energy shutoff valves be installed for tubing designated as HPM piping?
- What is required to be installed as part of each hot water heating system.
- Insulating materials, where concealed in buildings in any type of construction shall have a flame spread index of not more than ___.
- A cooling tower is equipped with a positive discharge system that helps reduce alkali buildup in the tower water. Discharged cooling tower water shall be piped into:
- What minimum size liquid receiver requiring a stop valve may be installed in the inlet line?
- When a pressure relief device discharges into the low side of the same system, which of the following devices shall be used?
- HPM piping is used to transport HPP liquids. It is installed above the ceiling of an exit corridor. Which of the following shall be installed below the piping?
- Which of the following is not defined as a confined or enclosed space?
- What is the correct identifying color for intermediate temperature sprinklers?
- What is the name of the oval tube shaped like a question mark inside a pressure gage?
- Guard rails that are required for fall protection shall be within 3" of what height?
- All hazardous process piping systems that carry liquid waste shall be installed in accordance with:
- A confined space is determined as any space that has a limited means of egress and:
- The body of a 2" valve used in a low pressure steam piping system shall be made of steel, malable iron, or:
- Which of the following types of boilers is not a type of firetube boiler?
- Harzardous process piping may be installed within the space that functions as a wall in an exit corridor, if a mechanical ventilation exhaust system is provided, the ventilation system shall be capable of ___ complete air ch anges per hour.
- Hazardous process piping in service corridors shall be:
- According to NFPA 17, a dry chemical fire system must have at least ___ manual controls for actuation.
- According to NFPA 13, joint compound may be applied to fitting threads only when it is applied:
- Why is an oxygen scavenger added to a boiler`s water?
- When hot water or steam piping cannot be installed with the required grade or pitch, that particular section of piping shall be provided with:
- According to NFPA 13, the function of an outside sprinkler system is to:
- An automatically fired hot water boiler serving a Group R occupancy of more than 6 units, shall be equipped with:
- When an oil burner is not equipped with a safe automatic restarting control system and a safety control has shut off the burner, the burner shall be:
- A fuel tank installed in a building shall be equipped with a visual or audible devise to indicate when:
- A power boiler shall be inspected at what minimum interval?
- High molecular weight methacrylate is used for the sealing of concrete surfaces at a preparation of one gallon per 100 square feet. How many gallons of HMWM are needed to seal the surface of a 30 mile section of highway 20 feet wi de?
- What is the spacing between the barbs on two-point barbed wire fencing?
- All non-test personnel must remain clear of the test pipeline area when a hoop stress test is more than ____ percent of the test pressure.
- According to OSHA, what maximum time interval is allowed between the two required interior inspections of a transmissioin pipeline carrying corrosive gas?
- What should be the main concern when the installer places drains in culverts?
- According to OSHA, unless the state or municipality establishes a minimum cover, the natural gas main must be installed underground with what minimum cover of natural soil?
- Question 5481
- A 6" water service line is being tapped into an existing 12" PVC water main. What is the name of piece of metal removed from the main line during the operation?
- All non-test personel must remain clear of the test pipeline area when a hoop stress test is more than what percent of the test pressure?
- According to OSHA, what maximum time interval is allowed between the two required interior inspection of a transmission pipeline carrying corrosive gas?
- What should be the main concern when an installer places drains in culverts?
- According to OSHA, unless the state or municipalities establishes a minimum cover, the natural gas main must be installed underground with what minimum cover of normal?
- What is the term for a pressurized pipeline that delivers sewage from a pumping station to a treatment plant?
- A failed concrete slab contains a construction joint. What is used to continue a construction joint through a concrete patch repair?
- When you are operating a backhoe and the crowd control is moved toward you, which of the following will occur?
- “The New Mexico Specifications for Public Works Construction” requires ___ % of the total working pressure to be applied in hydrostatic testing of waterlines.
- For asphalt lift thicknesses greater than 1 1/4″, the vibratory roller shall be operated at:
- Concrete pressure pipe is used as a carrier pipe for a water main. What should be used to protect the pipe joints during a jacking operation?
- What minimum size space must be provided at the penetration point between a concrete vault and a ductile iron pipe watermain?
- According to OSHA, a welder whose qualification is based on non-destructive weld testing can weld all of the following EXCEPT:
- Which of the following is not permitted when natural gas transportation pipelines are joined?
- A confined space is defined as any space that has a limited means of egress and:
- Refer to table. A thrust block is required for a 45 degree elbow in class 150 psi in a 12″ water main. How much concrete will be required for this fitting in sand & gravel?
- What minimum clearance is required between an underground natural gas transmission line and any other underground pipeline or structure?
- What valve should be installed to maximize water flow in waterline with a known high point?
- Concrete sanitary manholes are filled with water and allowed to saturate and stabilize before testing. The rate of leakage for the manhole is based on water loss per gallon per hour per feet of diameter. What is the maximum allowable leakage for a sanitary manhole measured in gallons per hour per feet of diameter?
- Sanitary sewer pipe has been installed in an area where there is minimal ground water pressure. “New Mexico Public Works Specifications” require what air pressure range to be used for the air leak test of sanitary sewer pipe?
- The most efficient traveling speed for a vibratory roller depends on:
- What is a surveying connecting traverse closing line for a polygon loop?
- What international color is used by contractors to mark boundaries of the excavation site?
- What does a proctor test determine?
- Refer to the survey record. What is elevation of BM #2?
- In road construction, the final grading operation is commonly guided by grade stakes located at the trimming elevation. What are these stakes called?
- What term describes the process in which the contractor and owner participate in good faith and fair dealing in the performance and enforcement of a project?
- Which of the following is not one of the three common secondary blasting techniques?
- The change in elevation is 18" for a 2% grade. What is the horizontal distance?
- Refer to the Figure: What is the correct counter clockwise reading on the double vernier engineers` transit?
- When an excavation is inspected by a competent person and evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in is found, OSHA requires that:
- Which one of the following is used to reduce the "Loping" while riding defect in a two axle type scraper?
- Refer to figure (no scale) & Trig Tables. A 2000 foot highway centerline is estblished. For the first tangent section of a radius of 500` use BI=6+00, A=40 deg D=R tan(A1/Z) to find BC1. How should station 4BC1 be marked?
- What is the acceptable oxygen level in any "confined" space?
- Refer to the Figure: What is the rod reading to the nearest 100th of a foot?
- Excavation for a 500 feet by 1000 feet area requires the uniform removal of 6" top soil. A single rubber tire scraper with a heaped capacity of 100 cubic yards per hour will be used. The soil has an excavation expansion facto r of 25%. How many hours should be estimated for the excavation?
- According to AASHDO, distributed foundation material that will support rip-rap, must be compacted to ___% density.
- Refer to the Figure:Side BC equals 40m. Side AD equals 20m. The triangle formed by the points AaD represents an area of right-of-way for a borrow pit. What is the area of the shaded triangle? (Round to nearest whole meter)
- According to the “Blasters Handbook”, when a fuse is properly ignited, the cord ignites with a jet of flame called the:
- Which term is the weight supporting quality of tires, crawler tracks, and platforms?
- At the end of the work day, all asphalt distribution lines should be blown out with:
- A mechanics lien is best defined as_______.
- To enforce a lien, proceedings in a proper court of law must begin _______ ?
- In Nevada, a lien binds a building or structure for ______.
- Every person filing a lien must do so before ____ days have elapsed after the completion of the work, the last delivery of material, or the last performance of labor.
- In Nevada, if their is a contract on a construction project and a lien is filed, the amount of the lien will equal ?
- According to the Nevada Contractors Reference Manual, anyone who preforms labor on or furnishes material worth _____ or more to construct, alter, or repair any building or other structure, has a lien on the premises.
- The ____ Act as amended states in part that "accurate and complete records of employee work hours must be maintained"
- What type of tax recognizes the total of capital stock issued, additional capital paid in, and retained earnings?
- Failure to remit the required payroll taxes may result in a ____penalty?
- The IRS requires that records of recordation (time cards) be maintained for____?
- Financial ratios make it possible for a company to ____?
- What method of depreciation ignores any salvage value and depreciates the asset according to a set formula over time periods based on the type of property involved?
- The statement of cash flows is a relatively new financial statement. The information provided in this statement is designed to___?
- The basic balance sheet equation is:
- What important information can the cash flow schedule give to the contractor?
- What would measure the relative proportion of funds provided by both creditor and owners?
- Assets are equal to:
- What accounting method records income when cash is received?
- A positive cash flow is when _______.
- The balance sheet provides a look at the company’s growth in the time frame of?
- Which of the following statements about the cash basis of accounting is true?
- If a company`s receipts exceed its disbursements it is an example of:
- If the end of your fiscal year ends September 30th, when is the end of the third quarter?
- Which journal records all income?
- Which of the following does an accountant list all transactions in chronological order?
- Current liabilities are defined as those on the balance sheet which will mature within______.
- Using the accrual basis of accounting, earning which has not been received will be displayed as______.
- What would measure the relative proportion of funds provided by both creditors and owners?
- Which accounting method records income when it is earned, even though actual payment may not be received until later?
- Current liabilities are defined as those on the balance sheet which will mature within ______.
- What is net income?
- What account statement reflects a company`s financial condition on a particular date?
- The basic Balance Sheet equation is:
- The difference between the company`s receipts and disbursements is known as______?
- The Federal Act that relates to employee benefits, primarily the continuation of medical insurance benefits for prior employees is the ____?
- A documented employee works for 5 years for a single employer before leaving his position. According to the immigration laws, the I-9 must be retained on file for _____?
- The Fair Labor Standards Act enforces and administers labor laws which require payment of prevailing wage rates on federally-financed or assisted construction projects. This is called_____.
- Failure to follow the EPA standard for asbestos will result in:
- A contractor with ___ or more employees must have a working and operational safety plan.
- OSHA form 300 and 301 must be kept by the employer for ___ years?
- If an accidental work-related death or an accident that results in the injury of five or more employees occurs, which of the following would need to report to OSHA?
- An OSHA poster _____.
- Which of the following diseases is not directly linked with asbestos?
- What and who does a bond protect and give the right to collect additional funds:
- If an owner requires a bond from the general contractor for the work to be performed in the amount of specified in the lien law, ______.
- Of the following, which is required to assure the project owner that the low bidder will not withdraw his bid after the bid opening?
- Which type of property insurance is most widely used for construction projects?
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, the type of insurance used to protect construction projects property is_____?
- A project owner, in order to insure the contractor will build a project according to specifications, will require a contractor to furnish ____?
- Which of the following would not be considered a company overhead expense?
- What is a forward look at the major activities, concerns, potential problems, and opportunities of a construction firm called?
- A scheduling technique showing the starting and finishing times for the individual tasks which make up a job is shown on a _____?
- A commonly used method of displaying a project schedule is a ____?
- The Critical Path Method (CPM) is an example of ____.
- When two licensed contractors agree to assist each other in the completion of a single project it is called _____?
- A contract document contains a clerical numerical error between a written figure and a typed figure; which number would prevail?
- Which of the following contract documents contains the actual physical description of the project to be constructed?
- What is a contract between a prime contractor and a secondary contractor or supplier called?
- According to the Contractor`s Reference Manual, after a contract is awarded, who usually is required to obtain and pay for building permits, licenses, and inspections?
- The principal adversarial reason for contract termination is______.
- A contractor gives the owner a document which explains that 20% of the contract sum is for structural work, 20% for foundations, and 60% for inside finish work. What is this document called?
- A contract must contain which of the following elements to be considered valid?
- When preparing equipment estimate for a job, which would be the easier to calculate, owned equipment or rented equipment?
- To help keep errors to a minimum during the quantity take off process should use ___ to help reduce omissions, duplications and the substitution of incorrect items.
- The most important part of the estimating process that requires a complete take-off of all materials that will be required in the project is______?
- The easiest and least reliable method of estimating basing the cost of similar projects with allowances made for any differences is the ____ method?
- What is the hardest cost to estimate for a bid?
- The average profit margin in the construction industry over the past few years has been around _____.
- Labor costs can make up anywhere from ____ of the hard costs of a project?
- The type of estimate which is an approximation of the actual construction cost based on cost guides for similar work is the ____,
- On competitively bid projects, the mark up or margin is added at the close of the estimating process and is an allowance for overhead items, contingency and ___.
- Before issuing a contractor`s license to any applicant, the Board shall require the applicant to file a surety bond of not less than ___ and not more than ___, based on the applicant`s financial position and magnitude of his ope ration.
- When is a license required to bid or perform work totally financed by the federal government?
- If an employee is employed by a corporation and takes the licensing examination for the corporation, who will own the license when it is issued?
- Two brothers have agreed to enter into business together. The oldest brother wants no day to day involvement. What type of business should the brothers form?
- Which of the following is an advantage of operating a sole proprietorship?
- Under a partnership, who pays the company income taxes?
- The simplest form of business ownership is a _______.
- What form of business organization has a tax structure similar to a partnership, but is organized as a corporation?
- Which of the following has no managerial or decision-making power and has liability restricted to the amount of the investment?
- Concerning a partnership, which of the following statements is true?
- What entity continues to exist upon the death of one of the principals?
- With whom must a lien be filed?
- A lien is filed in Nevada and has not commenced in court. The lien must be enforced within what maximum length of time?
- What are the maximum number of days an original contractor has to file a lien after completing a project?
- Where is a lien filed?
- Which one of the following would NOT be paid first under the Nevada mechanic lien law?
- A contractor, subcontractor,laborer, or supplier of materials who performs work or furnishes materials of the value of ____ or more to imporve the property, has the right to place a lien on said property.
- If the natural person qualifying by examination ceases to be connected with the licensee, the licensee shall have ____ day to replace the natural person with another person.
- If the natural person qualifying by examination ceases to be connected to the licensee, the licensee shall notify the Board in writing within ____ days after the cessation.
- The fee for renewal for a contractor`s license is:
- Financial responsibility of an applicant for a contractor`s license is determined by the use of which of the following?
- Before granting an original or renewal of a contractor`s license to an applicant, the board shall require any of the following EXCEPT:
- Engaging in contracting business or submitting a bid in the state of Nevada, could result in an administrative fine of not more than ____ for each violation.
- It shall be unlawful for any person or combination of persons to:
- The State of Nevada Contractor`s Board shall consist of ____ members appointed by the governor.
- Before issuing a contractor`s license, the Board shall require the applicant to file a surety bond, or cash deposit in the favor of tthe Board in an amount not to exceed:
- An automatically suspended license may be reinstated within six months, if all but the following is done EXCEPT:
- What does a thermostatic expansion valve that is cross charged contain?
- How is a dryer used in a refrigeration system?
- Repeated bending of soft drawn copper tubing causes:
- Refer to the hot gas defrost system: Which valves must be closed to defrost all three evaporators?
- A walk-in measures 10` x 12` and has an 8` ceiling. How many cubic feet of space is contained?
- What type of thermal insulation is designed for use on extremly low temperatures of -100 F to -450 F surfaces.
- According to CIIS, which of the following is true regarding insulation of low temperature pipes less than 31 degrees F?
- According to CIIS, which of the following pipe insulations is suitable for use on cold piping?
- When a refrigeration system is charged using the low side method if the suction pressure is to low, it may cause:
- When a refrigeration system is charged using the low side method proper system charging may be speeded up by:
- What are the proper installation locations for two refrigerant connections used for a dual pressure motor control?
- What is the name of the type of refrigerant system that has two compressors with the discarge of one compressor going to the suction of the second compressor?
- What is another name for wrought copper fittings used in refrigerant systems?
- Refer to the figure: Number six points to the:
- Refer to the figure: Number seven points to the:
- When refrigerant passes through a metering device and an excessive is suddenly changed from a liquid to a vapor, it is called:
- Compressors with cylinder unloaders should start:
- According to “Modern Refrigeration”, additional refrigerant oil should be added to a system if the suction and liquid lines are not more than ___ feet long.
- What type of copper tubing should be used to flare fittings for a condensing unit?
- What is used to prevent refrigerant from liquifying in the compressor crank case during cold weather?
- What is required to be installed to be installed at each refrigerant piping outlet from a receiver?
- What is the internal gross volume of a refrigerant container that requires a stop valve at the inlet of the container?
- A pipe support shall be installed within how many feet after the first bend in the tubing in the compressor discharge line?
- What is the maximum nominal size soft drawn copper tubing that may be used for lines on a refrigeration system?
- A refrigeration unit using R717, is to be installed inside a cold storage facility not in a mechanical room. The maximum occupant load permitted is based refrigerant unit serving how many square feet of area per person?
- A one horsepower refrigeration condensing unit is installed in a room that measures 11` x 12` x 8` ceilings. According to code, a means of ventilation for the unit:
- What does code specify as the frequency for the air to be changed in a room that houses a refrigeration condensing unit?
- According to code, what does the Alpha part of the refrigerant classification signify?
- An enclosed type unlisted illuminating appliances are being installed outdoors. What is the minumum distance allowed between the described appliances and the nearest combustible material?
- A barbecue grille is to be installed just off the patio deck. There is a wood fence next to the grille. The fence is 24" from the grille. The grille is unlisted. This installation:
- What is the maximum distance an approved manual shut off valve may be from the appliance it serves?
- What is the maximum length permitted for a flexible gas connector used indoors when installing a new appliance?
- Gas appliances are to be installed in a confined space. Two permanent openings are provided and installed to meet local code requirements. These minimum openings communciate directly with the outdoors. Each opening shall ha ve a minimum free area based on total BTUH input rating for all of the appliances in the space. The openings are placed in an outside wall. The described free area is one square inch per ___ BTUH.
- An overhead heater in a commercial garage shall be installed at what distance from the floor?
- You are installing a listed warm air upflow furnace in a residence. The furnace has a limit control that is factory set for 250 degrees. The room is large in comparison to the furnace. What is the minimum clearance betw een the sides of the supply air plenum and the combustible walls of the room where the furnace is to be installed?
- Before installing an appliance in a space, you must detemine if the space is large or small compared to the equipment you are going to install. You will be installing a warm air furnace that measure 18"x24"x48" with 10` ceilings. Determine the required clearances to combustible materials. What minimum cubic feet of space must the room have for it to be classified as a large room in comparison to the furance?
- When an unlisted LP gas heater is being installed, what is the minimum clearance required on all sides and the rear to the nearest combustible materials?
- A Type I gas clothes dryer installed in a bathroom:
- The minimum clearance between a listed Type I clothes dryer and the nearest combustible materials shall be:
- A Type B gravity vent shall terminate at least how far above the highest flue collar served?
- The bottom of a vent elbow is 60" above the floor. It is tied into a common flue at 61 1/2" above the floor. What is the length of the vent connector from the elbow to the common flue?
- When you are installing a vent system for a catagory I appliance on more than one floor in a building, which of the following may be obtained from the habitable area?
- What is the minumum vertical clearance to the nearest combustible material or metal cabinet for a built-in cooking appliance?
- What is the minumum design pressure for an appliance using a vaporizing burner?
- According to NFPA 54, what orface # is required for a 35,000 BTUH LP gas water heater that will be installed at a 5,000` elevation?
- What type of water heater may be installed in a bathroom?
- A decorative fuel gas appliance installed in a vented fireplace must be provided with:
- What is the minimum height required above a garage floor for the burners and other possible ignition sources on a warm air furnace?
- An 8" diameter manifold type connector assembly is required for two catagory I draft hood equipped appliances. What is the maximum length permitted for the manifold?
- Which of the following venting systems may terminate below the eve of a building in an exterior wall of the building?
- What is the maximum horizontal length permitted for an uninsulated vent connector serving a 50` vertical vent for a natural draft appliance?
- If the flame of a match held in front of a draft hood opening is draft into the hood opening,
- What is the minimum slope required for appliance vent connectors?
- A 7" vent connector is to be connected to a vertical vent along with 5" and 4" vent connectors. All three appliances have draft hoods. Type B vent materials are used. They are catagory I appliances on the same floor. What is the minimum size required for the common vent when you will be using the alternate method of sizing in the Code?
- According to the National Fuel Gas Code, when two or more appliances vent connected into the common vertical vent flue or chimney:
- A residential type LP gas furnace has a 6" diameter vent that penetrates the roof 10` below the ridge. There are no vertical walls within 8` of the vent. The roof pitch is 9/12. The furnace is equipped with a draft hood. What is the lowest discharge opening height permitted for this vent?
- An enclosed space containing gas appliances requires upper and lower combustion air openings of equal size which totals 300 square inches. The owner intends to use two metal grilles each 22" x 10". Rated at 70% free area. Will the described grilles meet the minimum requirements for the combuston air?
- Determine the size of the vertical combustion air vents. For an appliance where the air will be taken from outdoors, how many BTU per square inch of vent opening will be used in your calculations?
- Under what circumstances shall a valve in a line be used as a bulkhead between gas in one section of the pipe system and a test medium in an ajacent section?
- A gas pipe must be opened to replace a gas valve for a water heater. What should be done with the remaining gas in the line?
- What is the minimum pressure testing time required on a system having volume of less than 10 cubic feet or a system in a single family dwelling?
- What should be done if a leak is detected during the required pressure test of an LP gas system that is pressurized with gas?
- The pressure used to test a new fuel gas piping system for leaks shall be no less than 3PSI or ___ times the proposed working pressure.
- The testing medium for a new fuel gas system is air or:
- A second stage regulator is located so that a ruptured diaphram will cause a hazard. To fix the problem, knowing that the Code requires the regulator to have an independent vent to the:
- A gas engine shall not be operated within ___ feet of an LP gas point of transfer.
- What is the name of the location where LP gas is vented to the atmosphere in course of transfer operations?
- Which of the following may be used as a safety device in an emergency shut off valve or excess flow check on a dispensing hose?
- What is the minumum pipe size required for the high pressure side (10 PSI) of a 150` yard line that will serve a home with 250,000 BTUH demand?
- Refer to the whole house gas piping drawing. Use demand as specified in the Code except for the furnace (110,000 BTUH); Gas log 25,000; 40 gallon hot water heater. What is the minimum pipe size required at the output side of the second stage regulator?
- According to Code, which of the following describes a sediment trap?
- The maximum design operating pressure of a fuel gas piping system in an office building may exceed 5 PSI if approved by the Administrative Authority and:
- Which of the following is NOT permitted to be used on LP gas piping?
- To make it easier to locate underground PE pipe, electrically continuous corrosion resistant tracer wire or tape shall be:
- What is the maximum internal pipe size (IPS) allowed for a pipe that will be used to convey liquified petroleum gas inside a building?
- What is the maximum length permitted for any flexible connector used on an LP gas storage container?
- When metals of different kinds are joined underground in an LP gas system, which of the following metal couplings should be used?
- The corrosion protection for underground metallic LP gas piping shall extend to a point ___" above grade.
- When multiple LP gas containers are permanently installed, they shall be interconnected to allow for expansion, vibration and settling by using which of the following?
- What is the minimum schedule pipe that may be used for an LP gas system that will have a working pressure of 250 PSI?
- What type of safety device is to be installed in a liquid line between two shut off valves?
- A positive displacement pump for LP gas service shall have a by-pass valve to limit the discharge pressure to no more than ___ PSI.
- Which of the following is NOT required for an emergency shut off valve on an LP gas piping system?
- What is "A" pointing to?
- What drill size opening is required for the bleed port to the atmospher with a fixed liquid level gauge?
- Refer to diagram. What is the minimum horizontal clearance required between the overhead lines and the storage container?
- Three equal resistive loads are connected to a 480 volt, 3 phase, three wire supply in a star or WYE configuration. With one end of each load connected together, what is the voltage across each load?
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200` of conductor. The line can have a maximum resistance of .5 ohms. What is the maximum resistance allowable per 1,000` for this conductor?
- What is the classification for a low voltage electrical system in which electrical current flows continuously except when the circuit is opened to allow a signal to be sent?
- Refer to diagram. Which figure shows the correct wiring for low voltage operation?
- A motor name plate lists a temperature rating of 90 degrees C. What is the equivalent F temperature?
- Which of the following will cause a coil`s magnetic field to increase?
- The total opposition to alternating current in a circuit which includes resistance, inductance and capacitance is called:
- The drawing of an office building measures 16″ x 10″ on a blue print. The scale is 1/4″ = 1`-0″. What is the area of this building?
- A resistive load supplied by a spliced conductor draws 40 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of .1 ohm. How much power is lossed at this splice?
- Given: R1=6 ohms. R2=3 ohms. What is the total combined resistance of these resistors when combined in a parallel circuit?
- A generator receives 8 HP from its driving source and operates at 94% efficiency. What is the total output (assume 746 watts/hp)?
- The effective RMS voltage is what percent of a sine wave peak voltage?
- The distinction between the primary winding and the secondary winding of a power transformer is that the primary winding is always the:
- Which of the following continuous duty lighting fixtures operates most efficiently?
- Refer to the figure. What do the X1 and X2 markings indicate?
- A three phase motor has 9 leads. What type of motor is this?
- Which of the following devices is not a manual controller for a motor?
- A single length of 300 KCMIL copper conductor has a voltage drop of 3 volts. An additional 300 KCMIL conductor of the same length and material is then connected in parallel with original conductor. What is the total voltag e drop of these conductors which are connected in parallel?
- A length of 1/2″ EMT is to have 15″ high end to back stud bent at the left end. Where should the arrow on a standard EMT bender be placed?
- A dwelling has 120/240 volt single phase service. With a balanced net computed load of 28KVA. At full load, what would be the measured current of each ungrounded conductor?
- Refer to the figure. Assume 100% efficiency. What is the maximum possible current at Ix ?
- A 30 amp single phase 240 volt branch circuit supplies only fixed electric space heaters. Each heater is 1,000 watts. What is the maximum number of space heaters this branch circuit may supply?
- What is the electrical unit that must be the same throughout a series circuit?
- Refer to diagram: What is the current in the 2 ohm resistor?
- Eight equal resistors are connected in series with a 48 volt source. What is the voltage across each resistor?
- The secondary of a transformer supplies a 120/240 volt, 60H2, single phase power. All loads are 120 volts. The LI-to-neutral load is 5760 VA. The L2-to-neutral load is 3720 VA. What is the current in the neutral line?
- When electric current leaves its intended path and returns to the source by-passing the load, the circuit is:
- A 240 volt source has a 20 amp load. What is the KVA of this circuit?
- An old 120 volt fan has an 80% efficient motor. It is replaced with a 90% efficient fan. The new fan will what percent LESS Energy?
- Which jumper is the main bonding jumper?
- Refer to the diagram. The switches on this multimeter are set at Rx1. This meter indicates a reading of:
- The potential difference between two conductors is:
- What is the formula to determine current in a circuit when the voltage and resistance are known?
- A 120/ 240 volt single phase residential panel board supplies the following 240 volt baseboard heaters: 2-1500 watt: 2-2000 watt: 2-2500 watt: 2-1500 watt: 2-2000 watt. Excluding exceptions each copper type TW grounde d conductor in the feeder to supply this panel board shall be at least ___ AWG
- Listed kitchen waste disposers, compactors and dishwashers protected by double insulation:
- A 120v single phase swimming pool panel supplies only the following outdoor residential swimming pool loads: 1 – 6KVA 240v water heater on a thermostat (the heater is rated for continuous duty). 2 – 1 hp 120 volt water pump motors. 6-300 watt 120 volt photo cell controlled flood lights. What is the total net computed load for this panel?
- Which figure shows the proper connection for a meter socket when the service comes from underground conductors?
- Given: A 120 volt branch circuit has only 6 100 watt 120 volt incandescent lighting fixtures connected to it. What will be the total measured curent in the home run supplying this load?
- A metal device box contains one fixture stud two internal cable clamps and two grounding conductors spliced together. To allow for these fittings and conductors a maximum number of conductors allowed in the box by the NEC t ables must be reduced by how many?
- A residential service supplies four household electric ranges each rated at 19 kw. Do not use the optional method. What is the total demand load for these four ranges?
- Given: A one family dwelling as follows: 1100 SF of living area. A service of 120/240 single phase service. Cooking: one 10KW range. Laundry: one 240 Volt electric clothes dryer. Water heater: one 240 volt 6KW. Air c conditioner: None. Do not use optional method. What is the net computed load?
- Which conductor is defined as the main bonding jumper?
- Given: A single family dwelling has 4000 SF of living space. What is the minimum net computed feeder load after derating for only the general lighting in this dwelling?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150` from the source. The two size 12 awg conductors that feed the load have a resitance of 1.93 ohms per 1000`. What is the voltage drop in these supply conductors?
- What is the outside length of the wall section in the figure?
- What is the calculated current drawn by a 3.5 KW water heater operating at 240 volts?
- The load of a 240 volt single phase circuit is a resistance heater rated @ 4000 watts. How much current does this heater draw?
- A 1000 watt 120 volt lamp uses electrical energy at the same rate as:
- Electricity costs $.085 per kilowatt hour. How long can a 4.5 kw oven be continuously operated for a total electrical cost of $5.00. (5 / .085 / 4.5)
- The cross section area of a conductor is increased four times. What is the resitance of the new conductor compared to the original?
- Refer to the diagram: Which one represents 250 volt 20 amp receptacle?
- OHMS law is:
- A lighting fixture is to be controlled independently from four switch locations. Which of the following combination of switches is needed?
- Two lamps are connected in parallel to a 120 volt source. The current thorough each lamp is .62 amps. What is the total power consumed in this circuit?
- Given: a 240 volt single phase circuit has a load of 10 amps. The circuit has a combined conductor length of 400` (200` each way). The resistance of the conductor is 1.75 ohms per 1000 feet. What is the power loss in this co nductor in watts?
- Refer to the figure: A 120/240 volt single phase source of supply, supplies the 1000 watt and 500 watt loads as shown. What is the current in the neutral conductor.
- T without additional physical protection. What is the minimum allowable burial depth of this cable?
- Given: 10 size 10 AWG, type THHN current carrying conductors are contained in 12` of EMT raceway at an ambient temperature of 98F. No terminations are identified with special temperature ratings. They are rated in accordanc e with the temperature reqiuirements of the NEC. What is the maximum ampacity of each?
- In an onsite constructed dwelling, non-metallic sheathed cable shall be secured in place in what maximum spacing?
- A ground rod electrode is driven. Resistance to earth measures 50 ohms. According to the Nec made electrode resistance requirements, this rod:
- What is the minimum requirement for receptacle outlets installed in dwelling unit bathrooms?
- What method must be used to ground the frame of a 120v/240 volt clothes dryer in a new one family dwelling?
- Disregarding exceptions: Which of the following statements is true concerning the NEC requirements for swimming pools?
- In a single family residence the space between two floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet and is used as a return air duct for the furnace. Can a type CATV cable be routed along the face of a joist within this enc losed space?
- Outlets may be installed in a dwelling unit for specific appliances such as a laundry equipment. What is the maximum distance allowed between such outlet and its intended appliance?
- Given: Three #14 AWG two-conductor with ground type NM cables are spliced in a metal octagonal junction box that has cable clamps and a cover. What is the minimum trade size box that may be used? (2 x 3 +1+1)
- A branch circuit supplies a single continuous duty pump motor for a residential water supply. What minimum percentage of the motor full load current rating must the branch circuit conductors have?
- Given: A one family dwelling is an unfinished basement. The laundry is in the basement but there are no provisions for a future bathroom. What is the total number of 120 volt receptacle outlets required for this baseme nt by the NEC?
- Refer to the diagram of 3 duples recepticles. Why is this a violation of the NEC?
- Refer to the figure: The grounding conductor is a listed ground rod and clamp. Is this gounding electrode placement a violation of the NEC and why?
- Which of the following statements is true regarding the secondary circuits supplying lighting systems operating at 30 volts or less?
- What is the maximum current allowed for the secondary circuit which supplies a lighting system operating at a maximum of 30 volts?
- Given: Four type NM 12-2 cables are bundled together for 25`. What is the ampacity (not max fuse size) for each current carrying conductor in this cable bundle?
- What is the minimum earth cover required for a direct burial type UF cable used for a 120 bolt 40 amp branch circuit?
- A single family dwelling has a hallway 22` long. What is the minimum number of receptical outlets required for this hallway?
- How much volume within an outlet box is required for the wiring space of a size 12 awg conductor in cubic inches:
- A low voltage cable needs to be installed from a central fire panel through a fire rated wall, to a heat detector in an attached garage. According to NEC, what provisions, if any, where the cable passes through the fire wall, must be made?
- Does a hot tub installed indoors have the same electrical installation requirements as a hot tub installed outdoors?
- A metallic junction box contains six current carrying conductors spliced within the box, two switches, a current carrying conductor, and two grounding conductors are spliced together. All conductors are size 12 AWG. What is the minimum volume required for this box?
- Low voltage cables need to be installed from a central alarm panel through a fire resistive wall to indicating appliances and initiating devices. According to the NEC what provisions if any shall be made here the cable s pass through the fire walls?
- Given: A single family residence: The space between floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet steel and used as a return air plenum. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low smoke plenum use be routed alo ng the face of a joist within the enclosed space?
- According to the markings and substitution guidelines which multipurpose communications cable has no permitted substitutions?
- Given: the NEC classifies data (computer) circuits as class II circuits. In office environments which statement is correct regarding telephone and data circuits?
- In what manner may Class 2 and Class 3 wiring be installed above suspended ceiling panels?
- CATV is defined as:
- What is the minimum size copper conductor allowed to be used as communications equipment grounding conductor?
- Given: A building has a 120/208 3 phase service. A low voltage system that requires a separate grounding electrode is installed. Which of the following statements regarding electrode conductor is true?
- Which type of optical fibre cable contains no metallic members and no other materials that carry electric current.
- A building has a 120/208 volt 3 service. To insure adequate ground the CATV system grounding electrode conductor _____.
- Where should a ballast or a transformer for an electric sign or outline lighting be installed for accessibility and to keep a secondary conductor as short as possible?
- The outer sheath of a coaxial cable must be grounded close to the point of entry of a building premise if the cable is exposed to accidental contact when the conductors carry _____ minimum volts.
- A time domain reflect-o-meter or TDR is used to _____.
- In a multipair cable which color combination is considered the first pair?
- What is a coaxial cable terminator?
- A personal computer is to be connected to a network. Which of the following jacks would be used to make the electrical connection?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is properly terminated at both ends with 50 ohm resistors. The cable does not have electrical problems. Disregarding conductor resistance what resistance will be meas ured between the shield and the center conductor at a “T” connectot at any point in the cable?
- The FCC code determines a fully protected premise wiring system as having protection from _____.
- Which statement is true regarding NEC installation requirements for fibre optic cables?
- The ring state of each line served by a switch is determined by _____.
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is terminated at one end with a 50 volt terminator. The resistance measured between the shield and the center conductor at the other end of the cable is 0 ohms. The cable is:
- A listed primary protector must be provided on each communications circuit that is exposed to accidental contact with electric power conductors operating at what minimum voltage to ground?
- The third ring in a telephone cable has a code of what color?
- A CO line in a telephone installation refers to _____.
- Given: the coaxial cable of a cable TV system is inside a building where electric power conductors are not in the raceway for cable. What is the minimum separation this coaxial cable must have from the electric power wires?
- Disregarding exceptions what is the minimum size copper bonding jumper between a CATV system grounding electrode and the electrical power system grounding electrode where both of these electrodes are used?
- The coaxial cable of a cable TV system may be installed in the same enclosure with power limited cables that are _____.
- The head end for a cable signal is the _____.
- How many dbm does a microwave transmitter with an output of one watt equal?
- A microwave guide should be electrically grounded at the _____.
- A prime advantage that optical fibre has over copper cable pair is that a fibre optic transmission line offers.
- What happens when the vehicle detector channel of a traffic control system is in the “presence” mode?
- What will be the result if the coils (3 phase) of a traffic signal are de-energized.
- The nominal voltage for intersection traffic control equipment shall be:
- All traffic input/output termination when not activated shall be internally biased to _____ volts DC.
- According to the NEC, a Class 1 power limited circuit must be supplied from a source having a rated output of not more than _____ volts.
- Power limited circuit conductor cables used for fire protective signaling systems are located 7` from the floor. These cables must be securely fastened at maximum intervals of _____ inches.
- What is the purpose of an end of line or EOL device in an alarm circuit?
- Given: In the smart house or closed loop power distribution concept universal or hybrid cabling is used. Which of the following power requirements CANNOT be met with hybrid cable.
- The operating principal of the active infra-red intrusion alarm is based on detecting _____.
- There are remote control circuits for safety control equipment. Some of them can introduce a direct fire or life hazard if the equipment should fail. Such as on elevator recall system. According to the NEC what is the remote control, signaling, and power limited classification of this circuit?
- According to NEC Insulation on single conductors (not a multiconductor cable) for non-power limited fire protective signaling circuits shall be suitable for at least _____ volts.
- Leaks in glass lined tanks show up as pinholes because _____.
- What are corrosion currents usually measured in?
- A steel pipe crossing under a roadbed will tend to be cathodic because of _____.
- A commercial building acccessible to pedestrians has only electric discharge sign lighting transformers. Except for neon tubing, What is the maximum rating that this branch circuit can have?
- To correct power factor in a sign transformer, one method is to install a capacitor in _____.
- A sign transformer draws 10 amps at 120 volts and has a 92% power factor. The power consumed by the secondary circuit is _____ watts.
- If the diameter of electric discharge tubing is small for the secondary voltage, the ____.
- A dry type transformer is to be installed indoors. The transformer must be installed in a fire resistive transformer room if it is rated more than ____ Kva.
- Given: Line parts operating at 1000V must be guarded. How high above the floor must they be to meet this requirement?
- An A/C system that is operating at less than 1000 Volts that is grounded at any point shall have the grounding conductor running to each:
- A 240V 1-phase service has the following specs: The load is 100Kva; power factor is 70%. The load power factor is then changed to 90%. The power consumed is NOT changed. What are the new line currents?
- The purpose of the NEC is:
- If the current through R4 is 10 amps, the power used by R4 is ____ watts.
- A DC rectifier type welding machine has a 40% duty cycle at 480 volts, 3 phase. The nameplate primary current rating is 23 amps. The minimum ampacity for the ungrounded branch circuit conductor is _____ amps.
- A balanced, 4 wire, 3 phase, 120/208 volt system supplies a 25 KW resistive load. Each of the underground conductors must have an ampacity of at least _____ amps.
- What is the calculated current drawn by a 3.5 KW water heater operating at 240 volts?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150` from the source. The two size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance per 1000` of 1.93 ohms. What is the voltage drop in the supply conductors?
- A mobil home park has 35 sites. The ungrounded wires in the service to supply this park must be calculated to a size of at least _____ amps.
- The switch is single pole. The pilot light is a neon lamp rated for 120 VAC. The grounding connections are made up properly. There are no jumpers between screw terminals except where shown. Which figure shows the connection that will allow the light ure shows the connection that will allow the light to be ON only when the switch is ON ?
- How much power will a 10 ohm resistor carrying 10 amps of current consume?
- Given: A resistive load supplied by a spliced conductor draws a measured 45 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of .2 ohms. How much power is lost at the splice?
- The term `kilowatts` indicates real power. What does the term `kilovolt-amp` indicate?
- What instrument is used to measure electrical current directly?
- Six equal resistors are connected in series to a 24 volt source. What is the voltage drop across each resistor?
- For temporary wiring on a construction site, 120 volt receptical outlets are being installed. The receptical outlets may not be on the same branch as the:
- The restaurant has a connected load of 400 KVA. Equipment in the restaurant is not all electric. Use the optional method. What is the computed load on the feeder conductors for this occupancy?
- Given: Primary 240/480 volts. Secondary 120/240 volts. Which diagram shows the correct connections if the input is 480 volts and the output is 120/240 volts?
- The following 408v, 3-phase, 3-wire equipment is in a commercial kitchen. 2-5000W water heaters; 4-3000W fryers; 2-6000W ovens. Do NOT use the optional method. Each ungrounded conductor in the feeder circuit for kitchen eq quipment must be sized to carry a minimum computed load of ____.
- What is the total resistance in this circuit?
- If electricity costs .085 per KwH, how much would it cost to operate a 100 watt lamp continuously for 30 days?
- A 240 volt, single phase resistive heater is rated at 8 KW. What current will be drawn when this heater is connected to 208 volts?
- This circuit contains only the conductors shown. It is classified by NEC as a multi-wire branch circuit. Why or why not?
- A 240 volt circuit has a non-continuous resistive load of 8400 watts. What is the current drawn by this load?
- Given: A swimming pool has underground wiring nearby. Disregarding exceptions of NEC, what is the minimum distance allowed by the NEC from the inside walls of the pool to underground conductors?
- In a automotive repair shop where electrical diagnostic equipment, electric hand tools, and portable lighting devices are used both indoors and outside, ground fault circuit interruptor protection is NOT required on genera l purpose 125V 1-phase, 15 amp and 20 amp receptilces:
- Given: Underwater lighting fixtures are being placed in the walls of a permanently installed swimming pool. Disregarding NEC exceptions, the top of the fixture lens must be at least how far below the normal water level of the pool?
- A 120 volt AC portable lamp is used in a commercial garage and is frequently placed on the floor under an automobile. This lamp must be a type approved for use in hazardous locations defined as:
- An open fixture in a commercial garage shall be placed over vehicular lanes at a height of at least _____ feet.
- A motor controller is installed with the expectation that it will be submerged occasionally for short periods of time. According to NEC, the controller shall be installed in an enclosure type number _____.
- A 480V WYE connected service is solidly grounded but has no supply side ground fault protection. A _____ fed from the service must have a ground fault protection if it is connected to a feeder disconnected rating.
- Refer to the diagram: An electrician arrived at a small office building and observes the wiring from the utility transformers shown above. What is the power delivered to this building?
- According to NEC, what type of protection must fixed, outdoor, electric de-icing equipment have, if any?
- Flourescent lighting fixtures each containing two ballasts rated at .8 amps each at 120 volts are to be installed for continuous general lighting in a store. The overcurrent devices are not listed for continuous operatio n at 100% of their rating. According to NEC, what is the maximum number of these lighting circuits that may be wired to a 20 amp, 120V branch circuit?
- According to NEC, what must be prevented when considering the length and design of electric discharge neon tubing?
- Which of the following statements is true, regarding the secondary circuit supply lighting systems operating at 30 volts or less?
- Any pipe or duct system foreign to the electrical installation must not enter a transformer vault. Which of the following is Not considered foreign to the vault?
- Disregarding any exceptions, what thermal protection is required where recessed high intensity discharge fixtures are installed indoors and operated by remote ballasts?
- Refer to the figure: Which of the figures represent a 250 volt, 15 amp receptical?
- Branch circuit wires are 2` from the ballast within the ballast compartment of a flourescent lighting fixture. Which type of conductors may be used?
- A control circuit has relay contacts that are delayed in changing position when the relay coil is energized. The relay contacts immediately change back to the original position when the coil is de-energized. What typ e of relay does this describe?
- A magnetic motor controller is operated from two separate start/stop stations. Which of the following statements is correct?
- Given: A motor: type=squirrel cage; 208V, 3-phase; 30HP; nameplate amps NEC; duty=cont.; start=autotransformer; design=A; no service factor. A separate overload relay which is responsive to over current protects against ove rload. The calculated size of the relay would NOT be sufficient to start the motor or carry the load. The separate overload relay to protect the motor would be permitted to be increased to a calculated trip current of:
- Refer to the motor control diagrams #1 and #2 below: The jog-run selector switch is at _____.
- Given: The name plate on a phase converter shows a single phase input full load rating of 34 amps. The converter does not supply specific fixed loads. What is the maximum standard size overcurrent protection device tha t may be used for short circuit and ground fault protection?
- Given: A compressor motor 1HP, 115V, 16 amps. It is connected to a receptical providing 120 volts with a 100` extention cord. Due to the load conditions, the maximum voltage drop is allowed during starting locked-rot or condition is 30% of motor voltage rating. Use 96 amps for locked-rotor current. Resistance equals impedence. Use resistance values in Table 8 & 9. What is the minimum size of uncoated copper?
- What is the primary function of a power rectifyer curcuit?
- Refer to the figure: Which figure shows the correct wiring for high voltage operation?
- Given: A 120/240V, 3-phase power panel board supplies only the following: 1-15HP, 240V, 3-phase, wound rotor motor;4-5HP, 240V, 3-phase, wound rotor motors;6-5HP, 240V, 1-phase motors;3-1KW, 240V, 1-phase baseboard heaters. Each ungrounded conductor in the sub-feeder to this power panel has a total net computed load of _____.
- A 100 HP induction motor is loaded to be 30 HP. To improve the power factor of this motor the amount of the load should be:
- Given: The remote start/stop station contains a motor-on power light. What is the minimum number of control conductors that must be run between the station and the motor controller?
- Given: 3-phase motor: type = squirrel cage; 440 volts, 3 phase; 30HP; name plate = NEC rating; duty = continuous; design letter = 9; service factor = 0. A fuse protects the branch circuit supplying the motor. The size of the circuit would be the smallest size sufficient for starting current of a motor and to carry the load. A non-time delay fuse to protect the circuit of this motor would have a standard rating of ___ amps.
- Given: Electrical conductors need to be installed through a fire resistive wall. According to NEC, what provisions, if any, need to be made where the cables pass through this wall?
- Type UF conductors energized at 24 volts used for landscape lighting systems shall be permitted to be directly buried with a minimum cover of _____ inches.
- Given: Two type NM #12 pair two cables are bundled together for 25` for ease of installation. What is the ampacity (not maximum fuse size) for each current carrying conductor in this cable bundle?
- Given: A 50` raceway encloses 9 ungrounded conductors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- The grounded conductor of an electrical branch circuit is identified by _____.
- Given: A 2″ conduit contains only one branch circuit that consists of three size 10 AWG, copper, type THW conductors. What is the maximum allowable overcurrent protection that may be used on the ungrounded conductors in this circuit?
- Branch circuit conductors within 3` of a ballast within the ballast compartment of a fixture must be rated for use at temperatures not lower than:
- A #12-4 type SO cord is used to supply a portable 120/240 volt, single-phase, incandesant lighting load. One conductor is the ground conductor. One conductor carrys only the unbalanced circuit current. What is the ampacity of the ungrounded conductor?
- Given: 8 - size 14 AWG type TW, copper, current-carrying conductors are contained within a raceway. The ambient temperature is 120 degrees Fahrenheit or 49 degrees Centigrade. What is the ampacity of the individual co nductors?
- Which of the conductor insulation types listed is NOT suitable for use in wet locations?
- Disregard all exceptions. What is the maximum number of current carrying conductors permitted at any crossection of a pull wireway?
- Refer to the figure: This run of 1/2` EMT without couplings is installed between two junction boxes. It contains 2 – 90 degree bends and one 3 point saddle consisting of one 60 degree bend and two 30 degree bends. At each end of the run is an offset each consisting of two 20 degree bends. Which of the following statements is correct?
- Refer to the conductor colors in the feeders that represent circuits wired with non-metalic, sheathed cable. Assume all grounding conductors are installed correctly. Conductors have not been reidentified with color ta pe. Which figure is wired correctly according to NEC code?
- What is the closure type number of a control enclosure intended for general purpose, indoor use, under normal atmospheric conditions?
- Refer to the diagram: Which represents a kick in the raceway?
- Which type of raceway must be protected by a steel plate if it is run in shallow grooves and is later to be covered by wall boards?
- This type of raceway is available in rolls. Conductors are installed after the raceway is installed in a building. What type of raceway is this?
- Given: A metal electrical box contains the following: 3 size 12 AWG conductors; 3 size 10 AWG conductors; one flush switch. The switch is connected to two of the size 12 AWG conductors. There are no other devices or fit tings. The cover plate does not have its capacity marked on it. What is the minium capacity required for metal electrical box to contain these conductors?
- What type of transformer primary and secondary connections does this figure represent?
- Given: A 120/208 volt, three phase, 4 wire WYE connected transformer secondary supplies the following dwelling unit load: 120/208 volt single phase. No 208 volt loads. Ungrounded service conductors that are sized 1/0 AWG type THW aluminum. What minimum size THW aluminum conductor can be used for the grounded service conductor to this dwelling unit?
- Which part of the figure represents or contains feeder conductors?
- Refer to the figure: Which set of conductors is defined as a feeder?
- What is the rating of this transformer?
- Refer to the figure for this troubleshooting situation: If the neutral conductor develops a break, as shown, what will be the voltage imposed on the 240 VA load?
- A park has 45 mobile home sites. The largest typical mobile home has a load of 15,000 VA. The park is supplied by a 120/240 volt single phase service. Conductor in the service to supply this park must be sized to carry a minimum net computed load of:
- Disregard exceptions. What is the maximum number of circuit breakers that shall be connected in service disconnecting means for any building?
- Given: A 120/240 volt single phase panel has a 92 KVA balanced incandescant lighting load. The load is in a stockroom that is only open for two hours at a time. What is the minimum size required for each ungrounded aluminum THW conductor in the feeder circuit to supply this panel?
- Given: The terminal screws on a device have no special marking to indicate the number of conductors that can be connected by each screw. Each screw can be used to connect:
- Given: A feeder is supplying a continuous load of 240 amps. It is protected by an overcurrent device rated at 300 amps. Consider terminations rated at 75 degrees Centigrade. What minimum size type THW aluminum conductors are allowed as the phase conductors for this meter?
- Refer to the diagram which shows connections to equipment used to measure ground resistance. Given: Ammeter(A) indicates 1 amp. Voltmeter(V) indicates 35 volts. Does the ground electrode being tested have accepta ble ground resistance and why or why NOT?
- Which terminal of this step-down transformer is required to be bonded to the transformer case and grounded near the location served by the transformer?
- Where must the grounding electrode system be directly bonded to the neutral conductor?
- What section of the NEC determines the minimum capacity of an equipment grounding path?
- A metalic elbow is inserted in an underground run of sunlight resistant rigid non-metalic conduit. This elbow is not grounded to the electrical system. What is the minimum bury depth allowed by the NEC?
- Given: A raceway protects the grounding electrode conductor. One end of the raceway is connected to the panel with a set screw connector at a concentric knock-out. The raceway ends within an inch of the grounding e lectrode at the other end. Where must the grounding electrode conductor be to the metal raceway?
- Which of the following locations is allowable for connecting the grounding electrode conductor to the grounded service conductor?
- Refer to the figure: Which conductor is NOT a grounding conductor?
- An ungrounded receptical outlet is to be replaced by a ground fault circuit interupter receptical. There is no provision for grounding within the receptical box. Which one of the following is NOT an option w hen this recepticle is being replaced?
- Given: A 120/208V, 3 phase service is fed with a single size 500KCMil, copper conductor for each phase. The main circuit breaker is rated at 300 amps. A copper grounding electrode conductor from the main service panel to the cold water pipeline must be at least size ____.
- A formula for determining the maximum available short circuit current (ISCC) available at the secondary of a transformer when the primary source is assumed to be of unlimited capacity is: ISCC=100%/Zx% x Is, where Is=full load rating; Zx = rated impedence voltage % of a given tranformer. What is the short circuit ISCC available in the transformer secondary? 75Kva, 240V, 1-phase, impedence=2% ISCC= ____?
- Filing a Form ML6, a preliminary 20 day notice means that you:
- A contractor or supplier must file a notice and a claim of lien with the:
- Arizona Mechanic Lien Law states that after a lien is filed, a law suit must be brought to foreclosure on that lien within ___ months.
- What factor is most frequently involved when payment is delayed?
- Refer to tax table - single persons. Employee works 48 hours in one workweek. His rate of pay is $8 per hour. How much Federal income tax would be withheld from the employee`s paycheck? (claims one exemption)
- Contractors pay Arizona State sales tax to the:
- All of the following records must be kept for income tax withheld except:
- By what date must employers send W-2 statements to employees who have taxes withheld and who are still working for them as of December 31?
- Prime contractors in Arizona are required to pay a transaction privilege or sales tax based on their:
- All sole proprietorships or corporations must obtain a Federal Employer Identification Number if they pay wages to a minimum of ___.
- Under which of the following catagories does cash fall?
- Which of the following catagories does a mortgage on a backhoe fall?
- If a company`s balance sheet shows assets of $20,000, and owners equity of $12,000, then its liabilities are:
- What financial statement shows the financial condition of a company at a given point in time?
- All of the following would be found in a company`s chart of accounts EXCEPT:
- A contractor submits a billing based on the percentage of completion method using: Project amount = $375,000; amount of previous payments = $60,000; percent complete 35%, retainage = 10%. What is the net amount of this billing?
- Which of the following types of financial statements examines the cash generating and distribution activities of a construction company?
- According to BMG, which of the following statements best describes the cash basis of accounting?
- J. Martinez, a non-exempt employee, had the following number of hours during a work week. Monday - 9, Tuesday - 8, Wednesday - 12, Thursday - 13, Friday - 7, Saturday - 6. This employee is eligible for ___ hours of overtime pay.
- According to the Americans with Disabilities Act, which of the following is a contractor allowed to ask an applicant?
- What portion of the worker`s compensation insurance premium can an employer charge to an employee?
- According to law, how frequently must an employer pay employees?
- For which of the following reasons would an employer`s account be charged for unemployment benefits?
- Employers must pay unemployment taxes based on:
- Employers must verify employment eligibility of any they hire. This is done by using Form I9. What is the minimum length of time an employer must retain Form I9?
- You are the prime contractor for a large job. You have contracts with several subcontractors. First Aid, drinking water and toilet facilities will need to be provided for your employees. Who shall be responsi ble for providing these facilities?
- An employer must insure that all containers of hazardous chemicals are:
- Employees must travel between work place during a work shift. According to OSHA, where should the hazard communication program be kept so it will be available to these employees?
- Which of the following are required to educate employees of the possible affects of hazardous materials?
- What must be done by a contractor who accidentally digs up an underground facility?
- Color codes have been assigned to identify location of underground utilities. What color identifies telephone and telegraph systems?
- Arizona law requires everyone to get the location of underground utilities before digging by calling:
- While in violation of the Arizona OSHA, an employee has been discriminated against or discharged for filing a complaint. Within what time period after the violation occurs must the employee file a complaint about discriminations?
- Mr. & Mrs. White have a contract with you to build a home. What kind of bond can they require you to obtain that will guarantee the home will be built according to the terms of the contract?
- How does a payment bond protect the clients in a construction project?
- What is business interruption insurance designed to do?
- Which one of the following statements about contractors` fire insurance is correct?
- According to Business Management Guide (BMG) for Arizona contractors, who is protected when a contractor buys insurance?
- An estimate shows the following job items: Job #1 - $2,800; Job #2 - $4,100; Job #3 - $6,100; and Job #4 - $3,800. The actual job cost showed #1 at $2,300; Job #2 at $4,400; Job #3 at $6,300 and #4 at $3,300. This port ion of the project is:
- Day to day direction of a project is usually handled by the:
- Which is a benefit of good inventory control?
- Project close out includes all of the following EXCEPT:
- Refer to the construction schedule for a home. Of the activities listed, which one is scheduled to take the most time?
- Which of the following charts gives a detailed view of a schedule and how the tasks are related?
- A contractor has a project that requires 96 man-hours to complete. It must be done in only 3 days. Working 8 hour days, what will be the minimum crew size?
- What is the purpose of a letter of intent?
- If the owner fails to make progress payments, the contractor:
- What could not be considered cause for termination of a contract by the owner?
- In a written contract there is inconsistancy. The substantial completion date is printed as 12/31/98. A hand written date of 10/31/98 has been inserted. How should this be interpreted?
- Periodic payments made by the owner to the contractor over a long project are called:
- The main purpose of the written contract is to:
- Who is the only party who has a contractural relationship with subcontractors and their employees?
- When is retainage paid?
- What is the design build process?
- An owner has the right to add dealing or revise work throught the course of contruction. Which one of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for getting additional cost incurred?
- Who has the obligation to provide right of way and project access?
- A construction project is to be completed in 70 days. The contractor has a liquidated damage clause of $150/day. The job is completed in 91 days. The architect gives a 4-day extention due to bad weather. What wi ll the liquidated damages be? (2550)
- What term describes the type of contract in which a contractor is required to complete all the work even if an error was made in the estimate?
- Which of the following provides contractors with quidelines for assembling and submitting bids?
- A contractor has received the first partial payment of $180,000, for a job based on 15% project completion. There is no retainage. What is the cost of the project?
- An estimate is being performed. Total labor cost estimate is 5,675. Total material cost estimate is 9,342. Job overhead - 37% of the material cost. What are the total estimated costs including labor, material a nd job overhead?
- A contractor has covered unsuitable soil while completing site work on a project. The contractor will need to remove and replace 100 cubic yards of fill. Which addition to the original estimate will cover the cost incurred by the contractor?
- Given, the following direct costs on a job. Materials - $30,000; sales tax on materials - 7%; labor - $20,000; overhead on labor - 55%; contingencies - $3,000; profit markup on total cost - 10%. What will the tota l job cost be?
- You are a large construction contractor. You maintain a main office and you have crews working at several different projects. Which one of the following is a COMPANY overhead cost?
- A large contractor maintains a central office and has crews working at several projects. Which of the following is considered a PROJECT overhead cost?
- What is a quantity takeoff?
- A contractor receives $10,000 for doing a job based on the following information. What will the profit on the job be? Materials = $3,500; labor = $2,500; payroll taxes = 15% of labor; job overhead = 20% of total costs :
- A contractor requires scaffolding for a job that will be completed in ten months. Which option offers the lowest cost to the contractor for the scaffolding?
- In Arizona, a contractor must report a change of business address to the Registrar within ___ days.
- All of the following are grounds for suspension or revocation of a contractor`s license except:
- A complaint has been filed against an Arizona contractor. After investigation, the Registrar issues a citation that is served on the contractor. How long does the contractor have to file a written answer to the compl aint with the Registrar?
- Mr. Williams is a licensed contractor and is a sole proprietor. What will happen to the license if Mr. Williams dies?
- The Registrar imposed a civil penalty of $500 on a contractor for performing an act which could cause revocation of the license. What will happen if the contractor fails to pay the civil penalty within 30 days?
- Which government entity licenses construction contractors?
- The maximum amount that can be assessed by the Arizona Registrar of Contractors against a contractor for the required contribution to the Residential Contractors` Recovery Fund is:
- When the Registrar of Contractors issues a citation to a licensee, the citation is sent by registered mail to the licensee`s latest address of record. When is the service of the citation complete?
- What term is used to describe a business organization owned and operated by a single individual?
- Which of the following is a disadvantage of setting up a general partnership?
- According to the Business Management Guide of Arizona, contractor`s planning includes all of the following EXCEPT:
- When a corporation is created, what entity uses the certificate of incorporation?
- According to OSHA, corrective action to eliminate existing and predictable hazards and unsanitary working conditions can be performed by:
- Which of the following is not a function of a check dam?
- Which of the following operations inserts the carrier RCP into a horizontal shaft?
- To contain spills, petroleum storage tanks require an additional structure to prevent seepage into the surrounding soil. What is used to prevent seepage of petroleum products into the surrounding soil?
- A rubber tire scraper with a 30 cubic yard heaped capacity is used to excavate and haul material that has a swell factor of 25%. The average cycle time of the scraper to load and return is 15 minutes. The machine efficiency is rated at 50 minutes per hour. How many bank cubic yards can the scraper haul per hour?
- Which of the following are NOT intended for preventing corrosion on steel pipelines?
- Given: A portion of a contract requires the installation 200` lineal feet of ductile iron water main. The water main will raise 1` in elevation from one end to the other. What lazer grade setting is used to mai ntain a uniform pipe grade throughout the length of the main?
- A slurry wall is used for what purpose?
- Why is a construction survey performed?
- Barbed wire fencing for Public Works projects shall conform to ASDMA 121 and consist of:
- A brass service cock in a steel pipe line would tend to become the:
- Refer to the subdivision plan. What is the finished elevation difference between Lot #442 and Lot #452?
- Which one of the following has the LEAST impact on the success of compaction of a new asphalt pavement surface?
- The pipe weld inspection that locates smaller leaks better than any other method is commonly known as:
- Which is one of the most common causes of rip rap failure?
- Which of the following is not a non-destructive weld test?
- A circular water tank measures 25` high and 50` in diameter. How many gallons does this tank store?
- According to "Blasters Handbook", which of the following is usually considered to be the most useful working variable of an explosive?
- A crane and two-legged sling are to be used to lift a bridge girder. Which of the following statements is true?
- Bridge concrete mixes that contain super plasticers will:
- What does feet of head refer to when you are installing a pump system for irrigation?
- Given: A pipe line project requires 1,500` of pipe to be laid. A contractor must determine the pipe specifications before the project. Which one of the following does not affect the rate of flow in the pipeline?
- What is the difference between using an official car and a pilot car for one-way traffic control during highway construction?
- Given: Toe boards are required for protection from falling objects on scaffolds used to construct bridge falsework. According to OSHA, what is the required minimum height of toe beams.
- All corners of a rectangular canal wall form are square when?
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- What does a contour line grading plan indicate?
- Bridge gusset plates shall meet all of the following specifications EXCEPT:
- According to OSHA, hooks, rings, or couplings, when used with alloy steel chains, shall:
- All of the following are tamping rollers used for soil compaction except:
- A contractor must estimate the cost of rebar for a bridge project. If #6 rebar weighs 1.502 pounds per linear foot and costs .49 cents per linear foot, the total cost per ton is approximately:
- Public works water lines must be hydrostatically tested at a minimum of ___ % of their pipe class rating.
- According to OSHA, tunnel exhaust systems shall be operated for how long?
- Refer to Table 1: A contractor must calculate the concrete weight that falsework must support for a bridge deck. Use the Specifications Table and Table 1 to estimate the concrete weights. Given maximum aggreg ate size is 3/4" air entrained. What weight in pounds per cubic foot should be used to estimate concrete weight?
- According to "Moving the Earth", piles of loose materials are unstable unless the materials are lying at their:
- You can increase concrete set-up time and excellerate early strength development by adding:
- Wood posts used for highway metal barriers shall be:
- Any one who engages in any type of excavation shall notify a Blue Stake Center at least ___ hours prior to excavation.
- Refer to the diagram. Which number identifies the catching point, also known as the hinge point? (In the drawing it is the point at which the water would break into the roadside drainage)
- Which of the following add mixtures is commonly used to improve the durability of concrete?
- A contractor has selected a compactor to match the excavated soil conditions. According to MEANS, one pass with a compactor will satisfactorily consolidate how many inches of soil?
- Refer to the meterbox plan: Thrust blocks are required behind all fittings. 14 x 10 reducers require 7 cubic feet of concrete; 10" tees - 9.25 CF; 10" 90`s - 12 CF. Concrete costs $70 per cubic yard. What is the pretax cost of the concrete?
- Built in place, concrete forms are constructed for bridge abutments. Horizontal walers are placed against the plywood sheathing. What is placed over the walers to provide vertical ridigity?
- According to AASHDO`s guide specifications for highway construction, material classified as rock shall be excavated to within what maximum depth below subgrade?
- A highway construction project includes a blasting zone. A sign reading "turn off two-way radios" must be posted in sequence with the blasting zone and blasting zone signs. These signs must be placed at least ____ feet from the blasting zone.
- Where should the rear tires be on a rubber tire backhoe after stablizers are placed?
- Which of the following definitions best describe a pile driving head.
- Refer to Figure: According to the markings on this road survey stake, how far is the centerline of the road from the hub? (Look for the “CL” on the drawing of the survey stake)
- What type of pipe is used for jacking in a trenchless augering excavation?
- Refer to Figure: Dimension "A" in an urban district should be a minimum of:
- Why should an operator preheat the pump and nozzles on an asphalt distribution machine?
- Which of the following should be used for fill?
- A driving head is usually used when piles are driven. Which one of the following may be substituted for the driving head?
- According to Design & Construction of Urban Storm Water Management Systems, what is bedding used for in sewer pipe installation?
- What is meant by a road super?
- Tax laws require that employers must withhold certain amounts from employees wages for all of the following EXCEPT:
- According to the Fair Labor Standards Act, a 17 year old employee may work at a non hazardous job for a maximum of how many hours per week?
- Who issues building permits?
- What form must an employer file to report Federal Income Tax, Social Security Taxes, and Medicare Taxes?
- According to the Americans with Disabilities Act, which of the following is prohibited once a disabled employee is hired?
- If any work other than site preparation is started before acquiring the necessary permit, what fee will be assessed?
- What accounting method records expenses when they are incurred regardless of when payment is made?
- Which of the following charts gives a detailed view of the construction project work schedule and how the tasks are related to each other?
- What document contained in a request for a proposal insures that all bidders are competing under the same conditions?
- A contractor discovered unsuitable soil while completing site work on a project. The contractor will need to remove and replace 100 cubic yards of fill. Which addition to the original estimate will cover any cost incurred by the contractor?
- If the division or municipality hires a license contractor to act as an inspector, his contractor`s license will be:
- Money to purchase eye protection required by OSHA comes from:
- A non-exempt employee works 52 hours in one week. The hourly rate is $9.65. How much medicare tax must the employer withhold?
- What form must an employer have employees complete to verify employment eligibility under the Immigration Reform and Control Act?
- How does a payment bond protect a client on a construction project?
- Which of the following would be considered a fixed asset?
- Estimated/actual cost for a job just completed are: labor-$5,200/$5,600; material-$10,800/$8,700; subcontractors-$2,000/$1,600; overhead $1,000/$975. This job was completed:
- Who is the only party who has a contractural relationship with subcontractors and their employees?
- What could not be determined by a preliminary visit to the proposed jobsite?
- Any person may register an appeal with the division director for review of any bureau decision. This appeal must be made in writing within ___ days after complainant receives notice of the decision.
- Which of the following situations requires that a business pay the Federal unemployment taxes?
- Minimum wage requirements are found in the:
- A contractor is estimating the cost of a new project. The contractor estimates labor to be $5,675, material to be $9,342, and job overhead to be 37% of material cost. What are the total estimated cost for labor, m aterials, and overhead.
- To apply for a contractor`s license, an applicant must provide proof of:
- According to OSHA, a safety log shall be available for inspection at all times. Within how many working days must any new posting to the log be completed?
- What is the minimum number of years that the IRS requires business owners to retain bank statements and cancelled checks?
- A lien is filed in New Mexico and has not commenced in court. The lien must be enforced within what maximum length of time?
- Premiums for workers` compensation are based on all of the following except:
- A contractor purchases materials for $2,752. On April 22, the supplier offers terms of 2-10/N-30. What amount will be paid to the supplier if payment is made on May 1?
- A carpenter drops a hammer from a roof and hits a passerby. What type of insurance will cover the victim`s medical cost?
- A handyman is defined as an individual that works on one project at a time whose work is cash or minor, such as repairs. His annual earnings may not exceed:
- A contractor must complete a task within 6 weeks or the job will be delayed. The task takes 2 weeks to complete. What is the float time for this task?
- A contractor received a partial payment of $200,000 on a project based upon 25% completion. There was no retention. What is the total estimated cost of this project?
- A contractor requires 5,400 lineal feet of 2x4x8` wood for a project. The unit cost per piece is $4.85, including tax. What is the total cost to the contractor?
- A contractor`s license may be suspended a maximum of:
- A contracting business is organized as a corporation. It has purchased equipment and has a fiancial obligation of $100,000. What will happen to this obligation if the president of the corporation dies?
- By what date must employers send W-2 statements to employees who have taxes withheld and are still working for the employer as of December 31?
- A qualifing party whose certificate is revoked shall not reapply for a certificate for:
- What is the latest date employers can report their Federal Unemployment Tax return on Form 940 without penalty?
- With whom must a lien be filed?
- An employee was injured because the employer failed to provide a safety device. How will this affect the amount of worker`s compensation the employee will receive?
- What type of insurance covers contractors for losses due to vandalism and malicious mischief?
- Refer to time card of J. Doe. Employee #027 for week ending 10/15/XX. Project # listed are 101, 172, 190, 226. Monday #101-5 hrs, #190-2 hrs; Tuesday #172-7 hrs, #226-3 hrs; Wednesday #172-9 hrs; Thursday #101-6 hrs, #190-2 hrs, #190-2 hrs; Friday #226-6 hrs; Saturday #172-7 hrs. Overtime is paid for all hours worked over 40 in any one week. Doe`s pay rate is $15.75 per hour for straight time. What would Doe`s gross wages be?
- A signed contract obligates a contractor to complete a job for a certain amount of money. This amount will be paid regardless of any problems that arise. This is a ___ type of contract.
- A person caught cheating on an exam will not be allowed to become a qualifying party exam for a period of:
- A contractor is calculating the probable profit on a project that is underway. The calculations show the contract amount is $25,000. The original estimated cost is $18,700. The revised estimated cost is $19,350. What is the difference in percentage of profit between the original estimated cost and the revised estimated cost?
- Which of the following is true about a general partnership?
- Given: J. Jones, a plumber, and S. Smith, an electrician, form a partnership- J & S Plumbing and Electrical. J. Jones died and the partnership was terminated. J. Jones now wants to register the business. In what name can J.Jones now register the business?
- Refer to the sketch. What type of window is this?
- Which of the following types of glass make up 75% of the glass manufactured in the world?
- The components of glass are lime, sand and:
- What is the minimum distance between the edge of the glass and the metal for setting blocks?
- What is the air space between glazing layers of tempered glass used in a skylite?
- What is the name used to designate the glass panel along side a door?
- According to Code, a glass panel 6` x 10` that is subject to 25 mph winds must be ___" thick.
- According to Code, Safety glass used in railings shall have a protective bar at ___ above the floor.
- Refer to the sketch. What is the name of the piece refered to at "A"?
- Refer to the sketch. What is this type of molding?
- Refer to the sketch. What type of molding is this?
- Refer to the sketch. What type of molding is this?
- Refer to the sketch. What type of molding is this?
- What material is used to apply to the glass and sash to provide a seal?
- Which of the following material used in window construction has the most expansion and contraction due to the changes in outdoor temperatures?
- Fully tempered glass is regular glass that has been heated and quenched to produce a strong glass. Its strength is approximately ___ that of regular glass.
- Heat strengthened glass is roughly ___ times as strong as regular glass.
- Which of the following types of glass would be used where the glass is subject to elevated temperatures?
- Wire glass strength as compared to lam or plate glass is ___ as strong.
- According to Code, lables on skylight shall bear in addition to manufacturer`s name, address and date of manufacture:
- According to code, skylight installed on a sloped roof
- According to Code, glass railings shall be:
- Refer to the diagram. What letter indicates the mullion?
- What does the term emissivity refer to in glazing?
- What does DS refer to?
- What does SS refer to?
- What is the thickness of SSB?
- Which of the following describes a jalousy window?
- Which of the folowing describes a hopper window?
- Which of the following describes an awning window?
- Which of the following is a casement window?
- What is a horizontal sliding window?
- Where should the blocks be placed in a double hung window?
- Which of the following is a double hung window?
- What minimum height should the block be above the glass?
- What should be the minimum distance be between the a sash and the edge of the glass?
- Of the following, which one is most commonly used in window construction?
- Refer to the sketches: Which one is self sealing?
- According to Code, the rough opening for a window may not be out of square by more than:
- What is meant by the term hermetically sealed?
- A New Mexico licensee and a qualifying party must inform CID of any termination of their working relationship within:
- According to New Mexico CID Rules & Regulations, what is the maximum length of time allowed before a New Mexico licensee must notify CID in writing of any change of address?
- According to NEC, electric discharge tubing shall be a length and design so as to not cause steady ___ on the transformer.
- A single disconnect may control ___ fixed sign installations:
- For general use in an electrical sign, conductors shall be a minimum size of:
- Enclosures for outdoor signs must have at least 2 drain holes of a maximum size of:
- The internal wiring of an outdoor sign that is portable and readily accessible shall be protected by:
- High voltage conductors for portable gas tube signs used in show windows shall not be more than ___ feet long.
- An outdoor sign is accessible to vehicles and nonprotected from any physical damage. The bottom of the sign must be above the road bed at least ___ feet.
- A commercial building with ground floor footage accessible to pedestrians shall be provided with at least one outlet for sign lighting. The outlet shall be equipped by a branch circuit rated at ___ AMPS.
- Wood may be used for external decoration on signs but must be placed ___” from the nearest lamp holder.
- Electric discharge lamp signs may not be marked with:
- Which of the following statements is NOT true when comparing incandesent and florescent lamps?
- The current in a 120/240 volt 3 phase sign circuit with a load of 40,000 watts is:
- If the diameter of neon discharge tubing is too small for the secondary voltage, the:
- When the electrons in a neon tube flies apart bit by bit due to the action of heat and electrical forces, the process is called:
- In general, a high power factor in transformer circuitry is desirable because the power factor is increased as the:
- A sign transformer draws 10 AMPS at 120 volts. It has a 92% power factor. The power consumed by the secondary circuit is ___ watts.
- To correct power factor in a sign transformer, one method is to install a capacitor in:
- A triangular section measuring 3`x4`x5` is cut from a 4`x8` sheetmetal. The area of the left over sheet is:
- High voltage flasher interference may be eliminated by using ___ circuits.
- Transformers for outline lighting shall have a secondary current rating not to exceed ___ milliamperes.
- Direct ionization of air by a high voltage is:
- If electricity costs $.085 per KWH, to operate a 100 watt lamp continuously for 30 days will cost:
- Refer to the Diagram: Switch “SI” is in the “on” position but “LI” light does not come on. Voltage across “LI” is 120 volts. Voltage across “SI” is O volts. What is the problem?
- Refer to diagram: Switch “SI” is in the “on” position. Light “LI” does not come on. Voltage across “SI” is 120 volts. Voltage across “LI” is O. What is the problem?
- A 240 volt single phase circuit has a resistive load of 8,500 watts. The net computed current to supply this load is ___ AMPS.
- The total opposition to alternating current in a circuit which includes resistance, inductance and capacitance is:
- The term, Kilovolt-AMPS, is used as a unit of measure for:
- To lower the voltage drop in a wire, reduce its length or increase its:
- Refer to the Figure: A 120/240 volt 1 phase supplies the 1,000 watt and 500 watt loads. The current in the neutral is:
- Refer to the diagram: The contacts labled “MI” are referred to as:
- According to NEC, ___ junction boxes shall be:
- Surface type cabinets for electrical equipment in damp or wet locations SHALL be mounted so their is at least ___” air space between the wall.
- A grounding conductor of an electrical circuit is identified by ___.
- A run of EMT conduit may have a maximum of ___ 90 degree bends.
- When an electrical disconnect switch must be within sight of a sign, the switch must be visable from and within ___ feet.
- If a string of outdoor lights is suspended between supports 20` apart, it is called ___ lighting.
- Required grounding conductors and bonding jumpers may not be connected soley by ___ connections.
- Electrical equipment may not be mounted onto a masonry wall with:
- A lien filed in New Mexico has not commenced in court. What is the maximum length of time the lien can be enforced?
- An owner or govermental agency has the right to add, delete or otherwise revise the work through the course of construction. Which of the following provides that the contractor will be compensated for any additional costs incur red?
- A cash flow schedule identifies _____?
- A New Mexico contractor receives a license on May 1 1997. By what day must the license be renewed?
- What portion of the Workers Compensation Insurance premium can an employer charge to his employee?
- All of the following are benefits provided by good scheduling and planning EXCEPT:
- What federal labor law establishes the minimum wage?
- What is the name for the method used to reduce conflicts and litigation on the construction site?
- Who is the contractor legally obligated to pay?
- Violators who do NOT follow the EPA National Emissions standards for asbestos are subject to a daily federal civil penalty a maximum of ______.
- Project management consists of all of the following activities except:
- What is the term for the difference between cash disbursements and cash receipts over a period of time?
- After a license has been revoked in New Mexico what is the minimum time which a licensee must wait for one license to be reissued?
- Which one of the following conditions requiring emergency care can only be a non-reportable injury?
- What is the term used to describe a progress payment that is held by the owner as security for one quarantee of the contractors full and complete performance?
- How much is withheld for social security tax from the weekly paycheck of an employee earning $9.00 per hour for 40 hours per week?
- Synthetic wire or fibre rope used to guy scaffolds shall be able to support ____ time their rating.
- An employees rate of pay is $7.80 per hour. He works 46.5 hours during one work week. What is the total amount of pay that the employee is entitled to receive?
- A company`s balance sheet shows the following: Equipment-22,000; Notes payable-18,000; Accounts receivable-53,000;Accrued wages-11,000; Vehicles- 30,000; Accounts payable-37,000; Cash-28,000: What is the net of this company?
- Which disease may result from prolonged exposure to asbestos?
- Which of the following charts gives a detail view of a schedule?
- What are the maximum number of days an original contractor has to file a lien after completing a project?
- Current assets are those which can be converted into cash within a maximum of ____.
- Which of the following types of bonds guarantees the owner that the project will be completed according to the plans specifications and terms specified in the contract?
- How many days does a contractor have to report a change of address or name?
- Which of the following is the best way for a general contractor to gain protection from sub-contractors who fail to complete a project as specified in a construction contract?
- What is the maximum amount of asbestos that can be allowed on a permissible level of exposure (average/hour)?
- During the course of construction an extension of time has been added to the original project schedule. Which task does this extension reflect?
- Using only the following information what is the company`s net worth? Gross sales-$84,296; Net sales-32,664; Total assets-52,201; Total liabilities-16,390
- An equipment schedule includes all of the following except _____.
- What fee must each applicant pay for an initial contractors license in New Mexico?
- A contractor has 6 laborers working at a rate of $8.25. All laborers have to work 40 hours per week for the past 2 weeks. What is the total premium for all laborers if the contractor pays a rate of 18% of the gross pay for the workers compensation premium?
- Which person coordinates the project for all disciplines for a large construction project and is responsible for the management of the work?
- Which of the following is not an option for a survey company holding a contract on a construction project and in the event a contractor files bankruptcy ?
- Which of the following is a long-term liability?
- What form is used to file an employers quarterly federal tax return?
- A contractor has not properly cleaned debris from a jobsite. The owner has paid a separate crew to perform cleanup. What is the amount called that is subtracted from monies owed to the contractor?
- If an employee has a work related accident in 1995 what is the earliest year which a company may destroy any record of this accident?
- If the business relationship of a qualifying party is ended how many days do they have to notify the division of termination of the relationship?
- Which one of the following would NOT be paid first under the New Mexico mechanic lien law?
- What federal income tax schedule does a sole proprietor use for his federal income tax reporting?
- Refer to tax table: An employee worked 48 hours in a work week. The rate of pay is $8.00 per hour. The employee is not exempt under the Fair Labor Standards Act. How much federal income tax is withheld from t he paycheck if the employee is single and claims one exemption on his W-2?
- How much is withheld for Medicare from the weekly paycheck of an employee earning $10.50 per hour for a 40 hour week?
- Tax laws require that employers must withhold certain amounts from employees wages for all of the following except:
- By what date must employers send W-2 statements to employees who have had taxes withheld and are still working for the employer as of December 31?
- How many years must a construction company retain all records of a $10,000 employment tax payment to IRS?
- In New Mexico if your tax liability exceeds $200 per month average for any 12 month period you may be required by the state to convert to file:
- Which one of the following statements pertaining to a contractors gross receipt taxes is correct?
- A piece of new equipment was purchased for $32 420. What amount will be depreciated in the second year using the straight line depreciation method for a period of 7 years?
- For accounting purposes check stubs deposit slips invoices and receipts are all considered:
- Which accounting method records income when the money is received and records expenses when payment is made?
- Which financial ratio indicates a company`s ability to pay its obligation in the coming year?
- An employee files a law suit for $750 in unpaid overtime wages. What is the maximum amount that the employee could receive including legal fees?
- What does the Walsh-Healy public contracts Act require?
- In New Mexico contractors must have Workers Compensation Insurance if they employ a minimum of _____ people.
- According to the Americans with Disabilities Act which of the following acts is prohibited once a disabled employee is hired?
- Which of the following types of documents establishes both identity and employment eligibility?
- Use the following schedule of hours: Mon-5hrs; Tue-7hrs; Wed-8hrs; Thu-10hrs; Fri-3hrs; Sat-1hrs. How many hours overtime should this employee be paid if the job is Federally funded?
- By what date must a company`s annual summary of occupational injuries and illnesses for the past year be posted?
- How long must an employer maintain records about work related injuries?
- How much time does an employer have to orally report a work related accident that results in the fatality of one or more employees?
- Who is responsible for purchasing a builders risk insurance policy?
- What type of bond guarantees that a contractor will honor the bid?
- A subcontractor breaks a pipe and causes extensive damage. A general contractors` insurance company sues the subcontractor for the loss. The process is known as _____.
- Day to day direction on a project is usually handled by ____?
- How is a bar chart used?
- A contractor has scheduled 10 labor to work 8 hours per day. Based on a 5 day workweek for 4 weeks to meet a deadline each laborer makes $10 per hour. However he asks the contractor to complete the project in 3 we eks. The owner is willing to pay the necessary overtime. The contractor will work 5 days per week and use the original crew. Overtime distributed equally. What is the additional overtime?
- Which type of project document provides for details related to the project, outlines conditions of a contract and defines the roles of the owner, architect, and contractor?
- What is the term used to describe changes in the contract documents before execution of the contracts?
- In a written contract there is an inconsistency in which the word eight appears in writing but the numeral seven appears in parenthesis immediately afterwards. How is the interpreted?
- A contractor has agreed to complete a construction project within 75 days. The contractor has a liquidated damages clause of $150 per day. The contractor completes the work in 91 days. However the archite ct has given a 4 day extention for bad weather. How much money will be charged for liquidated damages?
- A contractor is estimating the cost of work to be performed. The contractor estimates a total labor cost of $5 657 and a total material cost of $9 342. Job overhead is calculated at 37% of the materials cost. What is the total cost the estimate including labor, material, and job overhead?
- Which of the following methods is considered the most accurate of estimating the cost involved in a construction project?
- Which of the following would NOT be an essential part of the process of becoming familiar with a project before bidding?
- A subcontractor needs a crane for one year to complete a job. The following options are available:
#1 Purchase crane for $65,000 sell for $30,000 when project is complete.
#2 Lease the crane for $30,500 for one year.
#3 Lease the crane for $1635 per month.
#4 Rent the crane for $5537 per quarter.
Which results in the lowest cost to the contractor?
- A contractor is finalizing a bid for a project. The project estimated is $78,214. Overhead is 15%. Contingency is 5%. Profit 9%. What is the amount of the bid submitted?
- If a code violation has been cited during an inspection. How long does the contractor have to correct the code violation?
- The definition of a contractor includes all of the following EXCEPT:
- Which of the following requires a license?
- All of the following are part of the license application process EXCEPT:
- Where does the contractor have to place his license number?
- A qualifying party quits working for Jones Builders. The Contractor now has ____ days to get another qualifying party.
- If a qualifying party quits working for contractor 1. The qualifying party is planning to work for another contractor. Contractor 1 has how many days to notify Construction Industries Division after the quilfying party quits?
- What must a contractor do if thier qualifying party certificate or license is revoked?
- Of the following listed below, which is a qualifying party?
- What will happen to a contractor if he does not report a change of address within 30 days.
- What type of business offers contractors the protection against any personal liability?
- Bolt holes for bolted connections of structural members wnich are punched or drilled should be how much larger than the diameter of the required bolt?
- How many standard concrete masonry units will be required for a wall that is 10`-8″ high and 144` long?
- OSHA requires a ladder in every excavation in excess of:
- The grade for a footing is set using a builders level. The bottom of the footing will be at elevation 94.00`. The backsight to the benchmark (elevation 100.00`) has a rod reading of 4.70`. What should t he rod reading be for the bottom of the footing if the grade is correct?
- Lime is an effective stabilizing agent for:
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane`s rated lifting capacity?
- What is the standard modular unit used in masonry construction?
- All of the following factors affect the lateral pressure of plastic concrete form wall EXCEPT which one?
- A multi-level concrete structure is being built. The process of temporarily supporting a deck after the removal of the formwork so that work may proceed at a higher level is:
- The international color code used by utility companies to identify an underground water line is:
- Where should the “U” portion of a crosby-type wire rope clips be located?
- A 2-leg bridal sling is used to lift a load. Which of the following is true?
- A depression in the bed surface of a brick that helps lock the mortar in place is called:
- High compression strength and durability are characteristics of what type of mortar?
- The supporting member for the form work sheathing and jacking assembly in vertical slip form construction is referred to as the:
- All of the following will affect the load capacity of a mobile crane EXCEPT:
- Refer to the crane diagram. What is the term used for dimension A?
- What is the name for the pile that is formed by driving a casing into a set depth and removing the casing while filling the hole with concrete?
- Employees are working in an excavation where no precautions are in place to protect them against the effects of accumulated water. According to OSHA how much water is allowed to accumulate in the hole before work must be stopped?
- According to OSHA a scaffold with a horizontal dimension less than 45″ in either direction shall have standard guardrails on all sides and ends if it is OVER what minimum height?
- Why should calcium chloride NOT be used in masonry mortar mixes?
- A non-load bearing exterior masonry wall that is attached to the structural elements of a building and encloses the building is called:
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a 65` x 70` rectangular foundation with walls 14" thick and 11`-3" high?
- Refer to the steel schedule. What is the total length of all bottom bars of type IJ3 joists?
- According to OSHA the minimum clearance between power lines that are below 50Kv and any part of an operating crane or load shall be:
- What does it mean when “40” is stamped on a reinforcing bar?
- Where are tilt-up concrete panels fabricated?
- What is the difference in elevation of a 2% grade over a 75` horizontal distance?
- What does a standard procter test determine?
- When super plasticizers are used in a concrete mix:
- According to Design and Control of Concrete Construction, air-entrained concrete is mainly used to:
- Given: High strength bolts are being tightened. A direct tension indicator is:
- What does the structural steel designation C3X6 mean:
- Which of the following types of portland cement is used in massive concrete structures where low heat of hydration is required?
- What are all of the tests that may be required in the project specifications for concrete quality control?
- All of the following methods are used for supporting the earth walls around the perimeter of a deep dig except:
- Which of the following structural steel shapes has parallel flange surfaces?
- Refer to the diagram. The 2 indicates:
- Refer to the block diagram. This concrete masonry unit is:
- Refer to the block diagram. This concrete masonry unit is:
- What is a jack shore when it is used in concrete construction?
- What is gang forming?
- Which of the following statements is NOT true about a fiber tubular column (sonotube) form.
- According to OSHA an employer shall NOT allow employees to ride on a manually propelled scaffold unless:
- Which of the following soil compaction tests requires an instrument that uses a gauge and a test rod?
- Which of the following tests would be used to determine the particle size of a soil distribution sample?
- Given: soil excavation for a 500` x 1000` building lot requires a uniform removal of 6" of soil. A single rotary tire scraper with a heaped capacity of 100 CY/H is to be used. How long will it take to excavate the lot?
- A fire extinguisher rated at no less than 2A shall be provided for each 3000 sf of protected building area. According to OSHA the travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire extinguisher s hall not be more than ___ feet.
- What does structural steel designation W18x71 specify?
- A #6 deformed steel reinforcing bar has a nominal diameter of.
- What is a girt?
- Given: A finished soil elevation of 104.25` is desired at point "A". The benchmark has an elevation of 101.10` using a builders level a rod reading of 4.65` is obtained at the benchmark. The rod reading at point "A" is 1. 50`. What grading must be done?
- What tool is used to overcome sagging in a mason`s line?
- Refer to the figure. What is the name of the brick in the shaded position?
- Refer to the figure. What is the rod reading to the nearest 100th of a foot?
- Refer to the figure below. This symbol represents a _____ weld.
- As concrete sets, it releases heat known as.
- Which of the following is a test for the consistency and workability of concrete?
- According to OSHA, required guardrails installed on scaffolding shall be a minimum of _____ inches.
- Vertical members that support horizontal deck formwork are commonly called?
- Which of the following serves as a quick drying metal primer?
- How many 8 x 8 x 16 concrete masonry blocks will be required for 8 courses in a 124` long wall?
- In soil compaction testing what characteristic is used to measure the amount of compaction.
- According to OSHA, what is the minimum number of toilets required when employees number 15 on a jobsite?
- What is the structural steel designation for an american standard structural T which is 10" deep and weighs 33# per l.f.?
- The international color code used by utilities to mark the location of underground gas lines is ____.
- What type of foundation covers an entire site and consists of heavily reinforced concrete that is 3` - 8` in thickness?
- Refer to figure below: This welding symbol is used to signify:
- Which of the following is not a test used for concrete mixed quality control?
- If a colored mortar isused what is the maximum time that can elapse before the mortar can no longer be retempered?
- When placing vertical rebars in a retaining wall where there will be lateral soil pressure the rebars should be placed.
- Pile drivers may consist of a drop, mechanical, or _____ hammer.
- When joints to control cracking in concrete slabs are cut they should be cut to a depth of _____.
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs used on a jobsite shall have a landing at every _____ feet of vertical rise.
- Which type of portland cement is designed to produce high-compressive strength concrete at an early period.
- Concrete masonry units should not be wetted before being laid in a wall.
- This masonry configuration is:
- Which of the following types of saw blade is used to wet-cut masonry?
- If a reinforcing bar weighs 3.5# per L.F. 15,400 lineal feet of this bar will weigh _____ tons.
- Given: finely perforated pipes are driven vertically into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated. These pipes are connected to one or more above-ground pump. In order to lower and maintain a redu ced water table during site construction. What is the common name for this de-watering system?
- After adjusting and tightening leveling nuts a column-bearing plate must be _____ before final bearing support.
- Soldier beams and timbers are used to shore the walls of an excavation. Which of the following methods provide the greatest amount of working space in the excavation?
- Refer to figure: This is a profile of: a standard American beam is:
- What does the structural steel HP14X73 specify?
- Refer to the figure. What is the name of this concrete masonry unit?
- According to OSHA, employees working on scaffolds over ___ Ft. high shall have fall protection.
- What is the difference between piers and pilasters used in masonry construction?
- In slip form construction, to insure proper placement of concrete:
- A temporary structure that is built to exclude earth or water from the construction site is.
- A combined chemical and electrical treatment of aluminum which hardens and thickens the natural aluminum oxide coating is.
- Which soil compaction test requires the drilling of a 1/2" hole for the test rod?
- Refer to the Table. All IJ2 joists are _____ inches deep.
- Caissons are:
- Refer to diagram. What type of joint is indicated by letter A?
- In rebar installation a stirrup is:
- What`s the difference in elevation of a 2% slope over a distance of 85`?
- Given: A single family residence: The space between floor joists is closed with a galvanized sheet steel and used as a return air plenum. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low smoke plenum use be routed alo ng the face of a joist within the enclosed space?
- A time domain reflect-o-meter or TDR is used to _____.
- In a multipair cable which color combination is considered the first pair?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is properly terminated at both ends with 50 ohm resistors. The cable does not have electrical problems. Disregarding conductor resistance what resistance will be meas ured between the shield and the center conductor at a "T" connectot at any point in the cable?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is terminated at one end with a 50 volt terminator. The resistance measured between the shield and the center conductor at the other end of the cable is 0 ohms. The cable is:
- A CO line in a telephone installation refers to _____.
- A prime advantage that optical fibre has over copper cable pair is that a fibre optic transmission line offers.
- The purpose of NEC is to provide:
- According to NEC, a telephone conductor may be run in the same shaft with electric light or power conductors but must be separated a minimum of ___ inches.
- A building on a blueprint is 1 1/2 inches in length. If the scale is 1/16" equals 2`-0", what is the actual length of the building?
- A communications circuit`s primary protector shall consist of an arrestor connected between:
- If the switches on a volt-ohm-millampmeter type of multimeter are set to Rx1, the meter indicates a rating in ____ units.
- Conductors for telephone circuits that are not protected by a raceway are permitted in plemums if they are type:
- Which statement is true regarding NEC installation requirements for fiber optic cables?
- The standard designation used in the telephone industry to denote interface equipment is:
- What is the characteristic impedence of ethernet coaxial cable?
- What is the basic unit of measure for inductance?
- In multipair cable, which color combination is considered the first pair?
- Which of the following communicating cable types may be installed in both plenums and vertical shafts?
- Disregarding exceptions, the minimum size copper bonding jumper between a wired communications system grounding electrode and the electric power system grounding electrode where both of these two electrodes are used, is size ____ AWG.
- What wire sizes are most frequently used in twisted pair inside plant data cable?
- A building has a 120/208 volt 3 /o service. Which is true about the comunications systems grounding electrode conductor?
- According to NEC, a communcations circuit equipment grounding conductor must be:
- When installed in compliance with NEC, jacked communication wires may be placed in the same raceway or JCT box with conductors of what type of circuits?
- How many different pairs of tones can a 4 x 3 DTMS code-like frame key pad, generate?
- Refer to figure: What is the total circuit resistance?
- Which type of optical fiber cable contains metalic strength members but no current carrying conductors?
- An equipment grounding conductor for wire communications circuits shall be a minimum of:
- An IDF (Imtermediate Distribution Frame) is used in telephone systems to:
- What is a coaxial cable terminator?
- Overhead data communications conductors are to be run between two buildings parallel to and below electrical power conductors. What minimum separation must be maintained between the two sets of conductors?
- Conditions require the installation of an additional ground electrode for only the communication system in an apartment building. The minimum size of jumper to bond the communication system ground electrode to the power system ground electrode is what size copper conductor?
- Which example describes a digital signal?
- What article in the NEC specifically addresses telephone wiring systems?
- How are optical fibers used in modern telephone/data systems?
- What is the total resistance when resistors are connected in parallel?
- A telephone trouble shooting situation: subscriber`s line to a residence is reported as out-of-service. A test set across the line at the subscriber`s telephone jack indicates no dial tone. A test at subscribers interface with premise wiring connected shows no dial tone. With premise wiring disconnected, the test set proves subcriber`s line is operational at the interface. What is the problem?
- What type of connector is used to terminate ethernet thin-net coax?
- What happens when a telephone technician siezes a central office from a subscriber interface?
- What is the way to get the maximum total resistance using three resistors?
- What is the point at which the outside plant conductors are cross connected using jumper wires to the switching equipment and other inside plant conductors?
- Disregard exception. Which of the following statements is true regarding the installation of conductors for communication circuits within buildings?
- What is the piece of equipment called that connects a personal computer to a voice grade phone line for the purpose of transmitting data?
- A public building has a 300 space parking lot. According to the New Mexico State Code what minimum number of parking spaces shall be designated for the disabled?
- According to Code the best fire rating for a roofing assembly is:
- According to Code a horizontal member may be used to protect regular glazing panels in lieu of safety glass. The height of the horizontal member shall be a minimum of ____ inches.
- Unless data justifies, steeper slopes accepted as slopes for permanent excavations shall not be steeper than:
- For steel beams less than 24″ in depth web fasteners are required :
- What is the minimum acceptable concrete cover over reinforcement that is permanently exposed to earth?
- Toilet room floors in office buildings shall have a smooth non-absorbent surface that extends a minimum of ____ inches up the wall.
- The side of any parapet wall that faces the roof shall be non-combustible for the upper most ____inches.
- On a commercial or industrial project a complete record of materials tests and concrete tests shall be preserved for ____ months.
- What is the minimum cover including the masonry unit for all reinforcement except joint reinforcement for a masonry wall that is exposed to soil?
- What is the maximum horizontal distance allowed between metal ties in a masonry cavity wall?
- If prism testing is required for a masonry wall during construction a set of three prisms shall be built for every ____ square feet of wall.
- Horizontal wire reinforcement is being used to reinforce a stack-bond hollow unit masonry wall. The minimum splice lap of wire joint reinforcements placed in the mortared bed is ____ times the wire diameter.
- How long should a masonry wall just constructed be protected from rain or snow with a weather resistive membrane when the mean daily temperatures are between 32 & 40 degrees F?
- A required guardrail around an exterior deck of a commercial building shall be at least ____ inches high.
- A two-hour fire-resistive rating may be achieved on a structural steel column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8" type "X" wall board.
- What is the maximum rise in stairs in commercial buildings?
- Every story or portion thereof having an occupant load of 501-1000 shall have at least ____ exits.
- According to code what percentage of the required aggregate used on a built-up roof must be adhered in hot bitumen?
- Accessibility criteria for substantial alterations are based on the buildings of faculties appraised value. The cost of the substantial alteration must be at least _____ % of the appraised value.
- Which of the following is defined as a material device or construction installed to resist the movement of air within spaces open spaces of concealed areas of building components?
- According to code which of the following types of glass may not be used as a structural balustrade panel in railings.
- Wire is used to attach metal lath to metal supports. What is the minimum US gage wire required by code?
- A parking lot not serving a public building has 50 parking spaces. According to the New Mexico code how many accessible spaces must be provided?
- The vertical reinforcement in a spirally reinforced column must consist of at least _____ bars.
- The outside dimension of a pipe or conduit embedded in a 6″ thick concrete slab shall be a maximum of _____.
- In one day 200 yards of concrete is being placed. What minimum number of compressive strength tests must be taken?
- Lateral steel reinforcements used to resist shear and torsion stresses in flexural structural members best describes.
- In an unsprinklered office building concealed spaces in a floor-ceiling assembly shall be sealed off by draft stops. What is the maximum area of each concealed space?
- Plywood roof sheathing is placed over rafters spaced at 24" O/C. The plywood is placed perpendicular to the rafters, edges are blocked. The panel span rating is 24/0. The total roof load is 40 psf. What is the minumum allowable thickness?
- A ramp is being constructed in an existing building where space limitation prohibit the use of 1 in 12 slope. According to NM Code what is maximum allowed slope for a 3" rise?
- Plastic glazed skylights units must be installed at least _____ horizontally from the next one.
- A job site uses a fence for pedestrian protection. According to code what is minimum allowed height of the fence?
- What is the maximum size of glazed opening allowed in a hollow metal door (fire) with a required 3/4 hour rating? (SI = square inches)
- According to code wiring in plenums shall comply with:
- To achieve a 2-hour fire resistive rating on a structural steel column using 5/8" type X gypsum wall board what minimum number of layers shall be used?
- In which of the following buildings would a fire extinguishing automatic sprinkler system be required by code?
- A one story building Group E Division I does not have sprinklers nor smoke detectors. What is the maximum allowed distance from any portion of the building to an exterior exit door?
- What is the minimum allowed tread run for stairs in commercial buildings?
- Which of the following stairway widths is the maximum permitted for use with a single handrail?
- What is the maximum difference in height allowed between the greatest and smallest riser within in any flight of stairs?
- The minimum width of any stairway landing shall be?
- What is the minimum cover including masonry unit for all reinforcement except joint reinforcement for a masonry wall that is exposed to weather?
- Showers in all occupancies shall be finished with a smooth hard non-absorbent surface to a height surface to a height of at least _____ inches above the drain inlet.
- A parapet extends 30″ above a roof on a fire rated wall. The parapet may have a combustible face for a maximum of _____ inches above the roof surface.
- What is the fire resistance requirement of exterior walls based on?
- Two buildings share a common wall requiring a 3-hour fire suppression rating. What is the maximum area of any single opening in the wall?
- Why is a membrane penetration firestop used?
- What is the minimum allowable mortar cover between ties or joint reinforcement in the exposed masonry face?
- What is the minimum number of masonry prisms that shall be built prior to construction if a test sample is required?
- According to code before grouting rebar used for center reinforcement shall be secured against displacement at intervals not to exceed _____ bar diameters.
- A new masonry wall has just been completed in an area with a mean daily temperature above 40 F. How long must it be covered with a weather resistant membrane?
- A concrete masonry unit wall is being grouted. Between pours why should grout be stopped approximately 1 1/2″ below a horizontal mortar joint?
- According to code rebar used to reinforce masonry units:
- The structural element of type 2 fire resistant buildings may be made of all the following except:
- The open space between intermediate rails of a guardrail in an area of a commercial building not accessible to the public shall be such that a sphere of _____ inches in diameter cannot pass through.
- The minimum height for the top of a required guardrail in an office shall be ____.
- According to code the maximum height above grade that a deck may be built without handrails is _____.
- An automobile repair shop the burners in a gas furnace shall be installed at least _____ above the floor.
- In a bay under which fuels are dispensed a clear and unobstructed height of _____ shall be maintained.
- A basement consisting of 150 square foot furnace room, a 150 square foot area used for electrical equipment, and a 300 square foot storage room requires how many exits?
- Where roof drains are required overflow drains as the same size shall be installed with the overflow line located at _____ inches above the low point.
- A clear space between a stairway handrail and the wall shall be a minimum of:
- A contractor who has installed a concrete foundation wall that will be used to attach a 2 x 6 sill plate. The anchor bolts are 8″ long. These bolts are:
- Without the approval of the building official a cut slope for permanent excavation may not exceed:
- Steel stud wall systems may not be used to resist specified seismic forces in building _____ storys in height.
- What is the minimum concrete cover for #6 reinforcing bar when used in cast in place concrete walls that are not exposed to weather?
- A parking lot has 10 accessible parking spaces. According to the New Mexico Building code how many spaces shall be van accessible?
- Application rate for highway paint is based on what length of cycles for 4″ lines?
- Approximately how much paint is required for a broken 4″ line that is 10,000 feet long?
- For New Mexico highway work, which of the following is NOT an approved method on measuring paint in the dispenser?
- What is the normal gap between double yellow markings on a no passing zone?
- What is the normal distance between a broken center lane and a left or right “no passing zone” line?
- Unless otherwise designated in the contract, the second coat of reflectorized paint striping shall be applied after how many days?
- A lane closure is required for line striping work on a limited access highway. With a posted speed limit of 65 mph, the closed lane at this point of the highway is 14 feet in width. What is the minimum desirabl e length for merging tape under the given conditions?
- What minimum amount of glass beads per gallon of paint shall be applied while line painting?
- The maximum tolerance for painted line width is plus or minus:
- Permanent pavement marking machines shall be equiped with:
- Spray tanks shall be measured for volume before striping begins and after the first:
- What are the broken line length and spacing distance respectively in a single traffic stripe application on a street or highway with a prevailing speed of at least 45 mph.
- According to New Mexico Highway Line Striping Guide, painted segments and gap spacing may not vary more than:
- Approximately how much paint is required for a solid 4″ line that is 2 miles long?
- Given: Six miles of pavement are scheduled for painting, repairing 100% of single 4″ wide broken yellow line and 25% of 4″ wide solid yellow line. The application rate is based on 40` singles at 7 gal. per mil e with broken line, 24 with solid line. How many gallons of paint will be needed?
- According to New Mexico State Striping Guidelines, all of the following are required for the proper application of temporary marking tape except which one?
- Given: Paint or glass beads may be transfered from one project to another provided a letter of transfer of paint is included. Which one of the following is not required to be included in the letter?
- All of the following designations are required on paint containers used for pavement striping projects EXCEPT:
- What are the approved line striping colors for use on New Mexico State Highways?
- What is the minimum drying time, when no traffic pickup will occur, using rapid dry white or yellow traffic line paint?
- All of the following are requirements of a permanent marking machine except which one?
- What is the method of payment for reflexterized paint words?
- According to standard specifications, what is the total width from outside to outside of a double yellow center line?
- What is the maximum time needed for the paint to completly dry when the paint is heated to between 110 and 180 degrees F?
- Reflecterized paint striping shall be paid for by which of the following methods?
- An existing pavement surface containing bond reducing matter is being repaired for line striping. Which of the following methods should be used if other methods have failed?
- What are the approved combination paint types used on New Mexico state highway striping projects?
- Thermal plastics used in traffic paint containing reflective glass beads is being applied to a pavement surface; which is true.
- Under which one of the following conditions is highway pavement striping allowed?
- What should be done immediately after an asphalt patch is placed?
- If compaction is poor on a patched surface and traffic will cross the patch soon, the patched surface should be covered with:
- All of the following are road bed types except:
- When patching is applied before a seal coat, the patching mix should be fine graded to reduce the:
- All of the following are untreated base materials except:
- The prime coat stabilizes the base and:
- All of the following are types of hot mix asphalt except:
- What is the name for the combination of asphalt emulsion and finely graded aggregates that rejuvenate an intact surface and fills pits and cracks in the pavement?
- Blue smoke rising from a batch of hot mix asphalt may indicate:
- What type of tack coat material shall be applied before pavement fabric placement?
- What application uses emulsified asphalt to rejuvenate and seal an old asphalt surface?
- In dry hot weather, repairs of old concrete surfaces require a preparation. What is the accepted method for preparing old concrete immediately before grouting?
- The asphalt overlay coat may be applied when the tack coat has cured to the point where it is:
- Sealant material used for joints of adjacent portland cement concrete patches shall be composed of:
- What is applied to promote bonding of a new pavement layer to an old pavement?
- Concrete is being placed on a New Mexico Public Works Project and the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees F. The temperature of the concrete being placed must be a minimum of ___ degrees F.
- If too much cut-back asphalt is applied, what shall be done to prevent bleeding of the prime coat up through the asphalt concrete?
- What is used to continually join a surface concrete patch?
- Which of the following is used to remove sags and depressions in old pavement before an asphalt resurfacing operation?
- Wobble wheel compactors work well for compacting:
- What is the official shape of warning signals used at highway construction sites?
- Which of the following does OSHA specifically single out as an unacceptable hearing protection device?
- What is the international color used by utility locators to mark an underground gas line?
- To avoid accidentally igniting oil in the asphalt mix, what should be done before lighting a burner on an asphalt heating kettle?
- Refer to the diagram. What should dimension "A" be:
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to patch a section of highway that is 40` x 10` by 8" thick?
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit shall be placed a minimum of ___ inches above the roadway.
- A water line beneath a street has been repaired. A trench through the asphalt 4` wide and 16` long is required to repair the waterline. How many cubic feet of asphalt material is needed to patch the trench if it is 4″ deep?
- Open highway conditions prevail on the approach to freeway construction requiring a lane closure. The first warning sign should be placed ____ feet from the point of restriction.
- Rubber asphalt compound is used to seal cracks in concrete pavement at an applicaton rate of one gallon per 100 linear foot per 1" of depth per 1" width. How many gallons of rubber asphalt compound are required to se al 6,000 linear feet of 1" deep by 1/2" wide cracks?
- All breakdown and intermediate rolling should be completed before the temperature of the asphalt surface reaches ___ degrees F minimum.
- Which of the following materials provides the strength in asphalt concrete?
- Mixing of aggregates in asphalt cement in a typical asphalt batch plant occurs in the:
- What is the binder course mix designed for?
- Which of the courses listed is used to smooth the surface of an old pavement on a resurfacing project?
- Stopping and restarting an asphalt paver leaves a cross ridge which should be smoothed with:
- All of the following are purposes of laying down a prime coat except:
- Cut back asphalts are divided into classes or grades on the basis of:
- Which of the following is the purpose of a tack coat?
- All of the following are important characteristics of aggregates used in asphalt concrete for highway paving except:
- What can the excess application of tack material cause?
- A tack coat is being sprayed on an asphalt surface. The spray nozzles on the distributor bar should be set at approximately ___ degree angle.
- In road paving operations, what are leveling wedges?
- When should concrete curing procedures begin?
- What is the name for the application of an emulsifide asphalt used to rejuvenate and seal an old asphalt surface?
- What are the concrete tests that may be required in a projects` specifications?
- Which of the following describes a profilograph?
- Which of the following is a test that measures for concrete consistancy?
- What is the name for a side cut in a hill or slope?
- Air-entrained concrete is mainly used to:
- In reference to dirt work, what is meant by “lift”?
- Refer to diagram. What type of joint is at “C”?
- What does a standard proctor test determine?
- Except at expansion joints, curb and gutter sections shall be separated by open joints that are a minimum of ___ inches wide.
- The optimum moisture content of soil is the amount of moisture at which:
- Which of the following concrete produces the highest compressive strength at 28 days?
- Which soil compaction requires a drilling of a 1/2″ x 12″ hole for the test rod?
- Which of the following is NOT a type of concrete highway barrier?
- What characteristic is used to measure the amount of soil compaction?
- Wire fences along New Mexico state highways must have a coating of:
- What happens to the flow and rate of penetration of water when the gradient increases?
- Posts used to support chain link fence shall be spaced a maximum of ___ feet on center.
- All of the following are tamping rollers used for soil compaction except:
- Filter dams are used for:
- What is the name for the volume change that occurs when earth is excavated?
- Open highway conditions prevail on the approach to freeway cosntruction requiring a lane closure. The first advanced warning sign should be placed ___ from the point of restriction?
- Which of the following rip-rap classes is wire enclosed?
- A wet section of soil rolls everytime a scraper or other heavy equipment runs over it. This soil movement is called:
- How soon after a rainfall must a contractor inspect the sediment and errosion control measures used on the project site?
- What is the basic location reference for highway construction?
- A pollution prevention plan shall be submitted to the project manager if the scope of the project disturbs a minimum of ___ acres.
- At a point where the contour plan shows a finished elevation of 128.0, a rod reading shows an actual elevation of 126.5. What is required to achieve the finish elevation?
- According to OSHA, refueling tank trucks shall be provided with a fire extinguisher rated no less than:
- In road construction, the final grading operation is normally by stakes at subgrade elevations. What are these stakes called?
- Equipment that is hinged in the middle is defined as:
- At a given station, the edge of pavement elevation on a road 30` wide is 100. The road crown is 4%, what is the elevation at the centerline of the road?
- The depth of cut by a conventional scraper used for ecavation work is controled by:
- If a station is 467` from 0, how is it designated?
- When a piece of equipment is being parked, all attachments should be:
- Which one of the following drawings is drawn on graph paper and shows natural ground finish grade, gutter flow line and sewer and drainage lines?
- As a dozer makes a cut with a curved blade and the blade fills with dirt, the blade will have a tendency to:
- What is the international color code used by utility locators to mark underground gas lines?
- According to “Moving the Earth”, on an elevating scraper, the cross bars that carry the dirt up and away from the cutting edge is generally called:
- When delineators are used to outline the required vehicle path through a highway construction site, the reflective unit should be placed a minimum of ___ inches above the roadway.
- Which of the following would provide cause for liquidated damages?
- What does a contour line on a grading plan indicate?
- Computations for volume excavation will be based on:
- High molecular weight methacrylate is used for the sealing of concrete surfaces at a preparation of one gallon per 100 square feet. How many gallons of HMWM are needed to seal the surface of a 10 mile section of highway 40` wide?
- National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System guidelines require a notice of intent to commence construction activities be submitted to EPA at least ___ days before construction begins.
- How much concrete is required to pour a section of highway one mile long; 80` wide and 9" thick. Assume no waste.
- House built in 1800`s - furnace in floor installed in 1947 with conbustion air. Now a new water heater is to be installed. What must be done?
- Which of the following is the correct mounting position of TXV sensing bulb?
- T
- A non-listed furnace which is to be installed on a roof:
- In Zone I, HVAC duct in attic shall be insulated with:
- Refrigerant piping shall be supported at:
- Refrigerant piping must be supported within ___ of first bend of the compressor.
- Chimney connection shall be ___ for cleaning.
- In ordinary construction, combustion air is considered adequate by means of infiltration provided the volume of the room is not less than ___ CF per 1,000 BTU input of the appliance.
- Metal ducts installed near the ground shall have clearance of:
- Furnaces located on a roof with a pitch greater than 4` on 12, shall have a level working platform of at least:
- A furnace room shall have an opening or passage large enough to remove the largest piece of equipment in such room and not be less than ___ wide x ___ high.
- The return air duct in a heating or refrigerated air system should be approximately how much larger than the supply air duct?
- When pressure testing for refrigerant leaks using nitrogen or CO2 and the test pressure is not indicated on the name plate, what pressure should NOT be exceeded?
- Which type of air outlet gives a broad fan distribution?
- In which type of evaporative cooler is the pump external?
- What type of motor does not need a starting switch?
- Refer to the diagram: The concrete pad necessary for a new compressor will require how much concrete?
- A sight glass/moisture indicator has just been installed. How long must you wait prior to getting an accurate moisture indication?
- What is the optimum temperature for checking the PH in a cooling tower water system?
- What is the purpose of an equalizer line on a TXV?
- In a gravity solar water heating system, the storage tank would be installed:
- When checking if filter media is plugged you would use:
- When piping an evaporator in a new residence you would use which of the following?
- R-12 and R-22, are non-flamable but when exposed to open flame will produce:
- Which of the following would be used to remove non-toxic gases from the air stream?
- To flare hard drawn copper:
- Continually bending soft copper:
- What is the cooling requirement for 2,000 square feet using the ft2/ton method (rule of thumb=400 SF/ton)?
- Which of the following is basic pH?
- What is added to cooling tower water to lower the PH?
- In a centrifugal compressor, what is used to compress the refrigerant?
- In a 24 PSI pneumatic control system, the operating pressure will be:
- What component in a refrigeration system will feel warm when the system is low on refrigerant?
- First Aid Kit location must be:
- First Aid Kit supplies must be:
- An aisle or stairwell requires:
- Which of the following conveys air intentionally from the outside into a building?
- Given: An 18 x 8 wall register with 75% free area. Air velocity is 600 feet per minute (FPM), calculate the CFM of air being delivered.
- Room to be cooled is 1,000 square feet. If 400 square feet per ton is used as a design factor, how many BTUs of cooling is required?
- What is the standard spacing for wood posts supporting metal barriers on a roadside installation?
- The tie wire on the end of a Type A metal barrier must be anchored by a concrete pier with a minimum diameter of?
- What is the minimum height of a vertical single post overhead sign?
- Which one of the following end-anchor types require the use of a tie wire?
- What is the maximum spacing allowed for wood posts supporting metal barriers when placed within 25` of a bridge?
- OSHA lifting hooks, clamps and other accessories used for prefabricated structures shall be marked with safe working load and professionally tested to what percent of their rated load?
- Standard height for roadside metal barrier is:
- What color highway signs designates exits?
- What is the basis of payment for metal barrier anchorage?
- What is the minimum stress grade for a support post?
- Which of the following is not a type of overhead highway sign?
- What is the standard height of a roadside W-J beam metal bearing rod?
- What method below is not an approved installation method for highway metal support posts?
- What is the minimum height allowed from the pavement surface to the bottom of an overhead two-post vertical highway sign?
- What is the method of payment for placing highway metal barriers?
- Which one of the following is the standard length of metal rail sections?
- What is the shape of a permanent highway warning sign?
- All of the following will affect the load capacity of mobile EXCEPT:
- What is the standard length of a post supporting a tribeam metal barrier?
- Highway signs that indicate general motorist services are what color?
- Traffic control supervisors (TCS) working for the contractor must be certified by?
- With the exception of in-shop preformed curves, what is the mininum road curve radius allowed for onsite installed metal guardrails?
- Permanent highway signs must be manufactured according to what certified program?
- According to OSHA, the minimum clearance between power lines that are below 50 KVA and any part of an operating crane or load shall be:
- What size diamter is allowed for round delineator units?
- All of the following are acceptable finishes for posts for signs except?
- Given: Highway warning signs will be placed in a highway construction site. The warning sign nearest the construction work site will be placed how many feet from the restriction?
- What kind of finishes are allowed for wood posts supporting metal beams?
- Red is used as a background color on all of the folowing traffic signs except?
- What is the color of delineators installed on the left hand side of a one way road?
- Which of the following is not an approved method for curing curb and cutter?
- When curbs are being staked, what is the minimum offset distance between the hub and the curb?
- When corugated pipe culvert is to be placed in a trench that has a rock bottom, the trench should be cut at least ___ inches below the pipe grade.
- Which of the following is not an approved curb and gutter profile?
- All of the following are causes for rejection of the coating applied to the joints of a corrugated pipe except:
- Which of the following is NOT a basic test used in concrete mix, design and quality control?
- Soil compaction testing uses ___ characteristic to measure the amount of compaction.
- All of the following are used for culvert pipe except:
- Proper compaction of soil is best achieved by:
- According to NMSHD, concrete used for curb and gutter shall be of class:
- An extension of a culvert headwall which serves to direct the stream is:
- What is the name for a soil compaction test used on the construction site during which impulses reflected by the soil are counted on a gauge?
- Which of the following is used to join corrugated metal pipe?
- What is the term that describes the process of pushing a pipe through fill without trenching and uses manual labor for head excavating?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum depth of accumulated water allowed in an excavation in which employees are working?
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 85` horizontal?
- According to OSHA, culvert excavations that are affected by heavy rain runoff must be inspected by:
- Deformed reinforcing bars are available in diameter intervals of:
- In the United States, most surveyors tapes are graduated in what measurements?
- What type of compaction equipment should be used for clean sandy soil?
- What preparation of the pavement is required just before the placement of extruded asphalt curb?
- The basis of payment for curb and gutter installation are:
- According to the New Mexico State Highway Department, curb sections shall be a uniform length of:
- Metal tubes are driven into the ground around the perimeter of an area to be excavated for a culvert installation. The tubes are connected to one or more above ground pumps to lower and maintain reduced water ta ble during trenching operation. What is the name of this de-watering system?
- The grates for gutter inlets on a storm drain system should be installed:
- What volume of soil must be excavated for a box culvert installation requiring a trench that measures 40` long, 8` wide and 15` deep? Assume a 25% expansion.
- What is the name for the chemical and physical process that occurs when Portland cement is mixed with water?
- Why would you call New Mexico one-call?
- Adding water to an already workable concrete mixture will decrease the concrete`s:
- How much concrete should be ordered to place curb and gutter in a sub division requiring 125 sections. (Section is 15` long, 8" high and 6" wide; ignore waste.)
- According to code, what is the percentage of tolerance allowed when determining the amount of aggergate mixed in set plaster?
- According to code, what is the maximum amount of damp loose sand permitted per 100 pounds of gypsum for the base coat in two coat work?
- According to code, what is the mimumum interval between the second coat and the finish coat of portland cement plaster applied exterior?
- T
- What is the minimum thickness of portland cement plaster applied externally over wire fabric lath when measured from the face of the backing?
- What is the minimum thickness of gypsum plaster applied to gypsum lath when measured from the face of the lath?
- The maximum fastener spacing for wire fabric lath when attached to wood or metal supports is ____ inches horizontal.
- The maximum fastener spacing for wire fabric lath when attached to wood or metal supports is ____ inches vertical.
- When portland cement plaster is applied over metal lath, how many coats is required by code?
- Gypsum lath 3/8" thick is applied with 13 ga nails. these nails are ____ long.
- All of the following are plaster bases EXCEPT:
- Which of the following serve as a guide to the plasterer?
- According to OSHA, an employer shall not allow employees to ride on manually propelled scaffold unless:
- According to OSHA, full sized sacffolds shall have standard guardrails on both sides and ends when the height is ____ or more feet.
- A two hour fire resistive rating may be achieved on a column by using a minimum of ____ layers of 5/8" type X wall board.
- Wire is used to attach metal lath to metal supports. What is the minimum US gage wire reqired by code?
- Steel stud wall systems may not be used to resist specific forces in buidings ____ storys in height.
- What is the minimum width of a metal stud used in a gypsum drywall construction where two panels meet?
- To offset the effects of hot weather. ____ is a common admixture that is used.
- When applying the final coat of an EIFS:
- When installing mesh for an EIFS application:
- When preparing for the base coat for an EIFS, if the substrate is cement board:
- EIFS base coat should be applied in ____ layers.
- EIFS base coat should be at least ____ thick.
- EIFS are available as PM systems. PM suystems are:
- EIFS are available as PB. PB systems are:
- EIFS is known for which of the following characteristics?
- Which of the following best describes EIFS?
- Scratch coat is applied _______.
- What type of wall board is used behind plaster?
- According to code, which one of the following items cannot be used for evaporative cooling ducts, plenums, and fittings?
- How is an evaporative cooler to be secured when it is supported by the building structure?
- According to code, evaporative coolers shall be suppliedwith what type of air?
- According to Sheetmetal Shop Practices, what is the amount of setback required when two times the metal thickness will be used for bending a piece of metal that is 28 gauge?
- What does Sheetmetal Shop Practices recommend as the best snips for cutting a small inside circle?
- As a general rule, Sheetmetal Shop Practices recommends when stainless steel is cut, adding how many gauges to the normal pressure required to shear galvanized steel of the same thickness?
- What thickness is #22 gauge metal?
- What type finish does a sheet of stainless steel have if it is classified as having a #7 finish?
- A duct measuring 24 x 18 has a velocity pressure of 425 FPM. The duct produces:
- A building 40` x 30` has 10` ceilings. It requires 4 air changes per hour. How many CFM must be delivered by the supply air duct?
- A fan is delivering 6300 CFM at an operating speed of 375 RPM. The facility requires 7000 CFM. What percentage of increase comes the closest to providing the required amount of air?
- An 8" diameter duct is being fabricated and the duct will be joined using a 1/4" wide groove seam that will be pounded together to seal the duct. When calculating the material, remember to allow for bends needed to make the j oints. Each duct section is 36" long. How many 3` long duct sections can be cut from a 4` x 10` sheet?
- Refer to the round pipe layout figure: The diameter of the round pipe needed is 5". The letters "B" and "C" are the two portions for the grooved seam. What is the dimension for "A".
- What is the maximum angle recommended by code for a branch tap (side lateral) from the main duct?
- A job requires two pieces of sheet metal cut from 4`x 8` metal. One piece is to be 3`- 3 5/8 x 4`- 0". The second piece is to be 2`-7 3/8" x 4`- 0". What is the size of the left over piece?
- Refer to the figure: What can be fabricated from this pattern?
- Which of the following is NOT a method of pattern development?
- According to Sheet Metal Shop Practice, when laying out a pattern for an item that will have to be cut and bent, the initial squareing of the item being laid out begins in which one of the corners?
- Refer to the figure: These symbols when used on blueprints for ducting represent:
- Refer to the figure: what does this symbol represent on a blueprint for ducts?
- Refer to the figure: What does this symbol represent on a blueprint for ducts?
- Refer to the Figure: What does this symbol represent on a blueprint for ducts?
- Refer to the figure. What does the symbol represent on a blueprint for ducts.
- A duct is 50 feet long. How long will the ductline be on a plan drawn to a scale 1/8" = 1`-0".
- Refer to the HVAC duct drawing. What is represented by the triangle symbol at #3? (#1 on my drawing)
- Refer to the HVAC duct drawing. What is the trade name of the #6?
- Which of the diagrams in the above question is represented by the #4?
- Which of the following is represented by #2
- Whenever there are any unused openings in a venting system they shall be:
- A type "B" vent that terminates above a roof shall be no less than ___ feet above any portion of the roof within 10`.
- A gravity type vent connector shall rise vertically towards the vent with a minimum pitch of ___ inches per foot.
- A type "B" gas vent shall terminate a minimum of how many feet above the point of penetration through a roof?
- What is the maximum height of above the floor for the lower combustion air openings within a room where a furnace is installed.
- Which of the following is not one of the purposes of the combustion air ducts provided to an appliance?
- Which of the following is provided to a burner flame by the combustion air ducts inside a furnace room?
- Refer to sheet AC30 and table C-9-B in the code. The exhaust flue (vent) will be double wall metal type "B" for the furnace and will be 20` high with no lateral offset. Based upon the furnace output, what size flue (vent) is required?
- Refer to sheet AC2. and the duct material chart. This is a low velocity unit with a static pressure of 1" W.C. What gage galvanized steel is the minimum requirement for the 12` section with supply register that prov ides 1020 CFM?
- Refer to the residential duct system. The class 2 airducts installed for the HVAC unit must have a minimum clearance of not less than ___" from the heat exchanger on the unit.
- Refer to the residential duct system. What is the minimum gage galvanized steel duct thickness permitted by code for the spiral duct that serves room 3?
- Refer to the residential duct system. Based on CFM requirement for rooms 1,2,5 and .1" friction loss per 100`, what size round trunk duct should be installed for these rooms. If sizing results are between sizes use next larger size to avoid noise from higher velocities:
- An environmental exhaust air duct shall terminate outsidethe building and be equipped with a :
- Refer to typical supply duct drawing. What type of fitting #6
- What is required to be installed with a fire damper?
- A concrete pad with an air conditioner on it is required to extend above the ground level ___ inches.
- When air is supplied to a room that is equal to the amount of the air being removed by an exhaust system, what is the name of the air being supplied?
- What is the purpose of using duct sealants for HVAC ducts?
- What is the term that identifies the air pressure in a duct that acts against the sides of the duct?
- What is the minimum airspace required between an exhaust duct conveying material and 120 degree F in a chase?
- What is the minimum centerline radius required when making a 90 degree bend in a flexible duct?
- The supply outlet that slices the air into separate streams of air is a:
- What is the definition of available short circuit current?
- Which of the following changes in an electrical service would increase the available short circuit current?
- If an electrical service line drops the voltage from 255 volts to 240 volts. What is the line efficiency?
- The largest available conductor for an electrical installation has a resistance of 1.5 Ohms per 1,000 feet. To meet the voltage drop specifications a maximum resistance of the current is .3 Ohms. What is the maximum combined conductor length for this circuit?
- Which of the following statements is true concerning the National Electrical Safety Code NCANSI C2?
- Refer to map. The dotted line represents the transmission line. Which of the following statements is correct?
- Refer to the map: A transmission line is represented by the straight line. Which of the following statements is correct?
- In a classified location of a coal handling area the origin of the equipment grounding conductor for a grounded Delta system shall be:
- Supply cables in horizontal runs shall be suitable protected or supported a minimum of ___ above the floor of a manhole.
- According to code, disregard exceptions, underground power supply conduits should be separated from communication system conduits by at least:
- The tension for a supply conductor when sagged shall be a maximum of the ___ its rated breaking strength.
- Given: Two separate transmission lines, “A” and “B” are of the same material, wiresize, impedence and length. Transmission line “A” carries 69,000 volts. Transmission line “B” carries 138,000 volts. The input power to both lines is the same. Disregarding corona losses, which of the following statements concerning power loss is correct?
- The practice of installing electrical distribution lines on the same level even though the ground may indulate, is called ___ the line.
- Given: The shielding of a 14,400 volt system cable is grounded and the surge arrestor is grounded also. The two grounds shall be:
- On any 600 volt, three phase three-wire system not used for lighting, the point of grounding connection may be either a separately derived neutral or:
- A particular distance is defined as: The distance measured vertically from the conductor to the straight line adjoining its points of support (not measured perpendicullar to the straight line). What distance does this define?
- A line worker is in contact with conductive material in the vicinity of a bare conductor that carrys 138 kilovolts. He should maintain a safe distance of at least:
- Which of the following devices is not used when sagging conductors or messenger cables?
- A strain insulator on a structure is to be replaced. What should be used to take the tension off the insulator strain while it is being changed?
- The crossarm on a pole is to be replace while the distribution lines are live. What should be used to temporarially support the line conductor from the top of the pole?
- Of the following, a wood distribution pole has an advantage over a concrete pole in:
- Substation underground exit cables from a generation station connect through a single pole disconnect switchs to the overhead distribution line conductors. Below the switches each exit cable usually is terminated in a:
- A large induction motor has been normally loaded. The load on the motor has been decreased to below normal. The decreased load will cause the power factor to:
- Given: Two 4160 volt distribution lines. Line A and line B each serve separate loads rated at 5,000 KW. The load on line A has a highpower factor. The load on line B has a low power factor. Which of the following statements about these two lines is true?
- According to OSHA, when working on a ladder placed against a straight vertical wall, the horizontal distance from the wall to the base of the ladder should be approximately ___, the working length of the ladder.
- In an overhead power distribution system, what is the horizontal distance from the guy anchor to the pole called?
- A transformer has the high-voltage winding connected between the ungrounded hot conductor and the neutral conductor of a distribution circuit. The low voltage winding of the transformer is connected to a watt-hour meter. This describes the connections of____ transformer:
- The service drop conductors for a 480 volt service go over a public driveway. On other than residential property, what is the minimum clearance required above this driveway?
- Refer to figure: What are the transformer connections of this circuit?
- Capacitors are installed in an inductive AC circuit to:
- Why are transformers filled with oil?
- According to code, what is the minimum depth required for a 72,000 volt direct burried cable when no additional protection is provided?
- An underground cable should have an effectively grounded shield when the voltage to ground is at least ___.
- By stringing a fourth wire and reconnecting the substation transformer secondarys from Delta to WYE, the load carrying capacity of the distribution circuit can be increased by?
- Given: A three phase three-wire delta system carrying 19,920 volts line-to-line, is cut over to a three phase four-wire WYE system using the same transformers. What is the resulting line-to-line voltage?
- Which of the following statements is true regarding a completely self protected or CSP distribution transformer?
- The voltage provided to a single family dwelling is usually:
- Conductors that transmit large blocks of electrical power at high voltages and the send over a considerable distance between substations or switching voids are known as:
- In a large steam plant, the generator is turned by a:
- The distance required between the hot stick and the line workers hands depends on the “live” line voltage. What is the minimum distance allowed?
- when constructing electrical transmission lines, what should be used to ground a bare conductor while it is being strung?
- What is the maximum resistance to ground that a grounding rod for a distribution line may have without requiring an additional grounding rod?
- In a 3 phase WYE connected four-wire circuit, the line to line voltage is:
- If the one transformer is removed from a closed Delta 3 phase bank, what percentage of the original capacity is the combined capacity of the remaining two transformers?
- Distribution power poles adjacent to an angle pole should have gains:
- Pole classification is determined by two circumferences on the pole, one is 6` above the butt of the pole and the other is at ___.
- Given: A capacitor is installed in a 480 volt curcuit. After the capacitor is disconnected from the source of supply, there must be a means to reduce the residual voltage to 50 volts or less. What is the maximum amount of time allowed for this discharge?
- A circuit breaker is located only on the primary side of a 960 volt transformer in a supervised installation. According to article 450 of NEC, this breaker shall be set at no more than ___ of the rated primary current of the transformer.
- The impedence shall be marked on the name plate of the all transformers which are ____ Kilovolt-amps or larger.
- What is the minimum length for rod and pipe grounding electrodes?
- A load is mounted 1500` from the source. It requires a minimum applied voltage of 22.5 volts. The source supplies 24 volts. The total conductor resistance is .75 OHMS. How much power is consumed by the load?
- Refer to the figure. Which volt meter measures voltage across R2?
- Six equal resistors are connected in series to a 24 volt source. What is the voltage drop across each resistor?
- Only 50 ohm resistors are available which are rated at 1/2 watt. To make a 50 ohm load that can handle at least 2 watts which circuit is correct? T
- Given: Two wires to a remote load. The wire resistance is .4 OHMS (.2 OHMS per wire). The source voltage into these wires is 24 volts. The circuit current is 5 AMPS. What is the voltage across the remote load?
- A length of coaxial cable is terminated by a 50 OHM resistor at only one end. The resistance measured between the shield and the center conductor at the other end of the cable is 0 OHMS. This indicates the cable is:
- Consider the following trouble shooting situation. The switch SI in the on position but the light LI does not come on. The voltage across SI is 24 volts. The voltage across LI is 0 volts. The light does not come on because:
- An electrical installation requires a total of 200` of conductor (100` out and 100` back) A maximum resistance that this line can have is .5 OHMS. What is the maximum allowable resistance per 1000` of this conductor?
- Given: Only 21 OHM resistors are available, which of the following groups of 21 OHM resistors will combine to make a load with 14 OHMS of resistance?
- Consider the following trouble shooting situation. The switch SI in the on position, but the light LI does not come on. The voltage across SI is O. The voltage across LI is 24 volts. The light does not come on bec ause:
- Refer to the figure: R t is between:
- What should be the connections to get the maximum total capacitance using 3 capacitors?
- If a resistor connected across a 12 volt source uses 3 watts, how much power would this resistor use if connected to a 24 volt source.
- OHMS Law states that current is inversley proportional to the:
- A parallel circuit has four equal resistances and is connected to a battery. The circuit has the following values. The battery voltage is 2 volts. Total current = 1 AMP. What is the resistance of each resistor in this circuit?
- What is the total resistance when resistors are connected in parallel?
- The capacity of a storage battery is expressed in:
- The voltage drop in a conductor may be lowered by reducing its length or increasing its:
- Which material listed has for any given cross-sectional, the highest resistance per unit of length?
- What is the numeric equivalent of one megohm?
- What is the electrical unit that must be the same throughout a series circuit?
- What is the total resistance of 4, (10) ten OHM resistors in a parallel circuit?
- Given: A length of coaxial cable is terminated on only one end with a 50 OHM resistor. The cable does not have electrical problems. Disregarding conductor resistance, what resistance will be measured between the shield and center conductor at a tee connector inserted at any point in the cable length?
- Given: Two resistors R1 & R2 are connected inparallel. R1 = 6 OHMS. R2=3 OHMS. What is the combined total resistance of R1 and R2.
- Refer to the figure: What is the resistance of R1?
- An instrument used to measure electromotive force directly is:
- A load of 1500 OHMS is the same as how many kilo-ohms?
- Given: 1000` of @12 copper wire has a resistance of 1.60 ohms What is the resistance of 2,700`? T
- A resistor has 10% indicated tolerance of error with a value of 1000 OHMS. What is the minimum resistance this resistor may have?
- A 4 OHM resistor and an 8 OHM resistor are connected in series across a 12 volt source. What is the circuit current?
- What is the unit of measure of capacitance?
- The total oppostion to alternating current in a circuit which includes resistance, inductance, and capacitance is called:
- The cross-sectional area of a conductor is increased four times. What is the resistance of the new conductor compared to the original?
- The potential difference between two conductors is:
- Given: A circuit has resistive loads of 4 Ohms, 5 Ohms, and 20 Ohms connected in parallel. What is the combined total resistance?
- What class power source is a dry cell battery of 30 volts or less with current capacity of less than a #6 carbon-zinc cell?
- According to NFPA 72 and disregarding exceptions, how many sources of electrical power are required for a fire alarm system?
- Beamed ceilings are equivalent to smooth ceilings for fire detector placement if the depth of the beam is no more than:
- A Class 2 cable system is installed indoors in a cable tray. May type CL2R be used in this environment?
- What type of cable may be installed both in environmental air ducts and plenums for both Class 2 and Class 3 remote control circuits?
- What low voltage classification is the sign to a remote control safety control equipment circuit if failure of the equipment to operate introduces a direct fire or life hazard?
- What is the purpose of an end of line device in an alarm circuit?
- Which type of optical fiber contains current carrying electrical conductors?
- What article of the NEC specifically includes public address systems?
- In which of the following locations may type CMX cable be installed without a raceway?
- Class II hazardous locations have combustible:
- What article in NEC if any applies to door bell wiring in a residence?
- What article in NEC, contains details of the grounding requirements for Class 2 & 3 circuits?
- The space above a suspended ceiling contains a completely closed environmental air supply and return duct. Do conductors in this space have to meet plenum wiring requrements?
- What type of optical fiber cable contains no metalic members and no other materials that carry electric current?
- The pipe joint compound applied to all threaded joints of a fuel gas system:
- Of the following, which is NOT approved material for use in natural gas piping?
- When combustion airvents are terminated in a vented attic space, the attic shall have a clear vertical height of no less than ___ inches.
- With prior approval, power actuated dampers installed in combustion air vents shall be electrically wired to:
- Combustion air ducts for heat producing appliances shall not be installed in a location that requiries the use of:
- A residence of ordinary tightness gets all or part of its combustion air to supply its appliances by infiltration. How many cubic feet per 1000 BTUH are required to supply each appliance in the building?
- In a Group R Division 3 occupancy, an unobstructed stud space may be used as a combustion air duct provided no more than ___ fire stops are removed.
- What is the maximum height of above the floor permitted for the vent that supplies approximately 1/2 of the required combustion air for a furnace?
- A room is 12` x 6` with an 8` ceiling. What is the maximum BTU per hour input rating of an appliance that may be installed when infiltration air is taken from the room where the appliance is installed?
- A listed limit control is to be installed on a forced air heating unit. What is the maximum temperature setting of that control?
- Which furnace shall not be installed in an under floor space unless a ventilation system is installed to remove any unburned gas?
- When more than one heating, cooling, ventilating, or refrigerating system is installed on the roof of a building, each system shall be:
- A central heating furnace that is not listed for closet or alcove installation is being installed. The room it will be SHALL HAVE a volume of at least ___ times greater than the total volume of the furnace.
- According to Code, unless a Code specified form of protection is used, any unlisted residential type boiler, waterheater, or furnace shall have a clearance at the back and sides of the appliance of at least:
- A water heater which depends on combustion of fuel for heat may be installed in confined space open into a bathroom or bedroom only if:
- When an opening or duct is required to supply fresh air to a gas fired waterheater, the smallest dimension shall be at least:
- The combustion air ducts or openings to a gas burning waterheater location must be installed with:
- What is the minimum test pressure required for a gas piping during the final inspection?
- When a fuel gas line is tested for leaks, the testing medium shall be air, carbon dioxide or:
- Which of the following is done before the rough piping inspection?
- What is the minimum test time for a gas line pressure test conducted at a pressure of 6″ of mercury?
- When the gas pressure to be used in a system has a higher operating pressure than 14″ of water column, the gas piping shall be tested at a pressure of no less than:
- When natural gas piping is sized for new installations, what is the distance used to determine if the piping can be sized from the tables or if an alternate method must be used?
- Vent connectors serving gas fired water heaters vented by natural draft:
- With the exception of any engineered venting system, two or more gas burning waterheaters vented to a common vent:
- A Type B gas vent (metalbestos) must terminate not less than ___ from any vertical extended portion of a building.
- What is the minimum distance that an insulated gas fired domestic waterheater may be installed to any combustible surface?
- A single wall gas connector from a gas fired water heater may be:
- Water heaters designed to be vented may only be vented through ventilating hoods and exhaust systems:
- The venting system of a waterheater shall be designed to develop a positive flow adequate to convey all combustion products to the outside atmosphere and shall be limited to:
- According to Code, when combustible gas venting is connected to a common vent, two or more connectors shall not be connected to the common vent system unless:
- How far from an openable window, door or gravity inlet shall the vent stack of a gas fired waterheater terminate?
- Type B vent (metalbestos) shall be used only for venting for what type waterheaters?
- Steel fuel gas piping installed underground in exterior locations shall have:
- Exposed fuel gas pipelines shall be installed at least ___ inches above finish grade.
- According to Code, a gas range may be connected with an approved listed flexible metal connector which shall not exceed:
- According to Code, the installation of underground fuel gas pipelines is not permitted under any building or structure:
- When plastic pipe is joined to pipe of different material, the transition shall be made of:
- A plumbing contractor receives notice that the work does not meet Code. How many days does the contractor have to bring the work up to Code before being subject to penalties.
- To insure proper compactness around piping trenches shall be backfilled to layers ___ inches above pipe.
- The Code prohibits the use of mechanical excavating equipment within___ feet of existing pipes.
- According to Code, piping passing through or under cinders shall be:
- According to code, a sandhole in a mallable fitting may be repaired by:
- Built in place concrete forms are constructed for bridge abuttments. Horizontal walers are placed against the plywood sheathing. What are [placed over teh walers to provide vertical rigidity?
- What is the type of bridge piling in which a raised casing is partially filled with concrete and then pressure is applied to form a bulge?
- According to OSHA, which organization must approve respiratory protection equipment used in sand blasting operations?
- Complete welding procedures must be submitted for approval prior to starting any fabrication. Which of the following is not required as part of the welding procedures submittal?
- Above ground storage tanks protected by the use of externally imposed direct current become:
- According to “Means Heavy Construction” in earthwork, there are three soil states; bank, loose, compact. Which of the following earthwork operations includes all three?
- Which of the following is used as the basis of payment when building concrete stem walls for tanks and towers?
- What should be used to remove debris from blast cleaned surfaces before they are primed?
- What fastening device is used with threaded rods to plumb and tension parallel structural steel members?
- What is termed "significant loss" when applied to the loss of pollutant from an above ground storage system?
- What is the minimum temperature of concrete when the ambient temperature is 35 degrees F?
- The size of the secondary containment area required around an above ground storage tank shall be equal to the tank plus ___%.
- What is the first weld pass called?
- A stem wall is planned for the support of a large tank. The stem wall measures 8" thick. It is 36" tall and has a circumference of 60`. How many cubic yards of concrete are required for this stem wall.(Assume no waste)
- Which of the following tests is NOT required when a potable water storage tank is placed in service?
- A concrete cradle is specified for support of an underground storage tank. Grade 60 bar-steel has been specified and must match the arc of the concrete cradle. Bending of grade 60 bar-steel is permitted:
- For tank and tower excavation sites the term "cuts" refers to:
- Which of the following materials is the best to use as an anode in cathodic protection systems?
- Refurbishing of a 20 year old water storage tank requires the removal and testing of a floor sample. What is the name of the samples?
- Which testing method may be used to QC test complete penetration welds for determining fitness of service?
- If the subgrade is damp prior to placing a concrete slab during hot dry weather, it will:
- What is the volume of a storage tank that is 25` high and 50` in diameter?
- Which of the following terms best describes the expansion of excavated earth?
- According to OSHA, and oil lubricated compressor used to supply breathing air must be equipped with (2 correct answers per OSHA, 1926):
- Concrete for tank foundations that has been placed directly on frozen earth:
- The cleaning and biological testing of a newly constructed water storage tank is required prior to placing the facility in service. A bacteria logical activity test determines the presence of what principal organism?
- All of the following are approved surfaces for the bearing plate of a structural steel pier except:
- What is the function of mil film gage?
- Shop drawings provided by the contractor for fabrication of tanks and towers should include all of the following except:
- In hot dry weather repairs of concrete, what should you do?
- A rehabilitated tank requires sand blasting and cleaning. The total blasted area must be 95% free of all visible residue and the remainder is a light discoloration. Which of the following terms best describes the above process?
- Which of the following is NOT a non-destructive weld test?
- The least expensive plant is:
- Where would you fertilize and water a tree?
- Which of the following are not fertilized when planing?
- A fertilizer listed as 26-6-3 is:
- Clippings in turf do not need to be removed:
- New turf should be mowed______ on the first cut.
- Sod should be rolled:
- In 100 lbs. of 26-6-3 fertilizer, actual nitrogen is?
- Potash is:
- If you have a clay or silt soil and you amend it with composted organic materials, what affect does it have to the plant?:
- If you spill 10 gallons of hydraulic fluid what should you do?:
- What is the best plant to use in a ditch that occasionally gets strom water run off?:
- If 6" of mulch is applied with grass clippings, leaves, and small twigs what will be the result?
- Which one of the following has more thatch problems?:
- Which tree has the longest blooming time?:
- How much pesticide do you add to your tank if you have a 500 gallon tank and it is calibrated to apply 25 gallons of product per acre. The recommendation is one pound of herbicide per acre. You purchased an 8 EC, which contains 8 pounds of active ingredients
- What time of year is best to prune the early spring flowering shrub?:
- What method provides the best cut?:
- Aluminum sulfate is added to the soil to:
- In what landscape roll do rigid geometric shrubs function best?:
- What is the definition of deciduous tree?:
- What is the term for vertical sprout rising from the root of a tree some distance from the base?:
- What is the term used when a chemical is applied to sappling stump to prevent it from sprouting?:
- Which plant is a perennial?:
- What is the definition of annual?:
- What is the definition of bi-annual?:
- What is the definition of perennial?:
- How many pounds of fertilizer is needed if you want to apply 40 pounds of nitrogen and you have 20% fertilizer?:
- What is used in comparing contrast of rotor and spray heads on irrigation systems?:
- What type of plant to use for year round planting?:
- What tree is pyrimidal form?:
- If you are stolonizing an area and plan on rolling it what mulch material must you add moisture to prior to spreading on stolons?:
- What information is not contained on the Material Safety Data Sheets?:
- What agency permits or certifies pesticide applicators?:
- How far back do you cut the roots of a rose bush when transplanting?:
- Airport concrete requires rigid control of batching processes. Which of the following is NOT a basic test of concrete mix design and quality control?
- According to FAA Construction Standards for AIP funded airports, which of the following is not dependent on local climate and soil conditons?
- The Airport Improvement Program contracts are governed by the 1982 Airport Improvement Act, the AIP provides partial reinbursement for airport construction cost. As a result of the AIP funding the contractor can expect:
- According to Means Heavy Construction Handbook, which of the following is the most economical combination of soil thickness and compaction passes when the compactor is matched to soil type?
- Which of the following types of cable may be installed under airport runways?
- According to FAA Construction Standards, the bitumenous mix shall be placed and compacted at a temperature of not less than:
- According to FAA Construction Standards, compacted sub-base layers prepared for bitumenous pavement shall not exceed ___ thickness.
- According to FAA Construction Standards for AIP funded airports seeding operations shall be paid for at a unit price per acre or:
- A bituminous asphalt overlay is planned. When too much tack coat is applied to an airport runway surface, what problem may arise?
- According to FAA Construction Standards, what is the minimum flexural strength of airport concrete pavements?
- According to FAA Construction Standards for AIP funded airports requires seed to be furnished in standard containers labled with ALL of the following EXCEPT:
- According to FAA Construction Standards for AIP funded airports, barbed wire shall conform to which of the following:
- According to FAA, clearing of adjacent areas to the runway includes removal of all of the following except:
- According to FAA Contruction Standards high rated slip form concrete shall have a slump no greater than:
- The FAA requires that a bituminous job mix formula be submitted by the contractor to the engineer at least 10 days before the start of paving. What method of mix design is required by FAA?
- What is the minimum depth allowed by NEC for power conductors in rigid metal conduit installed under airport runways?
- According to the FAA, what must the owners engineer accomplish before the contractors can begin airport earthwork operations?
- The decending air temperature is less than 40 degrees F in the shade. There is no written authorization for cold weather concrete mixing. Which of the following options must the contractor exercize?
- What is the earth moving process whereby a tractor pulls a heavy tooth through the top of a rock formation to fracture the formation for scraper loading?
- According to FAA Construction Standards for AIP funded airports, woven fabric perimeter fencing shall be ___ gauge.
- An airport will be constructed with Airport Improvement Program funds. Change order or supplemental agreements must receive written approval from what agency?
- When excess material is needed to fill in an embankment, from where may it be taken?
- The FAA requires bituminus paving to contain aggregate with one and two or more fractured faces. Ther percentages of each type of aggregate is based on pavement design for anticipated aircraft gross weight. Bitumenous pave ments designed for aircraft weighing in excess of 60,000# requires what percentage of 2 fractured-faced aggregate?
- A contractor is preparing a seed bed for an AIP funded airport. What is the required minimum number of inches of loose friable material if the soil is prepared immediately before seeding?
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a section of runway 10" thick 978` long 22` wide? Assume no waste.
- According to the FAA BCCP construction standards, the newly placed runway can be opened to traffic without a flexural strength test in a minimum of ___ days after placement.
- What can the application of excess tack material cause on a runway surface being prepared for asphalt?
- Given: Reinforcing steel is specified in a BCCP airport runway which is partially funded by the AIP. Which of the following is NOT an approved FAA construction standard for reinforcing steel?
- What adjustment of the screed unit enables the operator to handle the asphalt mix properly?
- A soil sample at an airport construction site is tested for the weight of water to the weight of solids. What does this ratio indicate?
- According to Cabinetmaking and Millwork there are three kinds of casework: Open case, Lower case, and:
- According to Cabinetmaking and Millwork, the L-shaped kitchen:
- According to Cabinetmaking and Millwork, in a U-shaped kitchen at least ____ is needed between facing counters.
- The ___ kitchen layout is frequently found in small homes in which the eating area is not included in the kitchen.
- Kitchen cabinets are produced on the jobsite, in a mill and shipped knocked down to the jobsite, or:
- All of the following are of the four types of kitchen cabinetry EXCEPT:
- According to OSHA, planks on scaffolding should extend beyond the scaffold ___ inches
- According to the UBC, a hole may be bored in a load bearing stud, ifthe diameter of the hole does not exceed ____ percent of the width of the stud.
- According to the UBC, a hole may be bored in a non load bearing stud, if the diameter of the hole does not exceed ____percent of the width of the stud.
- The maximum depth of a notch on a stud in a non-load bearing wall is____ percent of the width of the stud.
- According to the UBC, no hole may be bored in a stud within ____ of the edge of the stud.
- According to the UBC, the diameter of holes bored in joists (such asfor electrical wire), shall NOT exceed ____ the depth ofthe joist.
- Notches cut in the top or bottom of joists shall be a maximum of ____ the depth of the joist and shall not be located in the middle third of the span.
- According to OSHA, full size scaffolds shall have standard guardrails on all sides and ends when the height is ____ or more feet.
- According to OSHA, required guard rails installed on scaffolding shall be a minimum of ____ inches high.
- According to OSHA, temporary stairs on a jobsite shall have landing every ____ feet of vertical height.
- According to OSHA which of the following power tools MAY NOT HAVE a "positive on/ positive off" switch?
- What is the best tool for cutting cement board? (Hardie board)
- Which of the following serves as a quick drying metal primer?
- According to OSHA the use of “lean to” scaffolding is:
- What is the actual size of a 2" x 6"?
- According to OSHA which of the following power tools MAY HAVE a "positive on/positive off" switch?
- A fire extinguisher rated not less than 2A shall be provided for each 3,000 square feet of the protected building area. According to OSHA the travel distance to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not be more than ____ feet.
- When filling nail holes, cracks and knots on surfaces that will receive paint, the putty should be applied:
- When using paints with polyvinyl acetate (PVA), the brushes and rollers should be cleaned with:
- Which of the following would be the "finest or best" grade of abrasive paper to use on a delicate sanding job?
- At what stage of the construction process would the builder cut out the sole plate in a door opening?
- What is the approximate rough opening for a door that is 2`8" by 6` 8"?
- On a 10 foot tall scaffold, the MINIMUM height of the handrail is 36 " the MAXIMUM height of the handrail is ____ inches.
- The standard height of a kitchen base cabinet including the counter top is ____ inches.
- Concrete used in public works flood control and drainage systems must be air-entrained within what percentage range?
- Storm gutter inlet grates should be installed:
- A trench is planned with a vertical lower side of 42″ and the upper side with slopes of 3/4:1. According to OSHA, “D” must be a maximum of ___ feet.
- A rip-rap headwall is specified for permanent errosion control. The wall measures 50`x10`x18″. One tone of the specified rip-rap covers 50 cubic feet. Cost = $125/ton. What is the rip-rap cost?
- Concrete strength depends on a correct water/cement ratio. Water used for concrete mixing must be metered and discharged within an acceptable tollerance limit of ___ %.
- Refer to the diagram. What is area “2”?
- A trench shield is planned for use in a trench with a 1:1 slope and a vertical lower side. According to OSHA, what is the minimum height of “A”?
- An 18″ concrete wingwall is place for a flood control system. The air temperature is 38 degree F. According to “Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures, the concrete for the wingwall should be what minimum temperature?
- Which one of the following is a suitable bedding material in a sub-surface pipe drainage system?
- What is the function and chief component of a slurry trench?
- Concrete flood control systems that are subject to high impact forces require bar-steel reinforcement. Which of the following would NOT meet bar-steel reinforcement specs?
- The size of a pipe is measured according to its:
- When is sheet piling installed in areas with a high water table.
- Refer to the diagram. A drainage system has a concrete inlet facility that incorporates a 10` x 6` x 6″ headwall. A 3` inlet pipe and 2 identical 6` x 6` x 6″ wingwalls. How much concrete should be ordered? Do not include waste.
- An energy dissiapating headwall for a New Mexico state flood control project requires the bending of grade 60 bar-steel reinforcement. Bending is permitted:
- Which of the following terms describes a structure that receives storm drainage and discharges?
- A well-point dewatering system is required in a flood control earthwork site. In what soil will a well-point dewatering system be most effective?
- Construction plans for a concrete flood head wall specifies the use of metal forms. When should the metal forms be oiled?
- An elipitical corrugated pipe is used to:
- What is the main purpose for installing a sub-surface dewatering system?
- A rubber tire scraper with a 30CY heaped capacity is used. Soil expansion factor is 25%. Cycle time of scraper is 15 min. Machine efficiency is 50min/hour. How many bank Cubic Yards can the scraper do per hour?
- The construction joints are specified for a drainage system that has a 6″ slab. What size key is required?
- A storm culvert is required for the drainage of a watershed area. Which of the following is NOT used to calculate the diameter of the culvert?
- Which of the following is NOT a function of a check dam?
- Each cubic yard of structural concrete used for public works flood control systems shall contain a minimum of ___ bags of cement.
- Corrugated metal pipe is used as part of a drainage system. Which is used to join CMP?
- According to Moving the Earth, which of the following bank protection methods is best for small permanent ditches?
- A contract specifies bar-steel reinforcement for a flood control system. Which of the following operations is NOT prohibited in the preparation of the bar-steel reinforcement?
- Refer to the diagram. What does area “A” represent?
- Expansive clay soil for a flood control system requires scarification and stabilizer. Which one is an effective soil stabilizer?
- What is used to help prevent a blocking of weep holes when a crub structure excavation is being backfilled?
- According to design and control of concrete mixtures, water tightness in concrete is best achieved by which of the following?
- A side cut in a hill or slope is called?
- which of the following linings for steep open sided channels requires a rectangular wire mesh?
- Segregation in concrete walls is caused by:
- What type of channel is used where space is limited?
- An irrigation channel with a 5:3 slope ratio may be expressed as ___%.
- Which of the following irrigation and drainage methods uses qravity and atmospheric pressure to move water over a barrier?
- Air-entrained concrete specified for irrigation canals has a primary purpose of:
- Stripping may be required as a first step in canal excavation for all of the following reasons except:
- What test is applied to a plastic liner which is called a "pickle jar" test?
- Concrete consistancy is determined by which of the following?
- A 3500` long canal trench is excavated to 7` depth. The trench has a 3`-6″ wide base. Sides are scoped at 1:1. Each hoe excavates 27.5 cy/hr, soil expands 20%. What range of hrs is estimated to excavate the trench with the power hoe?
- Reservoir contruction may require alterations of the water table. According Means Heavy construction “Draw-Down” is defined as the vertical dimension of:
- The strength of concrete is expressed in # per ___.
- What is the minimum diameter required for ungrouted rock used as rip-rap?
- Which of the following lists ALL of the quality controls specification tests that may be required for irrigation canal concrete?
- Refer to the figure: A is equal to a 25` (may be 20`) maximum height in a simple trench. In type “C” soil, according to OSHA, what is the maximum allowed slope of “C”?
- Refer to the the diagram. What does “A” represent?
- All of the following are advantages of using rip-rap EXCEPT:
- A 90 degree angle cannot be established using which of the following measurements?
- Refer to the diagram. C= a slope of 1:1 in a simple trench with type “B” soil. According to OSHA, What is the maximum allowable depth of “A”?
- A farmer contracts to have a 1/3 acre irrigation pond constructed. What would be the dimensions of the pond if it were square? (1 acre= 43,560 SF)
- Why is a warped wing-wall used in an open culvert?
- A concrete canal wall form has a 33` X 48` rectangluar measurement. What is the diagonal?
- Which of the following represents shut off head?
- What type of drainage structure uses crest walls to retard flow and prevent possible undermining of the structure?
- What is the standard minimum length of time before strength tests are performed on type I concrete cylinders?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximun allowable trench slope in shown in the figure?
- Which of the following is NOT a type of pre-draining de-watering system?
- According to Hot Mix Asphalt Paving Handbook, What is the single most important factor that affects the ultimate performance of asphalt pavement?
- Temporary short term pavement markers are those that will be in place for a maximum of:
- A bridge has been scheduled for rehab and painting. All metal is to be sand blasted to near-white conditions. According to OSHA, respirators with continuous flow air lines are required to cover the wearer:
- High molecular weight methacrglate (HMWM) is used for the sealing of a bridge concrete apartanence at a application rate of 1 gallon per 100 S.F. How many gallons of HMWM are to seal all excessive surfaces of a 20` wipe rectangular c oncrete bridge abutment that is 12` high and 18″ thick? The abutment has not been backfilled.
- An engineer has responsiblilty for all except:
- Portland cement concrete pavement must achieve a minimum compressive strength of 3000 PSI how many days from placement?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the part of the pile referred to by the letter “A”.
- T channel bridge support. The bottom of the pipe should be:
- An approach to a bridge requires a fill operation. Proper compaction of the fill soil is achieved by:
- What is the preparation required for position dowls and anchor bolts for bridge railings?
- You wish to establish the depth of excavation to prepare a bridge footing for placement. Blueprints show the base of the footing at 2`-6″ below the benchmark elevation of 98.60`. Use a builders level with a surveyors rod to establish the depth of excavation. 2 readings are taken. A backsight to the benchmark with a rod reading of 5`-8″. Foresight to existing grade at the footing location of 3`-4″. To prepare the footing for placement, the existing grade must be excavated to a total of:
- A soils vertical overburden (pressure) will normally increase continually as a pile is driven. In what type of soil will this pressure remain constant after the pile is driven past the critical depth?
- What is a Jackshore?
- A contractor cannot place backfill material against a concrete structure wall until the concrete has developed a compressive strenght of ___PSI
- What does the structural steel designation W16X66 stand for?
- Piles are specified for a bridge. What action drives a single-acting pile-driver?
- Concrete bridge decks require a final finishing within one hour of placement. The final stage of the bridge decks requires:
- A contractor has calculated the weight of false work for a bridge deck and support. A typical concrete used for this application is known to weigh approximately ___ #/CF.
- A bridge deck is prepared for an ashphalt overlay. What can be the result of an excess application of tack material?
- T
- A bridge construction is particularly hazardous, not well-defined, and a train of cars will have to weave back and forth between one, two or more lanes. Which of the following methods of traffic control should be used?
- What is the temporary structure used to hold back water while work is being done?
- Horizontal members on the outside of prefabricated forms used to straighten and align forms are called:
- A bridge plan specifies caissons. Caissons are:
- Leveling nuts securing a bridge column-bearing plate are tightened and adjusted. What is the final operation performed for bearing support.
- A contractor must assume the cost of re bar for a bridge project. # 6 re bar weights 1.506 #/foot and costs $.49/foot. The total cost per ton is:
- Safety nets, which are to be used during bridge construction, shall extend beyond the edge of the working surface, according to OSHA, ___feet.
- Which of the following is a cause of concrete segregation?
- In PCCP, when you put in a constuction joint, it shall be constructed no later than:
- Which of the following paint is used on structual steel?
- Bridge concrete mix that contains super plasticizers will:
- Which of the following is an accepted practice to increase a mobile crane`s rated lifting capacity?
- All of the following are methods of preventing corrosion on pipelines except:
- What must be done by a grade setter before grading operations can be performed?
- To allow for hand trimming in trench work, how many inches above the pipe subgrade should the excavation stop?
- A steel pipe that crosses under a roadway will tend to be cathodic because:
- Haunching should be shovel-sliced or placed to provide uniform support for the barrel of the pipe. What is the “Haunching” area?
- How much loose soil will be required to fill a 1000` long trench that is 50` wide and 4` deep. The volume of the loose soil will decrease by 30% when compacted. Do not make allowance for slope at ends of trench.
- Steel embedded in concrete almost always becomes:
- What type of pipe is used for jacking in a trenchless auguring excavation?
- An existing 12″ oil line is to be tapped with an 8″ line. What is the name of the piece of metal removed from the tapping operation?
- Why Should “trenchless” excavations be initiated from the low side of the grade?
- What device is used to set the gradeline in excavation work?
- According to OSHA, excavations shall be inspected on a daily basis and after a rain storm by:
- The structural steel designation W18 x 70 is:
- What is the name of an earthen structure that is located around a storage tank and is designed to hold and prevent the spreading and loss of petroleum products?
- Cast iron pipe is generally used in which of the following piping systems?
- To contain spills, petroleum storage tanks sometimes require an earthen structure plus a device to prevent seepage into the surrounding soil. What is this non-earthen device?
- According to OSHA, if workers are required to enter into a trench, the trench shall be shored if it is a minimum depth of ___ feet.
- Which one of the following trench less excavations inserts a “carrier” RCP into the horizontal shaft?
- What is the structural steel designation C3 x 6?
- A person who has the knowledge and experience to conduct a confined space survey is called?
- The advantage of seamless pipe is its:
- When a butt joint is prepared for welding, a backing ring is used:
- Construction of pipe/soil system focuses attention on “pipe zone”. What areas in drawing are included in this zone?
- An oil transmission line contractor is excavating for a valve box to connect transmission lines. To determine the proper depth of excavation he records the following: A. Benchmark = 30.0` B. Grade @ trench (frontsight) = 10.35` C . Backsight = 4.10` D. Final trench grade = 17.25` How deep must the contractor dig?
- According to OSHA, which of the following is not defined as an enclosed or confined space?
- According to OSHA, what is the narrow excavation made below surface that has a depth greater than its width?
- What does the structural steel designation S18X70 mean?
- According to OSHA, employees must be protected from materials that could fall into an excavated area. Materials or equipment shall be stored at least ____ feet from the edges of an excavation.
- What is cathodic protection used for in metal pipe lines?
- Given: A blue print shows a scale of 1/16" equals a foot. What does 11/2" on the blue print represent?
- The volume change that occurs when earth material is excavated from its compacted condition is:
- What is the name of a stake whose top is used as a point of reference to establish elevations and distances?
- All of the following would be shown on a test hole log EXCEPT:
- What distinguishes soil as top soil?
- Wobble wheel compactors work well for compacting:
- The portion of the manhole shown by letter “A” is:
- According to OSHA, someone who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards, unsanitary working conditions and is authorized to take corrective actions to eliminate them is a:
- A builder`s level & reference hubs will be used to provide a uniform trench bottom elevation of 93.50`. During excavation, a rod reading of 5.12` is taken on a nearby hub. This elevation is 102.2`. The builders level is turned and a rod reading of 11.5` is taken in the trench to check the excavation depth. What is the additional cut needed to reach the required trench bottom elevation?
- Haunching describes what aspect of sewer line installation?
- Basis of payment for culvert pipe is:
- When tapping sleeves are used on an AWWA 12″ spec. PVC water pipe, the pipe can be tapped in sizes:
- Refer to the manhole diagram. This structure is which of the following?
- Bedding material for pipe culverts, box culverts and storm drains shall consist of:
- Flamable odorless gas found in public sewers is:
- Employees are working in a trench more than 4` deep. According to OSHA, an adequate measure of exit shall be provided and located so that the users maximum lateral travel will be:
- In sloping in benching work for confined spaces, what is meant by soil distress?
- Refer to table: The formula for determining the size of thrust blocks needed to install water mains is: thrust per 100 PSI = required area of the thrust block. Bearing load of soil = per 100 PSI of water pressure. What size thrust blocks would be required for a 6″ tee in sandy soils?
- If a pipe size is doubled, the carrying capacity of the pipe increases by:
- Initial backfill insures a uniform distribution of load on the pipe. What area indicates backfill?
- What is bedding used for in sewer pipe installations?
- Refer to meter box plan. Thrust blocks are required behind all fittings. 14 x 10" reducer = 7CF; 10" tee = 9.25CF; 10`-90 degree = 12CF: concrete costs $40/CY. What is pretax cost of concrete required?
- A section of pipe is installed between 2 manholes 300` apart. There is 1` elevation change. What is the lazar grade setting?
- All of the following will affect the flow in a pipe except:
- According to OSHA, a trench wall made of what soil type will best stand without shoring?
- What is the name of the layers of soil that are used in backfilling around sewer pipe?
- What is the difference in elevation for a 2% grade over 185` horizontally?
- How can reverse grade or backfall be detected in a sewer line?
- The hydrostatic test of water service pipe consists of filling the pipe with water and adding:
- How long should tile soak before installation?
- A tool that is used to erect perpendicular lines and bisect angles is called a:
- A tool used for transferring angles and fitting trim into corners is a:
- The best bond is obtained using dryset portland if the tile is applied within ___ minutes.
- The ingredients for a mortar bed for floors is:
- Adding water and remixing mortar will make it:
- A style of laying tile where each vertical row of tile is offset by half its` length is:
- Which of the following is the proper order for setting tile in a shower?
- A trim tile with a convex radius on one edge for trimming an outside corner is called a:
- When shrinkage mesh is used on a floor, it should be turned up at the junction of a vertical wall ___ inches.
- What is the use or purpose of "hot mud" or "hot stuff"?
- Which of the following is the preferred lime for mortar on floors?
- How many hours must you wait before grouting after using an epoxy adhesive?
- Which of the following would be a way of determining the proper consistency of mud used for floors?
- What can be used to replace lime in a mortar mix?
- Tiles with a round projection on the back are called:
- Tiles set first on a horizontal surface are the:
- Which of the following is a characteristic of quarry tile.
- A piece of wood used to level tiles is called a ___.
- A hammer with a rectangular head that is used to roughen the surface the tile is to be layed on is called a:
- Which of the following tools would be used to apply a dash bond coat?
- The spacing of tiles so they will conform to an area that is not parallel is called:
- The largest trowel is the ___ trowel.
- If tile absorbs more than 7% moisture it is: (ALSO KNOW THE FOLLOWING: IMPERVIOUS IS LESS THAN .5% ABSORPTION. VITREOUS IS MORE THAN .5% BUT LESS THAN 3% ABSORPTION. SEMI-VITREOUS IS 3% TO 7% ABSORPTION)
- The polyethylene cleavage membrane under a mortar bed shall have a minimum mill thickness of ___ mils.
- The minimum thickness of a mortar bed for floor tile is ___ of an inch.
- The ANSI specification for the minimum bonding mortar coat thickness is ____ of an inch.
- Using aggregate in mortar has which of the following effects?
- What is the name for the procedure that forms a "key" on a scratch coat to hold the float coat?
- Which of the following procedures should be used when applying new tile over existing tile?
- A thin coat of portland over a mortar bed is called a ___ coat.
- Tiles with recessed facial edges which have a district curvature that results in a recessed joint when the tiles are set are called:
- A trim tile unit having one edge with a CONCAVE radius that is used to form a junction between the bottom wall course and the floor, or to form an inside corner is called a:
- The procedure of pressing stiff mortar into tile joints is called:
- The final mortar coat over which the tile surface is applied is called the ___ coat.
- Small areas on tile faces that are not glazed are called:
- In which of the following conditions would organic adhesives be used?
- Which of the following types of trowels is typically used with a hawk to apply mortar?
- What is the additive put in grout to give it strength and better adhesion?
- Which of the following would give you the fastest tile job on a dry surface?
- On what surface do NOT put a ceramic tile with dryset mortar?
- Where does the mortar setting bed go?
- Which of the following would be the strongest bond for portland cement?
- How many hours must you wait before grouting after using organic adhesive?
- Dryset mortar is used for the:
- A narrow tile band of contrasting color is called a:
- When striking white mortar, you should:
- What kind of blade is typically used to make a cut on a masonry block?
- According to the IBC when installing glass block, the mason must provide expansion joints. Which of the following statements best describes this requirement?
- According to the IBC when installing glass block, the joints must be reinforced. Which of the following statements best describes this requirement?
- Terrazzo finishes consist of ___ % decorative chip?
- What must be done to surface of concrete sub base when using a monolithic installation?
- What must be done to surface on concrete sub base when using a thin set installation?
- What is recommended for curing toppings terrazzo surfaces?
- What is done on rustic terrazzo after it has been ground to expose the aggregate?
- What type of cleaner is used to clean terrazzo?
- According to OSHA, how far must barricade be placed around chute?
- What is the proper membrane to use under a clay tile roof?
- What does a yellow label on box of tile refer to?
- What does a blue label on box of tile refer to?
- What size chip for venetian terrazzo (the #)?
- When removing small scratches from marble, what must be done after sanding?
- When should concrete control joints be cut?
- What is the proper backing for terrazzo floor?
- What is the distance for a control joint in terrazzo floor?
- What is the best tile to install on an exterior wall?
- What is the least desirable tile to use in showers?
- What membrane should be used at the floor to wall joint to prevent cracking?
- What is the cure time or damp cure for Portland grout?
- How is the bond increased on ceramic tile floors?
- What is the control joint spacing on large exterior floors?
- What is the best base for the mortar bed when placing tile on counter tops?
- What is the thickness of the neat bed?
- What is used to clean cured grout from tile?
- What type of mortar is most resistant to chemical?
- What is the size of chip for standard terrazzo?
- What is the best way to set a straight line or tile cut?
- What is the best tool to fit an irregular line if a line was not drawn?
- How long after back buttering should glass mosaic tile be set?
- What is done prior to installing glass mosaic or bizantine sheet tile?
- Which of the following terms would best describe the vent connector fof a medium of high heat appliance?
- A vent which has a vertical height of 100` shall have a maximum horizontal run (connector) of ____.
- According to Code, what is the minimum termination height above the roof surface of a duct carrying flammable vapors?
- A type B vent shall terminate a minimum of ____ feet above the draft hood.
- A 14" type B vent through shall terminate how high above the roof?
- When the contacts of a thermostat are open at 72 degrees, this describes:
- When the power on a hermetic compressor is out for 10 seconds, which of the following would you expect?
- When should a furnace appliance be replaced?
- Which of the following climates best suites the effectiveness of evaporative cooling?
- According to Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning, which of the following would be a safe raduis for a tubing bend?
- A duct system designd for use as both heating and cooling should be sixed at ____% of a system designed for heating only.
- The return air duct in a forced warm air heating system is usually sized ____% larger than the supply air duct.
- Absolute pressure is defined as:
- Given: Cooling unit has a Btuh rating of 7000. This unit consumes 840 watts of power. What is its EER?
- Which of the following properly defines EER?
- Which of the following piping joints are acceptible in a piping system under a residential house?
- When test pressure is unknown?
- According to Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning, when two pieces of soft copper tubing are swaged, the overlap should be at least____.
- When using the multiple appliance table from GAMA, if two forced draft appliances are common vented the ___ column is used.
- According to GAMA venting instructions, the maximum horizontal run of a 6" vent connector is:
- Which of the following balancing methods uses a pitot tube?
- A 9` round duct would have an equivalent square duct:
- According to Code, the minimum allowabe gage galvanized metal for 36 x 32 ducting is:
- According to Code, roof hatches , when open, shall be capable of wistanding a ____ pound lateral force from the roof incline side.
- According to Code, the maximum spacing for strap hangers for vertical ducts is:
- According to Code, the maximum spacing for strap hangers for horizontal ducts is:
- According to Code, return air may NOT be taken from an area the volume of which is less than ___ % of ther entire area serves by such system.
- Which room in the house would you normally find a negative pressure?
- According to Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning, the minimum cooling air changes per hour is:
- Copper pipe or tubing shall NOT be used to carry which of the following refrigerants?
- How much refrigeration oil should be added to a refrigeration system for each additional 10` of piping?
- When testing a new residential refrigeration system with halon, how much freon should be added?
- When warming a cylindar of refrigerant for charging, what is the maximum temperature to warm the cylinder?
- Which of the following is not a good property of dessicant?
- In a cross charged thermostatic expansion valve, which of the following would you have?
- Which of the following refrigerant controls is a metering device?
- Which of the following compressors would be found in a wall unit?
- According to the UMC, a branch duct connection to the main duct at the large end of the transition shall be at an angle not exceeding ___ degrees.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, ducts for a central vacuum system in a dwelling may be made using ___.
- What is the maximum length permitted for a flexible moisture exhaust duct used on a residential clothes dryer?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, an environmental exhaust airduct shall terminate outside of the building and be equipped with ___.
- If a high-pitched sound is hear coming from a ceiling diffuser and the noise stops, the diffuser is removed, the most likely cause of the problem is ___.
- The amount of setback required on a brake between the bed and the top leaf when bending material no heavier that 22 ga is how many times the thickness of the metal?
- Refer to diagram: II. Item #6
- Refer to diagram: I. Item #1:
- A job requires two pieces of sheet metal. The first piece is 3`-3 5/8" x 4`. The second piece is 2`-7 3/4" x 4`. If both pieces are cut from the same 4` x 8` sheet, the left over piece will be what size?
- Refer to figure below:
- Refer to the diagram. Which of the symbols shows a lined duct?
- Refer to the figure below. This is a pattern for the layout and fabrication of ___.
- A dovetail seam is used when joining sheet metal ___.
- When a fire damper is installed in an HVAC air distribution duct ___.
- What is the maximum length allowed for vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and air distribution metal ducts?
- Unless otherwise specified in the Uniform Mechanical Code, no less than ___ inches of work space and a platform shall be provided to service an appliance.
- Which furnace shall not be installed in an underfloor space unless a ventilation system is installed to remove any unburned gases?
- The code requires which of the following valves to be installed in the refrigerant piping outlet of the receiver?
- Refer to the figure below. The cooling equipment as shown shall be installed on a concrete pad that is no less than ___ inches above the ground.
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. TM-1 is normally closed. When TM-1 opens as the time clock causes it to, the compressor will ___.
- Refer to the air conditioning condensing unit drawing. The device indicated by the letter "E" has bubbles flowing in it constantly when the unit is running. The device at letter "D" is warm at the inlet and co nsiderably cooler at its outlet. The conditions described are an indication that the refrigeration system is ___.
- Which of the following is used to operate a refrigerant compressor cylinder unloader?
- Before pre-charged refrigerant lines are installed, the quick-connect fitting should be coated ___.
- A heat pump system is best used for ___.
- Generally, a through the wall or window air conditioner uses which of the following metering devices?
- According to the EPA rules and regulations govering refrigerant recapture and recover, all of the following are listed as minor repairs to a refrigerating system EXCEPT ___.
- According to EPA rules and regulations governing refrigerant recapture and recovery in part 3-E definitions "commercial refrigeration" refers to equipment having a refrigerant charge of more than ___ pounds.
- You respond to a service call to a furnace and discover the pilot light is not working. You re-light the pilot and when you release the reset-button, the pilot goes off again. Which of the following is NOT the p ossible cause of the problem?
- A pilot generator is capable of operating a heating appliance independent of a building`s electrical system because the generator ___.
- It is observed that the pilot light on a furnace is yellow. The pilot ___.
- A furnance must be equipped with safety devices that will shut down the equipment under all of the following circumstances EXCEPT which one?
- A furnace is being installed in a garage to heat an attic apartment. Concrete filled steel posts will be installed in front of the furnace so no vehicle will actually be able to hit the furnace. How high above the garage floor do the burners have to be to comply with the minimum height specified by the code?
- Listed warm air furnace limit controls shall NOT be able to be set for temperatures above ____.
- Appliances with automatically controlled natural gas burners shall be equipped with a device that will shut off the fuel supply to the burner in the event of ___.
- When an appliance venting system must be run through an occupied space, the venting system shall be ___.
- Whenever there are any unused openings in a venting system for an appliance, they shall be ___.
- Which of the following may be installed on the appliance side of the draft hood?
- A type L venting system that terminates above the roof shall be no less than how many feet higher than any portion of the roof within 10`?
- When a mechanical draft system is installed for an appliance, an interlock device shall be used to prevent the ___.
- What is the name of the device that is used to protect the roof from the heat of combustion where the metal chimney passes through it?
- What is the minimum size vent connector required for a common vent for three 3" diameter vents?
- Two gas appliances are vented with a common vent. One has a 5" vent connector and the other has a 3" vent connector. The minimum size common vent connector required is ___.
- The bottom of a vent connector elbow is 60" above the floor and is tied into a common flue at 61 1/2" above the floor. How long is the vent connector from the outlet of the elbow to the common flue connection whe n the length is based on a minimum pitch as required by code?
- Refer to table 5C. A listed residential water heater with a draft hood that has a chimney connector made of single wall metal pipe shall have a clearance from the connector to any unprotected combustible ma terial of no less than ____.
- To prevent dirt from entering copper tubing, which of the following should be done before cutting the tubing?
- Just before copper tubing is flared, the Modern Refrigeration and Air Conditioning manual recommends that the flaring tool be ___:
- What is the actual difference in sizes between nominal and outside diameter tubing?
- Hard drawn copper tubing is normally supplied in what lengths?
- Repeated bending of soft copper tubing will cause which of the following?
- What is the minimum the drip edge on the fascia should overlap the back edge of the gutter?
- Refer to the figure. What is the name of the component at "A"?
- In an open faced downspout with support braces across the open front,it is recommended that support braces not be installed any lower than___ feet from the ground.
- When installing manufactured gutters using spikes and furrels, the spikes are to be driven into the facia at a maximum of ___ inches on center.
- Which type of welding requires no special gases to accomplish the welding?
- Gas welding is a common term that means using which of the following?
- Which of the follwoing types of welding uses an inert gas and an automatically fed rod?
- In TIG welding, the electrode is:
- Refer to the figure. This symbol indicates:
- Refer to the figure. This symbol indicates:
- Refer to the drawing. This symbol indicates ___ on a set of drawings.
- A set of building drawings will show exterior sheet metal items on:
- What type of sheet metal depends on a metal coating for corrosion resistance?
- Cold rolled copper sheet metal is ___, than hot rolled.
- Terne plate is sheet steel coated with an alloy of:
- One of the major advantages that stainless steel has over coated steel is that stainless steel can be ___ without loosing its resistance to corrosion.
- On a slip form roll, which rollers form the roll?
- What is the foot tredal on a squaring shear used for?
- The amount of set back necessary between the bed and top leaf on a brake when bending metal no heavier than 22 ga is ___ times the thickness of the metal.
- When cutting a small inside circle, the best snips to use are:
- A metal chimney is to be installed through a roof of a building and will require a flat flashing. What is the circumference of the opening if the chimney is 8" diameter?
- According to code, stainless hoods shall have a minimum thickness of:
- According to code, galvanized steel may be used for a Type I hood if constructed with no less than ___ ga metal
- What is the name of the device that is used to protect the roof from the heat of combustion where a metal flue passes through it?
- What is the flashing component at "A"?
- What is the proper name of the metal flashing at "B"?
- What is the proper name of the metal flashing at "A"?
- The recommended minimum distance between battens of a standing seam metal roof is:
- Flat sheets of metal roofing material using standing or batten seams are usually laid over:
- Corrugated or deformed steel roofing is usually laid over ___.
- Sheet metal wall flashing strips used on a building should overlap a minimum of:
- Metal roof flashing shall be a minimum of:
- Patterns used repeatedly for cutting metal are:
- The number 5.70 when expressed as a fraction is:
- A job requires 2 pieces of sheetmetal. The first piece is 3`- 3 5/8"x 4`. The second piece is 2`- 7 3/4" x 4`. What size piece would beleft from a 4` x 8` sheet after cutting both pieces?
- Identify the pattern layout.
- Identify the pattern layout.
- Identify the pattern layout.
- In laying out sheet metal pieces to be joined by a grooved seam, allowance must be made for the amount of material that is to be added for one lock for 24 ga or lighter, this is ___ times the lock width.
- Refer to figure. The figure is:
- How often should scaffolding equipment be inspected?
- What type of rope should be used when acid cleaning if the scaffold is over 50 feet in height?
- When should wire rope cables be replaced?
- What size manila rope would you order to be used for a life line.
- The proper height for a guard rail on a swing scaffold is _____.
- On a normal size swing scaffold. How many men can it carry?
- What type of Primer would be used to Prime a bridge before painting it with aluminum paint.
- The maximum height of ladder jacks is:
- Brushes and rollers that have been used to apply latex paint should be cleaned with:
- Assume all walls are 8 feet tall except the garage, which has 10 foot walls. If it costs 25 cents ($0.25) per square foot to paint walls, calculate the total cost to paint the walls for the following: 1 room 21`X 25`: 1 room 18` x 18`: 3 rooms 12` x 15`: Garage 23` x 28`: Leave off 1 23` wall for doors.
- If it costs 50 cents ($0.50) per square foot to paint ceiling, calculate the total cost to paint the following: 1 room 21`X 25`: 1 room 18`X 18`: 3 rooms 12`X 15`: Gargage measures 23` X 28`.
- If a roll of wallpaper will cover 35 square feet, how many rolls would be required to cover a wall that measures 18 feet wide by 7`8` tall?
- Which of the following is a procedure used by painter to prevent brush marks?
- A `block coat` is used:
- The major cause of paint blisters on wood siding is:
- Mixing is best achieved by a drill operating at _____ R.P.M.
- Prior to hanging paper, you should check for defects; this is known as:
- When cutting a piece of wallpaper, it should be cut:
- Once wallpaper paste has been opened, it should be used within _____.
- Which of the following is NOT a common joint used in wallpaper application?
- Which of the following is the best wallpaper adhesive?
- Which of the following is the most common joint used in wallpapering applications?
- In wall papering, sizing is:
- Phenolphthalein is used to:
- A smoothing brush is used for:
- How do you describe a deterioration of the surface condition that shows signs of florescence?
- A blonde finish is accomplished by:
- Which of the following types of wood would need to be filled before painting?
- When is the proper time to putty a knot hole?
- The quality of the final finish on new wood most depends on:
- Knots should be scraped and coated with:
- The mutual complement of orange is:
- In order to achieve brown you would mix:
- What are the three `primary` colors?
- In order to achieve orange you would mix:
- In order to achieve the color green you would mix:
- What type of fire extinguisher is generally required where paints are stored or used?
- When sanding a painted surface which has been previously painted with lead base paints:
- When painting and using an exhaust system the exhaust duct should be:
- Seventy percent of the injuries to painters are caused by:
- Planks on scaffolding should extend _____ beyond the ends of their supports.
- Guardrails should be installed on 45` wide scaffolding over _____ feet in height.
- Which of the following is the finest grade of abrasive paper?
- Silicone carbide and aluminum oxide are used in:
- To achieve a quality finish when spraying you should:
- When using a conventional spraying system, to achieve a quality finish you should have:
- The removal of water from sprayer lines is accomplished through the use of:
- What type of airless sprayer should be used when you are trying to reduce the viscosity of the material without using thinners.
- Which of the following is NOT approved method of cleaning a brush?
- P.V.A. cleans up with:
- To prepare a new natural bristle brush, you should:
- Which of the following characteristics of a bristle brush will result in a maximum spread ratio and the brush will hold the most paint.
- The purpose of sizing a wall is to:
- Which of the following coatings would NOT reduce the flame spread ratio?
- Most paints will reduce the flame spread ratio by _____.
- Which of the following is a clear finish that resists sun, heat and rain?
- The normal apllication of lacquer is done by:
- Which of the following is a natural paint resin?
- Which of the following is a solvent used for shellac?
- Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of shellac?
- Which of the following would NOT be considered a type of finish on a wall?
- Which of the following would be a thinner used for Alkyds?
- Which of the following has little or no penetrating qualities?
- Which of the following is NOT a binder used in latex paints?
- The four basic parts of most paints are:
- When using latex paints, a _____ primer should be used.
- When is it not permissable to ride a mobile scaffold?
- The siderails of a ladder should extend _____ above the roof.
- The base of a ladder should be placed _____ the working length of the ladder from the wall.
- The basis of payment for pipe laid in a trench is:
- In substations, why are disconnect switches installed in series with circuit breakers?
- What are power transformers used for in an electrical substation?
- Which of the following is NOT a part of an underground electrical structure?
- A concrete encased electrode shall not be less than ___ in depth and no less than ___ feet long.
- Where service entrance direct and buried cable of 480v emerge from the ground, they must be protected by an enclosure which extends from below the grade to a point at least ____ feet above grade.
- A connection to a concrete encased driven or buried grounded electrod shall:
- What does the designation MEE refer to when stamped on the pipe?
- The marking on a pipe is ABC API 14.00 49.93 A S. The 49.93 refers to:
- What do you use to clean out a pipe line?
- On a corpration for a sewer line connection, where doe the stop install?
- Which of the following is NOT a part of the ductile iron pipe joint?
- When encountering solid rock for a ductile iron pipe line, excavation below the pipe for cushining must be:
- When backfilling the 3` above clay pipe, what is the maximum size stone used?
- What is the minimum compressive strength required for thrust blocks in a ductile iron pipe water line?
- Which of the following methods are an acceptable method for testing concrete water pipe & joints?
- What is the maximum deflection allowed on an 18` section of 16″ diameter pipe?
- Which ASTM designation is an all purpose carbon steel used widely in the industry?
- Chlorine gas used in water purification systems is:
- When water testing reinforced concrete pipe, the maximum leakage allowed is 200 gallons per inch diameter per day per mile. What is the allowable loss for a four hour test in a 36″ water pipe 300` in length?
- The torque wrench which is calibrated in inch-pounds is used to tighten a bolt to 72 inch-pounds. This is equivalent to ___ foot pounds.
- 800 lineal feet of sewer pipe is to be installed under a paved section of road. The average depth of the trench is 10` Width is 3`. Sides of the trench are vertical for the bottom 5`. The upper 5` are sloped 1:1. Replacement 1` beyond the sides of the trench is required. Asphalt replacement is to be 6″ deep. How much asphalt is needed? 12 ton trucks are used and asphalt weighs 2500 pounds per cubic yard.
- According to OSHA, all trenches over ____ feet must be shored regardless of how solid the ground appears.
- When shoring a trench, Excavation and Grading Handbook” recommends installing the jacks:
- You have a required elevation at “A” of 104.25. The benchmark elevation is 101.10. A back site reading of 4.65 is taken. A front site at the grade you are checking (location “A”) has a reading of 1.50. What needs to be done?
- A contour map shows a drop of 5` over 150`. What is the percent of grade?
- A scraper capable of operating by itself is known as:
- Any vehicle hauling flamable materials must carry which of the following fire extinguishers?
- According to OSHA, the minimum clearance between a backhoe (or other equipment) and a 50kv powerline shall be:
- A sand cone test is used to measure:
- According to Code, how close can you cut to an existing pipe?
- What type of equipment should be used to excavate a swampy area with clay bottom?
- A vibratory roller is best used for compacting:
- What term defines the stake who`s top is used as a point of reference to establish elevation and distance?
- Tie backs are anchored to ____ when used with soldier beams.
- The purpose of steam traps installed in steam distribution systems is :
- According to OSHA, it is necessary to check each of the following at the beginning of each shift EXCEPT:
- A copper wire is installed underground alongside a non-metallic water main is used:
- Which of the following is the best grade of pipe?
- When installing slip joint piping, you should:
- When laying sewer lines the bell of the pipe should be placed:
- According to Code, PVC-2110 plastic pipe 1″ and larger, when acceptable for gas transmission lines:
- According to Code, in a wrought Iron gas piping line, the fittings in pipe 4″ and larger:
- According to Code, the threads of metallic piping used in gas tramsmission lines must comply with ____ for pipe threads.
- According to Code, plastic pipe approved for use with natural gas must:
- According to Code, a 4″ building sewer must have a minimum fall of ____ per foot.
- Of the following standards, all are Code adopted standards for cast iron pipe EXCEPT:
- According to code, seamless copper copper water tubing used for water distribution must meet ____ standards.
- According to Code, a sewer which receives storm water, sewage and liquid waste is:
- According to Code, Sewerage or other waste from a plumbing system must be ___ before it is discharged into any waterway.
- According to Code, when water service piping is installed in the same trench as sewer piping, there must be a minimum separation of:
- According to Code, it shall be the duty of ___ to determine if the plumbing system has been inspected and has stood the approprate tests prior to covering.
- According to Code, the drainage system or any part therof shall not be covered until:
- According to Code, the following shall not be used in a drainage system.
- Given: Sewer piping shall be concrete encased for 10`where a water main crosses with less than 10` of vertical clearance. Encasement must be equal to trench width for both width and depth. Trench width must be pipe ID +2`. 24″ I.D. VCP with 1-1/2″ thick wall pipe is used. The encasement must be 12″ thick beyond the pipe in a square configuration. How many CY of concrete is required?
- Given: 2 manholes 200` apart. Fall between manholes is 1`. What percentage would be used in setting the laser?
- In an above ground gas piping suystem, which of the following materials is approved for fittings?
- Which of the following describes transite pipe?
- Transite water pipe is:
- Castiron piping and flanges in sewage treatment systems should not be encased in concrete because:
- To maintain accuracy in a sewer line using grade boards:
- Steel shot is used in what method of drilling?
- Most accidental overturns in mobile cranes are a result of:
- Jack tunneling is:
- What odorless gas is explosive when present in the sewer system?
- Under ASTM standards, an engineered design mix for freshly batched concrete, (other than Type III cement) would require ____ days for full field curing time.
- The spill off from the ends of a dozer or grader blade which forms a ridge of loose material is called:
- A job site is short of dirt needed for fill. The dirt needed for this fill would be taken from:
- What device is bolted to the blade of a grader to help when grading a road around a curb?
- The datum point, property lines, grade lines, & utility easements would be shown on the:
- Which of the following properties of sand, gravel, clay, and silt describes its ability to support a structure?
- A rolling movement on unstable ground as heavy equipment runs over it is:
- Which of the following soils tests would determine at what moisture content a soil becomes too wet?
- What is the term used to describe the top of a spoils bank being greater than the ajoining surface?
- Which of the following would be used around a body of water to prevent washout?
- If 1000 CY is needed to fill a trench and the loss due to compaction is 20%, how much fill is required?
- What method can be used to transfer a grade from one side of a road to another?
- When moving dirt during an excavation, where is the unused dirt stored for future use?
- What is used as a temporary set of walls to keep soil and water from entering the excavation?
- Compressability of the soil involves:
- The definition of overhaul is:
- Which of the following is used to carry water under a road?
- What is the name use to describe the inside bottom of a sewer pipe?
- In order for a scraper operator to make a deeper cut, which of the following would be done?
- On a plan, a scale of 1:20 is used. A plan distance of 2 1/2" would equal a project distance of:
- Dampening of the subgrade in a trench prior to placement of concrete will:
- All of the following are purposes of compacting EXCEPT:
- What are the duties of a pilot car?
- A rectangular building measures 41` x 41` there is a 2` roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A wood frame wall is laid out with studs 16″ on center. What is the distance from the end of the plate to the closest edge of the 4th stud?
- Carpenters are framing a 10` high wall. What is the cut length of the studs?
- The width of the screw edge of a 25 ga metal stud is:
- What pressures an airless spray paint gun?
- According to OSHA, what is the maximum travel distance to a ladder placed in a trench?
- According to OSHA, when a trench requires ladders for egress at what intervals must ladders be placed?
- What is the standard height of a lower kitchen wall cabinet?
- What is the standard depth of an upper kitchen wall cabinet?
- A rectangular building measures 39` x 57` there is a 2` roof overhang on all sides. What is the length of the ridge if the building has a hip roof.
- A portland cement stucco contractors dominant measure of area of walls plain surfaces is.
- According to OSHA, which of the following power hand tools may not be equipped with a locked on control button on the power switch?
- What are the three major components of a low slope roofing system?
- When an arbor nut on a power circular saw is being loosened which of the following is true?
- Nail holes are being filled in new wood that will be painted with oil based paint when should wood putty be applied?
- When a 3 panel sliding glass door has two fixed panels and a sliding center panel the designation is.
- Proper insertion for stucco or metal lath requires an application of 3 coats. Which one of the following is not one of the 3 coats?
- What is the process called that describes maintaining the most favorable conditions of temperature and moisture for recently placed concrete?
- A wood frame wall is being laid out with studs spaced 16″ o.c. How many inches between the end of the plate and the closest 1st stud edge?
- What is the name of the steel angle iron used to support masonry veneer across an opening?
- How many cubic yards of concrete are required to pour a slab 5″ thick x 84` long x 10` wide?
- A rough opening is being framed in a wood bearing wall for a 2` - 8" wide door. How long should the header be cut?
- A point of known elevation where a builder may establish elevations for a building is.
- Adding water to an already workable concrete batch will decrease its:
- At what minimum trench depth does OSHA require ladders?
- How many yards of carpet are required for 18` x 28`-6" room?
- What should be done when the excavation for a footing is dug to deep in some places?
- After one season a concrete slab shows crazing dusting and spalling. These defects were caused by.
- Oak strip flooring is being installed over a 3/4″ plywood sub floor. Which of the following should be done before starting?
- What is the R-value of paper back insulation used to fully insulate a 2 x 6 wall?
- A bearing wall is being demolished to provide a new opening. First the load carried by the bearing wall must be temporarily supported. What is this called?
- What type of glue is used to apply a plastic laminate sheet to a countertop?
- When asphalt shingle roofing meets siding on a vertical wall how should the flashing be installed?
- How should drywall be cut?
- Placing concrete directly on frozen earth is.
- What supplies air pressure required to spray air-spray-painting equipment?
- What is the minimum application temperature for E.I.F.S. finish.
- According to OSHA, specific training is required for the operation of which hand tool?
- A carpenter is using a string line as a guide to straighten a long wooden-frame wall. Where should the line be attached at each end?
- Any one who engages in any type of excavation shall notify New Mexico one call at least _____ hours prior to commencing work?
- What should be used when tile butts up to a different kind of material?
- What kind of ties are used to attach masonry veneer to wood frame structures?
- An extension ladder is leaning against a vertical wall at a point 20` above grade. According to OSHA, the base of the ladder shall be located at a minimum of how many feet from the wall?
- An exterior wood stud wall is being framed. How long should the studs be cut if the wall is 8` high?
- What is the diagonal measurement of a 39` x 52` rectangular foundation?
- How can maximum density of any soil be achieved?
- What is the most common thickness for steel studs used in interior non-loading bearing partitions?
- What type of blade is used to cut a wide groove in a piece of lumber?
- What is the term use to describe the distance from the property line that house may be built?
- Which set of measurements yields a 90 degree corner?
- The center bubble on a 3-bubble spirit level is used for.
- According to OSHA, at approximately what height shall a required guardrail system be installed around scaffolding?
- Which should be used wherever tile buts up to a different kind of material?
- A room is 24` x 24`. 8` ceiling. How many 4` x 12` drywall sheets will be required to cover the entire room. Do not deduct for any doors or windows.
- Which one of the following building operations would require the use of duplex nails?
- A hole is being excavated. 34` x 48`. Its 4` deep. A clearance of 4` is required on each side. The sides are not sloped. Ignore soil expansion. How many cubic yards will be removed?
- A stairway has a total rise of 8` - 8" between finished floors. There are 15 treads. (landing not included) What is the height of each riser?
- The international color code for an underground water line is:
- When parking a piece of equipment all attachments should be:
- Based on regulatory approval which of the following clearing operations does the least long range damage to the environment?
- Refer to the figure: What type of survey stake is shown?
- Which of the following is NOT true about safe practices for flaggers working arount a highway worksite?
- The international color code for an underground gas line is:
- Two scrapers are being operated as a team for an excavation. The scrapers are equipped with bumpers and bails so that each can provide power to the other. What does this describe?
- Which of the following tests would be used to determine the particle soils distribution of a soil sample?
- Why should you call New Mexico One-Call?
- All plumb lines tend to:
- Which type of material will increase in volume most when excavated from its compact state?
- The project engineer has the responsibility for the seccessful completion of a construction project. The engineer does not have the authorty to:
- In the metric system one kliometer is:
- In soil compaction testing what is used to measure the amount of compaction?
- A contractor performing borrow operation will be paid at what contract unit price?
- When should fuel tanks be filled to prevent moisture condensation?
- Lime is an effective stabalizing agent for:
- A trench 1 mile long is to be excavated to an average depth of 8`. The trench base is 4`. Vertical sides are 5`. The top 3` of the trench are sloped at 1:1. What is the total amount of cubic yards excavated from the trench?
- What is ment by the term " Water Table" ?
- Which backfill material can meet maximum density requirements with minimal compaction when placed in a moisture saturated condition? (assume drainage is available at the fill site)
- Computations for volume excavations will be based on which of the following methods?
- Existing subsructure lying outside a natural stream area is scheduled for demolition. All structural parts shall be removed how far below the natural ground surface?
- A 90` x 40` wide x 4` deep hole is excavated in unstable wet clay with a 30` boom. Which piece of equipment would do the job with the least number of position changes?
- A trench is to be dug 2500` long. The base of the trench is 3` wide. The depth is 9`. Sides are sloped at 1:1 for the top 4`. A Hoe excavates 27.5 CY per hour. What are the total number hours required to excavate the trench?
- A printed description of quality standards that must be met while doing work on a construction project is commonly called:
- Which soil compaction test requires a 1/2″ X 12″ rod placed into the soil?
- The change in elevation for a 2% grade is 18″. What is the horizontal distance?
- What calculation is measured in percent of vertical over horizontal; or as a ratio of horizontal over vertical?
- The vertical direction in land surveying is:
- What measurement unit is used for the basis of payment for clearing and grubbing work?
- What is the document signed by both the owner and contractor establishing the contract and incorporates the contract`s governing provisions?
- In which of the following two operations would you experience "bunching"?
- A contractor building a filter dam to provide temporary erosion control on a State Highway project will use what method of measurement as a basis of payment?
- Job specifications for a construction project will change according to:
- The optimum moisture content of a soil is the moisture at which:
- In road construction the final grading operation is commonly guided by grade stakes whose tops are at the trimming elevation. What are these stakes called?
- Which power excavating machine is designed to operate against the face of the bank that it displaces as it moves forward?
- Which of the following would provide cause for liquidated damages?
- All project sites have a base line close to the center of the work. Points located on the baseline are called:
- When determining the results of soil compaction it is important to determine the soil type. When a contractor tests soil by hand what helps to determine if the soil is cohesive?
- Refer to diagram. What is the minimum acceptable distance for w?
- According to code, all stumps and roots should be removed to a specified depth below the surface of an area to be occupied by a building.
- According to code, what is the maximum span allowed for 2 x 10 rafters installed at 16 O/C lumber has a E value of 1.2.
- A carpenter has built a straight stairway in a residence with tread that measured 10". According to code, the width of the tread is.
- According to code, handrails are required for a residential stairway when there are _____ risers.
- A residential bedroom is 15` x 20`. According to code, what is the minimum square footage of a window which is required for natural lighting?
- According to code, the fire rating of the common wall separating a single family residence and an attached garage must be at least.
- A carpenter has built a straight stairway with headroom of 78″. According to code, the headroom of this stairway is.
- A form must be framed around a concrete block fireplace and chimney. According to code, what minimum clearance that must be maintained between the block and the wood floor joists.
- According to code, what is the maximum allowable height for a residential stairway hand rail measured from the top of the handrail?
- According to code, what is the maximum length above a finished floor that a dead bolt may be installed in a residential exterior door?
- A carpenter is building a framed chimney enclosure. It passes through a pitched roof. According to code, how high must the chimney vent be above the peak of the roof if the peak is 8` from the chimney penetration.
- According to code, what is the maximum sill height of an emergency escape window or opening from the floor?
- According to code, what is the required hatch opening size for sofit ventilation screen openings?
- According to code, the diameter of a hole bored in any stud of non-bearing walls shall be a maximum of _____ % of the width of the stud.
- According to code, in exterior walls and bearing partitions any wood stud may be cut or notched to a depth not exceeding _____% of its width.
- According to code, the maximum spacing allowed when using 8d nails to fasten the edges of 5/8″ plywood to floor joists is _____ inches.
- According to code, what is the minimum distance that a hole may be drilled from the top or bottom of a joist.
- The roof has a slope of 5/12. According to code, when asphalt shingles are being installed in an area where ice dams form an approved membrane shall extend from the eave to how far inside the exterior wall line?
- According to Building code, before sheet metal products are used on built-up roofing the flanges should _____.
- According to code, nails used to fasten asphalt shingle must have a head diameter of:
- According to code, the inlet flow line of an overflow drain must be a minimum of _____ inches above the low point of the roof.
- According to code, curbs constructed on a flat roof that are used for supporting skylights shall be a minimum of _____ inches above the roof surface.
- Drywall is being applied to wood studs using nails. According to code, the nails must be long enough to penetrate the wood at least _____ inches.
- According to the Model Energy Code, shower heads shall be equipped with flow control devices to limit the flow to a maximum of _____ GPM.
- According to code, what is the minimum required horizontal overlap of joints of building paper installed over sheeting?
- According to code, which of the following mortar types may be used to lay glass blocks?
- Drywall is attached to a ceiling in a single ply without any adhesive. According to code, what is the maximum center to center screw spacing?
- According to the model energy code, what index temperature is used to calculate heating degree days?
- According to code, what is the minimum size allowed in any dimension of a habitable room except a kitchen?
- According to code, what is the minimum requirement for toe nailing ceiling joists to the top plate?
- According to code, after the scratch coat of exterior Portland cement plaster is applied and scored it shall cure for at least.
- According to code, smoke detectors shall be installed when a permit is required for a residential addition or renovation whose value exceeds _____ dollars.
- According to code, the minimum openable area required for a window in a bathroom without an exhaust fan is what fraction of the floor area?
- According to code, trimmer and header floor joists shall be doubled around openings when the span of the header exceeds a minimum of how many feet?
- What is the requirement of the code for at least one exterior door in a dwelling unit concerning the minimum clear width when the door is opened.
- In residences smoke detectors shall be installed in _____.
- According to code, what must be done before any exterior stucco is applied?
- A builder has constructed a wood load bearing wall with its of the double top plate offset 24″ from the joints in the top plate. How does this installation relate to the requirements of the code?
- According to code, what is the maximum allowable horizontal spacing for metal ties used for a masonry veneer wall?
- According to code, when electrical outlets are installed on opposite sides of a fire resistive wall or partition the outlets shall be spaced horizontally a minimum of _____.
- According to code, what is the maximum higheth above grade that deck may be built without requiring a guard rail?
- According to code, the maximum size of coarse aggregates used in concrete shall be what fraction of the narrowest dimension between the sides of the forms?
- A slab has just been placed and finished. It is normal concrete. According to code, unless accelerated curing methods are used the slab must be cured in a moist condition for at least:
- According to code, the minimum acceptable width of a footing for a bearing wall which supports a floor:
- According to code, what is the minimum thickness permitted for a concrete floor slab that is supported directly on the ground?
- According to code, the top of foundation walls supporting wood shall be a minimum of how far above the finished ground level?
- According to code, plates or sills shall be anchored to concrete foundation walls with bolts spaced not more than how far apart?
- According to code, what is the minimum diameter required for bolts used to attach foundation plates or sills?
- According to code, maximum spacing for rebar in a concrete wall is:
- The Code defines existing work as a plumbing system or any part thereof which has:
- A backflow prevention device has a reference mark used to establish minimum setting height. According to Code, the reference mark is called:
- A specially designed drainage system adequetly sized to provide free air movement above the flowline of he pipe is:
- What minimum vertical support spacing is required by Code when copper tubing 2" or smaller will be used?
- What is the bevel angle required from horizontal to prepare pipe for welding?
- When used inthe Uniform Plumbing Code, the abbreviation IPS stands for ____.
- Joints in hot water piping that will be embedded in concrete shall be____.
- When a fuel gas line is tested for leaks, the test medium may be co2, air or ____.
- According to Code, what type of copper tube is vbeing used if the color stripe is yellow?
- A nipple that is twice the length of a standard pipe thread is ____ nipple
- A final inspection of process piping is requuired after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of the piping. The piping shall withstand a pressure test of at least how many times the syste ms maximum operating pressure?
- A plate of steel measuring 72" x 138" weighs 13.5 # per square foot. What is the total weight of the plate?
- A pipe fitting that has one side ouitlet at any angle other than 90 degrees is ____.
- Piping from a discontinued water heating system is carefully removed from a building and the ends of the pipe are capped to keep out foreign matter. The contractor plans to use this previously used pipe in a potable water system installed at another location. The Uniform Plumbing Code stipulates that ____.
- According to Code, joints in a fuel gas piping system must be ____.
- What organization prepares the most widely accepted Code for pipe and tube welding?
- What are rosette welds?
- Which of these four types of copper tubing has the greatest wall thickness?
- How is 7`- 4 3/8" expressed in engineering measure?
- When plastic pipe is being joined to a different type of pipe, the transition shall be made using ____.
- Which of the following is a characteristic of pipe and joint compound applied to screwed joints of a fuel gas piping system?
- What is the first weld pass on a pipe called?
- What minimum support spacing is required by code for vertical piping when plastic pipe is being used?
- The sum of 1/2" + 3/8" expressed in decimal form is ____.
- A water tank is 24" in diameter and 40" high. What is its volume in gallons? 231 cubic inches = 1 gallon
- What method minimizes pipe distrotion caused by contraction of a metal as it cools after being welded?
- A hazardous piping system which carries dangerous materials shall be identified by colors in which color combination?
- Hard drawn copper tubing must bear a 1/4" stripe in indelable ink to mark it`s type. Type L copper tubing is identified by what color stripe?
- What minimum spacing is required for copper tubing 1 1/2" and smaller installed horizontally?
- A flush tank is 24" x 8" and has a water depth of 16". How many gallons of water does it contain?
- What is the capacity in gallons of a 15` section of pipe having a 3" inside diameter? 231 cubic inches = 1 gallon
- What is the volume of a 20` section of pipe having a 3" inside diameter? 231 cubic inches = 1 gallon
- Supply piping for hazardous production materials with a health hazard rating of 4 shall be connected by which of the following methods? (assume no exhausted enclosures)
- What type of elbow has male threads on one end and ffemale threads on the other end?
- What is the minimum distance between supports required by Code in installations of vertical copper tubing?
- What is the circumference of a circle measuring 3" in diameter?
- What angle fittings are available 1 1/2" diameter pipe and smaller?
- Which one of the following is a pipe schedule that does NOT exist?
- Process piping shall be tested at a pressure of at least 2 1/2 times the maximum operating pressure of the system, but in no case less than ____ psi.
- In which of the following TEEs is the branch larger than the run?
- According to Code requirements for installing vertical piping, what minimum support spacing must be used for screwed pipe?
- How much heat is required to lower the temperature of 3# of water 2 degrees F. ?
- How much more water can a 2" pipe carry than a 1" pipe?
- Threading plastic pipe in the field is not acceptable
- Refer to diagram "A-A". What is indicated by the letter "A"?
- What color stripe does type K copper have?
- How much does one gallon of water weigh?
- A New Mexico state project manager is the district representative of the chief highway administrator agents responsible for:
- Given: A qualifying party quits working for contractor A. The qualifying party is going to work for contractor B. Within how many days must
- What wil happen if a contracor does NOT report a change of address within 30 days?
- What forms of business organizations offer contractors the most protection against personal liability?
- What is the corporation called that does business in a state other than the one in which it is chartered?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #5?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #4?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #3?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #2?
- voilated?
- Refer to the Plumbing Riser Diagram. Which of the following chapter refrences from the Louisiana Sanitary Code has been voilated in clouded area #1?
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #10 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #9 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #8 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #7 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #6 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #5 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #4 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #3 is ____.
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #2 is ____.
- Refer
- Refer to the fitting drawings in the back of the test booklet. Fitting #1 is ____.
- A main ____ on the water service pipe shall be provided near the ____, and also an accessible shutoff valve with a drip valve shall be provided inside, near the entrance of ____ into each building, but above ground.
- The vacuum breaker on a flushometer valve shall be installed at least ____ " above the ____ rim of the bowl.
- The vacuum breaker on a flushometer shall be installed on the ____ of the flushing valve.
- Flushometers shall be equipped with an approved ____.
- Each fixture trap shall have a ____ of not less than ____ and not more than ____, except where a ____ seal is found to be ____ by the administrative authority for special conditions.
- Tubing used for water shall be expanded with a ____ tool.
- All flared joints for ____ water tubing shall be made with ____ approved Standards.
- Annular space between sleeves and ____ shall be filled or tightly calked with ____ or ____, lead, or other material found equally effective and ____ as such by the administrative authority.
- Which of the following do sprinkler systems require ____.
- Whirlpool bath tubs on concrete floors usually require ____.
- Walk-in refrigerators require ____.
- The ice container in a bar sink must drain ____.
- Air gaps between potable water piping and sewer entry must be a minimum of ____.
- Swimming pool piping to fill the pool if connected to the domestic water supply must ____.
- The minimum size for the water service to any building is ____”.
- Cleanouts serving a 5″ line must be not less than ____”.
- Water heaters may not be installed in ____.
- The flue servicing a water heater is a Class B flue. This flue is ____.
- The minimum full sized stack vent or vent stack carried throiugh the roof of a building shall not be less than ____" diameter.
- The bottom of a water service pipe installed in the same trench with a sewer line shall be installed ____.
- Horizontal cast iron soil pipe shall be supported at intervals of not more than ____ feet.
- The permissable distance from trap to vent for a 2" fixture drain is ____.
- 4" diameter horizontal drainage pipe shall have a fall of not less than ___ " per foot.
- The minimum size of a residential kitchen sink water supply pipe shall be ____.
- The Building sewer shall be tested at a minimum water head of____.
- The maximum length of the indirect waste to vent is ____.
- The minimum allowable water seal for a fixture trap is ____.
- The distance between cleanouts for a 3" diameter horizontal sewer shall not be more than ____.
- Minimum distance between hangers for horizontal plastic and cast iron piping are the same.
- Vertical cast iron soil pipe shall be supported at not less than every other story height and at its base.
- The permissable distance from trap to vent for a 4" fixture drain is 10`-0".
- Extentions of vent piping through the roof shall terminate at least 9" above it.
- Horizontal drainage piping of 3" diameter or less shall be installed with a fall of not less than 1/8" per foot.
- Temperature-pressure relief valves shall be located no more than 12" from the tank it serves.
- The minimum size a bath tub water supply pipe is 3/8" diameter.
- Any indirect waste pipe exceeding 2` in length shall be trapped.
- Each compartment of a laundry tray shall be provided with a waste outlet not less than 1-1/4" in diameter.
- All plumbing fixtures other than water closets and syphon-action washdown or blowout urinals, shall be provided with metal strainers having an approved waterway area.
- Gas piping may be installed under structures if is coated or mill wrapped piped.
- Gas piping inlet shall be located adjacent to the approved meter location. Gas pipe entering into the building shall be below grade.
- Floor furnaces installed under the Denver Building Code shall be connected to the vent complying with Uniform Mechanical Code Chapter 9.
- Approved, listed, semi-rigid, or flexible metal connectors may be used to connect a commercial range as long as the connector does not exceed 6` in length.
- Ducts admitting outdoor air may connected to the cool air return of the heating system and used for combustion air if the furnace is located in an unconfined space.
- Mechanical equipment placed, replaced or reset over roofing shall be flashed to the roofing and made water tight.
- All projections penetrating a roof deck shall be finished off with a roof jack, the roof jack shall provide a 4" flange.
- A licensed contractor with a permit may remove a city red tag for purposes of repair of the equipment.
- When a horizontal furnace is located in a crawl space an interior access opening shall be provided within 20 feet of the furnace.
- Fire dampers are not required in smoke removal systems.
- A condensing appliance is an appliance which _______.
- When installing gas piping ____ shall be provided at points where condensation forms or dirt will tend to collect.
- Units and ductwork in which at any point on one horizontal dimension of the equipment on a roof is less than 4` should have a clearance of at least ____ inches from the bottom of duct or unit from the finished roof.
- A level working platform of not less than ____ inches in depth shall be provided in front of the entire fire box side of an attic furnace including access to other controls.
- Appliances located in a confined space with all combustion air taken from the inside the building shall have each opening for combustion air sized at ____ square inchs per 1000 Btuh.
- Flexible duct connectors for clothes dryer exhaust shall not exceed ___ feet in length.
- When evaporative coolers are supported directly by the building ___.
- The portion of a type I hood shall have clearance from unprotected combustible construction of not less than ____ inches.
- The total distance from a passageway opening to any furnace located in a crawl space shall not be more than ____ feet
- Liquified pertoleum gas burning appliances shall not be installed in any _____.
- If you are required to provide 6 air changes per hour for a space 60 x 100 with a 10 foot ceiling, how many CFM is required?
- You are directed to install 100 feet of 14x10 low pressure galvanized iron ductwork, using the %10 waste factor for joints and seams, this duct system would weigh approximately ____ pounds.
- Duct systems serving a grease hood shall slope not less than ___ inch per linear foot towards the hood.
- The velocity in a grease duct serving a commercial range hood shall not be less than ____ feet per minute.
- Any part of a venting system installed at an angle greater 45 degreesfrom the vertical is considered by the code to be ____
- On flat roofs, mechanical equipment shall be supported on a square or rectangular which shall be sheathed over solid and covered with metal of at least ____ guage and surrounded by curbs.
- Central furnaces not listed for closet or alcove installation shall be installed in a room or space having a volume of at least ____ times the total volume of the furnace
- When a supply fan is located in the same smoke or fire zone as served, that fan shall be shut down automatically by a products of combustion deduction device if the CFM exceeds ____ CFM.
- Furnace rooms shall be separated from required equipment machinery rooms and from air handling equipment rooms by a fire separation wall of at least ____ hour fire resistant construction.
- Fire dampers and combustion fire/smoke dampers located in a smoke exhaust path shall be equipped with ____ degree fusible links.
- Gas piping shall be supported on metal stands installed in pitch pans 12" above the finished roof surface no more than ____ feet between stands.
- Units and ductwork in which at any point one horizontal dimension of the equipment on a roof is more than 4` but less than 8` shall have a clearance of at least _____ inches from the bottom of the duct to the finished roof. d roof.
- Combustion air takes shall be separated from any forced fresh air take by _____ feet.
- In an attic or in a furred space in which a warm air funace is installed shall be accessible by an opening and passage way of no less than ____ inches by _____ inches continuous from the opening into the furnace and to it` s controls.
- When approved unit heaters are installed in public repair garages they shall be suspended over the roof or ceiling so that there is at least ____ inches from the floor to the bottom of the unit.
- Gas piping shall not be installed under a concrete slab where the slab butts up against the wall of the building unless ____.
- A final gas piping inspection for gas logs which will carry 6" W.C. gas shall include an air, CO2 or nitrogen pressure test at which time the gas piping shall stand a pressure of not less than ____ PSI.
- Fire dampers and combination firedamper/smoke dampers located in a smoke exhaust path shall be equipped with links having a _____ temperature classification.
- Forced air and gravity type warm air furnaces shall be equipped with listed air outlet temperature limit control which cannot be set for temperatures higher than _____ degrees.
- A gas fired decorative log set may be installed in a fireplace suitable for burning solid fuel subject to which of the following limitations?
- All work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the department and all such work shall ____ until approved by the Building Official.
- Which of the following codition constitutes an unsafe utility?
- All certificates will be renued ____.
- After you pay for your certificate you leave the trade. You may get a refund for your fee ____.
- The ratio of apprentices and trainees to journeyman and master electricians shall not exceed ____ apprentices or trainee to ___ journeyman or master electricians.
- A permit may be cancelled by the department when work is not commenced within ____ days from the date of issuance unless this is extendedby the depatment.
- A certificate is deemed null and void when an applicant who has successfully passed the examination given by the department may fail to exercise his certificate within ______ days after notification.
- The purpose of the Denver Building Code is to provide minimum standards to ______.
- A certificate of qualification may be suspended for:
- A heating and ventilating journeyman certificate holder may install low voltage wiring which does not exceed ____ volts and is not enclosed in a conduit or raceway.
- Which of the following is not recommended for a concrete cracking operation?
- If in a given station, the edge of the pavement elevation on a road 24` wide is 100.00, and the road crown is 2%, what is the elevation in the middle of the road?
- A building has a 120/208 volt, 3 phase service with a balanced net computed load of 90 kva. What is the current each conductor carries at full load?
- What is the calculated current through a 3.5 kw water heater operating at 240 volts?
- According to the NEC, what are the two branches of the hospital emergency system?
- How much power will a 10 ohm resistor carring 1 amps of power consume?
- What is the mini,mruyao
- When a mechanical draft system is installed for an appliance, an interlock device shall be use to prevent ____.
- Refer to the drawing of the warm air furnace. A manual gas shutoff valve has been installed at #3. To remove the gas valve or burners safely, youi should install a union at which of the following locations?
- According to Surveying Practice, a witness mark is used to:
- Connections applied to LP gas hose shall be able to withstand a design pressure of no less than ____ psig.
- Which of the following in done before the rough piping inspection?
- Undiluted liquified petroleum gas systems operating at a pressure of less than .5 psi, shall be tested at a pressure that is no less than ____ inches water column.
- An assembly of listed, semi-rigid, or, flexible tubing and fittings to carry fuel gas between the fuel piping outlet and a fuel burning appliance is the definition of ____.
- Which of the following furnaces shall not be installed in an underfloor space unless a ventilation system is installed to remove any unburned gas?
- Which of the following materials is NOT to be used for a supply line valve in an LP gas system?
- An LP gas main supply shutoff shall be installed at which of teh following locations?
- Refer to the LP gas system. Assume an operating pressure of 11" water column and a pressure drop of .5" water column for undiluted LP gas. What is the minimum Schedule 40 gas pipe required at supply pipe "B"?
- The operating pressure for undiluted LP gas shall not exceed ____ psi unless used in an industrial application within a facility.
- Connections between metallic and plastic LP gas piping shall be made____.
- The "Nat MAX" shall be reduced by ____ % for each additional multiple length of connector needed beyond the specified maximum length permitted by GAMA?
- If a vent connector diameter is 6", what is the maximum horizontal run length permitted for the connection, according to the AGA-GAMA information?
- Refer to the GAMA Venting Tables. A single appliance is to be vented with a type B vent. It is rated at a bonnet capacity of 120,000 BTU and will require 3 elbows. If the "Nat MAX" is 187, what is the rating with the elbows?
- When installation requirements are being determined for single vent configurations, Table 1 is considered to have ____ elbows in the venting system.
- When a draft hood is larger than the vent connector selected from the GAMA tables, the vent connector may be installed if the total height of the vent exceeds a minimum ____ feet.
- Which of the following is defined as the maximum output rating of one or more fan assisted appliances and one or more draft hood-equipped appliances connected to a common vent?
- When an appliance venting system must run through an occupied space, the venting system shall be ____.
- Whenever there are any unused openings in a venting system for an appliance, they shall be ____.
- A type L venting system that terminates above a roof, shall be no less than ____ feet higher that any portion of the roof within 10 feet.
- Refer to the flower box drawing. What is the minimum depth required for the ferrous steel gas pipe shown in the drawing?
- Risers from an underground fuel gas line must be metallic and wrapped with approved coatings to a point that is at least ____ inches above grade.
- Exposed fuel gas lines shall be installed no less than ____ above grade.
- Refer to the commercial kitchen piping installation. Assume a gas pressure of .5" psig, a specific gravity of .6, and a gas pressure drop of .5" water column. What is the minimum size allowable for the branch outlet at "A "?
- Refer to the illustration for fuel pumps. What is the minimum number of sealing fittings for this installation?
- In a single family residence, the space between two floor joists is enclosed with a galvanized steel sheet and is used as a return air duct for the furnace. Can a low voltage cable that is not rated for low-smoke be routed along the face of each of these wood joists within the enclosed spaces? Why, or why not?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all copper pipe shall be marked with a continuous indellible stripe. When this stripe is red, the type of copper is ____.
- Refer to the sketch for the two story house plumbing system. Determine the minimum size allowed by code. Assume the requirements for crossectional area have been met by other vents in the same system. What is the minim um size allowed for vent "A"?
- What are percolation tests used to measure?
- A wall hung lavatory is normally installed with the flood level rim ____ inches above the floor.
- Which of the following describes a water closet whose flushing action depends entirely on a large jet of water being directed into the inlet of the trap passageway?
- Which of the following is NOT a factor that would be used in determining the size of water supply piping?
- What size copper tubing is used to assemble a bathtub water supply and shower valve?
- Refer to the diagram of piping isometric. Assume that the centerline to face dimension of the tee is 7/8". The make up length is 7/16". How long should the horizontal piece be between the two tees be cut?
- Who gives the instructions for the location of the gas piping inlet of a proposed gas meter?
- When preparing to make a flared fitting, it is most important to ____.
- Refer to the bathroom floor plan and the four possible isometric drawings. Which of the isometrics would be correct if the bathroom is installed as part of a flat wet vent system?
- When venting multilpe appliances, what is the maximum horizontal vent connector length of a connector 8" in diameter?
- What is the total lateral offset of a vent pipe if the offset diagonal is 12` long ant the offset rises 7` over the length of the offset?
- Refer to table 11-5. What is the minimum size single wall metal pipe vent required for an appliance that has a maximum input rating of 240,000 Btu where the vent extends 20` above the appliance and has no offsets?
- Four 3" single wall vents are equivalent in crossectional area to one single wall vent that is ____ " in diameter.
- Refer to Table 11-1. For a single Catagory I appliance that requires a type B gas vent, what minimum vent diameter would be required if the total height of the vent above the draft hood is 15` and has one lateral run of 5`? As sume 140,000 Btu input.
- Refer to the floor plan and its associated isometric drawing. If the system is sized according to the minimum allowable code requirements, how many 3" test tees would be required for installing this sanitary waste and vent system?
- The building sanitary drainage system is being installed. The line is a 4" sanitary drain line that has an invert elevation of 8" below thr finished floorelevation, at the start of the run. the pipe line runs 20` and makes a 90 d egree turn and runs another 80` before exiting the building. If the pipe is sloped at 1/4" per foot, what is the invert elevation where it extis the building?
- The equivalent intermittant flow of of sewage into a sanitary drainage system of one fixture unit is approximately equal to ____.
- Refer to the sketch of a pipe system. What is the total developed length of pipe from point a to point B?
- A blue print is drawn to a scale of 1/8″ to a foot. A pipe on the print measures 14 3/8″ long. What is the actual length of the pipe in place?
- The area of 4 two inch diameter pipes is approximately equal to the area of one pipe with an ID of ____.
- Which of the following statements about relief valves on water heaters is NOT true?
- A fuel gas pipe supplies two buildings on a single lot. Where is the shutoff valve required?
- Design capacity of septic tanks is based on the volume of raw sewage that must be treated in a ____ hour period.
- According to the UPC, what is the test for a newly installed septic tank?
- Listed vented wall furnaces require at least a ____.
- What is the minimum required clearance above a public sidewalk for the outlet terminal of any mechanical draft system serving as a vent for gas utilization equipment?
- The individual gas fired appliances listed as not requiring a vent system will require vents if the total input rating to all listed appliances located in a single room (per cubic foot of available room space) exceeds _ ___ Btu.
- In a fuel gas pressure release, the discharge or vent piping shall be ____.
- When computing a branch circuit, the non-continuous load is added to what % of the continuous load?
- Which of the following insulator types in NOT suitable for use in conduit in a concrete slab that is in direct contact with the earth?
- A low voltage cable needs to be installed from a central alarm panel, through a fire resistance rated wall, to a heat detector in an attached garage. According to the NEC what provisions, if any , shall be made where the cable penetrates the fire resisance wall?
- Two lamps are connected in parallel to a 120 volt source. The current through each lamp is 0.62 amps. What is the total power consumed by this circuit?
- What is the minimum required length for rod and pipe grounding electrodes?
- An electrical outlet is mounted in a wall with a finished surface made of wood or other combustible material. What is the minimum set back allowed for this box from the finished surface?
- In an office, a circuit load consists of 8 general use recepticals mounted in four, 4″ square boxes. Each box has two 120 volt, 15 amp duplex recepticals mounted on a single cover. What is the calculated load for this circuit?
- A 240 volt source has a 20 amp load. What is the kVA of this circuit?
- The equipment grounding conductor of a branch circuit in an electrical wiring system is identified by ____?
- What does the symbol S3 represent when used in a sketch or drawing of an electrical installation?
- Refer to the diagram of recepticals. It is impractical to install a grounding conductor to any of the recepticals in this figure. Which is the correct method to use when replacing induced non-grounding recepticals with groundin g type recepticals?
- According to the NEC, electrical equipment may NOT be mounted on concrete, cinder block, or brick walls with ____.
- Which of the conductor insulation types listed is NOT suitable for use in wet locations?
- A 1000 watt, 120 volt lamp uses electrical energy at the same rate as an/a ____ ohm resistor.
- The length of coaxial cable used for data transmission is terminated at one end with a 50 ohm terminal. The resistance measured between the shield and center conductor and the other end of the cable is 0.0 ohms. This in dicates the cable is ____.
- A flat two conductor, type SBT parallel cord, with an additional grounding conductor has a moulded ridge on the exterior surface of the insullation, running the full length of the conductor. Which conductor does this ridge identify?
- Which of the following locations is allowable for connecting the grounding electrode conductor to the grounded conductor?
- Refer to the conductor colors in the diagram. They represent circuits wired with non-metallic sheathed cable. Assume all grounding conductors are installed correctly. Conductors have not been reidentified with colored tape. Whic h figure is correct according to the requirements of the NEC?
- The 50` raceway enclosed 9 ungrounded condustors that feed continuous loads. What is the derating factor that must be applied to the ampacity of these conductors?
- The secondary of a transformer supplies 120/240 volt, 60 Hz, single phase power. All loads are 120 volts. The line L1-to-neutral load is 5750 VA. The line L2-to- neutral load is 3720 VA. What is the current in the neutral c onductor?
- Which of the following is NOT an approved method of connecting a grounding conductor to a grounding electrode?
- According to the NEC requiements for residences, a wall space wider than ____ feet must be provided with a wall receptical.
- A metal electrical box has a capacity for 8 conductors if there are no devices or fittings. What is the conductor capacity of this box if two flush duplex recepticals are installed in this box?
- A service mast is used for the support of service drop conductors. According to the State of New Mexico Electrical Code, this service mast must be a size of at least what size galvanized rigid conduit?
- An AC/DC general use snap-switch may control an inductive load such as a disposal that is of what maximum percent of the switch amp rating?
- The load on a 240 volt. single phase circuit is a resistance heater rated at 4000 watts. How many amps does the heater draw?
- What effect would a large motor load have on available short circuit current during a low voltage condition?
- A resistance load supplied by spliced conductors draws a measured 40 amps. One bad splice is found to have a measured resistance of 0.10 ohms. How much power is lost at the splice?
- According to the NEC, the maximum length of a cord on a cord and plug connected to a waste disposer in a dwelling is ____ inches.
- What is the primary function of a power rectifyer circuit?
- Refer to the diagram showing a control circuit with a pilot light. Which one shows a control circuit that allows the pilot light to come on when the motor is stopped?
- Disregarding exceptions, the panelboard in a residence must have a clear space of ____ feet, measured from the front of the panel.
- A unit switch with an off position that is part of a motor driven, fixed electric heater shall be permitted as the appliance disconnect means where other means for disconnection are provided. In a two-family dwelling, the mea ns for the fixed appliance _____.
- When an electric current leaves its intended path, it returns to the source, by passing the load, the circuit is ____.
- A three phase squirrel cage induction motor supplied by a three wire circuit runs in a counter clockwise direction. The motor may be made to run clockwise by ____.
- According to the NEC, the electrical circuit breaker panels for residential buildings may NOT be installed in which of the following locations?
- Vertical supply ducts which are exposed in closets shall be covered or lined with what thickness of approved fire resistive material?
- Your federal employment tax records should be kept at least ____ years.
- When determinimg your income tax witholding, you should take into account ____.
- A gas fired water heater installed in a residential garage shall have the burners and ignition devices at least ____ inches above the floor.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the windows for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, the heatloss through walls for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. The winter HTM for this house is ____ HTM.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the front door for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss through the floor for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, ventilation, and duct loss the heat loss for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding infiltration, the heat loss for the ceiling is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. Excluding duct loss, the total design heating load for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calculations. The winter infiltration load for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Refer to drawing MJ-HC-G. Use ACCA Manual J for calcualtions. The ventilation heating load for this house is ____ Btuh.
- Which of the following methods or devices may be used to reconnect gas tubing which is to be installed in a consealed location?
- Which of the following materials may not be used in duct construction?
- A person failing a licensing examination may be reexamined ____.
- Service openings in ducts may be covered by insulation ____.
- What is the lightest gauge of galvanized sheet metal permitted for rectangular ducts in residential systems?
- A metal louver with 70% free area is to be used for ventilation. What should the size of the louver be to have 10 square inches of free area?
- Combustion air openings shall be covered with corrosion resistant screen of not less than ____ inches.
- What is the minimum number of permanent openings required to ventilate a confined space in which a gas appliance is installed if all the air is being drawn from outside the building?
- The lowest opening supplying air from the outside to the fuel burning appliance located in a confined space must begin within ____ of the floor.
- A metal chimney carrying combustion gasses is 15″ in diameter. Of what thickness sheet metal should it be constructed?
- A furnace with 75,000 Btuh output and 1500 CFM air flow rate is selected to heat a house with a 50,000 Btuh heat loss. If the master bedroom has a 10,000 btuh loss, what is the volume of heated air required for this room?
- Refer to the branch duct drawing. The branch plenum velocity factor at point "A" in the diagram is equal to ____ of eqivalent length.
- The average direct diffused solar radiation for a certain location and a certain period is 200 Btu/sf/hour. It takes 0.24 Btu of heat to raise 1# of air 1 degree F, and there is approximately 13.5 CF of air per pound. If a 100 square foot flat plate collector has an average efficiency of 50%, how many CFM of air heated a total of 30 degrees F can it supply?
- What is the minimum size for brick supports under HVAC equipment installed in a crawl space?
- Duct coverings and linings must undergo thermal testing at temperatures to which they are exposed in service but in no case shall the temperature ge below ____ degrees F.
- On commercial systems a flexible connection between a floor mounted centrifugal fan and a duct system it serves shall have a maximum smoke developed rating of ____.
- A gas piping system with a maximum operatng pressure of 8 psi must be tested to with stand a pressure of at least ____ psig for 10 minutes.
- When servicing roof mounted appliances, a portable means of access is acceptable provided that the distance to the roof is less than ____ feet.
- The minimum free area of each of the two combustion air openings required for a gas furnace with an input rating of 92,000 Btuh communicating with the outdoors through horizontal ducts is ____ square inches.
- Which of the following may not be used as a grounding electrode for a gas piping system?
- The annual statewide license fee payable to the board for a population of 100,000 people is ____.
- The maximum air velocity through a rigid walled branch duct on the return side of an HVAC system is recommended to be ____ FPM.
- The installation of a self-contained fireplace unit which distributes air to remote rooms using a blower requires a license in Heating Group ____.
- A permit will become invalid if the work is not started within ____ after issuance.
- What is the minimum clearance required for metal ducts supplying heat from combustible materials?
- An 8" sand and gravel concrete block has an overall R-value of approximately ____.
- Refrigerant in a heat pump gives up heat when it ____.
- A contractor in a city of 50,000 people renews his license eleven months after his license expires. He must pay a total license fee of ____.
- In a heat pump, the main purpose of a condenser is to ____.
- Which of the following statements about heat pumps is true?
- In a gas system, joints in steel pipe may ____.
- Air leakage in ducts does NOT have a major effect on the ____ of the HVAC system.
- Given: The following heating fuel values and costs. Natural gas 100,00 Btu per therm @ $.56. Heating oil 140,000 Btu per gal @ $1.12. Electricity 4314 Btu per Kwh @ .08 per Kwh. The estimated heating requirement for a b uilding is 80,000,000 Btu per year. With an oil furnace of 65% efficiency, the estimated heating cost per year would be $____.
- Friction losses in straight duct are dependent upon all of the following factors EXCEPT ____.
- A temperature is listed as 35 degrees Celsius. The equivalent Fahrenheit temperature is ____.
- The volume of 1 pound of air at 75 degrees F at normal atmospheric pressure is approximately ____ cubic feet.
- Type "B" vents shall be used only for the gas appliances which provide flue gas temperatures not in excess of ____ degrees F.
- A plenum floor system shall have a vapor barrier with a thickness of not less than ____.
- Air flowing through a 100` straight section of 10" round duct accepts a friction loss of 0.7 inches of water. The volumetric flow rate of the air is ____ CFM.
- The smallest side of a rectangular duct used to supply combustion air for a gas heating appliance shall NOT be less than _____ inches.
- Which of the following conditions in flexible duct runs will NOT cause additional pressure loss and reduced air flow?
- The bottom of a venting system of a space sealed combustion system in the air intake shall be located a minimum of ____ inches above grade.
- Lower combustion air supply for a fuel burning appliance may be obtained from underfloor space provided the openings to the outside are ____ times the required openings.
- The minimum thickness for a residential exposed rectangular duct 10″ x 14″ wide is ____.
- What is the minimum clearance from a type "L" vent piping connector of an unlabled gas appliance with a draft hood?
- What is the minimum size of an access opening to a crawl space in which mechanical equipment is installed?
- A room primarily used for the installation of fuel fired heating equipment other than boilers is refered to as a ___ room.
- For heat producing equipment, which type of protection will reduce the allowed clearance the most when the required rear clearance is 12"?
- Plastic piping shall NOT be used for consumers gas piping systems with operating pressures in excess of ____ psig.
- The minimum dimension of rectangular ducts supplying combustion air is ____ inches.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The total respective length of the duct supplying outlet # 4 is ____ feet.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The branch design static pressure for outlet 10 during heating
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". To achieve a 45 degree F temperature rise across the heat exchanger, a furnace blower needs to deliver ____ of air.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The minimum standard round duct size required to supply outlet # 4 is ____ inch diameter.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The minimum standard round duct size required to supply ourtlet "D".
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The total effective length of the duct supplying outlet #5 is ____ feet.
- Refer to the whole house drawing and floor plan in ACCA manual "D". The minimum standard duct size required to supply outlet #3 is ____ inch diameter.
- What is the liquid that separates from the flue gas due to a decrease in temperature?
- Every appliance located on a roof with a 4 on 12 pitch shall be installed on a roof with a platform which extends a minimum of ____ inches in front of the appliance.
- Plans for permitting purposes must be prepared by a design professional for which of the following structures?
- When bending plastic gas piping, the internal diameter can be effectively reduced by no more than ____ %
- The rectangular duct having the lowest pressure loss and the least cost will have an aspect ratio of ____.
- Air flowing through a 100` straight section of 10" diameter sheetmetal duct exerting a friction loss of 0.7" of water column, the air velocity is ____ FPM.
- Your federal employment tax records should be kept at least ____.
- You are required to send to the IRS copies of any W-4 forms that claim how many witholding allowances?
- The amount of social security and medicare taxes paid by the employer is ____.
- A company`s federal employment taxes for the quarter ending December 31, 1990 have all been paid on time. IRS form 941 must be filed no later than ____.
- Which of the following employer records is NOT required by the IRS to be retained for four years?
- A contractor in a city of 50,000 people renews his license 11 months after his license expires. He must pay a total license fee of ____.
- After sastisfactory completion of a plumbing or mechanical system, what type of certificate is issued indicating that the system is complete?
- If a licensee fails to renew his license within 3 years after expiration, he shall ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The three compartment sink B may be installed on a single trap____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum sizes, an acceptable fitting at point bb is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum allowable size traps, the vent penetrating the roof at point D, vents ____ fixture units.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size vent AAA-ss is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size cleanout near Q is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size cleanout at point xx is is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum diameter of the horizontal drain line QM if no increasers are used is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. If a 4" cleanout is installed at point C, the minimum size cleanout near point Y is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. WU, the developed length between the lavatory trap and common vent is 4`, and the lavatory is installed in compliance with the code, then the mi nimum allowable size of the trap arm is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. If the horizontal branch CC-BB is 4` long, ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum sizes, an acceptable fitting at AA would be ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The waste stack for the food grinder at QQ ____ must be at least.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum sizes, an acceptable fitting at point WW would be ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The maximum length of the indirect wasteline KK-JJ is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size of the vent though the roof at point ii is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum diameter of the horizontal drain line LB if no increasers are used is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. If MS is 22` long then the minimum size of the vent MC is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum diameter of the horizontal drain line between point WW and the grease interceptor is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size of the vent through the roof at D is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum size of vent JK is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum sizes, an acceptable fitting at point C would be a ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. If the trap of a floor drain is at HH is 6` from the vent, the minimum diameter of the horizontal drain line HHGG is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum acceptable fitting at point CC, the bottom of the stack for the double lavatories is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum acceptable diameter of the lavatory trap arm WU is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The mimimum size of the relief vent UX is ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. Using minimum sizes, an acceptable fitting at point N would be a ____.
- Refer to the plumbing diagram and partial elementary school floor plan. The minimum diameter of drain piping from point N to drain line MM-OO is ____.
- The maximum water flow from a shower head in a residence is ____ GPM.
- What is the minimum allowable distance between a water closet and bidet measured center to center?
- When backfilling plumbing trenches, clean fill shall be used for the first ____ inches.
- A low-yield side-inlet quarter bend may not be used as a vent when the inlet is ____.
- Pressure rated plastic pipe used for underground water service shall have a minimum pressure rating @ 73 degrees F of ____ PSI.
- Refer to diagram DPL-CI. The correct length to cut the shorter pipe in section B-C is ____.
- Refer to diagram DPL-CI. How many joints are there to caulk between A and E including one joint at A and one joint at E?
- Refer to diagram DPL-CI. The developed length from point F to point I is ____.
- A water servicr pipe is located at the first floor level of a building and feeds a riser 120`. If friction loss is 20` of head. Flushmeter valves require 15 PSI operating pressure. What is the minimum street pressure that must be available to serve the top floor and plumbing fixtures?
- Which of the following valves can not be used for throttling?
- A drainage pipe is installed at a grade of 1/8″ per foot. What is the total drop for 13` of pipe?
- The flush control for an accessible urinal shall be a maximum of ____ inches above the finish floor.
- On the second floor of an office building with four toilet rooms for women, what is the minimum allowable number of accessible toilet fixtures for women?
- The maximum height of the top of a seat of an accessible water closet above the finish floor shall be ____ inches.
- Accessible lavatory drains with out insulation shall be limited to a temperature of ____ degrees F.
- Controls for accessible showers shall be installed at a maximum height above finish toilet floor of ____.
- Refer to the fitting diagram sheet with fittings numbered from 1 through 25. A sanitary tee is shown in picture ____.
- Refer to the fitting diagram sheet with fittings numbered from 1 through 25. A vent tee is shown in picture ____
- Refer to the fitting diagram sheet with fittings numbered from 1 through 25. A return bend is shown in picture ____.
- Refer to the fitting diagram sheet with fittings numbered from 1 through 25. A closet bend is shown in picture ____.
- Refer to the fitting diagram sheet with fittings numbered from 1 through 25. A double combination wye and 1/8th bend are shown in picture ____.
- To unclog a water closet that is stopped up by a rag or piece of clothing the first step to take in correcting the problem is to ____.
- Joints in cement performs two valuable functions, in the screwing up of a joint. It fills small spaces between the threads making them water tight and also ____.
- Your federal employment tax records should be kept at least ____ years.
- Select the FALSE statement concerning the employers ID number.
- An employee requests additional witholding of income taxes due to alimony payments. He must submitt form ____.
- When determinimg your income tax witholding, you should take into account ____.
- A wet vent may NOT receive discharge from ____.
- The term sewage as defined by the code would not include ____.
- Slip joints may NOT be used on ____.
- Which of the following methods or devices may NOT be used to connect gas piping which is to be installed in a concealed location?
- A sewer pipe laid parallel to and one foot below a footing shall be a minimum of ____ feet away from the footing measured horizontally.
- Interceptors must be maintained in efficient operating condition by periodic ____.
- When a code enforcement official gives verbal notice to stop work that`s being done contrary to the code, work ____.
- Drinking fountains in public installations are not required to be installed with occupancies of ____ or less.
- Sinks shall be provided with waste outlets not less than ____ inches in diameter.
- The smallest size fixture drain that may be connected to a 2″ trap is ____ inches.
- The minimum size of a tank type water closet supply pipe shall be ____ inch.
- Water used for cooling equipment ____.
- The minimum size main vent stack allowed in a small building detached from the main house and containing only a washing machine is ____ inches.
- All interceptors shall be required to have ____.
- An outside air intake is at least 2` above the openings of the vent terminal of a sanitary system of a building shall not be less than ____ feet measured horizontally from any mechanical or air intake opening
- The minimum constant pressure permitted by code for a flushing valve is ____ psi.
- The connection between a fixture drain and piping shall not be made using ____.
- Of the horizontal piping listed below, for which type of pipe is the maximum spacing allowed between supports?
- Which of the following fixtures must be installed in a room which meets the light and ventilation requirement of the state building code?
- Threaded unions ____.
- A 1 1/2" copper tubing installed in a horizontal position, shall be supported at ____ foot intervals.
- A joint in plastic fuel gas piping shall NOT be made by ____.
- A private residence is ____ to have a grease interceptor installed in the plumbing system.
- In a room that is not properly lighted, it shall be a code violation to install a ____.
- What is the maximum number of fixture units that can be connected to a 6″ single stack two stories high?
- What is the maximum number of fixture units that can drain into a 2″ wet vent?
- Buried piping shall be supported ____.
- Wall hung water closet bowls shall be ____.
- Refer to the diagram for a wall footing. If the dimensions that are shown in the crossection of the exterior wall and footing, the minimum dimension for "D" is ____ inches.
- A single bathroom group may be installed as a wet vent system for a water closet, provided that no more than ____ fixture units drain into tiester wet vent.
- Refer to the drawing showing venting arrangements. Which drawing shows a properly vented lav?
- Soldering bushings, where permitted, shall be of ____.
- The vertical distance from the outlet of an indirectly trapped water closet to a horizontal pipe connecting the fixture to its vent shall not exceed ____ inches.
- Sand interceptors, when required, shall have a water seal of not less than ____ inches.
- A change in diameter in a vent terminal shall be made ____.
- An airconditioning system has a discharge of 5 gpm into a drainage system. The fixture unit value is ____ DFU.
- Automatically controlled water heaters shall be equippped with energy cutoff devices set to actuate when the temperature in teh water heater exceeds ____ degrees F.
- The minimum size for the waste line from a commercial food grinder is ____ inches.
- A horizontal pipe as refered to by the code, means any pipe or fitting which makes an angle of ____ degrees with the vertical.
- Which of the following may NOT be used in a drainage system?
- All plastic water service pipe shall have a minimum working pressure of ____ psi.
- The annual statewide license fee payable to the board for heating and plumbing contractors operating in a city with a population of 100,000 is ____.
- The only positive backflow preventer in a potable water supply stream is ____.
- All heating and plumbing contractor licenses shall expire on ____.
- Non-potable water may be used for ____.
- To appeal any decision made by a code enforcement official, written notice must be filed with the insurance commissioner within ____ days of the decision.
- A 3" horizontal fixture branch may serve a maximum of ____ water closets.
- Tank type water closets in a residence are rated at ____ dfu.
- Sewage pumps shall be provided with dulpex pumps when receiving discharge from more than ____ waterclosets.
- When the water test is used to test a drainage system, the water shall be kept in the section being tested at least ____ before the inspection starts.
- Water heaters supplying hot water for dormitory showers without tempering valves shall limit water temperature to ____.
- Sheet lead for flashing a vent terminal shall weigh no less than ____ pounds per square foot.
- Cleanout plugs shall extend not less than ____ above the hub.
- Defects in gas piping ____.
- No building sump shall be vented with less than a ____ vent.
- A backwater valve for fixtures subject to backflow shall be installed ____.
- Which of the following statements is NOT a requirement for plumbing fixtures?
- A bathroom group in a private installation is rated at ___ dfu.
- A group of fixtures in a battery vent are vented and have a total of 35 fixture units. If the drain line is 4" and the battery vent is 45` long, the minimum acceptable size of the battery vent is ____".
- The code provides that no trap seal of any trap shall be subject to a pressure differential of more than ____.
- In commercial establishments, all food handling plumbing fixtures shall discharge into a receptor with a minimum of ____ airgap.
- A redbrass soldering bushing for a 2" pipe shall have a minimum weight of ____ oz.
- In horizontal drainage lines, a 4" nominal diameter, cleanouts shall be no more than ____ feet apart.
- The vent pipe opening from a soil or waste pipe except for water closets and similar fixtures shall not be below the ____.
- Which of the following statements about dishwashing machines is FALSE?
- Which of the following is NOT an acceptable method of connecting the drain line from a residential dishwasher?
- In an indirect pipe must be trapped if it is longer than ____.
- An application for permit shall be ____.
- Plastic piping installed in a horizontal position shall be supported at ____ intervals.
- The maximum size hole that may be drilled at a midsdpan of a 2 x 10 floor joist 12` long is approximately ____ inches.
- A secondary school grades 10 - 12 has a male population of 900. Which combination of fixtures will provide the minimum facilities for the males?
- Except where deeper seals are required for special conditions, a fixture trim must have a water seal between ____.
- A building sewer proposed for a total of 251 fixture units and installed at 1/2" fall per foot shall be ____ in diameter to meet the code requirements.
- Single and double sanitary tees and 1/4 bends may be used in vertical sections of drainage llines only when the direction of flow is:
- The code does not require an interceptor or separator when a waste is harmful only to the _____.
- Vent terminals may terminate under the overhang of a building:
- The building drain is part of the lowest piping of the drainage system and extends ____ feet outside the building where it reaches to the building sewer.
- Which of the following fittings is not allowed in horizontal building sewers?
- Horizontally installed threaded water pipe shall be supported at approximately _____ intervals.
- Shower pans, when installed, shall turn up on three sides at least ____ above the finish curb level.
- The code requires a cleanout at ____.
- Water must discharge indirectly into a drinage system if its temperature is above _____ degrees F.
- The air gap in between a direct waste and the building drainage system shall be at least ____ the effective diameter of the drain served.
- A shower head over a bathtub ____.
- A sanitary sewer may carry ____.
- Unless its proven its installed with continuous support, a building sewer or building drain installed in filled or unstable ground shall be ____.
- An 18` vertical run of 1" copper tube rising two stories shall be supported at a minimum of ____ points in addition to any support at the bottom or top.
- As found necessary by the plumbing official, interior openings through walls or ceilings shall be ____.
- All water heaters 120 gallons or less shall have installed a temperature relief valve set at ____ the working pressure of the tank.
- Horizontal drainage line 4" in diameter and 150` long is installed with a cleanout at each end. A minimum of ____ additional cleanouts must be installed in this length of pipe.
- If the drain from a domestic dishwashing machine is connected to the tailpiece of a kitchen sink, the flexible drain shall be looped to within ____.
- A vertically installed 1 1/4" copper tube shall be supported @ ____.
- A gas fired water heater installed in a residential garage shall have the burners and ignition devices at least ____ inches above the floor.
- A contractor in a city of 50,000 people renews his license eleven months after his license expires. He must pay a total license fee of ____.
- Plans for permitting purposes must be prepared by a design professional for which of the following structures?
- Your federal employment tax records should be kept at least ____.
- You are required to send to the IRS copies of any W-4 forms that claim how many witholding allowances?
- The amount of social security and medicare taxes paid by the employer is ____.
- A company`s federal employment taxes for the quarter ending December 31, 1990 have all been paid on time. IRS form 941 must be filed no later than ____.
- Which of the following employer records is NOT required by the IRS to be retained for four years?
- A contractor in a city of 50,000 people renews his license 11 months after his license expires. He must pay a total license fee of ____.
- After sastisfactory completion of a plumbing or mechanical system, what type of certificate is issued indicating that the system is complete?
- How much power is consumed by a lighting load that operates at 115 volts, draws 8 amps, and has a power factor of 80%?
- Corrugated stainless steel piping must be manyfactured in accordance with ____.
- The cap on an oxyacetylene tank must be kept in place ____.
- A room thermostat senses ____ heat.
- A fan is connected to a duct system and is moving 300 CFM of air. The velocity in the duct is 150 FPM. Which of the following duct sizes would be the correct duc size for this system?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. What size louvers are in teh warehouse?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. How many HVAC units are in the Mechanical room?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. What is the distance from the floor to the thermostats?
- What instrument is used to measure electrical current directly?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. What is the size of the gas line serving UH-4?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. How many square feet sre in the mens bathroom?
- A loose electrical connection may cause ____.
- Which of the following vent connectors can be connected to a fireplace flue?
- A common abbreviation for a thermal expansion valve is ____.
- An appliance listed for use with a type B vent ____. I. Maybe be used with a type L vent. II. Maybe used with a type B vent.
- Ducts conveying cold air are required to be insulated to prevent ____.
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. Each unit heater must be ____.
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. Each airconditioner is rated at two tons of cooling. What is the total amount of Btu`s per hour that can be removed with all units running?
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. Considering that they put combustion air in the second story upper warehouse it should be considered as ____. NOTE: Assume unit heaters input rating is 2O Mbh.
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. With return air in a common plenum, it should be verified that: I. The return air plenum is constructed entirely of non- combustable materials. II. The HVAC units combination o f controls
- Refer to the office and warehouse plans. What is the diameter indicated on the plans for the gas vent serving furnaces FU-1, FU-2 and FU-3?
- What color flame does a halide leak detector give off in the presence of hydrocarbons.
- Zero gauge pressure is equal to what pressure on the absolute pressure scale?
- How much energy is required to raise the temperature of 1# of water from 71 degrees to 80 degrees?
- Which of the following types of pipe are not permitted by code to convey steam?
- Which of the following types of pipe is not permitted by code to be used in panel heating systems.
- What is the maximum length of labeled flexible air duct connector?
- All ducts shall be constructed of ____.
- A commercial duct system may be composed of class ____ duct material.
- Conductors in a joist run thru bored holes located less than --- inches from the nearest edge shall be protected with steel plate having no less than 1/16" thickness.
- How is the equipment grounding conductor required by code to be identified?
- What is the minimum type of copper tubing allowed above ground within a building used to convey gas?
- Refer to the residential gas piping diagram. What size pipe is required for section "A"?
- Refer to the residential gas piping diagram. What size pipe is required for section "D"?
- Refer to the residential gas piping diagram. What length is used to determine the pipe size required for the range?
- What is the hourly volume of gas required for a domestic free standing range given the heating valve of the gas is 1000 Btu/CF?
- When the gas pressure is less than .5psi, the pipe from the meter to the house piping must be a minimum of ____.
- What is the corresponding number tubing size suitable for undiluted LP gas if the iron pipe size for natural gas is 1"?
- All pipe or tubing used to convey undiluted liquified petroleum gas must be suitable for a working pressure of ____ PSIG
- A gas fired furnace with an input rating 140,000 Btu is located in a confined space. Combustion air is provided by 2 openings communicationing directly to the outdoors. What is the minimum free area of each opening in square inches ?
- The minimum dimension for a rectangular combustion air duct is:
- If a 55,000 Btu input is installed in a confined space, and air for combustion & ventilation is obtained directly from outdoors, what is the minimum area allowed for each air opening?
- What is the minimum size allowed for a vent connector if the flue is 5" diameter?
- What is the maximum length of an outdoor type B vent connector if the height of the vent is 30`?
- What is the minimum pitch per foot allowed for a vent connector?
- What is the maximum flame spread per minute for duct insulation?
- In general, when lighting off the boiler the ____ valve shall be closed?
- What is the purpose of the safety pilot or flame safe guard safety?
- What is the purpose of the high pressure limit control on the boiler?
- What type of refrigerant control should be used when a T stat in a conditioned space controls the temperature?
- What is the minimum high side field leak test pressure for R-22?
- Which of the following pipe is allowed for a 1" liquid refrigerant line carrying a group II refrigerant?
- If an appliance uses a quick disconnect device, a shut off valve must be located within how many feet of the appliance?
- Appliances may have automatic off/on controls installed on them only if: I. The appliance is equipped with a listed safety cut off switch. II. The appliance is installed in a confined space.
- If an appliance is located in an attic it must have a floored access passage way with a minimum width of how many inches?
- What type of refrigeration system has the refrigerant expanded in a coil over which air is passed and circulated directly to the conditioned space?
- In an evaporator, heat is absorbed by the refrigerant according to the principal that ____ of the refrigerant requires heat:
- During the refrigeraton cycle heat is removed from the refrigerant in the ---.
- Which of the following is NOT a basic type of condenser?
- A compressor ____. I. Lowers the temperature of refrigerant II. Raises the pressure of refrigerant.
- The "R" value of a substance is a measure of ____.
- Heat may be transfered by means of ____. I. Convection II. Conduction
- OSHA requires a ladder be provided for leaving & entering a trench every---feet for all trenches more than 4` deep:
- Proper scaffold safety would require that: 1. The max ht. of a rolling scaffold would be determined by the relationship between the scaffold height and it`s least base dimension. 2. All rolling scaffold over 10`in heigh t be painted orange.
- A reciprocating pump is a pump having a ____ moving up and down or back and forth.
- If a live conductor is contacted accidentally, the severity of the electrical shock is determined by:
- If a 120 volt light bulb is operating at a voltage of 125 volts, the result will be ____.
- The end of a cartrige becomes warmer than normal. You should ____.
- Ohms law is ____.
- A ladder which is painted ia a safety hazard mainly because the paint ____.
- Laminations are used in transformers to prevent ____.
- The chemical used as the agent in fire extinguishers for electrical fires is ____.
- To control a ceiling light from five different locations, which of the following combinations would be required?
- Which of the following is the poorest conductor of electricity?
- When tightening a screw on a terminal, the end of the conductor should wrap around the screw in the same direction as yuor turning the screw so that ____.
- The reason for installing electrical conductors in a conduit is ____.
- The connected divided grounded conductor of a lighting circuit is always connected to the screw shell of the light socket to ____.
- The primary winding of a loaded step-down transformer is ____ compared to the secondary winding.
- The advantage of AC over DC includes which of the following?
- A soleniod is a/an ____.
- How is a stop switch wired in a motor circuit?
- What is the normal taper on a standard conduit thread-cutting die?
- Discoloring of one end of a fuse usually indicates:
- A ____ is used for testing specific gravity?
- Copper is used for the tip of a soldering iron because:
- Which of the following is considered the best electrical conductor?
- In an electrical energy resistance coil, if the electrical contacts are opened or closed, the device is called ____.
- The average dry cell battery has an approximate voltage of ____.
- Every electrician should always consider the circuit to be HOT unless he definately knows otherwise. The main reason is to avoid ____.
- In an AC circuit the ratio of power in watts to the total amps is known as:
- Sometimes mercury toggle switches are used in place of regular toggle switches because____.
- The best way to cut PVC conduit in a tight area is:
- The liquid in a battery is called:
- When resistors are connected in series, the total resistance is ____.
- Autotransformers differ from other types of transformers in that ____.
- The sum of the voltage drop around a circuit is equal to the source voltage is known as:
- A ____ prevents (helps) arcing in movable contacts.
- Piezoelectric is caused when crystals are subject to:
- An ammeter is connected in ____ with the load.
- Where the ____ is likely to be high, asbestos insulation on the conductor would be a good choice.
- The code rule for the maximum number of 90 degree bends between two boxes is four. The most likely reason for the total 360 degree limitation is:
- The code requires which of the following colors for the insulation on grounding conductors?
- The high-leg conductor for a 3-phase 4-wire delta secondary is:
- Continuous loads such as start windings shall not exceed what % of the branch circuit rating?
- Heavy duty lampholders include:
- A ____ box may be weatherproof
- A location classified as ____ may be temporarily subject to dampness and wetness.
- The ____ current is that portion of a wiring system prior to the final over-current protective device protecting the current.
- The correct word to define wiring which is not consealed is ____.
- The current in that portion of a wiring system beyond the final over-protection device prior to the load is:
- Explanatory wording in the code is characterized by:
- The code requires that all AC phase conductors, where used, permanent neutral, and all equipment grounding conductors be grouped together when using metal enclosures for raceways. The principal reason for this is ____.
- Installing more than 3 current carrying conductors in the same conduit requires:
- A color code is used in multiple circuit conductor cables. On a 3-leg conductor cable the colors would be:
- The power consumed in a 10 amp resistor at 10 volts will be ____ watts.
- The height of a circuit breaker used as a switch shall not exceed ____ feet above the floor.
- The number of #12 conductors permitted in a 3″ x 2″ x 1 1/2″ deep device box is ____.
- Type THW insulation is a ____ degree C rating for use in wiring through fixtures.
- Which of the following is the correct minimum feeder load for a dryer?
- Where the number of current carrying conductors in a raceway is 7, the individual ampacity of each conductor shal be reduced ____.
- Blown fuses of the edison-base type shall be used:
- Where conductors of different systems are installed in the same raceway, one system shall have a neutral having an outer covering of white or natural grey and each other system having a neutral shall have another covering of ____.
- The number of #12 THW conductors allowed in a 3/4″ conduit will be ____ the number of #12 TW conductors allowed in a 3/4″ conduit.
- The minimum clearance for service drops not exceeding 600 volts over commercial areas subject to traffic is ____ feet.
- Using the optional method of calculation for a single dwelling unit, central space heating should be calculated as ____ %.
- Which of the following statements of over-protection of non-metallic sheathed cable from physical damage is/are correct? I. When passing through a floor, the cable shall be enclos ed in a pipe or conduit extending at least 6″ above the floor II. When run across the top of the floor josts in an accessible attic it shall be protected by guards
- Which of the following is the maximum allowable rating of a permanetly connected appliance when a branch circuit for a current device is used as the appliance connecting means?
- A 208 volt 50 hp three phase squirrel cage motor has a full load current of ____ amps.
- A 1 1/2″ nipple with three conductors can be filled to an area of ____ square inches.
- A lighting and appliance panel board contains 6 three-pole circuit breakers and eight two-pole breakers. The maximum allowable number of single pole breakers permitted to be added to this panel is ____.
- A one family dwelling contains a 200 amp single phase service panel, supplied with a #2/0 THW conductor. A minimum size bonding jumper for this service is ____.
- Number 0 copper wire conductors in a vertical raceway shall be supported at intervals not exceeding ____ feet.
- In a dwelling, which appliance shall be grounded?
- The power supply cord of a mobil home must not be longer than ____ feet.
- The circular mil area of a number 12 conductor is ____.
- Where a calculated number of conductors all of the same size include a decimal fraction, the next higher whole number shall be used if ____.
- Which of the following statements is/are correct? I. An outdoor receptical may be connected to a general pu rpose branch circuit II. The outdoor receptical may be connected to a small appliance branch circuit
- Rigid conduit burried in an area subject to heavy vehicular traffic shall have a minimum cover of ____ inches.
- When supplying a nominal 120 volt rated room airconditioner, a length of flexible supply cord shall not exceed ____ feet.
- A 2″ x 2″ x 3″ device box is ____ cubic inches.
- Heating cables shall be furnished with a non-heating leads at least ____ feet long.
- The ampacity of a feeder conductor supplying 2 or more two-wire branch circuits shall not be less than ____ amps.
- Florescent lighting fixtures may be used as raceways if ____.
- A terminal protector is intended to protect a motor against ____.
- The code ____.
- Two wire attachment plugs ____.
- In areas where walls are frequently washed, conduit should be mounted with a ____ inch air space between the wall and the conduit.
- The frame of an electrical range may be grounded by being connected to the grounding conductor of the 120/240 branch circuit if the grounded conductor is no less than a number ____ copper.
- Flexible cords shall not be used ____.
- When determining the load on a volt-amp per square foot basis, the floor area shall be computed from the ____ dimensions of the building.
- Unless specified otherwise live parts of electrical equipment operating at ____ volts or more shall be guarded.
- The code has assigned the color ____ to the high leg of a 4-wire delta connected secondary.
- Minimum and maximum sizes of EMT are ____ except for special installations.
- Straight runs of 1 1/4 rigid meal conduit may be secured at no more than ____ foot intervals.
- When lighting equipment is installed outside on poles one white wire may be used with ____ hot wires connected to the same phase.
- Service bonding jumpers must be sized ____.
- What is the minimum height of the service drop attachment to a building?
- In a general motor application, the motor branch circuit fuse must be determined from ____.
- When the voltage of a building is 480/277, and the service drop runs not more than four feet past the edge of the overhang of the roof, how high must it be above the roof?
- A 20 amp rated branch circuit serves four recepticals. The rating of the recepticals must not be less than ____.
- A feeder tap in a raceway terminating in the single circuit breaker with an ampacity of 1/3 of the feeder conductors may extend not over ____ feet.
- When connections are made in white wire a multi-wire circuit at recepticals, they are required to be made ____.
- Flexible cord will be considered as protected by a 20 amp branch circuit breaker if it is ____.
- Insulating bushings are required on conduit entering boxes, gutters, etc. if the conduit contains conductors as large as:
- In each kitchen and dining area a receptical outlet shall be installed at each counter space wider than____ inches.
- A class I occupancy has a bathrooom that is also served by a direct air conditioning system and it is the smallest humanly occupied space in the residence. The bathroom measures 6` x 8` with an 8` ceiling. According to Code, what is the maximun amount of R-22 refrigerant that may be used in the airconditioning system based on the room size?
- A central air conditioning and heating duct system installed in the basement of a new home in zone II will require which one of the following types of insulations.
- A 32" square steel duct is installed in an HVAC air distribution system that has an internal pressure of 1.7" water column. The material used in fabrication of this duct should be _____ guage.
- An 86,000 Btu furnace and a 39,000 Btu water heater are being installed in a new home. Units will have vertical round ducts installed to provide air and they will terminate in the attic space. The panels being used have 1/2" x 4" slots w ith wire mesh behind. How many slots are required on both ends of the attic for the required amount of free air into the attic? (75% free air in slots)
- Which one of the following controls is NOT normally installed on a residential air conditioning condensing unit?
- Which one of the following condensing unit controls is designed to shut off the compressor to protect it from possible refrigerant breakdown due to excessive temperatures?
- An underfloor space may be used as a supply air plenum if the furnace is equipped with a fan control that will start the circulating fan when the plenum reaches a temperature no higher than _____ degrees F.
- If the top support of a ladder is 24` above the ground, what must the minimum distance from the wall to the base of the ladder be to comply with the standard specified in OSHA?
- Type K hard drawn copper tubing used to convey refrigerant shall be:
- According to the UMC, soft annealed (soft drawn) copper tubing shall not be larger than _______ inch nominal size when used on a refrigeration systems piping.
- What is the maximum offset permitted for a single offset in a gravity vent system?
- When a type B or BW gas vent passes through a roof the vent must be a specified distance away from any portion of the building which extends at an angle of not more than:
- Manual dampers shall not be installed in connectors or chimneys of _____ burning applicances.
- Combustion air ducts for an appliance shall terminate in a space open to the front of firebox side of the unit that is no less than ________ inches in depth and extends from the floor to the ceiling.
- Ducts used to provide combustion air shall have a minimum cross section dimension of _____ inches.
- Combustion air openings to the outside of a building shall be covered with a corrosion resistant screen that has a mesh of _____ inch square.
- Combustion air ducts for heat producing appliances shall not be installed in a location that will require the use of ____.
- Refer to table 10D and note page at the end of the booklet. Which one of the following is required when installing a duct system in zone II on the roof of a building for a heating and cooling unit.
- According to the UMC, which one of the following is NOT required to be insulated?
- When a cooling coil is to be added to an existing furnace and the ducts are made of tin, the first _____ feet of the tin duct must be removed and fabricated according of the specifications of the UMC.
- All accessible ducts shall be insulated to comply with requirements specified in the UMC. Ducts will be considered accessible when the access space is a minimum of how many inches in height?
- Pilot generators are capable of operating a heating appliance independent of a building`s electrical circuit because the generator is:
- A residential warm air furnace blower motor uses:
- According to MRAC, a modulating gas valve used in an electronically controlled gas furnace will start the burners at about _____ capacity and then adjust the flame.
- A modulating gas valve used in an electronically controlled gas furnace changes the burner flame in response to the temperature difference between the _______.
- According to MRAC, which one of the following describes what may cause a lockout relay to energize on a warm air heating system?
- In roof mounted heating/cooling units, the gas fired portions usually uses _____ for a gas pilot.
- A warm air furnace installed in a closet shall have a minimum clearance along the combustion chamber openings side of no less than _________ inches.
- When installing an evaporative cooler it must be flashed according to the requirements of the building code for all of the following except:
- In an evaporative cooler, the sensible heat of the air is converted to _____ heat.
- Refer to the figure above. What type of evaporative cooler is shown in the drawing?
- According to MRAC, after city water is circulated through an evaporative cooling system approximate _____ times it must be bled off or treated or it will begin leaving scale deposits.
- Which one of the following may not be used to provide make-up air to a room with an exhaust system?
- According to the UMC, joints and seams for grease ducts shall be sealed _____.
- According to the UMC, the termination point for a duct which conveys flamable vapors above a roof shall be no less than _____.
- According to the UMC, a duct used to convey smoke, spray, mist, fog, non-corrosive fumes and gases, light fine dust or powders is a class _____.
- According to the UMC, motors for fans used to convey flammable vapors or dust shall be _____ or shall be protected with an approved shield and dust proofing.
- According to the UMC, the required pressure test for a refrigerating system shall be conducted by the _____ in the presence of the building official.
- According to the UMC, the discharge from more than one relief device may be run into a common header provided that the header piping is not less than _____.
- According to the UMC, the discharge piping from a pressure relief device shall be _______ if the piping exceeds the length specified in the code.
- According to the UMC, a receiver in a refrigeration system that has a gross volume of ____ cubic feet may be equipped with a fusible plug.
- According to the UMC, when a pressure vessel maybe isolated (shut off) from the other parts of the system and it is over _____ inches in diameter it shall be equipped with a pressure relief device.
- According to the UMC, a pressure relief valve shall be installed in an R-22 air conditioning system if the compressor is rated at _____ HP and the discharge pressure is above the minimum specified in the code.
- When a pressure relief valve is required for a refrigeration system using R-22 it shall be set to function at _____ psig when installed on the low side of the system.
- According to the UMC, a pressure relief valve shall be connected to the ____ of the compressor it serves.
- According to the UMC, a pressure limiting device shall be installed on a compressor in an air cooled refrigeration system using a group I refrigerant if the unit is rated at _____ HP or more.
- The approved plan sets required to be at the jobsite shall be obtained from the _____ by the prime contractor.
- Penetrations will have to be made for plumbing and mechanical piping in a 4 story building that is other than a group R division III or a Group M building. The plan sets required shall indicate how the_____ integrity shall be mainta ined after the penetrations are made for the piping.
- When necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials shall be placed a minimum of ____ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- A ladder will be used to gain access to a rooftop and will extend a total of 16` from the ground to the top support. For the angle of the ladder to comply with OSHA standards, the base of the ladder shall be a minimum of ____ feet from the vertical wall.
- COOLER SUPPLY PLENUM F F e confined area shall be evacuated or avoided unless specific forms of protective equipment or devices are p rovided.
- According to OSHA standards, if you have 20 workers at a job site that you have primary control of the work being accomplished you are required to provide a minimum of how many toilets for your personnel?
- Which one of the following, according to OSHA Standard CFR 29-1926 is responsible for requiring the wearing of personal protective equipment where hazardous conditions exist?
- GAMA venting tables refer to vents and chimneys that are located ____.
- According to GAMA, which one of the following appliances may also have its vent sized according to the requirements of the national fuel gas code NFPA 54?
- According to the GAMA venting information which one of the following forced draft appliances can be sized from the tables?
- Which one of the following is used to signify a geometric or physical constraint of some fashion or form.
- Which one of the following is generally used to indicate when there is a potential for a condensate formation inside a venting system.
- According to the UMC, every hot water boiler except manually fired boilers shall be equipped with ____ temperature combustion regulators in series.
- Which one of the following would be used in place of any interlock to prevent operation of a hot water boiler until an adequate water flow is established.
- Vent pipes for underground oil storage tanks shall terminate no less than ____ ft vertically or horizontally from any building opening.
- According to NFPA 31, pipe connections that will permit gravity flow so the oil will be at the same level in both tanks at the same time between 2 - 300 gallon above ground free standing fuel oil tanks:
- According to NFPA 31, return lines from burners shall be piped to enter ____ of the supply tank.
- According to NFPA 31, hot water heating may be used to heat heavy oils in an oil tank provided the temperature of the hot water is limited to no more than ____.
- According to NFPA 31, when heavy oils are used in oil burning equipment, provisions shall be made to maintain the heavy oil at ____.
- According to NFPA 17 (a), piping in a wet chemical fire suppression system shall be steel or ____.
- According to NFPA 17, pre-engineered fire protection systems listed for restaurant hood and duct protection are designed ____.
- According to NFPA 17, discharge nozzles on a dry chemical fire protection system must be ____.
- According to NFPA 17, when dry chemical fire protection systems protect hazards such as deep fat fryers, charbroilers and griddles, ____.
- According to NFPA 17, in a dry chemical fire system piping network ____ pipe and fittings cannot be used.
- According to NFPA 17, a chemical system that has predetermined flow rates, nozzle pressures, and quantities of dry chemicals is a ___________ system.
- According to NFPA 17, dry chemical fire systems protecting two or more common restaurant exhaust hoods or supply air plenums shall be ____.
- According to NFPA 12 (a) which one of the following materials may not be satisfactorily protected by halon 1301 system?
- According to NFPA 12, carbon dioxide fire suppression systems in a restaurant hood or duct shall ____.
- According to NFPA 13, where is the proper location for the installation of an inspector`s test connection on a dry pipe system?
- According to the NFPA 13, the contractors test certificate covers which one of the following?
- According to NFPA 13, for all types of construction and ordinary hazard occupancies the protection area per sprinkler shall not exceed ____ sq ft.
- According to NFPA 13, under normal circumstances a branchline in a light hazard occupancy shall not exceed ____ sprinklers on either side of the cross main.
- According to NFPA 13, in fire protection, the heater zone is an area with a ____ ft radius around the centerline of a unit heater in a building.
- According to NFPA 13, one sprinkler system riser shall not supply more than ____ sq ft of floor area on any one floor of a hydraulically calculated extra hazard occupancy.
- According to NFPA 13, a fire sprinkler head with white markings indicates it has a temperature rating of ____ degrees F.
- According to NFPA 13, the largest size pipe that may be supported from toggles on a fire sprinkler system under a hollow tile ceiling is ____ inch.
- According to NFPA 13, in a dry pipe fire protection system the minimum size for piping with tie-in drains is ____.
- According to NFPA 13, interior fire sprinkler piping systems must be designed to withstand a minimum working pressure of ____ psi.
- HPP gas piping is required to have a fail safe rupture shut off valve installed ____ as practical when supply is from a source outside the building.
- HPM piping used to transport HPP liquids that is installed above the ceilings of an exit corridor shall have a ____ installed below the piping.
- All liquid waste HPP systems shall be installed in accordance with the ____.
- Process piping shall stand the required pressure test for a period of no less than ____ minutes after all piping is installed.
- The final inspection of process piping is required after all piping has been installed. The inspection includes a pressure test of the piping. The piping shall stand a pressure test of no less than ____ times the maximum operating pressure of the system but in no case less than 100 PSI.
- According to the MRAC, which one of the following is most often used when stainless steel tubing is required for a dairy plant installation.
- Repeated handling, bending, or vibration of a piece of copper tubing will cause which one of the following?
- Determine the impellar diameter required based on a new water demand of hot water circulating system. D1=D2 x (F1 divided by F2). D1=New pump diameter. D2=Present pump diameter(9"). F1=new GPM(200). F2=Present GPM(120).
- You are calculating friction losses through a hot water heating system`s piping, include equivalent losses for fittings valves or other devices must be included to determine if the circulating pump is properly sized for the sy stem. According to The HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing manual, this friction loss is generally calculated at how many equivalent feet?
- Given: V=Btuh per ton divided by 500xTD. V=volume in GPM. 240=Btu per minute. TD=allowable temperature rise of water. If installing an 80 Ton water cooled chiller unit with an allowable 15 degree TD, what is the GPM requirement of the condenser water pump?
- A cooling tower is to be installed on the roof of a building. Its empty weight is 1800 lbs. The sump measure 6` x 6` x 14″ deep. An additional 15% of the sump`s capacity will be flowing over the medium when the unit is operational. What is the total weight of the unit when it is filled with water and is operating?
- When 10 gallons of water are heated from 55 degrees F until they are changed to steam at 212 degrees F, how many Btu`s are required to heat the water to steam? Note: Water weighs 8.33 lbs per gallon.
- An expansion tank can hold how many gallons of water if the tank is 18″ diameter and 36″ long. Note: 1 cubic foot equals 7.48 gal and 1728 cubic inches.
- Refer to sheet AC-2 in the hot water piping chart at the end of this practice booklet. The friction loss is .1" per foot WC per 100` of pipe. If between sizes, increase the size to the larger size to prevent noise through the pipe and the v alves. What is the size of the pipe at the outlet of the boiler?
- Which one of the following is used on a centrifugal air conditioning discharge refrigeration system to automatically remove non-condensables. Note: This is NOT a chilled or condensed water system.
- Which one of the following will not change the flow of chilled water through the branch take-off and through the cooling coil?
- The type of valve that is generally used and gives the best performance in floating or modulating flow control is a ____ valve.
- While servicing a cooling tower you notice there`s a slight build-up of scale in the tower sump. To reduce the amount of work it will require later, you decide to use a mild acidic solution to remove the scale. The solution contin ues to circulate while you change the filters and check the belts in the air handler. After testing the water you realize that the acidic condition of the water needs to be neutralized. Which of the following is acidic?
- When installing or replacing a drain line for a cooling tower, MRAC recommends that the drain line having pitch of no less than ____ inch per foot and if the correct pitch cannot be made, a pump should be installed.
- When draining the condenser water system prior to winter shut down, it is very important to remove all of the following plugs except which one, when the system will be exposed to below freezing temperatures?
- The water circulated through cooling towers and water cooled condensers often leaves deposits on the unit components. The deposits left on those components act as which one of the following:
- Refer to drawing of the basic refrigeration system at the end of the booklet. Item #7 is which one of the following?
- When a mechanical draft system is installed for an appliance an interlock device shall be used to prevent the ____.
- Combustion air openings to the outside of a building shall be covered with a corrosion resistant screen that has a mesh of _____ inch.
- According to the UMC, any unlisted commercial type boiler, hot water heater, or furnace shall have a minimum clearance at the back and sides of the appliance of not less than _____ inches unless a form of protection specified in the cod e is used.
- According to the UMC, every steam boiler except manually fired boilers, shall be equipped with a low water cut-off and ____.
- It is unlawful to convert an existing boiler to an automatic boiler or to____ on an automatic boiler without first obtaining a permit.
- You have just completed installing a hot water boiler, have set the control and passed an operational test and you have given a set of operating instructions to the new owner. According to the UMC, which of the following is also required?
- Shut off valves between the relief valve on a hot water boiler and the atmosphere are ____.
- The maximum allowable working pressure of a low pressure hot water heating boiler is ____.
- A power hot water boiler is used for heating water at about ____ degrees F.
- A power steam boiler generates vapors at a pressure in excess of _____ PSI.
- All of the following materials may be used in low pressure steam and hot water piping except ____.
- When preheating outside air using steam or hot water preheat coils, the principle problem is ____.
- Chatter in the modulating valve is usually a result of ____.
- A modulating valve should always be installed so that the direction of the flow and pressure ____.
- A steam or water control valve that varies the flow rate directly with the lift is a _____ valve.
- A _____ valve should be used for 2 positions, speed and water flow control.
- A greater flow rate change can be obtained for a given movement of the valve stroke. The valve best suited for automatic control of the water flow rate changes required in coils is a _____ valve.
- Three-way diverting valves used in water circulating system have:
- Three-way mixing valves used in water circulating systems have:
- A section of a valve for a circulating hot water system is made based on flow coefficients that are normally calculated on the valves flow when it is in the ____ position at maximum system load.
- When an overhead heater is installed in an airplane hanger it shall be at least _____ feet above the upper wing surface of any plane to be stored or serviced in the hanger.
- According to the UMC, every hot water boiler in a group R occupancy of more the 6 units except those that are manually fired shall be equipped with which one of the following?
- A listed device that will automatically shut off the supply of fuel is required on which one of the following?
- A warm air furnace is to be installed in an attic. The code equires that:
- Insulation jacketing in lap seal adhesives for steam and water piping shall have a flame spread rating of no more than:
- Refer to the sketch of footing with pipe in trench. A = angle; e = length Given: the pipe in the figure runs parallel to the foundation of the building. The vertical distance from the bottom of the pipe to the bottom of the foo ing is 5`. "E" is ____.
- According to the UMC, when a water pipe must be buried by tunneling, the maximum length of the tunnel permitted when the depth of the trench is 14` is _____ feet.
- When insulation jackets and lap seal adhesives for steam and water piping are tested in accordance with the UBC standard #42-1 they shall be tested:
- A metal sleeve through an interior wall for high temperature water pipe will be insulated to what thickness?
- A liner must be installed when insulated pipe exceeds what temperature?
- Low pressure steam heating valves up through 2" in size must have bodies of steel, malleable iron, or:
- When determining vent sizing from the appropriate tables, if 6 - 45 degree elbows will be used to vent an appliance, the maximum length in the appropriate tables shall be reduced by?
- When determining if a vent connector of a smaller size may be used on an appliance that has a larger flue collar the reduction in size of the connector of no more than one table size is appropriate if the vent connector is no larger t han ____ inches.
- The GAMA tables refer to chimneys that are located:
- According to GAMA venting tables which one of the following appliances may also have its vent sized according to the requirements of the National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 54?
- When necessary to require employees to work in a trench, the excavated materials shall be placed a minimum of ______ feet away from the edge of the trench.
- When necessary to use a ladder to accomplish work on a piece of equipment or to gain access to a specific area, the ladder shall be placed so that the base of the ladder is ____ of the working length of the ladder from the top support
- Concentrations of gases of any type in a confined area are regulated by OSHA standard and when the concentration exceeds the ____ of the confined area shall be avoided unless sepcified forms of protective equipment or devices are provide d.
- What is the minimum time required for a gas line pressure test when conducted at a pressure of 6" mercury?
- When the gas pressure to be used in a system has a higher operating pressure than 14" WC, the gas piping shall be tested at a pressure of no less than _______ psi.
- Threaded gas piping shall be tested at a pressure of no less than ____ psig as part of a final inspection requirement.
- According to the UMC, all low pressure steam and hot water heating system piping shall be tested hydrostatically at a pressure of no less than:
- According to the UMC, low pressure boilers and hot water supply boilers shall be externally inspected every ____.
- When a natural gas fired low pressure boiler has a low water condition and the burner is operating, the ________ shuts off gas to the burner.
- Refer to the sketch: According to code, when a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and it is deeper than the footing the angle indicated by letter `A` must be at least ____ degrees.
- When a steam or water pipe must penetrate a roof, the point where the pipe penetrates shall be made watertight by using a/an ____.
- When a water or steam piping system cannot be installed with the required grade (pitch), that particular section of piping shall be provided with:
- On an oil fired boiler that does not have a prepurge automatic draft control and interlock the stack damper shall not close off more than _____% of the stack area when closed?
- Which one of the following is used to measure the amount of draft in a boiler`s breeching stack.
- A forced draft fan on a low pressure boiler`s combustion air system:
- Which one of the following is the most common type of automatic combustion control used on low pressure boilers?
- Refer to table 5C. A low heat residential gas appliance without a draft hood has a chimney connector made of single wall metal pipe. The clearance from the connector to any unprotected combustible surface must be at least ____ inches.
- Refer to table 5C. A listed residential water heater with a draft hood that has a chimney connector made of single wall metal pipe shall have a clearance from the connector to any unprotected combustible material of no less than _____".
- The required combustion air openings for a vented wall furnace may be omitted if a permanent cased opening into adjacent areas is provided. The minimum combined volume required to eliminate the need of combustion air openings is _ ___ cubic feet.
- A corporation stop is:
- Two or more oil or gas burning water heaters may be connected to one common gravity type venting system provided the appliances are equipped with an approved ____.
- A pressure reducing valve in the boiler makeup water line of a forced hot water heating system should be installed:
- A boiler should either be heated or have an oxygen scavenger added to the water because oxygen presence in the boiler water causes:
- Water that contains a large amount of ____ is considered hard water.
- A low pressure water boiler supplies hot water at a temperature not exceeding:
- When the gas pressure supplied to a residence is higher than ____ " WC the design piping material in use of such systems shall be approved by the building official prior to use or installation.
- According to code, plastic piping used for hydronic heating panels shall be rated at ____ psi.
- The standard, extra strong, and double extra strong are grades of ____ pipe.
- To resist corrosion of a steel pipe, a manufacturer coats the pipe with ____.
- Insulation jacketing and lapseal adhesives for steam and water piping shall have a flame spread rating of no more than ____.
- Refer to the whole house diagram. What is the minimum pipe size for the 8` section of pipe that goes to the range, wall mounted oven and fireplace?
- Refer to the whole house gas piping drawing. The minimum demand of typical gas appliances at the end of this booklet. All of the appliances use the minimum demand sizes in the code except for the furnace which is 110,000 Btuh and a water heater which is 40 gallon. Gas pressure is .5 psig. pressure drop is .5" WC. Specific gravity is .60. Btu per CF is 1000. What is pipe size at the meter?
- Refer to the commercial kitchen diagram at the end of this booklet. What is the minimum size allowable for the 12` section of pipe between the branch outlet `C` and outlet `D`?
- Refer to the commercial kitchen gas piping drawing at the end of this practice test. Given: gas pressure .5 psig; spec. gravity .6; pressure drop .5` W.C.; What is the minimum size allowable for the 20` section of pipe that connects to the gas meter?
- Refer to table 22D at the end of this practice test. A furnace rated at 120,000 Btu/hr is to be installed 50` from a gas meter. Given: gas at an 11" WC, .6 spec. gravity, .5 pres. drop, & 1000 btu per cf. What is the size of the supply line to the furnace?
- When sizing natural gas pipe for a new installation what is the distance used when determining if the piping can be sized from a table or if an alternative method must be used?
- Refer to the water heater replacement information page at the end of this study booklet and Table 13-3 in the 1997 UMC. What is the minumum size gas pipe required at the new hot water heater?
- Shut off valves may be installed inside a recessed wall heater in which of the following?
- The term medium pressure is pressure over _____.
- The terms high-distribution pressure or second-state pressure, means pressure over _______" W.C. but not to exceed 20 psig.
- According to the State of New Mexico Electrical Code, circuits in dwelling units for general purpose outlets and lighting shall be limited to a maximum of how many current consuming outlets?
- AASHTO suggests that when a contractor is applying the latex modified slurry seal, the ambient air tempemperature should be a minimum of ____ degrees F.
- Refer to the island venting sketch. What is the name of the pipe at `C`?
- A pair of conductors supply a 12 amp, 120 volt load that is located a distance of 150` from the source. The two, size 12 AWG conductors that feed the load have a resistance of 1.93 ohms per 1000 feet. What is the voltage dr op across the supply conductors?
- In normal operations, the load on an over current protective devicelocated in a panelboard will continue for 4 hours. The maximum load permitted is ____ of the over current device rating.
- Figure above this wet vented piping arrangement includes a tank type watercloset a bathtub and a lavatory. this is not the only vent in the building. Assume the cross sectional area of other vents in the same system is close t o the crosectional area of the building drain. What is the minimum allowable pipe size at "A"? At "C"? At "E"?
- Fixtures having a concealed slip joint must have an access door. The minimum size allowable is:
- Watercloset bolts for public use must be:
- At what minimum trench depth does OSHA require an adequate means of escape such as ladders?
- Bath tub wastes and overflow lines shall be no smaller than ____ OD.
- According to OSHA, when sidewalks are undermined to install piping:
- One trap may serve a set of _____ sinks which are adjacent to each other in the same room and are no further than 30″ on center:
- What is the maximum number of degrees a 2" trap arm can change direction without a cleanout?
- When installing a (foot) vent in an island sink:
- Except where otherwise allowed combination waste and vent systems are limited to:
- Which of the following cannot be discharged into a combination waste and vent system?
- According to the New Mexico Ammendments to the Uniform Plumbing Code, ABS and PVC drain, waste and vent piping shall be limited to buildings of?
- A high rise building has a 4″ vent stack and a 4″ waste stack that extends 14 stories above the 4″ plumbing drain. A relief yoke vent would be needed. What size would this relief yoke vent be?
- Given: A plumber is bidding a job where he can use some pipe left over from a previous job. He has 120` of 4″ cast iron pipe left over. The plans have a scale of 1/8` per foot. He measures 14 1/2″ on the plans. He will:
- What is the weight of water in a full section of pipe which is 6″ round x 39` long?
- Given: Fixtures in a building are located 35` below the water supply main. The maximum allowable pressure at these fixture is 50 psi. The maximum pressure at the supply main should be no more than.
- According to the New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidelines, the minimum depth of filter material under the drain lines in a disposal is ________ inches.
- When access to septic tanks are provided by man holes, they shall be at least ____ dimension minimum.
- Refer to illustration 2355. What is the minimum size pipe allowable refered to by the letter `D`?
- Which of the following materials is commonly used as an anode?
- If a new roof drain system is to be pressure tested with water the test shall be at least.
- A flat roof of a residence is 50`x 74` all horizontal roof drain pipe slopes at an angle of 1/4 per foot. Maximum rainfall is 3″ per hour. What size vertical drain line would be required to drain this area?
- The space enclosing a water heater shall be accessible by a door or opening which in no case should be less than.
- A 4` soil stack in a building has a cleanout located at its base, the building drain runs from the base of the stack directly into the building sewer. If the length of the building sewer does not exceed ___, an additional cleanout is not required.
- A new waterline for a new residence pressure varies from 45-60 psi average is 53 psi highest fixture is 20` above main meter. What pressure would be used to determine pipe size from the water pipe sizing table in chapter 10 of the UPC?
- What is the calculated current through the 15 Kw heater operating at 240 volts?
- A commercial water supply system is to be sized for a flushometer valve waterclosets and urinals as well as vented fixtures shown. The dotted line is the hot water supply piping. What is the minimum allowable size meter? "D"? "H"?
- Waterpipe and PVC sewer (SDR 35) in same trench shall be separated horizontally by ___ inches and located at least _____ inches from bottom of water to top of sewer.
- Which of the following types of vacuum breakers/ devices is not to be subjected to operating pressure for periods of more than 12 hours in a 24 hour period?
- A residence contains the following fixtures 1) 3 full baths with tank type water closet, a lav, bathtub. 2) 1 laundry with clothes washer and laundry tub. 3) 1 kitchen with dish washer and sink. 4) 3 hose bibs around the house. Developed l ength of the system is 105`. Water pressure is 50 psi. The water service line must be at least ____”.
- Refer to figure above
- The size of any pump or discharge pipe of a sump having a water closet connected there to shall not be less than____ inchs.
- According to the UPC, the maximum allowable vertical length for a 2 inch drain pipe with 24 dfu would be:
- According to the UPC, the maximum allowable fixture units for a 4` vertical drain line is ____ dfu. (trick question)
- The threads of drainage fittings shall be tapered so as to allow?
- The equivalent of 1 fixture unit in a drainage system is:
- A plumbing permit may be suspended by the plumbing authority for which of the following reasons.
- The required test for a newly installed shower pan is:
- PVC shall be supported horizontally at ____ foot maximum intervals.
- A building sewer is installed with PVC sewer pipe. The sewer pipe shall not be installed less than ____ inches from the surface of the ground.
- Given: A building sewer is installed with PVC sewer pipe. The sewer pipe shall not be installed under or within ______ feet of the building.
- Given: An outside stairwell to a basement has a drain located so as to collect rain water entering the building. The piping from the drain:
- Given: A contractor receives written notice of violation by the inspector that the contractor`s work does not meet code requirements. How many days does he have to bring the work up to code before being subject to penalties?
- The maximum horizontal hanger spacing for 2` copper water piping shall be no less than ____ feet.
- Vertical copper tubing shall be supported at each story or at maximum entervals of ____.
- When alternate materials are being used in a plumbing system, the administrative authority may require testing by an approved testing agency. The cost of the testing will be paid for by ____.
- All materials or devices shall be marked with all of the following EXCEPT:
- A backflow prevention device has a reference mark used to establish the minimum setting height for the device. According to the UPC this is called:
- Refer to the diagram noting the connections of the meter leads. The light L1 does not come on because ____.
- A refrigeration system condensing unit containing a group I refrigerant shall be enclosed in a machinery room if the compressor horsepower rating on the condenser exceeds ____ horsepower.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure test is conducted on a refrigerant container, it shall not exceed ____ times the design working pressure stamped on the container.
- Which of the following may decompose and explode if used to test a refrigerant system at 30 PSIG?
- To prevent refrigerant from liquifying in the compressor crancase during cold weather it is sometimes necessary to use a ____.
- Filter dryers used in refrigeration systems have access valves used for:
- A refrigeration system has an automatic expansion valve. The compressor of the system has been running normally. After being off for a while, the compressor starts up and knocks severly. The most likely trouble is:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system shall not be pressure tested with:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system shall maintain/sustain the test pressure provided in the code for a period of not less than ____ minutes.
- An emergency refrigerant control box for an ammonia system used in a cold storage facility shall be installed outside the building in an accessible location not more than ____ feet above the sidewalk.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the discharge pipe required on the low and high side of a Group II refrigerant system shall have a minimum nominal diameter of ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a pressure relief valve required to be piped outdoors shall terminate at a point not less than ____ feet above the ajoining ground.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure relief valve is required for a refrigeration system using R-12, it shall be set to function at ____ PSIG when installed on the low side of the system.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure relief valve is required by code on a refrigeration system it shall discharge into the ____ if not appreciably affected by backpressure.
- Air cooled R-12 refrigeration system equipped with a pressure limiting device shall stop the compressor at a discharge pressure of ____ PSI.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, all positive displacement compressors which use ____ refrigerant shall have a pressure limiting device installed on the compressor reguardless of capacity.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a ____ shall be installed in each refrigerant piping outlet from a receiver.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, machinery rooms for refrigerating equipment shall be provided with a means of emergengy ventilation capable of no less than ____ air changes per hour.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration machinery room shall have an unobstructed working space of not less than ____ inches around two ajacent sides of all moving machinery in the room.
- A concrete or other approved base used to mount a refrigeration compressor, condensing unit, etc. in an exterior location shall extend above the ajoining ground a minimum of ____ inches.
- According to Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning, when a steady low pitched rumble travels along a duct system it is usually caused by:
- Refer to the air distribution figure. The diffuser at # 106 has aitflow of ____ CFM.
- Refer to the air distribution figure. At the sidewall register # 108, the airflow is ____ CFM.
- By adjusting a variable pitched pulley to make the belt ride at the top edge of the motor pulley instead of the bottom, what will the result be?
- The air velocity in air ducts, using the velocity pressure method is measured with ____.
- Externally installed duct insulation shall not cover what component unless a label is attached indicating its exact location.
- A dual pressure motor control is normally connected to which of the following sets of valves on a refrigeration system to provide for the proper and safe opertion of the system.
- A fan delay control is used on a walk in freeer for what?
- How are panels for prefabricated boxes secured to each other?
- Copper tubing in a refrigeration system is to be connected in the field. To make the joint leak proof and have maximum strength the best method to use is to use ____.
- When installing copper tubing refrigerant lines, the lines must be securly fastened to a permanent support within how many feet of the bend of the tubing? Note: does not include the first bend closest to the compressor.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when 1 1/2" pipe is used for conveying liquid refrigerant and all field joints are welded, the minimum wall thickness permitted shall not be less than the thickness used in schedule ____ pipe.
- The water circulated through a cooling tower needs to be treated or bled off to prevent over concentration of disolved solids and the buildup of ____.
- Which of the following copper tubing would you use when making flare fittings for a new condensing unit which you are installing?
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. Given: Power provided is 220 Volt, 60 cycle, 3 phase. Based on the above information in the diagram, the condensing fan motor would have which of the following electrical characteristics?
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. When TM-1 opens, the indicator light for CLHT-1 will:
- Refer to the condensing unit wiring diagram. When TM-1 opens, the evaporator fans will:
- Cooling towers equipped with positive discharge systems to reduce alkali buildup in the tower water will be piped to a discharge which flows into which of the following?
- The electrical controls in a small refrigerator operate at ____ volts.
- What is a breaker strip used for in a household refrigerator?
- The simplest type of domestic refrigerator uses which of the following methods of defrosting?
- Of the following metering devices, which one is the most widly used in today`s household refrigerator`s?
- Given: On a household refrigerator, the thermostat has three wires on it. Of these, one is a ground and one is the power supply line connected to one of the thermostat terminals. Where does the third wire go to?
- Of the different types of motor protection available, which one is the most commonly used for compressors on household refrigerators?
- The two types of fuel that a halide leak detector can use are:
- When refrigerant is sub-cooled it is:
- Hermetic and semi-hermetic compressors that are running require refrigerant for cooling the motor windings or they will overheat. For this reason, it is best and safest charge a system with:
- Caution must be exercised when charging a unit with refrigerant using the low side method. If the suction pressure is too low it mat cause:
- When charging a refrigerant system using the low side method, PROPER system charging may be sped up by:
- A refrigeration system has two compressors connected so they will operate at the same time. The evaporator of the first system cools the condenser of the second system. This is a ____ system.
- What is the name of the refrigerant system that has two compressors with the discharge of one compressor going into the suction of the second compressor.
- In a refrigeration system, the function of the condenser is to ____ the refrigerant.
- Wrought copper fittings used in refrigeration systems are also known as:
- Refer to the figure above. In this refrigeration system the number 6 points to:
- Given: As refrigerant passes through the metering device, an excessive amount is suddenly changed from a liquid to a vapor. This unwanted condition is called _____.
- In line filter dryers are used for ALL of the following except:
- A Group 1 refrigerant is used in a 6 story, 350 bed hospital. This is a direct system. Floors 1-5 have 200,000 cf, 6th has 120,000 cf. The evaporator coil serves each floor individually. What is the maximum number of pounds of R-114 permitted?
- Generally a thru-the-wall or window air conditioner uses which of the following metering devices?
- What is used on a centrifugal air conditioning chiller to automatically remove non-condensable?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, ventilation systems used for removing ____ shall be designed by the constant volume method.
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture and possibly create hazards when the temperture of the pipe reaches which one of the following temperatures?
- Given: A circulating air intake for a cooling system is to be located horrizontally from an appliance vent. The minimum distance required from the air intake and the vent outlet should be :
- You are called to service a furnace that is not providing enough heat. Which one of the following is NOT a possible cause of the problem?
- Given: You respond to a service call on a furnace and find that the pilot light is not working. You relight the pilot and release the reset button and the pilot goes out again. Which one of the following is NOT the cause of the problem?
- When repairing a furnace, and the pilot assembly is removed, proper care muse be taken to ensure that when the thermocouple and pilot are reinstalled, the thermocouple must not come in contact with the ____ or it will be destroyed.
- An electrically ingited pilot is NOT used for which of the following.
- A floor furnace shall be installed how close to the ground? NOTE: This is not a sealed unit.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a unit heater installed in an aircraft hanger must be installed no less than ____ feet from the floor.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which one of the following appliances shall be equipped with an automatic device to shut off the fuel to the main burner and pilot in the event of ignition failure.
- According to the "HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" book, which instrument is prefered for measuring air velocities and pressures because of it is the most reliable and rugged?
- When testing a fuel gas piping system for leaks, the testing medium shall be air, co2, or:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system shall NOT be tested with ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a refrigerationg sytem operates at a pressure below atmospheric, it shall be tested at a partial vacuum equal to the pressure of a water column of mercury not less than ____ inches in height.
- When pressure testing a brine system, the pressure in the system must be maintained for a minimum of ____ minutes.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, A brine piping system shall be tested at a minimum pressure of ____ PSI.
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 ounce, a pressure drop of .5" water column and .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum alowable size for the 14` section of pipe that connects to the gas meter. (1000 Btu per cubic foot of gas)
- In the figure above, assume a gauge pressure of 4 oz, a pressure drop of 1/2", water column @ .6 specific gravity of the gas. What is the minimum alowable size for the 12` section of pipe before the branch to the furnace.(1000 Btu/cubic foot)
- Given: Use the following formula to figure the required pump speed if the size of the impeller is not changed. Presently it is running at 1725 RPM and is pumping 100 gpm. PS2=PS1(GPM2/GPM1). What is the new pump speed?
- A pressure regulator must be installed in a fuel gas piping system whenever the supplu pressure exceeds ____ inches water column.
- Exposed fuel gas pipelines shall be installed no less than ____ inches above finished grade.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, any unlisted residential type boiler water heater, or furnace shall have a minimum clearance on the back and sides of not less than ____ inches unless a form of protection specified in the code is used.
- A listed flexible connector may be used for any gas burning appliance if:
- A pneumatic operator with a spring range of 3-13 psi that has 8 psi applied would be:
- Three way mixing valves used in water circulating systems have:
- A device used in an air duct to prevent a heating and cooling system from running until adequate airflow is established is a:
- Which one of the following should be installed in a chilled water line and will shut off the compressor if no fluid is flowing?
- A pressure limiting device installed in an unlisted water cooled condensing unit shall stop the compressor at a discharge pressure of ____ psig for R-22.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system using a Group I refrigerant and water cooled condensing unit shall be equipped with a pressure limiting device if it is ____ horsepower or more
- What is the pressure in PSI setting used for an unlisted R-22 system`s pressure control?
- Appliances with automatically controlled gas burners shall be equipped with a device that will shut off the fuel supply in the event of :
- HPM drain, waste, and vent piping shall be tested in accordance with requirements of:
- What is the maximum horizontal run of an uninsulated appliance connector if the vertical run of the chimney above the connector is 100 feet? NOTE: This is NOT an engineered system.
- Given: Two gas appliances are vented with a common vent. One has a 5" vent connector and the other has a 3" vent connector. The minimum size common vent required to vent these two appliances is ____.
- Given: A low heat residential gas appliance without a draft hood has a chimney connector of singlewall metal pipe with a clearance from the connector to any non protected combustible material must be at least ____ inches.
- A listed residential gas furnace with a straight run has a maximum flue temperature and a hood of less than 500 F. The chimney connector is singlewall metal pipe. The clearance from the connector to any non-combustibles must be at least:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, fittings for class 2, 3, and 4 ducts used in product conveying systems shall be no less than ____ that required for a straight duct run.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, an environmental duct is one used to convey air at a temperature not exceeding ____ either to or from an occupied area and not to be a part of a heating or airconditioning system.
- When a fire damper is installed in a HVAC air distribution duct:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is not required to be insulated?
- A blower type warm air furnace must have its air supply duct sized for its Btu output rating of the furnace. What is the minimum unobstructed cross sectional supply duct area required for a 180,000 Btu furnace?
- Evaporative coolers shall be accessible for inspection and servicing without removing:
- The air in an evaporative cooler is:
- An evaporative cooler supported by an above ground platform shall be elevated above the ground level a minimum of ____ inches.
- A concrete pad is poured on the ground to support an evaporative cooler shall extend above the ajoining ground a minimum of ___ inches.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a readily accessible switch for a refrigeration machinery rooms` emergency ventilation shall be installed within 2` of the ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, the lower of the two required ventilating openings in a mechanical room shall be ____ to allow for proper emergency ventilation.
- Given: A group A Division I occupancy is 200` x 300` x 80` high. The occupied portion is 80%. A 10 stage system with R-22 is used. It is a direct refrigerating system. Four air handlers will be used. Refer to the explanation.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a refrigeration system that uses Group I refrigerant and has ____ pounds of refrigerant or less is not required to have a pressure test performed on the system.
- Given: A refrigeration condensing unit is installed in a room which must be provided with ventilation. A mechanical exhaust system will be installed. The exhaust system will be capable of changing the air in the room every ____.
- Copper tubing used to convey refrigerant must be supported horizontally at points not exceeding how many feet?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, mechanical joints shall NOT be made on any copper tubing larger than ____ inch nominal size.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, 3/4" steel pipe used to convey liquid refrigerant shall have a wall thickness of not less than that specified for schedule ____ pipe when field joints are NOT welded.
- Blow down on a cooling tower is accomplished by doing which of the following?
- The renewal fee for a Class B license for 3 years is ___.
- Binders or interium certificates will not be excepted for contractors if the term is less than ____.
- A license may not be renewed that has been expired for a period of more than ____.
- A temporatry license may be granted to a firm for a period of ____.
- A refrigeration Contractor`s license shall expire how long after the date of issuance?
- An 8 hp refrigerant compressor shall be located how far from an exit in a factory?
- If the required insurance is not kept current at all times, it is a violation of the law and rules. Article 9100 provides that a hearing may be held to determine if the license should be suspended or revoked or a penalty should be invoked.
- A class A license holder may perform air conditioning and refrigeration contracting on ____.
- The Texas Boiler Law requires that a heating boiler equipped with two 500 pound steam over power safety valves shall be fitted with what minimum size blow off pipe and valves? (this is a very tricky question)
- The Texas Boiler Law, Health and Safety Code, and Administrative Rules regulate:
- If it appears that a person is threatening to violate a law..administered by the department , the commissioner..may file an injunction to restrain the person from continuing the violation before civil penalties not exceeding $1,000 for each violation.
- A 330 Kw electric heater will produce approximately ____.
- 6000 CFM of air with a velocity of 1500 FPM will have a friction loss per 100 feet of duct of ____ inches of water. See laminated chart.
- Standard air at 95 degrees F dry bulb temperature, and 75 degrees F wet bulb temperature, have a specific volume of 14.25 pounds per cubic foot.
- Air cooled condensers must ____.
- Frost on evaporator coils will insulate the coils and prevent proper heat transfer.
- What are symptoms of air in a refrigerating system?
- In a R-22 system, evaporator pressure is 60 pounds. What is the corresponding saturated refrigerant temperature in degrees F?
- Given: One Btu is equivalent to the quantity of heat needed to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree F. How many Btu`s will it take to raise 7 pounds of water from 100 degrees F to 112 degrees F?
- Suction line filters must be sized correctly in order to prevent ____.
- When testing a capacitor with an ohmmeter, if the meter goes to the low end of the scale, and then slowly returns to the high end, what is the probable condition of he capacitor?
- Reducing the quality of air flow across an evaporator would ____.
- In a circuit with too much current flow, this excess is converted to what form of energy?
- A cylinder of R-12 contains some moisture. If vapor is removed from the cylinder the remaining liquid ____.
- The chemical formula for refrigerant R-12 is ____.
- A ton of refrigeration is equal to ____.
- When the cooling thermostat and cool off switch is closed, what other low voltage device is activated as shown in figure 1 on the laminated chart?
- The contacts of a potential relay are in one position during off cycle?
- Contactors are used ____.
- There are two latent heats for each substance.
- Fittings used in asbestos cement piping systems shall be ____.
- Any pressure relief valves installed in a mechanical refrigerating system that discharges from the high pressure into the low pressure side of the system shall be of a type that is not appreciably affected by ____.
- The outlet of any duct conveying noxious, gases not explosive or flammable, will be a minimum of ____ feet to any opening into the building.
- Fittings in class II, III, & IV systems shall be ____ than in straight run ducts.
- Where the use of aluminum duct class I only is indicated, the B&S gauge number that would correspond with 26 US Steel gauge is ____.
- Material installed within ducts and plenums for insulation, sound deadening, and other purposes shall have ___.
- Single wall metal pipe used as a connector shall not originate in any ____.
- The maximum distance of 20 feet from the passage way access to an under floor furnace is measured along the ____.
- Circulating air for a heating system shall not be taken from an area, the volume of which is less than ____.
- All forced air and gravity type warn air furnaces shall be equipped with a listed air outlet temperature control which cannot be set for temperatures higher than ____ degrees F.
- A device built into an appliance which is to designed to prevent a backdraft from entering an appliance is a ____.
- Mechanical permits as stated in the UMC are required on jobs:
- Combustion air is used for:
- Metal duct may be installed on or underground.
- When a pipe is offset to avoid an obstruction, the term travel refers to the distance center to center of the fittings measured ____.
- What is the wall thickness of a nominal 2" schedule 80 steel pipe?
- A bullhead tee is a tee in which the branch ____.
- Which of the following refrigerants may be used in direct systems for confort air conditioning?
- A system in which a secondary coolant cooled by a refrigerant is circulated in the conditioned space is called ____ system.
- One pound of pressure is equal to ____.
- The wheatstone bridge is said to be balanced when the ____.
- A common control in hydronic heating which uses a liquid filled bulb that operates a snap acting switch is called a ____ controller.
- Which type of switch is used with a capacitor start motor?
- If a residential gas heating system experiences excess pilot outage, all but which of the following is a probable cause of this problem?
- What is the purpose of a double suction riser in a refrigeration system?
- Which of the following statements is true?
- The component in a typical residential low temperature hot water system which gives up heat to the space requiring heat is called ____.
- All but which of the following are reasons for employing multiple circuits in hydronic heating systems?
- In the event that freon is accidentally discharged into a closed room, the safest place for an occupant is ____.
- The heating section of an electric heating furnace consits of ____.
- Off cycle defrosting of refrigeration systems is effective only when the dry bulb temperature of the area being cooled is higher than ____.
- One gallon of water weighs approximately ____.
- In a dry expansion evaporator, when the unit is in operation, the coil always contains ____.
- With a COP of 3.0, a water cooled HVAC system has an input of 20.5 Kw, what is it`s approximate output?
- If the boiler water has a PH of 11, the water would be ____.
- A rinlgeman chart is used to determine ____.
- All but which of the following steam traps are non-return traps?
- All but which of the following are true about the discharge from a safety relief valves?
- A power hot water heating boiler is designed for operation and temperatures near the boiler outlet not exceeding ____.
- An appeal of any dispute arising from a vioaltion of the time periods set for processing boiler registration applications must be received by the commissioner in how many days after the suit arose?
- The drain hole or holes on a 1 1/2" safety valve on a steam heating boiler shall not be less than ___.
- Connections from the isolation valve to a remote level indicator of a power boiler shall be what minimum pipe size?
- The minimum high side pressure for a field leak test for R-502 is ____.
- Of the size listed below, what is the maximum size stop valve in copper tubing that must be securly mounted independent of the connected tubing?
- An evaporative cooler supported on an above ground platform shall be elevated at least ____ above ajoining ground level.
- In a refrigerating system, iron or steel pipe joints shall not be ____.
- Which of the following substances may be used to pressurize a mechanical refrigeration system for a pressure test?
- The minumum low side refrigerant leak test for R-22 is ____.
- Refrigerant piping which is lower than the ceiling when it crosses a passagway shall have a verticle clearance of not less than ____.
- A unit is considered readily accessible if it can be reached for operation quickly ____.
- Question on dry system evaporators and flooded system evaporators
- Question about Dry element ---- compressor
- A suction line loop is installed____.
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the pipe section at 15.
- A residential piping arrangement is to be sized for the minimum size allowed by Code. The drainage system has the following fixtures: 2 -1.6 gpf water closets, 2 clothes washers, 2 kitchen sinks, 2 lavs, 2 bath tubs. What is the total DFU`s?
- Refer to the diagram. Identify the pipe section at 9.
- The highest point in a lawn sprinkler system is 35` higher than the water supply main. The minimum pressure required at the highest point in the is 35 psi. Do not allow for friction loss. The pressure at the supply main must be at least __ psi.
- Given: A vertical soil stack 4″ in diameter has a cleanout at its base and runs directly into the building sewer, A cleanout is not required between the bulding sewer and the building drain if the cleanout is wit hin ____ feet of the connection.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the maximum number of degrees a trap arm can change direction without requiring a cleanout?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, what is the maximum number of water closets or 6-unit traps allowed on a horizontal drainage pipe.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the vertical distance between the shower waste outlet and the trap weir shall not exced ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Swimming Pool, Spa, and Hot Tub Code, a swimmming pool filter waste discharge pipe empties into the public sewer through a “P”-trap. The connection between the discharge pipe andthe “P”-trap must be by means of a ____.
- According to the Code, a non-bearing wall which supports no load except the wall, a stud may be notched at a maximum depth of ____ % of the width of the studs.
- A ____ is a metering device which determines local values of total insulation in direct units of time.
- According to the Solar Energy Code, open loop solar heating systems directly connected to the potable water supply system, shall be tested under water pressure ____ times the maximum working pressure which it is to be tested.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, water closet tanks must be equipped with an approved ballcock installed at the critical level at least ____ inches above the overflow pipe.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the minimum distance between a bathtub spout and the flood level rim must be ____.
- According to the Plumbing Code, all shut off or control valves in a water piping system shall be:
- When a tunnel is permitted between open cut trenches, a maximum length of ____ feet is permitted.
- According to the Plumbing Code, what is the maximum hanger spacing for 3/4″ copper piping installed horizontally?
- Does the Uniform Plumbing Code allow a water softener to be installed when the inlet or the outlet of the softener is smaller than water supply line?
- Whenever a water softener is installed in any water supply line:
- Water softeners work on the ____ principle.
- Which of the following shall preceed a pressure regulator in a water supply service line?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, a wet main installed in ABS pipe may be exposed to direct sunlight:
- According to the Plumbing Code, when installing 1 1/2″ polypropylene pipe horizontally, the maximum distance between hangers is ____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all hard drawn copper tubing shall be marked by means of a continuous and indelibly colored stripe. A yellow stripe is type ____.
- Sand holes in cast iron pipe & fittings may be repaired:
- According to the Plumbing Code, bathtub waste overflow lines shall be no smaller than ____ inches.
- According to the Plumbing Code, it is the duty of the ____ to make sure that the work performed will stand the test prescribed before giving notification for inspection.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, back siphonige is the flowing back of used, contaminated, or poluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into a water supply pipe due to a ____ in such pipe.
- According to the Plumbing Code, ____ is the maximun vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measured between the crown weir and the top of the dip of the trap.
- The depth of a finished curb or shower threshold shall not be less than:
- Every vent connector shall have a continuous rise of not less than:
- Single wall metal vent connectors shall be provided with clearance to combustibles of not less than:
- Every passageway to an attic water heater shall have a solid continuous floor of not less than ___ inches.
- In no case shall the area of any water heater vent be less than:
- All gas water heaters or other gas appliances that are connected to a common vent shall be located:
- Type "B" water heater vents shall terminate above the roof surface not less than:
- Pilots and burners for gas fired water heaters in residential garages shall be above the floor:
- A water heater which depends on the combustion of fuel shall not be installed in any:
- The minimum clearance of any insulated gas fired water heater to any combustible wall partition is:
- That portion of a venting system which connects a water heater to the vent is:
- The minimum size piping outlet for any free standing range is:
- Leaks in gas piping shall be located by putting:
- The demand in BTU per hour for a domestic gas range:
- The maximum distance a gas shut-off valve may be from an appliance, except for ranges is:
- Gas piping supplying more than one building of a premises shall be supplied with:
- Ferrous gas piping installed in exterior locations shall have at least:
- Threaded gas piping with pressure less than 14" water column shall be tested at a pressure test of:
- The inlet compartment of any septic tank shall be:
- Each seepage pit shall have a minimum sidewall not including the arch below the inlet of:
- Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain line less than 5` except for:
- Terminal ends on a drain pipe pressure relief valve shall not be:
- Changes in direction in copper tubing may be made with:
- A water system containing a water heater will require a:
- A pressure regulator and strainer is required when local water pressure is in excess of:
- Watercloset tank ball cocks shall be installed with a vacuum breaker critical level a least:
- The critical level of a urinal flushometer vacuum breaker at the highest part of the fixture is:
- Non metallic shower sub pans or liners may be built on the job site if not less than:
- A water heater vent can have 1 offset of not more than 60 degree from the:
- No trapped vent clotheswasher standpipe shall be installed:
- The distance from the center of a water closet to the sidewall or paratition shall not be closer than:
- The tailpiece of a lavaratory shall not be less than:
- Seamless drawn-brass fixture tailpieces shall be:
- Concealed slip joint connections shall require:
- No chemical toilet shall be installed in any building unless first approved by:
- Porcelain enamel surfaces on water fixtures shall:
- Joints at the roof of round pipes shall be made watertight by the use of:
- Wall mounted water closet fixtures shall be securely bolted to:
- Unions shall be installed in a water supply system within which of the following distances from a water heater?
- 3/4" or 1" gas piping installed horizontally shall be supported:
- The minimum horizontal distance in the clear requirements of a septic tank to a seepage pit is:
- No grease trap shall be installed which has a rate of flow, in gallons per minute, of more than:
- Fixture traps shall have a water seal of not less than:
- The developed length of 1 1/2 trap arms shall not exceed:
- The developed length between the trap of a water closet and it`s vent shall not exceed:
- The vertical distance between the fixture outlet and the trap weir shall not exceed:
- One trap may serve a set of not more than:
- A vent in a comination waste and vent system shall be approximately equal in area to 1/2 the:
- A branch line serving a trap in a combination waste and vent system is required to be vented when the length of the branch exceeds:
- Special venting for island fixtures is for:
- Each horizontal drain pipe shall be provided with a clean-out at the:
- Each drainage stack which extends 10 or more stories above the building drain shall require:
- One requirement for backwater valves is that they shall:
- Which of the following is considered the minimum distance allowed for a clothes washer stand pipe and it`s trap:
- A food waste disposal unit installed in a restaurant sink shall be connected to a:
- The developed length between the trap of a water closet and it`s vent shall not exceed:
- The minimum sidewall of any seepage pit shall be:
- In a straight run in any building, sewer clean-outs are required at intervals of:
- The minimum size of any building sewer shall be determined on the basis of the:
- The minimum size building supply allowed by code is:
- Water pressure regulators are required where the water pressure exceexceeds;
- Indirect waste piping shall not be larger in diameter than the drain or tailpiece of the fixture but in no case less than:
- Vacuum breakers for waterclosets with flushometer valves shall be installed, or the critical level above the overflow rim of the bowl shall be at least:
- No shower stall or receptor shall have a finished inside dimension that is less than:
- The distance from the back of any water closet to the rear wall shall be:
- A bath tub with slip joints connections that will be concealed must be supplied with:
- Screw type ground joint metal to metal seat unions may be used at any point in:
- Joints in cast iron pipe are not permitted to be:
- The maximum number of waterclosets allowed on a 3" stack is:
- The minimum pressure that should be maintained for fixtures containing flush tanks shall be: (piping size using procedure in Appendix "A")
- A fixture tailpiece on a kitchen sink shall be at least:
- Closet bends or stubs shall be cut off even with the:
- Fixture traps shall have a water seal of not less than:
- The total length permitted for a 2" trap arm is:
- The vertical distance between the fixture outlet and the trap weir shall not exceed:
- The building sewer is that part of the horizontal drainage piping which begins ____ outside the building.
- All of the following devices or methods are used for backflow prevention EXCEPT:
- Refer to the wet vent diagram. What is the minimum size allowable for the pipe indicated by the letter "E"?
- A 4″ plumbing stack is being water tested with a 30` head of of water above the test plug. How many pounds of pressure will be exerted on the test plug?
- An excavated trench inside a building must be filled with clean fill. The trench is 30` long, 3` wide, and 2` deep. How much fill (disreguard soil swell) is required to fill the trench?
- A blue print has a scale of 1/4″ per foot. A pipe on the print is 10.5″ long. The length of the actual pipe is ____.
- According to Code, in a non-bearing wall which supports no load except the wall itself, a stud may be notched to a maximum depth of ____ of the width of the stud.
- Schedule classified PVC pipe used in a system for lawn irrigation is rated by ____.
- According to The Solar Energy Code, any hot water distribution sub-system connected to a solar system and capable of providing hot water in excess of at least ____, shall be equipped with a listed tempering valve.
- Which of the following air pressure tests may be substituted for the required water pressure test of a newly installed open loop solar system which is directly connected to the potable water system.
- According to The Solar Energy Code, direct connections between potable water piping and drainage piping are permitted under which of the following conditions.
- According to The New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidlines, The minimum horizontal distance required from a septic tank distribution box to a disposal field is ____ feet.
- According to The New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidelines, the minimum depth of filter material under the drain lines in a disposal field is ____ inches.
- According to The New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidelines, when disposal fields are installed for a septic tank, a minimum of ____ square feet of trench bottom shall be provided for each system.
- Refer to the diagram. What is the minimum size pipe allowable refered to by the letter "D"?
- Refer to the diagram. According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, what is the minimum allowable size pipe refered to at the letter "B"?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, The combustion air openings to a water heater heater enclosure must be no less than ____ square inches.
- A gas appliance other than a range may be connected with an approved listed metal connector not to exceed a maximum length of ____ feet.
- When a water pipe is placed in the same trench as and next to the public sewer, which of the following materials is approved for the sewer pipe?
- A backflow prevention device for a boiler shall be installed at least ____.
- The pressure relief valve installed in a water heater shall not be set at a pressure greater than ____ psi.
- When potable water is discharged into a drainage system it shall be piped with an approved air gap of:
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, unions are required to be installed within ____ inches of a water heater.
- According to Code, all required shutoff valves or control valves in a water piping system must:
- According to Code, when local water pressure exceeds ____ psi, a pressure regulator shall be installed and the pressure reduced to an allowable limit.
- Refer to the UPC tables 10-1 and 10-2. A residence has the following water service requirements: 2 full baths with tank closet,lav & tub. 1/2 bath with tank closet & lav. Kitchen with DW & sink. Three hose bibs around the house.
- According to Code, all shower compartments regardless of shape must have a minimum finished interior of ____ square inches.
- When urinals are installed side by side, the IPC requires the outlets to be no closer than ____ inches center to center.
- In a water supply system, slip joints may be used:
- The maximum verticle distance allowable between a fixture outlet and the trap weir is ____ inches.
- According to Code, wastes with temperatures in excess of _____ degrees F shall not discharge into a grease trap.
- Given: A set of 3 lavatory sinks which are adjacent to each other and are in the same room can be roughed in with one "P" trap as specified by the UPC. The maximum distance allowed between the sink drain outlets is ____".
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the developed length of a trap arm 2" in diameter shall not exceed ____.
- According to Code, the maximum allowable length of a water closet drain line from the fixture connection to the vent is ____ feet.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the maximum length of an indirect waste pipe which is NOT traped is ____ feet.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, vents from systems used for chemical waste must:
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the minumum area of any vent installed in a combination waste and vent system shall be at least ____ of the internal crossectional area of the drain pipe serviced.
- A vent pipe shall terminate at least ____ feet horrizontally from an openable window.
- According to Code, yoke vent intersects with the vent stack shall be places no more than ____ inches above the floor and shall be made with a wye branch fitting.
- When a vent is taken off from a horizontal drain pipe:*****
- When determining the common waste pipe size for clothes washers in groups of 3 or more, how many drainage fixture units would each clothes washer be assigned?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, a cleanout shall be provided in the horizontal drain line for each aggregate change of direction exceeding ____ degrees.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the maximum number of water closets or 6-unit traps allowed by a 3" vertical soil pipe or stack is ____.
- According to Code, whenever a sewage ejector or any other mechanical means is used to discharge sewage, the discharge line is required to have ____.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, all cleanouts in piping 6″ or less in size, must be installed so that there is a minimum clearance in front of the cleanout of ____ inches.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, cleanouts may be ommited on horizontal drain lines less than ____ feet in length unless these lines serve sinks or urinals.
- ABS pipe installed horizontally must be supported at ____ foot intervals.
- According to Code, what is the minimum required test for a new building sewer?
- According to Code, what is the maximun horrizontal hanger spacing of 1 1/4" copper pipe?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, tunneling is permitted for outdoor piping. There shall be at least ____ feet above the pipes in the tunnel.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, which of the following fittings or practices is allowable for drainage piping?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, when new water systems are to be pressure tested with air, the minimum test shall be _____.
- According to the UPC, it is the duty of the person doing the work to notify the adminis- trative authority when the work is ready for inspection. Such notification shall be given no less than ____ hours before the work is to be inspected.
- Type M copper tubing may be used in all the following locations EXCEPT ____.
- Copper tubing used in a plumbing system for underground drainage piping shall have a weight of not less than ____ copper tubing.
- According to Code, all copper pipe shall be marked by means of a continuous, indellibly colored stripe. When this stripe is blue, the type of copper is ____.
- A new plumbing or drainage system may be covered or consealed:
- According to Code, when a backflow prevention device does not bear a critical level marking, the ____ of any such device shall constitute the critical level.
- According to Code, the unobstructed verticle distance between the faucet or pipe opening and the flood level rim of the receptor is defined as _____.
- According to Code, the flow of liquid into the distribution pipe of a potable supply water from any source other than its intended source is defined as ____.
- According to Code, a cleanout in a drainage piping system which has to have direct access without removing a panel or door is ____.
- Each room provided with an exhaust system, shall have air supplied to the room equal to the amount of the air to be exhausted. This air is called ____.
- The unobstructed area of an evaporative cooler shall be ____.
- Metal ducts, when install under concrete, shall be encased in at least ____ inches of concrete.
- Type "B" or "BW" gas vents shall terminate through the roof which it passes not less than ____ feet.
- Warm air furnaces shall not be installed ____
- The standards which are generally used in the industry are the ____.
- The mechanical plans are generally called the ____ plans.
- Which CSI division is architectural metals?
- When a conflict exists between the blueprints and the written specifications, the following shall be considered correct.
- There are three variations of perimeter duct systems. Which one of the following is NOT one of these.
- A new section of duct started at an angle to the installed duct is said to be ____.
- Devices embedded in concrete are called ____.
- Duct sealants are used to insure against ____
- The air pressure in a duct that acts against the sides of the duct is ____.
- Furnace filters are usually located ____.
- The solder most commonly used by sheet metal workers is ____
- Which one of the following is NOT a method of pattern development?
- When using a hand break to bend various gauge metals the break should be adjusted ____.
- The area of a 6" round pipe is ____.
- The formula to find the volume of a cylinder is ____.
- The formula to find the circumference of a circle is ____.
- A fan rotates at 465 RPM. It delivers 6510 CFM. As a result of changing pulleys, the RPM is increased 50% to 697. How many more CFM`s are now being delivered? (NOTE: CFM varies directly with fan RPM)
- A duct line is 50 feet. How long will the ductline be on a plan drawn to a scale of 1/8" equals 1`-0".
- The number .12 equals what percent?
- Multiply 230 time 60.
- All exposed refrigerant piping shall be labelled at intervals not to exceed 50 feet.
- A refrigeration system may be installed in a dumbwaiter or elevator shaft that contains moving parts.
- Oxygen may be used for testing refrigeration systems.
- Absorption refrigerating equipment shall comply with the requirements of_______.
- Refrigerant piping crossing an open passageway in any building shall not be less than ________ feet above the floor unless against the ceiling of such space.
- Refrigerant piping and tubing shall be installed with hangers and supports no less than 10` feet from each bend or angle from the compressor.
- Every pressure relief device for any refrigerant vessel does not need to be labelled if a part with manufactured pressure vessel.
- Any system equalling 100 tons or more of interconnecting equipment using group 1 refrigerant on one job shall be housed in a machinery room
- Soldered joints are permitted inside duct systems with group 1 refrigeration systems.
- Soldered joints are permitted on group 1 refrigeration systems.
- In a refrigeration machinery room with a system containing 10 hp or more there shall be a permanent sign placed within 10` of the compressor.
- A refrigeration system containing 20 pounds or less of group 1 refrigerant does not need to be tested.
- A portable refrigerant container may be left connected to a small refrigeration system.
- A shut-off valve shall not be installed between a pressure-relief valve and the compressor it serves.
- Pressure relief valves are required on all group 1 refrigerant compressors of 20 or more horsepower with pressures exceeding 15 psi.
- Which of the following is most closely related to cooling?
- Which of the following is most closely related to horsepower?
- Which of the following is most closely related to evaporative cooling.
- Which of the following is most closely related to 1 ton of refrigeration.
- Which of the following is most closely related to BTU?
- To determine the flow rate of a fusible plug for a refrigerant containing vessel you would use the formula found on page _____ table _____.
- Tubing used for refrigerant piping shall not be less than type:
- The control switch for shutting off electrically controlled equipment in a machinery room shall be labelled as follows:
- The test pressure applied to a refrigerant container shall not exceed ______ times the design working pressure stamped on the container.
- Sulphur dioxide is classified as a group 2 refrigerant.
- The discharge pipe from more than one relief valve can be connected into a common header under certain conditions.
- All liquid refrigerant containers with volume less than 3 cubic feet must be equipped with________.
- Iron or steel refrigerant pipe may be installed underground as long as it is protected from corrosion.
- A pressure test for those portions of a refrigeration system to contain ammonia or carbon dioxide shall be made with air or dry gas.
- Brine piping systems may be tested with air, water or dry gas.
- All brine piping shall be tested at 90 psi for 15 minutes.
- All compressor pressure relief valves shall discharge into the highest pressure side of the refrigeration system:
- All compressors which are a portion of a system containing group 2 refrigerant must have a pressure relief valve installed between such compressor and a stop valve.
- All compressors must have an unobstructed passageway or opening of not less than _____.
- Absorption systems are normally factory assembled.
- What piece of equipment is used to compress a given refrigerant.
- Schedule 40 pipe shall be used on working pressures above 300 psi on threaded pipe.
- No mechanical joint shall be made on soft annealed copper tubing larger than 3/4" nominal size.
- There shall not be any opening between a machinery room containing group 2 refrigerant and a room where there is an open flame or a spark producing device.
- Cooling is air cooling to 50 degrees F or above.
- An Evaporator changes liquid refrigerant to a vapor to produce refrigeration.
- Which of the following may be located in a refrigeration machinery room?
- In a group A, B, Division 2, E, I or R, Division 1 occupancy, compressors over 5 HP. rating may be less than 10 feet from an exit.
- Supports for compressors and condensers shall be of the same construction materials as the building or shall conform to the standards to safely carry the load of the equipment.
- Guards shall be provided for protection on flywheels, fans, or pulleys on any refrigeration machinery.
- Which of the following refrigerants is classified as a group 2 refrigerant?
- Gravity vent openings extended directly to the outside of a building shall not be less than_______.
- Which of the following are classified as group 1 refrigerants?
- When a piece of equipment is approved by a listing agency,it is also approved for use in New Mexico.
- One 30 ampere, single phase, 240 volt branch circuit supplys only six electric space heaters. Each heater is rated at 1000 watts. What is the maximum number of these space heaters this branch circuit may supply?
- How much light a security or fire alarm systems in which compost continuously except when the com is opened to allow a signal to be sent?
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 7 is ____.
- What size orface would you install in a boiler if you were furnished with the following information? The orface size would be ____.
- Air for ventilation and combustion may be less than 2 square inch for each ______ Btu input per hour.
- Valves and stop cocks shall be plugged and capped after installation if not used immediately.
- In no case shall a branch line to any gas appliance be installed having a diameter smaller than the appliance inlet.
- The minimum size piping from a point of delivery shall be 1".
- The hourly volume of gas required at each outlet shall be taken from the minumum hour rating.
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 69?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 68?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 67?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 66?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 65?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 64?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 63?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 62?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 61?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 60?
- Refer to the sketch of the boiler. What is the name of the device or appertanence at # 59?
- Unless otherwise noted, the requirements of The Mechanical Code apply to all boilers and pressure vessels including the ____.
- A union connection on a fuel gas supply pipe to an appliance shall be installed ____.
- All water supply, waste, water piping and connections of cooling towers shall comply with the provisions of:
- A boiler which is operated at a pressure not exceeding 15 psi steam is defined as a ____ boiler.
- Warm air furnace duct openings shall be at least 5` above the floor when serving:
- All hot water heating systems shall be provided with a/an ____.
- Domestic built in or free standing ranges shall have a vertical clearance of not less than ____ inches from unprotected combustible materals.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 6 is ____.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 5 is ____.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 4 is ____.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 3 is ____.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 2 is ____.
- Refer to the fuel gas piping layout at the end of the booklet. The size of the pipe at segment 1 is ____.
- Ground joint unions may be used on fuel gas piping:
- Required floor furnace excavations under any building shall slope outward from the perimeter of the base of the excavation to natural grade at an angle not greater than ___ degrees from horizontal.
- Refer to the vent diagram. The circumference of the vent is approximately ____.
- Refer to the sketch of the warm air furnace installation. The warm air furnace is approved type but not specifically listed for attic installations. As installed, the Code violation is ____.
- All exposed gas piping shall be kept above grade or the structure not less than ____ inches.
- Rough piping inspection of fuel gas piping shall be made ____
- Hangers and brackets for vented overhead room heaters shall be ____.
- Taking the circulating air for a heating system from a room containing residential cooking appliances is ____.
- Chimney connection made of type "L" vent material may be used with ____.
- All joints in fuel gas piping shall be ____.
- The minimum cover of earth for all horizontal plastic piping for fuel gas shall be ____ inches.
- The discharge from boiler relief valves shall be piped to ____.
- Domestic clothes dryers shall be exhausted to the outside if in a ____.
- Permanent exterior ladders providing roof access need not extend closer to finished grade than ____ feet.
- Rooms in which commercial and industrial incinerators are located shall be separated from the rest of the building by ____.
- Each room provided with an exhaust system shall have air supplied to the room ____ the amount of air to be exhausted.
- A room or space containing a fuel burning warm air appliance shall be provided with a/an ____.
- An under floor space may be used as a supply plenum provided ____.
- Heating and cooling equipment located in a garage and which generates a glow, spark or flame, shall be installed with pilots, burners, heating elements and switches above the floor at least ____.
- Floor furnaces shall be ____.
- A factory made gas vent listed by a nationally recognized listing agency for venting listed or approved appliances equipped to burn only gas is classified as a ____.
- The minimum cross sectional dimension of any combustion air duct shall not be less than ____ inches.
- Every fuel burning heating appliance shall bear a permanent and ledgible factory applied name plate on which shall appear ____.
- Venting systems shall be so designed and constructed as to develop a positive flow adequate to convey all combustion products to the ____.
- Of the specific requirements in obtaining combustion air in an attic, one is that the attic has at its maximum point a clear height of not less than ____ inches.
- Type "B" vents shall not be used for venting:
- A central furnace equiped with a fan or blower which provides the primary means for circulation of air is ____.
- Approved type unvented overhead room heaters shall be installed above the floor no less than ____ feet.
- A listed appliance allows a clearance from combustible material which is less than the standard clearance noted in the Code. If the appliance is installed to its listed clearance, the installation will be:
- Unless the venting system is an integral part of a listed appliance, in no case shall the area of any venting system be less than ____ square inches.
- Approved type unvented overhead room heaters shall NOT be installed in any:
- Rough piping inspection of fuel gas piping shall be made:
- Driving nails and similar attachments or screws through the duct walls into the building construction is:
- Every heater, floor furnace or wall furnace is required to have:
- An approved gas pressure regulator shall be installed in the gas pipe to the burners of boilers where the gas supply pressure is:
- Oil or gas burning appliances may be connected to a common venting system provided:
- Every vent connector which is part of a gravity type venting system shall have a continuous rise of no less than ____ inches per foot.
- The combustion air openings of the appliances and the appliance draft hood shall be:
- The minimum unobstructed total area of the circualting air openings or ducts shall not be less than 7 square inches per 1000 Btuh is a Code requirement for:
- Vented free standing room heaters shall be securly and safetly installed to:
- Floor furnaces shall be installed ____.
- Fans and motors when installed in a grease hood exhaust system shall comply with which of the following codes?
- Cooling towers which are equipped with a positive water discharge to prevent excessive build-up of alkalinity shall discharge the water into ____.
- Which of the following chemicals would be used for a dry method boiler lay-up?
- Equipment regulated by this code requiring electrical connections of more than ____ volts shall have a positive means of disconnect adjacent to and in sight from the equipment served.
- A contractor license number need NOT be displayed on which of th following?
- The discharge pipe from a safety relief valve on a power boiler must be
- Single wall chimneys serving a medium heat industrial appliance shall be a minimum of ____ gauge.
- Who is to determine the compliance of the mechanical system and maintenance?
- The building official may require that every request for inspection be ____.
- When added to a fractional horsepower motor, usually a start capacitor ____.
- A kitchen hood for collecting and removing grease and smoke is ____.
- Condensate wastes pipes from air-cooling coils of refrigeration capacity of up to 20 tons shall be:
- Shut off valves may be accessibly loacated inside wall heaters listed for:
- Which of the following has the highest compressing temperature?
- The location in the boiler where fuel and air mix causing combustion to occur is known as ____.
- Shut off valves between relief valves on a hot water boiler and the atmosphere are:
- Refer to the symbol above. This is the symbol for which of the following.
- In a well sized cooling tower, the water temperature will be:
- The minimum unobstructed total area of the supply air ducts from a heat pump shall be not less than ____ square inches per 1000 Btu/h nominal output rating.
- What is the minimum size horizontal support angle for a duct which has a side of 66".
- A residential wall mounted furnace flue may be constructed of single wall pipe.
- A 120-volt receptacle shall be located within ____ feet of the equipment for service and maintenance.
- 26 gauge sheet metal is ____ compared to 18 gauge.
- A three phase motor contains start windings.
- All gas appliances shall have ____.
- Given: A conststant volume of gas. If the temperature changes, the pressure changes. This is an example of ____ Law.
- The lockout relay coil is wired in ____ with overloads, and ____ with compressor contactor.
- Motor starter relays can be easily adjusted in the field.
- Which of the following shall determine access to refrigerating equipment in mechanical rooms?
- The clearance of a power vented single wall metal chimney connector shall be no less than ____ inches from combustible materials.
- Given: 15 degree offset bend. Offset is 23.5". Find the run.
- Given: 15 degree offset bend. Offset is 23.5". Find the travel.
- A siphon protects the bellows from distortion or rupture caused by:
- For which of the following reasons is a crank case heater used?
- If using a dry evaporator at a constant load, which of the following should be used?
- When utilizing an expansion valve, the equalizing line should be connected to the ____.
- If a firm whose only license holder is suddenly no longer available due to death, disability, or dissolution of the company, which of the following may be eligible for a temporary license?
- In a hot machinery room, the suction line should be insulated to :
- What is the normal voltage for a pilot safety solenoid?
- If a refrigeration system uses a TXV and liquid is found to be in the suction line, what will the result be?
- What is the most identifiable difference between an induction draft and a forced draft system?
- All but winch of the following is an important consideration in brazing and soldering?
- How much does it cost to renew a class "A" license?
- Which of the following boilers does NOT have to be registered?
- According to ANSI, which of the following is the most toxic refrigerant group?
- Condensate drains may NOT be piped with which of the following materials?
- Binders and interim certificates of less than ____ days will not be accepted.
- According to the Texas State Law, how many days before expiration must a license be reapplied for?
- A refrigeration unit with a 20 horse power capacity may NOT be located less than ____ feet from a factory door.
- Which of the following materials is used for piping methyl chloride?
- An eliptical tube with a transducer used for measuring pressure is called a ____.
- If the water pressure in a hot water boiler increases as the temperature of the water increases and causes the pressure relief valve to begin dripping, which one of the following would be the most likely problem?
- The liquid line in a refrigeration piping system is generally smaller due to:
- Other than for repairs, ____ are NOT permitted for joints for concrete sewer pipe.
- A building sewer is a part of a horizontal drainage piping system which begins ____ feet outside of the building wall.
- Each seepage pit shall be circular shaped and shall have an excavated diameter of NOT less than ____ feet.
- Where a minimum of ____ drain field lines are installed, a distribution box shall be required.
- Percolation tests are used to measure the ____.
- Septic tank disposal fields shall be sized to handle at least ____ % of the total septic tank sewage.
- Disintegration of solids in a septic tank is accomplished by ____.
- "T" handle torque wrenches used for assembling no-hub slip joints, are set to tighten the clamps to ____ inch pounds.
- No-hub cast iron pipe is cast in standard lengths of ____ feet.
- The flamable gas found in public sewers is ____.
- When using mechanical excavating equipment, the Code prohibits the use of such equipment within ____ feet of existing pipes.
- According to Code, the measured length along the centerline of the pipe and its fittings is the ____ length.
- According to the Code, except as otherwise allowed by the administrative authority, rain water may be discahrged into a public sanatary sewer line ____.
- According to Code, when installing cast iron hubless pipe, the stainless steel bands shall be tightened to no less than ____ inch pounds of torque.
- The invert elevation of a sewer line is the ____ of the pipe.
- A permanent elevation reference point on a jobsite is called a ____.
- A blue print has a scale of 1/4" equals 1`. A pipe on the print is 12" long. The length of the actual pipe is ____ feet.
- If the full length of a building sewer is 100` and the total fall is 25" then the slope of the sewer is approximately ____ inches per foot.
- A fitting that turns an angle of 22 1/2 degrees is called a ____ bend.
- Cleanouts under asphalt or concrete shall be ____.
- To insure proper compaction around piping, trenches shall be backfilled with clean earth in thin layers to a minimum of ____ inches above the pipe. Thereafter, deeper layers are permitted.
- According to the New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidlines, septic tank field installations shall have a minimum depth of earth cover of ____ inches.
- According to the New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidlines, the minimum recommended inside dimension of a septic tank for a one or two bedroom residence is ____ feet length by 3`-6" by 5` deep.
- According to the New Mexico Septic Tank Construction Guidlines, precast concrete septic tank walls and floors shall be constructed of a minimum of ____ psi compressive strength concrete.
- Given: A new septic tank installation is completed. The tank shall be tested ____.
- No building sewer shall be installed less than ____ inches below grade.
- Connections in cast iron pipe may be ____.
- Building sewer cleanouts shall be installed for each aggregate change in direction of ____ degrees.
- A building sewer shall have a slope of not less than ____ inches per foot under normal conditions.
- A public sewer may be considered as NOT being available when such public sewer is located more than ____ feet from a building.
- The spacing of disposal field drain pipes which are placed 2` deep shall be ____ feet minimum center to center.
- The perforated pipe in a disposal field shall be covered with ____ before backfilling.
- All septic tanks are required to have a minimum of ____ compartments.
- A leaching bed can be used rather than a disposal field provided the area of the bed is ____ % more than required for a disposal field.
- The size of a septic tank in gallons for building occupancys is NOT determined by the ____.
- Building sewer cleanouts shall be installed in straight runs, and not exceed ___ feet.
- The minimum horizontal distance required from a septic tank distribution box to a disposal field is ____ feet.
- The minimum depth of filter material over the drain lines of a disposal field shall not be less than ____ inches.
- The minimum depth of filter material under the drain lines of a disposal field shall not be less than ____ inches.
- The minumum width of a trench bottom in a disposal field shall not be less than ____ inches.
- The maximum length of any disposal field drain line shall not exceed ____ feet.
- All concrete septic tanks shall be protected from corrosion by coating with an approved bituminous coating or by other acceptable means. According to Code,this coating shall cover all of the interior:
- When disposal fields are installed, a minimum of ____ square feet of trench bottom shall be installed.
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, septic tanks may not be located under or within ____ feet of a building.
- What is the average precipitation rate for spray sprinkler systems?
- To insure durability and lessen maintenance, pop-up spray heads should be manufactured entirely of ____ materials.
- What type of nozzle is prefered for watering steep slopes?
- Which part of the sprinkler actually disperses the water?
- Given: In an irrigation system flooding of the flower beds is required and water contact with foilage is to be avoided. The sprinkler head designed for this application is called the ____ head.
- What type of installation practice shall be followed when rocky soil is encountered during trenching?
- What is the normal method used to determine the burry depth of branch lines in a sprinkler system?
- Under average conditions, the application rates of sprinklers are recommended to be _____ times the infiltration rate.
- Which of the following methods is the most effective in solving the problem of irrigating on sloping terrain?
- Refer to the figure above. The static pressure available at the shut off valve is ____ PSI.
- For best results, night sprinkler irrigation is done ____.
- The most important factor which determines turf sprinkler head spacing is the ____.
- The factor which most affects the distribution pattern of a sprinkler and which cannot be controlled by design or manufacture is ____.
- The highest point in a lawn sprinkling system is 35` higher than the water supply main. A minimum pressure of 35 psi is required at the highest point in the system. Not allowing for friction loss,the pressure at the main must be:
- Turf sprinkling systems should be designed on the premis that there will be ____ rainfall.
- A sprinkling system that has 50 pounds per square inch water pressure(PSI) has ____ feet of head pressure.
- The type of turf sprinkler system which is the most efficient in terms of uniform distribution of water, low evaporation loss, and the shortest time schedule for watering, is the ____ system.
- A ____ is required on the end of a centrifugal pump suction lines when the pump is installed above the water supply level.
- In pumps used to supply water to sprinkler irrigation systems, excessive suction lift, or insufficient pressure at the pump inlet could cause ____.
- A "hanging" irrigation sprinkler control valve can be caused by all of the following EXCEPT ____.
- When operating a pump start switch from a controller, the electricity source for the pump should be ____.
- In an irrigation control circuit 1000 in length, if the wire is changed from #14 to #12, the voltage at the remote control valve would be ____.
- If the number of sprinkler control valves on a control circuit is increased above the capacity of existing conductors, a conductor should be replaced with ____.
- Which is the common voltage requirement for the operation of a typical irrigation sprinkler system remote control valve?
- Compared to type TW, type UF electrical wire has ____.
- When determining the size of sprinkler piping, flow is calculated from ____.
- When friction the loss factor is 1.26 PSI per 100` of pipe, what would be the total friction loss in 875` of pipe?
- The pressure gauge at the pump discharge into the sprinkler main reads 96 PSI. A gauge located on the discharge pipe at the end of the main reads 40 PSI. There is 40` of increase in elevation from the discharge of the pump to the main discharge.
- The internal water pressure of a pipe is rated to withstand continuously without damage or rupture, is called ____ pressure.
- If pipe were constructed of the same diameter and wall thickness, polyethylene would have a pressure rating ____.
- The generally recommended maximum flow velocity in a closed pressurized PVC piping system is ____ feet per second.
- If the pressure at the beginning of a sprinkler lateral is doubled, the friction loss in the lateral will be ____.
- Which of the following would decrease pressure in a long run of sprinkler pipe?
- When plastic pipe is solvent welded, the bead of solvent on the pipe outside of the fitting should be ____.
- Class rated PVC pipe used for turf irrigation is rated by ____.
- Sand separators used in sprinkler systems depend on the ____ for their normal process.
- In PVC pipe irrigation systems, the wall schedule refers to the ____.
- The purpose of using primer on new PVC pipe prior to cementing is to ____.
- The purpose of a double check is ____.
- Which of the following causes of water hammar is the most common?
- As defined by ASHRAE standard 15, a sensor and alarm are required for A1 refrigerants to sense ____.
- Charged low pressure refrigeration machines may be most efficiently leak checked by using ____.
- A hydrostatic tube test kit will ____.
- Refrigerant is added to a centrifugal machine through the ____.
- EPA regulations require that all appliances containing more than 50 # of refrigerant (except for commercial & industrial) be repaired when the leak rate exceeds ____ % of the charge per year.
- For what refrigerant is an equipment room refrigerant sensor required under ASHRAE standard 15?
- When evacuating the refrigerant from a low pressure chiller, the recovery unit`s high pressure cut-out is set for ____ psig.
- Under EPA`s regulations, which of the following methods can be used to pressurized a system for the purpose of opening the system for a non-major repair?
- Charging refrigerant liquid into a refrigeration system under a 29 inch hg. vacuum can cause the ____.
- A centrifugal chiller`s rupture disk is connected to the chiller`s ____.
- On low pressure chillers, moisture most frequently enters the refrigerant system through ____.
- During vapor removal from the refrigerant system ____.
- A centrifugal chiller`s purge condensing unit ____
- The primary purpose of a purge unit on a CFC-11 chiller is to ____.
- A rupture disc on a recovery vessel for low pressure refrigerants relieves at ____.
- Leak testing a low pressure refrigeration system with nitrogen in excess of 10 psig could cause which of the following to fail?
- EPA regulations require that leaking commercial and industrial process refrigeration be repaired when the leak rate exceeds _____ % of the charge per year.
- What is the primary water source for a recovery unit condensing coil?
- How do you determine when enough vapor has entered the refrigeration system before you charge refrigerant liquid?
- Which of the following repairs would always be considered major under EPA`s regulations?
- When using recovery and recycling equipment manufactured AFTER Novenber 15, 1993, low pressure appliances must be evacuated to ____ level before disposing of the appliance.
- Which of the following is an indicator of a leak in a high pressure system?
- With an air cooled condenser on the roof of a building and the evaporator on the first floor, recovery should first occur ____.
- A moisture indicating sight glass is useful for ____.
- You can save time recovering the refrigerant from a system by removing as much as possible in the ____ phase.
- Which of the following is NOT part of the low side of the system?
- The component directly following the evaporator of a refrigeration system is the ____.
- When first inspecting a hermetic system known to be leaking, you should look for ____.
- Removal of the refrigerant charge from a system can be conducted more quickly by ____.
- After reaching the required recovery vacuum on an appliance, you should ____.
- Non-condensables in a refrigeration system result in ____.
- In a refrigeration system utilizing a thermal expansion valve, the component directly following the condenser is the ____.
- After installation of a field-piped split system, the unit should be first ____.
- Testing with soap bubbles is used ____.
- Refrigerant should be removed from the compressor outlet when ____.
- During service, quick couplers, self-sealing hoses or hand valves can be used ____.
- Before using a recovery unit to remove charge, what steps should be taken?
- You are sent out to service a 60-ton roof top package unit. The easiest way to check the type of refrigerant it uses is to ____.
- Backseating a suction shutoff valve will close the ____.
- Refrigerant has been recovered from an airconditioning system and held in a refillable cylinder, in order to replace the condenser coil. The refrigerant ____.
- Using the system dependent recovery process, which condition requires accessing both the high and low side of the system for refrigerant recovery?
- The department of Transportation Regulations, 49 CFR, require which parameter to be recorded on the shipping paper for hazard class 2.2, Nonflammable Compressed Gasses?
- When installing any type of access fitting onto a sealed system____.
- After installing and opening a piercing valve, if the system pressure is ____ do not begin the recovery process.
- When you check system pressures to determine the performance of a refrigerant, it is always necessary to ____.
- When servicing a small appliance for leak repair, ____.
- When R-500 is recovered from an appliance, it ____.
- After recovering refrigerant from a sealed system, if nitrogen is used to pressurize or blow debris out of the system, the nitrogen____.
- The following may be present in refrigerants used in small appliances in campers or other recreational vehicles and shold NOT be recovered with current devices:
- Why should you allow refrigerant inside a recovery cylinder to stabilize at room temperature?
- A storage cyliner of R-22 at normal room temperature (about 75 degrees F), in the absence of non-condensables, will be pressurized to ____.
- When using nitrogen in reparing a sealed refrigeration system, the nitrogen tank should always be equipped with a ____.
- Portable refillable tanks or containers used to ship CFC or HCFC refrigerants obtained with recovery equipment must meet what standards?
- All appliances must be equipped with a service aperture or other device which is used when adding or removing refrigerant from the appliance. For small appliances, this service port typically is____.
- A refrigerant that can be used as a direct drop-in substitute for R-12 in a small appliance is____.
- Which of the following is (are) recommended safety preactices when recovering refrigerants?
- Equipment manufactured after November 15, 1993 which is used to recover refrigerant from small appliances for the purposes of disposal must meet what standard?
- To speed the recovery process and insure that all refrigerant has been removed from a frost-free refrigerator:
- What chemical found in the upper stratosphere indicates that the ozone layer is being destroyed?
- Which of the following refrigerants has the lowest ozone depletion potential?
- What is one of the most serious results of damage to the ozone layer?
- The definition of recovery is ____.
- The state of refrigerant leaving the condenser of a refrigerating system is____.
- Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC) refrigerants are so named because they contain the elements____.
- The state of refrigerant entering the compressor is ____.
- Which of the following is a low pressure refrigerant under EPA`s refrigerant recycling regulations?
- After July 1, 1992 it is illegal to ____.
- System dependent recovery devices ____.
- Which of the following help protect the earth`s protective shield?
- Which of the following could result in violations of the Clean Air Act?
- Approved refrigerant recovery cylinders can be identified by which color code?
- An example of an HCFC refrigerant is ____.
- According to the ASHRAE refrigerant safety classification standard, which of the following designations would be most safe?
- The synthetic lubricant presently used with ternary blends is ____.
- Blended refrigerants leak from a system ____.
- An award of up to what amount may be paid to a person supplying information that leads to a penalty against a technician who is intentionally venting?
- Which of the following is a high pressure refrigerant under EPA`s refrigerant recycling regulations?
- Disposing of disposable cylinders is accomplished by ____.
- How many refrigerants may be recovered into the same cylinder?
- Which of the following leak detection methods is considered to be the most effective for locating the general area of small leaks?
- Reusable containers for refrigerants that are under high pressure (above 15 psig) at normal ambient temperature, must be hydrostatically tested and dated every ____.
- The component which changes a low pressure vapor into a high pressure vapor is ____.
- The reason for dehydrating a refrigeration system is:
- In a paint spray booth where flammable materials are handled, which of the following are required?
- How does a lower compression ratio affect compressor capacity?
- What three things are necessary for combustion air?
- When the source of combustion air is from the outside of a building, combustion openings shall conform to the following:
- A commercial kitchen duct must be ____ feet from an ajacent building.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is the definition of blow-down?
- An increase in pressure difference between condenser and evaporator will cause:
- Which one of the following is NOT a pressure reducing device?
- Which type of pipe is welded in a steam boiler system?
- What would happen to the efficiency if the system was flashing?
- How many ohms of resistence are in a good set of contacts?
- A low compression ratio is desired because:
- Decreasing air flow over an evaporator will cause:
- L2 in the wiring diagram blows a fuse. Nothing will happen to the compressor.
- R-12 cylinder with water releases vapor. What happens to the liquid refrigerant/water concentration?
- If low voltage is supplied to a chiller, which of the following will happen?
- What happens to the refrigeration capacity of a system when the refrigerant is superheated?
- What are the four ways to check for the proper amount of refrigerant in a system?
- The most common type of motor starter is:
- If the capacitor shorts and the current to the compressor is excessive, which of the following would happen?
- When you perspire the evaporation on the skin is an example of what type of heat transfer?
- What is the purpose of a lockout relay?
- What is the purpose of an ammeter?
- If you have a 6" round flue vent from a furnace which of the following may be connected?
- Heat load calculations are based on:
- Heat load calculations should NOT include:
- Bubbles in the liquid line are an indication of:
- A refrigeration enthalpy/pressure chart uses which of the following pressures?
- A heat anticipator on a heating stat should be wired in ____ with the contact.
- What type of motor does NOT need an external start switch?
- What should happen when you jumper across the starting capacitor on a motor ?
- A vertical duct 12 x 24 must be supported on centers of not more than ____ feet.
- Which of the following can be vented with a gas heater?
- Which of the following can convert an appliance from the fuel stated on the label to an alternate fuel?
- Combustion air systems are needed only on air duct systems.
- A pressure limiting device is NOT required on a factory sealed system with less than ____ pounds of group A1 refrigerant.
- Which of the following is NOT a metering device?
- How do you tell when the refrigeration system is low on refrigerant?
- The pour point of oil is best when it is:
- Filler material used in soldering a joint in a refrigeration system containing group A1 refrigerant, must be done at a temperature greater than ____ but less than ____ degrees F.
- What type of heat is conveyed with air movement?
- The venting of multiple heating appliances is allowable when ____.
- When the amount of heat removed from refrigerant is increased the affect will be____.
- A piping characteristic that affects compressor efficiency is ____.
- Before charging a hermetic system it must be evacuated to a pressure of ____ psia.
- Filler material may be soldered in systems containing:
- A moisture indicator is found where?
- Normally, in a refrigerating system, the refrigerant will be ____ degrees F colder than the evaporator temperature when the unit is running.
- In an electric heating system, the heaters are known as ____.
- Sulpher dioxide is classified as a ____ refrigerant.
- What is the saturation psig of R-12 at 110 degrees F?
- The parts of an absorber are:
- Which of the following convectors is NOT suitable for a hydronic hot water system application?
- A series-loop system of heat-emmitting units in a low temperature heating system is prefered because:
- Stack dampers in the flue of a gas fired hot water heating boiler except an automatic boiler with prepurge should be located ____.
- Stack dampers in hot water heating boilers fired with oil or solid fuel shall NOT close off more than ___% of the stack area.
- Joints in steam piping which are in concrete must be of which of the following?
- According to the Code, steam pipe which must be buried by tunneling, the trench may be no longer than ____ when the trench is 14` deep.
- When is it permitted to weld on a propane tank?
- Refer to the sketch on page 1534 at the back of this booklet. Dimension "C" is 5 feet, What is the length of dimension "D"?
- Approximately 1/2 of the combustion air supply to any fuel burning appliance shall be located within the upper ____ of the ecnlosure.
- When installing a central heating boiler that is NOT listed for closets or alcoves, it shall be in a room having the volume of not less than ____ times the volume of the boiler.
- When a trench runs parallel to the footing of a building and is deeper than the footing, the angle indicated by the letter "A" must be at least ____ degrees.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a steam or water pipe must be burried by tunneling, the actual length of the ternch permited when the depth of the trench is 16 feet is____feet.
- When is joint compound (pipe dope) permitted in dry chemical sprinkler piping?
- What is the name of the device that is designed to prevent a boiler from operating if the mechanically-operated draft device fails to provide the required exhaust?
- Piping for a hydronic heating system shall be tested at a pressure of NOT less than ____psi.
- In a fire protection system, a sprinkler head set at a temperature of 212 degrees F, would be what color?
- In a HPP system having a health hazard ranking of 4, the joints in the system shall be:
- When soldering copper water tube for a refrigeration piping system, a leaktight solder joint is obtained by which of the following?
- Water piping which interconnects a water cooled condenser and a cooling tower must comply with which of the following?
- Where a steam piping system requires the pipe to pass through a wall, the required size of the insulation covering the pipe must ____.
- All HPP waste or drainage system shall have an approved means for directing any spilled materials to ____.
- In a HPP system you may be awarded a change order to your contract, upon inspection it is found out that the following in not in place:
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, HPP is the designation for which of the following?
- In a commercial building, the following shall NOT be used for the passage of air.
- How many windings are in a single phase compressor?
- Joints on refrigerant-containing copper tube that are made by the addition of filler material shall be____.
- When a pressure gage is permanently installed on the high side of a refrigerating system, its dial shall be graduated to at least____ times the design pressure.
- Boiler efficiency will NOT be increased by which of the following?
- What is the maximum length allowable for a listed flexible connector to a gas burning appliance?
- Gaseous products of combustion are removed from boiler passsages by which of the following?
- Given: Air at a db temperature of 70 degrees F and 60 % rh passes through a heating coil. There is a 5 Btu per pound of dry air chhange in enthalpy. What is the leaving leaving air temperature (LAT)?
- Particulate products of combustion are removed from boiler passages by which of the following?
- If 3 unmarked refrigeration cylinders containing R12, R-22, and R-500 are all about 1/2 full and have been in the same room for several days at a temperature of 80 degrees F, which one contains R-22?
- At what point is a water line considered to be a main line?
- Which of the following work may be done on a boiler,but, may NOT be done without the approval of the administrative authority?
- In a chilled water piping system where the pipes are run outside and underground, the joints of the piping system shall be ____.
- The installation of the condensate piping from a water cooled condenser shall be regulated by which of the following?
- Copper tubing used to convey refrigerant must be supported at points NOT exceeding ____ feet.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, 3/4" steel pipe used to convey liquid refrigerant shall have a wall thickness of NOT less than that specified for schedule ____ pipe when field joints are NOT welded.
- A central heating furnace NOT listed for closet or alcove installation will be installed in a laundry room. The furnace measures 2` x 3` x 5`. To comply with the UMC, the volume of the laundry room must be ____ cubic feet.
- Refer to the residential ventilation system and chart at the end of this booklet. What size double wall vent is required for the furnace?
- A pneumatic operator with a spring range of 3-13 psi that has 8 psi applied will be ____.
- A device used in an air duct to prevent a heating/cooling system from running until adequate air flow is established is ____.
- Which of the following would be installed in a chilled water line, and would shut off the compressor if no fluid is flowing?
- Refer to the warm air furnace drawing at the end of this booklet. Iem 10 in the drawing is a typical installation location for ____.
- Refer to the typical supply duct figure at the end of this booklet. What is the component at the end of the arrow # 4?
- When a fire damper is installed in an HVAC air distribution duct, ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is NOT an approved duct installation.
- Volume dampers which are installed in the circulating air inlet of a furnace shall NOT be installed in a maner which will ____.
- In an evaporative cooling system, the water in the sump is ____.
- The air in an evaporative cooler is ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, which of the following is NOT required to be insulated or sound deadened?
- According to the UMC, when the volume of a room does NOT provide adequate combustion air for a gas fired furnace, approximately 1/2 of the required combustion air must be supplied by a vent within the upper ____ " of the enclosure.
- When installing a residential central air conditioning system where the condensing unit will be above the evaporator, a U-bend should be put into the suction line at the outlet of the evaporator to ____.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, when a pressure relief valve is required by code on a refrigeration system, it shall discharge into the ____ if not appreciably affected by back pressure.
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a ____ shall not be installed between a compressor pressure limiting device and the compressor it serves.
- A concrete or other approved base used to mount a refrigeration compressor (condensing unit) in an exterior location shall extend above the joining ground level a minimum of ____ inches.
- The jaws of a pipe wrench should face ____.
- A 2 inch fixture trap should not be more than ____ feet from its vent.*
- Which of the following items are needed to conduct an air test of the sanitary drainage and vent piping system?
- Cutting oil should be used when threading to ____.
- The standard wall thickness of galvanized steel pipe is schedule ____.
- A water closet should not discharge its waste into a horizontal pipe less than ____ inches in size.
- A ____ drain is the pipe that connects the base of the stack to the sanitary sewer.
- Water closets are rated at ____ dfu`s.
- A factor used to determine the size of water piping is the ____.
- A 100 foot column of water will produce ____ psi pressure.
- A water closet requires a ____ -inch waste pipe and a ____ -inch vent pipe.
- A trap seal is the water column retained between the top dip and the ____.
- A ____ may be used to change directions in drainage piping.
- A ____ can be use to cut or drill holes in concrete.
- The inlet and outlet openings of an angle valve are at ____ degrees to one another.
- Welding cylinders should be stored in a(n) ____ position.
- A stall urinal is rated at ____ dfu`s.
- The minimum water pressure that a DWV piping system should be subjected to when testing is a ____ -foot head.
- ____ is the volume of water a fixture uses in a given amount of time.
- A deep seal P-trap has a ____ -inch seal depth.
- No more than ____ water closets may drain into a 3-inch horizontal drain pipe.
- Plastic pipe may be joined by using ____ fittings.
- A ____ can be used to cut plastic pipe.
- Type K copper tubing is color coded ____.
- The Department of ____ enforces OSHA regulations.
- A domestic dishwasher is rated at ____ dfu`s.
- Any building in which plumbing is installed must have at least one vent stack or stack vent which is not less than ____ -inche pipe.
- The basic raw material used to make plastic pipe is ____.
- Ladders should extend at least ____ feet beyond the point of bearing.
- A ____ bender can be used to bend copper tubing without kinking it.
- A back water valve is a type of ____ valve.
- Water pressure within a building should not exceed ____ psi.
- A(n) ____ takes calcium ions out of a solution and replaces them with sodium ions.
- A fitting with an inside diameter of 3/4" should consume approximately ____ inches of solder.
- A ____ should be used to light a propane torch.
- A(n) ____ may be used to hang horizontal pipes from the ceiling.
- ____ causes trap seal loss.
- Trenches more than ____ feet deep in hard or compact soil must be shored to the angle of repose of the soil.
- Cast iron soil pipe is coated with ____ to prevent rust.
- Most plumbing codes require building sewers to be at least ____ inches in diameter.
- A lavatory requires a ____ -inch waste pipe and a ____ -inch vent pipe.
- The ____ is an estimate of the total demand on a water supply system.
- A ____ should be used to drill holes in reinforced concrete.
- A properly sized horizontal drain has a flow of approximately ____ the pipe diameter.
- Wet lead should be ____ before it is melted.
- Properly constructed power tools are approved by ____.
- Ladders should be set so the distance from the base of the ladder to the structure is ____ the distance from the base of the ladder to the top support.
- A vent opening should not be installed closer than ____ pipe diameters from the weir of the trap it serves.
- The ____ range is the temperature range between which solder is neither solid nor liquid.
- In a multi story building, the ____ pipe receives the discharge of water closets.
- PB plastic pipe joined by insert fittings should be tested at ____ psi for two hours.
- Laundry trays are rated at ____ dfu.
- Individual floor drains are not required to have a vent pipe if installed within ____ feet of a vented drainage line.
- The nuts on a cut groove pipe joint should be tightened to ____ inch-pounds.
- A ____ valve should be installed when water pressure in the street water main is excessive.
- Atmospheric pressure at sea level is ____ psi.
- A(n) ____ valve is designed to permit unrestricted flow of fluid.
- ____ should be inspected daily.
- Ladders should be provided every ____ feet in a trench more than 4 feet deep.
- A manometer may be used to ____.
- ____ is the water pressure in the street main or other supply source.
- When lighting a welding torch, only the ____ should be turned on.
- When cutting cast iron soil pipe with an abrasive saw, a ____ should be worn.
- A wheeled pipe cutter leaves a ridge on the ____ edge(s) of the pipe.
- The pressure during an air test of the DWV piping should remain constant for at least ____ minutes.
- ____ fittings cause a restriction in the flow of fluid through the pipe.
- ____ may break a trap seal because water is drawn out of the trap through porous material.
- Three or more water closets should not be discharged into a building drain less than ____ inches in size.
- The ____ of a rolling scaffold must not exceed four times the smallest base dimension unless guyed or stabilized by other means.
- Disposal of refrigerants in accordance with EPA can be only accomplished by:
- Refrigerant reclamation machines must meet SAE standards and remove ____ of the moisture and oil particulates.
- Refillable refrigerant containers should be filled to the maximum of ____ of volume with liquid.
- Which of the following refrigerants are possible replacements for R-12 and R-11?
- What do the letters EPA stand for?
- What function does the ozone layer perform?
- What does scale on a boiler cause?
- Which of the following is not the cause of the gas burner to shut off but still allow the pilot to remain burning?
- To energize a control circuit, the ____ must be closed.
- What effect does nitrogen have on a sealed refrigeration piping system when put into the line after brazing?
- If a starting capacitor shorts out and the electrical current to the compressor becomes excessive, which of the following will happen?
- Where does the feedwater stop valve install on an automatic hot water boiler?
- As the pressure drops, some of the steam flashes. Where does the steam go after the flash tank?
- What is the direct effect of carry over in steam boilers?
- A boiler having more than 500 square feet of water heating surface area shall have at least:
- A steam boiler does not need which of the following?
- Which of the following is the chemical designation of R-12?
- Which of the following must have safety devices?
- What is the saturation psig of R-22 at 110 degrees F?
- What is the normal power voltage for a 20 ton compressor?
- What is the common low voltage used for thermostat wiring?
- What is the voltage for low voltage control for a heating and cooling system?
- Which of the following is NOT considered when designing a refrigeration system with a remote air cooled condenser?
- What is difference between an air cooled condenser and an evaporative cooled condenser?
- The COP of a hot water HVAC system is 1.58. The input of the system is 62,000 Btu. What is the output of the HVAC system?
- Which of the following factors are common to R-11, R-12, R-22?
- Scale-forming salts are formed when the temperature reaches____.
- Steam superheaters are made in a variety of ways, but are made in at least one or the other of which of the following configurations?
- What is the function of a steam superheater?
- If liquid refrigerant is in the suction line, what should be done?
- What is the purpose of the TXV when superheating?
- What is the minimun practical superheat leaving the evaporator?
- What happens to the gases in a hot gas by-pass system?
- What is the frostline method of charging a refrigeration system?
- What is the minimum recommended temperature of boiler feedwater if a deaerating heater is NOT used?
- What is meant by the term deaereation?
- What is the Btu value of ice?
- What is the specific heat of ice?
- What is the weight of one gallon of water?
- What is the main component of a cooling anticipator?
- Use of mechanical excavating equipment is prohibited within_____feet of existing piping or appurtenances.
- Insulation must be used on surfaces within normal reach of building occupants at which of the following temperatures?
- Welded fittings which are used in steam and water piping as part of a heating or cooling system may be____.
- All steam boilers shall be equipped with:
- Duct enclosures for a type I grease hood shall be seperated from the duct by at least____inches and no more than____inches.
- If a system contains more than the quantity of a group 1 refrigerant permitted by section 1505 of the UMC, it shall be:
- Refrigerant piping which during normal operation could reach a surface temperature below the dew point where condensation could cause a safety hazard shall be____.
- When a duct is located in an attic space in heating zone III, the correct type of insulation to be used would be____.
- Forced draft systems and all portions of induced draft systems under positive static pressure during operation shall be designed and installed so as to be____.
- Unlisted single-wall metal chimneys (smokestacks) shall not be installed____.
- Which of the following is true of an appliance draft hood?
- Which of the following statements is true of a multiple-appliance venting system?
- Except as provided in other sections of the code, gravity vents shall extend in a generally vertical direction with offsets not exceeding:
- Except when specifically approved, vented wall furnaces shall be installed:
- An accessible approved shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel -gas piping:
- The definition of cooling is:
- Which of the following does NOT need a permit from the building official?
- When it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code:
- Minor additions,alterations,and repairs to existing mechanical systems may be installed in accordance with the law in effect at the time the original installation was made:
- Heat energy always travels from ____ to ____.
- A device used for reducing sensible heat:
- The specific heat of ice is____.
- A flooded type evaporator has excellent heat transfer efficiency because____.
- What is a splash system?
- A thermostatic expansion valve used in a refrigeration system is adjusted to obtain the best____.
- The definition of heat leakage is____.
- Refrigerant piping and joints connected and installed in the field shall be exposed to view for visual inspection and acceptance by the building official ____.
- What is the low pressure test for sulphur dioxide?
- What is the low pressure test for ammonia?
- What is the high pressure test for R-12?
- Applicants may appeal any dispute arising from a violation of the time periods set for processing an application for registration of a boiler with a letter to the commissioner no later than ____ days after the date the of dispute.
- A plate stamped "TX SPCL" means____.
- When the density of oil is greater than the density of freon, a film of oil will appear on the top of the liquid.
- What is considered to be an existing boiler?
- The inspection fee for a boiler with a heating surface of 300 square feet is $____.
- Every automatic boiler that is maintained by a permanent maintenance person does not need which of the following:
- A boiler may not be set on a foundation of____.
- What is used to reduce the movement of water for reading the water level on a gauge glass?
- To charge a system with vapor you must connect a cylinder to the____.
- If a pressure guage is permanently installed on the high side and is designed for 216 psig it should be graduated to at least____ psig.
- What is the setback for a 15 degree bend if the radius is 5 inches
- A secondary coolant cooled by a refrigerant and circulated to a conditioned space is an example of a(an) ____ refrigerating system.
- If an electric heater is rated at 30 KW, how many Btu per hour output is the heater?
- If an air vapor mixture is 70 degrees DB and 57.5 degrees WB, the specific volume is____ per pound of dry air.
- If an air vapor mixture is 80 degrees DB and 60% relative humidity, the wet bulb temperature is ____.
- If an air vapor mixture is 75 degree DB and 50% humidity the grains per pound of dry air is____.
- If an air vapor mixture is 80 DB and contains 77 grains of moisture per pound of dry air, the heat ratio is____.
- When additional fins are added to an evaporator, the system capacity____.
- If you have 80 grains of moisture and a wet bulb of 67, the dry bulb temperature is____.
- When the entering air temperature of a coil is 80 degrees DB, Relative humidity is 50%, sensible heat ratio is .80, leaving air WB is 60 degrees, what is the leaving DB temperature?
- When using iron or steel piping for a refrigeration system, what type refrigerant is used?
- Given: Glass with R value of 0, inside db is 72 degrees F, and relative humidity of 50%. Condensation will form on the glass at____.
- When calculating heat loads, shading is NOT considered:
- If sensible cooling is 160,000 Btu per hr, and total cooling is 200,000 Btu per hr, what is the sensible heat factor?
- If a duct is 18x12 and the velocity of the air in the duct is 1500 FPM, how many CFM is it carrying?
- Which of the following does NOT cause high head pressure in a small unit?
- Which of the following does NOT affect air washer efficiency?
- In a flooded cooling system, where does the water travel that needs to be cooled?
- How does a steam trap function when it is installed in a low pressure steam piping system?
- What instrument is used to test the strength of a brine solution?
- Dry chemical nozzles need ____.
- Given: A diagram of a solar water heating system. What kind is it?
- When a steam pipe penetrates a wall, what size should the sleeve be?
- In a solar piping system, where are the manual valves located?
- How much time can the interval between internal inspections be extended for other unfired steam boilers?
- The commission may assess an administrative penalty in an amount not to exceed ____ for each violation of a law or rule adopted by the commissioner.
- Endorsement codes on licenses are ____.
- Licensing examinations may be given anywhere.
- An applicant for an environmental air conditioning license must present satisfactory evidence of at least ____ of practical experience with the tools of the trade.
- Each air conditining and refrigeration company shall have a license holder employed full time in each permanent office operated in Texas.
- The certificate of insurance shall state that the insurance carrier shall notify the department at least ____ prior cancellation or non-renewal by the contractor.
- The insurance deductible for a Class A license is ____.
- A temporary license may be issued to a contracting firm whose only license holder is no longer available due to____.
- A Class B license holder may design, install, construct, maintain, service, repair, alter, or modify ____.
- A license number that has been relinquished, revoked, or expired without meeting reissuance requirements shall not be reassigned to a any license.
- The notice for re-examination and the re-examination fees must be received by the department no less than ____ prior to the date of re-examination.
- The Texas ACR Law does not apply to a person who performs environmental a/c maintenance work if the rerson is a maintenance man or maintenance engineer who is a regular bona fide employee of the property owner where the work is being do ne.
- The Texas licensing law does not apply to a person who performs air conditioning and refrigeration in a building owned solely by him as his home.
- Which of the following is NOT considered a mechanical joint?
- Which of the following gases can be used to test a refrigeration system?
- Which of the following terms describes oil at the lowest point at which it will flow?
- How much time can you extend between internal inspections of a power boiler?
- What happens when oil reaches it`s flash point?
- What is the coefficient of performance for an HVAC system when input Btu is 60,000 and its output is 49.2 KW?
- Which of the following boilers is NOT exempt from the boiler stamp plate?
- The age limit of a non-standard boiler installed prior to the date of Texas Boiler Law became effective is ____.
- A non-standard boiler having lap-riveted longitudinal joints and operating at a pressure in excess of 50 PSI that has been removed and reinstalled shall be set to operate at a pressure not to exceed ____.
- The locomotive-type boiler mud rim or wet bottom shall have the foundation of its setting not less than ____ above the floor.
- Stop valves over 2" in steam hot water boilers shall be ____.
- Which of the following instruments measures in thousandths of an inch?
- What is the low side pressure test for R-12?
- What is the high side test pressure for carbon dioxide?
- Refrigerant piping and joints connected and installed in the field shall be exposed to view for visual inspection and acceptance by the building official prior to being covered or enclosed.
- Solder is melted at a temperature no higher than ____ degrees.
- In a compression system the expansion valve is located ____
- Which of the following is not a type of compressor lubrication?
- Capillary tube is advantagous because ____.
- R-717, ammonia, is toxic and can be harmful if inhaled at what level of concentration for 30 minuts?
- Before charging a system, the system must be evacuated to a pressure of ____.
- To charge a system with refrigerant vapor, the connection from the cylinder is made at the ____.
- What is it called when oil flows best at a given temperature?
- What is the density of water?
- A flooded evaporator is used for ____.
- What is a dry evaporator designed for ?
- What will an increased difference between the condenser and evaporator cause?
- What type of evaporator has coils of copper inside a tube?
- How long does the inspection agency have to register the boiler?
- Which of the following describes boiler horse power?
- Which of the following is used for a feed water stop valve in a low pressure boiler?
- How is the tube diameter in a fire tube type water heater measured?
- Which of the following voltages are most commonly used in control systems?
- What type of temperature sensing control device is used in a hydronic heating system?
- What is the leak detection test for R-22?
- What is the capacity of a potable water heater?
- Standard air at 75 degrees F and relative humidity of 50%, has a total moisture content in grains per pound of dry air of ____.
- A 6" diameter duct will carry 50 CFM with a pressure drop of ____ "per 100` of duct length.
- On a Psych chart, if you have given the wet bulb temperature and the dry bulb temperature you can find which of the following?
- A 16" round duct has which of the following equivalent rectangular size?
- An air vapor mixture contains 80 grains of moisture per pound of dry air and a wet bulb temperature of 67 degrees F. What is it`s dew point?
- In a section of 18 x 10 duct lined with 1" duct liner, the inside clear dimension is ____.
- When the dry bulb temperature drops from 100 degrees F to 70 degrees F, the dew point rises, and the wet bulb stays at 65 F, this is an example of evaporative cooling.
- Air temperature as indicated by an ordinary thermometer is ____.
- Given: an air vapor mixture which is 80 degrees F and 60% RH. What is the dew point?
- Cooling is best accomplished when the refrigerant is ____.
- When a hermetic compressor which is designed for high temperature application is used for a low temperature application, what is the effect?
- A compressor`s displacement is determined by ____.
- One pound of water has ____ grains.
- A shell and tube flooded evaporator uses water flowing through the tubes.
- A limit control switch will ____.
- In a duct which measures 18 x 12 inside, the velocity is 1500 FPM. What is the CFM being handled by the duct?
- A furnace may be installed under a stairwell.
- An approved manual shutoff valve shall be installed ____.
- It shall be the duty of the owner of a new boiler installation to ____.
- Boiler rooms shall comply with ____.
- Where the gas pressure is higher than that at which the main burner is designed to operate, ____ shall be installed on all gas-fired boilers.
- An approved manual shutoff valve shall be ____.
- The discharge from relief valves shall be piped to within ____ of the floor or to an open receptacle.
- Ammonia is designated as refrigerant R-717.
- CH2CL2 is a refrigerant designated as R-30. This refrigerant is classified as a ____ refrigerant.
- Purging is an acceptable method of scavenging the combustion chamber, boiler passes and breeching to remove all combustible gases.
- A power hot water boiler is a boiler that supplies hot water in temperatures in excess of ____ degrees F.
- Motors and fans shall be of sufficient capacity to provide the required air movement as specified in this chapter.
- A refrigerating system shall sustain the test pressure specified in this section for a period of at least ____ minutes after the pressure-imposing equipment has been cut off and disconnected.
- Fuel-burning absorption systems shall bear a label containing the following information:
- Modifications made to the supporting framework of buildings as a result of the installation of an evaporative cooler shall be in accordance with the requirements of the UBC. Openings in exterior walls shall be flashed in acc ordance with:
- An evaporative cooler supported by the building structure shall be installed on a substantial level base and be secured directly to the building structure.
- At the compressor is where all the refrigeration takes place.
- Refrigerant oil is an excellant lubricant.
- Stop valves installed in copper tubing refrigerant piping ____" or less outside diameter shall be securely and independently supported by tubing or piping connected to such valve.
- Combustion air may be obtained from an attic provided that____.
- An angle greater than 45 degrees from the vertical is considered a horizontal run.
- Gravity vent from fuel burning appliances shall extend in a generally vertical direction with offsets not exceeding ____ degrees.
- Floor furnace locations shall be selected so that the burner assembly projects into unoccupied underfloor space.
- In installations utilizing flat floor furnaces, at least 6" clearance from wall surface shall be maintained. Flat floor furnaces shall be located so as to provide at least ____ clear space on two ajoining sides.
- Vented decorative appliances, vented wall furnaces, and room heaters shall not be located in which of the following places?
- Every furnace installed in or on an exterior wall of a building, which is designed so that the burners or controls must be serviced from outside the building, shall be readily accessible except for the following:
- A furnace room shall have access of not less than ____ in width.
- Combustion air ducts shall have a minimum cross-sectional dimension of ____.
- An evaporative cooler is a device used for reducing the sensible heat of air for cooling by the process of ____.
- Every permit issued by the building official under the provision of the code shall expire _____.
- Stratafication of air will result when there is ____.
- A motor for operating dampers uses power to open the damper works against ____ and holds the damper open unitl the set point is reached.
- What is the procedure when you get caustic solutions in your eye?
- Which of the following controls would be used in a hydronic heating panel?
- The design temperature for heat loss calculations is established:
- A lithium bromide absorption cooling tower can be used simultaneously to produce chilled water and hot water.
- What problems do high condensing temperatures cause?
- A centrifugal compressor is NOT a positive displacement compressor.
- Ice machines sometimes have the water inlet line wrapped around the water drain line in order to______ ?
- Heat exchangers are used in process heating and cooling.
- What is the purpose of keeping lock rotor temperatures low?
- On cold plates, used in series in process refrigeration, the efficiency or capacity is determined by _______?
- Sensible heat factor is sensible heat divided by latent heat?
- In checking out pressures on a refrigeration system, one would expect to use _______.
- Superheat is the amount of heat gained after the liquid refrigerant vaporizes.
- The effect of subcooling is _______ ?
- Moisture in a refrigeration system will cause _______ ?
- The operation of a thermostatic expansion valve depends upon _______ ?
- Refrigeration gases do NOT have weight, volume, or odor?
- If the resistance (R) stays the same, and the voltage (E fm) increases, the current (Intensity of current in amperes) _______ ?
- The device in the air located between the compression hot gas outlet and the liquid line inlet is _______ ?
- As condensing pressures approach the outlet temperature of the compressor, what will you expect to experience?
- If the condenser plugs up, which of the following could happen?
- Motors designed to operate at higher compression ratios will cause:
- How many stator or field windings in the diagram?
- A shaded pole motor can be used in high torque applications.
- When designing steam piping, the following must be taken into consideration:
- If multiple appliances are combined into the same vent, then _______.
- If you heat one end of an iron bar, the other end is heated by ______ ?
- A duct with a side of 36" requires _______ gauge of steel.
- Duct work clearance between a grease duct and a combustible surface is ______.
- What are the annual heating degree days in San Antonio, TX?
- The dew point changes if the dry bulb falls and the moisture content stays the same.
- A thermister is _______ ?
- The purpose of small piping in an air cooled condenser is to :
- Plate type eutectic evaporators are most commonly used in:
- If equipment or materials are accepted for use, it has to be _______ ?
- Before an item can be approved by a listing agency, it must ____.
- An approved agency is, according to the UMC _______ ?
- Those portions of piping systems in which the pressure does NOT exceed 160 psig and the temperature does NOT exceed 250 degrees F, shall comply with:
- Rooms or spaces in which any refrigerant-containing portion of a condensing unit is located shall have:
- Electrically energized components for refrigeration machinery rooms shall not be located:
- A pressure vessel of 3 cubic feet or less gross volume containing liquid refrigerant shall be equipped with____,provided, however that a fusible plug is permitted only on the high pressure side.
- A pressure relief valve that serves a compressor which is a portion of a refrigerating system containing Group 2 refrigerants shall be connected to the discharge side of the compressor____.
- Iron or steel refrigerant piping 1.5" nominal size and smaller and containing liquid refrigerant shall have a min. wall thickness not less than that specified in UMC Table 15-1, Table 15-1A for Schedule 80 pipe or____.
- Materials used in the construction and installation of refrigeration piping systems shall be____.
- Refrigeration machinery rooms shall:
- Refrigeration compressors of more than 5 hp rating shall be located at least ______ from an exit in a group A,B,E,I or R,Division 1 occupancy unless separated by a 1 hour fire resistive separation.
- Mechanical refrigerating and piping systems shall conform to:
- Any installation for which a permit is required shall not be put into service until it has been inspected and approved by the building official. It shall be ____ to notify the building official that the work is ready for inspection.
- Every hot water heating boiler, shall be equipped with ____ in order to prevent damage.
- A low pressure hot water heating boiler is a boiler in which water is heated for the purpose of supplying heat at pressures not exceeding _____and temperatures not exceeding ______.
- Piping in a hot water or steam system which extends outside a building shall be installed in order to:
- Joints in black wrought-iron piping shall be:
- What is the purpose of a low water cut off on a boiler that is not attended?
- The Texas Boiler Law provides for rules and regulations for the installation of boilers. A holder of which of the following certificates is not required to hold a license as an ACR contradctor.
- An assistant in the work of airconditioning or refrigeration under the supervision of a licensee is not required to be licensed by a municipality.
- The exam fee for a class A License is $100.
- A plumber who is licensed to do plumbing work may because of his plumbing license do environmental air conditioning work.
- One employed to perform process cooling and heating work for industrial operations such as a chemical plant, petrochemical plant, refinery, natural gas plant, or a natural gas treating plant is exempt from the license law
- All state licensees for airconditioning and refrigeration contractors must register at all municipalities.
- A license can be endorsed for environmental airconditioning or for commercial refrigeration but not for both.
- An applicant may not appeal any dispute for violation of time periods set for processing an application.
- Environmental Airconditioning maintenance work is the total replacement of the system or the installation of boilers or pressure vessels that must be installed by licensed persons pursuant to rules and regulations adopted by the commission under the Texas Airconditioning and Refrigeration Laws.
- To dewax oils, a form of process refrigeration is used.
- Frost at 30 degrees is ____.
- Valves in a sodium chloride brine piping system are all required to be bronze.
- The most generally accepted piping practice requires that provision for dismanteling is not important.
- Good piping practice is to run main lines as short as possible with consideration of refrigerant and oil flow.
- Suction lines are sized the same in a capillary tube system as in a thermal expansion system.
- Since water is a good conductor of heat, immersed wet storage will cool product faster than dry storage.
- In a freezer storage application, frost will collect on ______ and ______ before frost will collect on the evaporator.
- The humidity in a storage room can be controlled by coil temperature and running time.
- Liquid has a much higher heat transfer film than air, therefore, less evaporator surface is required to cool liquid than air.
- When frost formation is not a problem, bare pipe cooling coils are quite common in freezer storage.
- Indirect refrigeration systems often use hazardous refrigerants.
- The change in temperature between the substance to be cooled and the boiling point of the refrigerant in a process cooling system is____.
- Starting relays are easily adjusted in the field.
- Lock rotor torque is expressed as a percentage of torque delivered by the motor divided by the full load speed and rated volts.
- Vibration in boilers and in discharge piping is allowed when ________.
- When checking a medium temperature walk-in cooler, cycling time, and sight glass appear normal except the temperature. What would you check?
- A solenoid valve cannot be used as a pilot valve to a much larger flow control.
- The _______ is the device which uses high fluid velocity to create low pressure or a vacuum at its throat to draw fluid from another source.
- A greater condensing temperature will result in____.
- To minimize pressure drop it is better to use elbows than bend tubing.
- In a wheatstone bridge electrical or electronic controls are not passed.
- When is a liquid and a vapor the same temperature?
- Total resistance is equal to the sum of individual resistances.
- Entrophy is the engineering calculations for the power required for compression.
- The specific volume of standard air is 13.33 cubic feet per pound. Therefore it`s density would be 1 divided by 13.33 or:
- 33,000 foot-pounds of energy is equal to __________.
- Good piping practice in mid and low temperature refrigerating systems requires that the common and interconnecting liquid lines area equals the sum of the areas of the individual lines.
- Cascading refrigeration systems connect two or more refrigeration systems.
- To achieve low temperature in refrigeration applications, cascade systems are used. They may be connected in series.
- Installing a direct expansion evaporator requires an increased charge of refrigerant.
- When wax forms and is separated from the oil it collects in the refrigerant control. What is the remedy to this situation?
- A motor that is started up remotely, should use a fuse rated not more than:
- The ability of the capillary tube to carry vapor is the same as its ability to carry liquid.
- A display case has a problem with frost. What is causing the frost?
- For a given condensing temperature the lower limit of air quantity occurs when the leaving air temperature approaches the entering satruated refrigerant condensing temperature.
- An excess of non-condensable gas pressure may form a resistance film over some of the condensing surface, thus lowering the transfer coefficient.
- Parallel water systems using ethylene glycol use automatic fill valves.
- Why is pull up torque of a compressor as important as starting torque?
- A radial flow fan is a fan in which the air-flow is parallel to the fan motor.
- Some of the food processes which use refrigeration are:
- If not properly cared for fruits may spoil due to:
- All fruits and vegetables have their own best storage temperature and conditions.
- The production of Ice, artificial ice, or plate ice may be of two different forms.
- Process cooling often requires equipment to operate:
- Locker room evaporator plates must be connected in series only.
- Cyrogenic liquids such as liquid helium typically can provide test temperatures close to absolute zero.
- Chemical industry use of refrigeration systems are usually one of a kind in design.
- One of many commercial applications of nitrogen gas refrigeration systems involves the supply of refrigeration to other cyrogenic processes.
- In a mixed cascade system, where is the compressed refrigerant stream first cooled?
- Refrigeration is an important tool of heavy construction. What value is refrigeration during massive construction of concrete structures?
- When using multiple evaporators on a single compressor with no unloading caricature,, the following controls must be used.
- A display case refrigerant system must deal with store air around it. How is it dealt with?
- All fruits and vegetables are alive and remain so during storage and transportation.
- In frozen food processing where food is pressed between low temperature plates, these plates must be in series.
- Centrifugal blowers with high power motors are required to push air at high velocity as required in a blast freezer application.
- When capacity control is required, hot gas arrangement can be used. Hot gas bypass should:
- For low pressure refrigerant systems where the oil pressure of the evaporator is less than the ambient pressure a purge system is recommended.
- A receiver serves no thermodynamic function.
- Liquid receivers in most commercial systems serve:
- Exfiltration refers to:
- Constant superheat thermal expansion valve is one of the most common controls used for refrigerant flow control.
- A thermal expansion valve controls the flow rate of liquid refrigerant entering the evaporator in response to the superheat of the refrigerant gas leaving it.
- Pressures that affected the opening and closing of a thermal expansion valves are: spring pressure, evaporator pressure, and suction pressure.
- The reciprocating chiller compressor is well suited for both air cooled condenser application and low temperature refrigeration systems.
- The choice of a condensing unit should be made on the basis of run time necessary to meet the load.
- When operating , it is not always possible to determine the pressure of non-compressable gases.
- Common causes of high condensing pressures:
- Sizing a lithium bromide system is based on flow rate amount of inlet and exit temperature of the liquid to be chilled.
- Absorption systems are used successfully for air conditioning and comfort cooling. Such systems can also be used for heating systems.
- Centrifugal compressors principally use high pressure refrigerant in process cooling.
- Centrifugal compressors are positive displacement compressors
- To use a hermetic motor effectively, the maximum design load should be as close as possible to the break down torque at the lowest voltage used.
- Compressor capacity is equal to the mass flow of refrigerant produced by the compressor times the difference in specific enthalpy of the refrigerant vapor at the thermodynamic state when it enters the compressor.
- Testing, adjusting, and balancing of air and water systems is the process of:
- The manufacture of textiles and fibers requires excessive use of process cooling and refrigeration.
- In the printing process, relative humidity may cause the paper to change.
- What important difference is made between saturation vapor density and liquid density as the temperature rises?
- A saturated refrigerant temperature will be 10 to 20 degrees cooler than the leaving air of the evaporator. A wide temperature gap indicates ____.
- Why is a low compression ratio desirable?
- A super heated gas may be defined as a gas where no liquid is present.
- A refrigerant in a system will wear out due to the constant changes in temperature.
- When an oil separator is used in a low temperature application it should be kept in a cool place for best performance.
- The most common knocking noise by a compressor not caused by worn parts is ____.
- If a drum of R-12 partially filled with liquid refrigerant is stored in a 100 degree F room the pressure in the drum would be ____.
- The maximum allowable working pressure on the shell of an existing steam heating boiler shall not exceed ____.
- An airconditioning or refrigeration contractor may install and service control wiring at what maximum voltage?
- A TXV bulb shall be positioned ____.
- Which of the following must be avoided in the selection of a refrigerant oil?
- A refrigeration contractor`s license shall expire how long after the date of issuance?
- Water hammer is the result of ____.
- What is the maximum % of a receivers` volume the refrigerant should occupy during pump down for systems having a shutoff valve between the condenser outlet and the receiver inlet?
- Evaporators operating between 20 and 32 degrees F must frequently be ____.
- A temperature is listed as 35 degrees Celsius. What is the degrees in Fermenting degrees?
- A stop valve should be placed between the receiver and the relief valve ____.
- A cooling unit installed in an attic requires an additional pan with a drain pipe having a minimum diameter of ____.
- A split phase motor is a motor with a ____.
- Steam and hot water heating boilers with stop valves over 2" in size shall be ____.
- Refrigerant piping which is lower than the ceiling and crosses a pathway shall have a vertical clearance of not less than ____.
- The owner or operator of a boiler shall prepare a boiler for an internal inspection and hydrostatic test not less than how many days after notification by the inspector?
- The automatic expansion valve maintains constant pressure at the ____.
- If the boiler water tested 10 on the PH scale, it would indicate that the boiler water is ____.
- Calculate the length of a pipe in a 45 degree bend if the radius of the bend is 8".
- Spalling in a boiler refers to ____.
- Air enters a coil at 75 DB, 62 grains of moisture per pound of dry air. It leaves the coil at 53 DB, 56 grains per pound of dry air. What is the change in enthalpy in Btu`s per pound of dry air?
- Heat pumps which supply heating and cooling shall be sized to the ____ requirements and ____ will be provided to make up the difference between calculated heating load and the heat pump capacity.
- The stratafication of air can be avoided by ____.
- What is meant by the term "refrigeration effect"?
- The most common type of motor starter is ____.
- Power boilers shall be ____.
- It shall be the duty of the ____ to notify the inspector when the boiler installation is ready to be inspected and tested.
- The indoor overflow line of an open expansion tank for a hot water heating system shall terminate ____.
- All excavations in which piping is installed shall be completely backfilled as soon as practical after ____.
- Electrical equipment shall be approved for the class of use as provided in the ____.
- All inspection request are the responsibility of the builder.
- A stop valve shall be installed in the piping of any mechanical refrigerating system in the following locations:
- A license holder must register all assumed names associated with his license either with the Secretary of State if a corporation or the county, and assumed names shall be listed with his license.
- A contractor is exempt from this law if the work that is done is done on temporary equipment.
- Evidence of insurance coverage is required. However the commissioner may waive the requirement for a license applicant or holder not contracting with the general public.
- All advertising by contractors requiring a license under the act designed to solicit business shall include the ___.
- Separate examinations for each class of license for environmental air conditioning and for commercial refrigeration and process cooling are:
- A $25 fee shall be required and accompany each request for a revised license or to replace a lost or duplicate license.
- Air conditioning and refrigeration contracting is the design, installation, maintenance, and repair of a product or for equipment in environmental air conditioning, comm- ercial refrigeration, or process cooling or heating systems.
- Heat loss calculations for buildings slab on grade according to Manual J the heat loss near the edge will be greater than near the center. A perimeter system will affect the change in temperature.
- Heat transfer is by _______.
- Design conditions of a space are 80 degrees dry bulb, 50% relative humidity. The leaving air temperature of the coil is 55 degrees dry bulb and 54 degrees wet bulb. What is the space sensible heat ratio?
- Standard air at 75 degrees dry bulb and 50% relative humidity has moisture content in grains per pound dry air of _______.
- Heat transfer through walls below grade and a concrete slab is not a factor in a cooling load.
- Heat transmission through a window is by:
- If the dry bulb and wet bulb to a conditioned space are lower than the sensible heat ratio, the relative humidity for the space will be ________design condition.
- With a psychometric chart you can find:
- Use the psychrometric chart. The dew point of an air vapor mixture is 57.5. The wet bulb temperature is 65 degrees. What is the relative humidity.
- If an internal equalized expansion valve is used on an evaporator that has excessive pressure drop what will happen to the evaporator capacity?
- A duct is measured on the inside to be 18 X 10. The duct is lined with 1" duct liner. What is the outside dimensions of the duct.
- A duct is carrying 1000 CFM. The friction loss per 100` of duct is .11". What is the duct size?
- The largest dimension of a duct is 66". What size angle support is needed if a trapeeze hanger is used?
- Lined duct inside clear 18X12. How many cfm are being handled if the velocity is 1500 FPM?
- A compressors compression ratio depends upon what?
- It is important to install a sight glass in a capilary tube refrigeration piping system to aid in charging the system.
- There is 2545 BTU in 1 HP. What horsepower is required for a 12,725 BTU compressor?
- Set point may be defined as follows:
- Enthalpy is the total amount of heat in one pound of a substance calculated from accepted temperature base.
- An oil pressure failure control does:
- How is density expressed?
- An electric actuator for a proportional controller contains:
- What is the accepted method of cleaning a shell and coil condenser?
- A compressor displaces 15 cfm and pumps 12 cfm. What is its volumetric efficiency?
- All trenches deeper than the footings of any building or structure and parallel- ing the same shall be at least:
- Every hot water heating boiler, other than manually fired, shall be equipped with a :
- Boilers must be equipped with which of the following:
- A closed vessel used for heating water or liquid or for generating steam or vapor by direct application of heat from combustible fuels is:
- Vertical piping for a hot water system shall be secured at sufficiently close intervals to:
- Power boiler piping systems must conform to:
- Except as otherwise stated, a boiler which has a capacity or rating of more than 700,000 BTU input must conform to:
- The Texas boiler law defines a heating boiler as ______.
- Absorption systems containing Group A3 refrigerant shal be located not less than ______from any door, window or ventilating air inlet to any building.
- Grease ducts and plenums serving a type I hood shall be constructed of not less than # ______ manufacturers standard gauge steel or # _____manufacturers standard gauge stainless steel.
- A portable refrigeration container may be connected to a refrigeration system as long as it is semi-permanent.
- Compressors of the positive-displacement-type shall be equipped with a pressure relief valve:
- What do you have when the suction line and the liquid line are soldered together?
- According to the UMC, no mechanical joint shall be made in soft annealed copper in pipe size greater than:
- An absorption system, when installed outside of a building shall be located at least 20 feet from an exit door, window or ventilating air inlet in a building if it contains over ______ of Group A3 refrigerant.
- Air ducts and fire dampers which are a portion of an evaporative cooling system shall comply with:
- Ducts used for conveying products shall be of substantial airtight construction and shall not have openings other than:
- Air filters which use liquid adhesive coatings:
- When a vertical hood or exhaust duct is equipped with a power exhauster, the approved control system shall be interlocked so as to permit operation only when the power means of exhaust is:
- In installations utilizing flat floor furnaces:
- The minimum unobstructed total area of the supply air ducts is equivalent to:
- A permanent electric outlet and lighting fixture controlled by a switch located at the required passage way shall be provided for furnaces installed in attics:
- When more than one heating and cooling system is installed on the roof of a building, it shall be permanently identified as to the:
- No person shall make connections from a source of energy fuel to any mechanical system or equipment regulated by this code until ______.
- Whenever any work for which a permit is required by this code is commenced without first obtaining a permit:
- The Board of Appeals shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting it`s business and shall render all decisions and findings in writing with a duplicate copy to the building official and____.
- The building official may grant modifications for individual cases, provided that ____.
- The building official may require that every request for inspection be filed at least______ prior to such inspection.
- One heating system may serve two or more dwelling units.
- Air from exhaust ducts with grease shall be vertical exhaust outlets for grease ducts serving commercial food heat-processing equipment shall extend vertically through the roof. Such extentions shall be at least ____ above the roof surface.
- Two places where duct insulation is not required is in the conditioned air space and under a concrete slab.
- Metal ducts when installed in or under a concrete slab shall be encased in at least_______ inches of concrete.
- A hot water heating system which utilizes a closed-type expansion tank must have the air vents located at the ____.
- Which of the following refrigerants may be used in direct systems used for human comfort?
- Heating and airconditioning equipment located on a roof which must be serviced by having to access to the equipment by a permanent ladder, or private stairs is readily accessible.
- A heating coil has 5.25 Btu per pound of dry air of sensible heating to air in, and the entering conditions are 70 degrees dry bulb and 61 degrees wet bulb. What is the leaving wet bulb temperature.
- A coil removes 60 grains of moisture per pound of dry air entering at 80 degrees dry bulb and 50% relative humidity. If the leaving air dry bulb temperature is 54 degrees, what is the leaving dew point temperature?
- With a psychrometric chart, if you know the dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures of a water vapor mixture, you can find the following:
- Applicants who fail to appear as scheduled for an exam and have failed to provide the program director not less than ____ hours prior to a scheduled exam, must reapply and pay in full the exam price.
- You are requiired to provide the commissioner within 6 months in writing of any changes in: mailing address,change of location, business affiliations, or business telephone number.
- A person licensed under the Natural Resources Code, chapter 113, may perform work as an airconditioning or refrigeration contractor without an airconditioning or refrigeration license.
- Each air conditoning and refrigeration contractor must have a license holder in each of his permanent offices and be in direct supervision of the work.
- Certificates of insurance shall be issued to each municipality where airconditioning and refrigeration contracting is performed.
- A person is exempt under this law if he performs environmental air conditioning work on a portable or self contained air conditioning units that have a cooling capacity of less than 30 tons.
- In a complex of buildings, having one or more environmental A/C units, a class "B" license may design and install any system, product, or equipment of not more than 25 tons of cooling capacity if each separate complete unit is not over 25 tons.
- Environmental air conditioning is the process of treating air to control ____.
- A system over charged with refrigerant is more critical than a system that is undercharged.
- For low pressure round ducting, the following joints are acceptable:
- Dew point temperature can be found on the saturaton line of the psychrometric chart.
- Internal heat gains of a space may consist of the folowing:
- Verticle duct supports for a duct with any maximum size side shall not be more than ____ feet on centers in the verticle direction.
- In determining heat gain for a structure, which of the following must be considered?
- Dry air weighs less than moist air.
- Air conditioning can include ____.
- Natural gas has a heating value in BTU per CF of ____.
- A separate exam is required for environmental air conditioning and for commercial refrigeration and must be passed with a score of at least 80 in each class.
- Lowering the temperature of supply air for a conditioned space, for cooling purposes, increases the amount of CFM required.
- A 6-1/2" duct will carry ____ CFM at a friction loss of 1" per 100` of duct length.
- 6000 CFM of air with a velocity of 1500 FPM will have a friction loss of ____ per 100` of duct length.
- Relative humidity can be described as the ratio of water vapor in the air compared to the maximum amount of water vapor that the air can contain at a given temperature and pressure.
- The dry bulb temperature is measured by blowing air across an ordinary thermometer which has wet gauze wrapped around the bulb.
- The saturation curve of the psychrometric chart is the same as the 100% relative humidity curve line.
- A 6" diameter duct will carry 50 cfm with a pressure drop of ____ per 100` of duct length.
- Human comfort requires a relative humidity of about ____.
- A radial flow fan is one in which ____.
- A mechanical shaft seal is necessary in ____.
- What are the basic voltages that can be taken from a 4 wire 208 volt system?
- The term "modulating control" signifies ____.
- Clearance in a compressor has no effect on ____.
- The relationship between water vapor present in air to the greatest amount possible at a given temperature is termed ____.
- Why is a double suction riser required in some installations?
- A compressor with forced lubrication has an oil pressure gauge reading of 65 psi. If the crank case pressure is 35 psi, what is the net oil pressure?
- Static electricity in computer rooms and data processing rooms is generally caused by ____.
- Sensible heat may be defined as the heat left in order to ____.
- When piping two or more compressors in parallel, care should be taken to ____.
- Enthalpy is ____.
- Which of the following is used to determine compressor displacement?
- Duct systems of approved plastic material shall be used to handle only ____.
- Piping embedded in concrete or masonry used for radiant heating or cooling panels may be ____.
- A boiler which has a volume exceeding 120 gallons or a heat input exceeding 200,000 Btu per hour, or an operating temperature exceeding 210 degrees F that provides water to be used externally of itself is defined as a ____.
- It shall be unlawful to operate any boiler without first applying for a valid certificate of operation from the ____.
- Steel fuel gas piping installed underground in exterior locations shall be:
- A listed appliance allows a clearance from combustible material which is less than the standard clearance noted in the code. The requirement to which it is installed is its listed clearance. The installation will be ____.
- All forced air and gravity type warm air furnaces shall be equipped with a listed air-outlet temperature control switch which cannot be set for temperatures higher than ____.
- Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements ____.
- Appliances may be vented into a fireplace chimney.
- Duct insulation used in a conditioned attic, should be 2" thick fiber glass or rock wool with a minimum density of .6 pounds per cubic foot. For the purpose of this question assume a heating location of 8002 degree days.
- Duct systems of approved plastic material shall be used to handle only ____.
- Ducts conveying exhaust from hoods over commercial kitchen ranges, should have a conveying velocity of ____.
- Sprinklers and other fire protection devices shall be installed within ducts which have a cross-sectional diameter in excess of ____ when containing flammable vapors or fumes.
- From which of the following places is return air prohibited?
- What is the maximum distance from the bottom of a canopy hood to the surface with an exposed flame?
- A duct serving a type I hood penetrating a ceiling, wall, or floor shall be enclosed in a duct enclosure ____.
- The maximum distance vertically between supports on a 24 x 12 duct shall be ____.
- A separate and individual system which shall not be a part of any other system, shall be provided for ventilating each room containing any of the following:
- Combustion air for gas appliances shall not be taken from ____.
- In a room or space where an evaporator or brine coil is located for the purpose of reducing the temperature below 68 degrees F is a ____.
- Condensate from air conditioning coils and the overflow from evaporative coolers shall be collected and discharged to a ____.
- All water supply, waste water piping and connections on a cooling tower shall comply with the provisions of ____.
- An approved, listed, semi-rigid, flexible metal tubing connector may be used to connect a gas appliance, provided the connector does not exceed 3` in length, except that a range and clothes dryer may not exceed 6`.
- According to the the Uniform Mechanical Code, the building official may call for reinspection ____.
- The board of appeals shall enter all decisions and findings in writing to the building official with a copy to ____.
- Vent connectors shall be pitched upwards towards the chimney at least ____.
- The minimum insulation thickness required on all metal ducts installed within a conditioned space is ____.
- A required machinery room for mechanical refrigerating equipment shall have an unobstructed working space of not less than 3` wide and 6`-8" high provided ____ and moving machinery.
- An access to equipment located under a floor or in an attic shall be ____.
- The minimum distance of a wall furnace from the ajacent side wall is ____.
- Which of the following types of pipe is not permitted to be embedded in concrete that is used for a radiant heating panel?
- Fuel gas supply piping may be bent as long as ____.
- An automatic hot water heater has a control device to limit it`s temperature to ____.
- Fuel gas piping under a building in a mobil home park must be which of the following?
- A residential water system has: 2-tubs, 2-lavs, 2-clothes washers, 2-water closets, and 3-hose bibs. Water pressure is 50 psi. Developed length is 60`. Size the building supply.
- Using a 1/4" per foot scale, it is determined that the total number of scaled inches of 4" roof drain pipe is 10-1/2". What is the actual length of 4" roof drain represented by the 10-1/2" ?
- What is the required flow rate of a grease trap which has 4 connected fixtures?
- No more than ____ approved slip joint fitting(s) may be used on the outlet side of a trap.
- The minimum area of any vent installed in a combination waste and vent system shall be at least ____ the inside cross-sectional area of the drain pipe served.
- Which of the following persons is responsible to make and keep a permanent record of the location of all piping and venting carring chemical wastes?
- No steam pipe shall be directly connected to any part of a drainage system, nor shall any water having a temperature in excess of ____ degrees F be discharged under pressure into any part of a drainage system.
- The use of ABS and PVC DWV piping installations shall be limited to ____.
- What is the maximum trap load, in fixture units, for a 2" trap?
- Which of the following materials shall not be used for underground drainage piping?
- Copper tubing which is installed vertically shall be supported at each story or at maximum intervals of ___.
- Caulked-on closet rings shall be no less than ____ in overall depth.
- Caulked-on closet rings shall be not less than ____ thick.
- A waste pipe which does not connect directly with the drainage system, but conveys liquid into a receptor which connects directly to the drainage system is called ____.
- A ____ is a drain pipe extending laterally from a soil or waste stack or building drain with or without verticle sections or branches.
- A device designed to retain grease from one to four fixtures is called ____.
- A boiler blow-off is an outlet on a boiler to permit ____.
- The physical separation between an indirect waste receptor and the indirect connection to that receptor is called ____.
- Chemical vents shall not intersect ____.
- The discharge capacity, in gallons per minute, for one fixture unit is ____.
- A T&P valve installed on a boiler that is inside a building shall have a ____.
- According to the UPC what is the minimum size vent for a system?
- In a solar system which is tied into a hot water heater, at what temperature should the mixing valve be set?
- HOW CLOSE SHALL A T&P VALVE BE INSTALLED TO A WATER HEATER?
- A sewer drain line may be covered up when ____.
- A swimming pool with a new 40,000 btu heater has been added. The total btu demand prior to the installation was 96,000 btu. The resultant new developed length of the piping system is 65`. Size the new yard line.
- A drainage system serves 2 water closets and 4 lavatories. What is the size of drainage pipe required?
- In a private sewage disposal system, how far after the distribution box can the drainage lines begin?
- According to the Solar Code, which of the following tests can be substituted for the potable water connection test?
- When designing a lawn sprinkler system which of the following factors cannot be controlled?
- PVC piping used in lawn sprinkler systems is classified by which of the following?
- What is the minimum allowable distance between a vent termination and a window? (you`ll have a diagram for this one)
- All valves in a water piping system shall be ____.
- What is the maximum length of a metal connector for a fuel gas appliance other than for a range?
- What is the PSI at the bottom of the dranage pipe if the test for a 4" drainage system is 30` of head?
- According to the UPC, 3 sinks may be put on the same trap. What is the allowable distance between drains?
- When is blue line copper not permitted to be used?
- Which of the following types of copper may be used for drainage piping?
- Which of the following is not a form of backflow prevention?
- A trap arm may change direction without the use of a cleanout by the use of not more than ____.
- The vertical distance between a fixture outlet and the trap weir shall not exceed ____.
- Slip joints may be used in the following:
- In water pipng, slip joints may be used only on the ____.
- Backflow prevention devices installed in the water supply line to steam boilers shall be installed ____.
- The maximum length of an indirect waste pipe without a vent is ____.
- A roof is 30`-6" x 50`-6". It has 12" of water standing on it. What is the weight, in tons, of the water standing on the roof?
- Given: A roof is served by 5 roof drains. the roof is 180` x 100`. rainfall is 4″ per hour. What is the size of a verticle roof drainage pipe if it drains the entire roof?
- Given: A roof 180`x 100` is served by 5 roof drains, each serving equal areas. Rain fall is 4″ per hour. The pipe slope is 1/4″ per foot. What is the size of the horizontal drainage pipe size serving two roof drains?
- ABS piping installed horizontally shall be supported at no more than ____ intervals.
- How many yards of fill are required to fill a trench 3` wide, 2` deep, and 30` long.
- When vent pipe intersects drainage pipe it must intersect the drain pipe ____?
- Which of the following has blue line marking?
- The capacity of the steam pressure safety valve is given in ____.
- When part of a limited charged refrigeration system is protected by a pressure-relief device, the design pressure of the part need NOT exceed ____.
- The minimum high side pressure for a field leak test for ammonia is ____.
- In a direct expansion chiller, the refrigerant is on what side of the tubes?
- A refrigeration system in which the gas evolved in the evaporator is taken up by an absorber is called ____.
- An absorption system must be equipped with a factory installed pressure relief device ____.
- Identify the symbol in the diagram.
- If a voltage transformer has a 120 Volt amp capacity and the secondary coil voltage is 24 Volts, what is the secondary input current?
- The use of a water-soap solution for leak detection is not recommended for ____.
- A portion of a refrigeration system may be located in a ____.
- For positive displacement compressor type refrigeration systems, stop valves shall be installed in the refrigerant piping in all but which of the following locations?
- Given: A bypass offset of 8". Use 30 degree bends. The bend radius is 10". The length of the set back from each bend is ____.
- Given: A bypass offset is 8". Use a 30 degree bend. The bend radius is 10". The length of travel is ____.
- Given: A bypass offset is 8". 30 degee bend is used . The radius of the bend is 10". The length of the run is ____.
- When soldering large pipe, a Y shaped torch with a double flame is desirable because it ____.
- The minimum low side pressure for a field leak test for R-502 is ____.
- In the event of an emergency, an ammonia type absorption system should be discharged ____.
- A gauge pressure of 0 psig is equal to an absolute pressure of ____.
- Where is the evaporator pressure regulator located in a refrigeration system?
- Pigtail siphons are used with a pressure boiler pressure gauge to ____.
- Above a critical temperature a refrigerant ____.
- A room other than a machinery room in which any refrigerant containing portion of a condensing unit is located, shall as one option have a mechanical exhaust system providing an air exchange every ____.
- A suction accumulator is used on the low side of a system to____.
- Brine is ____.
- All boilers except portable boilers and potable water heaters shall have what minimum clearance for access on all sides?
- An external equilizer line usually runs from the expansion valve to the ____.
- A licensed airconditioning and refrigeration contractor can simultaneously work for how many business entities for which he is the sole license?
- Which of the following condenser types is not used in airconditioning or refrigeration work?
- In a refrigerating system iron or steel pipe joints shall not be ____.
- A license may not be reissued that has been expired for a period of ____.
- All but which of the following jobs may be performed by a licensed contractor?
- A cooling rate of 100 Btu`s per minute is equal to ____.
- What is the major difference between soldering and brazing?
- When water is used as a condensing medium, the saturation liquid temperature of the refrigerant must be ____.
- Power boilers shall be inspected internally and externally ____.
- How many threads per inch are cut on a 2" steel pipe?
- A class A license requires a minimum of how much aggregate commercial general liability insurance for property damage and bodily injury?
- If the water level in a boiler gets too high what should occur?
- The capacity of a cooling tower depends upon the ____.
- A boiler shall be stamped with the Texas boiler number plate ____.
- The initial license fee for a class A license is ____?
- Compared to an air cooled condenser, a water cooled condenser ____.
- When the high-pressure guage of a gauge manifold is firmly installed on the high side of a refrigerant system, the dial scale may be graduated in ____ increments.
- What type of switch is used with a capacitor start motor?
- To test a running capacitor, first ____.
- Refrigerant piping shall be supported at points not more than how far apart?
- Which of the following materials may be used in contact with methyl chloride in a refrigeration system?
- How is current measured using a clamp on amp meter?
- An 8 HP refrigerant compressor shall be located how far from an exit in a factory? (a factory is a Group B, Division 2 occupancy)
- The nominal water-containing capacity of a hot water suppler boiler shall be at least ____ gallons.
- A temporary license may be granted to a firm for a period of ____.
- An evaporative cooler is supported directly on the ground by a concrete slab. The surface of the slab shall be a minimum of how high above the adjoining ground levels?
- A condensate overflow pan for a cooling unit located in an attic must be equipped with a drain pipe that is at least ____ diameter.
- On a high pressure boiler an evaporation test is a method of testing a ____.
- A joint obtained by the joining of metal parts with alloys which melt at temperatures higher than 800 degrees f is a ____ joint.
- The chief source of vibration in a typical compression / vaporization refrigeration system is a ____.
- The temperature of a boiler combustion chamber can be measured by using a ____.
- No valve shall be placed in a boiler system between the boiler and a ____.
- Cylinder unloaders are a common method of capacity control on ____.
- Identify the IC symbol used on internal and wiring diagrams for control systems.
- Sulfer Dioxide is a fairly stable refrigerant and is ____.
- Which of the following gases may be used in a refrigeration system for testing?
- The oil safety switch ____.
- A small vibration is permitted in a boiler provided that it ____.
- Rigid or flexible metal enclosures or pipe ducts shall be provided for what type of piping containing refrigerant other than Group 1 refrigerant?
- A bourdon tube reacts to a change in ____.
- To raise 35 pounds of water from 60 degrees F to 70 degrees F requires ____.
- What is the purpose of a double suction riser in a refrigeration system?
- As the liquid level in a high side flow chamber rises, the valve will ____.
- All boiler rooms shall be provided with a minimum of ____.
- Sodium sulphate is a chemical that is commonly used to treat boiler water, and is one of a nunber of chemicals refered to as ____.
- A three wheel hand held cutter is preferable to a hack saw for cutting copper tubing for refrigeration systems because it ____.
- Low voltage at the compressor, whether the source is the power supply or excessive line loss, will contribute to ____.
- Subcooling is a term used to describe the cooling of ____.
- A renewal application and the renewal fee for a contracting license should be recieved by the department at least how long before the expiration date?
- An economizer uses the gases of combustion to heat the ____.
- Superheat is heat added to a refrigerant ____.
- Trucks used in airconditioning and refrigeration contracting work shall display it`s license number and company name in letters a minimum of ____.
- The boiling point of a liquid increases when ____.
- A unit is considered to be readily accessible if it can be reached for operation, to renew or repair quickly ____:
- What is the minimum distance from the floor of a garage to the burner of a furnace located in the garage?
- What is the minimum working pressure of a fire protection system?
- Given: Heating unit 1,000,000 Btu input. 20` high vent. Lateral distance is 6`. Double wall. What is the size vent pipe?
- At what minimum pressure on the building supply must a pump be installed?
- Exhaust air ducted to the face of a building needs ____?
- In a solar piping system, valves and joints must be ?
- Joints in a solar piping system of dissimilar materials must be ?
- Which of the following is not permitted to be embedded in concrete for use in a radiant heating panel?
- You can bend pipe used for fuel gas piping if you ____?
- Domestic freestanding ranges shall have a verticle clearance above of not less than ____ to unprotected combustibles.
- An automatic hot water heater has control devices to limit the temperature to ____?
- Gas piping installed underground in a mobile home park shall be installed in a gastight conduit of schedule ____?
- A fixture which alows potable water to be discharged into a drain has to be____?
- At what pressure does a low pressure hot water boiler operate?
- The lighting output of an incendesant lamp is expressed in ____.
- Which of the following swamp coolers is pictured in the diagram above?
- According to the Modern Refrigeration and Airconditioning manual, which of the following describes what may cause a lock-out relay to energize on a warm air heating system?
- There is a chilled water pipe exposed in a room. There is a danger of condensation. When will the condensation occur?
- A compressor unloader is used to ____.
- What does a swamp cooler do with water?
- What size vent pipe is needed for a 125,000 Btu forced air furnace?
- Two gas appliances are vented with a common vent. One is a 3" vent connector. The other is a 5" vent connector. The minimum size common vent required to vent these two appliances is ____.
- A swamp cooler (evaporative cooler) recirculates which of the following?
- Refrigerant piping and tubing shall be supported at points not more than ____ feet apart.
- Ducts shall be securely fastened in place at ________?
- A room has 12,000 cubit feet of volume. 12 air changes per hour are needed. How many cfm are needed?
- Rectangular ducts should be supported horizontally how many feet apart?
- How much refrigerant may be stored in a refrigerant storage room?
- A furnace located under the floor shall have ____ at or near the furnace?
- A furnace located under the floor shall have a clearance of ____ from the ground?
- An attic furnace shall have decking from the entrance opening to the furnace of not less than ____ wide.
- The size opening of the drain for a condensate drain pipe shall be?
- What length must the piping system be before being permitted to use an alternate sizing system?
- All water valves used for shutoff or control shall be ____?
- What is the minimum earth cover for horizontal plastic pipe use for building service?
- A domestic clothes dryer shall be vented to the outside if it is installed in ____?
- The identification of terminals on a duplex receptical to which a grounded conductor is to be connected must be substantially what color?
- What must be completed before altering a boiler?
- Gas line under a building are ____?
- How far from the bottom of of a closet must the combustion air opening be?
- 1 1/2` COPPER PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED EVERY ____ FEET.
- The inlet compartment of a septic tank should not be less than ____ of the total length of the tank.
- Cleanouts should extend to ____?
- WATER METERS ARE ____.
- A BAKERY IS DEFINED AS A ____ OCCUPANCY.
- REPAIR GARAGES ARE DEFINED AS A ____ OCCUPANCY.
- THE NFPA DEFINES CHURCHES TO BE A ____ OCCUPANCY.
- WHEN A PRESSURE TANK IS USED WITH A SPRINKLER SYSTEM, THE WATER IN THE TANK MUST BE KEPT ____ FULL.
- ALL NEW FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS MUST BE TESTED BY A ____ TEST.
- WHENEVER A TEST BLANK IS USED IN A FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, THEY SHALL BE A ____ TYPE.
- COPPER TUBING OF TYPE ____ IS SUITABLE FOR BENDING.
- ON FIRE SPRINKLER RISERS TWO INCH AND SMALLER, THE MINIMUM SIZE DRAIN VALVE THAT CAN BE USED IS ____ INCH.
- WHEN THE CAPACITY OF AN ISOLATED TRAPPED SECTION OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPE IS AT LEAST ____ GALLONS, AN AUXILIARY DRAIN VALVE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
- VALVES CONTROLING FIRE SPRINKLING SYSTENS ARE ALLOWED TO CLOSE IN A MINIMUM OF ____ SECONDS WHEN OPERATED AT MAXIMUM SPEED.
- A SPRINKLER HEAD WITH A TEMPERATURE RATING OF 212F WOULD HAVE A GLASS BULB COLOR OF ____.
- THE LARGEST SIZE PIPE THAT MAY BE SUPPORTED FROM TOGGLES IN A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS ______INCH.
- THE PREFERRED LOCATION FOR A SYSTEM CONTROL VALVE IN A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS:
- ACCORDING TO NFPA 13, ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ARE APPROVED METHODS OF SUPERVISING SYSTEM VALVES EXCEPT:
- IN A FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, LISTED MECHANICAL-GROOVED COUPLINGS AND ROLL GROOVED PIPE MAY BE USED:
- FOR A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, JOINT COMPOUND MAY BE APPLIED TO FITTING THREADS:
- Hard drawn copper tubing shall be marked with a colored stripe _____" wide.
- An electrical device has a 120/240 volt single phase service with a balanced net computed load of 28 kVA. At full load, what would be the measured current for the ungrounded conductor?
- What is the lead size for a flashing?
- What is the lead size for a shower pan?
- What floor is the yoke vent on?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the size of a combination temperature and pressure valve shall be ____.
- What fitting is used on a yoke vent?
- What is the minimum height of a washer stand pipe?
- What is the minimum permissable torque on a no hub clamp?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the maximum allowable distance between manholes is ____.
- What are the tools used to pack okum called?
- Copper pipe installed in the ground should not be mixed with?
- ABS pipe deteriorates from ____.
- Where pipes are installed so that they pass through concrete or masonry, they must be ____.
- What is the thickness of a floor flange?
- IN A DRY PIPE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, THE MINIMUM SIZE FOR PIPING IN A TIE-IN DRAINS IS _____ INCH.
- THE CAPACITY OF A TRAPPED DRY FIRE SYSTEM SEGMENT IS 10 GALLONS. THE DRAINAGE FACILITY REQUIRED IS:
- A FOUR STORY BUILDING HAS A SYSTEN VALVE ON EACH FLOOR. THERE ARE NO TRAPPED SECTIONS. HOW MANY DRAIN VALVES ARE REQUIRED IN THIS SYSTEM?
- THE MAIN DRAIN SIZE REQUIRED FOR A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM HAVING A 6" RISER IS:
- 40 FEET OF CROSSMAIN ON A DRY FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IN A FREEZER MUST HAVE A MINIMUM PITCH OF _____ INCH(ES).
- THE MINIMUM SIZE PIPE THAT MAY BE USED IN AN UNCALCULATED FIRE PROTECTION RISER, SUPPLYING BOTH SPRINKLERS AND STAND PIPE IS _____ INCH.
- 45 FEET OF HORIZONTAL PIPING IS RUN FROM A TEE IN THE FIRE SPRINKLER CROSSMAIN TO SUPPLY A 1 1/2" HOSE. THE MINIMUM SIZE PIPE THAT MAY BE USED IS ____?
- LARGEST SIZE STEEL PIPE REQUIRED IN A PIPE SYSTEM RISER TO SUPPLY 4 FIRE SPRINKLERS ON EACH OF 7 LEVELS IN THE STAIRWELL OF AN ORDINARY HAZARD OCCUPANCY IS____.
- The largest size pipe that may be installed at the end of a crossmain in a fire protection system is:
- INTERIOR FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS MUST BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND A MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF ______ PSI.
- ACCORDING TO THE UFC, WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING TYPE SYSTEMS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED FOR THE PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL TYPE COOKING EQUIPMENT?
- IN A DRY PIPE SPRINKLING SYSTEM, THE MAXIMUM TIME PERMISIBLE FOR THE SYSTEM TO BE FULLY OPERATIONAL IS ______ MINUITS?
- When the pressure at any hose station outlet exceeds _____ psi an approved device shall be installed to reduce the pressure.
- Zinc coating on ducts prevent what?
- The test of a dry chemical system includes checks of which of the following?
- What must be provided to the owner for fire protection devices?
- What is the air pressure in excess of the calculated trip pressure to be carried in a dry pipe system?
- Faced insulation is installed on the outside of a duct. It shall be legibly printed with all but which of the following information?
- A hot water heating system must have its pressure relief valve (pop-off) set at what temperature?
- According to the uniform solar code, 3/4" copper pipe must be supported at what intervals?
- What is the action of the high limit switch on the top of a solar hot water storage tank?
- On a solar water heating system, what is the device called that is used to mix the solar heated water with the cold water supply?
- A trapped section of fire sprinkler pipe that holds over ____ gallons of water must have a nipple and brass cap.
- A transformer has a primary voltage of 460 volts, a primary current of 120 amps, and a secondary current of 240 amps. The secondary voltage of the tramsformer is ____ volts.
- Gas calculation problem. Refer to figure 2-1 at the end of the booklet. What is the size of pipe at segment "B"?
- Which of the following is allowed to test a fuel gas piping system?
- In a class 3 stand pipe what size outlet is used on each floor?
- What is the purpose of the access valve on a filter dryer?
- In which of the following pieces of refrigeration equipment does the cooling of the refrigerant happen?
- When refrigerant expands too quickly through the metering device, which of the following is the unwanted result?
- What is the outside air requirement in cfm per square foot per person?
- What is the elevation in feet from the restaurant floor to the roof of the five story building. Refer to the set if drawings at the back of the exam booklet.
- A furnace flue outlet is 60" above the floor. The hight of the elbow from the floor is 61-1/2". What is the length of the flue connector?
- What is the common vent size for two 5" vents?
- According to the Code, which of the following is a cross connection?
- In an extra hazard occupancy, how many sprinklers are allowed on a 3" steel pipe?
- In a nornal hazard occupancy, how many sprinklers are allowed on a 3" steel pipe?
- In an extra hazard occupancy, how many square feet is allowable for an individual sprinkler head?
- In a normal hazard occupancy, how many square feet of coverage is allowable for an individual sprinkler head?
- A fire extinguishing system must be tested how often?
- What is minimum free board?
- What is installed in place of an interlock?
- Vapors in a steam boiler produce what generated psi?
- Which of the following liquids would you find in 106 grade B pipe?
- An air vent is 18″ above the pressure guage of a solar collector. 5# pressure is added to the system. what is the psi reading on the guage ?
- When the specific ventilation requirement for a building is not known, it is best to size the ventilation system based on ____ CFM per square foot of floor area?
- What is the sleeving requirement for fuel gas piping under a building?
- Refer to the diagram of a piping fitting above. Which of the following is it?
- What is the best strainer to use in a permanent water installation?
- Fire sprinkler piping uses rolled groove couplings on what schedule pipe?
- Which of the following is used to neutralize acid ?
- After installation of HWH you must give to the owner the instructions and ____?
- Which of the following eliminates air from in the distribution piping system?
- Discharge nozzles must have a blowoff cap to prevent ?
- Dry chemical discharge nozzles are made of?
- The relationship of steam piping to sleeve size.
- When using precharged refrigerant tubing what type of connection is used?
- Given: Furnace installation in attached garage to heat apartment.Concrete-filled steel posts in front of furnace to protect from accidental hitting of furnace. How high above finshed floor must this furnace be installed?
- A machinery room in a grocery store has: 1-1 ton open type(belt drive), 2-5 ton semi- hermetics, 4-7.5 ton semi-hermetics, 3-3 ton hermetics. According to the UMC, what size(sq.ft.) natural ventilation openings are required?
- Which of the following is used for a pilot tube for a gas hot water heater?
- What is the release pressure in the nozzle of a dry chemical system?
- According to the New Mexico Solar Guide, how much solar is permitted to be used on a home?
- According to NFPA 17, in a restaurant hood dry chemical fire protectuion system the manual pull for actuation shall be located no more than ____ above the floor.
- In a dry pipe system, how many seconds are allowed to release water into a fire sprinkler system?
- How many gallons per second are released into a sprinkler system?
- ACCESS TO THE REFRIGERATION METER IS USED FOR ?
- A refrigeration system needs refrigerant, what could happen?
- When is the safest & most acceptable time to charge a refrigeration system from the high side?
- A halon 1211 fire extinguisher must be tested how often?
- Which of the following airconditioners is NOT a self contained unit?
- Which is NOT the reason for pilot ignition failure?
- A refrigeration piping system which uses brine in its piping system, shall be tested at what pressure?
- What is the minimum size pipe at the end of a cross main?
- Water meters in fire protection systems are ____.
- What is the maximun hangar spacing for 4" sprinkler pipe?
- What is installed ahead of pumps in a chemical piping system?
- An increasse of water pressure causes an increase in water temperature, why?
- The minimum bracing for a trench 6` deep x 30″ wide is?
- Where is the location of a circulating pump in a residential hot water heating system?
- A flexible rubber bladder inside the expansion tank for a closed loop piping system shall have a test pressure of?
- In a low pressure system, the high limit switch is controlled by what?
- What is the function of a steam trap on a low pressure system?
- The freezing point of brine is determined by what?
- Expansion loops prevent what kind of damage?
- WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS NOT THE REASON FOR PILOT IGNITION FAILURE?
- In a building with more than one apartment dwelling where should the cutoff valve be located?
- What is the PSI setting for a relief valve on a solar heating system?
- A heating system may work without electricity with the use of a pilot generator because ____.
- WHAT TYPE OF SOLAR HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM IS SHOWN IN THE DIAGRAM?
- What is the manual pressure to activate a dry chemical fire extinguishing system?
- In a water piping system serving two buildings on a premise, what must each piping system have?
- Service technician comes to the house, depresses the knob on the furnace to light the pilot. The pilot does not light. What could be the problem?
- Threaded joints in iron or steel pipe used for a refrigerant piping system shall be of approved type and tinned or coated to _____?
- When an appliance is converted from the fuel specified on the label, which of the following can NOT give permission?
- WHAT IS REQUIRED WHEN CONVERTING AN EXISTING BOILER TO AUTOMATIC?
- In a solar piping system a flow control valve is use to prevent what?
- When is it recommended to charge a refrigeration system from the high side?
- WHAT IS THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE POINTS OF SECURING A SOLAR PANEL?
- When installing precharged refrigerant lines on a domestic residential air conditioning system, it is recommended that the quick-connecting fitting be coated with ____ just before assembly.
- Flexible gas appliance connectors shall not extend thru or penetrate?
- What is the duct width divided by its height called?
- A Group A, Div 1 occupancy is 200`x300`x80` high, 80% occupied. A 10 stage recripricating system using R-22 will be used and is classified as a direct system. According to the UMC, what is the maximum amount of refrigerant permitted?
- What is the common vent size of furnace with 145,000 Btu output and a water heater with 25,000 Btu rating. The height of the flue is 18`.
- Gas piping calculation problem. Refer to figure 2-1 at the end of the exam booklet. What is the size of the pipe at segment "C"?
- Refer to the set of drawings at the back of the exam booklet. What is the elevation in feet from the cafeteria floor to the top of the penthouse roof in the diagram?
- What is the total amount of 4" roof drain pipe required for the piping system shown in the diagram?
- What is the length pipe required from manhole A to manhole B in the diagram?
- WHAT IS THE MINIMUM GAUGE FOR A FIRE DAMPER SLEEVE?
- Outlet boxes mounted in walls and ceilings constructed of wood or other combustible material must be mounted so that the front edge of the box assembly will ____ the finished surface.
- The connection between the filter waste discharge piping and the p trap of a swimming pool shall be made by means?
- What is the minimum schedule PVC threaded fittings for pools, spas, or hot tubs?
- What is the minimum schedule pvc for threaded fittings in hot water heating systems?
- WHAT TYPE OF VALVE IS REQUIRED AT THE HIGH POINT OF A SOLAR SYSTEM FOR DRAIN DOWN?
- WHAT MUST BE INSTALLED AT THE HIGH POINT OF A SOLAR SYSTEM UNLESS NOT REQUIRED BY DESIGN?
- An inspection is required for a solar system except where it is ____.
- According to the Solar Energy Code, a closed loop solar heating system shall be tested at a pressure of ____ the maximum design operating pressure.
- What is the test pressure for an open solar loop connected to a potable water system?
- What is a pyranometer?
- Which of the following instruments measures direct radiation on a surface?
- What is a Langley ?
- Concentrating solar collectors collect what kind of insulation?
- Solar collector which uses reflectors and passes radiant energy thru an aperture onto an absorber is call what?
- The NEC considers the area around the dispensing pumps in a service station to be a hazardous location. This area extends to a height of 18″ above grade, and up to a distance of ____ from the enclosure of the dispensing pump.
- A branch circuit run in knob and tube wiring is extended using type NM cable. Which of the following methods is acceptable for splicing the NM cable to the knob and tube wiring?
- A metal raceway protects a grounding electrode conductor. The raceway is connected on one end to a panel that has concentric knock-outs. What is the minimum grounding requirement for this GEC raceway?
- According to the NEC, what are the two branches of the hospital emergency system?
- A telephone cable needs to be installed through a fire rated wall in a home to a phone in an attached garage. According to the NEC what provisions must be made?
- In an underground rigid non-metallic conduit system that consists of a 10 foot length between pulling points, what is the maximum number of bends that this run may have?
- Which of the following is NOT an approved method of grounding the frame of a 120/240 volt clothes dryer in a single family dwelling?
- A lighting outlet is located over an indoor hottub. If it isn`t protected by a ground-fault circuit interruptor, what is the minimum distance allowed between it and the maximum water level?
- There are 4 bolt holes on a flange what is the maximum pipe size?
- A central air conditioning unit has a branch circuit nameplate current rating of 56 amps. Temperature rating is within allowable limits. What is the minimum size type THHN conductor that may be used to feed this unit?
- What are the components of 95/5 solder?
- What is the minimum allowable fill over the drain tile in a drainage field?
- The minimum width of the trench bottom in a private sewage disposal field is?
- What is the minimum depth of gravel required below the drain tile in a drainage field?
- How much weight must a septic tank cover be able to support?
- What is the maximum cover for a septic tank?
- What is the minimum length of a septic tank?
- Minimum bottom area of trench in a private disposal system?
- What is the minimum allowable length of the inlet compartment of a septic tank?
- Minimum distance from the distribution box to the drain field?
- Given: 6000 square foot roof; 2" per hour rainall; In accordance with Appendix D of the Uniform Plumbing Code what is the minimum size vertical pipe from one drain to adequately handle the drain.
- ABS pipe may NOT be stored in direct sunlight for how long ?
- What kind of dope is permitted on abs threaded fittings?
- What is the low pressure air test for a drainage system?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, ABS pipe and fittings shall not be stored for long peroids ____.
- Plumbing vents shall extend through the roof surface through a ____.
- What is the minimum clearance from an insulated water heater to protected combustibles?
- What is the minimum clearance from an insulated water heater to unprotected combustibles?
- What is the minimum clearance from an uninsulated water heater to protected combustibles?
- What is the minimum clearance from an uninsulated water heater to unprotected combustibles?
- What is the minimum area of combustion air supplied to a hot water heater in a closet?
- A water heater is an appliance designed to supply hot water at ____ degrees F.WHAT TEMPERATURE?
- What must be placed in a medium pressure gas line?
- What is medium pressure gas?
- What is the minimum size supply line for a range or mobile home?
- Where can the Btu content of gas be found?
- Leakes in fuel gas lines may be found by applying____.
- How are defective parts in fuel gas lines repaired?
- What is the maximum length of a flexible listed range connector?
- Maximum distance from any fuel gas appliance to its shutoff valve?
- Maximum distance from the gas log to its shutoff valve?
- Where are bushings in fuel gas piping prohibited?
- What is added to joints & piping on underground fuel gas piping systems?
- How far above grade does fuel gas piping have to be ?
- Joints not screwed in a fuel gas piping system must be ?
- The joint compound approved for use in a fuel gas piping must be applied to the _____and must be _____ in fuel gas.
- What is treatment for the ends of pipe cut for a fuel gas system?
- Which of the following kinds of pipe is NOT permitted for natural gas piping systems?
- Where are gas meters prohibited?
- A gas main shutoff valve must at all times be what?
- What must precede all gas meters?
- In multiple gas meter locations each separate piping system must be what?
- Which of the following must be done when a sewer line is abandoned?
- Cleanouts under asphalt or concrete shall be made?
- A drainage line change of direction of _____ degrees requires a cleanout?
- WHAT IS THE LOCATION OF A BUILDING SEWER CLEAN OUT?
- When is it permitted to discharge rain water into a sewer system?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, unions are to be installed within____of a water heater?
- How far below frost line is water pipe to be buried?
- When are water service piping & sewer pipe permitted in the same trench?
- What is the temperature limit on a hot water heater?
- THE INSTALLER HAS LOCATED A NEW HWH TOO FAR FROM ITS RECOMMENDED PLACEMENT. WHAT MUST HE DO?
- AT WHAT TEMPERATURE MUST A PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE BE ADDED TO A HWH?
- What is the psi setting from the factory of a temperature/pressure valve in a hot water heater?
- What is the requirement in the building supply when the pressure at the street exceeds 80 psi?
- What is considered excessive water pressure?
- What is inadequate water pressure?
- A HYDRONIC HEAT PIPING SYSTEM IS CAPPED AND REMOVED FOR FUTURE USE AS POTABLE WATER PIPING. IS THIS PERMITTED?
- How high above overflow tube of a tank type water closet must the critical level (c/l) be?
- How high above a fixture must the critical level (c/l) of the vaccuum breaker be?
- Direct connections of potable water and sewer ?
- What is the minimum depth of the curb for a shower receptor?
- What is the maximum depth of the curb for a shower receptor?
- What is the minimum interior dimension of a shower stall?
- What size circle must a shower stall be able to encompass?
- What is the maximum slope per foot of the floor of a shower?
- What is the minimum slope per foot of the floor of a shower?
- What is the minimum interior finish area of a shower stall?
- What is the center line rough in dimension of urinals?
- What maximum percentage of lead content in solder is permitted for copper water pipes used for potable water?
- Which of the following is not permitted to discharge into a grease trap?
- How many pounds of retention does a grease trap with a flow rate of 50 gallons per minute have?
- A grease trap with a flow of 20 gpm has a retention capacity of?
- What is the maximum number of fixtures allowed to discharge into a grease trap?
- Which type of grease trap may have adjustible flow control?
- What is the minimum rate of flow for a grease trap?
- What is the maximum rate of flow for a grease trap?
- Which of the following must use a grease trap?
- What is the maximum allowable temperature of discharge water into a grease trap?
- What is the maximum depth of a trap seal?
- What is the minimum depth of a trap seal?
- Which of the following traps are permitted by special permission?
- What is the maximum length of a 1 1/2" trap to the vent?
- The maximum distance from the trap to the vent of a water closet?
- What is the maximum distance from the trap of a shower to the drain of the shower?
- What is the maximum allowable developed length for a 1-1/2" trap arm?
- WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM THE SHOWER TRAP WEIR TO THE VENT?
- What is the maximum allowable length of a tailpiece?
- When may a verticle waste pipe be used as a combination waste & vent?
- A SEPARATE VENT IS REQUIRED FOR A COMBINATION WASTE & VENT IF THE BRANCH EXCEEDS?
- In a combination waste & vent how much larger must the pipe be?
- What is the minimum area of a vent installed in a combination waste and vent system?
- What is the verticle pipe between any 2 consecutive inlet levels of a drainage system called?
- What is the minimum size of a verticle wet vented section of pipe?
- A kitchen sink is directly above a water closet. size the wet vent section?
- No chemical vent shall_______vents for other services.
- Whenever practical, chemical waste vents shall be installed so as to be ____.
- WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TEMPERATURE OF LIQUID DISCHARGED INTO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM?
- A fixture or receptor which recieves wastes from indirect waste pipes must be run so as to be_____.
- How is the vent from an indirect waste pipe run to the outside?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, evaporative coolers and airconditioners shall be drained through an ____.
- What is the minimun air gap required when potable water is discharged into the drainage system?
- AN INDIRECT WASTE - MINIMUM DISTANCE FRON THE VENT TO THE TRAP
- How high above the floor must a relief yoke vent be connected to the vent stack?
- What shuts off the gas in the event of pilot ignition failure?
- Where vents connect to a horizontal drain pipe each pipe must have it`s_____ above the drain pipe centerline.
- HOW MUCH VENT PIPING MAY BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY?
- When a drainage vent is installed horrizontally, how long can it be?
- The aggregate crossectional area for a building venting system shall not be less than ___.
- What is required on a sewage ejector pump?
- What is the minimum slope of a drain pipe 4″ or larger
- What is the minimum slope of a horizontal drain pipe less than 4″
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, no underfloor cleanout in any residential occupancy shall be located more than ____ from an access door, trap door, or crawl hole.
- Outlets may be installed in a dwelling unit for specific appliances, such as laundry equipment. What is the maximum distance allowed between this outlet and the appliance?
- What is the minimum clearance for clean outs in piping larger than 2"?
- What is the minimum clearance for 2″ and less cleanout?
- Acccording to the Plumbing Code, cleanouts unless installed under an approved cover plate be shall be installed ____.
- When a drainage line is less than _____feet long, and does not serve a sink or urinal, the cleanout can be omitted?
- What is the DFU loading of a residential water closet that has a 1.6 gallon flush?
- What is one fixture unit?
- How many 6-unit traps are allowed on a 3" stack?
- How many water closets are allowed on a 3" vertical pipe?
- What is the minimum vent size from a water closet?
- What is the trap arm size of a shower?
- What is the trap arm size for a bathtub?
- According to the Plumbing Code, the maximum trap loading for a 2″ trap is ____ DFU.
- Which of the following sewer pipe material is permitted in a trench with potable water piping?
- What is the test for a building sewer?
- What is the air pressure test for a new water piping system?
- What is the hydrostatic pressure test for a new drainage system?
- How much advanced notice does the administrative authority require for inspection?
- How many feet above the pipe is required in a tunnel?
- Tunnels may be used between open cut trenches. What is the maximum distance permitted between the trenches when connected with a tunnel?
- What is the maximum length of tunnels?
- How often must copper piping 1-1/2" and smaller be supported horizontally?
- What kind of vertical piping requires the fewest number of supports?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, a waste connection be made to a closet bend ____.
- According to Code, DWV pipe shall be marked with which of the following colors?
- A pipe which makes an angle of not more than 45 degrees to the vertical is known as?
- That portion of a fixture drain between a trap and it`s vent is called?
- According to Code, water which is satisfactory for drinking & culinary purposes is called?
- A pipe that does not connect directly to the drainage system but must be readily accessible is what type of waste pipe?
- A pipe which makes an angle of not more than 45 degrees to the horrizontal is known as ?
- What is existing work?
- Where is the critical level (c/l) on vaccuum breaker when there is no marking?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, the horizontal wet venting of sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe, adequately sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line is ____.
- What is the arrangement of pipes or fixtures whereby backflow can occur called?
- What is the water service from the meter into the building called?
- A 120/208 volt three phase service is fed with a single size 500 kcmil copper conductor for each phase. A copper grounding electrode conductor from the main service panel to the cold water pipe line must be at least size ____.
- What is the drainage system inside the building to a point 2` outside the building called?
- A joint obtained by the melting of an alloy at a temperature in excess of 800 degrees F is what kind of joint?
- What is a vent connecting one or more individual vents with a stack vent called?
- An outlet on a boiler to permit the empting of sediment is called?
- According to the Uniform Plumbing Code, back siphonage is the ____.
- What causes backflow ?
- What is the unintended flow of liquid into potable water called?
- What is the unobstructed verticle distance from a discharge pipe to the flood level rim of a fixture?
- What is meant by having access without removing a panel?
- What is meant by having access but may require the removal of a panel?
- A type UF cable is run to the residenial lamp post light that is fed from the 120 volt, DM, GFCI protected branch circuit that is buried in earth without additional signal protection. What is the minimum allowable burial depth ?
- A 120/208 volt, 3 phase transformer secondary supplies the following dweling unit load. 120/208 volt, single phase 150 amp terminations are rated at 75 degrees C. What is the minimum size type THWM aluminum conductor which ca n be used for the ungrounded service conductors to this dwelling unit?
- In a 5 story building, the water pressure varies from 45-60 psi. The highest fixture is 23` above the main. What psi is used to size the system?
- WHAT KIND OF COMPERSSOR IS A V-BELT DRIVE?
- What is a Btu?
- WHEN MEASURING RH WITH PSYCHROMETER WHAT IS NEEDED?
- Refer to the diagram of three duplex recepticals. Why is the existing circuit wiring shown in this diagram a violation of the NEC?
- A single family home has 3500 square feet of living space. If 20 amp circuit breakers are used for the lighting and general purpose receptical outlets, what is the minimum number required for only the general use circuits?
- WHICH VALVE CAUSES THE MOST RESTRICTION
- Given: 100 ft of drainage pipe. 1/4" per foot slope. Inlet elevation is 147.5`. outlet elevation?
- WHAT IS THE V BELT REQUIREMENT FOR A COMPERESSOR
- In a single family residence, the space of two floor joists is enclosed with galvanized sheets and is used as a return air duct. Can a low voltage conductor that is not rated for low smoke be routed alongthe face of these wood enclosed space? Why or Why not?
- According to the Solar Energy Code, solder joints for copper tubing used in solar systems shall be made using a minimum of ____.
- A four family dwelling unit has a heating and airconditioning unit installed on a roof. For servicing of the unit, a 125 volt receptical is required on the same level at a maximum of ____ feet from the unit.
- HOW DO YOU SIZE A SMOKE VENTILATION SYSTEM?
- WHAT DOES IPS STAND FOR?
- When a steady low-pitched rumble noise travels along a duct system, it usually is caused by ____.
- What does electrolysis do to the piping system?
- What is the most common or popular type of ignition system used for gas fired roof top heating furnaces?
- WHAT KIND OF EVAPORATIVE COOLER HAS PUMP OUTSIDE THE BLOWER CABINET?
- Which of the following types of solar collectors are the most popular in the united states?
- A 120 volt, portable lamp is used in a commercial garage and regularly laced on the floor under an automobile. This lamp must be of a type approved for its use in hazardous locations as defined by ____.
- A high pitched noise is heard coming from a ceiling diffuser or floor register, and upon removal the noise stops. The most likely cause of problem is ____.
- HOW MANY BTU ARE REQUIRED TO HEAT 30 GALLONS OF WATER FROM 55 TO 95 DEGREES F?
- Refer to the diagram of vent risers. What is at "A"?
- Derating problem. 150,000 Btu input, 10,000 ft above sea level. What is the actual Btu output?
- The installation and operation of a water softner depends upon?
- You are calculating feeder loads for a dwelling unit. General purpose recepticals within a dwelling unit of 20 amps. or less rating (other than those of the required small appliance circuits) shall be ____.
- Hardness in water is removed in a water softner by a process known as?
- What type of a/c unit uses aspen pads and water?
- What type of connection does the UPC require copper tubing threaded pipe?
- WHERE DO YOU PUT THE TEMPERING VALVE IN A SOLAR COLLECTION SYSTEM?
- WHERE DOES THE AIR GO FROM AN EVPAPORATIVE COOLER?
- CALCULATE CFM. VELOCITY 500 FPM. FREE AREA OF GRILLE .7 FT2
- WHAT IS THE MAXIMUN SIZE OF SOFT DRAWN COPPER?
- WHAT IS STANDARD GAUGE IN SHEET METAL?
- WHY DOES A COLD WATER LINE INSIDE A HOUSE CONDENSE?
- What does dry bulb temperature indicate?
- GIVEN: An installation for which the NEC requires a second “made” grounding electrode to supplement the first. What is the minimum distance allowed between these two electrodes?
- Ten size 10 AWG. Type THHN, copper conductors are installed in an EMT raceway in an ambient temperature of 96 degrees F. No terminations are identified with a special temperature ratings. They are rated in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. What is the maximum ampacity of each conductor?
- A dwelling unit kitchen must have at least two small appliance branch circuits on the service of the dwelling, and each of the circuits is considered a load of ____ VA.
- In a spray type evaporative cooler, what eliminates water droplets from entering air stream?
- A run of rigid non-metallic conduit approved for direct burial is to be installed underneath a permanent residential driveway. What is the minimum burial depth required?
- A roof mounted A/C unit is condensing at the rate of 5 gpm. How many DFU?
- An outdoor sign is accessible to vehicles but it is not protected from physical damage. The bottom of this sign must be above the road at least ____ feet.
- FT OF HEAD X .43 = HOW MANY PSI
- Branch circuit wires are 2″ from the ballast within the ballast compartment of a florescent lighting fixture. Which one of the following conductor types may be used?
- 100 FT OF HEAD IS HOW MANY PSI?
- An over current protective device for non-motorized equipment is rated at 40 amps. What is the minimum allowable size for the copper equipment grounding wire in the circuit?
- What is the smallest size conductor for a current carrying, type XHHW conductor that may be used in a cable tray system?
- Where do you put a tempering valve?
- How much can you cut a 2 x 4 when it is not used for a bearing wall?
- What does a tachometer measure?
- How deep is the lead in a lead joint?
- IN A PNEUMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM, WHAT SENSES THE CHANGE IN TEMPERATURE?
- A condensing unit has a capacity of 48,000 Btu. How many tons is it?
- What kind of piping is used for 185 degree corrosive liquid?
- What is a unit of measure for heating systems?
- What is the weight of water on a roof 20`-3" by 40`-8" standing 8" deep?
- By adjusting a variable pitch pulley to make the belt ride at the top edge of the motor pulley instead of the bottom, what will the result be?
- ONE 8" PIPE SUPPLIES HOW MANY 2" PIPES?
- A building has a total volume of 20,000 cubic feet. It is specified that the air in the building must be changed every 20 minutes. To meet this requiment, the fan used in this system must have a capacity of ____ CFM.
- IN A PNEUMATIC SYSTEM WHAT OPERATES THE CONTROLS
- Which of the following pipes are not permitted for flammable mixtures?
- WHAT DO YOU COMPARE WHEN YOU DO YOUR HEAT LOSS CALCULATION?
- PSI X 2.31 = HOW MANY FT OF HEAD
- Select the break horse power of the fan motor from the given fan static table.
- ONE CUBIC FOOT OF WATER WEIGHTS HOW MANY POUNDS?
- WHAT CAN THE PRESSURE DROP BE IF THE SYSTEM IS USING A FIXED TXV?
- ONE CUBIC FOOT OF WATER CONTAINS HOW MANY GALLONS?
- What does evaporative cooling affect?
- How many feet of head does a sprinkler system have when there is 50 psi?
- What is the most popular type of evaporative cooler?
- HOW MUCH DOES A COLUMN OF WATER 6" ROUND X 39` HIGH WEIGH?
- What is the cubic feet of a room that measures 12`x 10` with 8`high ceilings?
- The maximun space between hangars for 4" steel fire sprinkler pipe is ____.
- How many spare sprinklers must be kept on premises for a system of 600 heads?
- What is the size of class 2 standpipe over 50`?
- HOW FAR FROM THE SIDEWALK MUST THE CENTER OF THE HOSE CONNECTION ON A FIRE HYDRANT BE?
- WHAT SIZE DRAIN VALVE IS REQUIRED ON A 6" MAIN RISER?
- 4 STORY BUILDING. EACH FLOOR HAS ITS OWN SHUTOFF VALVE. HOW MANY DRAIN VALVES?
- HOW MANY GPM REQUIRED IN 4 STORY BLDG 60 HEADS?
- What is the pressure test for a dry chemical system?
- WHERE ARE THE CALCULATIONS FOR AN HYDRAULIC FIRE SPRINKLING SYSTEM STARTED?
- A FIRE PROTECTION WATER PUMP MUST BE TEST RUN HOW OFTEN?
- The operating pressure in a fire sprinkler system is 160 psi. What is the test hydrostatic test?
- Schedule 10 welded, black, welded steel, or seamless pipe may be used in sprinkler systems up to how many psi?
- In a dry chemical fire system how often do you replace the fusible links?
- What is the size of class 1 & 3 standpipe over 100`?
- WHAT IS THE MAXIMUN SPACING OF SPRINKLER HEADS FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY?
- What is the discharge temperature of a sprinkler head that is located under a plastic skylight and receives direct sunrays?
- WHAT IS THE ELAPSE TIME FROM OPEN TO CLOSE ON A MAIN SPRINKLER SHUT OFF VALVE?
- Class 1 & 3 standpipes shall be sized for what minimum flow?
- WHAT IS THE MINIMUM STOCK OF SPARE SPRINKLERS?
- What is the size of class 2 standpipe up to 50`?
- What is the smallest line size permited at the end of a cross main?
- What is the size for class 1 & 3 standpipe up to 100`?
- BEST LOCATION FOR FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN SHUTOFF VALVE ?
- Class 2 standpipes shall be sized for what minimum flow?
- What is the maximum unsupported length between the end sprinkler and the last hangar for 1-1/4" pipe?
- What test must be included in the operating test for a dry chemical fire extinguishing system?
- How many sprinklers are permitted on a branch line for extra hazard occupancy?
- What is the lowest volume of water permissible on a single sprinkler head for light hazard occupancy?
- What kind of pipe is permitted in a dry chemical system?
- A halon 1301 suppression system has how many seconds to discharge?
- WHAT IS THE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE OF A SPRINKLER HEAD UNDER NORMAL APPLICATION?
- In a light hazard occupancy, how many square feet of coverage is allowable for an individual sprinkler head?
- What size "u" hook is used for 6" sprinkler pipe?
- WHEN IS JOINT COMPOUND PERMITTED IN DRY CHEMICAL SPRINKLER PIPE?
- In any hazard occupancy, how many sprinklers are permitted on a 1 1/2" steel pipe?
- In a light hazard occupancy, how many sprinklers are permitted on 3" steel pipe?
- A 1.5" fire hose is supplied with a 1.25" horizontal branch line. how long can the branch be?
- What is the minmum size pipe permitted to be used in an uncalculated fire sprinkler system?
- What is the hydrostatic test psi level is used for fire sprinkler systems?
- How many sprinklers are permitted on a branch line for a light hazard occupancy?
- What is the minimum distance from top of storage to a sprinkler head?
- How many sprinklers are permitted on a branch line for ordinary hazard occupancy?
- What is the largest size pipe at a cross main when it supplies branch lines?
- A branch line feeds a fire hose 45` from the riser. what`s it`s size?
- What is it called when the chemicals lump together in a dry chemical fire suppression system?
- What size pipe must be used for a fuel gas pressure relief valve piping system?
- In a refrigeration system what kind of condenser is a shell & tube?
- When first charging a refrigeration system, which side of the system is refrigerant vapor introduced?
- An exposed chilled water pipe inside a building can accumulate condensed moisture and possibly create a hazard if the surface temperature goes below which of the following temperatutes?
- What color flame does a halide leak detector give off when freon is present?
- THE TYPE OF COOLING SYSTEM WHICH REMOVES SENSIBLE HEAT IS?
- A cooling tower saves what % of water?
- How does an evaporator remove moisture from the air?
- Where is the txv located in the refrigeration system?
- How does a charcoal filter work?
- Where is the last point of vapor in the refrigeration cycle?
- A PH value of 13 indicates what?
- Cooling tower water is circulated to prevent what kind of buildup?
- WHERE DOES COOLING TOWER WATER GO AFTER IT LEAVES THE COOLING TOWER?
- WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF A CRANK CASE HEATER?
- According to the UMC, a refrigeration system shall not be tested with ____.
- What is the base of refrigeration oil?
- AIR CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION TUBING SHALL BE MARKED IN BLUE THROUGHOUT ITS LENGTH AT WHAT INTERVALS?
- COPPER LINES IN A SLAB FOR A HYDRONIC PANEL MUST BE BRASED AT WHAT TEMPERATURE?
- WHAT TYPE OF JOINTS ARE REQUIRED FOR STEEL PIPE EMBEDDED IN A SLAB?
- What piping materials are permitted by the code for a residential radiant heating panel?
- Question 248
- Question 247
- Question 246
- Question 245
- Question 244
- LP GAS PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL NOT SERVE ANY APPLIANCE LOCATED WHERE?
- WHERE CAN THE DISCHARGE FROM AN LP GAS RELIEF VALVE BE PROPERLY RUN?
- A gas appliance other than a range or a domestic dryer may be connected with an approved, listed flexible metal connector that does not exceed ____ feet.
- WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM FLEX CONNECTOR LENGTH OF A GAS APPLIANCE THAT IS NOT A RANGE?
- WHERE IS THE SHUT OFF VALVE TO A GAS APPLIANCE INSTALLED?
- SHUTOFF VALVES MAY BE INSTALLED UNDER AN APPLIANCE UNDER WHAT CONDITIONS?
- Where is the approved location of a gas shut off valve on a gas appliance?
- An accessible approved, shutoff valve shall be installed in the fuel gas piping outside of each appliance and ahead of the union connection. The shutoff valve shall not be more than ____ feet from the appliance.
- Gas piping to two buildings on a premise must be equipped with what?
- WHAT IS THE MINIMUM WEIGHT OF STEEL PIPE USED IN A FUEL GAS PIPING SYSTEM?
- Which of the following gases other than air are permitted for use in the testing of fuel gas piping systems?
- What is the psig test for fuel gas piping systems?
- WHAT IS THE MERCURY TEST FOR FUEL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS?
- WHEN IS THE ROUGH IN PIPING INSPECTION FOR A FUEL GAS LINE DONE?
- What is the gas piping from the street main to the meter called?
- What low voltage classification is assigned to the remote control safety control equipment circuit if failure of the equipment to operate introduces a direct fire or life hazard?
- Two 20 ampere small appliance circuits are installed in a kitchen in a single family dwelling. An additional circuit is installed in this kitchen to supply a small plug-in microwave oven. May this additional circuit be used t o supply lighting outlets in the living room of this dwelling?
- A rigid metal conduit projects above a concrete floor ending behind an open elevator control cabinet. What is the minimum distance this conduit must extend above the floor?
- A metal junction box is a trade size of 4″ x 1 1/2″ square. It contains 4 size 12 AWG circuit conductors (2 pair) spliced together, and a flat cover. There are no devices or clamps mounted in the box. Additional size 12 AWG conductors need to be added to the box. What is the maximum number of size 12 AWG conductors that may be added to this box?
- Of the following, the recepticals that may be connected to the required small appliance circuits in a residence are ____.
- Matts of insulating rubber, or an equivalent insulator, shall be provided for the operator of a live front switch plate if the voltage to ground exceeds ____ volts.
- Each wall switch controlling a receptical in a theater dressing room shall be ____
- What is the hydrostatic test pressure for low pressure steam & hot water heating systems?
- At what temperature in a hot water heating system do the pipes need insulation where the may be able to be touched by humans?
- Trenches must be backfilled in thin layers to how high above the pipe?
- When pipes are driven, how large must the drive pipe be?
- How close is mechanical excavating equipment permitted to existing piping?
- How far away from footings of a structure must trenches be?
- What kind of copper tubing is suitable for bending in a refrigeration piping system?
- What type of joints are permitted in black wrought iron pipe embedded in concrete?
- Type of joints permitted in brass or copper piping for hot water systems?
- What color marking does type M copper have?
- What color marking does type K copper have?
- What color marking does type L copper have?
- How often must a low pressure hot water supply boiler be externally inspected?
- Who can remove the "warning not inspected" sign from a boiler installation?
- What is required to be given to the owner for every hot water boiler installation?
- Power boilers having a steam generating capacity of 5000 #/hour, or having a heating surface over 1000 ft2, or over 5,000,000 btu input require ____ clearance.
- What is the name of a safety device used to prevent low water in a boiler?
- Where is the takoff point for the pilot of a gas boiler?
- What`s required upstream of all controls on the main burner of a gas boiler?
- When are valves permitted on the safety valve discharge line of a boiler?
- What is required on the discharge from a relief valve of a system operating over 212 degrees F?
- All hot water heating systems shall be provided with which of the following devices?
- Where are air expansion tanks required?
- Supports for expansion tanks shall be capable of supporting how much weight?
- All hot water boilers shall be provided with what?
- All steam boilers shall be provided with what?
- A power hot water heating boiler supplies hot water at what temp & pressure?
- Power hot water boilers generate water or liquid to what temperatures?
- A power steam boiler operates at a pressure exceeding ____.
- A low pressure steam boiler operates at a pressure NOT exceeding ____ psi for steam.
- What is the temperature & psig level for low pressure hot water heating boilers?
- PERMITS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL BOILER INSTALLATIONS_______?
- What is the clearance required around boilers for access and servicing?
- WHAT IS REQUIRED OF THE DISCHARGE PIPE FROM A SAFETY VALVE?
- FOR PROTECTION FROM OVERPRESSURE, AN AUTOMATIC STEAM BOILER REQUIRES WHAT?
- WHAT SHALL BE APPLIED TO A BOILER OR PRESSURE VESSEL UPON COMPLETION OF AN ALTERATION?
- A 3/8″ flexible metal conduit fixture whip with external connections contains a pair of size 14 AWG grounding connector. How many size 14 AWG type THHN conductors may be added.
- CALCULATE CFM REQUIRED FROM CHART FOR A CHARBRIOLER HOOD 3`X 5`
- WHAT TYPE OF FILTERS ARE REQUIRED ON A GREASE CONVEYING DUCT SYSTEM?
- WHAT TYPE OF FILTERS ARE USED ON A GREASE HOOD?
- What is the minimum gauge galvanied steel for a type II hood?
- What is the minimum guage galvanized steel for a type I hood?
- What does a type 1 kitchen hood remove?
- What is the clearance from the sides & top of a kiln to non-combistibles?
- What is the clearance from the sides & top of a kiln to combustibles?
- The clearance from the top of a range vertically to unprotected combustibles?
- What are the clearances from above,front,sides & back of an incinerator to combustibles?
- Where is excess refrigeration for an approved refrigeration system permitted to be stored?
- What is the process of back flushing in a water softner called?
- REFRIGERANT CONTAINING PORTIONS OF FIELD INSTALLED PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 15-D.
- Exposed refrigeration piping must be labeled at what intervals?
- GIVEN: DIAMETER, LENGTH, PERIMETER OF A REFRIGERANT VESSEL. COMPUTE THE CAPACITY OF THE DISCHARGE VALVE.
- What must a group 2 refrigerant compressor have on the refrigerant discharge side?
- A group 2 refrigerant compressor requires a pressure relief valve at what location?
- A group 1 refrigerant compressor of 20 hp or more requires?
- What must be installed in the openings of a refrigerant expansion tank?
- How high above a passageway must a refrigerant line be ?
- What schedule pipe is required for a refrigeration piping when the joints are not welded?
- What type of copper tubing is suitable when it is used for refrigeration piping?
- What type of pipe must brass or copper pipe be when it is used in a refrigeration system which exceeds 250 psi?
- What is the minimum schedule for welded or seamless pipe used in a refrigeration system where the pressure exceeds 300 psi?
- A separate and individual emergency exhaust system shall serve a refrigeration machinery room providing a complete air change every ____.
- A 5 HP or less refrigeration compressor must be located at least ____ from an exit?
- A refrigeration machinery room ventilation system must provide an air change in the machinery room every how many minutes?
- A furnace in a commercial location is supported from the ground on a concrete slab. The slab shall extend above the ajoining ground level a minimum of ____ inches.
- What is the minimum height for a concrete pad for a refrigeration compressor from ajoining surfaces?
- Round duct:
- Absorption systems supported from the ground shall be at least how high above?
- How far away from any surface must a draft hood be installed?
- The common vent size required for 3- 3" appliances?
- Venting systems for fuel burning appliances shall terminate no less than ____ feet horizontally from any door or window.
- The minimum termination distance above the roof for type `B` vents?
- Which of the following is the correct location for the manually operated damper in a fuel burning water heater?
- Combustion air for fuel burning appliances requires that 1/2 of the needed area be introduced into the upper ___ inches of the mechanical space.
- What kind of evaporative cooler has pump inside the fan cabinet?
- Evaporative cooling removes what kind of heat from the air?
- The pressure in an evaporator containing R-22 refrigereant is 60 PSIA. What is the saturated temperature of the refrigerant?
- An evaporative cooler supported above the ground on a platform must be elevated how high above the ground?
- A pipe which connects the flue connection on a furnace into the chimney is called ____?
- Which of the following is the proper method of installation for an evaporative cooler?
- A circulating air intake for a free cooling system is located horrizontally from an appliance vent outlet. The minimum distance required between the air intake and the vent outlet shall be____.
- When may return air be taken from a refrigeration machinery room?
- Where can circulating air be taken from ?
- The unobstructed passageway to a cooling unit shall be?
- Ducts conveying flamable vapors shall have sprinklers when its crossectional dimension exceeds what?
- Branch ducts shall connect to main ducts at the large end of transition at what angle?
- According to the Uniform Mechaical Code, ventilation systems used for removing ____ shall be designed by the equal friction method.
- What is required by code in an environmental exhaust duct which terminates outside the building?
- Air filters with liquid adhesive shall have a flash point of?
- Parts of fans in contact with explosive or flammable vapors shall be made of?
- What type of remote control device is use for a fan conveying dust or flamable vapors?
- Enviriomental ducts moving air through occupied areas shall not exceed what tempreature?
- Outside air inlets must be covered with screen having an opening size no larger than ____.
- When is the return air from one apartment unit permitted to mix with the return air from another apartment?
- A furnace supplies air to an underfloor space. What is the maximum limit seting?
- A furnace supplies air to a under floor space. What is the maximum fan control seting?
- What is the melting temperature of a fusible fire damper link used in an HVAC duct system?
- Factory made (flex) air ducts can not be used for vertical ducts serving more than ___ floors?
- What is the minimum encasement in concrete of ducts?
- Where must ducts be securely fastened?
- The maximum temperature in degrees F of air permitted in factory made air ducts shall not exceed ____.
- The maximum length allowed for vibration isolators installed between mechanical equipment and air distribution metal ducts is____.
- The minimum number of sheet metal screws used for each joint in ducts shall be ____.
- How are joints of ducts made air tight?
- Crimped joints in round residential air distribution ducts shall have a contact lap of at least ____ inches.
- What is the smoke-developed rating of material used in ductwork?
- What is the flame spread rating of material used in ducts?
- According to the code, which of the following cannot be used for evaporative cooler ductwork?
- When gypsum products are used as ducts the air temperature shall be restricted to what?
- What must be done to ducts installed in the ground?
- What is the MM-2 limitation for hot water heating systems?
- What is the common vent size for a 125,000 Btu furnace and 45,000 Btu hot water heater? Height is 18`.
- How far from any surface must a draft hood be installed?
- What is the common vent size of two 4" water heater vents?
- Given: A boiler room of tight construction contains three boilers. 2 rated at 1,000,000 Btu each, and 1 rated at 500,000 Btu. The minumum required area for combustion air is ____ square inches.
- What is the minimum rise for a gravity vent connector?
- How much recirculating air does a blower type furnace need?
- What is the minimum clearance from the back of a forced air furnace installed in a closet less than 12" wider than the furnace?
- Clearances from a forced air furnace back to combustibles shall be as follows:
- What is the combustion air requirement for a room not large enough to satisfy free air requirement for combustion air?
- Combustion air must be delivered to a mechanical room and divided equally to the lower?
- Heating appliances shall be equipped with a listed device to shut off the fuel supply in the event of ____.
- Heating appliances whose manual fuel controls are not readily accessible shall be equipped with?
- Listed warm air furnace limit controls shall not be able to be set for temperatures above ____ F.
- What is the limit switch setting for the elements of an electric duct heater?
- What is the limit switch setting for an electric duct heater?
- What is the limit switch setting for a forced air gas furnace?
- What is the distance from the limit switch to the heating element in a gravity furnace?
- What is a thermacouple ?
- When more than one refrigerating system is installed on the roof of a building, each system shall be ____.
- What is the minumum clearance for an unlisted residential gas boiler from the sides & back?
- What is the pressure inside an HVAC duct called?
- According to the Uniform Mechanical Code, a confined space is defined as _____.
- What is the pipe called which connects an appliance to a chimney ?
- Which of the following will not require a reinspection fee?
- Who`s responsible for the work standing the test?
- Who is responsible to notify the authority that work is ready for inspection?
- The volume of flow in a sprinkler system is measured in?
- Kind of fitting used to prevent electrolysis?
- Which of the following are necessary to design a sprinkler system?
- What is used to prevent electrolysis in a sprinkler system?
- Lawn sprinklers should be designed for______rainfall?
- What kind of a sprinkler system is operated by hand only?
- What is the operation of a steam trap?
- A device that shuts off furnace in advance of thermostat setting is known as a(n) ____.
- What is the purpose of a steam gauge pigtail?
- In boilers, how often should fusible plugs be replaced?
- The maximum velocity water can flow in a hot water pipe before noise is heard?
- What is the advantage of a 1 pipe system?
- Upon what is the operation of a thermostatic trap dependent?
- What is the pressure in a vacuum heating system?
- What is the purpose of a steam boiler injector?
- What is the purpose of try cocks in a low pressure steam boiler?
- What is used to prevent thermal flow in a hot water heating system?
- How can a steam boiler be used for a hot water heating system?
- What kind of valve is used to convert a 1 or 2 pipe system into vacuum system?
- What is the function of a compression tank in a hot water heating system?
- How do you prevent water hammer in a steam heating system?
- What does an oversized steam trap cause?
- What does a steam trap prevent in a low pressure steam heating system?
- What does a yellow flame indicate in a gas boiler?
- What controls the gas to the burner in a hot water heating system?
- What is the distance air travels from a grille called?
- In a gas boiler, what is a pilot generator?
- If the temperature in the plenum becomes too high what shuts off the burner?
- What keeps the gas at a steady flow at the burner?
- What device is used to turn the fan on & off in response to changes in plenum temperatures?
- Why can a heat pump be used for heating & cooling?
- At which point in the refrigeration cycle does dehumidification occur?
- How do you rate a compressor`s capacity?
- What is the velocity of air at the grille called?
- Name two types of compressors?
- How do you rate a condensing unit`s capacity?
- Which of the following will prevent updraft in in a burner?
- Splices and/or taps are permitted in underfloor raceways ____.
- THERMISTOR SENSORS FUNCTION BECAUSE?
- Which of the following types of cords may be immersed in the water in a decorative fountain?
- A metal electrical box has the capacity for 8 conductors. If there are no devices or fittings, How many conductors may this box contain if one flush duplex receptical is installed in the box?
- Temperature of air measured by a thermometer is ?
- A multiflue water heater is ?
- If a pilot light has a yellow flame which of the following do you do?
- Under water lighting fixtures are in the walls of the permanently installed swimming pool. Disregard NEC exceptions. The top of the fixture lens must be at least ____ inches below the normal water level of the pool.
- A permanetly installed outdoor spa is at a dwelling unit. What is the minimum number of receptical outlets which must be installed within 20` of the outside wall of the spa?
- Surface type cabinets for electrical equipment in damp or wet locations shall be mounted so there is at least how much air space between the cabinet and the wall or other supporting surfaces?
- A steam boiler can be used in a hot water heating system by using a _____?
- An interior metal water pipe is to be used as a conductor to interconnect grounding electrodes and the grounding electrode conductor. disregard exceptions. What is the maximum distance from the point of entrance to the building that the water pipe may be used for this interconnection?
- A run of rigid non-metallic conduit approved for direct burial is to be installed under a public road for traffic signal power. What is the minimum burail depth required?
- A 2×4 wood stud in a dwelling measures 1 1/2″ x 3 1/2″. What is the largest hole that may be bored through the center of the wide face of this stud for installation of unprotected non-metallic sheathed cable and still meet the requirements of the NEC?
- Type CMR communications cable maybe installed in an environmental air duct ____.
- Two or more motors not over 1 horsepower each may be converted to a single 120 volt, 20 amp branch circuit, provided that the full load current of each motor does not exceed ____ amps.
- The National Electrical Code states that the approximate locked-rotor current of a motor can be found by multiplying the full load current given in the appropriate tables by a constant. This constant is ____.
- In elevator wiring, the conductors to the hoistway door interlocks from the hoistway riser shall be suitable for a temperature of at least ____ degrees C.
- Disregard exceptions. What is the correct method for determining the minimum rating of a branch circuit over-curreent device serving both continuous loads and “other” loads that are not continuous?
- The lead wire of electric space heating cable installed in a ceiling is coded brown. What is the nominal voltage for this heating cable?
- An electric clothes dryer rated at 4.5 kVA will be installed in a single family dwelling. What is the minimum kVA which must be included in the net computed load for this dryer when sizing the service?
- A 120/240 volt single phase swimming pool panel supplies only the following outdoor residential swimming pool loads: I. one-6kVA 240 volt water heater line thermostat (heater listed for continuous duty) II. two-one horsepower 12 0 volt water pump motors III. six-300 watt photo-cell controlled floodlights What is the total net computed load for this panel?
- A center pivot irrigation machine has three motors on one circuit. The equivalent continuous rating is used to determine the branch circuit conductor size. This equivalent current rating is equal to 125% of the nameplate fu ll load current rating of the largest motor plus what percentage of the sum of the nameplate currents of the other two motors?
- The primary voltage of a transformer is 240 volt. There is no over current protection on the secondary side of the transformer. Disregarding any exceptions, the primary side over current device shall be a maximum of what percent o f the rated primary current of the transformer?
- Which of the following would best describe "net" refrigeration effect?
- Which of the following would be the best configuration to allow for air flow in a duct?
- A device installed in piping to allow movement due to expansion and contraction is:
- Latent heat would be best described by which of the following statements?
- A motor has a starting capacitor and a run capacitor. Which capacitor has the higher MFD?
- Alternating current would be ____.
- A 230 volt motor would use ____ current as a 115 volt motor.
- Air filters shall be installed in heating & cooling systems and shall comply with standards for Class ____ air filters.
- A fan powered wall heater would use which of the following types of heat transfer?
- According to Code, the minimum slope permitted for a condensate line is ___.
- The contacts on a potential relay are ____.
- Which of the following gases may not be used to test the piping for a refrigerant system containing R-22?
- Valves in recripricating compressors operate by which of the following methods?
- According to Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards, which of the following pipe insulations is suitable for use on hot water piping (213 f to 600 f)?
Thank You Page
Masonry Gallery Categories
Portfolio Categories
Testimonials Categories
Product categories
Quiz Categories
Tests
English
Arabic
Chinese (Simplified)
Dutch
French
German
Italian
Portuguese
Russian
Spanish